Hilti 2008 Product Technical Guide r021 1

North American Product Technical Guide
A guide to specification and installation
2008 Edition
Hilti Product Technical Guide
P R O F I S
PROFIS: The Worlds Most Powerful Anchor Design Software

Easy to Learn Start working in just minutes Fast and Powerful Produce detailed designs quickly Specify with Confidence The largest number of approvals and latest design codes No charge. Download now at www.us.hilti.com or www.hilti.ca
Firestop Systems
When it comes to Life Safety and building code compliance, Hilti provides complete solutions with a wide range of products and unmatched technical support. Firestop Systems Guides - Through Penetrations - Joint Penetrations FACT Program FS 411 BASIC Training Engineering Judgements Firestop Design Center online at www.us.hilti.com or www.hilti.ca
Hilti Diaphragm Deck Design

The Hilti Diaphragm Deck Design Program allows designers to quickly and accurately design roof deck and composite floor deck diaphragms. Ability to design with innovative Hilti fasteners for frame and sidelap connection Creates easy to use load tables with span ranges based on user input Allows for different safety factors depending on load type, building code and field quality control Direct link to Hilti website
Hilti Online
Technical Library Design Centers Interactive Product Advisors Full-line Product Catalog Online Ordering Maps to Hilti locations Contact Us program to answer your questions
MI Industrial Pipe Support Technical Guide

A guide to specifying the Hilti modular pipe support system for medium to heavy loads without welding. MI System is the ideal solution for pipes up to 24 in. diameter Reliable fastenings without welds Easily installed
Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.ca.hilti.com I Product Technical Guide 2008
Table of Contents Table of Contents
Introduction
1.0
Fastening Technology
2.0
Direct Fastening Systems
3.0
16
Anchoring Systems
4.0
128
Construction Chemicals
5.0
390
Installation Systems
6.0
404
Reference
7.0
438
Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 1
1.0 Introduction 1.1 About Published Load Values

The Product Technical Guide is intended to supplement the Hilti Product Catalog with technical information for the designer or specifier. Technical data presented herein was current as of the date of publication (see back cover). Load values are based on testing and analytical calculations by Hilti or by contracted testing laboratories using testing procedures and construction materials representative of current practice in North America. Load values obtained from testing represent the average results of multiple identical samples. Variations in base materials such as concrete and local site conditions require on-site testing to determine actual performance at any specific site. Data may also be based on national standards or professional research and analysis. Note that design values published in reports issued by approval agencies (e.g., ICC-ES, COLA, etc.) may differ from those contained in this Product Technical Guide. For information regarding updates and changes, please contact Hilti,Inc. (US) Technical Support at 1-800-879-8000 or Hilti (Canada) Corporation at 1-800-363-4458. Enthusiastic Customers We create success for our customers by identifying their needs and providing innovative and value-adding solutions. Build a better future We embrace our responsibility towards society and environment.
1.3 Our Purpose

We passionately create enthusiastic customers and build a better future!
1.2 Units
Technical data is provided in both fractional (Imperial) and metric units. Metric values are provided using the International System of units (SI) in observance the Metric Conversion Act of 1975 as amended by the Omnibus Trade and Competitiveness Act of 1988. Data for metric products, such as the HSL and HDA anchors, is provided in SI units with conversions to Imperial engineering units (inches, pounds, and so forth) given in parentheses. Data for fractional products (e.g. the Kwik Bolt 3) is provided in Imperial engineering units with the SI metric conversions shown in parentheses. Additional information may be found in Section 8.3.1 Metric Conversions and Equivalents, provided in this Product Technical Guide.
1.4 Our Quality System

Hilti is one of a select group of North American companies to receive the ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 Certifications. This recognition of our commitment to quality ensures our customers that Hilti has the systems and procedures in place to maintain our position as the world market leader, and to continually evaluate and improve our performance. Thats Total Customer Satisfaction! For Technical Support, contact Hilti,Inc. (US) at 1-800-8798000 or Hilti (Canada) Corporation at 1-800-363-4458.
2 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008
Base Materials 2.1 2.1.1 Base Materials for Fastening

The design of modern buildings requires fastenings to be made in a variety of base materials. To meet this challenge, fastener manufacturers have developed many products specifically targeting certain types of base materials. The properties of the base material play a decisive role in the suitability and performance of a fastener. The designer must carefully match the type of fastener with the base material to obtain the desired results. There is hardly a base material in which a fastening cannot be made with a Hilti product. ASTM Concrete Type Normal Weight Sand Lightweight All Lightweight Lightweight Insulating Concrete Aggregate Grading Specification ASTM C 33 ASTM C 330 ASTM C 330 ASTM C 332 Concrete Unit Weight pcf 145-155 105-115 85-110 15-90
The type and mechanical properties of concrete aggregate have a major influence on the behavior of drill bits used to drill anchor holes. The harder the aggregates cause higher bit wear and reduced drilling performance. The hardness of concrete aggregate can also affect the load capacity of power-actuated fasteners and anchors. Driven fasteners or studs can generally penetrate soft aggregates (shale or limestone), but hard aggregates (like granite) near the surface of the concrete can adversely affect the penetration of a fastener or stud and reduce its load capacity. The effect of aggregate mechanical properties on anchor performance is less well understood, although in general harder/denser aggregates such as granite tend to result in higher concrete cone breakout loads, whereas lightweight aggregates produce lower tension and shear capacities. Values for the ultimate strength of fasteners in concrete are traditionally given in relation to the 28-day uniaxial compressive strength of the concrete (actual, not specified). Concrete which has cured for less than 28 days is referred to as green concrete. Aggregate type, cement replacements such as fly ash, and admixtures could have an effect on the capacity of some fasteners, and this may not be reflected in the concrete strength as measured in a uniaxial compression test. Generally, Hilti data reflects testing with common aggregates and cement types in plain, unreinforced concrete. In questionable cases, consult with Hilti Technical Support. In view of the significantly lower strength of green concrete (less than 28-day cure), it is recommended that anchors and power-actuated fastenings not be made in cast-in-place concrete which has cured for less than 7 days, unless site testing is performed to verify the fastening capacity. If an anchor is installed in green concrete, but not loaded until the concrete has achieved full cure, the capacity of the anchor can be based on the strength of the concrete at the time of loading. Power-actuated fastening capacity should be based on the concrete strength at the time of installation. Cutting through concrete reinforcement when drilling holes for anchors should be avoided. If this is not possible, the responsible design engineer should be consulted first.
2.1.2 Concrete
Concrete is a mineral building material which is made from three basic ingredients; cement, aggregate and water. Special additives are also used to influence or change certain properties. Concrete has a relatively high compressive strength compared to its tensile strength. Thus, steel reinforcing bars are cast in concrete to carry the tensile forces, and this combination is referred to as reinforced concrete. Cement is the binding agent which combines with water and aggregate and hardens through the process of hydration to form concrete. Portland cement is the most common cement and is available in several different types, as outlined in ASTM C 150, to meet specific design requirements. The aggregates used in concrete consist of both fine aggregate (usually sand) and coarse aggregate graded by particle size. Different types of aggregates can be used to create concrete with specific characteristics. Normal weight concrete is generally made from crushed stone or gravel. Lightweight concrete is used when it is desirable to reduce the dead load on a structure or to achieve a superior fire rating for a floor structure. Lightweight aggregates are made from expanded clay, shale, slate or blast-furnace slag. Lightweight insulating concrete is used when thermal insulating properties are a prime consideration. Lightweight insulating aggregates are manufactured from perlite, vermiculite, blast-furnace slag, clay or shale. Sand lightweight concrete is made from lightweight aggregate and natural sand. All concrete with a unit weight between 85 and 115 pcf is considered to be structural lightweight concrete. The ASTM specification and unit weight for each of these concretes is summarized as follows:
2.1 Base Materials 2.1.3 Masonry Materials

Masonry is a heterogeneous building material consisting of brick, block or clay tile bonded together using joint mortar. The primary application for masonry is the construction of walls which are made by placing masonry components in horizontal rows (course) and vertical rows (wythe). Masonry components are manufactured in a wide variety of shapes, sizes, materials and both hollow and solid configurations. These variations require that the selection of an anchoring or fastening system be carefully matched to the application and type of masonry material being used. As a base material, masonry generally has a much lower strength than concrete. The behavior of the masonry components, as well as the geometry of their cavities and webs, has a considerable influence on the ultimate load capacity of the fastening. When drilling holes for anchors in masonry with hollow cavities, care must be taken to avoid spalling on the inside of the face shell. This could greatly affect the performance of toggle type mechanical anchors whose length must be matched to the face shell thickness. To reduce the potential for spalling, holes should be drilled using rotation only (i.e. hammering action of the drill turned off).
8" 7 5\8"
8"
7 5\8"
16"
15 5\8"
Nominal Size (usually fictitious)
Modular Size (actual)
CMU sizes generally refer to the nominal width of the unit (6, 8, 10 etc.). Actual dimensions are nominal dimensions reduced by the thickness of the mortar joint. Concrete block construction can be reinforced, whereby reinforcing bars are placed vertically in the cells and those cells are filled with grout to create a composite section analogous to reinforced concrete. If all cells, both unreinforced and reinforced, are filled with grout, the construction is referred to as fully grouted. If only the reinforced cells are grouted, the construction is referred to as partially grouted. Horizontal reinforcing may be placed in the wall via a bond beam, which is always grouted. Ladder reinforcement may also be placed in the mortar bed between courses. Grout typically conforms to ASTM C476 and has a compressive strength of at least 2,000 psi. Concrete masonry units have a compressive strength which may range from 1,250 to over 4,800 psi, although the maximum specified compressive strength of the assembled masonry will generally not exceed 3,000 psi. In general, both chemical and mechanical anchors may be used in grouted CMU. If voids are present or suspected, mechanical anchors should not be used, and chemical anchors should only be installed in conjunction with a screen tube to prevent uncontrolled flow of the bonding material. In ungrouted CMU, anchor strength is generally assumed to be derived from the face shell thickness, which can be variable.
2.1.3.1 Concrete Block

Concrete block is the term which is commonly used to refer to concrete masonry units (CMU) made from Portland cement, water and mineral aggregates. CMUs are manufactured in a variety of shapes and sizes using normal weight and lightweight aggregates. Both hollow and solid load bearing CMUs are produced in accordance with ASTM C90.
Nominal Width of Unit in. (mm) Minimum face-shell ThicknessA in. (mm) Minimum web ThicknessA in. (mm)
3 (76) and 4 (102) 6 (152) 8 (203) 10 (254) 12 (305)
3/4 (19) 1 (25) 1-1/4 (32) 1-3/8 (35) 1-1/4 (32)B 1-1/2 (38) 1-1/4 (32)B
3/4 (19) 1 (25) 1 (25) 1-1/8 (29) 1-1/8 (29)
Adapted from ASTM C 90. A Average of measurements on three units taken at the thinnest point. B This face-shell thickness is applicable where the allowable design load is reduced in proportion to the reduction in thickness from the basic face-shell thickness shown.
Base Materials 2.1 2.1.3.2 Brick

Bricks are prismatic masonry units made from suitable mixture of soil, clay and a stabilizing agent (emulsified asphalt). They are shaped by molding, pressing or extruding and are fired at elevated temperature to meet the strength and durability requirements of ASTM C62 for solid brick and C652 for hollow brick. Depending upon the grade, brick (solid clay masonry) can have a compressive strength ranging from 1,250 to over 25,000 psi. 12" Brick Grouted multi-wyte masonry construction Bearing Walls typically consists of two wythes, each one unit masonry in thickness, separated by a space 2 to 4-1/2 in width, which is filled with grout. The wythes are connected with wall ties. This space may also be reinforced with vertical reinforcing bars. Solid brick masonry consists of abutting wythes interlaced with header courses. In general, chemical anchors are recommended for use in brick. In older unreinforced construction (URM), or where the condition of the masonry is unknown, it is advisable to use a screen tube to prevent unrestricted flow of the bonding material into voids.
2.1.3.4 Mortar
Mortar is the product which is used in the construction of reinforced and non-reinforced unit masonry structures. The role of mortar when hardened in the finished structure is to transfer the compressive, tensile and shear stresses between the units. Mortar consists of a mixture of cementitious material, aggregate and water combined in accordance with ASTM C270. Either a cement/lime mortar or a masonry mortar, each in four types, can be used under this specification.
Mortar Type Average Compressive Strength at 28 Days, Min psi (MPa)
Cement-Lime
Masonry Cement
M S N O M S N O
2500 1800 750 350 2500 1800 750 350
(17.2) (12.4) (5.2) (2.4) (17.2) (12.4) (5.2) (2.4)
2.1.3.3 Clay Tile

Structural clay load-bearing wall tile is made from clay or shale and heat treated (fired) at an elevated temperature to develop the strength and durability required by ASTM C34. These units are manufactured in a variety of shapes and sizes with one or more cavities and develop a compressive strength of 500 to 1000 psi depending upon the grade and type. These units typically have a 3/4" face shell thickness and 1/2" interior web thickness.
Since mortar plays a significant role in the structural integrity of the masonry wall, it is important to understand how post installed anchors interact with the structure. Within a masonry structure there are designated joint locations. The proximity of a post-installed anchor or power-actuated fastener to one of these locations must be considered in the design of the anchorage. Product specific guidelines are provided within the guide.
2.1.3.5 Grout
ACI defines grout as a mixture of cementitious material and water, with or without aggregate, proportioned to produce a pourable consistency without segregation of the constituents. The terms grout and mortar are frequently used interchangeably but are, in actuality, not the same. Grout need not contain aggregate (mortar contains fine aggregate). Grout is supplied in a pourable consistency where mortar is not. Grout fills voids while mortar bonds elements together. Grout is used to fill space or cavities and provide continuity between building elements. In some applications, grout will act in a structural capacity, such as in unreinforced masonry construction. Grout, in regards to post-installed anchorages, is specified by the design official. When post-installed anchors are tested for the development of design values, the grout is specified according to applicable ASTM standards. Design engineers are encouraged to become familiar with the characteristics of the grout used in performance testing to better understand the applicability of the design loads published in this guide to the actual jobsite.
Clay tile as a base material is somewhat more difficult to anchor to due to the thin face shell and low compressive strength. Adhesive anchors such as the Hilti HIT HY 20 with a wire screen are usually recommended because they spread the load over a larger area and do not produce expansion forces.
2.1 Base Materials 2.1.4 Gypsum Wallboard

Gypsum wall board consists of an incombustible core, essentially gypsum, surfaced with paper firmly bonded to the core. It is made in flat sheets 4 feet by 8 feet or larger, and from 1/4" to 5/8" thick in accordance with ASTM C 1396/C 1396M. Gypsum wallboard is attached to the wall studs and ceiling joints in residential and commercial building to form the base for the finished wall or ceiling treatment. Gypsum wall board does not have the capacity to accept high loads. Hilti offers several light duty anchors designed for use in gypsum wallboard. predetermined sizes. These AAC products are then placed into an autoclave and steam cured for 10 to 12 hours. Autoclaving initiates a second chemical reaction that transforms the material into a hard calcium silicate. AAC was developed in Europe and is currently being manufactured in the United States by licensed facilities.
Strength Class Average Compressive Strength, psi (N/mm2) Average Comp. Str. Density lb/ft3 (g/cm3)
AAC - 2 AAC - 4 AAC - 6
360 (2.5) 725 (5.0) 1090 (7.5)
32 (0.5) 38 (0.6) 44 (0.7)
2.1.5 Light Gauge Steel Framing

Light gauge steel framing uses cold-formed steel sections for the construction of walls, floors and roofs. The framing memers have industry standard dimensions similar to wood framing studs. There are a large variety of shapes and sizes available for both residential and commercial markets. Framing members are generally produced in C-sections with thicknesses of 12 to 25 GA and varying widths. Other specialized shapes and connection components are also available from a variety of manufacturers. Design of light gauge steel framing is done in accordance with the American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI) Cold-Formed Steel Design Manual. Powder-actuated fasteners, self-drilling screws and anchors are commonly used in light gauge steel construction. Powderactuated fasteners and anchors are used to attach the light gauge steel to concrete and steel base materials. Self-drilling screws are used to attach light gauge steel components as part of larger assemblies or systems. Fasteners are typically evaluated without the steel elements. The elements should be evaluated separately based on applicable AISI design requirements. In some instances, such as steel deck diaphragms, deflection slip clips and perimeter wall track at edge of slab, powder-actuated fasteners have been tested with the light gauge steel components as a system assembly and the corresponding data is provided in this Product Technical Guide.
Due to the low compressive strength of AAC, anchors that spread the load over the entire embedded section are preferred (e.g., HUD, HRD, adhesives).
2.1.7 Steel
Structural steel is a critical building component which serves as the main structural support in many structures. Iron ore is processed and combined with other elements to produce different types of steel. Reference to a particular type of steel is usually made by ASTM standard. For example, ASTM A36 is the specification for what is usually referred to as A36 steel. Steel is hot-rolled into structural shapes that are available in different grades, with the grade corresponding to the yield strength. Common grades of structural steel include ASTM A36, which has a minimum yield strength of 36 ksi and ASTM A572, which is available in grades 42, 50, 55, 60 and 65. ASTM A992 is a high strength steel used extensively for wide flanged shapes. The grade of steel is very important when selecting a power actuated fastener. The grade and thickness determine the resistance that must be overcome when setting the fastener. The power required to drive a fastener must be greater than the resistance. If the power and resistance are too high, the fastener could be damaged during the setting process. This is referred to as exceeding the application range for the fastener. For a given fastener, the application range is determined by its length, diameter, material strength and hardness.
2.1.8 Pre-tensioned/ Pre-stressed Concrete

Pre-tensioned / prestressed concrete is concrete that is cast around already tensioned tendons or strands. This method produces a good bond between the tendon and concrete, which both protects the tendon from corrosion and allows for direct transfer of tension. The cured concrete adheres and bonds to the bars and when the tension is released it is transferred to the concrete as compression by static friction. Most pre-tensioned / prestressed concrete elements are prefabricated in a factory and must be transported to the construction site, which limits their size.
2.1.6 Autoclave Aerated Concrete

Precast autoclaved aerated concrete (AAC) is a lightweight, precast building material of a uniform porous structure. Adding aluminum powder to a cement, lime, fine sand and water mixture causes it to expand dramatically. After mixing, the slurry is poured into a mold and allowed to rise. The product is removed from its mold after a few hours and fed through a cutting machine, which sections the AAC into
Evaluation of Test Data 2.2

Pre-tensioned / prestressed concrete poses a unique problem when post-installed anchors and power-actuated fasteners are used. Drilling into the concrete is typically not recommended unless a precise knowledge of the location of the tendons is known. Since locating the tendons can be tedious and expensive other alternatives for post-installed anchors are needed. Typically, the clear cover over the tendons is known and can be used to provide connection points. Post-installed anchors and power-actuated fasteners with embedments on the magnitude of 3/4" to 1 are typically ideal and do not interfere with the tendons or strands. Fastener testing at Hilti is conducted in accordance with ASTM E 488, Standard Test Methods for Strength of Anchors in Concrete and Masonry Elements, ASTM E 1512 Standard Test Methods for Testing Bond Performance of Bonded Anchors and ASTM E 1190 Standard Test Methods for Strength of Power-Actuated Fasteners Installed in Structural Members. Because of the wide variation in possible concrete reinforcing configurations found in construction, testing is typically performed in unreinforced concrete, which gives conservative results. There are two methods of developing allowable loads; (1) apply an appropriate safety factor to the mean ultimate load as determined from a given number of individual tests, or (2) apply a statistical method to the test data which relates the allowable working load to the performance variability of the fastening.
2.1.9 Bonded Post-tensioned Concrete

Bonded post-tensioned concrete is a term used for a method of applying compression after pouring concrete and the curing process. This method is commonly used to create monolithic slabs. Slabs are created in-situ versus being manufactured at a plant. The same considerations for avoiding post-tensioning strands should be considered when using post-installed anchors and power-actuated fasteners.
2.2.2 Allowable Loads

Historically, allowable loads for anchors have been derived by applying a global safety factor to the average ultimate value of test results. This approach is characterized by Eq. 2.2.1. Eq. 2.2.1 Where: F = mean of test data (population sample) v = safety factor Global safety factors of 4 to 8 for post-installed anchors have been industry practice for nearly three decades. The global safety factor is assumed to cover expected variations in field installation conditions and variation in anchor performance from laboratory tests. Note that global safety factors applied to the mean do not explicitly account for anchor coefficient of variation, i.e., all anchors are considered equal with respect to variability in the test data. Fall =
F v
2.1.10 Admixtures
Chemical admixtures are the ingredients in concrete other than Portland cement, water and aggregate that are added to the mix immediately before or during mixing. Chemical admixtures are used to enhance the properties of concrete and mortar in the plastic and hardened state. These properties may be modified to increase compressive and flexural strength at all ages, decrease permeability and improve durability, inhibit corrosion, reduce shrinkage, accelerate or retard initial set, increase slump and workability, improve pumpability and finishability, increase cement efficiency, and improve the economy of the mixture. An admixture or combination of admixtures may be the only feasible means of achieving the desired results. Testing of post-installed anchors and power-actuated fasteners is performed in concrete without admixtures. Designers should take into consideration the affects of admixtures to the concrete when determining the applicability of particular post-installed anchors or power-actuated fasteners.
2.2.3 Statistical Evaluation of Data

Experience from a large number of tests on anchors has shown that ultimate loads generally approximate a normal Gaussian probability density function as shown in Fig. 2.2.1. This allows for the use of statistical evaluation techniques that relate the resistance to the system performance variability associated with a particular anchor. One such technique is to adjust the mean such that the resulting resistance represents a so-called 5% fractile, or characteristic value. As commonly applied, the characteristic load, Rk, for a given test series is derived from the mean, F, the standard deviation, s, and the sample size, n, such that, for a 90% probability (90% confidence) 95% of the loads are above
2.2.1 Developing Fastener Performance Data

Hilti published data is based on laboratory testing unless otherwise indicated. However, the emergence of accurate predictive methods, as embodied in the Concrete Capacity Design (CCD) method, allows for calculation of anchor capacity for a variety of design conditions. The CCD method is applicable to anchors for which pre-qualification testing has been performed in accordance with the testing standard developed by ACI Committee 355.
2.2 Evaluation of Test Data

the characteristic load. The characteristic load is calculated according to Eq. 2.2.2 whereby k is usually provided by a onesided population limit for a standard distribution for sample size n.
Wahrscheinlichkeitsdichte Probability density
on the characteristic resistance. Unless stated otherwise, the following safety factors are applied to the characteristic resistance: v v = = 3 for concrete and bond failure modes 5 for shallow anchors (due to the greater variability associated with cover concrete) and plastic anchors
Frequency (%) Hufigkeit [%]
Histogramder the Histogramm of Versuchsergebnisse test results
Probability density Wahrscheinlichkeitsdichte
These safety factors are intended to cover the following conditions, within reasonably expected variations:
Ru,m F Versagenslast Ultimate Load
F ALL Frec
Rk Rk FALL R Rk Frec == k/ v
1. variability of anchor performance in the field with respect to laboratory performance 2. variability of actual loading with respect to calculated loads 3. typical variability of base material (e.g., concrete) condition with respect to specified or laboratory conditions 4. reasonable installation deviations Note that installation error, e.g., installation not in accordance with Hiltis installation instructions, is not covered by the safety factor. It is the responsibility of the user or design engineer to examine all factors that could influence an anchorage and to adjust the design resistance accordingly.
Fig. 2.2.1 Frequency distribution of fastener loads, demonstrating the significance of the 5% fractile and the allowable load As applied to the characteristic resistance, the global safety factor, v, is not required to account for the variability of the system. This allows for a tighter definition of the components to be covered by the safety factor, such as concrete variability and the variability of lab test data with respect to field performance. (Taken together with an ultimate strength design method, whereby loading variability is accommodated via load factors, the partial safety factors associated with these effects can be converted into a strength reduction factor, f, thus allowing for greater consistency in the safety factor). Fastening systems exhibiting tightly grouped test data are rewarded with a low standard deviation, s. Eq. 2.2.2 Where: Rk F k s cv v = = = = = = characteristic resistance of the tested anchor system mean ultimate resistance of the tested anchor system distribution value for test sample size n standard deviation of the test data coefficient of variation = s F safety factor Fall = Rk = F - k s = F (1 - k cv) v v v
Many of the allowable loads in this Technical Guide are based
Corrosion 2.3 2.3.1 The Corrosion Process

Corrosion is defined as the chemical or electrochemical reaction between a material, usually a metal, and its environment that produces a deterioration of the material and its properties (ASTM G 15). The corrosion process can be very complex and have many contributing factors that lead to immediate or delayed destructive results. In anchorage and fastener design, the most common types of corrosion are direct chemical attack and electro-chemical contact.
Galvanic Series of Metals and Alloys
2.3.2 Types of Corrosion 2.3.2.1 Direct Chemical Attack

Corrosion by direct chemical attack occurs when the base material is soluble in the corroding medium. One method of mitigating these effects is to select a fastener that is not susceptible to attack by the corroding chemical. Compatibility tables of various chemical compounds with Hilti adhesive and epoxy fastening systems are provided in this Product Technical Guide. When selection of a base metal compatible with the corroding medium is not possible or economical, another solution is to provide a coating that is resistant to the corroding medium. These might include metallic coatings such as zinc or organic coatings such as epoxies or fluorocarbons.
2.3.2.2 Electrochemical Contact Corrosion

All metals have an electrical potential relative to each other and have been ranked accordingly to form the electromotive force series or galvanic series of metals. When metals of different potential come into contact in the presence of an electrolyte (moisture), the more active metal with more negative potential becomes the anode and corrodes, while the other metal becomes the cathode and is galvanically protected. The severity and rate of attack will be influenced by: a. Relative position of the contacting metals in the galvanic series, b. Relative surface areas of the contacting materials and, c. Conductivity of the electrolyte. The effects of electro-chemical contact corrosion may be mitigated by: a. Using similar metals close together in the electromotive force series, b. Separating dissimilar metals with gaskets, plastic washers or paint with low electrical conductivity. Materials typically used in these applications include: 1. High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) 2. Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) 3. Polycarbonates 4. Neoprene / chloroprene 5. Cold galvanizing compound 6. Bituminous coatings or paint Note: Specifiers must ensure that these materials are compatible with other anchorage components in the service environment. c. Selecting materials so that the fastener is the cathode, most noble or protected component, d. Providing drainage or weep holes to prevent entrapment of the electrolyte
Corroded End (anodic, or least noble) Magnesium Magnesium alloys Zinc Aluminum 1100 Cadmium Aluminum 2024-T4 Steel or Iron Cast Iron Chromium-iron (active) Ni-Resist cast iron Type 304 Stainless (active) Type 316 Stainless (active) Lead tin solders Lead Tin Nickel (active) Inconel nickel-chromium alloy (active) Hastelloy Alloy C (active) Brasses Copper Bronzes Copper-nickel alloys Monel nickel-copper alloy Silver solder Nickel (passive) Inconel nickel-chromium alloy (passive) Chromium-iron (passive) Type 304 Stainless (passive) Type 316 Stainless (passive) Hastelloy Alloy C (passive) Silver Titanium Graphite Gold Platinum Protected End (cathodic, or most noble)
Source: IFI Fastener Standards, 6th Edition
2.3 Corrosion 2.3.2.3 Hydrogen Assisted Stress Corrosion Cracking

Often incorrectly referred to as hydrogen embrittlement, hydrogen assisted stress corrosion cracking (HASCC) is an environmentally induced failure mechanism that is sometimes delayed and most times occurs without warning. HASCC occurs when a hardened steel fastener is stressed (loaded) in a service environment which chemically generates hydrogen (such as when zinc and iron combine in the presence of moisture). The potential for HASCC is directly related to steel hardness. The higher the fastener hardness, the greater the susceptibility to stress corrosion cracking failures. Eliminating or reducing any one of these contributing factors (high steel hardness, corrosion or stress) reduces the overall potential for this type of fastener failure. Hydrogen embrittlement, on the other hand, refers to a potential damaging side effect of the steel fastener manufacturing process, and is unrelated to project site corrosion. Hydrogen embrittlement is neutralized by proper processing during fastener pickling, cleaning and plating operations, specifically by baking the fasteners after the application of the galvanic coating.
Atmosphere Mean Corrosion Rate
Industrial Urban Non-Industrial or Marine Suburban Rural Indoors
5.6 m/year 1.5 m/year 1.3 m/year 0.8 m/year Considerably less than 0.5 m/year
Source: ASTM B 633 Appendix X1. Service Life of Zinc
2.3.3.1 Suggested Corrosion Resistance

Use of AISI 316 stainless steel in environments where pitting or stress corrosion is likely should be avoided due to the possibility of sudden failure without visual warning. Fastenings in these applications should be regularly inspected for serviceability condition. See chart 2.3.3.1 below.
Corrosion Resistance Phosphate and Oil Coatings (Black Oxide)
Typical Conditions of Use Interior applications without any particular influence of moisture
2.3.3 Corrosion Protection

The most common material used for corrosion protection of carbon steel fasteners is zinc. Zinc coatings can be uniformly applied by a variety of methods to achieve a wide range of coating thickness depending on the application. All things being equal, thicker coatings typically provide higher levels of protection. An estimating table for the mean corrosion rate and service life of zinc coatings in various atmospheres is provided to the right. These values are for reference only, due to the large variances in the research findings and specific project site conditions, but they can provide the specifier with a better understanding of the expected service life of zinc coatings. In controlled environments where the relative humidity is low and no corrosive elements are present, the rate of corrosion of zinc coatings is approximately 0.15 microns per year. Zinc coatings can be applied to anchors and fasteners by different methods. These include (in order of increasing coating thickness and corrosion protection): a. ASTM B 633 Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel b. ASTM B 695 Standard Specification for Coatings of Zinc Mechanically Deposited on Iron and Steel c. ASTM A 153 Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware d. Sherardizing Process Proprietary Diffusion Controlled Zinc Coating Process
Zinc electro-plated 5 10 m Interior applications without any (ASTM B 633, SC 1, Type III) particular influence of moisture Organic Coatings If covered sufficiently by Kwik Cote 17.8 m noncorrosive concrete Mechanically deposited zinc coating 40 107 m Hot-Dip Galvanizing (HDG) > 50 m (ASTM A 153) Sherardizing Process > 50 m Stainless Steel (AISI 303 / 304) Interior applications where heavy condensation is present Exterior applications in corrosive environments Near saltwater Exterior corrosive environments Interior applications in damp environments and near saltwater (ASTM B 695) Exterior applications in only slightly corrosive atmospheres
Stainless Steel (AISI 316)
Corrosion 2.3 2.3.4 Test Methods

Various test methods have been used in the development of Hilti fastening systems to predict performance in corrosive environments. Some of the internationally accepted standards and test methods used in these evaluations are: a. ASTM B 117 Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus b. ASTM G 85 Standard Practice for Modified Salt Spray (Fog) Testing c. ASTM G 87 Standard Practice for Conducting Moist SO2 Tests d. DIN 50021 SS Salt Spray Testing (ISO 3768) e. DIN 50018 2,0 Kesternich Test (ISO 6988) Testing in a Saturated Atmosphere in the Presence of Sulfur Dioxide
2.3.5.2 Power-Actuated Fasteners

Hilti carbon steel power-actuated fasteners are typically zinc plated to a minimum thickness of 5 m for limited corrosion resistance. Another method used to resist corrosion for the Hilti carbon steel ENP series decking fasteners is the use of the stainless steel SDK2 sealing cap with an integrated neoprene seal. Please see Section 3.4.1.3.1. Hilti also manufactures stainless steel X-CR powder-actuated nails and threaded studs. The X-CR fasteners are made from a proprietary material with corrosion resistance equivalent to AISI 316 material, but with higher strength and hardness. Because carbon steel power-actuated fasteners are hardened, they can be susceptible to HASCC. It is, therefore, important to evaluate the suitability of the application prior to use if the environment may be corrosive. If in doubt, stainless steel X-CR fasteners are recommended.
2.3.5 Hilti Fastening Systems 2.3.5.1 Anchors

Most Hilti metal anchors are available in carbon steel with an electrodeposited zinc coating of at least 5 m with chromate passivation. Chromate passivation reduces the rate of corrosion for zinc coatings, maintains color, abrasion resistance and when damaged, exhibits a unique self healing property. This means that the chromium contained within the film on the anchor surface will repassivate any exposed areas and lower the corrosion rate. Hilti standard and super HAS threaded rods in 7/8" diameter size are zinc coated to at least 50 m by the hot-dip galvanizing process. Other sizes may be available through special orders. Where the long-term integrity of a fastening is important, and there is a risk of corrosion of a carbon steel anchor, then a stainless steel anchor may be specified. It must be noted that under certain extreme conditions, even stainless steel anchors will corrode and additional protective measures will be needed. Stainless steels should not be used when the anchorage will be subjected to long term exposure, immersion in chloride solutions, or in corrosive environments where the average temperature is above 86 F. Hilti HCR High Corrosion Resistant threaded rod is available on a special order basis. It provides superior corrosion resistance to AISI 316 and is an alternative to titanium or other special stainless steels. Note: Specifiers should also consult ACI 318-05 Chapter 4 Durability Requirements, Section 4.4 and Tables 4.4.1 and 4.2.2 for applications where concrete structures will be exposed to chloride ion concentrations, deicing chemicals, salt, salt water, brackish water, seawater or spray from these sources.
2.3.5.3 Screw Fasteners

Hilti screw fasteners are available with three different types of coatings: a. phosphate and oil (black oxide) b. zinc electroplated c. Kwik-Cote Black oxide offers the lowest resistance to corrosion and generally restricts use to interior finishing applications. Hilti Kwik-Cote is a proprietary copolymer organic coating that helps protect against galvanic corrosion in a manner similar to zinc. Zinc electro-plating is in accordance with ASTM B 633 SC 1 Type III to a minimum thickness of 5 m. Hilti provides the proprietary Kwik-Cote organic coating on certain types of Kwik-Pro screws and all Kwik-Flex screws. Stainless steel screws (AISI 410 or 300 series) and sealing washers are available on a special order basis. Warning: Because of the potential for HASCC failures, standard hardened carbon steel fasteners are not recommended for use with dissimilar metals or chemically treated wood when moisture may be present or in corrosive environments. For screws that are resistant to HASCC, consider using Hilti Kwik-Flex screws.
2.3 Corrosion 2.3.6 Applications

It is difficult to offer generalized solutions to corrosion problems. An applications guide can be useful as a starting point for fastener material selection. The specifier should also consult: a. Local and national building code requirements (e.g., IBC, UBC) b. Standard practice manuals for specific types of construction (e.g., ACI, PCI, AISC, PCA, CRSI, AASHTO, NDS/APA) c. Manufacturers of structural components d. Hilti technical support
2.3.6.1 General Applications8

Application
Structural steel components to concrete & masonry (interior connections within the building envelope not subjected to free weathering) 1, 2
Conditions
Interior applications without condensation
Fastener Recommendations
Galvanic zinc plating
Interior applications with occasional condensation Structural steel components to concrete & masonry (exterior connections subjected to free weathering) 1,2 Zinc coated or painted metal decking to steel beam / joist connections with roof membrane or cover 3, 4, 5 Exposed deck applications subject to free weathering 3, 4, 5 Composite deck applications (steel connections with concrete overlayment) 1 Insulation fastenings / EIFS fastenings 6 Slightly corrosive environments Highly corrosive environments Interior applications without condensation
HDG or Sherardized HDG or Sherardized Stainless steel Galvanic zinc plating or Kwik-Cote
With sealing washers (SDK2) Without sealing washers (SDK2) Covered sufficiently by non-corrosive concrete Applications without condensation Applications with condensation
Galvanic zinc plating X-CR Galvanic zinc plating Galvanic zinc plating or Kwik-Cote X-CR Galvanic zinc plating HDG or Sherardized HDG, Sherardized or X-CR1 Stainless steel1 HDG or Sherardized Stainless steel
Temporary formwork, erection bracing and short-term scaffolding Parking garages / parking decks subject to periodic application of de-icers including chloride solutions 7 Road / bridge decks subject to periodic application of de-icers including chloride solutions 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Interior applications Exterior applications Non-safety critical Safety critical Non-safety critical Safety critical
Refer to ACI 318 Chapter 4 Durability Refer to ACI 530.1 Section 2.4F Coatings for Corrosion Protection Refer to SDI A Rational Approach to Steel Deck Corrosion Protection Refer to Factory Mutual Approval Standard Class No. 4450 Section 5.4 Refer to Factory Mutual Approval Standard Class No. 4470 Section 5.6 Refer to ICC Evaluation Services Acceptance Criteria 24 Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems Refer to PCI Parking Structures: Recommended Practice for Design & Construction Chapters 3, 5 and Appendix General guidelines address environmental corrosion (direct chemical attack). Additional considerations should be taken into account when using hardened steel fasteners susceptible to HASCC.
Corrosion 2.3 2.3.6.2 Special Applications

These application charts are offered as general guidelines.4 Site specific conditions may influence the decision.
Application Aluminum fastenings (flashing / roofing accessories, hand rails, grating panels, sign posts and miscellaneous fixtures) Conditions Interior applications without condensation Fastener Recommendations Galvanic zinc plating or Kwik-Cote
Exterior applications with condensation Water treatment Not submerged Submerged Waste water treatment Not submerged Submerged Marine (salt water environments, shipyards, docks, off-shore platforms) Non-safety critical or temporary connections High humidity with the presence of chlorides splash zone On the off-shore platform or rig Indoor swimming pools Non-safety critical Safety critical or subjected to high concentrations of soluble chlorides Pressure / chemically treated wood 3 Above grade Below grade Power plant stacks / chimneys Non-safety critical Safety critical or subjected to high concentrations of SO2 Tunnels (lighting fixtures, rails, guardposts) Non-safety critical Safety critical 1 2 3 4
Stainless steel, X-CR HDG, Sherardized or Stainless steel Stainless steel 2 HDG, Sherardized or Stainless steel Stainless steel 2 HDG, Sherardized or X-CR Stainless steel1 Stainless steel or X-CR HDG or Sherardized, X-CR Stainless steel1 HDG Stainless steel, X-CR HDG or Stainless steel Stainless steel, X-CR1
HDG, Stainless steel or X-CR Stainless steel1
Steel selection depends on safety relevance Must electrically isolate fastener from contact with concrete reinforcement through use of adhesive or epoxy anchoring system, gasket or plastic washer with low electrical conductivity Refer to APA Technical Note No. D485D and AF & PA Technical Report No. 7 General guidelines address environmental corrosion (direct chemical attack). Additional considerations should be taken into account when using hardened steel fasteners susceptible to HASCC.
Notes
Notes
Direct Fastening Systems Table of Contents

Section Description Page
3.1 3.1.1 3.1.2 3.1.3 3.2 3.2.1 3.2.1.1 3.2.1.2 3.2.1.3 3.2.2
Direct Fastening Terminology & Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Direct Fastening Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Benefits of Direct Fastening systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Common Direct Fastening Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 General Construction Fastening Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 General Construction Fastener Design & Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Fastening to Concrete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Fastening to Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Fastener Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 General Application Fasteners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
X-U, DS, EDS, X-ZF, X-S13, X-DAK, X-DNI, X-EDNI, X-GN, X-EGN and X-GHP fastener series for general applications to concrete, steel or masonry
3.2.3 3.2.4
X-U Universal Knurled Shank Fastener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Universal X-U fastener for use in concrete, steel or masonry
Perimeter Wall Application Fasteners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

X-U, DS and EDS fasteners for attachment of perimeter track and deflection slip clips to concrete or steel
3.2.5
Drywall Track Fastening Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

X-S13, X-DAK, X-DW, X-S16, X-GN, X-EGN, and X-GHP fastener series for attachment of drywall track to concrete, steel or masonry
3.2.6
Sill Plate Fastening Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

X-CF 72, X-ZF 72, X-DNI 72, X-CP 72, and X-CR-L 72 fasteners for attachment of wood sill plates to concrete
3.2.7
Ceiling Clip & Hanger Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Sheet steel clips with pre-mounted powder-actuated fasteners with or without pre-tied wire for suspending acoustical ceiling grids and panels from concrete
3.2.8
Stud Fasteners for Attachment to Concrete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Carbon steel (1/4 and 3/8) and stainless steel (1/4) powder-actuated threaded studs for attachment to concrete
3.2.9
Stud Fasteners for Attachment to Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Carbon steel (1/4, 3/8 and 8mm) and stainless steel (3/8 and 8mm) powder-actuated threaded studs for attachment to steel .
3.2.10
X-BT Fastening Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Innovative X-BT (3/8 and 8mm) blunt-tip threaded stud fastener for attachment to coated or painted steel
3.2.11
Clips & Hangers for Mechanical and Electrical Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Threaded and smooth rod hangers (X-HS and X-RH), cable holders, clamps and tie fasteners (X-ECH, X-EKB MX, and X-ECT) and conduit clips (X-BX, X-EMTC and X-EMTSC MX) for use in miscellaneous mechanical and electrical applications
3.2.12
Insulation or Soft Material Attachment Fasteners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

X-IE and X-SW fasteners for attachment of insulation and other soft materials to concrete, masonry or steel
Direct Fastening Systems Table of Contents

3.3 3.3.1 3.3.2
Grating & Checkerplate Fastening Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Grating & Checkerplate Fastener Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 X-FCM & X-FCP Grating & Checkerplate Fastening Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Removable and reusable grating (X-FCM) & checkerplate (X-FCP) fastening systems available in zinc plated, HDG, and stainless steel corrosion resistance and consisting of a disk that threads onto a powder-actuated threaded stud. Stainless steel version specifically designed for off-shore
3.3.3
X-GR, X-GR RU, & X-MGR Grating Fastening Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Permanent (X-GR), or removable (X-GR RU and X-MGR) grating fastening systems with HDG equivalent corrosion resistance for attachment of grating in on-shore industrial applications
3.4 3.4.1 3.4.1.1 3.4.1.2 3.4.1.3 3.4.1.4 3.4.1.5 3.4.1.6 3.4.1.7 3.4.2
Steel Deck Fastening Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Steel Deck Fastener Design & Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Steel Deck Terminology & Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Steel Deck Diaphragm Design & Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Fastener, Tool & Cartridge Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Submittal Information for Roof Deck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Submittal Information for Floor Deck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Fastener Quantity Estimation Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Common Steel Deck Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Deck Fasteners for Attachment to Bar Joist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
X-EDN19 and X-EDNK22 fasteners for attachment of many types of steel deck to bar joist up to 3/8-inch thick
3.4.3
Deck Fasteners for Attachment to Structural Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

X-ENP-19 fastener for attachment of many types of steel deck to structural steel greater than or equal to 1/4-inch thick
3.4.4
X-HVB Shear Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

Mechanically attached X-HVB shear connector for use in composite beam construction with steel beams and concrete slabs
3.5 3.5.1 3.5.1.1 3.5.1.2 3.5.1.3 3.5.1.4 3.5.1.5 3.5.2
Screw Fastening Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Self-Drilling Screw Fastener Selection and Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Drill Point Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Thread Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Head Style Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Sealing Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Length Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Kwik-Pro Self-Drilling Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Self-drilling screws available in a variety of head styles, thread lengths and drill-flute lengths for screw diameters #6 through 1/4 meeting ASTM C 1513 and SAE J78 or ASTM C954
3.5.3
Kwik-Flex Self-Drilling Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

Self-drilling screws specifically designed to resist embrittlement that can be caused by stress, dissimilar metals and moisture available in HWH head style and diameters #10 through 5/16
3.1 Direct Fastening Terminology & Applications 3.1.1 Direct Fastening Terminology
DX = Hilti Powder-Actuated Direct Fastening System GX = Gas-Actuated Fastening Systems Characteristics of Steel and Other Metals Fu = specified minimum ultimate tensile strength of metals, ksi (MPa) = specified minimum yield strength of metals, ksi (MPa) F G' q Qf Sf Steel Deck Fastening Systems1 tf = flange thickness of beam or bar joist for steel decking applications, in. (mm) = diaphragm flexibility factor, in./lb (mm x 10-6/N) = diaphragm shear stiffness lb/in. (N/mm x 10-6) = allowable diaphragm shear, plf (N/mm) = fastener strength, panel to frame, lb (kN) = fastener flexibility factor, panel to frame, in./kip (mm/kN)
Fy
Characteristics of Concrete and Masonry fc = concrete compressive strength as measured by testing of cylinder, psi (MPa) = specified concrete compressive strength, psi (MPa)
f'c
X-HVB Shear Connector hr Hs Nr q Qn Rg Rp wr = nominal rib height, in. (mm) = connector height, in. (mm) = number of connectors in one rib = allowable shear strength, lb (kN) = nominal shear strength, lb (kN) = coefficient to account for group effect = position effect factor shear connectors = average width of rib, in. (mm)
Fastening Details cmin = minimum edge distance, in. (mm) dnom = nominal fastener shank diameter, in. (mm) D = thread diameter for threaded studs, in. (mm)
hET = penetration of the fastener point below the surface of the base material, in. (mm) hNVS = nailhead stand-off above the surface fastened into. For nails, this is the surface of the fastened material. For threaded studs, the surface of the base material, in. (mm) Ls = length of fastener, in. (mm)
Ycon = distance from top of steel beam to top of concrete slab, in. (mm) Screw Fastening Systems 2 L = length of screw, in. (mm)
smin = minimum fastener spacing, in. (mm) tI tI tII = thickness of the fastened material, in. (mm) = total thickness of the fastened material, where more than one layer fastened, in. (mm) = thickness of the base material, in. (mm)
MT = maximum thickness of all attachments to be fastened, including the base material, in. (mm) Pss = nominal shear strength (resistance) of screw, lb (kN) Pts = nominal tension strength (resistance) of screw, lb (kN)
Tmax = maximum tightening torque, ft-lb (Nm)
1 More detailed definitions for Steel Deck Fastening Systems can be found on page 82. 2 Terminology for screw fastener head styles (e.g. hex washer head (HWH)) can be found on page 114.
Fastener Nomenclature1
Fastener Series1
Washer Type2 and Diameter (mm) 1. The fastener name preceded by an E (e.g. X-EDNI 16 P8), indicates a knurled shank for improved holding Indicates in steel. (Note: X-U fasteners have Collated Fastener knurling.) (strips of 10)
Stud Nomenclature1
2. P = Plastic washer Thread Size S = Steel washer (mm) D = Double washer (1 plastic, 1 steel) L = Double washer (both steel) DP = Double washer (both plastic) FP = Ferrule and plastic guide washer 3. MX at the end of fastener name indicates fasteners collated in strips of 10 Thread Length (mm) Washer Type2 and Diameter (mm)
X-U 37 P8 MX
Shank Length (mm)
X-W6 20 22 FP8
Shank Length (mm)
Thread Length
Washer
Shank Diameter
Shank Diameter
Washer
Thread Size
Direct Fastening Terminology & Applications 3.1 3.1.2 Benefits of Direct Fastening Systems
Power-actuated fastening systems are recognized as a safe, acceptable and cost effective method of making instantaneous fastenings into various construction base materials such as concrete, steel and masonry. Poweractuated fastening technology uses either powder cartridges (blank cartridges) or compressed gas cartridges. Without the need for external power sources, it is portable, fast and lightweight allowing for reliable fastenings in difficult access areas on todays construction sites. Screw fastening systems are commonly used for the attachment of cold-formed steel members. Self-drilling screws allow for direct attachment without the need for additional equipment such as a drill bit or welding machine making screw fastening portable, fast and lightweight. A key benefit to using direct fastening systems is increased productivity for the end user due to the speed of making fastenings vs. drilling and anchoring or welding. Fastenings are easily inspected and suitable for all trades in a variety of applications.
3.1.3 Common Direct Fastening Applications

General Fastenings to Concrete Reference Sections 3.2.2, 3.2.3 and 3.2.8 General Fastenings to Steel Reference Sections 3.2.2, 3.2.3 and 3.2.9 Perimeter Wall Applications - Deflection Slip Clips - Steel Framing Track Reference Section 3.2.4
Interior Partition Walls (Drywall) Reference Section 3.2.5
Wood Sill Plate Attachment Reference Section 3.2.6
Ceiling Hangers Reference Section 3.2.7
Electrical Grounding Reference Section 3.2.10
Pipe Hangers Reference Section 3.2.11
Cable & Conduit Attachment Reference Section 3.2.11
Thermal Insulation Attachment Reference Section 3.2.12
Grating & Checkerplate Attachment Reference Section 3.3
Steel Deck Attachment Reference Section 3.4
Steel Deck Sidelap Attachment Reference Sections 3.4 and 3.5
Light Steel Framing Connections Reference Section 3.5
General Construction Fastening Systems
3.2.1 General Construction Fastener Design & Selection 3.2.1.1 Fastening to Concrete 3.2.1.1.1 General Suitability
When a powder or gas-actuated fastener is driven into concrete, the concrete around the fastener shank is displaced. This displaced concrete compresses against the shank creating a friction hold. In addition, heat generated during the driving process causes a sintering of the concrete to the fastener. A fastener driven into concrete is influenced by the following factors: Depth of penetration Compressive strength of the concrete Fastener spacing and edge distance Fastener shank diameter Concrete aggregate
Fastener point magnified at sintering zone
Sintering Zone Compression Zone
3.2.1.1.2 Depth of Penetration into Concrete

Generally, as the fastener penetration increases, so does the load capacity (1). However, a penetration depth which is too shallow or too deep may cause an increase in fastening failure (2). Depth of Penetration Guide1
Material Concrete block and joints Average concrete (2000-4000 psi) Precast or pre-stressed concrete (5000 psi +) Typical 3/4" to 1" (19 to 25 mm) 3/4" to 1-1/4" (19 to 32 mm) 3/4" to 1" (19 to 25 mm) Sprinkler Installations with W10 Stud Only 1" to 1-5/8" (25 to 41 mm) 1" to 1-1/4" (25 to 32 mm)
1 For allowable load capacities at specific embedment depths refer to specific product sections.
3.2.1.1.3 Compressive Strength of Concrete/Aggregate Hardness

Generally, as the concrete compressive strength increases, so does the fasteners load capacity (1). However, very high compressive strength and aggregate hardness decrease the possibility of making a successful fastening (2). Concrete Compressive Strength
Optimum Maximum 2000 6000 psi (14-41 MPa) *8500 psi (55 MPa)
* May require predrilling with DX-Kwik system (Section 3.2.1.1.10)
3.2.1.1.4 Fastener Spacing, Edge Distance & Base Material Thickness Requirements for Concrete
Nail Shank Diameter
dnom in. (mm) Cmin in. (mm) Smin in. (mm) Smin Cmin
0.118 (3.0) 0.138 (3.5) 0.145 (3.7) 0.157 (4.0) (X-U) 0.177 (4.5) (X-AL-H) 0.177 (4.5) (DS) 0.205 (5.2) (W10)
2-3/8 (60) 2-3/4 (70) 2-3/4 (70) 2-3/4 (70) 2-3/4 (70) 3-1/8 (80) 4 (104)
2-3/8 (60) 2-3/4 (70) 2-3/4 (70) 2-3/4 (70) 3-1/8 (80) 4 (104)
Depth of Penetration
2-3/4 (70)
C min= Min. Edge Distance1 S min = Min. Fastener Spacing t II = Min. Concrete Thickness = 3 x Fastener Penetration Depth2
1 Unless otherwise noted in corresponding load tables (e.g. sill plate application). 2 Unless otherwise noted in corresponding load tables (e.g. lightweight concrete over metal deck applications) t II
3.2.1.1.5 Maximum Tightening Torque

Tmax
Maximum Tightening Torque, Tmax, for Threaded Studs Driven into Concrete, ft-lb (Nm)
X-W6 3.0 (4.0) Stud Type X-CR W6 3.0 (4.0) W10 4.5 (6.0)
General Construction Fastener Design & Selection 3.2.1
3.2.1.1.6 Fastener Locations when Installing into Lightweight Concrete over Metal Deck
Hilti Powder-Driven Fastener 3,000 psi Lightweight Concrete 12"
min. 3-1/4" 3" Form Deck Lower Flute Location Upper Flute Location Direction of shear load on fastener 1-1/8" Min. Edge Distance Direction of tension load on fastener 4-1/2" min. 4-1/2" min. 7-1/4" min.
Figure 1 Hilti Fastener Location in 3 Deep Composite Floor Deck Normal Deck Profile Orientation
Hilti Power-Driven Fastener 3,000 psi Lightweight Concrete 6" min. 2-1/2"
Form Deck Upper Flute Location Lower Flute Location
Direction of shear load on fastener Direction of tension load on fastener
7/8" Edge Distance
1-3/4"
2-1/2" 3-1/2"
1-1/2"
Figure 2 Hilti Fastener Location in 1-1/2 Deep Composite Floor Deck Normal Deck Profile Orientation
Hilti Power-Driven Fastener 3,000 psi Lightweight Concrete 6" min. 2-1/2"
Form Deck Upper Flute Location Lower Flute Location
Direction of shear load on fastener Direction of tension load on fastener
1-3/4" Edge Distance
1-3/4" 3-1/2"
1-1/2"
Figure 3 Hilti Fastener Location in 1-1/2 Deep Composite Floor Deck Inverted Deck Profile Orientation
3.2.1 General Construction Fastener Design & Selection 3.2.1.1.7 Bending Moments on Power-Actuated Fasteners in Concrete
As with concrete anchors, bending moments on poweractuated fasteners installed in concrete and masonry base materials can be minimized through proper design detailing and installation practice. Proper design should include redundancy with multiple fastening points instead of singlepoint fastenings, in order to distribute bending moment effects amongst multiple fasteners. Installation of threaded rod coupler hangers on powder-actuated threaded studs should be done with the coupler run down over the stud shank and in contact with the concrete or masonry base material as depicted in the figure below. Care should be taken not to
Arrangements to reduce or prevent moment on shank:
exceed the maximum torque discussed in Section 3.2.1.1.5. Although no design equations are provided for determining equivalent bending moment loads on power-actuated fasteners, recommended allowable bending moments are provided in the table below based on testing with a safety factor of 2:1 for static loading. Relatively small bending moments can contribute to a significant reduction in the overall fastening capacity and must be checked by the engineer.
Arrangement causing moment to act on shank:
Non-symmetric arrangement: Moment on fastened part Prying effect must be considered in determining loads acting on fastener
Coupler not tight against concrete Coupler tight against concrete
For information on concrete anchor bolt bending, reference Sections 4.1.8.4 and 4.1.9.8. Allowable Bending Moments For Threaded Stud Fasteners Installed in Minimum 2,000 psi Concrete1
Fastener Designation X-W6 X-CR W6 W10 Mrec ft-lb (Nm) 3.6 (4.9) 3.2 (4.3) 10.0 (13.6)
1 Based on a safety factor greater than or equal to 2.0.
3.2.1.1.8 Combined Loading of Power-Actuated Fasteners in Concrete

Combined loading of power-actuated fasteners installed in concrete can be treated with exponent = 1 unless otherwise provided for the specific application (e.g. ceiling clips with power-actuated fasteners with 45 loading). (Ns / Nrec) + (Vs / Vrec) 1.0 where: Ns = Applied Tension Load Vs = Applied Shear Load
Nrec = Allowable Tension Load Vrec = Allowable Shear Load
3.2.1.1.9 Fastener Clamping & Nailhead Stand-Off

Powder-actuated fastenings must be thought of in terms of a fastening system consisting of the powder-actuated tool, cartridges and the fastener itself. Not all powder-actuated fastening systems can achieve adequate embedment and proper clamping of the fastened part to the base material. The installer should start with the lowest power regulation and cartridge and work up until tight clamping is achieved. Installers should never double-shoot fastenings with excessive nail head stand-off in order to drive them deeper. This can create a safety hazard and break the bond or sintering between the fastener shank and the base material.
General Construction Fastener Design & Selection 3.2.1 3.2.1.1.10 DX Kwik System 3.2.1.1.10.1 Product Description
DX-KWIK is a method of fastening into concrete that combines the speed and portability of powder-actuated fastenings with the performance and consistency of anchors. The DX-KWIK System requires a shallow, small diameter hole to be drilled into the concrete, then a powderactuated fastener is driven through the hole into the concrete. Product Features Two very important fastening principles are achieved by using the DX-KWIK System: The fastener obtains its holding power in the concrete deeper than standard powder-actuated fastenings without pre-drilling Concrete stresses are distributed deeper below the concrete surface DX-KWIK Fasteners
DX-KWIK System Advantages Higher allowable loads Ability to fasten into high-strength concrete Virtually eliminates concrete surface spalls More consistent fastening TE 7 A Rotary Hammer Drill
DX 460 Powder-Actuated Fastening Tool
DX-Kwik
Anchor
Standard DX
3.2.1.1.10.2 Installation Instructions
23 mm
5 mm
1. Drill a hole into the concrete using a TX-C 5/18 or TX-C 5/23 special DX-KWIK Bit.
2. Insert the special high strength fastener into the DX tool leaving the fastener point protruding out. Note: Typically, DX-KWIK Fasteners are 47 mm minimum in length. As of publication date, only X-U and X-AL-H series fasteners have been tested. Reference Section 3.2.2.3 for allowable load capacity table.
3. Using the required cartridge power drive the fastener into the concrete.
3.2.1 General Construction Fastener Design & Selection 3.2.1.2 Fastening to Steel 3.2.1.2.1 General Suitability
When a powder or gas-actuated fastener is driven into steel, the steel around the fastener shank is displaced. This displaced steel flows back around the shank and into the knurling creating a keying hold or in the case of smooth shank fasteners a friction hold. In addition, the heat generated during the driving process, at temperatures of approximately 1650F, causes partial fusion of the fastener to the steel. A fastener driven into steel is influenced by the following factors: Base steel thickness Tensile strength of base steel Fastener spacing and edge distance Fastener shank diameter
3.2.1.2.2 Fastener Spacing, Edge Distance & Base Material Thickness Requirements for Steel
Cmin = Min. Edge Distance = 1/2" (12 mm)1 Smin = Min. Fastener Spacing without reduction in performance = 1" (25 mm)1 t II = Min. Base Steel Thickness = 1/8" (3 mm)
1 Unless otherwise noted (e.g. X-BT fastener)
Smin
Cmin
t II
3.2.1.2.3 Base Steel Thickness and Fastener Driving Distance Requirements

Base Steel Thickness
Holding Power
Optimum Thickness 3/8" to 1/2" (10 to 12 mm)
Application Range for Standard Knurled Fasteners
Steel Thickness
Base Steel Tensile Strength (x1000) psi
Optimal holding power is obtained when fastener point is driven to distance h ET.
As the tensile strength of the base steel increases, the thickness of the base steel suitable for DX fastenings decreases.
Nail Type tI LS hET LS hET
Recommended Driving Distance to Achieve Optimal Tension Capacity, h ET*
L S = hET + t I * The objective of this table is to ensure adequate through-penetration of the base steel. For load capacity of fasteners without through-penetration, refer to corresponding allowable load table and applicable footnotes for more details.
X-U X-EDNI X-EW6H-xx-9 EDS X-EGN X-EW10H-xx-14 X-DNI DS X-S13 P8THP X-S16 P8TH X-ZF X-CR X-AL-H
in. 0.394 - 0.551 0.394 - 0.551 0.315 - 0.433 0.472 - 0.669 0.315 - 0.433 0.512 - 0.630 0.591 - 1.063 0.669 - 1.063 0.394 - 0.472 > 0.433 0.591 - 1.063 > 0.394 0.591 - 1.063
mm 10 - 14 10 - 14 8 - 11 12 - 17 8-11 13 - 16 15 - 27 17 - 27 10-12 > 11 15 - 27 > 10 15 - 27
General Construction Fastener Design & Selection 3.2.1 3.2.1.2.4 Recommended Fastener Lengths for Attaching Wood to Steel Base Material
Wood Thickness (mm)
X-U
DNI
DS
X-AL-H
Application Limit X-U DNI Fasteners Application Limit Fasteners
Up to 1/4" (6 mm)
5/16" (8 mm) 3/8" (10 mm) 7/16" (11 mm) 1/2" (12 mm)
Base Material Thickness

Notes: 1 X-U, DNI, DS or X-AL-H up to 62 mm long may be used in base steel up to 1/4" (6 mm) thick. 2 If the application limit is exceeded, shank buckling can occur. 3 Numbers in G and I represent fastener length in mm.
3.2.1.2.5 Recommendations for Attaching Steel to Steel Base Material

Note
t I 1/8 in. (3 mm) Tightening-Torque
1 Directly fastened material 1/8" thick usually deforms with the displaced base material. This allows a tight fit between the fastened steel and base material without the need for pre-drilling.
3.2.1.2.6 Maximum Tightening Torque

Maximum Tightening Torque, Tmax, for Threaded Studs Driven into Steel, ft-lb (Nm)
Stud Type
Tmax
Tmax
X-EW6H 3.0 (4.1)
X-EM8H 8.0 (10.8)
X-EW10H 11.0 (14.9)
X-CRM8 6.0 (8.1)
X-BT W10 & X-BT M8 6.0 (8.1)
3.2.1 General Construction Fastener Design & Selection 3.2.1.2.7 Bending Moments on Power-Actuated Fasteners in Steel
As with weld studs, bending moments on power-actuated fasteners installed in steel can be minimized through proper design detailing and installation practice. Proper design should include redundancy with multiple fastening points instead of single-point fastenings, in order to distribute bending moment effects amongst multiple fasteners. Installation of threaded rod coupler hangers on powder-actuated threaded studs should be done with the coupler run down over the stud shank and in contact with the steel base material as depicted in the figure below. Care should be taken not to exceed the maximum torque discussed in Section 3.2.1.2.6. Although no design equations are provided for determining equivalent bending moment loads on power-actuated fasteners, recommended allowable bending moments are provided in the table below based on testing with a safety factor of 2:1 for static loading Relatively small bending moments can contribute to a significant reduction in the overall fastening capacity and must be checked by the engineer.
Arrangements to reduce or prevent moment on shank:
Arrangement causing moment to act on shank:
Non-symmetric arrangement: Moment on fastened part Prying effect must be considered in determining loads acting on fastener
Coupler not tight against steel
Coupler tight against steel
Allowable Bending Moments For Threaded Stud Fasteners Installed in Minimum ASTM A 36 Steel1
Fastener Nomenclature X-EW6H X-EM8H X-EW10H X-CRM8 X-BT M8/W10 Mrec ft-lb (Nm) 2.2 (3.0) 4.5 (6.2) 6.5 (8.8) 4.0 (5.5) 6.0 (8.2)
1 Based on a safety factor greater than or equal to 2.0.
3.2.1.2.8 Combined Loading of Power-Actuated Fasteners in Steel

Combined loading of power-actuated fasteners installed in steel can be treated with exponent = 1 unless otherwise provided for the specific application (e.g. powder-actuated fasteners for steel deck applications with diaphragm shear and tension uplift). (Ns / Nrec) + (Vs / Vrec) 1.0 where: Ns = Applied Tension Load Vs = Applied Tension Load Nrec = Allowable Tension Load Vrec = Allowable Tension Load Hilti powder-actuated fasteners for attachment of steel decks (X-ENP-19 L15, X-EDN19 THQ12 and X-EDNK22 THQ12) have separate design equations for combined loading in the SDI Deck Diaphragm Design Manual, 3rd Edition (2006).
General Construction Fastener Design & Selection 3.2.1 3.2.1.3 Power-Actuated Fastener Selection Guide
Hilti Fastening Tool Fastener Notes: = Single M = Collated Fasteners (magazine required) P8 = 8 mm fastener guide required P10 = 10 mm fastener guide required Fastener Application DX 600N DX 351 DX E72 DX 460 DX 35 DX 36 DX 76
2008 Product Technical Guide Section Numbers Page Numbers
X-U Fastener
For universal, high quality fastenings to concrete and steel: perimeter wall applications, forming, underfloor, trunking, thin metal brackets, angles, etc. High-volume, repetitive fastenings to concrete and steel: perimeter wall applications, forming installation, etc.

M M
3.2.2 3.2.3 3.2.4
31-36 37-39 40-44
X-U MX Magazine
3.2.2 3.2.3 3.2.4
31-36 37-39 40-44
DS/EDS Fastener
For fastening to concrete (DS) and steel (EDS): perimeter wall applications, forming, underfloor, trunking, installation straps, thin metal, brackets, angles, etc. A standard quality fastener for fastenings to concrete and CMU block
P10
3.2.2 3.2.4
31-36 40-44
X-ZF Fastener

M M
3.2.2
31-36
X-ZF MX Fastener Collated
High volume repetitive fastenings to concrete and CMU block 3.2.2 31-36
X-CR Corrosion Resistant Fastener
Corrosion resistance equivalent to SAE 316 stainless steel for exterior or corrosive environments

M M
3.2.2
31-36
X-DNI/X-EDNI Fastener
For fastening to concrete (X-DNI) and steel (X-EDNI), forming, underfloor, trunking, installation straps, thin metal, brackets, angles, etc. High-volume, repetitive fastenings to concrete, forming installation, etc.
3.2.2
31-36
X-DNI MX Fastener Collated
3.2.2
31-36
X-EDNI MX Fastener Collated
Fastenings to steel: angles, brackets, channels, tracks, etc. M 3.2.2 31-36
X-AL-H High-Strength Fastener
For high performance fastening to high strength concrete and steel Note: Special drive piston is required
3.2.2
31-36
3.2.1 General Construction Fastener Design & Selection

Hilti Fastening Tool GX 100/100E Fastener Notes: = Single M = Collated Fasteners (magazine required) P8 = 8 mm fastener guide required DX E72 GX 120 DX 351 DX 460 DX 450 DX 35 DX 36
2008 Product Technical Guide Section Page Numbers Numbers
Fastener
Application Fastenings to concrete and steel: forming, underfloor, trunking, installation straps, thin metal brackets, angles, etc.
X-NK Fastener*
3.2.2
31-36
SL Fastener Single & Collated
Removable fastenings for forming (concrete formwork, shuttering, etc.)
3.2.2
31-36
BC Rebar Basket Clip
Rebar basket clip with pre-mounted fastener
3.2.2
31-36
X-S13 THP Fastener
Fastening of drywall track to steel

P8
3.2.2 3.2.5
31-36 45-48
X-DAK 16 Stepped-Shank Fastener
Fastening of light gauge steel to high strength steel. Available with or without collapsible metal top hat washer. Collated magazine version is also available. Fastening of drywall track to steel
3.2.2 3.2.5
31-36 45-48
X-S16 Fastener
3.2.5
45-48
X-DW Fastener
For attaching drywall track to concrete, CMU block or steel
3.2.5
45-48
X-GN/X-EGN Gas Fastener Collated
Gas-actuated fastener for attaching drywall track and light gauge steel to concrete, steel and CMU block Gas-actuated hardened fastener specifically designed for attaching drywall track and light gauge steel to hard concrete. An economical fastener made specifically for repetitive 2x4 fastenings to concrete
3.2.2 3.2.5
31-36 45-48
X-GHP Gas Fastener Collated
3.2.2 3.2.5
31-36 45-48
X-CF Fastener
3.2.6
49-50
* Available in Canada or by special order.
General Construction Fastener Design & Selection 3.2.1

Hilti Fastening Tool Fastener Notes: = Single M = Collated Fasteners (magazine required) P8 = 8 mm fastener guide required P10 = 10 mm fastener guide required Fastener Application DX 600N DX 351 DX E72 DX 460 DX 35 DX 36
X-CP Fastener
Thick mechanical plated fastener made specifically for fastening treated sill plates to concrete
3.2.6
49-50
X-CR-L Fastener
Stainless steel fastener made specifically for fastening treated sill plates to concrete
3.2.6
49-50
CC27 Ceiling Clip
Sheet metal ceiling clips with premounted fasteners with or without pre-tied wires.
3.2.7
51-52
X-W6 1/4" Threaded Stud
Installation of electrical clips and clamps, lamps and lighting as well as switch boxes and control cabinets Available in stainless steel
P8
P8
P8
P8
P8
3.2.8
53-55
W10 3/8" Threaded Stud
Holder brackets, pipe hangers and cable trays, to concrete P10
3.2.8
53-55
X-EW6H 1/4" Threaded Stud
Fastening of light brackets, electrical clamps, rings and channels to steel
P8
P8
P8
P8
P8
3.2.9
56-58
X-EM8H-8mm Threaded Stud
Fastening of grating in with X-FCM grating disk (Section 3.3.2) P8 P8 P8 P8 P8 3.2.9 56-58
X-EW10H 3/8" Threaded Stud
Fastening pipe hangers, cable trays, air ducts, brackets and channels to steel
P10
3.2.9
56-58
X-BT Threaded Stud
Fastening pipe hangers, cable trays, air ducts, brackets and channels to steel. Also used as electrical grounding stud.
BT Tool
3.2.9 3.2.10
56-58 59-63
X-RH Rod Hanger
For suspending EMT from concrete or steel
3.2.11
64-68
3.2.1 General Construction Fastener Design & Selection

Hilti Fastening Tool Fastener Notes: = Single M = Collated Fasteners (magazine required) P8 = 8 mm fastener guide required GX 100-E DX 351 DX E72 DX 460 DX 35 DX 36
Fastener
Application For suspending ceilings, sprinkler pipes, mechanical (HVAC) and electrical components with 1/4" and 3/8" threaded rods
X-HS Threaded Rod Hanger
3.2.11
64-68
X-HS MX Threaded Rod Hanger
For suspending ceilings, sprinkler pipes, mechanical (HVAC) and electrical components with 1/4" and 3/8" threaded rods
3.2.11
64-68
X-EMTC/BX Conduit & Cable Clip
Thin wall conduit and armored cable clips with pre-mounted fasteners
3.2.11
64-68
X-EMTC/BX MX Conduit & Cable Clip
Thin wall conduit and armored cable clips for use with magazine tools
3.2.11
64-68
X-EMTSC MX Stand-Off Conduit Clip
For stand-off conduit applications 3.2.11 64-68
X-ECH Cable Holder
For suspending cable from concrete or steel Note: Requires ECH adapter.
3.2.11
64-68
X-EKB MX Cable Clamp
For suspending cable from concrete or steel 3.2.11 64-68
X-ECT MX Cable Tie Fastener
For tie applications. To be used with magazine tools and non-Hilti supplied cable tie.
3.2.11
64-68
X-IE Insulation Fastener
For attaching EPS insulating boards to concrete and steel Note: Requires X-IE Conversion Kit 3.2.12 69-70
X-SW Soft Washer
For fastening thin or easily damaged materials to concrete or steel
3.2.12
69-70
General Application Fasteners 3.2.2 3.2.2.1 Product Description

X-U* Premium Series Universal high performance fastener designed for applications in both concrete and steel of either high strength or standard strength. Shank diameter is consistent through the fastener offering at 0.157". X-U fastener lengths range from 5/8" through 2-7/8" and are available as single fasteners (P8) or collated (MX) in strips of 10. Specific size single X-U fasteners can be pre-mounted with either 15 mm or 36 mm steel washers. There is also a metal tophat (TH) version as well for the 5/8", 3/4 and 1 lengths. All X-U fasteners have a unique twist knurling reaching 7/8" from the tip up the shank. X-C Standard Series The X-C series of fasteners is a cost effective solution for applications in concrete and is best suited for concrete hardness less than or equal to 4000 psi. This fastener is not suited for fastening to steel base materials. Fastener lengths range from 3/4" through 2-7/8" with a shank diameter of 0.138". X-C fasteners are offered in single (P8) fastener version as well as in collated (MX) strips of 10. Premounted washers are also available in 23 mm and 36 mm diameters on specific length non-collated fasteners. X-S13 Steel Fastener The X-S13 is a low cost fastener for steel. It has a 0.145" smooth shank diameter and is offered in a 1/2" length only. The X-S13 comes collated (MX) in strips of 10 or singly with a plastic tophat (THP). This fastener is ideally suited for fastening drywall track to standard strength steel and is discussed further in Section 3.2.5 Drywall Track Fastening Systems. X-GN/X-GHP/X-EGN The collated fastener line for Hiltis gas-actuated tools. Designed for applications in Interior Finishing, Mechanical and Electrical, these fasteners are used for fastenings in concrete (X-GN standard, X-GHP premium) and steel (X-EGN). For more details refer to Section 3.2.5 Drywall Track Fastening Systems. DS/EDS Fastener Series The DS series fastener is a high performance fastener of 0.177" shank diameter suitable for both concrete and steel applications. It is offered in a single fastener version only with a 10 mm dome head design and a 10 mm guidance washer. Available lengths are 3/4" through 4-5/8". Knurling is offered on 3/4" and 7/8" lengths; designated as EDS and ideally suited for steel applications. X-U 15 Steel Fastener The X-U 15 is a premium, high performance fastener designed specifically for attachments to steel (e.g. drywall track, tagging, etc.). It is offered in a 0.145" shank diameter and 5/8" length with a unique step shank design as either single fasteners (P8 or metal tophat) or collated (MX) in strips of 10. X-CR Fastener Series X-CR is a high performance, corrosion resistant fastener equivalent to SAE 316 stainless steel. This fastener is ideally suited for applications where corrosion is a concern whether on concrete or steel base materials. The X-CR is offered as a single (P8) fastener in lengths from 5/8" through 2-1/8". Shank diameter for these fasteners is 0.145" for shank lengths less than 1-3/4 and 0.157 for longer fasteners. X-DNI/X-EDNI Fastener Series The X-DNI Series fastener with a 0.145" shank diameter suitable for both concrete and steel applications. It is offered in single (P8) or collated (MX) in strips of 10. Fastener lengths are 5/8" and 1" to 1-1/2" with the 5/8" length shank knurled (X-EDNI) for increased performance in steel. This fastener series specification is being replaced by the X-U fastener series specification.
3.2.2.1 3.2.2.2 3.2.2.3 3.2.2.4 Product Description Material Specifications Technical Data Ordering Information
NEW
X-U Universal Fastener*
X-C
DS
X-CR
X-S13
EDS
X-U 15
X-DNI
X-EDNI
Listings/Approvals
ICC-ES (International Code Council) ESR-2269 (X-U and X-U 15) ESR-1663 (DS, X-C, EDS, X-CR, X-DNI & X-EDNI) COLA (City of Los Angeles) RR 25675 (X-U and X-U 15) RR 25646 (DS, X-C, EDS, X-CR, X-DNI, & X-EDNI)
* More details about the new innovative X-U fastener can be found in Section 3.2.3.
3.2.2 General Application Fasteners 3.2.2.2 Material Specifications

Fastener Designation X-U DS/EDS X-C X-CR3 X-GN/X-GHP/X-EGN X-DNI X-EDNI X-AL-H X-NK/ENK X-CT Forming Nail BC X-C Fastener Material Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Carbon Steel SAE 316 Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Fastener Plating1 5 Zinc m 5 Zinc m 5 Zinc m N/A 5 Zinc m 5 Zinc m 5 Zinc m 5 Zinc m 5 Zinc m 5 Zinc m 5 Zinc m Steel Washer or Clip Material2 Carbon Steel N/A Carbon Steel SAE 316 N/A Carbon Steel N/A N/A Carbon Steel N/A Carbon Steel Washer or Clip Plating1,2 5 Zinc m N/A 5 Zinc m N/A N/A 5 Zinc m N/A N/A 5 Zinc m N/A 5 Zinc m 1 The 5 zinc coating is in accordance with ASTM m B 633, SC 1, Type III. 2 Most fasteners have a plastic washer for guidance when installing. Not all fastener lengths have a premounted steel washer. Refer to Section 3.2.2.4 for more information on available fasteners. 3. The X-CR fastener material is a proprietary material, which provides a corrosion resistance equivalent to SAE 316 stainless steel. The steel washer material is SAE 316 stainless steel.
3.2.2.3 Technical Data

Description Fastener
Allowable Loads in Normal Weight Concrete 1, 3

Shank Diameter
in. (mm)
Min. Embedment
in. (mm)
2000 psi
Concrete Compressive Strength 4000 psi
6000 psi
Tension lb ( kN ) Shear lb ( kN )
Tension lb ( kN ) Shear lb ( kN ) Tension lb ( kN ) Shear lb ( kN )
Universal Knurled Shank Fasteners X-U 47 P8 with DX-Kwik
X-U*
0.157 (4.0)
X-U2
0.157 (4.0)
Standard Fastener
X-C
0.138 (3.5)
Limited Purpose Fastener
X-CF
0.145 (3.7)
Heavy Duty Fastener
DS
0.177 (4.5)
Stainless Steel Fastener
X-CR
0.145 (3.7) & 0.157 (4.0) 0.118 (3.0) 0.118 (3.0)
Gas Fastener Premium Gas Fastener
X-GN X-GHP
Universal Fastener
X-DNI
0.145 (3.7)
High Performance Fastener
X-AL-H
0.177 (4.5)
X-AL-H 42 P8 with DX-Kwik Knob Head Fastener Forming Fastener
X-AL-H2 X-NK4 X-CT 475 X-CT 625
0.177 (4.5) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7)
3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 3/4 1 5/8 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-1/2 1 1 1
(19) (25) (32) (38) (38) (19) (25) (32) (38) (19) (25) (32) (19) (25) (32) (38) (19) (25) (32) (38) (19) (25) (16) (19) (25) (32) (38) (19) (25) (32) (38) (38) (25) (25) (25)
100 165 240 275 45 85 130 175 25 50 130 50 130 220 300 30 55 110 265 95 115 60 145 160 220 65 130 135 200 355 85 60 75
(0.44) (0.73) (1.07) (1.22) (0.20) (0.38) (0.58) (0.78) (0.11) (0.22) (0.58) (0.22) (0.58) (0.98) (1.33) (0.13) (0.24) (0.49) (1.18) (0.42) (0.51) (0.27) (0.64) (0.71) (0.98) (0.29) (0.58) (0.60) (0.89) (1.60) (0.38) (0.27) (0.33)
(0.57) (0.85) (1.38) (1.87) 75 (0.33) 150 (0.67) 210 (0.93) 260 (1.16) 35 (0.16) 160 (0.71) 210 (0.93) 120 (0.53) 195 (0.87) 385 (1.71) 405 (1.80) 40 (0.18) 185 (0.82) 290 (1.29) 405 (1.80) 120 (0.53) 220 (0.98) 105 (0.47) 185 (0.82) 290 (1.29) 330 (1.47) 70 (0.31) 190 (0.85) 265 (1.18) 340 (1.51) 470 (2.09) 165 (0.73) 65 (0.29) 75 (0.33)
125 190 310 420
100 170 280 325 395 60 90 130 245
125 155 270 355 65 120 125 350 95 115 50 110 160 230 320 90 165 240 240 475 145
(0.44) (0.76) (1.25) (1.45) (1.76) (0.27) (0.40) (0.58) (1.09) (0.56) (0.69) (1.20) (1.58) (0.29) (0.53) (0.56) (1.56) (0.42) (0.51) (0.22) (0.49) (0.71) (1.02) (1.42) (0.40) (0.73) (1.07) (1.07) (2.11) (0.64)
125 225 310 420 405 105 200 290 360
135 240 425 450 40 190 300 450 120 220 120 120 240 330 425 95 195 270 460 565 215
(0.57) (1.00) (1.38) (1.87) (1.80) (0.47) (0.89) (1.29) (1.60) (0.60) (1.07) (1.89) (2.00) (0.18) (0.85) (1.33) (2.00) (0.53) (0.98) (0.53) (0.53) (1.07) (1.47) (1.89) (0.42) (0.87) (1.20) (2.05) (2.51) (0.96)
105 (0.47) 110 (0.49) 180 (0.80) 360 (1.60) 100 (0.44) 120 (0.53) 50 (0.22) 100 (0.44) 200 (0.89) 120 (0.53) 180 (0.80) 240 (1.07)
205 (0.91) 280 (1.25) 425 (1.89) 570 (2.54) 170 (0.76) 440 (1.96) 90 (0.40) 125 (0.56) 250 (1.11) 125 (0.56) 280 (1.25) 440 (1.96)
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance with ICC-ES AC 70. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria. 2 Fastener installed with DX-Kwik drilled pilot hole installation found in Section 3.2.1.1.10.
3 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment. 4 Available in Canada or by special order. 5 For temporary fastening of formwork only.
General Application Fasteners 3.2.2

Allowable Loads in Minimum fc = 3000 psi Structural Lightweight Concrete1,5
Fastener Location Fastener Description Fastener Shank Diameter in. (mm) Min. Embedment in. (mm) Installed into Concrete Tension lb (kN) Shear lb (kN) Installed through 3" deep Metal Deck into Concrete 2,3 Tension lb (kN) Upper Flute Lower Flute Shear lb (kN)
Universal Knurled Shank Fasteners
X-U*
0.157 (4.0)
Standard Fastener Limited Purpose Fastener Heavy Duty Fastener
X-C X-CF DS4
0.138 (3.5) 0.145 (3.7) 0.177 (4.5) 0.145 (3.7) & 0.157 (4.0) 0.118 (3.0) 0.118 (3.0) 0.145 (3.7)
Stainless Steel Fastener Gas Fastener Premium Gas Fastener Universal Fastener
X-CR X-GN X-GHP X-DNI
High Performance Fastener
X-AL-H 0.177 (4.5)
Knob Head Fastener
X-NK6
0.145 (3.7)
3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 1 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 3/4 1 5/8 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 1 1-1/4 1-1/2
(19) (25) (32) (38) (19) (25) (32) (38) (25) (19) (25) (32) (38) (25) (32) (38) (19) (25) (16) (19) (25) (32) (38) (19) (25) (32) (38) (25) (32) (38)
125 205 315 425 110 135 220 285 130 100 180 300 450 230 320 405 115 170 60 120 175 240 300 115 225 330
(0.56) (0.91) (1.40) (1.89) (0.49) (0.60) (0.98) (1.27) (0.58) (0.44) (0.80) (1.33) (2.00) (1.02) (1.42) (1.80) (0.51) (0.76) ( 0.27) (0.53) (0.78) (1.07) (1.33) (0.51) (1.00) (1.47) 175 (0.78) 240 (1.07) 300 (1.33)
115 260 435 475 175 180 260 315 165 200 360 520 680 240 400 500 140 220 140 180 185 315 365 155 350 475 185 280 295
(0.51) (1.16) (1.93) (2.11) (0.78) (0.80) (1.16) (1.40) (0.73) (0.89) (1.60) (2.31) (3.02) (1.07) (1.78) (2.22) (0.62) (0.98) (0.62) (0.80) (0.82) (1.40) (1.62) (0.69) (1.56) (2.11) (0.82) (1.25) (1.31)
130 215 295 400 120 215 250 285 130 100 180 300 450 230 320 405 75 155 60 225 365 480 115 225 330 175 240 300
(0.58) (0.96) (1.31) (1.78) (0.53) (0.96) (1.11) (1.27) (0.58) (0.44) (0.80) (1.33) (2.00) (1.02) (1.42) (1.80) (0.33) (0.69) ( 0.27) (1.00) (1.62) (2.14) (0.51) (1.00) (1.47) (0.78) (1.07) (1.33)
95 120 120 260 145 200 210 180 250 325 85 160 60 115 205 280 120 195 285
(0.42) (0.53) (0.53) (1.16) (0.64) (0.89) (0.93)
(0.80) (1.11) (1.45)
(0.38) (0.71) ( 0.27) (0.51) (0.91) (1.25) (0.53) (0.87) (1.27)
245 330 375 430 265 315 405 415 165 200 405 515 625 240 400 500 175 255 175 320 420 450 155 340 385 585 185 280 295
(1.09) (1.47) (1.67) (191) (1.18) (1.40) (1.80) (1.85) (0.73) (0.89) (1.80) (2.29) (2.78) (1.07) (1.78) (2.22) (0.78) (1.13) (0.78) (1.42) (1.87) (2.00) (0.69) (1.51) (1.71) (2.60) (0.82) (1.25) (1.31)
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance with ICC-ES AC 70. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria. 2 The steel deck profile is 3" deep composite floor deck with a thickness of 20 gauge (0.0358"). Figure 1 (Section 3.2.1.1.6) shows the nominal flute dimensions, fastener locations, & load orientations for the deck profile. 3 Structural lightweight concrete fill above top of metal deck shall be a minimum of 3-1/4" deep. 4 DS fasteners installed at 1-1/2" embedment through steel deck into the lower flute must be installed at a minimum distance of 6" from the edge of the floor deck. 5 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment. 6 Available in Canada or by special order.
Allowable Loads Into Minimum fc = 3000 psi Structural Lightweight Concrete Over 1-1/2" Deep, B-Type Steel Deck 1,4
Fastener Description Shank Diameter in. (mm) Min. Embedment in. (mm) Fastener Location Installed Through Metal Deck into Concrete 2, 3 Tension lb (kN) Shear Upper Flute Lower Flute lb (kN)
Fastener
Universal Knurled Shank Fastener Standard Fastener Gas Fastener Premium Gas Fastener
X-U* X-C X-GN X-GHP
0.157 (4.0) 0.138 (3.5) 0.118 (3.0) 0.118 (3.0)
3/4 1 3/4 1 3/4 1 5/8
(19) (25) (19) (25) (19) (25) (16)
95 125 80 205 75 155 60
(0.42) (0.56) (0.36) (0.91) (0.33) (0.69) (0.27)
95 125 80 205 85 160 60
(0.42) (0.56) (0.36) (0.91) (0.38) (0.71) (0.27)
370 415 315 445 175 255 175
(1.65) (1.85) (1.40) (1.98) (0.78) (1.13) (0.78)
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance with ICC-ES AC 70. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria 2 Steel deck profiles are 1-1/2" deep, B-type deck with a thickness of 20 gauge (0.0358" thick steel). Fasteners may be installed through the metal deck into lightweight concrete having both nominal & inverted deck profile orientations with a minimum lower flute width of 1-3/4" or 3-1/2", respectively. Fasteners shall be placed at centerline of deck flutes. Refer to Figures 2 & 3 (Section 3.2.1.1.6) for additional flute dimensions, fastener locations, and load orientations for both deck profiles. 3 Structural lightweight concrete fill above top of metal deck shall be a minimum 2-1/2" deep. 4 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment. * More details about the new innovative X-U fastener can be found in Section 3.2.3.
3.2.2 General Application Fasteners

Allowable Loads in Concrete Masonry Units 1,2,3,4,5,10
Hollow CMU
Fastener Description Fastener Shank Diameter in. (mm) Minimum Face Shell6 Embedment Tension Shear in. (mm) lb lb (kN) (kN)
Mortar Joint Face Shell6
Grout-Filled CMU
Mortar Joint 6 Top of Grouted Cell 8
Tension Shear7 Tension lb lb lb (kN) (kN) (kN)
Shear lb (kN)
Tension Shear 7 Tension Shear 9 lb lb lb lb (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN)
Universal Knurled Shank Fasteners Standard Fastener Limited Purpose Fastener Gas Fastener
X-U* X-C X-CF
0.157 (4.0) 0.138 (3.5) 0.145 (3.7)
X-GN
0.118 (3.0)
Premium Gas Fastener Universal Fastener Knob Head Fastener

1
X-GHP X-DNI X-NK11
0.118 (3.0) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7)
1 (25) 3/4 (19) 1 (25) 3/4 (25) 1 (25) 5/8 (16) 1 (25) 1 (25)
70 (0.31) 40 (0.18) 30 (0.13) 90 (0.51) 115 (0.51) 90 (0.40) 40 (0.18) 40 (0.18)
85 (0.38) 85 (0.38) 65 (0.29) 115 (0.58) 130 (0.58) 115 (0.51) 90 (0.40) 90 (0.40)
25 (0.11) 25 (0.11) 25 (0.11) 65 (0.31) 70 (0.31) 65 (0.29) 35 (0.16) 35 (0.16)
70 (0.31) 50 (0.22) 50 (0.22) 55 (0.29) 65 (0.29) 55 (0.24) 60 (0.27) 60 (0.27)
225 (1.00) 100 (0.44) 95 (0.58) 130 (0.58) 95 (0.42) 90 (0.40) 90 (0.40)
220 (0.98) 105 (0.47) 120 (0.62) 140 (0.62) 120 (0.53) 130 (0.58) 130 (0.58)
150 (0.67) 45 (0.20) 70 (0.38) 85 (0.38) 70 (0.31) 40 (0.18) 40 (0.18)
190 (0.85) 80 (0.36) 85 (0.53) 120 (0.53) 85 (0.38) 65 (0.29) 65 (0.29)
165 (0.73) 115 (0.51) 65 (0.33) 75 (0.33) 65 (0.29)
240 (1.07) 175 (0.78) 90 (0.42) 95 (0.42) 90 (0.40)
The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fastener only, using a safety factor of 5.0 or higher. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria. 2 The tabulated allowable load values are for low-velocity fasteners installed in concrete masonry units conforming to ASTM C 90, Grade N, Type 1. 3 The tabulated allowable load values are for low-velocity fasteners installed in concrete masonry units with mortar conforming to ASTM C 270, Type N or S. 4 The tabulated allowable load values are for low-velocity fasteners installed in concrete masonry units with grout conforming to ASTM C 476, as coarse grout. 5 No more than one low-velocity fastener may be installed in an individual concrete masonry unit cell. 6 Fastener can be located anywhere on the face shell or mortar joint as shown in the figure to the right. 7 Shear direction can be horizontal or vertical (Bed Joint or T-Joint) along the CMU wall plane. 8 Fastener located in center of grouted cell installed vertically. 9 Shear can be in any direction. 10 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment. 11 Available in Canada or by special order.
T-Joint
Bed Joint
1"
1"
Concrete Masonry Unit (CMU)
Acceptance Locations (NON-SHADED AREAS) for PowerActuated Fasteners in CMU Walls
Allowable Tensile Pullover and Shear Bearing Load Capacities for Light Steel Framing with Power Driven Fasteners1,2,3,4
Head Dia.
in. (mm)
Sheet Steel Thickness

14 ga.
Tension lb (kN) Shear lb (kN)
Fastener Description
Fastener
16 ga.
18 ga.
20 ga.
22 ga.
24 ga.
25/26 ga.
0.157 shank with or w/o plastic X-U* washers or MX collation 0.145 shank with or w/o plastic X-C, X-DNI washers or MX collation X-EDNI, X-CR DS 0.177 shank without washer EDS 0.145 shank with plastic X-S13 THP Top Hat washers 0.118" shank with X-EGN, X-GN, MX collation X-GHP 0.177 shank without washer X-AL-H
0.322 (8.2) 0.322 (8.2) 0.390 (10.0) 0.322 (8.2) 0.276 (7.0) 0.322 (8.2)
825 (3.67) 965 (4.29)
1,085 (4.83) 985 (4.38) 1,085 (4.83) 985 (4.38) 1,085 (4.83)
685 (3.05) 685 (3.05) 810 (3.60) 685 (3.05) 685 (3.05)
720 (3.20) 720 (3.20) 815 (3.63) 720 (3.20) 750 (3.34)
490 (2.18) 490 (2.18) 625 (2.78) 490 (2.18) 325 (1.45) 490 (2.18)
525 (2.34) 515 (2.29) 535 (2.38) 515 (2.29) 390 (1.73) 535 (2.38)
360 (1.60) 360 (1.60) 460 (2.05) 360 (1.60) 265 (1.18) 360 (1.60)
445 (1.98) 440 (1.96) 465 (2.07) 440 (1.96) 335 (1.49) 465 (2.07)
300 (1.33) 300 (1.33) 360 (1.60) 300 (1.33) 250 (1.11) 300 (1.33)
330 (1.47) 310 (1.38) 350 (1.56) 310 (1.38) 235 (1.05) 350 (1.56)
205 (0.91) 205 (0.91) 300 (1.33) 205 (0.91) 170 (0.76) 205 (0.91)
255 (1.13) 235 (1.05) 260 (1.16) 235 (1.05) 185 (0.82) 260 (1.16)
120 (0.53) 120 (0.53) 240 (1.07) 120 (0.53) 100 (0.44) 120 (0.53)
145 (0.64) 145 (0.64) 180 (0.80) 145 (0.64) 125 (0.56) 180 (0.8)
1 Allowable load values are based on a safety factor of 3.0 in accordance with the AISI NASPEC, 2001 edition with 2004 Supplement. 2 Allowable pullover capacities of sheet steel should be compared to the allowable fastener tensile load capacities in concrete, steel, and masonry to determine controlling resistance load. 3 Allowable shear bearing capacities of sheet steel should be compared to allowable fastener shear capacities in concrete, steel and masonry to determine controlling resistance load. 4 Data is based on the following minimum sheet steel properties, Fy=33 ksi, Fu=45 ksi (ASTM A 653 material). * More details about the new innovative X-U fastener can be found in Section 3.2.3.
General Application Fasteners 3.2.2

Allowable Loads in minimum ASTM A 36 (Fy 36 ksi, Fu 58 ksi) Steel 1,2,7,8
Fastener Description Universal Knurled Shank Standard Smooth Shank Heavy Duty Knurled Shank Heavy Duty Smooth Shank Stainless Steel Smooth Shank Stepped-Shank Knurling-Lengthwise Drywall Track Smooth Shank Premium Gas Fastener Universal Knurled Shank Fastener X-U9 X-S13 EDS5 DS X-CR X-CR11 X-U 1510 X-EGN12 X-EGN11,12 X-GHP X-EDNI3 Shank Diameter
in. (mm)
Steel Thickness (in.)

1/8 6 3/16
Shear lb (kN)
1/4
3/8
1/2
Tension Shear Tension lb (kN)6 lb (kN)6 lb (kN)
Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN)
3/4
0.157 (4.0) 0.145 (3.7) 0.177 (4.5) 0.177 (4.5) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.118 (3.0) 0.118 (3.0) 0.118 (3.0) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7)
535 (2.38) 140 300 300 (0.62) (1.33) (1.33) 305 530 330 (1.36) (2.36) (1.47) 395 (1.76) 485 (2.16) 300 210 630 (1.33) (0.93) (2.80)
720 (3.20) 450 (2.00) 665 (2.96) 795 (3.54) 480 (2.14) 510 (2.27)
775 (3.45) 300 (1.33) 665 (2.96) 620 (2.76) 700 (3.11) 850 (3.78)
230 (1.02)
720 (3.20) 450 (2.00) 935 (4.16) 855 (3.80) 560 (2.49) 560 (2.49)
395 (1.76)
935 (4.16) 300 (1.33) 800 (3.56) 775 (3.45)
720 900 720 350 375 (3.20) (4.00) (3.20) (1.56) (1.67) 450 (2.00) 970 890 995 400 655 (4.31) (3.96) (4.43) (1.78) (2.91) 855 800 895 (3.80) (3.56) (3.98)
265 395 265 395 (1.18) (1.76) (1.18) (1.76)

420 (1.86) 450 (2.00) 365 (1.62) 500 (2.22)
155 400 (.689) (1.78)
365 400 (1.62) (1.78)
Heavy Duty Smooth Shank
X-AL-H4,5
0.157 (4.0) 0.177 (4.5)
140 270 220 (0.62) (1.20) (0.98) 220 (0.98) 125 230 170 (0.56) (1.02) (0.76) 95 235 225 (0.42) (1.05) (1.00) 140 295 (0.62) (1.31) 240 (1.07)
275 (1.22) 315 (1.40) 245 (1.09) 555 (2.47)
225 (1.00) 260 (1.16) 200 (0.89) 675 (3.00)
320 (1.42) 375 (1.67) 230 (1.02) 620 (2.76)
280 (1.25) 280 (1.25) 250 (1.11) 750 (3.34)
375 (1.67) 400 (1.78) 255 (1.13) 660 635 605 260 385 (2.94) (2.82) (2.69) (1.16) (1.71)
685 480 715 645 745 (3.05) (2.14) (3.18) (2.87) (3.31)
Knob Head Nail Knurled Shank

1 2 3 4
X-ENK13
0.145 (3.7)
685 970 145 600 (3.05) (4.31) (0.64) (2.67) 225 555 535 620 620 660 590 605 (1.00) (2.47) (2.38) (2.76) (2.76) (2.94) (2.62) (2.69)
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13
The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance with ICC-ES AC 70. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria. Low-velocity fasteners shall be driven to where the point of the fastener penetrates the steel base material in accordance with Section 3.2.1.2.3, except as noted in this table. X-EDNI fasteners installed into greater than 1/2" thick steel require 7/16" minimum penetration. X-AL-H testing was performed with Fy = 50 ksi base material. X-AL-H fasteners with a shank length of 5/8" have a shank diameter of 0.145". X-AL-H fasteners with shank lengths of 3/4" & 7/8" have shank diameters of 0.157". X-AL-H fasteners with shank lengths greater than or equal to 1" have a shank diameter of 0.177". X-AL-H and EDS fasteners installed into greater than 1/2" thick steel require 1/2" minimum penetration. Except for the X-EDNI fasteners, testing in 1/8" thick steel was performed with Fy = 50 ksi base material. Multiple fasteners are recommended for increased reliability. Refer to guidelines for fastening to steel, Section 3.2.1.2, for application limits. Tabulated allowable load values provided for 3/4" steel are based upon minimum point penetration of 1/2". If 1/2" point penetration is not achieved, but a point penetration of at least 3/8" is obtained, the tabulated tension value should be reduced by 20 percent and the tabulated shear load should be reduced by 8 percent. X-U 15 fasteners installed into greater than 3/8" thick steel require 15/32" minimum penetration. Based on testing with Fy = 50 ksi base material. X-EGN fasteners installed into 3/8" or thicker base steel require 0.320" minimum penetration depth. Available in Canada or by special order.
3.2.2 General Application Fasteners 3.2.2.4 Ordering Information

Carbon Steel Non-Collated (without pre-mounted steel washer)
Fastener Description Fastener Lengths in. (mm) Fastener Shank in. (mm) Washer
Concrete and Steel X-U P8* X-U P8 TH* Concrete DS P10 X-C P8 X-C THP X-DNI P8 Steel X-S13 THP EDS P10 X-EDNI P8
5/8 to 2-7/8 (16 to 72) 5/8, 3/4, 1 (16, 19, 27) 1 to 4-5/8 (27 to 117) 1 to 2-1/2 (19 to 62) 3/4 (20) 3/4 to 4-5/8 (19 to 117) 1/2 (13) 3/4, 7/8 (19, 22) 5/8, 3/4, 7/8 (16, 19, 22)
Fastener Lengths in. (mm)
0.157 (4.0) 0.157 (4.0) 0.177 (4.5) 0.138 (3.5) 0.138 (3.5) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.177 (4.5) 0.145 (3.7)
Fastener Shank in. (mm)
8 mm plastic 8 mm plastic and metal tophat 8 mm plastic 8 mm plastic 8 mm plastic tophat 8 mm plastic 8 mm plastic tophat 10 mm plastic 8 mm plastic
Carbon Steel Collated (without pre-mounted steel washer)

Washer
Concrete and Steel X-U MX* Concrete X-C MX X-GN MX X-GHP MX X-DNI MX Steel X-S13 MX X-EGN MX X-EDNI MX
5/8 to 2-7/8 (16 to 72) 1 to 2-1/2 (27 to 62) 3/4 to 1-5/8 (20 to 39) 11/16, 3/4 (18, 20) 3/4 to 2-7/8 (19 to 72) 1/2 (13) 1/2 (14) 5/8, 3/4, 7/8 (16, 19, 22)
0.157 (4.0) 0.138 (3.5) 0.118 (3.0) 0.118 (3.0) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.118 (3.0) 0.145 (3.7)
Collated Collated Collated Collated Collated Collated Collated Collated
Carbon Steel Non-Collated (with pre-mounted steel washer)

Washer
Concrete and Steel X-U P8 S15* X-U P8 S36* Concrete X-C P8 S23 X-C P8 S36 X-C P8 S36 X-DNI P8 S15 X-DNI P8 S36 X-CF P8 S23 X-NK S12** Steel X-ENK S12**
1, 1-1/4 (27, 32) 1-1/4, 2-7/8 (32, 72) 1 to 1-7/8 (27 to 47) 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2 (37, 52, 62) 2-7/8 (72) 1, 1-1/4 (27, 32) 1-1/4, 2-7/8 (32, 72) 2-7/8 (72) 7/8 to 2-7/8 (22 to 72) 5/8, 3/4 (16, 19)
0.157 (4.0) 0.157 (4.0) 0.138 (3.5) 0.138 (3.5) 0.138 (3.5) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7)
8 mm plastic and 15 mm steel 8 mm plastic and 36 mm steel 8 mm plastic and 23 mm steel 8 mm plastic and 36 mm steel 8 mm plastic and 36 mm steel 8 mm plastic and 23 mm steel 8 mm plastic and 36 mm steel 8 mm plastic and 36 mm steel 12 mm steel 12 mm steel
SAE 316 Stainless Steel Non-Collated (with and without pre-mounted steel washer)
Washer
Concrete and Steel X-CR P8 X-CR P8 X-CR P8 S12 X-CR P8 S12 Steel X-CR P8 X-CR S12
11/16 to 1-9/16 (18 to 39) 1-3/4, 2-1/8 (44, 54) 1-9/16 (39) 1-3/4 (44) 9/16, 5/8 (14, 16) 5/8 (16)
0.145 (3.7) 0.157 (4.0) 0.145 (3.7) 0.157 (4.0) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7)
8 mm plastic 8 mm plastic 8 mm plastic and 12 mm steel 8 mm plastic and 12 mm steel 8 mm plastic 12 mm steel
Carbon Steel Removable and Clip Fasteners

Washer
Forming Nail X-CT 47MX, X-CT 62 MX, X-CT 62 DP8 Rebar Basket Clip BC X-C P8T
1-7/8, 2-7/16 (47, 62) 7/8, 1-1/2, 1-7/8, 2-7/16 (22, 37, 47, 62)
0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.5)
Double 8 mm plastic 8 mm plastic & rebar basket clip
* More details about the new innovative X-U fastener can be found in Section 3.2.3. ** Available in Canada or by special order.
X-U Universal Knurled Shank Fasteners 3.2.3 3.2.3.1 Product Description

The Hilti X-U Universal Knurled Shank Fastener is designed as a high performance solution to simplify powder-actuated fastener selection. The X-U is one fastener type that performs equally well on both high and standard strength concrete and steel. To help ensure reliable fastenings, the X-U fastener is match toleranced to all Hilti powder-actuated tools using 8 mm fastener guides and drive pistons through an 8 mm nail head diameter and an 8 mm plastic guidance washer set near the nail tip. The X-U program also includes fasteners with premounted steel washers of 15 mm or 36 mm diameters. Product Features A 0.157" shank diameter for high performance in both tension and shear applications Unique knurling design offering higher pullout strength and anchorage in concrete and steel Full range of fasteners in single or collated configurations to maximize productivity No requirement for unique drive pistons or special equipment
NEW
Listings/Approvals
3.2.3.2 Material Specifications

Fastener Designation X-U
1 ASTM B 633, SC 1, Type III.
Fastener Material Carbon Steel
Fastener Plating 5 m Zinc1
Fastener Hardness 58 HRC
ICC-ES (International Code Council) ESR-2269 COLA (City of Los Angeles) RR 25675

Allowable Loads in Normal Weight Concrete 1
Shank Diameter in. (mm) Minimum Embedment in. (mm) 3/4 (19) 1 (25) 1-1/4 (32) 1-1/2 (38) 2000 psi Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) 100 (0.44) 125 (0.57) 165 (0.73) 190 (0.85) 240 (1.07) 310 (1.38) 275 (1.22) 420 (1.87) Concrete Compressive Strength 4000 psi Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) 100 (0.44) 125 (0.57) 170 (0.76) 225 (1.00) 280 (1.25) 310 (1.38) 325 (1.45) 420 (1.87) 6000 psi Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) 105 (0.47) 205 (0.91) 110 (0.49) 280 (1.25) 180 (0.80) 425 (1.89)
Fastener
X-U
0.157 (4.0)
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance with ICC-ES AC 70. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria.
Allowable Loads in Normal Weight Concrete Using DX-Kwik1,2

Shank Diameter in. (mm) 0.157 (4.0) Minimum Embedment in. (mm) 1-1/2 (38) Concrete Compressive Strength 4000 psi 6000 psi Tension Shear Tension lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 395 (1.76) 405 (1.80) 360 (1.60)
Fastener
Shear lb (kN) 570 (2.54)
X-U 47 P8 w/DX-Kwik
1 X-U Fastener is installed using the DX-Kwik drilled pilot hole installation procedure shown in Section 3.2.1.1.10. 2 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance with ICC-ES AC 70. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria.
3.2.3 X-U Universal Knurled Shank Fasteners

Allowable Loads in fc = 3000 psi Structural Lightweight Concrete1,4
Fastener Location Installed Through Metal Deck into Concrete 3 Inch Deep 1-1/2 Inch Deep Composite Floor Deck 2 Composite Floor Deck 3 Tension lb (kN) Shear Tension lb (kN) Shear
Upper Flute Lower Flute lb (kN) Upper Flute Lower Flute lb (kN)
Fastener
Installed into Concrete Shank Minimum Diameter Embedment Tension Shear in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) 3/4 (19) 125 (0.56) 115 (0.51) 0.157 (4.0) 1 (25) 1-1/4 (32) 1-1/2 (38) 205 (0.91) 315 (1.40) 425 (1.89) 260 (1.16) 435 (1.93) 475 (2.11)
130 (0.58) 215 (0.96) 295 (1.31) 400 (1.78)
95 (0.42) 120 (0.53) 120 (0.53) 260 (1.16)
245 (1.09) 330 (1.47) 375 (1.67) 430 (1.91)
95 (0.42) 125 (0.56)
95 (0.42) 125 (0.56)
370 (1.65) 415 (1.85)
X-U
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance with ICC-ES AC 70. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria. 2 The steel deck profile for the 3" deep composite floor deck has a minimum thickness of 20 gauge (0.0358") and a minimum Fy of 33 ksi. Lower and upper flute width must be a minimum of 4-1/2". Figure 1 in Section 3.2.1.1.6 shows the nominal flute dimensions, fastener locations and load orientations for the deck profile. Structural lightweight concrete fill above top of steel deck must be minimum 3-1/4". 3 The steel deck profile for the 1-1/2" deep composite floor deck has a minimum thickness of 20 gauge (0.0358") and a minimum Fy of 33 ksi. Lower flute and upper flute widths must be a minimum of 1-3/4" and 3-1/2", respectively. This deck may also be inverted as shown in Figure 3 in Section 3.2.1.1.6. Figures 2 and 3 in Section 3.2.1.1.6 show the nominal flute dimensions, fastener locations and load orientations for the deck profile. Structural lightweight concrete fill above top of steel deck must be minimum 2-1/2". 4 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.

Hollow CMU Fastener Shank Minimum Face Shell 6 Tension lb (kN) 70 (0.31) Shear lb (kN) 85 (0.38) Mortar Joint 6 Tension lb (kN) 25 (0.11) Shear7 lb (kN) 70 (0.31) Face Shell 6 Tension lb (kN) 225 (1.00) Shear lb (kN) 220 (0.98) Grout-Filled CMU Mortar Joint 6 Tension lb (kN) 150 (0.67) Shear7 lb (kN) 190 (0.85) Top of Grouted Cell 8 Tension lb (kN) 165 (0.73) Shear9 lb (kN) 240 (1.07)
Diameter Embedment in. (mm) X-U 1 0.157 (4.0) in. (mm) 1 (25)
The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fastener into concrete masonry units only, using a safety factor equal to or greater than 5.0, calculated in accordance with ICC-ES AC 70. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria. The tabulated allowable load values are for low-velocity fasteners installed in concrete masonry units conforming to ASTM C 90, Grade N, Type 1. The tabulated allowable load values are for low-velocity fasteners installed in concrete masonry units with mortar conforming to ASTM C 270, Type S. The tabulated allowable load values are for low-velocity fasteners installed in concrete masonry units with grout conforming to ASTM C 476. No more than one low-velocity fastener may be installed in an individual concrete masonry unit cell. Fastener can be located anywhere on the face shell or mortar joints as shown in the figure to the right. Shear load direction can be horizontal or vertical (Bed Joint or T-Joint) along the CMU wall plane. Fastener located in center of grouted cell installed vertically. Shear load can be in any direction in top of grouted cell application.
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
T-Joint
Bed Joint
1"
1"
Acceptance Locations (NON-SHADED AREAS) for X-U Universal Knurled Shank Fasteners in CMU Walls
Allowable Loads in minimum ASTM A 36 (Fy 36 ksi; Fu 58 ksi) Steel 1,2,4

Steel Thickness in. Shank 3/16 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 3 Fastener Diameter Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) X-U 0.157 (4.0) 535 (2.38) 720 (3.20) 775 (3.45) 720 (3.20) 935 (4.16) 720 (3.20) 900 (4.00) 720 (3.20) 350 (1.56) 375 (1.67)
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance with ICC-ES AC 70. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria. 2 Low-velocity fasteners shall be driven to where the point of the fastener penetrates the steel base material, except as noted. 3 Tabulated allowable load values provided for 3/4" steel are based upon minimum point penetration of 1/2". If 1/2" point penetration is not achieved, but a point penetration of at least 3/8" is obtained, the tabulated tension value should be reduced by 20 percent and the tabulated shear load should be reduced by 8 percent. 4 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.
10 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.
X-U Universal Knurled Shank Fasteners 3.2.3

Allowable Tensile Pullover and Shear Bearing Load Capacities for Light Steel Framing with X-U Powder-Actuated Fasteners 1,2,3,4
Sheet Steel Thickness Fastener Head Description Fastener Dia. 14 ga. 16 ga. 18 ga. 20 ga. Tension Shear lb lb (kN) (kN) 22 ga. Tension lb (kN) 24 ga. 25/26 ga.
Tension in. lb (mm) (kN)
Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear lb lb lb lb lb (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN)
Shear Tension lb lb (kN) (kN)
Shear Tension Shear lb lb lb (kN) (kN) (kN)
0.157"shank with or w/o plastic washers or MX collation
X-U
0.322 (8.2)
825 (3.67)
1,085 (4.83)
685 (3.05)
720 (3.20)
490 (2.18)
525 (2.34)
360 (1.60)
445 (1.98)
300 (1.33)
330 (1.47)
205 (0.91)
255 (1.13)
120 (0.53)
145 (0.64)
1 Allowable load values are based on a safety factor of 3.0 in accordance with the AISI NASPEC, 2001 edition with 2004 supplement. 2 Allowable pullover capacities of sheet steel should be compared to allowable fastener tensile load capacities in concrete, steel, and masonry to determine controlling resistance load. 3 Allowable shear load bearing capacities of sheet steel should be compared to allowable fastener shear capacities in concrete, steel and masonry to determine controlling resistance load. 4 Data is based on the following minimum sheet steel properties, Fy = 33 ksi, Fu = 45 ksi (ASTM A 653 material).
3.2.3.4 Ordering Information

Fastener Description X-U 16 X-U 19 X-U 22 X-U 27 X-U 32 X-U 37 X-U 42 X-U 47 X-U 52 X-U 57 X-U 62 X-U 72 Fastener Description X-U 27 P8 S15 X-U 32 P8 S15 X-U 32 P8 S36 X-U 72 P8 S36 Fastener Description X-U 16 P8 TH X-U 19 P8 TH X-U 27 P8 TH Fastener Length in. (mm) 5/8 (16) 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) 1 (27) 1-1/4 (32) 1-1/2 (37) 1-5/8 (42) 1-7/8 (47) 2 (52) 2-1/8 (57) 2-1/2 (62) 2-7/8 (72) Fastener Length in. (mm) 1 (27) 1-1/4 (32) 1-1/4 (32) 2-7/8 (72) Fastener Length in. (mm) 5/8 (16) 3/4 (19) 1 (27) Shank in. (mm) 0.157 (4.0) 0.157 (4.0) 0.157 (4.0) 0.157 (4.0) 0.157 (4.0) 0.157 (4.0) 0.157 (4.0) 0.157 (4.0) 0.157 (4.0) 0.157 (4.0) 0.157 (4.0) 0.157 (4.0) Shank in. (mm) 0.157 (4.0) 0.157 (4.0) 0.157 (4.0) 0.157 (4.0) Shank in. (mm) 0.157 (4.0) 0.157 (4.0) 0.157 (4.0) Washer Plastic 8 mm or collated Plastic 8 mm or collated Plastic 8 mm or collated Plastic 8 mm or collated Plastic 8 mm or collated Plastic 8 mm or collated Plastic 8 mm or collated Plastic 8 mm or collated Plastic 8 mm or collated Plastic 8 mm or collated Plastic 8 mm or collated Plastic 8 mm or collated Washer Steel 15 mm Steel 15 mm Steel 36 mm Steel 36 mm Washer 8 mm plastic & metal tophat 8 mm plastic & metal tophat 8 mm plastic & metal tophat Packaging Qty 100 pcs / box 100 pcs / box 100 pcs / box 100 pcs / box 100 pcs / box 100 pcs / box 100 pcs / box 100 pcs / box 100 pcs / box 100 pcs / box 100 pcs / box 100 pcs / box Packaging Qty 100 pcs / box 100 pcs / box 100 pcs / box 100 pcs / box Packaging Qty 100 pcs / box 100 pcs / box 100 pcs / box
3.2.4 Perimeter Wall Application Fasteners

3.2.4.1 3.2.4.2 3.2.4.3 3.2.4.4 3.2.4.5 Application Description Product Description Material Specifications Technical Data Ordering Information
3.2.4.1 Application Description

Perimeter wall applications as part of curtain walls and bypass balloon framing are common in steel and metal framed structures. Light gauge steel framing and track encompass the Perimeter Wall Track Applications outside perimeter of the building. Steel track is fastened directly or with other cold-formed steel components to steel framing members or to concrete slab edges.
X-U
DS
EDS
Deflection Slip Clip Connections
Listings/Approvals
ICC-ES (International Code Council) ESR-2269 (X-U) ESR-1663 (DS, EDS) COLA (City of Los Angeles) RR 25675 (X-U) RR 25646 (DS, EDS)
3.2.4.2 Product Description

X-U The Hilti X-U Universal Knurled Shank Fastener is designed as a high performance solution to simplify powder-actuated fastener selection. The X-U is one fastener type that performs equally well on both high and standard strength concrete and steel. Refer to Section 3.2.3 for additional information on the X-U Universal Knurled Shank Fastener. DS/EDS The DS series fastener is a high performance fastener of 0.177" shank diameter suitable for both concrete and steel applications. It is offered in a single fastener version only with a 10 mm dome head design and a 10 mm guidance washer. Available lengths are 1" through 4-5/8". EDS fasteners have knurled shanks intended for use with steel base materials and are available in lengths of 3/4" and 7/8". The DS/EDS fasteners are intended only for cases where a 0.177" diameter shank specification is mandated.

Fastener Designation X-U Universal Knurled Shank Fastener DS/EDS Heavy Duty Fasteners
Fastener Material Carbon Steel Carbon Steel
Fastener Plating1 5 m Zinc 5 m Zinc
Perimeter Wall Application Fasteners 3.2.4 3.2.4.4 Technical Data

Perimeter Wall Track Applications
2-1/4" 3-5/8"
2-1/4" 2-1/4" 3" 3-5/8" 3-5/8"
2-1/4" 3" 3-5/8"
2-1/4" 3-5/8"
2-1/4" 3" 3-5/8"
2-1/4" 3-5/8"
2-1/4" 3" 3-5/8"
Figure 1 - 3-5/8" Track - 1 Fastener
Figure 2 - 3-5/8" Track - 2 Fasteners
2-1/4" 6" 6"
2-1/4" 2-1/4" 6" 4-1/2" 6" 2-1/4" 2-1/4"
2-1/4" 4-1/2"
Figure 3 - 6" Track - 1 Fastener 2-1/4"

6" 6"
Figure 4 - 6" Track - 2 Fasteners 2-1/4"

4-1/2" 6"
4-1/2" 6"
Allowable Loads for Attachment of Perimeter Track to 4000 psi Normal Weight Concrete 1,2,3,4,5,6
Fastener Decription Fastener Shank Diameter in. (mm) Fastener Length in. (mm) Track Width in.7 Number of Fasteners Shear lb (kN)
3-5/8 1 (27) Universal Knurled Shank Fasteners X-U 0.157 (4.0) 1-1/4 (32) 6 3-5/8 1 (27) Heavy Duty Fasteners DS 0.177 (4.5) 1-1/4 (32) 6 6 3-5/8 6 3-5/8
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
225 (1.00) 450 (2.00) 225 (1.00) 450 (2.00) 275 (1.22) 275 (1.22) 620 (2.76) 240 (1.07) 410 (1.82) 240 (1.07) 480 (2.14) 350 (1.56) 350 (1.56)
1 Allowable loads were developed from testing the low-velocity fasteners with 16 gauge 33 ksi minimum steel track. A safety factor greater than or equal to 5.0 was used in accordance with ICC-ES AC 70. Steel track members not meeting the specification noted must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria. 2 Allowable values are for fasteners installed in concrete having the designated compressive strength at the time of installation. 3 Spacing and edge distance constraints are as noted in Figure 1-4 at the top of this page. 4 Allowable shear load values are for loads applied perpendicular to the edge of the concrete. 5 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment. 6 Minimum edge distance of 2-1/4" cannot be decreased. Closer edge distances can result in edge breakout failure of the base material during installation. As a result, fasteners are offset from the center line of the track. 7 SSMA track designation for 3-5/8" track is 362T 150-54 and for 6" track is 600T 150-54.

Allowable Loads for Attachment of Perimeter Track to 3000 psi Lightweight Concrete 1,2,3,4,5,6
Fastener Decription Fastener Shank Diameter in. (mm) Fastener Length in. (mm) Track Width in.7 Number of Fasteners Shear lb (kN)
3-5/8 1 (27) 6 Universal Knurled Shank Fasteners X-U 0.157 (4.0) 3-5/8 1-1/4 (32) 6 3-5/8 1-1/2 (37) 6 3-5/8 1 (27) 6 Heavy Duty Fasteners DS 0.177 (4.5) 3-5/8 1-1/4 (32) 6 3-5/8 1-1/2 (37) 6
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
260 (1.16) 490 (2.18) 260 (1.16) 520 (2.31) 350 (1.56) 465 (2.07) 350 (1.56) 720 (3.20) 295 (1.31) 465 (2.07) 295 (1.31) 755 (3.36) 205 (0.91) 395 (1.76) 205 (0.91) 720 (3.20) 225 (1.00) 370 (1.65) 225 (1.00) 595 (2.65) 215 (0.96) 370 (1.65) 215 (0.96) 590 (2.62)
1 Allowable loads were developed from testing the low-velocity fasteners with 16 gauge 33 ksi minimum steel track. A safety factor greater than or equal to 5.0 was used in accordance with ICC-ES AC 70. Steel members not meeting the specification noted must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria. 2 Allowable values are for fasteners installed in concrete having the designated compressive strength at the time of installation. 3 Spacing and edge distance constraints are as noted in Figures 1-4 at the top of the previous page. 4 Allowable shear load values are for loads applied perpendicular to the edge of the concrete. 5 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment. 6 Minimum edge distance of 2-1/4" cannot be decreased. Closer edge distances can result in edge breakout failure of the base material during installation. As a result, fasteners are offset from the center line of the track. 7 SSMA track designation for 3-5/8" track is 362T 150-54 and for 6" track is 600T 150-54.
1/2"
1"
1/2" 1/2"
1"
1/2"
Figure 5 3-5/8" or 6" Track 1 Fastener
Figure 6 3-5/8" or 6" Track 2 Fasteners
Allowable Shear Loads for Attachment of Perimeter Track to Minimum ASTM A 36 (Fy 36 ksi; FU 58 ksi) Steel, lb (kN)1,2,3,4
Fastener Description Fastener Shank Diameter in. (mm) Number of Fasteners Steel Thickness (in.) 3/16 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/45
Universal Knurled Shank
X-U
0.157 (4.0)
1 2 1 2
Heavy Duty Knurled Shank
EDS
0.177 (4.5)
720 (3.20) 1440 (6.40) 665 (2.96) 1330 (5.92)
720 (3.20) 1440 (6.40) 935 (4.16) 1870 (8.32)
720 (3.20) 1440 (6.40) 970 (4.31) 1940 (8.62)
720 (3.20) 1440 (6.40) 995 (4.43) 1990 (8.86)
375 (1.67) 750 (3.34) 655 (2.91) 1310 (5.82)
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance with ICC-ES AC 70. Steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria. 2 Low-velocity fasteners shall be driven to where the point of the fastener penetrates the steel base material, except as noted. 3 Multiple fasteners are recommended for increased reliability. 4 The minimum edge distance for fastening into steel is 1/2". Minimum spacing for fastening into steel without reduction in performance is 1". 5 Tabulated allowable load values provided for 3/4" steel are based upon minimum point penetration of 1/2". If 1/2" point penetration is not achieved, but a point penetration of at least 3/8" is obtained, the tabulated shear load should be reduced by 8 percent.
Perimeter Wall Application Fasteners 3.2.4

Deflection Slip Clip Connections
Figure 7 Normal Weight Concrete
Figure 8 Lightweight Concrete with Pour Stop
Allowable Loads for Attachment of Cold-Formed Steel Deflection Slip Clips with X-U Universal Powder-Actuated Fasteners 3,4,5,6,7,8,9
Clip Type Fastener Number of Fasteners Normal Weight Concrete Allowable Load 1 lb (kN) Lightweight Concrete with Pour Stop Allowable Load 2 lb (kN) Location of Fasteners
2 Verticlip SLB600 (14 GA.) X-U 27 3 4 2 WSC 950 (16 GA.) X-U 27 3 4 2 X-U 27 3 2 X-U 27 3
WSC 1500 (12 GA.)
FCSC (14 GA.)
160 (0.71) 245 (1.09) 330 (1.47) 125 (0.56) 145 (0.64) 220 (0.98) 90 (0.40) 185 (0.82) 140 0.62) 290 (1.29)
160 (0.71) 245 (1.09) 380 (1.69) 155 (069) 275 (1.22) 275 (1.22) 130 (0.58) 235 (1.05) 170 (0.76) 320 (1.42)
1 Allowable load based on a safety factor of 5.0 in direction shown in Figure 7 above for attachment of deflection slip clip to 4000 psi Normal Weight Concrete Slab. 2 Allowable load based on a safety factor of 5.0 in direction shown in Figure 8 above for attachment of deflection slip clip to 3000 psi Lightweight Concrete Slab with 12 GA. sheet steel pour stop with minimum yield strength (Fy) of 33 ksi. 3 Testing based on deflection slip clips obtained in February 2007. Subsequent changes by the manufacturer to the deflection slip clip design may affect load values. 4 Allowable values are for fasteners installed in concrete having the designated compressive strength at the time of installation. 5 Allowable values are based off of the fixtures tested. Steel members connected to the deflection slip clips must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria. 6 Spacing of fasteners are subsequent to the design of each deflection slip clip and the location of any pre-drilled holes. 7 For edge distance and base material thickness requirements, reference Section 3.2.1.1. 8 Allowable values are for loads applied perpendicular to the edge of the concrete. 9 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.
Figure 9 - Steel Allowable Loads for Attachment of Cold-Formed Steel Deflection Slip Clips with X-U Universal Powder-Actuated Fasteners to Minimum ASTM A36 Steel 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8
Clip Type Fastener Number of Fasteners Allowable Load lb (kN) Location of Fasteners
2 Verticlip SLB600 (14 GA.) X-U 16 3 4 2 WSC 950 (16 GA.) X-U 16 3 4 2 WSC 1500 (12 GA.) X-U 16 3 4 2 FCSC (14 GA.) X-U 16 3 4
740 (3.29) 1490 (6.63) 2115 (9.41) 510 (2.27) 610 (2.71) 870 (3.87) 970 (4.31) 1105 (4.92) 1300 (5.78) 715 (3.18) 940 (4.18) 1055 (4.69)
1 Allowable load based on a variable safety factor in accordance with Section F of AISI - North American Specification for the Design of Cold Formed Steel Structural Members, 2007 Edition. 2 Testing based on deflection slip clips developed in February 2007. Subsequent changes by the deflection slip clip manufacturer to the clip design may affect load values. 3 Allowable values are based off of the connections tested. Steel members connected to the deflection slip clips must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria. 4 Spacing of the fasteners depends on the specific deflection slip clip and location of pre-drilled holes in the deflection slip clip. 5 For edge distance and base material thickness requirements reference Section 3.2.1.2. 6 Allowable values are for loads applied perpendicular to the edge of the steel base member. 7 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment. 8 Allowable load values are based off of testing into 1/4" ASTM A36 structural steel.

Fastener Description X-U 16 P8TH X-U 19 P8TH X-U 27 P8TH X-U 32 EDS 19 P10 EDS 22 P10 DS 27 P10 DS 32 P10 Fastener Length in. (mm) 5/8 (16) 3/4 (19) 1 (27) 1-1/4 (32) 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) 1 (27) 1-1/4 (32) Shank in. (mm) 0.157 (4.0) 0.157 (4.0) 0.157 (4.0) 0.157 (4.0) 0.177 (4.5) 0.177 (4.5) 0.177 (4.5) 0.177 (4.5) Washer Plastic 8mm or collated Plastic 8mm or collated Plastic 8mm or collated Plastic 8mm or collated Plastic 10mm Plastic 10mm Plastic 10mm Plastic 10mm Packaging Quantity 100 pcs/box 100 pcs/box 100 pcs/box 100 pcs/box 100 pcs/box 100 pcs/box 100 pcs/box 100 pcs/box
Drywall Track Fastening Systems 3.2.5


Hilti offers both powder-actuated and gas-actuated systems for attaching drywall track to concrete or steel. Powder-actuated fastening systems typically have more power than gasactuated fastening systems allowing for higher application limits with various base materials. Powder-actuated fasteners range in length from 1/2" to 2-1/2" for a wide variety of applications such as drywall track or attaching 2x4's. Gas-actuated fastening systems are focused on high volume repetitive fastenings such as drywall track to standard strength concrete or steel (1/2" to 1-5/8" fastener length). Product Features Powder-actuated fasteners: Shank diameters* of 0.145", 0.118", 0.138" or 0.157" are available providing a variety of solutions depending on application requirements. Knurled shank fasteners available for steel applications. Full range of fasteners either collated or in single fastener configurations to maximize productivity.
Collated Track Fasteners for Concrete
Collated Track Fasteners for Steel
Gas-actuated fasteners: Shank diameter of 0.118" provides ease of penetration in concrete and steel. Collated fastener offering for high productivity in high volume applications. Ideally suited for interior (drywall track), non-load bearing, nonstructural framing applications in concrete or steel.
Track Fastener with Metal "Top Hat" Washer Track Fastener with Plastic "Top Hat" Washer
Listings/Approvals
ICC-ES (International Code Council) ESR-1752 (X-GN & X-EGN) ESR-1663 (X-S16, X-DAK, X-DW, X-ZF 22 P8TH & X-ZF 20 THP) COLA (City of Los Angeles) RR 25662 (X-GN & X-EGN) RR 25646 (X-S16, X-DAK, X-DW, X-ZF 22 P8TH & X-ZF 20 THP)

Fastener Designation* X-S13 THP X-S16 X-DAK X-DW X-ZF X-GN X-GHP X-EGN
Fastener Material Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Carbon Steel
5 m Zinc 5 m Zinc 5 m Zinc 5 m Zinc
Fastener Plating1 5 m Zinc 5 m Zinc 5 m Zinc 5 m Zinc
Base Material Steel Steel Steel Concrete, Masonry or Steel Concrete or Masonry Concrete or Masonry High-Strength Concrete Steel
Powder-Actuated or Gas-Actuated Powder-Actuated Powder-Actuated Powder-Actuated Powder-Actuated Powder-Actuated Gas-Actuated Gas-Actuated Gas-Actuated
* X-U Universal Powder-Actuated fasteners with 0.157" shank diameter are also available for drywall track fastening and are discussed in more detail in Sections 3.2.3 and 3.2.4.
3.2.5 Drywall Track Fastening Systems 3.2.5.3 Technical Data

Allowable Loads in Normal Weight Concrete1,2
Description Fastener Shank Min. Diameter* Embedment
in. (mm) in. (mm)
2000 psi
Concrete Compressive Strength 4000 psi
6000 psi
Tension lb ( kN ) Shear lb ( kN )
Tension lb ( kN ) Shear lb ( kN ) Tension lb ( kN ) Shear lb ( kN )
Drywall Track Fastener Drywall Track Fastener Drywall Track Gas Fastener Drywall Track Gas Fastener
X-ZF 22 P8TH X-DW X-GN X-GHP
0.138 (3.5) 0.118 (3.0) 0.118 (3.0) 0.118 (3.0)
3/4 5/8 3/4 3/4 1 5/8
(19) (16) (19) (19) (25) (16)
55 20 60 95 115
(0.24) (0.09) (0.27) (0.42) (0.51)
130 (0.58) 55 65 120 220 (0.24) (0.29) (0.53) (0.98)
90 (0.40) 45 90 95 115 (0.20) (0.40) (0.42) (0.51)
170 (0.76) 55 65 120 220 (0.24) (0.29) (0.53) (0.98)
50 (0.22)
100 (0.44)
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance with ICC-ES AC 70. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria. 2 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.

Fastener Location Fastener Description Fastener Shank Diameter* in. (mm) Min. Embedment in. (mm) Installed into Concrete Tension lb (kN) Shear lb (kN) Installed through 3" deep Metal Deck into Concrete 2,3 Tension lb (kN) Upper Flute Lower Flute Shear lb (kN)
Drywall Track Fastener Drywall Track Fastener Drywall Track Fastener Drywall Track Gas Fastener
X-ZF 20 THP X-ZF 22 P8TH X-DW X-GN
0.138 (3.5) 0.138 (3.5) 0.118 (3.0) 0.118 (3.0)
5/8 (16) 3/4 (19) 3/4 (19) 1 (25) 3/4 (19) 1 (25)
55 (0.24) 110 (0.49) 100 165 115 170 (0.44) (0.73) (0.51) (0.76)
110 (0.49) 220 (0.98) 180 210 140 220 (0.80) (0.93) (0.62) (0.98)
55 (0.24) 120 (0.53) 70 (0.31) 165 (0.73) 75 (0.33) 155 (0.69)
60 (0.27) 35 (0.16) 110 (0.49) 85 (0.38) 160 (0.71)
110 (0.49) 260 (1.16) 170 270 175 255 (0.76) (1.20) (0.78) (1.13)
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance with ICC-ES AC 70. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria. 2 The steel deck profile is 3" deep composite floor deck with a thickness of 20 gauge (0.0358"). Figure 1 (Section 3.2.1.1.6) shows the nominal flute dimensions, fastener locations, & load orientations for the deck profile. 3 Structural lightweight concrete fill above top of metal deck shall be a minimum of 3-1/4" deep. 4 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.
Allowable Loads In Minimum fc = 3000 psi Structural Lightweight Concrete Over 1-1/2" Deep, B-Type Steel Deck1,4
Fastener Description Fastener Shank Diameter* in. (mm) Min. Embedment in. (mm) Fastener Location Installed Through Metal Deck into Concrete 2, 3 Tension lb (kN) Shear Upper Flute Lower Flute lb (kN)
Drywall Track Fastener Drywall Track Fastener Drywall Track Gas Fastener
X-DW X-ZF 22 P8TH X-GN
0.118 (3.0) 0.138 (3.5) 0.118 (3.0)
3/4 (19) 1 (25) 3/4 (19) 3/4 (19) 1 (25)
105 (0.47) 210 (0.93) 90 (0.40) 75 (0.33) 155 (0.69)
65 (0.29) 185 (0.82) 110 (0.49) 85 (0.38) 160 (0.71)
315 (1.40) 350 (1.56) 295 (1.31) 175 (0.78) 255 (1.13)
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance with ICC-ES AC 70. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria. 2 Steel deck profiles are 1-1/2" deep, B-type deck with a thickness of 20 gauge (0.0358"). Fasteners may be installed through the metal deck into lightweight concrete having both nominal & inverted deck profile orientations with a minimum lower flute width of 1-3/4" or 3-1/2", respectively. Fasteners shall be placed at centerline of deck flutes. Refer to Figures 2 & 3 (Section 3.2.1.1.6) for additional flute dimensions, fastener locations, and load orientations for both deck profiles. 3 Structural lightweight concrete fill above top of metal deck shall be a minimum 2-1/2" deep. 4 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.
Drywall Track Fastening Systems 3.2.5

Hollow CMU
Fastener Description Fastener Shank Diameter* in. (mm) Minimum Face Shell6 Embedment Tension Shear in. lb lb (mm) (kN) (kN)
Mortar Joint Face Shell 6
Grout-Filled CMU
Mortar Joint 6 Top of Grouted Cell 8
Tension Shear7 lb lb (kN) (kN)
Tension Shear Tension Shear7 Tension Shear9 lb lb lb lb lb lb (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN)
Drywall Track Fastener
X-DW
0.118 (3.0) 0.118 (3.0)
Drywall Track Gas Fastener
X-GN
1 (25) 3/4 (19) 1 (25)
115 (0.51) 90 (0.40) 115 (0.51)
130 (0.58) 115 (0.51) 130 (0.58)
30 (0.13) 65 (0.29) 70 (0.31)
65 (0.29) 55 (0.24) 65 (0.29)
120 (0.53) 95 (0.42) 130 (0.58)
140 (0.62) 120 (0.53) 140 (0.62)
45 (0.20) 70 (0.31) 85 (0.38)
120 (0.53) 85 (0.38) 120 (0.53)
120 (0.53) 65 (0.29) 75 (0.33)
165 (0.73) 90 (0.40) 95 (0.42)
The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fastener only, using a safety factor of 5.0 or higher. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria. 2 The tabulated allowable load values are for low-velocity fasteners installed in concrete masonry units conforming to ASTM C 90, Grade N, Type 1. 3 The tabulated allowable load values are for low-velocity fasteners installed in concrete masonry units with mortar conforming to ASTM C 270, Type N. 4 The tabulated allowable load values are for low-velocity fasteners installed in concrete masonry units with grout conforming to ASTM C 476, as coarse grout. 5 No more than one low-velocity fastener may be installed in an individual concrete masonry unit cell. 6 Fastener can be located anywhere on the face shell as shown in the figure to the right. 7 Shear direction can be horizontal or vertical (Bed Joint or T-Joint) along the CMU wall plane. 8 Fastener located in center of grouted cell installed vertically. 9 Shear can be in any direction. 10 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.
T-Joint
Bed Joint
1"
1"
Acceptance Locations (NON-SHADED AREAS) for Drywall Track Fasteners in CMU Walls
Allowable Loads in Minimum ASTM A 36 (Fy 36 ksi; Fu 58 ksi) Steel 1,2,6,7

Fastener Description Fastener Shank Diameter* in. (mm) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.118 (3.0) 0.118 (3.0) 0.118 (3.0) Steel Thickness (in.)
1/8
3/16
1/4
3/8
1/2
Tension lb (kN)
3/4
Shear lb (kN)
Standard Smooth Shank
X-S13
Stepped-Shank X-DAK4 Knurling-Lengthwise Drywall Track Smooth Shank X-S16 P8TH w/ Metal Top Hat Washer Drywall Track Smooth Shank X-DW X-EGN5 Drywall Track Smooth Shank X-EGN3,5
140 300 300 (0.62) (1.33) (1.33) 170 3 390 3 185 (0.76) (1.73) (0.82) 250 (1.11) 240 (1.07) 140 270 220 (0.62) (1.20) (0.98) 220 (0.98)
450 (2.00) 405 (1.80) 530 (2.36) 400 (1.78) 275 (1.22) 315 (1.40)
300 (1.33) 260 (1.16) 330 (1.47) 320 (1.42) 225 (1.00) 260 (1.16)
450 (2.00) 420 (1.87) 575 (2.56) 425 (1.89) 320 (1.42) 375 (1.67)
300 450 (1.33) (2.00) 495 555 400 570 400 3 570 3 (2.20) (2.47) (1.78) (2.54) (1.78) (2.54) 335 610 265 480 (1.49) (2.71) (1.18) (2.14)
280 375 (1.25) (1.67) 280 400 (1.25) (1.78)
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance with ICC-ES AC 70. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be in investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria. 2 Low-velocity fasteners shall be driven to where the point of the fastener penetrates the steel base material in accordance with Section 3.2.1.2.3, except as noted in this table. 3 Based on testing with Fy = 50 ksi base material. 4 X-DAK fasteners installed into 1/2" or thicker steel require 3/8" minimum penetration. The allowable tension and shear values for 3/4" or thicker steel is based on testing with Fy = 50 ksi base material. 5 X-EGN fasteners installed into 3/8" or thicker base steel require 0.320" minimum penetration depth. 6 Multiple fasteners are recommended for increased reliability. 7 Refer to guidelines for fastening to steel, Section 3.2.1.2, for application limits.
3.2.5 Drywall Track Fastening Systems

Allowable Tensile Pullover and Shear Bearing Load Capacities for Light Steel Framing with Power-Driven Fasteners 1, 2, 3, 4
Head Diameter in. 14 ga. 16 ga. (mm) Tension Shear Tension Shear
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
Sheet Steel Thickness 18 ga.

Fastener
20 ga.
22 ga.
24 ga.
25/26 ga.
0.118" shank with Plastic Top Hat Washer 0.118" shank with MX collation 0.138" shank with Plastic Top Hat Washer 0.145" shank with Plastic Top Hat Washer 0.145" shank with Metal Top Hat Washer
X-DW THP X-DW X-EGN X-GN X-ZF 20 THP X-S13 THP X-S16 P8TH X-DAK16 P8TH
0.276 (7.0) 0.276 (7.0) 0.322 (8.2) 0.322 (8.2) 0.322 (8.2)
650 (2.89)
635 (2.82)
410 390 300 335 250 235 170 185 100 125 (1.82) (1.73) (1.33) (1.49) (1.11) (1.05) (0.76) (0.82) (0.44) (0.56) 325 390 265 335 250 235 170 185 100 125 (1.45) (1.73) (1.18) (1.49) (1.11) (1.05) (0.76) (0.82) (0.44) (0.56)
860 (3.83) 985 (4.38)
685 715 490 465 360 375 300 265 205 200 120 130 (3.05) (3.18) (2.18) (2.07) (1.60) (1.67) (1.33) (1.18) (0.91) (0.89) (0.53) (0.58) 685 720 490 515 360 440 300 310 205 235 120 145 (3.05) (3.20) (2.18) (2.29) (1.60) (1.96) (1.33) (1.38) (0.91) (1.05) (0.53) (0.64) 940 940 785 685 625 550 510 465 390 365 335 315 (4.18) (4.18) (3.49) (3.05) (2.78) (2.45) (2.27) (2.07) (1.73) (1.62) (1.49) (1.40)
1 Allowable load values are based on a safety factor of 3.0 in accordance with the AISI NASPEC, 2001 edition with 2004 Supplement. 2 Allowable pullover capacities of sheet steel should be compared to the allowable fastener tensile load capacities in concrete, steel, and masonry to determine controlling resistance load. 3 Allowable shear bearing capacities of sheet steel should be compared to allowable fastener shear capacities in concrete, steel and masonry to determine controlling resistance load. 4 Data is based on the following minimum sheet steel properties, Fy = 33 ksi, Fu = 45 ksi (ASTM A 653 material).

Powder-Actuated (Concrete)
Description Length in. (mm) Shank * in. (mm) Washer Quantity
X-ZF 20 THP X-ZF 22 TH X-ZF 20 MX X-DW 20 THP X-DW 20 MX
3/4 (20) 7/8 (22) 3/4 (20) 3/4 (20) 3/4 (20)
0.138 (3.5) 0.138 (3.5) 0.138 (3.5) 0.118 (3.0) 0.118 (3.0)
8 mm plastic tophat 8 mm metal tophat Collated 8 mm plastic tophat Collated
1000 pcs/box 1000 pcs/box 1000 pcs/box 1000 pcs/box 1000 pcs/box
Powder-Actuated (Steel)
Description Length in. (mm) Shank * in. (mm) Washer Quantity
X-S13 THP X-S13 MX X-DAK 16 TH X-DAK 16 MX X-S16 TH
1/2 (13) 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16) 5/8 (16) 5/8 (16)
0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7)
8 mm plastic tophat Collated 8 mm metal tophat Collated 8 mm metal tophat
100 or 1000 pcs/box 100 or 1000 pcs/box 1000 pcs/box 1000 pcs/box 1000 pcs/box
Gas-Actuated (Concrete)
Description Length in. (mm) Shank in. (mm) Washer Quantity
X-GN 20 MX X-GN 27 MX X-GN 32 MX X-GN 39 MX X-GHP 18 MX X-GHP 20 MX
3/4 (20) 1 (27) 1-1/4 (32) 1-5/8 (39) 11/16 (18) 3/4 (20)
0.118 (3.0) 0.118 (3.0) 0.118 (3.0) 0.118 (3.0) 0.118 (3.0) 0.118 (3.0)
Collated Collated Collated Collated Collated Collated
750 pcs/box 750 pcs/box 750 pcs/box 750 pcs/box 750 pcs/box 750 pcs/box
Gas-Actuated (Steel)
Description Length in. (mm) Shank in. (mm) Washer Quantity
X-EGN 14 MX (steel)
1/2 (14)
0.118 (3.0)
Collated
750 pcs/box
Sill Plate Fastening Systems 3.2.6 3.2.6.1 Product Description

The 2-7/8" Hilti X-CF, X-ZF, X-DNI, X-CP and X-CR-L fasteners are specifically designed for attaching wood sill plates to concrete substrates. Hilti offers a suitable fastener for all sill plate application conditions. The new carbon steel thick coated X-CP 72 P8S23 fastener together with the new SAE 316 X-CR-L 72 P8S23 fastener complement the Hilti powder-actuated fastener portfolio specifically for sill plate applications where pressure treated lumber is being used. Both new X-CP and X-CR-L fasteners are suitable for use with pressure treated lumber sill plates. Reference General Guidelines on top of following page for product recommendation dependent on environment conditions and lumber type used. Both fasteners have a premounted 0.905" (23 mm) 16 gauge washer for fast and reliable installation. The carbon steel thick coated X-CP fastener has an additional plastic washer that minimizes coating damage by the washer during installation. These sill plate fasteners are suitable for use with Hilti's powder-actuated tools and cartridges. Product Features and Benefits Fasteners for use with chemical pressure treated lumber (X-CP and X-CR-L). Pre-assembled washer for fast and reliable installation. Washer clearly stamped with material/coating for easy inspection. X-CP: Additional plastic insert to minimize coating damage during installation.
Listings/Approvals
ICC-ES (International Code Council) ESR-2379
Installed X-CR-L fastener with 316 clearly marked on washer.
Installed X-CP fastener with A 153 clearly marked on washer.

Fastener Designation X-CF 72 P8 S23 X-ZF 72 P8 S36 X-DNI 72 P8 S36 X-CP 72 P8 S23 X-CR-L 72 P8 S23
1 ASTM B 633, SC 1, Type III. 2 Equivalent in corrosion resistance to ASTM A 153 HDG.
Fastener Material Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Carbon Steel SAE 316 SS
Washer Material Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Carbon Steel SAE 304 SS
5 m Zinc1 5 m Zinc1 5 m Zinc1
Fastener Plating
5 m Zinc1 5 m Zinc1 5 m Zinc1 Thick Mechanical Plated2 > 86 m N/A
Washer Plating
Thick Mechanical Plated2 > 86 m N/A
3.2.6 Sill Plate Fastening Systems

General Guidelines for Untreated and Pressure-Treated Lumber1,2,3
Low Medium High Indoor & Exterior - Wet: Heavy industrial or coastal areas with high prolonged moisture levels but no direct exposure to chlorides, and average temperatures below 86 F (30 C). All wood types (Untreated Lumber, SBX/DOT, Zinc borated ACQ, CA-B, CBA-A, ACZA) SAE 316 Stainless Steel
Environment
Indoor - Dry: Untreated Lumber with no moisture exposure
Indoor & Exterior - Dry: Pressure Treated Lumber with no moisture exposure SBX/DOT, Zinc borated ACQ, CA-B,CBA-A treated or untreated Lumber Carbon Steel, Thick Mechanical Plated (Power Driven Fasteners > 86 microns)
Wood Type
Untreated lumber
Fastener
Carbon Steel, electro-galvanized (min. 5 - 13 microns)
Washer Designation Inspection

X-CF washer, X-ZF washer and X-DNI washer X-CP washer denoting ASTM A 153 Corrosion Resistance X-CR-L washer denoting the material of the fastener SAE 316 Stainless Steel
1 If the moisture content of Pressure Treated Lumber is high (> 18 %) or unknown, stainless steel fasteners are recommended. Select appropriate stainless steel grade for your application. 2 Guidelines based on fastener coating / material resistance to environmental corrosion (commonly called rusting). Evaluate site conditions which may affect these guidelines, such as: corrosive agents other then those listed; expected service life; other (non environmental) types of corrosion etc. 3 In highly corrosive environments (such as direct exposure to chlorides with average temperatures above 86 F (30 C)) it is generally recommended that a Highly Corrosive Resistant (HCR) Fastener be used such as Hilti HAS HCR Adhesive Anchor Rods. Contact Hilti Technical Support for more information.

Allowable Loads for Sill Plate Fasteners Installed in Minimum f 'c = 2,000 psi Normal Weight Concrete1,2,3
Fastener Designation Shank Diameter in. (mm) 0.145 0.145 0.145 0.145 0.145 0.145 0.145 0.145 0.145 0.145 (3.7) (3.7) (3.7) (3.7) (3.7) (3.7) (3.7) (3.7) (3.7) (3.7) Washer Diameter Fastener Length in. (mm) in. (mm) Interior Shear Wall or Interior Non-Shear Wall4 0.905 (23) 2-7/8 (72) 1.417 (36) 2-7/8 (72) 1.417 (36) 2-7/8 (72) 0.905 (23) 2-7/8 (72) 0.905 (23) 2-7/8 (72) Exterior Shear Wall5 0.905 (23) 2-7/8 (72) 1.417 (36) 2-7/8 (72) 1.417 (36) 2-7/8 (72) 0.905 (23) 2-7/8 (72) 0.905 (23) 2-7/8 (72) Tension lb (kN) 130 130 160 175 140 130 130 160 165 140 (0.58) (0.58) (0.71) (0.78) (0.62) (0.58) (0.58) (0.71) (0.73) (0.62) Shear lb (kN) 210 210 290 250 155 165 165 180 95 130 (0.93) (0.93) (1.29) (1.11) (0.69) (0.73) (0.73) (0.80) (0.42) (0.58)
X-CF 72 P8 S23 X-ZF 72 P8 S36 X-DNI 72 P8 S36 X-CP 72 P8 S23 X-CR-L 72 P8 S23 X-CF 72 P8 S23 X-ZF 72 P8 S36 X-DNI 72 P8 S36 X-CP 72 P8 S23 X-CR-L 72 P8 S23
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance with ICC-ES AC70. Wood sill plates connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria. 2 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment. 3 Allowable load values are for attachment of nominal 2x lumber with the steel washer bearing on the top surface of the wood. 4 These load values based on testing performed at a minimum 2-3/4" edge distance (i.e. middle of slab). 5 These load values based on testing performed at 1-3/4" edge distance.

Carbon Steel - 5 m Zinc
Fastener Description Fastener Length in. (mm) Shank in. (mm) Washer in. (mm) Packaging Qty.
X-CF 72 P8 S23 X-ZF 72 P8 S36 X-DNI 72 P8 S36 X-CP 72 P8 S23
Carbon Steel - Thick Mechanical Plated min. 86 m Stainless Steel SAE 316 fastener / SAE 304 washer
X-CR-L 72 P8 S23
2-7/8 (72) 2-7/8 (72) 2-7/8 (72) 2-7/8 (72) 2-7/8 (72)
0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7)
0.905 (23) 1.417 (36) 1.417 (36) 0.905 (23) 0.905 (23)
100 pcs. / box 100 pcs. /box 500 pcs. / box 100 pcs. / box 100 pcs. / box
Ceiling Clip & Hanger Assemblies 3.2.7 3.2.7.1 Product Description

Ceiling clip assemblies are an economical and recognized method of suspending acoustical ceiling grids and panels from concrete. These preassembled ceiling clips consist of a sheet steel clip with a pre-mounted powder-actuated fastener and are typically pre-tied with a single 12 gauge wire of varying lengths depending on ceiling height requirements. When the fastening is made, the clip, fastener and wire are installed in one step. Further productivity can be achieved through the use of a Hilti powder-actuated pole tool.
3.2.7.2 Material Specification

Item X-ZF Fastener X-AL-H Fastener CC27 Clip Wire2
1 ASTM B 633, SC 1, Type III. 2 Pre-mounted ASTM A 641 wires come attached with a minimum of three tight turns in 1-1/2".
Material Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Carbon Steel
Steel Diameter/Thickness 0.138" 0.177" 13 GA 12, 10 or 8 GA
Plating 5 m Zinc1 5 m Zinc1 5 m Zinc1 5 m Zinc1
Listings/Approvals
ICC-ES (International Code Council) ESR-2184 COLA (City of Los Angeles) RR 25651

Allowable Loads for Hilti Ceiling Clip Assemblies Installed in Normal Weight Concrete1,2,3,4
Concrete Compressive Strength 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) Ceiling Clip CC27XZF27 CC27XZF32 CC27XZF37 CC27XALH22 CC27XALH27 CC27XALH32 CC27XALH37 CC27XALH32-DX Kwik CC27XALH42-DX Kwik 150 180 210 240 300 Tension lb (kN) 185 220 270 (0.67) (0.80) (0.93) (1.07) (1.33) 215 285 325 350 470 (0.82) (0.98) (1.20) lb 205 270 430 (0.96) (1.27) (1.71) (1.56) (2.09) 145 305 310 330 330 Shear (kN) (0.91) (1.20) (1.91) 45 Degree lb (kN) 240 260 260 (0.76) (0.96) (1.38) (1.56) (1.56) (1.07) (1.16) (1.16) 95 145 195 250 lb Tension (kN) (0.42) (0.65) (0.87) (1.11) 175 205 240 275 6000 psi (41.4 MPa) Shear lb (0.78) (0.91) (1.07) (1.22) 70 130 190 250 (kN) 45 Degree lb (kN) (0.40) (0.62) (0.87) (1.11)
1 The tabulated allowable load values apply to the powder-actuated ceiling clip assemblies only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance with ICC-ES AC 70. Connected components, including wires*, must be investigated separately. 2 Allowable values are for fasteners installed in concrete having the designated compressive strength at the time of installation. 3 Concrete thickness at the point of penetration must be a minimum of the fastener embedment depth plus 1-1/2". 4 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment. * Note: For Hilti supplied wire, the recommended allowable load capacities of 12, 10 and 8 gauge wire are 210, 340 and 500 lb, respectively.
3.2.7 Ceiling Clip & Hanger Assemblies

Allowable Loads for Hilti Ceiling Clip Assemblies Installed in Lightweight Concrete Over Metal Deck1,2,3,4
f'c = 3000 psi Concrete Compressive Strength Lower Flute Ceiling Clip Assembly CC27XZF27 CC27XZF32 CC27XZF37 CC27XALH27 CC27XALH32 CC27XALH37 CC27XALH42-DX Kwik Tension lb (kN) 50 65 80 70 130 195 200 (0.22) (0.29) (0.36) (0.31) (0.58) (0.87) (0.89) Shear lb (kN) 295 325 355 240 295 350 570 (1.31) (1.45) (1.58) (1.07) (1.31) (1.56) (2.54) 45 Degree lb (kN) 135 180 230 145 245 345 210 (0.60) (0.88) (1.02) (0.65) (1.09) (1.53) (0.93) Tension lb (kN) 105 130 155 160 240 325 250 (0.47) (0.58) (0.69) (0.71) (1.07) (1.45) (1.11) Upper Flute lb Shear (kN) (1.31) (1.45) (1.58) (1.07) (1.31) (1.56) (2.54) 45 Degree lb (kN) 290 315 350 240 325 405 395 (1.29) (1.40) (1.56) (1.07) (1.45) (1.80) (1.76)
295 325 355 240 295 350 570
1 The tabulated allowable load values apply to the powder-actuated ceiling clip assemblies only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance with ICC-ES AC 70. Connected components, including wires*, must be investigated separately. 2 Allowable values are for fasteners installed in concrete having the designated compressive strength at the time of installation. 3 Testing completed in 3" deep composite floor deck having a minimum thickness of 20 gauge (0.0358") and a minimum yield strength (Fy) of 38 ksi. Lower and upper flute width must be a minimum of 4-1/2". Figure 1 in Section 3.2.1.1.6 shows nominal flute dimensions, fastener locations and load orientations for the deck profile. Concrete thickness at the point of penetration must be a minimum of the fastener embedment plus 1-1/2". 4 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment. * Note: For Hilti supplied wire, the recommended allowable load capacities of 12, 10 and 8 gauge wire are 210, 340 and 500 lb, respectively.

Fastener Description1 CC27XZF-27P8T CC27XZF-32P8T CC27XZF-37P8T CC27XALH-22P8T CC27XALH-27P8T CC27XALH-32P8T CC27XALH-37P8T CC27XALH-42P8T Fastener Length in. (mm) 1 (27) 1-1/4 (32) 1-1/2 (37) 7/8 (22) 1 (27) 1-1/4 (32) 1-1/2 (37) 1-5/8 (42) Shank in. (mm) 0.138 (3.5) 0.138 (3.5) 0.138 (3.5) 0.157 (4.0) 0.177 (4.5) 0.177 (4.5) 0.177 (4.5) 0.177 (4.5) Washer 8 mm metal tophat 8 mm metal tophat 8 mm metal tophat 8 mm metal tophat 8 mm metal tophat 8 mm metal tophat 8 mm metal tophat 8 mm metal tophat Packaging Quantity1 100 or 1000 pcs 100 or 1000 pcs 100 or 1000 pcs 100 or 1000 pcs 100 or 1000 pcs 100 or 1000 pcs 100 or 1000 pcs 100 or 1000 pcs
1 Ceiling clip and fastener combinations can be assembled with pre-tied wire 4', 6', 8', 10' & 12' lengths
Stud Fasteners for Attachment to Concrete 3.2.8 3.2.8.1 Product Description

The Hilti threaded stud program is for use with Hilti powder-actuated tools to provide a fast and reliable solution for making attachments to concrete base material. Threaded studs are available in standard carbon steel or SAE 316 equivalent stainless steel for high corrosion resistance in order to meet a wide variety of application requirements. The X-W6 and W10 threaded studs have varying shank lengths to provide reliable fastenings to standard and high strength concrete. Thread diameters of 1/4" have thread lengths ranging from 1/2" through 1-1/2". The 3/8" thread diameter has a single thread length of 1-3/16".
3.2.8.1 3.2.8.2 3.2.8.3 3.2.8.4 3.2.8.5 Product Description Material Specifications Technical Data Installation Instructions Ordering Information

Fastener Designation X-W6 W10 X-CR W6
1 ASTM B 633, SC1, Type III
Fastener Material Carbon Steel Carbon Steel SAE 316 Equivalent
5 m Zinc1 N/A
5 m Zinc1
Fastener Plating
X-W6
X-CR W6
W10

Fastener Designation X-W6-11-22 X-W6-11-27 X-W6-20-22 X-W6-20-27 X-W6-38-27 X-CR W6-11-27 X-CR W6-22-27 W10-30-27 W10-30-32 W10-30-42 Thread Designation UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 3/8-inch UNC 3/8-inch UNC 3/8-inch Thread Length in. (mm) 7/16 (11) 7/16 (11) 3/4 (20) 3/4 (20) 1-1/2 (38) 7/16 (11) 7/8 (22) 1-3/16 (30) 1-3/16 (30) 1-3/16 (30) Shank Length in. (mm) 7/8 (22) 1 (27) 7/8 (22) 1 (27) 1 (27) 1 (27) 1 (27) 1 (27) 1-1/4 (32) 1-5/8 (42)
Listings/Approvals
ICC-ES (International Code Council) ESR-1663 COLA (City of Los Angeles) RR 25646 FM (Factory Mutual) W10-30-27P10, W10-30-32P10 & W1030-42P10 Fasteners for Sprinkler Pipe Hangers UL (Underwriters Laboratories) W10-30-32P10 & W10-30-42P10, Fasteners for Sprinkler Pipe Hangers
Thread Length
Shank Length
Allowable Loads in Normal Weight Concrete 1,2

Description Fastener Shank Diameter
in. (mm)
Min. Embedment
in. (mm)
Concrete Compressive Strength 2000 psi 4000 psi

Tension lb ( kN )
Shear lb ( kN )
Tension lb ( kN )
Shear lb ( kN )
1/420 Threaded Stud
X-W6
0.145 (3.7) 0.205 (5.2)
3/816 Threaded Stud
W10
3/4 1 1 1-1/4 1-5/8
(19) (25) (25) (32) (41)
40 85 85 175 285
(0.18) (0.38) (0.38) (0.78) (1.27)
55 195 95 345 380
(0.24) (0.87) (0.42) (1.53) (1.69)
40 110 100 200 385
(0.18) (0.49) (0.44) (0.89) (1.71)
55 225 105 380 395
(0.24) (1.00) (0.47) (1.69) (1.76)
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance with ICC-ES AC 70. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria. 2 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.
3.2.8 Stud Fasteners for Attachment to Concrete

Fastener Location Fastener Description Fastener Shank Diameter in. (mm) Min. Embedment in. (mm) Installed into Concrete Tension lb (kN) Shear (kN) Installed through 3" deep Metal Deck into Concrete 2,3 Tension lb (kN) Upper Flute Lower Flute Shear lb lb (kN)
lb
1/420 Threaded Stud 3/816 Threaded Stud
X-W6
0.145 (3.7) 0.205 (5.2)
W10
1 1-1/4 1-1/2 1 1-1/4 1-5/8
(25) (32) (38) (25) (32) (41)
175 240 300 265 280 445
(0.78) (1.07) (1.33) (1.18) (1.25) (1.98)
185 315 365 190 380 540
(0.82) (1.40) (1.62) (0.85) (1.69) (2.40)
175 240 300 160 160 455
(0.78) (1.07) (1.33) (0.71) (0.71) (2.02)
70 (0.31) 335 (1.49)
185 315 365 185 470 675
(0.82) (1.40) (1.62) (0.82) (2.09) (3.00)
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance with ICC-ES AC 70. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria. 2 The steel deck profile is 3" deep composite floor deck with a thickness of 20 gauge (0.0358"). Figure 1 (Section 3.2.1.1.6) shows the nominal flute dimensions, fastener locations, & load orientations for the deck profile. 3 Structural lightweight concrete fill above top of metal deck shall be a minimum of 3-1/4" deep. 4 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.

Hollow CMU
Fastener Description Fastener Shank Diameter in. (mm) Minimum Face Shell6 Embedment Tension Shear in. lb lb (mm) (kN) (kN)
Mortar Joint6
Grout-Filled CMU
Face Shell6 Mortar Joint6
Tension Shear7 lb lb (kN) (kN)
Tension Shear Tension Shear7 lb lb lb lb (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN)
1/420 Threaded Stud
X-W6
0.145 (3.7)
1 (25)
105 (0.47)
175 (0.78)
80 (0.36)
110 (0.49)
125 (0.56)
175 (0.78)
135 (0.60)
150 (0.67)
The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fastener only, using a safety factor of 5.0 or higher. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria. The tabulated allowable load values are for low-velocity fasteners installed in concrete masonry units conforming to ASTM C 90, Grade N, Type 1. The tabulated allowable load values are for low-velocity fasteners installed in concrete masonry units with mortar conforming to ASTM C 270, Type N. The tabulated allowable load values are for low-velocity fasteners installed in concrete masonry units with grout conforming to ASTM C 476, as coarse grout. No more than one low-velocity fastener may be installed in an individual concrete masonry unit cell. Fastener can be located anywhere on the face shell or mortar joint as shown in the figure to the right. Shear direction can be horizontal or vertical (Bed Joint or T-Joint) along the CMU wall plane. Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
T-Joint
Bed Joint
1"
1"
Acceptance Locations (NON-SHADED AREAS) for Threaded Studs in CMU Walls
Stud Fasteners for Attachment to Concrete 3.2.8 3.2.8.4 Installation Instructions
Tmax
Press tip of fastener to concrete base material. Drive fastener with Hilti powder-actuated tool.
Ensure proper threaded stud embedment.
Make attachment. Do not exceed Maximum Tightening Torque, Tmax.
Maximum Tightening Torque, Tmax, for Threaded Studs Driven into Concrete, ft-lb (Nm)
X-W6 3.0 (4.0) Stud Type X-CR W6 3.0 (4.0) W10 4.5 (6.0)

Fastener Description X-W6-11-22 FP8 X-W6-11-27 FP8 X-W6-20-22 FP8 X-W6-20-27 FP8 X-W6-38-27 FP8 X-W6-11-22 D12 X-W6-20-22 D12 X-W6-20-27 D12 X-CR W6-11-22 FP8 X-CR W6-11-27 FP8 W10-30-27 P10 W10-30-32 P10 W10-30-42 P10 Shank Length in. (mm) 7/8 (22) 1 (27) 7/8 (22) 1 (27) 1 (27) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 1 (27) 7/8 (22) 1 (27) 1 (27) 1-1/4 (32) 1-5/8 (42) Shank in. (mm) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.205 (5.2) 0.205 (5.2) 0.205 (5.2) Thread Length in. (mm) 7/16 (11) 7/16 (11) 3/4 (20) 3/4 (20) 1-1/2 (38) 7/16 (11) 3/4 (20) 3/4 (20) 7/16 (11) 7/16 (11) 1-3/16 (30) 1-3/16 (30) 1-3/16 (30) Thread UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 3/8-inch UNC 3/8-inch UNC 3/8-inch Guidance Washer 8 mm plastic 8 mm plastic 8 mm plastic 8 mm plastic 8 mm plastic 12 mm plastic 12 mm plastic 12 mm plastic 8 mm plastic 8 mm plastic 10 mm plastic 10 mm plastic 10 mm plastic Packaging Quantity 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs
X-W6
X-CR W6
W10
3.2.9 Stud Fasteners for Attachment to Steel


The Hilti threaded stud program is for use with Hilti powder-actuated tools to provide a fast and reliable solution for making attachments to steel base material in lieu of through bolting, screw fastening, or stud welding. Threaded studs are available in SAE 316 stainless steel equivalent corrosion resistance or carbon steel to meet a wide range of application requirements when making fastenings to steel greater than or equal to 3/16. The X-EW6H, X-EM8H and X-EW10H threaded studs are hardened fasteners with a unique knurled shank design for improved penetration and high tension and shear values in ASTM A 36 and higher grades of steel. Thread diameters are 1/4, 3/8, and 8 mm with thread lengths ranging from 3/8" to 1-1/2".

X-EW6H X-EW10H X-EM8H X-CRM8 X-BT W10* X-BT M8*
Fastener Designation X-EW6H X-EM8H X-EW10H Fastener Material Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Carbon Steel SAE 316 Stainless Steel2 SAE 316 Stainless Steel2 SAE 316 Stainless Steel2 5 m Zinc1 5 m Zinc1 N/A N/A N/A 5 m Zinc1 Fastener Plating
Listings/Approvals
ICC-ES (International Code Council) ESR-2347 COLA (City of Los Angeles) RR 25684 FM (Factory Mutual) X-EW10H and X-EW6H UL (Underwriters Laboratories) X-EW10H and X-EW6H ABS (American Bureau of Shipping) Lloyds Register
X-CRM8 X-BT M8* X-BT W10*
1 ASTM B 633, SC 1, Type III 2 Equivalent corrosion resistance to SAE 316 stainless steel

Threaded Steel Stud Specification Table
Designation X-EW6H-11-9 X-EW6H-20-9 X-EW6H-28-9 X-EW6H-38-9 X-EM8H-15-12 X-CRM8-9-12 Thread Designation UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch Metric 8 mm Metric 8 mm Metric 8 mm Metric 8 mm Thread Length Shank Length in. (mm) in. (mm) 7/16 (11) 3/4 (20) 1-1/8 (28) 1-1/2 (38) 5/8 (15) 1-3/16 (30) 3/8 (9) 5/8 (15) 5/8 (15) 15/16 (24) 3/8 (9) 3/8 (9) 3/8 (9) 3/8 (9) 1/2 (12) 9/16 (14) 1/2 (12) 1/2 (12) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) Threaded Stud Stand-Off, hNVS in. (mm) 3/8 1/2 ( 9.5 - 12.5) 23/32 27/32 ( 18.5 - 21.5) 1-1/16 1-5/32 (26.5 - 29.5) 1-7/16 1-9/16 (36.5 - 39.5) 5/8 3/4 (15.5 - 19.5) 1-3/32 1-7/32 (28.0 - 31.0) 7/16 19/32 (11.0 15.0) 5/8 25/32 (16.0 20.0) 5/8 11/16 (15.7 - 16.8) 1 1-1/16 (25.7 26.8)
Thread Length
hNVS
X-EW10H-30-14 UNC 3/8-inch X-CRM8-15-12 X-BT M8-15-6 *
Shank Length
Thread and Shank Length
Threaded Stud Stand-off (hNVS)
X-BT W10-24-6* UNC 3/8-inch
* Innovative blunt-tip X-BT fasteners are discussed in more detail in Section 3.2.10
Stud Fasteners for Attachment to Steel 3.2.9

Allowable Loads in Minimum ASTM A 36 (Fy 36 ksi; Fu 58 ksi) Steel1,2,3
Stud Type Shank Diameter in. (mm) 0.145 (3.7) 0.177 (4.5) 0.205 (5.2) 0.157 (4.0) 0.177 (4.5) 3/16 (4.8) Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) 360 500 (1.60) (2.22) Steel Thickness in. (mm) 1/4 (6.4) 3/8 (9.5) Tension Shear Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 500 600 500 600 (2.22) (2.67) (2.22) (2.67) 700 700 700 700 (3.11) (3.11) (3.11) (3.11) 970 1000 1100 1100 (4.31) (4.45) (4.89) (4.89) 405 405 405 405 (1.80) (1.80) (1.80) (1.80) 245 425 405 585 (1.09) (1.89) (1.80) (2.60) 1/2 (12.7) Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) 500 600 (2.22) (2.67) 700 700 (3.11) (3.11) 1100 1100 (4.89) (4.89) 405 405 (1.80) (1.80) 405 585 (1.80) (2.60) 3/4 (19.1) Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) 800 (3.56) 405 (1.80) 800 (3.56) 585 (2.60)
X-EW6H X-EM8H X-EW10H X-CRM8 X-BT W10/M84
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity threaded studs only, using a factor of safety that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance with AC 70. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria. 2 Tabulated allowable load values based upon embedment in steel such that threaded stud stand-off, hNVS, complies with the Threaded Steel Stud Specification Table. 3 To prevent through penetration or damage to coatings on the base steel, a minimum base steel thickness of 5/16" is required for X-BT threaded studs. Load values provided for 3/8" base steel thickness are also valid for 5/16" base steel thickness. For further information, reference Section 3.2.10.
3.2.9.4 Installation Instructions
Tmax hNVS
Press tip of fastener to steel material. Drive fastener with Hilti powderactuated tool.
Ensure proper threaded stud stand-off.
Make attachment. Do not exceed Maximum Tightening Torque, Tmax.
Note: Installation instructions for innovative blunt-tip X-BT fasteners are provided in Section 3.2.10.4
Maximum Tightening Torque, Tmax, for Threaded Studs Driven into Steel, ft-lb (Nm)
Stud Type X-EW6H 3.0 (4.1) X-EM8H 8.0 (10.8) X-EW10H 11.0 (14.9) X-CRM8 6.0 (8.1) X-BT W10* & X-BT M8* 6.0 (8.1)
*Innovative blunt-tip X-BT fasteners are installed with a Hilti DX-351BT powder-actuated tool and discussed in more detail in Section 3.2.10.
3.2.9 Stud Fasteners for Attachment to Steel 3.2.9.5 Ordering Information

Fastener Description X-EM8H-15-12P8 X-EM8H-15-12FP10 X-EW10H-30-14P10 X-EW6H-38-9FP8 X-EW6H-38-9FP12 X-EW6H-28-9FP8 X-EW6H-28-9FP12 X-EW6H-20-9FP8 X-EW6H-20-9FP12 X-EW6H-11-9FP8 X-EW6H-11-9FP12 X-BT W10-24-6 SN12-R* X-BT M8-15-6 SN12-R* X-CRM8-15-12-P8 X-CRM8-15-12-FP10 X-CRM8-9-12-P8 X-CRM8-9-12-FP10 Shank Length in. (mm) 12 (12) 12 (12) 9/16 (14) 3/8 (9) 3/8 (9) 3/8 (9) 3/8 (9) 3/8 (9) 3/8 (9) 3/8 (9) 3/8 (9) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 12 (12) 12 (12) 12 (12) 12 (12) Shank in. (mm) 0.177 (4.5) 0.177 (4.5) 0.205 (5.2) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.177 (4.5) 0.177 (4.5) 0.177 (4.5) 0.177 (4.5) 0.177 (4.5) 0.177 (4.5) Thread Length in. (mm) 5/8 (15) 5/8 (15) 1-3/16 (30) 1-1/2 (38) 1-1/2 (38) 1-1/8 (28) 1-1/8 (28) 3/4 (20) 3/4 (20) 7/16 (11) 7/16 (11) 15/16 (24) 5/8 (15) 5/8 (15) 5/8 (15) 5/8 (9) 5/8 (9) Thread Metric 8 mm Metric 8 mm UNC 3/8-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 3/8-inch Metric 8 mm Metric 8 mm Metric 8 mm Metric 8 mm Metric 8 mm Guidance Washer 8 mm plastic 10 mm plastic 10 mm plastic 8 mm plastic 12 mm plastic 8 mm plastic 12 mm plastic 8 mm plastic 12 mm plastic 8 mm plastic 12 mm plastic 12 mm steel 12 mm steel 8 mm plastic 10 mm plastic 8 mm plastic 10 mm plastic Packaging Quantity 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs
X-EW6H, X-EW10H & X-EM8H
X-CRM8
X-BT W10* & X-BT M8*
* Innovative blunt-tip X-BT fasteners are discussed in more detail in Section 3.2.10
X-BT Fastening Systems 3.2.10 3.2.10.1 Product Description

The Hilti X-BT fastening system is an innovative method of fastening to prepainted steel without damaging the surface coating. The system consists of a Hilti powder-actuated tool equipped with specially adapted fastener guides for use with X-BT threaded studs. The X-BT fasteners are stainless steel threaded studs available with thread diameters 8 mm & 3/8" (W10). The stud, with or without sealing washer, is cleanly set in a small pre-drilled hole in the base steel. The X-BT system is designed to work on carbon steels as thin as 5/16" (8 mm) without throughpenetration or damage to surface coatings eliminating time consuming surface preparation and rework (such as with welding). The X-BT M8 threaded stud, in conjunction with the X-FCM grating disks, can be used to fasten grating to a variety of different steel shapes (Refer to Section 3.3.2.). The larger W10 threaded fasteners can be used to support cable / conduit connectors and trays, piping, channels, instrumentation, lighting fixtures, signage, junction boxes, and other fastenings to steel. Product Features and Benefits Efficient: No through penetration of base material eliminating rework of the base steel coating. Fast: 100 studs per hour can be easily set by one user. Durable: Highly corrosion resistant A4 (SAE 316) stainless steel. Fusion to base steel resulting in high load capacities compared to similar methods of fastening. Flexible: Works on most steel shapes and thicknesses down to 8mm (5/16"), ideal for both mild and high strength carbon steel base materials. Simple: Easy to use portable system requiring no electrical cords or heavy equipment.
3.2.10.1 Product Description 3.2.10.2 Material Specifications 3.2.10.3 Technical Data 3.2.10.4 Installation Instructions 3.2.10.5 Ordering Information
X-BT W10 X-BT M8
Listings/Approvals
ICC-ES (International Code Council) ESR-2347 COLA (City of Los Angeles) RR 25684 UL (Underwriters Laboratories) X-BT W10 with sealing washers for use as Grounding Studs Note: UL listing does not include X-BT M8 or any X-BT studs without sealing washers ABS (American Bureau of Shipping) Lloyds Register
Guide Specification 05090 Metal Fastenings Blunt-tip (X-BT), powder-actuated, 3/8" [or M8] threaded stud, manufactured by Hilti for attaching items to coated / uncoated carbon steels having base material thickness greater than or equal to 5/16". Contact a manufacturers representative from Hilti to provide installation training to the operators at the project site.

Part Material designation Shank CR-500 23.5 14.5 2.0 3.5 1850 Threaded sleeve and SN12-R washer1 X2CrNiMo17132 / X5CrNiMo17-12-2+2H 16.5 10.0 2.0 3.5 750 400 Sealing washer1 Elastomer, black, resistant to: UV, salt water, water, ozone, oils
X-BT W10-24-6 SN12-R
UNC 3/8"
X-BT M8-15-6 SN12-R
1 SN12-R and sealing washer only found on X-BT M8-15-6 SN12-R and X-BT W10-24-6 SN12-R.
UNC 3/8"
Chrome (%) Nickel (%) Molybdenum (%) Manganese (%) Tensile strength, fu (N/mm2) Yield stress, Fy (N/mm2)
X-BT W10-24-6-R
X-BT M8-15-6-R
3.2.10 X-BT Fastening Systems 3.2.10.3 Technical Data

Allowable Loads in 5/16" Steel 1,2,3
Load Type Tension, lb (kN) Shear, lb (kN) Moment, ft-lb (Nm) Torque, ft-lb (Nm) Minimum ASTM A 36 steel 405 (1.8) 585 (2.6) 6 (8.1) 6 (8.1) Minimum Grade 50 steels 515 (2.3) 765 (3.4) 6 (8.1) 6 (8.1) Detailing: Spacing: 5/8" (15 mm) Edge Distance: 1/4" (6 mm)
1/4" 1/4" 5/8" 5/8"
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the X-BT fastener only, using a safety factor of 5.0. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criterion. 2 Minimum edge distance and minimum spacing are 1/4" and 5/8", respectively. 3 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.
Technical Information for use of X-BT as Grounding Stud 1,2

Maximum Ambient Temp. F (C) Minimum Base Steel Thickness in. (mm)
Fastener
Maximum Voltage
Grounding Connectors Ring Terminated Copper or Aluminum Conductors
X-BT W10 SN12-R
600 V
212 (100)
5/16 (8)
1 Additional information for installation of X-BT when used as a grounding stud can be found on page 62. 2 Information based upon Underwriters Laboratories (UL) listing from testing conducted per Standard UL 467, Grounding and Bonding Equipment with a maximum of 6 AWG copper or aluminum wire
X-BT Fastener Selection
unless indicated otherwise, dimensions in. (mm)

Designation For use in coated steel or HDG X-BT W10-24-6 SN12-R X-BT M8-15-6 SN12-R For use in uncoated steel X-BT W10-24-6-R 1 X-BT M8-15-6-R 1 D 3/8 M8 3/8 M8 hNVS2 1.055 ( 26.8) 0.661 ( 16.8) 1.055 ( 26.8) 0.661 ( 16.8) LG 0.608 ( 15.5) 0.274 ( 7.0) 0.689 ( 17.5) 0.354 ( 9.0) LU 3 0.368 ( 9.4) 0.309 ( 7.9) 0.287 ( 7.3) 0.228 ( 5.8)
5/16"
1 If used on coated steel, rework of the coating is required, due to no sealing washer. 2 Maximum value allowable. May vary by -0.043" (-1.1 mm.) 3 LU corresponds to maximum hNVS. Reduces with decreasing hNVS.
hNVS
hNVS
X-BT Fastening Systems 3.2.10 3.2.10.4 Installation Instructions
1. Mark location for each fastening
2. Pre-drill with TX-BT 4/7 step shank drill bit
3. Drive fastener into drilled hole only with DX351-BT/ BTG tool and Hilti 6.8/11M High Precision brown cartridge. High precision cartridge is a cartridge with a specific energy level and a narrow energy band.
4. Put on material to be fastened, washer and nut
5. Tighten using an electric screw driver with torque clutch
Installation Details
Pre-drill until shoulder grinds a shiny ring (to assure proper drilling depth).
Adjust power on the DX351-BT/BTG so that the fastener stand-off, hNVS, is:
Fastener X-BT W10 X-BT M8 hNVS 1.012"1.055" (25.726.8 mm) 0.618"0.661" (15.716.8 mm)
Tightening torque, Tmax = 6 ft-lb (8 Nm) Hilti Tool SF 121-A SF 150-A SF 180-A Torque Setting1 11 9 8
Before fastener installation:
The drilled hole must be clear of liquids and debris. Area around drilled hole must be free from liquids and debris.
hNVS
hNVS
Tmax Proper compression of the sealing washer must be achieved.
NO debris
NO water, oil, etc.

1 Guideline setting only. Set clutch to appropriate setting to obtain desired torque.
Power regulation guide to check fastener stand-off available from Hilti.
3.2.10 X-BT Fastening Systems
Additional Installation Information for use of X-BT as Grounding Stud
Typical installation of X-BT as grounding stud
Typical parts list for grounding application 1. X-BT W10-24-6 SN12-R fastener. 2. Hex jam nut 3/8-16, alloy group 2 (316SS) according to ASTM F 594. 3. Regular helical spring lock washer according to B18.12.1, 316 stainless steel according to SAE J405. 4. Type A plain washer according to ANSI B18.22.1, material according to ASTM AZ4D type 316. Note: Additional grounding connector as described in Technical Data required.
1 2 3 4
X-BT 4000-A Drill & TX-BT Step Drill Bit
X-BT 351 BT Tool & Brown Cartridge Strip
X-BT
X-BT Fastening Systems 3.2.10 3.2.10.5 Ordering Information

X-BT Stainless Steel Threaded Studs *
Shank diameter 0.177" (4.5 mm), sealing washer diameter 1/2" (12 mm)
Thread diameter Thread Length in. (mm) Package contents Ordering designation
M8 W10
5/8 (15) 15/16 (24)
100 100
X-BT M8-15-6 SN12-R X-BT W10-24-6 SN12-R
Box includes: 100 studs, 1 power regulation guide, 1 coating protector, 1 TX-BT step drill bit * X-BT stainless steel threaded studs also available without sealing washer on request by special order
TX-BT Step Drill Bits *

4 mm drill bit diameter, 7.2 mm drilling depth
Overall length in. (mm) Package contents Ordering designation
3-1/8 (80) 4-5/16 (110)
10 10
TX-BT 4/7 - 80 drill bit TX-BT 4/7 - 110 drill bit
* 150 mm length bits available upon request by special order
Cartridges
(in magazine strips of 10)
Color code Package contents Ordering designation
Brown
100
6.8/11M high precision brown cartridge
high precision is a narrow energy band at a specific energy level
Tool Sets
For use code Package contents Ordering designation
W10 M8
1 1
X-BT Set X-BTG Set
Set includes: 1 DX 351 BT or BTG powder-actuated tool, 1 BT cleaning kit, 1 XBT 4000-A cordless drill, 1 charger, 2 batteries, 1 information sheet, 1 spray lube, 3 operating instructions, packed complete in a Hilti toolbox.
Individual Tools
For use code Package contents Ordering designation
W10
DX 351 BT powder-actuated tool
Supplied in an impact-resistant plastic toolbox with cleaning kit, ear protectors, safety goggles, Hilti spray lubricant and operating instructions, info sheet.
M8
DX 351 BTG powder-actuated tool
Supplied in an impact-resistant plastic toolbox with cleaning kit, ear protectors, safety goggles, Hilti spray lubricant and operating instructions, info sheet.
X-BT
XBT 4000-A drill
Supplied in a cardboard box with operating instructions. Battery and charger sold separately.
XBT 4000-A Drill Accessories

Package contents Ordering designation
1 1 1 1
X-BT CD 18/24 centering device for grating applications C 7/24 Standard Charger SFB185 18 volt, 3 amp battery pack Belt adapter SFB 180/185 BAP
For use with: DX 351 BT DX 351 BTG Ordering designation
DX 351 BT /BTG Spare Parts

Package contents
10 1 1 1 1
Package contents
X-351 BT Coating protector X-351 BT FG G fastener guide X-351 BT FG W1024 fastener guide X-351 BT P1024 piston X-351 BT PG piston
Ordering designation
DX 351 BT/BTG Powder-Actuated Tool Accessories

1 Cleaning kit DX 351 BT
3.2.11 Clips and Hangers for Mechanical/Electrical


X-HS & X-HS MX Hangers Threaded rod hangers available with pre-mounted fasteners (X-HS W6 and X-HS W10) or without pre-mounted fasteners (X-HS W6 MX) for use with magazine tools. For attachment of 1/4" (W6) or 3/8" (W10) threaded rods to concrete or steel. Threaded Studs with Couplers For attachment of 1/4" (X-W6) or 3/8" (W10) threaded rods to concrete or steel. More information on Threaded Studs can be found in Sections 3.2.8 and 3.2.9 X-RH Rod Hanger For suspending telecommunications, electrical cable or conduit from concrete ceilings or steel members. It may be used to support smooth or threaded 1/4" diameter rod. The product is UL/cUL listed and plenum rated per NEC requirements. It meets ANSI / TIA / EIA-568-A /-569-A and UL 2239 standards for cable and conduit support devices. Center-to-center spacing for hangers shall not exceed 5'-0". X-ECH Cable Holder For suspending telecommunication or electrical cable from concrete or steel. UL/cUL listed, plenum rated (for air handling spaces) per the requirements of UL1565, CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 18.5-02, and National Electric Code Sec. 300-22 (c)(d)
Listings/Approvals
FM (Factory Mutual) W10-30-27P10, W10-30-32P10, W10-30-42P10, EW10-30-15P10, X-EW10H & X-EW6H fasteners for sprinkler pipe hangers UL (Underwriters Laboratories) X-ECH, X-EKB and X-ECT hangers for wire positioning devices W10-30-32P10, W10-30-42P10 & X-EW10H & X-EW6H, EW10-30-15P10 fasteners for sprinkler pipe hangers Cable and Conduit Hardware Hangers X-HS W6, X-HS W10 & X-RH
X-HS & X-HS MX Threaded Rod Hangers
X-W6, W10, X-EW6H or X-EW10H with Coupler
X-RH Rod Hanger
X-ECH Cable Holder
Threaded and Smooth Rod Hangers
X-EKB MX Cable Clamps For telecommunications and premise wiring applications. Cable clamp attached directly to base material designed to support multiple cables approximately 1/4" in diameter. X-ECT Cable Tie Fastener For telecommunications and premise wiring applications. Cable or conduit support using an adjustable cable tie to secure cable or pipe. X-BX/EMTC & X-BX/EMTC MX Thin Wall Conduit Clips Thin wall conduit clips available in thicker premium grade (BX/EMTC) or in thinner standard grade (X-BX/EMTC) with pre-mounted fasteners. Also available without pre-mounted fastener (X-BX/EMTC MX) for use with magazine tools. For fastening thin wall conduit. X-EMTSC MX Stand-Off Conduit Clips Similar to EMTC clips to hold conduits away from base material and align conduit to knockouts on junction boxes.
X-EKB MX Cable Clamp
X-ECT MX Cable Tie Fastener
X-BX/EMTC & X-BX/EMTC MX Conduit Clips
Cable and Conduit Attachment
X-EMTSC MX Stand-Off Conduit Clip
Clips and Hangers for Mechanical/Electrical 3.2.11 3.2.11.2 Material Specifications

Clip/Hanger Designation X-HS W10/W6 X-HS W6 MX X-ECH X-RH X-EKB MX X-ECT MX X-BX/EMTC X-BX/EMTC MX X-EMTSC MX Powder-Actuated Fastener Material Carbon Steel Carbon Steel1 Powder-Actuated Fastener Plating 5 m 5 m Zinc Clip/Hanger Material Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Nylon Plastic Carbon Steel Plastic Plastic Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Clip/Hanger Plating 5 m Zinc N/A 5 m Zinc
Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Carbon Steel1 Carbon Steel1
5 m Zinc1 5 m 5 m Zinc Zinc1
5 m Zinc
5 m Zinc
Zinc1
5 m Zinc N/A 5 m Zinc N/A
Carbon Steel Carbon Steel1 Carbon Steel1
5 m Zinc1 5 m Zinc1
5 m Zinc 5 m Zinc
1 Noted clips/hangers do not come with a pre-mounted powder-actuated fastener. Material and plating information provided for the powder-actuated fasteners commonly used with these clips.

Allowable Loads in Normal Weight Concrete1,2
Shank Min. Diameter Embedment in. (mm) in. (mm) Concrete Compressive Strength 2000 psi 4000 psi Tension Shear Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
Description
Fastener
3/8" threaded rod hanger with pre-mounted fastener 1/4" Rod Hanger
X-HS W10 DNI X-RH1/4"-C-DNI27
0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7)
1 (25) 3/4 (19)
85 (0.38) 180 (0.80)
85 (0.38) 180 (0.80) 45 (0.20)
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance with ICC-ES AC 70. Threaded or smooth rod must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria. 2 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.
Allowable Loads in Minimum ASTM A 36 (Fy 36 ksi; Fu 58 ksi) Steel1,2,3,4

Fastener Description Fastener Shank Diameter in. (mm) 0.145 (3.7) Steel Thickness (in.)
3/16
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/8" threaded rod hanger X-HS W10 with pre-mounted fastener
345 (1.53)
305 (1.36)
345 (1.53)
305 (1.36)
345 (1.53)
305 (1.36)
345 (1.53)
305 (1.36)
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance with ICC-ES AC 70. Threaded rod must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria. 2 Low-velocity fasteners shall be driven to where the point of the fastener penetrates the steel base material in accordance with Section 3.2.1.2.3, except as noted in this table. 3 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment. 4 Reference Section 3.2.11.4 for installation instructions.
Maximum Load Rating for X-ECH Cable Holder1

Fastener Designation X-ECH/FR-S X-ECH/FR-M X-ECH/FR-L
1 Maximum Load Rating per UL listing.
Fastener Size Small Medium Large
Maximum Load Rating lb (kN) 40 (0.18) 40 (0.18) 100 (0.44)

Allowable Loads Values for MX Version Hangers and Clips1,3,4,5,6
X-HS W6 MX Nail Length in. (mm) Fastening Accessories Allowable Load Nrec Tensile lb (kN) X-HS W6 MX
X-GHP 20 MX X-GN 27 MX X-EGN 14 MX

X-EKB 4 MX
3/4 (20) 1 (27) 1/2 (14)
15 (0.07)
Nrec Fastening Accessories Allowable Load Nrec Tensile lb (kN) X-EKB 4 MX
Nail Length in. (mm)
Nrec

X-EKB 8 MX
3/4 (20) 1 (27) 1/2 (14)
5 (0.02)
Fastening Accessories Allowable Load Nrec Tensile lb (kN)
X-EKB 8 MX Nrec

X-EKB 16 MX
3/4 (20) 1 (27) 1/2 (14)
10 (0.04)
X-EKB 16 MX
Nrec
Nrec

X-ECT MX
3/4 (20) 1 (27) 1/2 (14)
15 (0.07)
X-ECT MX

X-BX 3/8" MX 2 X-EMTC 1" MX 2
3/4 (20) 1 (27) 1/2 (14)
10 (0.04)
Nrec
X-BX/EMTC MX

X-EMTSC 1/2" MX X-EMTSC 1" MX
3/4 (20) 1 (27) 1/2 (14)
10 (0.04)
Nrec Fastening Accessories Allowable Load Nrec Tensile lb (kN) X-EMTSC MX
3/4 (20) 1 (27) 1/2 (14)
15 (0.07)
Nrec
1 The allowable load capacities are based on a factor of safety of 5.0 or higher. 2 Load capacites are based on armored cable and EMT. 3 X-GHP 20 must be installed at a minimum penetration depth of 9/16" into concrete. X-GN 27 must be installed at a minimum penetration depth of 3/4" into CMU or mortar joint. X-EGN 14 must be installed at a minimum penetration depth of 0.320" through or into steel. Hanger assemblies must be firmly clamped to the base material. 4 Concrete base materials include 2000 to 6000 psi normal weight or lightweight types and also includes attachment through steel deck into concrete. 5 Steel base materials include 1/8" or thicker carbon steel base material with minimum yield strengths (Fy) of 36 ksi. 6 CMU base materials include hollow or grout-filled concrete masonry units conforming to ASTM C 90.
Clips and Hangers for Mechanical/Electrical 3.2.11 3.2.11.4 X-HS Installation Instructions
X-HS Installation Instructions
1 Insert appropriate sized threaded rod into hanger.
2 Press tip of fastener to concrete/steel base material. Drive with Hilti powderactuated tool.
3 Ensure proper fastener embedment.
4 Bend fastener until threaded rod is in desired location, vertical or horizontal for ceiling or wall hanger applications, respectively.
Note: The X-HS Fastener is intended to be fastened to the base material and bent once from the installed position to vertical or horizontal for ceiling or wall hanger applications, respectively. Excessive bending of the X-HS Fastener through complete back and forth cycles should not exceed three (3) times.

X-HS & X-HS MX Threaded Rod Hangers
Fastener Description Fastener Length in. (mm) Fastener Shank in. (mm) Thread Rod
Concrete X-HS W10 DNI 32 P8 S15 1-1/4 (32) X-HS W6 DNI 32 P8 S15 1-1/4 (32) X-HS W10 AL-H 27 P8 S15 1 (27) X-HS W6 AL-H 27 P8 S15 1 (27) Steel X-HS W10 EDNI 16 P8 S15 5/8 (16) X-HS W6 EDNI 16 P8 S15 5/8 (16) MX Version (without pre-mounted fastener) X-HS W6 MX N/A
0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.177 (4.5) 0.177 (4.5) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) N/A
UNC 3/8-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 3/8-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 3/8-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch
Threaded Studs
Fastener Description Shank Length in. (mm) Fastener Shank in. (mm) Thread Length in. (mm) Thread
Concrete & Masonry X-W6-11-22 FP8/D12 X-W6-11-27 FP8 X-W6-20-22 FP8/D12 X-W6-20-27 FP8/D12 X-W6-38-27 FP8 W10-30-27 P10 W10-30-32 P10 W10-30-42 P10 Steel X-EW6H-11-9 FP8/P12 X-EW6H-20-9 FP8/P12 X-EW6H-28-9 FP8/P12 X-EW6H-38-9 FP8/P12 X-EW10H-30-14 P10
7/8 (22) 1 (27) 7/8 (22) 1 (27) 1 (27) 1 (27) 1-1/4 (32) 1-5/8 (42) 3/8 (9) 3/8 (9) 3/8 (9) 3/8 (9) 9/16 (14)
0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.205 (5.2) 0.205 (5.2) 0.205 (5.2) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.205 (5.2)
1/2 (11) 1/2 (11) 3/4 (20) 3/4 (20) 1-1/2 (38) 1-3/16 (30) 1-3/16 (30) 1-3/16 (30) 1/2 (11) 3/4 (20) 1-1/8 (28) 1-1/2 (38) 1-3/16 (30)
UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 3/8-inch UNC 3/8-inch UNC 3/8-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 3/8-inch
Couplers
Fastener Description Overall Length in. (mm) Thread Stud Thread Rod
Coupler 1/4-20 Coupler 3/8-16 Adapter B-1/4x3/8
1 (25) 1 (25) 7/8 (22)
UNC 1/4-inch UNC 3/8-inch UNC 1/4-inch
UNC 1/4-inch UNC 3/8-inch UNC 3/8-inch

X-RH Rod Hanger
Fastener Description Fastener Length in. (mm) Fastener Shank in. (mm) Rod
Concrete X-RH 1/4-C-DNI27
1 (27)
0.145 (3.7)
1/4-inch
X-ECH Cable Holder

Fastener Description Fastener Length in. (mm) Fastener Shank in. (mm) Number of 1/4" cables
Without Pre-Mounted Fastener X-ECH-F/R-S X-ECH-F/R-M X-ECH-F/R-L With Pre-Mounted Fastener X-ECH-F/R-S DNI-H42 P8 X-ECH-F/R-M DNI-H42 P8 X-ECH-F/R-L DNI-H42 P8 Tool Accessories ECH Adapter
N/A N/A N/A 1-5/8 (42) 1-5/8 (42) 1-5/8 (42)
N/A N/A N/A 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7)
15-22 30-37 45-52 15-22 30-37 45-52
For use with DX 351 and DX 460-F8
X-EKB MX Cable Clamps

Fastener Description Max Diameter of Cable in. (mm) Maximum No. of Cables
X-EKB 4 MX X-EKB 8 MX X-EKB 16 MX
1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6)
4 8 16
X-ECT MX Cable Tie Fastener*

Fastener Description Cable Tie* Size in. (mm)
X-EKB MX
X-ECT FR MX *Cable tie is not available through Hilti.
1/2 (12)
X-BX/EMTC and X-BX/EMTC MX Conduit Clips

Fastener Description Fastener Length in. (mm) Fastener Shank in. (mm) Conduit in. (mm)
X-ECT without Cable Tie
Premium Grade (with pre-mounted fastener) BX DNI 22 P8T 3/8" EMTC DNI 27 P8T 1/2" EMTC DNI 27 P8T 3/4" EMTC DNI 27 P8T 1" EMTC DNI 27 P8T 1" Standard Grade (with pre-mounted fastener) X-BX ZF 22 P8TH 3/8" X-EMTC ZF 22 P8TH 1/2" X-EMTC ZF 22 P8TH 3/4" X-EMTC ZF 22 P8TH 1" X-BX ZF 27 P8TH 3/8" X-EMTC ZF 27 P8TH 1/2" X-EMTC ZF 27 P8TH 3/4" X-EMTC ZF 27 P8TH 1" MX Version (without pre-mounted fastener) X-BX 3/8" MX X-EMTC 1/2" MX X-EMTC 3/4" MX X-EMTC 1" MX
7/8 (22) 1 (27) 1 (27) 1 (27) 1 (27) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 1 (27) 1 (27) 1 (27) 1 (27) N/A N/A N/A N/A
0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.138 (3.5) 0.138 (3.5) 0.138 (3.5) 0.138 (3.5) 0.138 (3.5) 0.138 (3.5) 0.138 (3.5) 0.138 (3.5) N/A N/A N/A N/A
3/8 (10) 1/2 (13) 3/4 (19) 1 (25) 1 (25) 3/8 (10) 1/2 (13) 3/4 (19) 1 (25) 3/8 (10) 1/2 (13) 3/4 (19) 1 (25) 3/8 (10) 1/2 (13) 3/4 (19) 1 (25)
X-BX/EMTC
X-BX/EMTC MX
X-EMTSC Stand-Off Conduit Clips

Fastener Description Conduit
MX Version (without pre-mounted fastener) X-EMTSC 1/2" MX X-EMTSC 3/4" MX X-EMTSC 1" MX
1/2 (13) 3/4 (19) 1 (25)
X-EMTSC MX
Insulation / Soft Material Attachment Fasteners 3.2.12 3.2.12.1 Product Description

The X-IE insulation fastener is a unique fastener designed for the attachment of rigid foam insulation to concrete, masonry or steel base materials. The fastener is pushed through the insulation until it touches the base material and then it is fastened in place with a Hilti powder-actuated tool. The X-IE fastener can fasten insulation panels ranging in thickness from 1 through 4-3/4. The X-SW soft washer with premounted powder-actuated fastener is designed for attaching thin membranes or panels to concrete base materials. The washers are 30mm and 60mm in diameter with nail lengths of 1-1/2", 1-7/8 and 2-1/2". These fasteners are installed using a Hilti powderactuated tool.

Fastener Designation X-IE X-SW Powder-Actuated Fastener Material Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Powder-Actuated Fastener Material 5 m Zinc 5 m Zinc Washer Material1 Plastic Plastic
X-IE
X-SW
1 Due to potential embrittlement degradation of fastener plastic, exposure to UV light should be limited to less than 90 days.

Allowable Loads for X-IE Fasteners 1,2,3
Insulation Type
Polystyrol (15 kg/m3)
1-9/16 (40) 1-3/4 (45) 35 (0.15) 45 (0.20) 135 (0.60) 60 (0.27) 65 (0.30)
2 (50) 55 (0.25) 135 (0.60) 65 (0.30) 65 (0.30)
Polystyrene (15 kg/m3) 135 (0.60) Polystyrol (15 kg/m3) Polystyrene (15 kg/m3)
55 (0.25) 65 (0.30)
Insulation Thickness in. (mm) 2-3/8 (60) 2-3/4 (70) 3 (75) Shear lb (kN) 65 (0.30) 65 (0.30) 75 (0.33) 135 (0.60) 135 (0.60) 135 (0.60) Pullover lb (kN) 65 (0.30) 65 (0.30) 65 (0.30) 65 (0.30) 65 (0.30) 65 (0.30)
3-1/8 (80) 80 (0.35) 135 (0.60) 65 (0.30) 65 (0.30)
4 (100) 80 (0.35) 135 (0.60) 65 (0.30) 65 (0.30)
4-3/4 (120) 5-1/2 (140) 80 (0.35) 135 (0.60) 65 (0.30) 65 (0.30) 80 (0.35) 135 (0.60) 65 (0.30) 65 (0.30)
1 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment. 2 When project site base material properties are questionable, site qualification is necessary. 3 Based on attachment to concrete (2000 psi - 5000 psi), CMU masonry walls, or 1/8" to 1/4" steel (Fy = 36 ksi to 50 ksi).
Allowable Loads for X-SW Fasteners in Concrete 1,2

Base Material Strength psi (MPa) 4,000 (27.6) Tension lb (kN) 65 (0.30) Shear lb (kN) 65 (0.30)
1 Minimum of five fastenings per fastened unit. 2 Loads valid for fastener strength. Fastened material must be considered separately.
3.2.12 Insulation / Soft Material Attachment Fasteners 3.2.12.4 Installation Instructions

Installation Instructions for X-IE Insulation Fasteners
1. Load X-IE on tool 2. Push the X-IE all the way into the insulation 3. Pull the trigger
Recognition of placing failures Fastener rebounds
Visual check immediately after fastening Correct: Top hat crushed
Incorrect: Top hat not crushed.
Installation Instructions for X-SW Fasteners

1. Load X-SW on tool 2. Press the X-SW against the surface 3. Pull the trigger

X-IE
Description Shank Length in. (mm) Shank in. (mm) Insulation Material Thickness in. (mm) Quantity
X-IE 6-25 PH47 X-IE 6-35 PH47 X-IE 6-40 PH52 X-IE 6-45 PH52 X-IE 6-50 PH52 X-IE 6-60 PH52 X-IE 6-70 PH52 X-IE 6-75 PH52 X-IE 6-80 PH52 X-IE 6-100 PH52 X-IE 6-120 PH72
1-7/8 (47) 1-7/8 (47) 2 (52) 2 (52) 2 (52) 2 (52) 2 (52) 2 (52) 2 (52) 2 (52) 2-7/8 (72)
0.177 (4.5) 0.177 (4.5) 0.177 (4.5) 0.177 (4.5) 0.177 (4.5) 0.177 (4.5) 0.177 (4.5) 0.177 (4.5) 0.177 (4.5) 0.177 (4.5) 0.177 (4.5)
1 (25) 1-1/2 (38) 1-5/8 (42) 1-3/4 (44) 2 (51) 2-1/2 (64) 2-3/4 (70) 3 (76) 3-1/4 (83) 4 (102) 4-3/4 (120)
300 pcs 300 pcs 300 pcs 300 pcs 300 pcs 300 pcs 200 pcs 200 pcs 200 pcs 200 pcs 150 pcs
X-SW
Description Shank Length in. (mm) Shank in. (mm) Washer in. (mm) Washer Color Quantity
X-SW 30 ZF37 X-SW 30 ZF37 X-SW 30 ZF62 X-SW 60 ZF37 X-SW 60 ZF47 X-SW 60 ZF62
1-1/2 (37) 1-1/2 (37) 2-1/2 (62) 1-1/2 (37) 1-7/8 (47) 2-1/2 (62)
0.138 (3.5) 0.138 (3.5) 0.138 (3.5) 0.138 (3.5) 0.138 (3.5) 0.138 (3.5)
1-3/16 (30) 1-3/16 (30) 1-3/16 (30) 2-3/8 (60) 2-3/8 (60) 2-3/8 (60)
Gray White Gray Gray Gray Gray
150 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs
Grating & Checkerplate Fastening Systems
Grating & Checkerplate Fastener Selection 3.3.1

The following sections describe grating and checkerplate fastening solutions for marine (Oil and Gas Upstream) and non-marine environments. These solutions consist of powderactuated and mechanical fasteners which provide the installer with highly productive, high quality solutions which are designed to fit the needs of the particular application. The primary concern when determining which solution to choose will be the level of corrosion resistance required. For marine environments, Hilti offers a stainless steel grating or checkerplate disk and powder-actuated stud. Stainless steel studs are attached directly using Hilti powder-actuated tools, while the disk is then attached using a screw fastening tool. If through penetration of the base material is not desired, or if the base material onto which the grating panels are installed is very thick, an option for stud attachment is the Hilti X-BT system. The Hilti X-BT system consists of a specialized
X-FCM Grating Disk System
tool set which enables the installer to pre-drill a small pilot hole into the base steel. A blunt tip stud, the diameter of which is slightly larger than that of the pre-drilled hole is then fastened down with a Hilti powder-actuated tool directly into the pilot hole. Finally, the disk is installed with a screw fastening tool. For non-marine environments, Hilti offers the X-GR RU powder-actuated fasteners which feature stainless steel fasteners and duplex coated (similar to hot dip galvanized) pre-mounted saddle clip fasteners. These fasteners offer high productivity and corrosion resistance at a level which is typically needed in non-marine, semi-corrosive exposed environments. For those cases where powder-actuated solutions are not desired, Hilti also offers a mechanical clamp, the X-MGR. This fastener features a hot dip galvanized coating, and will fit most standard open bar grating panels.
X-GR RU Grating Fastening System
X-MGR Grating Fastening System
Hilti Grating and Checkerplate Product Selection Guide1

Corrosion Resistance Hot-Dipped Stainless Galvanized Steel
X-FCM-M Duplex Coated2 X-FCP-M Duplex Coated2 Duplex Coated2 Minimum 45 m X-FCM-R
Hilti System
Grating/ Checkerplate Height in. (mm)

Steel or FRP Grating 1 to 2 (25 to 50) Checkerplate 1/4 to 1/2 (6 to 12) Steel Grating 1 to 1-1/2 (25 to 38) Steel Grating 1 to 1-1/2 (25 to 38)
Base Steel Thickness in. (mm)

1/4 3 ( 6)
Connection Type Powder-Actuated/ Permanent/ Mechanical Removable

Powder-Actuated Removable5
X-FCM Grating Disk System X-FCP Checkerplate Disk System X-GR RU Grating Fastening System X-MGR Grating Fastening System
X-FCP-R
Powder-Actuated
Removable5
1/4 to 1/2 4 (6 to 12) 1/8 to 1 (3 to 25)
Powder-Actuated
Removable5
Mechanical
Removable
1. Reference entire section for specific details on allowable load values, selection and installation. More information on X-FCM Grating and X-FCP Checkerplate Disk Systems can be found in Section 3.3.2. More information on X-GR RU and X-MGR Grating Systems can be found in Section 3.3.3. 2. Duplex coating tested to 480 hours salt spray test per DIN 50021 and 10 cycles Kesternich test per DIN 50018/2.0 (Comparable to 45 microns HDG coating). 3. X-BT M8 threaded studs require a minimum steel thickness of 5/16" (8 mm) to ensure no through point penetration. X-CRM8 threaded studs have an application limit of 1/2" (12 mm). 4. Fastening X-GR RU fasteners into base material thicknesses greater than 1/2" (12 mm) is possible when pre-drilling is used. Reference X-GR RU section for more information. 5. Disk or saddle may be removed easily. Threaded stud or base will remain in base steel unless removed by overloading fastener.
3.3.2 X-FCM & X-FCP Grating & Checkerplate


The Hilti Grating Fastening System consists of the X-FCM Grating Disk, an 8 mm powder-actuated threaded stud, and a powder-actuated tool equipped with a special grating adapter that fits through the bar grating and contacts the base steel. The X-FCM Grating Disk is available in three lengths to accommodate grating thickness of 1" to 2". Carbon steel disks are available with duplex coating. The stainless steel disks offer the highest corrosion resistance. The 8 mm threaded studs are available in stainless steel. The X-FCP Fastening System is used to fasten flat floorplates with thicknesses of 1/4" to 1/2" to supporting steel structures. The Hilti X-FCP Fastening System includes the X-FCP Disk, an 8 mm powder-actuated threaded stud and a powder-actuated tool with specialized adapter. The adapter is designed to fit through a 3/4 diameter pre-drilled hole in the checkerplate or other similar solid flooring material, and contact the base steel. The X-FCP Disk is available in duplex coated carbon steel or stainless steel. The 8 mm threaded studs are available in stainless steel. Product Features Guide Specification 05500 Metal Fabrications 05530 Grating Disk: X-FCM Disk shall be duplex coated carbon steel or stainless steel, which consists of an assembly of a disk and an 8 mm internally threaded screw manufactured by Hilti. Stud: Powder-actuated threaded stud for attaching the X-FCM Disk shall be X-CRM8-15-12, X-BT M8-15-6 SN12-R stainless steel studs manufactured by Hilti. Installation: Contact a manufacturer's representative from Hilti to provide training to the operators at the project site. 05540 Floor Plates Disk: X-FCP Disk shall be duplex coated carbon steel or stainless steel, which consists of an assembly of a disk and an 8 mm internally threaded screw manufactured by Hilti. Stud: Powder-actuated threaded stud for attaching the X-FCP Disk shall be X-CRM8-9-12 or X-CRM8-15-12 stainless steel studs manufactured by Hilti. Installation: Contact a manufacturer's representative from Hilti to provide training to the operators at the project site.
X-FCM
X-FCP
HILTI
Bar grating (with X-FCM)
HILTI
Grating or checkerplate are fastened in place Topside only access needed Removable* and reusable* Corrosion resistance of stainless disks and X-CRM8 Threaded Studs Non-trip profile Non-slip surfaces No electrical or pneumatic power required
HILTI
Checker plate (with X-FCP disk)
Listings/Approvals
ABS (American Bureau of Shipping) for X-FCM-R and X-FCP-R Lloyds Register for all X-FCM types and X-FCP-R DNV Certification forX-FCM-M and X-FCM-R
* Only disk part of fastener can be removed and reused. Threaded stud remains in place unless removed by overloading the fastener.
X-FCM & X-FCP Grating & Checkerplate 3.3.2 3.3.2.2 Material Specifications
Component Disk Threaded Extension Threaded Stud X-FCM-M and X-FCP-M Material Carbon Steel Carbon Steel SAE 316 equivalent 65 m Zinc Duplex1 None Coating X-FCM-R and X-FCP-R Material SAE 316 SAE 316 SAE 316 equivalent Coating None None None
1. 480 hour salt spray test per DIN 500 21 and 10 cycles Kesternich test per DIN 50018/2.0 (Comparable to 45 microns HDG coating).

Allowable Tension Loads for X-FCM-M or X-FCM-R with Grating, lb (kN)1,2,4
Fastener Description X-FCM-M X-FCM-R Rectangular Grid Barspacing in. (mm) 3/4 (19) 180 (0.8) 315 (1.4) 1-3/16 (30) 180 (0.8) 225 (1.0) Square Grid Barspacing in. (mm) 3/4 (19) 405 (1.8) 3 405 (1.8) 3 1-3/16 (30) 180 (0.8) 225 (1.0)
1. Allowable loads represent the capacity of the Hilti Grating System only. The capacity of the grid must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria. 2. Unless otherwise noted, load values are limited by plastic deformation of the X-FCM disk. 3. Allowable load value is limited by recommended load for threaded stud. 4. X-FCM-M and X-FCM-R Fastening Systems resist shear by friction and are not suitable for explicit shear load designs, e.g. diaphragms. Depending on surface characteristics, shear loads of up to 65 lb (0.3 kN) will not result in permanent deformation. Therefore, small unexpected shear loads can generally be accommodated without damage.
Allowable Tension Load for X-FCP-M and X-FCP-R with Checkerplate1,3

Fastener Description X-FCP-M X-FCP-R Allowable Tension Loads 2 lb (kN) 405 (1.8)
1. Allowable loads represent capacity of X-FCP disk or threaded stud. The capacity of checkerplate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria. 2. Limited by the allowable load of the X-CRM8 threaded stud. 3. X-FCP-M and X-FCP-R are not intended for shear loading.
50[1.969"]
8.6[0.339"]
Product Selection Guide for Grating

L+4[0.157"]
Duplex Coated1
X-FCM-M 25/30 X-FCM-M 1-1/4 X-FCM-M 35/40 X-FCM-M 45/50
Stainless Steel
X-FCM-R 25/30 X-FCM-R 1-1/4 X-FCM-R 35/40 X-FCM-R 45/50
19.6 [0.768"]
L in. (mm)
0.906 (23) 1.063 (27) 1.299 (33) 1.693 (43)
Grating Height in. (mm)

1 to 1 -3/16 1-1/4 1-3/8 to 1-9/16 1-3/4 to 2 (25-30) (32) (35-40) (45-50)
5[0.197"]
[0.406"]
10.3
16 [0.630"]
Grating Disk
Threaded Stud
X-CRM8-15-12 FP10 X-BT M8-15-6 SN12-R
1. 480 hour salt spray test per DIN 500 21 and 10 cycles Kesternich test per DIN 50018/2.0 (Comparable to 45 microns HDG coating).
3.3.2 X-FCM & X-FCP Grating & Checkerplate 3.3.2.4 Installation Instructions
Threaded stud placing X-CRM8-15-12 hNVS = 5/8" to 25/32" (16.0 to 20.0 mm) t II 1/4" (6 mm) Tightening torque Tmax = 6.0 ft-lb (8.0 N-m) for X-CRM8 and studs. Tmax = 6.0 ft-lb (8.0 N-m) for X-BT M8 studs.1 Tightening tool: Hilti screwdriver SF 121-A SF 150-A or SF 180-A with 5 mm Torx Bit (Item no. 00087904) Set clutch to appropriate setting to obtain desired torque.
21.5 L 23 26.5 18 20
Fitting tolerances/height of grating (dimensions in mm) Min. grating height = L + 2 Max. grating height = L + 7
hhNVS NVS
th II
Governing requirement: Minimum 2 mm clearance between X-FCM and surface of base steel to allow for deflections Governing requirement: Minimum 5 mm thread engagement at the minimum allowable stand-off, hNVS. The maximum grating height for an X-FCM type can be extended if hNVS is tightly controlled, e.g. at 18 mm instead of 16 mm.
X-BT M8-15-6 SNR121 hNVS = 5/8" to 11/16" (15.7 to 16.8 mm) t II 5/16" (8 mm)
Example: X-FCM 25/30 Min. grating ht. = 23 + 2 = 25 mm Max. grating ht. = 23 + 7 = 30 mm Grating height of 32 can be accommodated if hNVS 18 mm
Note:
1. Reference Section 3.2.10 for more details on proper installaton of X-BT fasteners.
Installation procedure for bar grating 1. Place the grating sections following recognized safety precautions. 2. Widen opening at fastening 3. Place the threaded stud 4. Tighten the disk, without exceeding maximum tightening torque
t II
hNVS
11/16" 11/16"
hNVS NVS
30
7
DX 750
1 2 3 4
R
16
X-FCM & X-FCP Grating & Checkerplate 3.3.2

Product Selection Guide for Checkerplate
Fastening Height in. (mm) 1/4 to 21/64 (6.4 to 8.3) 11/32 to 1/2 (8.7 to 12.7) 1/4 to 1/2 (6.4 to 12.7)
2. Additional equipment required
X-FCP Disk1 X-FCP-M5/10 X-FCP-R5/10 X-FCP-M5/10 X-FCP-R5/10 X-FCP sealing ring
DX 76 2 / DX 460 F10 Grating Stud X-CRM8-9-12P10 Stud Stand-off 31/64" 37/64" X-CRM8-15-12P10 Stud Stand-off 41/64" 25/32" Optional
DX 460-GR Stud X-CRM8-9-12P8 Stud Stand-off 31/64" 37/64" X-CRM8-15-12P8 Stud Stand-off 41/64" 25/32" Optional
1. X-FCP-M = Galvanized, X-FCP-R = Stainless
Installation procedure for checkerplate
1. Place and align the plate section following recognized safety precautions.
hNVS*
3.7 6 ft-lb (5-8 Nm)
2. Place the 8 mm stainless threaded stud through the pre-drilled hole. 3. Start the X-FCP on the stud by hand.
4.Tighten the disk, without exceeding maximum tightening torque. *hNVS = Stud Stand-off Length
3.3.2 X-FCM & X-FCP Grating & Checkerplate 3.3.2.5 Ordering Information
Grating Disks
Description Coating/Material Box Qty
X-FCM-M 25/30 X-FCM-M 35/40 X-FCM-M 1-1/4 X-FCM-M 45/50 X-FCM-R 25/30 X-FCM-R 35/40 X-FCM-R 1-1/4 X-FCM-R 45/50
Duplex Coated Duplex Coated Duplex Coated Duplex Coated Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
Coating/Material
100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

Box Qty
Threaded Studs
Description
X-CRM8-15-12 FP10 X-CRM8-15-12 P8 X-CRM8-9-12 FP10 X-CRM8-9-12 P8 X-BT M8-15-6 SN12-R
Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
Coating/Material
100 100 100 100 100

Box Qty
Checkerplate Disks
Description
X-FCP-M5/10 X-FCP-R5/10 X-FCP Sealing Ring
Duplex Coated Stainless Steel Polyurethane
200 200 200
X-GR RU and X-MGR Grating Fastening Systems 3.3.3 3.3.3.1 Product Description
Hilti provides a wide range of solutions for the attachment of grating. These solutions allow attachment of different grating heights, have HDG* equivalent corrosion resistance and provide removable or permanent grating attachment. Product Features Grating or checkerplate fastened in place Topside only access needed Removable and reusable** Corrosion resistance of HDG* Non-trip profile No electrical or pneumatic power required
* Refer to material specifications below for more details on coatings. ** Only saddle clip and screw parts of X-GR RU fasteners can be removed and reused.

X-GR RU and X-MGR Grating Fastening Systems
System Component Saddle Clip Powder-Actuated Fastener Screw Nut Nut Holder X-GR RU Material Carbon Steel Stainless Steel Carbon Steel Coating Duplex1 8 m Zinc2 Duplex1 Material Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Stainless Steel X-MGR Coating 65 m Zinc 60 m Zinc 45 m Zinc
X-GR RU Grating Fastening System
1. Duplex coating tested to 480 hours salt spray test per DIN 50021 and 10 cycles Kesternich test per DIN 50018/2.0 (Comparable to 45 microns HDG coating). 2. Coating on X-GR RU powder-actuated fasteners for improved driving.

Allowable Static Tension Loads for Hilti Grating Systems with Grating1,2,3
Fastener Description X-GR RU X-MGR Bearing Bar Spacing4 in. (mm) 1 to 1-1/4 (25 to 32) 1-3/16 ( 30) Base Steel Thickness in. (mm) 1/4 to 1/2 (6 to 12)5 1/8 to 1 (3 to 25) Allowable Tension Load lb (mm) 180 (0.8) 135 (0.6)
X-MGR Grating Fastening System
1. Allowable loads represent the static capacity of the Hilti Grating System only. The capacity of the grid must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria. 2. Allowable load values are limited by plastic deformation of the X-GR RU or X-MGR saddle clip. 3. X-GR RU and X-MGR Grating Fastening Systems resist shear by friction and are not suitable for explicit shear load designs, e.g. diaphragms. Depending on surface characteristics, shear loads of up to 65 lb (0.3 kN) will not result in permanent deformation. Therefore, small unexpected shear loads can generally be accommodated without damage. 4. Reference installation instructions for more details regarding bearing and cross bar dimensions. 5. Fastening X-GR RU fasteners into base material thicknesses greater than 1/2" (12 mm) is possible when pre-drilling is used. Reference X-GR RU installation instructions for more information.
3.3.3 X-GR RU and X-MGR Grating Fastening Systems 3.3.3.4 Installation Instructions (including selection guides)
General Spacing Edge Distance & Base Steel Thickness Guidelines
X-GR RU
Edge Distance: c 1/2" (12 mm) Spacing: s 5/8" (15mm) Base Steel Thickness: tll = 1/4" to 1/2" (6 mm to 12 mm)* * Fastening X-GR RU fasteners into base steel thicknesses greater than 1/2" (12 mm) is possible when pre-drilling is used. Reference X-GR RU installation instructions for more information.
X-MGR
Edge Distance: No general restriction for end of beam condition (reference X-MGR Installation Procedures for more detail). Spacing: No general restriction. Base Steel (Flange) Thickness: 1/8" to 1" (3 mm to 25 mm)
X-GR RU Selection Guide for Grating

Fastener Description X-GR RU 1" X-GR RU 1-1/4" X-GR RU 1-1/2"
1. Comes pre-assembled as part of X-GR RU fastener. 2. Reference step 2 of the X-GR RU Installation Procedures below for more details on bar spacing requirements. 3. Fastening X-GR RU fasteners into base material thicknesses greater than 1/2" (12 mm) is possible when pre-drilling is used. Reference X-GR RU installation instructions for more information.
Powder-Actuated Fastener 1
Nominal Grating Height in. (mm) 1 (25)
Minimum Cross Bar Spacing 2 in. (mm)
Bearing Bar Spacing 2 in. (mm)
Base Steel Thickness 3 in. (mm)
DX Tool
X-CR 20-4.5R Zn P8
1-1/4 (32) 1-1/2 (38)
1-3/16 (30)
1 to 1-1/4 (25 to 32)
1/4 to 1/2 (6 to 12)
DX 460-GR with 6.8/11M black cartridges
X-GR RU Standard Installation Procedures for Grating (without pre-drilling) 1. Place the grating sections following recognized safety precautions. 2. Place X-GR RU Fastener 3. Tighten the screw Trec = 2.2 3.7 ft-lb (3 - 5 Nm) Tightening tool: Screw driver with torque release coupling (TRC) 6 mm Allen-type bit
Trec = 2.2 - 3.7 ft-lb (3 - 5 Nm) Note: position the flat side of the fastener guide to the saddle!
4. Check Installed Fastener
Bearing bar spacing (a): a = 1" to 1-1/4" (25 to 32 mm) Cross bar spacing (b): b 1-3/16" (30 mm)
Hilti Screw Driver SF 121-A SF 150-A Torque Setting TRC 5 7 TRC 3 5
Do not over tighten: The saddle of the fastener should not be bent. hNVS = 0.28" 0.41" (7.0 mm 10.5 mm) 4a. Check nail stand-off (hNVS). 4b. Check that screw has not been over tightened as shown in step 3.
X-GR RU and X-MGR Grating Fastening Systems 3.3.3

X-GR RU Installation Procedures for Grating (with pre-drilling)
Trec = 2.2-3.7 ft-lb (3-5 Nm) 6 mm
1. Pre-drilling should only be used when necessary. Thick (> in.) or very hard steel base materials may require the use of pre-drilling. 2. These instructions should be used in conjunction with the installation instructions without pre-drilling (e.g. placement of grating, bearing and cross bar spacing requirements, tool recommendations and checking of installed fastener).
3.3.3 X-GR RU and X-MGR Grating Fastening Systems

X-MGR Selection Guide for Grating
Minimum Cross Bar Spacing1 in. (mm) Bearing Bar Spacing1 in. (mm) Maximum Bearing Bar Thickness1 in. (mm) Base Steel Thickness in. (mm)
Powder-Actuated Fastener
Grating Height in. (mm)
Fastening Tool
X-MGR-W60
None
1 to 1-1/2 (25 to 38)
1-3/16 (30)
1 (25)
3/16 (4.8)
1/8 to 1 (3 to 25)
SF 121-A, SF 150-A
1. Reference step 2 of the X-MGR Installation Procedures below for more details on bar spacing and thickness requirements.
X-MGR Installation Procedures for Grating 1. Place the grating sections following recognized safety precautions. 2. Place the X-MGR Fastener 3. Tighten the screw Trec = 3.7 - 6.0 ft-lb (5 - 8 Nm) Tightening tool: Screw driver with torque release coupling (TRC) 1/4" Allen-type bit
Trec = 3.7 - 6.0 ft-lb (5 - 8 Nm)
4. Check 4a. Check that the indentation line on the clip is positioned under the steel flange as shown below. indentation line X-MGR W60 a 1" (25 mm) b 1-3/16" (30 mm) c 3/16" (4.8 mm)
Hilti Screw Driver SF 121-A SF 150-A Torque Setting TRC 7 11 TRC 5 9
Do not over tighten: The saddle of the fastener should not be bent.
4b. Check that screw has not been over tightened as shown in step 3.
X-GR RU and X-MGR Grating Fastening Systems 3.3.3 3.3.3.5 Ordering Information
DX 460-GR
Description
DX 460-GR Deluxe Grating Tool Includes tool, ramrod, cleaning brushes, cleaning cloth, spray lubricant and operating instructions in an impact-resistant plastic tool box
Replacement Parts
Description
Guide Sleeve
X-460-F8GR Fastener Guide Assembly X-460-TGR Fastener Guide Sleeve X-460-PGR Piston
Fastener Guide Assembly
X-GR RU Fastener
Fastener Only Packs Non-Combo Description Qty
X-GR RU 1" 25/30 CR 20 P8 X-GR RU 1-1/4" CR 20 P8 X-GR RU 1-1/2" CR 20 P8

Combo packs (includes equal quantities of fasteners and cartridges) Description
100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs

Qty
X-GR RU 1" Grating Fastener Cartridge Combo X-GR RU 1-1/4" Grating Fastener Cartridge Combo X-GR RU 1-1/2" Grating Fastener Cartridge Combo X-GR RU 1" Grating Fastener Partial Pallet Combo X-GR RU 1-1/4" Grating Fastener Partial Pallet Combo X-GR RU 1-1/2" Grating Fastener Partial Pallet Combo
100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 2400 pcs 2400 pcs 2400 pcs
X-MGR Fastener
Fastener Only Packs Description Qty
X-MGR W 60 X-MGR Mechanical Grating Fastener Pallet
20 pcs 2560 pcs
.27 Caliber Cartridge Short (strips of 10 each)

Description Qty
6.8/18 M Black Extra Heavy (Power Level 6) Pre-drilling Tools for X-GR RU Installation
Description
100 pcs
Qty
XBT 4000-A TX-GR-RU 3.4/10.5-110 Stepped Drill Bit TX-GR-RU 3.4/10.5-110 Stepped Drill Bit (10 pack) S-B HEX 6 Bit
1 pcs 1 pcs 10 pcs 1 pcs
Steel Deck Fastening Systems
3.4.1 Steel Deck Fastener Design & Selection 3.4.1.1 Steel Deck Terminology & Definitions 3.4.1.1.1 Decking Fastener Terminology
DX = Hilti terminology for direct fastening powder-actuated technology = Hilti fastener type used for attaching steel deck to structural support steel with DX 76 PTR and DX 860-ENP powder-actuated tools (X-ENP19 L15) = diaphragm flexibility factor, in./lb (mm x 10-6/N) = diaphragm shear stiffness lb/in. (N/mm x 10-6)
3.4.1.1.3 Steel Deck Definitions

Base Material - The existing part of the work that is a base for the fastening. The structural steel or bar joist framing members in steel deck applications. Beam - One of the principal horizontal supporting members of a building. Burn Through - Unintended welding-related holes created in steel deck. Button Punch - A mechanical means of connecting two pieces of sheet metal together by crimping with a special tool. This method is used on BI or interlocking deck panels. Direct Fastening - A fastening method in which the fastenings are made without any preparation steps such as drilling a hole. Examples are powder-actuated fastening, self-drilling screws and welding. Diaphragm Deck - A decking system which is designed to carry lateral loads due to wind or seismic action in addition to gravity loads and wind uplift. Endlap - The overlap of adjacent steel deck panels at the ends of the panels (end edges perpendicular to the steel deck panel fluting). Typically specified as 2 or 4 inches. Butted deck with no endlap should be used for thicker steel deck. Fastener Pattern - The number and spacing of fasteners at each support for a steel deck panel. Fastened Material - The component that must be attached to the base or supporting material. Fastening - The combination of fastener, fastened material and base material all in final position. Fastening System - The fastener, fastening tool and driving power source all taken together as a system with specific performance characteristics. Gauge - A measure of thickness for sheet metal. Reference page 96 for common steel deck gauges. Interlocking Sidelap (BI Connection) - Steel deck panels having male and female side edges. The adjacent deck panel male and female edges interlock into each other when the deck is installed. The interlocks are fastened together using button punches, proprietary punch systems, welds, or screws Joist - A structural member in a building which is used to support a floor or roof.
ENP
F G' HSN
= Hilti High Shear Nail fastener type for attaching steel deck to bar joist support steel used with DX 860-HSN and DX 460-SM powder-actuated tools (X-EDN19 THQ12, X-EDNK22 THQ12) = allowable diaphragm shear, plf (N/mm) = structural connector strength, lb (kN) = fastener strength, panel to panel, lb (kN) = fastener flexibility factor, panel to frame, in./kip (mm/kN) = fastener flexibility factor, panel to panel, in./kip (mm/kN) = flange thickness of beam or bar joist for steel deck applications, in. (mm)
q Qf Qs Sf
Ss
t f ( t || )
ICC-ES = International Code Council - Evaluation Service SDI = Steel Deck Institute
CSSBI = Canadian Sheet Steel Building Institute
3.4.1.1.2 X-HVB (Section 3.4.4) Terminology

hr Hs Nr q Qn Rg Rp wr Ycon = nominal rib height, in. (mm) = connector height, in. (mm) = number of connectors in one rib = allowable shear strength, lb (kN) = nominal shear strength, lb (kN) = coefficient to account for group effect = position effect factor for shear connectors = average width of rib, in. (mm) = distance from top of steel beam to top of concrete slab, in. (mm)
Steel Deck Fastener Design & Selection 3.4.1
Nestable Sidelap - Steel deck type in which the side edge of a steel deck panel contains a partial valley profile and overlaps, or nests on top of the side edge of the adjacent steel deck panel, which contains a full valley profile. Often fastened together using self-drilling stitch screws. Non-Diaphragm Deck - A steel deck system which is designed to carry only gravity loads. Pneumatic Tool - A tool that uses compressed air to drive a fastener. Powder - Actuated Cartridge - A powder filled metal casing used as the source of driving energy in a powder-actuated tool. The ANSI A10.3 terminology is a cased powder load. Powder-Actuated Fastener (PAF) - A nail or threaded stud fastener capable of being driven into steel, concrete or masonry. Fasteners may be equipped with washers suitable for clamping the fastened material to the base or supporting material. Also referred to as Hilti DX, powder-actuated fasteners (PAF), power-driven fasteners (PDF), drive pins or shot pins. Powder-Actuated Tool - A tool that uses expanding gases from powder-actuated cartridges to drive a fastener. Powder-Actuated, Indirect-Acting Tool - A powder-actuated tool in which the expanding gas of the powder load acts on a captive piston, which in turn drives the fastener into the base material. If the test velocity of the lightest fastener when using the strongest powder load is less than 328 fps (100 m/s), the tool meets the ANSI A10.3 requirements and is classified as a low-velocity tool. All Hilti powder-actuated tools used in the construction industry are classified as low velocity.
Pullout - As related to fasteners, a failure mode that occurs when the fastener pulls out of the base steel support. Pullover - As related to fasteners, a failure mode that occurs when the steel deck panel pulls over the fastener head or washer(s). Punch Systems - A mechanical means of connecting two pieces of sheet metal together by punching through the steel to create a flap of metal which is then crimped. This is done with a proprietary pneumatic tool on interlocking deck panels. Purlin - A secondary horizontal structural member attached to the primary frame and supporting the roof covering. Sidelap - The side edge overlap of adjacent steel deck panels (side edges parallel to the steel deck panel fluting). Stitch Screws - Screws used to fasten the overlapping edges of two deck panels between joists or beams. Tack Weld - A weld of no structural significance. Used for temporary attachment of steel to the supporting frame. A weld made to hold the parts in proper alignment until the final welds are made. Uplift - Vertical load on the steel deck panels due to wind forces. Wind Tacking - Limited fastening of the steel deck panel at the edges to hold the panels in place until all specified fastenings have been made.
3.4.1 Steel Deck Fastener Design & Selection 3.4.1.2 Steel Deck Diaphragm Design & Theory 3.4.1.2.1 General Discussion
A steel deck diaphragm is a horizontal assembly that resists wind, seismic and other lateral forces. A diaphragm can be modeled as a horizontal beam with interconnected floor and roof deck units that act as the beam web. Intermediate joists or beams act as web stiffeners and perimeter beams or reinforcement on the diaphragm perimeter act as the beam flanges. Figure 1, based on graphics from the Steel Deck Institute (SDI) Diaphragm Design Manual, depicts a roof deck diaphragm model. Design of steel deck diaphragms has traditionally been done using the Steel Deck Institute (SDI) Diaphragm Design Manual or Technical Manual (TM) 5-809-10 Seismic Design for Buildings, Departments of the Army, Navy and Air Force (TriServices Design Manual). Both methods provide equations for determining the strength and stiffness of the diaphragm considering the following parameters: 1. Steel Deck Profile Type and Thickness 2. Supporting Steel Frame Spacing or Deck Span 3. Frame Fastener Type and Spacing (connector for steel deck to steel frame) 4. Sidelap Fastener Type and Spacing (connector for steel deck panel edge to edge) 5. Safety Factors (ASD) or Resistance Factor (LRFD/LSD) based on load type (wind, seismic, combined) and fastening type (mechanical, weld) ICC Evaluation Services recognizes both design methods as acceptable in AC43, Acceptance Criteria for Steel Deck Roof and Floor Systems. An ICC Evaluation Service Report (ESR) based on ICC-ES AC43 provides recognition for use with the IBC. Hilti deck fasteners are currently listed in the SDI DDM03 and Appendix VI and were evaluated in ICC ESR-2197 and ESR-2199. Verco Manufacturing Company and ASC Profiles also provide Hilti deck fastener performance data with their proprietary sidelap clinching systems in ER-2078P and ESR1414. Additional industry research on quasi-static and seismic/cyclic loading of diaphragms is ongoing. Other system approvals are pending.
Figure 1 Diaphragm Model
3.4.1.2.2 Fastener Test Programs

A variety of test programs have been conducted on Hilti deck fasteners to evaluate their performance. 1. Small Element Connection Tests Small element connection tests are used to determine fastener pullout, pullover and lap shear strength and stiffness with sheet steel and base steel representative of typical construction. The data is analyzed and used in a predictive model to calculate the performance of the larger steel deck diaphragm assembly or system. These tests are conducted in accordance with the following standards, and shown in Figure 2. AISI TS 5-02 (S905) Test Methods for Mechanically Fastened Cold-Formed Steel Connections ASTM E1190 Standard Test Methods for Strength of Power-Actuated Fasteners Installed In Structural Members ICC-ES AC70 Acceptance Criteria for Fasteners Power Driven Into Concrete, Steel and Masonry Elements ICC-ES AC118 Acceptance Criteria for Tapping Screws
Figure 2 Small Element Connection Tests 2. Full Scale Diaphragm Tests Full scale diaphragm tests are used to determine the strength and stiffness of a larger steel deck diaphragm assembly directly. The data is analyzed and fit in a predictive model to address varying configurations of base steel, steel deck, fastener types and span. These tests are conducted in accordance with the following standards and shown in Figures 3, 4 and 5 ICC-ES AC43 Acceptance Criteria for Steel Deck Roof and Floor Systems AISI TS 7-02 (S907) Cantilever Test Method for ColdFormed Steel Diaphragms ASTM E455 Standard Test Method for Static Load Testing of Framed Floor or Roof Diaphragm Constructions for Buildings
Figure 3 ICC-ES AC43 Diaphragm Test Frame Schematics
30 '-0 "
" 24'-0
Figure 4 AC43 Diaphragm Test Frame Fastening Systems Research Laboratory (FSRL), Schaan, Liechtenstein
3.4.1 Steel Deck Fastener Design & Selection

Hilti powder-actuated deck fasteners are recognized alternatives to traditional arc spot puddle welds and selfdrilling screws. The fasteners can be used on roof deck diaphragms as well as composite concrete filled floor diaphragms. Hilti provides training for powder-actuated tool operators in accordance with ANSI A10.3 Safety Requirements for Powder-Actuated Fastening Systems. Hilti Mechanical Fastening Systems Provide Superior Solutions for Attaching Steel Deck to Steel Support Members Consistent Fastening Quality High Production Rate No Burn Throughs, No Joist Damage
Load (kips)
Displacement [inch]
Figure 5 AC43 Deck Diaphragm Load Displacement Curve
3.4.1.2.3 Proper Fastener Selection & Steel Deck Layout (Pre-Fastener Installation)
Selection of the proper Hilti deck fastener depends on the supporting base steel thickness as shown in Secton 3.3.1.3.1. The Hilti Deck Fastener Selection Gauge shown in Figure 6 should be used by the decking installer to confirm fastener selection. The cut-out slot on the gauge is fit against the bar joist top chord or steel beam flange. As the internal card slides in the gauge, the proper Hilti deck fastener is highlighted with a green box. A red box indicates that the corresponding Hilti deck fastener is outside the base material application limits and should not be used for steel deck fastening to the base material being gauged. Rolled beam or wide flange shape
t || 3/8" 3/8"
Angles or joist top chords

bx t ||
bx 8 t || Figure 7 Edge Distance Recommendations Extra care must be taken at the end lap and corner lap conditions where multiple layers of steel deck nest or interlock on adjacent panels. End lap and corner lap conditions of two and four deck layers must be snug and tight against one another and the supporting steel frame in order for the fastening to be made as shown in Figure 8. Tight end lap and corner lap requirements are independent of the fastening type and contribute directly to the performance of arc spot welds, screws, powder-actuated fasteners, punches and crimps/clinches. If the steel deck end laps and corner laps arent tight, a proper fastening cant be made.
Figure 6 Hilti Deck Fastener Selection Gauge Steel deck installers must layout deck properly and mark frame fastening lines in order to ensure that steel deck panels are connected to the supporting steel frame. Marking frame fastening lines is essential when attaching steel deck to thin base steels (tII < 1/4"), including open web steel joists. To avoid damage to thin base steels, the fasteners should be installed at least 3/8" (10 mm) from the edge or toe of the joist top chord or light steel beam flange. Additionally, when installing into a bar joist top chord (angle), the fasteners need to be installed at a distance from the angle, bx 8 x tII. Reference Figure 7 for edge distance and bx dimensions.
Figure 8 Tight Nesting of Steel Deck Sheets
Steel Deck Fastener Design & Selection 3.4.1 3.4.1.2.4 Fastener Inspection (Post-Fastener Installation)
Steel deck construction projects may present a challenge with respect to the quality control of connections between sheet steel and the supporting steel structure. Quality control measures for traditional fastening methods typically consist of visual checks and dimensional or size verifications, which may or may not confirm a proper fastening. Field verification of the adequacy of steel deck mechanical fastenings (powder-actuated or pneumatic driven) can be conducted as described in this section. The use of mechanical fasteners does not imply a need to inspect every fastening point unless specified by the structural engineer. No guideline standards are published by SDI, AWS, AISC or OSHA for percentages of steel deck connections that must be checked or that can be unsatisfactory. This determination must be made by the structural engineer and Authority Having Jurisdiction. Hilti has multiple systems in place that help ensure steel deck fastenings are done right the first time. Together with a commitment to field quality control by the steel deck installer, these systems may alleviate the need for post-fastener installation inspection. Hilti has over one thousand account managers and field engineers available for training steel deck installers. This hands-on training includes the use of the Hilti Powder-Actuated Tools in accordance with ANSI A10.3 Figure 9 safety requirements, use of the Hilti Power Deck Fastener Selector Gauge, Adjustment Guide proper steel deck layout and end/corner lap nesting as discussed in Section 3.4.1.2.3. Proper fastener, tool and cartridge selection as discussed in Section 3.4.1.3, as well as the use of the Hilti Power Adjustment Guide, shown in Figure 9 and discussed in more detail in Section 3.4.1.3.3 are also key elements of the installer training. Furthermore, the Hilti DX 860-HSN and DX 76-PTR tools come equipped with piston brakes, which virtually eliminate the possibility of overdriven fasteners. There are three main characteristics of proper fastenings that must be considered: 1. Fasteners installed in proper locations. The fasteners must be installed in the proper steel deck valleys or flutes in accordance with the structural roof deck plans and design. The fastener point must penetrate into, but not necessarily through, the supporting steel (top chord or flange), depending on the fastener/deck/base steel configuration. 2. Clamping of fastened part to base material. The fasteners must clamp the steel deck down to the base steel (top chord or flange). There should not be any visible gaps between the steel deck and the base steel or between the steel deck laps. 3. Washer placement and condition. In general, the fastener washer edges must be clamping the steel deck sheet to the base steel. The washers should not curl upwards away from the deck surface and must not be digging or cutting into the steel deck surface. For the X-EDN19 and X-EDNK22 fasteners, the top hat washer must be compressed. For the X-ENP-19 fastener, the piston mark (indentation) should be clearly visible on the fastener washer as shown in Figure 10.
Piston Mark
Figure 10 X-ENP-19 L15 Piston Mark (indentation) When the inspector is unclear about the compression of the top hat washer or the piston mark, the Hilti Power Adjustment Guide may be used to ensure proper fastener nailhead standoff, hNVS. Note that measuring nail head stand-off does not verify proper fastener embedment unless the steel deck and base material are tightly clamped, with the base steel not deformed or bent. The following Figures 11 and 12 provide visual examples of proper and improper steel deck fastenings for Hilti bar joist (X-EDN19/X-EDNK22) and structural steel (X-ENP-19 L15) fasteners, respectively.
3.4.1 Steel Deck Fastener Design & Selection
Excessive hNVS
Top Hat not collapsed, not snug against washer and not clamping deck sheet to base steel
Figure 11a. Under Driven X-EDN19/X-EDNK22 Fastener with Single Sheet to Base Steel
hNVS within acceptable limits
Top Hat properly collapsed, snug against washer and clamping deck sheet to base steel
Figure 11b. Properly Driven X-EDN19/X-EDNK22 Fastener with Single Sheet to Base Steel
Insufficient hNVS
Washers cutting into deck sheet, deforming base steel and deck sheet
Figure 11c. Over Driven X-EDN19/X-EDNK22 Fastener with Single Sheet to Base Steel
Excessive hNVS
Piston Mark (indentation) not visible on fastener Gap visible between washers Washers not clamping deck sheet to base steel
Figure 12a. Under Driven X-ENP-19 Fastener with Single Sheet to Base Steel.
hNVS within acceptable limits
Piston Mark (indentation) clearly visible on fastener
Washers snug against one another and clamping deck sheet to base steel
Figure 12b. Properly Driven X-ENP-19 Fastener with Single Sheet to Base Steel
Insufficient hNVS
Washers cutting into deck sheet, deforming base steel and deck sheet
Figure 12c. Over Driven X-ENP-19 Fastener with Single Sheet to Base Steel
3.4.1 Steel Deck Fastener Design & Selection 3.4.1.3 Fastener, Tool & Cartridge Selection Guide
Solutions for Bar Joist (Open Web Joists) Applications (Reference Section 3.4.2)
DX 460 MX SM
Kwik-Pro S-MD 10-16 or 12-14 HWH Stitch Screws* R4X12-S DX 860-HSN X-EDNK22 THQ12 or X-EDN19 THQ12
SDT-25
Solutions for Structural Steel Applications (Reference Section 3.4.3)
DX 76 PTR
Kwik-Pro S-MD 10-16 or 12-14 HWH Stitch Screws* DX 860-ENP X-ENP-19 L15
* Reference Section 3.5.2 for more information on Hilti Kwik-Pro screws.
SDT-25
Steel Deck Fastener Design & Selection 3.4.1 3.4.1.3.1 Fastener Selection
Bar Joist (Reference Secton 3.4.2) Base Material 1
Bar Joist and Structural Steel 3/16" (5 mm) t f 3/8" (10 mm)
Fastener Type 2 X-EDN19 THQ123
Installation Tools
DX 860-HSN DX 460-SM R4X12-S Pneumatic Tool
X-EDNK22 THQ12
Bar Joist 1/8" (3 mm) t f 1/4" (6 mm)
DX 860-HSN4 DX 460-SM R4X12-S Pneumatic Tool
1 t f is the thickness of the steel support member base material. 2 X-EDN19 and X-EDNK22 fit in all deck types except A-deck. 3 This fastener can be used with structural steel within the thickness ranges shown. 4 For thinner top chords in the 1/8" to 5/32" range, the DX 860-HSN is the recommended tool for best results.
Structural Steel (Reference Secton 3.4.3) Base Material1 Fastener Type 2 X-ENP-19 L15
Structural Steel, hardened structural steel and Heavy Bar Joist t f 1/4" (6 mm) DX 860-ENP DX 76 PTR DX 76 FN-15
Installation Tools
Options
Sealing cap for exposed exterior applications Collated (MX R) fasteners for DX 76 PTR & DX 860-ENP Collated (MX) fasteners for DX 76 PTR Single fasteners for DX 76 FN-15
1 t f is the thickness of the steel support member base material. 2 X-ENP-19 L15 fasteners fit in all types of deck except A and F.
Sealing Caps
The SDK2 is an SAE 304 stainless steel sealing cap with a neoprene seal. This is installed over the head of the X-ENP-19 fastener using the SDK2 hand setting tool. The SDK2 sealing cap provides added corrosion protection for exposed exterior steel deck applications in SDK2 Setting Tool accordance with IBC requirements.
SDK2 Sealing Cap X-ENP-19 L15 hnvs = 8.2 mm - 9.8 mm
3.4.1 Steel Deck Fastener Design & Selection 3.4.1.3.2 Tool Selection
DX 860-HSN The DX 860-HSN stand up decking tool is a fully automatic powderactuated tool designed for attaching steel deck to steel base materials. With a high fastening rate and 40-nail magazine, the DX 860-HSN can significantly help reduce the time it takes to attach deck. Fastenings can be made on very thin support structures without the need for weld washers. Suitable for base steels with a thickness of 1/8" to 3/8". Fastens X-EDN19 THQ12 and X-EDNK22 THQ12 collated fasteners. The DX 460-SM decking tool is a medium duty powder-actuated tool with adjustable power regulation used for attaching steel deck to steel base materials. This system is best suited for deck with a flute width of 1/2" or greater and for base steels with a thickness of 5/32 to 3/8". Fastens X-EDN19 THQ12 and X-EDNK22 THQ12 collated fasteners. The R4X12-S decking system is a medium duty pneumatic system designed for attaching steel deck to steel base materials. With a 20-fastener magazine and rapid cycling rate, this system offers high productivity in deck installation. This system is best suited for deck with a flute width of 1/2" or greater and for base steels (bar joist) with a thickness of 5/32 to 5/16". Fastens X-EDN19 THQ12 and X-EDNK22 THQ12 collated fasteners.
DX 460-SM
R4X12-S
DX 860-ENP
The DX 860-ENP is a fully automatic powder-actuated tool designed for attaching steel deck to structural steel beams. The tool has capacity of 1 strip of 40 cartridges and 4 flexible strips of 10 each X-ENP-19 fasteners in an MXR collated configuration. The DX 860-ENP is ergonomically designed to work in an upright position, and can be loaded without the operator bending over. The system is suitable for deck with a flute width of 3/4" or greater and base steels with a thickness of 1/4" or greater.
DX 76 FN-15 & DX 76 PTR
DX 76 PTR Shown. DX 76 FN-15 (Single fastener tool) also available.
The DX 76 decking system is a heavy duty fastening system consisting of semi-automatic, low velocity powder-actuated tool, fasteners and cartridges for attaching steel deck to steel base materials. Special features include cartridge power regulation which allows for high productivity. This system is suitable for deck with a flute width of 3/4" or greater and base steels with a thickness of 1/4" or greater. Use with X-ENP-19 fasteners in single, MX or MXR collated configurations.
SDT-25
The SDT-25 Stand Up Decking Tool is a steel deck sidelap and frame fastening tool. Combined with the DX 860-HSN or DX 860-ENP, these tools deliver a high speed, high productivity system for mechanically fastening metal deck. The SDT-25 can consistently drive up to 50 screws in the sidelaps of 16-26 gauge nestable decks before reloading. Its comfortable, durable design features an 18 position torque clutch to provide consistent fastening quality. In a competitive market, the SDT-25 represents a major gain in productivity essential to staying on time and on budget.
Steel Deck Fastener Design & Selection 3.4.1 3.4.1.3.3 Cartridge and Power Regulation Selection
When installing powder-actuated deck fasteners it is important for the installed fasteners to have a nailhead standoff, hNVS, within the specified range. The Hilti Power Adjustment Guide, shown in Figure 1, is a valuable quality assurance aid to the decking foreman. It is primarily intended for power adjustment of the powder actuated tool. This is done by installing test fastenings into representative base steel and then checking the nailhead stand-off, hNVS, at the beginning of the work to achieve the optimal cartridge and tool power level. This is a critical step in the work because of variations in the structural steel strengths (Fy, Fu ) and member thicknesses. By investing this time up front and properly correlating the fastening system to actual site materials, most fastening issues can be avoided. During installation, it is also advisable for the foreman to check the work periodically to spot deficiencies before large portions of the deck might be fastened incorrectly. Failure to properly set the tool, fastener and cartridge prior to starting work can decrease fastening quality consistency. Prior to starting work, the installer shall install a test fastening and check the hNVS using the Hilti Power Adjustment Guide. If necessary, the installer shall adjust the power or force that drives the piston into the fastener into the base steel. There are two ways to accomplish this power adjustment. One is by use of different cartridge colors and the other is by adjusting the power on the tool itself. Cartridge colors available for Hilti Decking Tools are (in order of increasing power): yellow, red and black. All Hilti Decking Tools come equipped with a power adjustment capability. The settings on the power regulation dials range from 1 to 4. Figures 2 and 3 provide the installer with a recommended cartridge color and power setting for Hilti bar joist and structural steel deck fasteners, respectively. These charts are guidelines that the installer can use to start the process of test fastenings discussed above. This also helps ensure the installer will have the proper color cartridges on the project site.
Figure 1 Hilti Power Adjustment Guide
Figure 2 Cartridge and Power Regulation Guidelines for Bar Joist Fasteners installed with a DX 860-HSN1
Figure 3 Cartridge and Power Regulation Guidelines for Structural Steel Fastener1
1 Cartridge recommendations for the X-ENP-19 fastener are acceptable for all current Hilti Decking Tools for attachment to structural steel. Cartridge recommendations for the X-EDN-19 and X-EDNK-22 fasteners are for the DX 860-HSN. Cartridge and air pressure recommendations for the DX 460-SM and R4X12-S Decking Tools, respectively, can be found in the tool operator manuals.
3.4.1 Steel Deck Fastener Design & Selection 1.1.4 Submittal Information for Roof Deck
Hilti Account Manager: Phone: Decking Installer: Contact Name (Last, First): Installer Trained by Hilti: l Yes l No, please schedule training Engineer of Record: Phone: Project Name: Total Area: Building Code: l 2006 IBC l 2003 IBC l 2000 IBC l Other Submittal Recipient: l Decking Installer Date: DDAATT: Hilti Regional Field Engineer: Phone: Fax/e-mail: Contact Name (Last, First): Fax/e-mail: Project Zip Code: Deck Manufacturer: Design Reference: l SDI l ICC-ES l CSSBI l Other l Account Manager
Bar Str. Joist Steel
l Other:
Zone _______
Subst. Frame: l X-ENP-19 Subst. Sidelap: l Hilti SLC l # 10 Screw l # 12 Screw l X-EDN19/X-EDNK22 l Button Punch l Proprietary Punch System Deck Type l B (1.5") l BI (1.5") l N (3") l Other Deck Gauge l 24 l 22 l 20 l 18 l 16 l __ Frame Type l 1/2" PW l 5/8" PW l 3/4" PW l #12 Screw l Other Frame Pattern l 36 / l 9 l 30 / l 7 l 24 / l 5 l __ / l 4 l3 l __
Support Span (ft) _______
Support Steel
Design Diaphragm Shear Capacity (plf) ________
l Exposed to Weather Base Thickness l < 3/16" l 3/16" l 1/4" l 5/16" l 3/8" l > 3/8"
Sidelap Type Sidelap Pattern l #10 Screw l _____# Per Span l #12 Screw l _____(in.) On Center l Button Punch l _______(in.) Top Seam Weld Length l Proprietary Punch System l Other
Zone _______
Support Steel
Zone _______
Support Steel
Notes Fax or email completed forms to Hilti Technical Support at (918) 459-3004 or DECK@HILTI.com.
Steel Deck Fastener Design & Selection 3.4.1 1.1.5 Submittal Information for Floor Deck
Hilti Account Manager: Phone: Decking Installer: Contact Name (Last, First): Installer Trained by Hilti: l Yes l No, please schedule training Engineer of Record: Phone: Project Name: Total Area: Building Code: l 2006 IBC l 2003 IBC l 2000 IBC l Other Submittal Recipient: l Decking Installer Date: DDAATT: Hilti Regional Field Engineer: Phone: Fax/e-mail: Contact Name (Last, First): Fax/e-mail: Project Zip Code: Deck Manufacturer: Design Reference: l SDI l ICC-ES l CSSBI l Other l Account Manager
l Other:
Zone _______
Subst. Frame: l X-ENP-19 Subst. Sidelap: l Hilti SLC l # 10 Screw l # 12 Screw l X-EDN19/X-EDNK22 l Button Punch l Proprietary Punch System Deck Type l B (1.5") l B (1.5") l N (3") l 2" x 12" l 3" x 12" l 9/16" l Other Deck Gauge l 24 l 22 l 20 l 18 l 16 l __ Frame Type l 1/2" PW l 5/8" PW l 3/4" PW l #12 Screw l Other Weld Pattern l 36 / l 9 l 30 / l 7 l 24 / l 5 l __ / l 4 l3 l __
Support Steel
Sidelap Type Sidelap Pattern l #10 Screw l _____ # Per Span l #12 Screw l _____ (in.) on Center l Button Punch l ____ (in.) Top Seam Weld Length l Other
Base Thickness l < 3/16" l 3/16" l 1/4" l 5/16" l 3/8" l > 3/8"
l Normal Weight Concrete . . l 3000 psi l Lightweight Concrete . . . . l 3500 psi l 4000 psi l Insulating Concrete . . . . . . l 130 psi l
_________(Inches) Concrete Depth Above Top of Flute
Perform Calculations based on Shear Studs Present in Design Deck fastened at a 36/4 pattern with standing seam sidelaps fastened by button punches @ 36" O.C. maximum. Refer to ICC-ES ESR-2197, Tables 16-20, for more details. Minimum Concrete Shear Reinforcement Minimum Average Spacing of Shear Studs Minimum Welded Wire Fabric for Tabulated Shear Values l 12" l 18" l .00075 bw s2 l 24" l 30" l 6 x 6 W 1.4 x W 1.4 l 6 x 6 W 2.0 x W 2.0 l 6 x 6 W 2.9 x W 2.9 l 6 x 6 W 4.0 x W 4.0 l 4 x 4 W 4.0 x W 4.0 l 6 x 6 W 7.5 x W 7.5 l 6 x 6 W 8.3 x W 8.3 l .00025 bw s2 l 36"
Notes
Fax or email completed forms to Hilti Technical Support at (918) 459-3004 or DECK@HILTI.com.
3.4.1 Steel Deck Fastener Design & Selection 3.4.1.6 Fastener Quantity Estimation Table1,2,3
Frame Fasteners per Square of Roof
Fastener Pattern 36/11 36/9 36/7 36/5 36/4 36/3 30/6 30/4 30/3 24/5 24/3 24/4 Fastener Spacing 6" 6" 6" 6-12-12-6 12" 18" 6" 6-18-6 12-18 6" 6" 8" 4.0 78 61 53 37 29 21 53 34 24 53 29 41 4.5 69 56 48 33 26 19 48 30 22 48 26 37 Support Spacing, ft 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 63 59 53 50 50 45 43 39 43 39 37 34 30 28 26 24 22 22 21 19 17 16 15 14 43 39 37 34 28 26 24 22 20 19 17 16 43 39 37 34 22 22 21 19 34 31 29 27 7.0 46 36 32 23 18 13 32 21 15 32 18 25 8.0 40 33 28 20 16 12 28 19 14 28 16 22
1 Hilti Profis DF software also estimates fastener quantities 2 Estimated quantities are for one square of decking. A square of roof decking is an area of 100 ft 2. No provision is made for waste. Perimeter fastening spacing is based on 12" on-center assumption. 3 For interlocking sidelaps, add 15% to quantities in table.
3.4.1.7 Common Steel Deck Dimensions

Common Steel Deck Types and Dimensions1
Deck Type Common Thickness Standard Dimensions
1.5" 6" 2.5"
Steel Deck Gauge (GA) Inch and Millimeter Equivalent2

Gauge Approximate Sheet Steel Thickness (GA) in. (mm) 16 18 20 22
1.5"
16-24 GA
1.75" 36"
0.0598 (1.52) 0.0474 (1.21) 0.0358 (0.91) 0.0295 (0.76) 0.0239 (0.61) 0.0179 (0.45) 0.0149 (0.38)
6"
1.75"
2.5" 3.5"
BI
16-24 GA
36"
24 26 28
8" 2.75" 3" 1.75"
16-22 GA
0.75" 24" 6" 1.75"
18-22 GA
0.5" 36" 12"
1 Dimensions shown are typical. However, the structural engineer should always consult with the steel deck manufacturer on the dimensions for the specific product as they can vary depending on the manufacturer. 2 Deck gauge inch equivalents taken from SDI Diaphragm Design Manual. Millimeter equivalents taken from CSSBI Design of Steel Deck Diaphragms.
1.5" 3" 36" 9/16" 30" 0.75"
Composite Deck
16-22 GA
4.75"
1"
7.25"
Form Deck
24-28 GA
1.5" 1"
2.5"
Deck Fasteners for Attachment to Bar Joist 3.4.2 3.4.2.1 Product Description
The Hilti bar joist deck fastening system consists of a variety of powder-actuated tools which are primarily used with the following fasteners: the X-EDN19 THQ12 and the X-EDNK22 THQ12, which are available in a collated version. For many bar joist decking jobs, the tool of choice will be the DX 860-HSN tool. This self-contained stand up decking tool is powered by 0.27 caliber short cartridges, which are loaded into the tool in strips of 40. The cartridges drive the X-EDN19 or X-EDNK22 MX fasteners into almost any type of steel deck profile and base steel thicknesses of 1/8" to 3/8". These fasteners are available in collated strips of 10. Four of these strips are loaded into the DX 860-HSN tool along with the strips of cartridges, and enable the operator to fasten at a rate of up to 1,000 quality fastenings per hour. Additionally, this tool offers punch through resistance in cases where the base material is inadvertently missed. Other tools include the hand held DX-460 MX SM, a semi-automatic magazine tool for use on smaller jobs.
X-EDN19 THQ12
X-EDNK22 THQ12

Fastener Designation X-EDN 19 THQ12 X-EDNK22 THQ 12
Listings/Approvals
Nominal Fastener Hardness 55 HRC 55 HRC
Fastener Material Carbon Steel Carbon Steel
Fastener Plating 5 m Zinc1 5 m Zinc1

Allowable Pullout Loads for Attachments to Steel Base Material lb (kN)1, 2, 3
Fastener X-EDN19 THQ12 X-EDNK22 THQ12 1/8 395 (1.76) Base Material Thickness (in.) 3/16 1/4 3/8 425 (1.89) 515 (2.29) 630 (2.80) 590 (2.62) 610 (2.71) 1/2 405 (1.80)4
1 These values represent testing performed in ASTM A 36 plate steel. Performance values in a different grade, condition or shape of base material may provide different values. 2 The values must be compared with allowable tensile pullover values. 3 Allowable values based on safety factor of 5.0. 4 Outside of recommended base material thickness range for roof and floor diaphragm applications.
ICC-ES (International Code Council) ESR-2197, ESR-2199, ESR-1414, ER-2078P COLA (City of Los Angeles) RR 25296 FM (Factory Mutual) For attaching Class 1 Steel Roof Decks with 1-60 and 1-90 wind uplift ratings. Listed for higher wind uplift ratings with FM Approved Lightweight Insulating Concrete Roof Deck Assemblies. Refer to FM RoofNav for specific assembly listings. UL (Underwriters Laboratories) Fasteners for attaching steel roof deck (uplift and fire classification)
Allowable Pullover and Shear Loads for Attaching Steel Deck 3,4,5
16 (0.0598) Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) 610 585 (2.71) (2.60) 18 (0.0474) Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) 530 470 (2.36) (2.09) Steel Deck Gauge (in.) 20 (0.0358) 22 (0.0295) Tension Shear Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 415 360 240 300 (1.85) (1.60) (1.07) (1.33) 24 (0.0239) Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) 195 245 (0.87) (1.09) 26 (0.0179) Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) 140 185 (0.62) (0.82)
Fastener X-EDN19 THQ12 1 X-EDNK22 THQ12 2

1 2 3 4 5
For base steel thickness 3/16" to 3/8". For base steel thickness 1/8" to 1/4". Allowable values are based on a safety factor of 5.0. For alternate pullover capacities and factors of safety for uplift, refer to SDI Diaphragm Design Manual. Loads based on ASTM A 1008, or minimum ASTM A 653 SQ33 steel deck.
Shear Strength (Qf) and Flexibility Factor (Sf) for Calculating Steel Deck Diaphragm Strength and Stiffness 1, 2, 3
Steel Deck Gauge (in.) attaching steel deck diaphragms based on SDI Diaphragm 16 (0.0598) 18 (0.0474) 20 (0.0358) 22 (0.0295) 24 (0.0239) Design Manual. Qf 2925 2350 1795 1500 1215 2 Values based on ASTM A 1008 or minimum ASTM A653 SQ33 X-EDN19 & lb (kN) (13.01) (10.45) (7.98) (6.67) (5.40) steel deck. X-EDNK22 Sf 0.0051 0.0057 0.0066 0.0073 0.0081 3 Profis DF software is available to generate diaphragm tables in in./kip (mm/kN) (0.0294) (0.0329) (0.0381) (0.0421) (0.0468) accordance with SDI equations. A free download is available at Fastener Term
www.us.hilti.com.
1 This data can be used to calculate fastener performance when
3.4.2 Deck Fasteners for Attachment to Bar Joist

Diaphragm Tables for Standard 1.5" Deck X-EDNK22 or X-EDN19 Bar Joist 1, 2
(Pattern: 36/7)
Additional tables can be generated from the Hilti Profis DF software which is available for download at www.us.hilti.com. For detailed information contact Hilti Tech Support 1-877-749-6337.
Frame Fastening: Stitch Fastening: GAUGE: 22 Stitch Connectors per span 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Hilti X-EDNK22 / X-EDN19 #10 Drill Screws
Pattern: 36/7 Safety Factor: 2.35
36/7
3.0 414 487 555 618 675 727 774
3.5 360 426 489 547 602 652 699
4.0 313 378 435 490 541 589 634
t = design thickness = 0.0295" ALLOWABLE DIAPHRAGM SHEAR, plf Span, ft 4.5 5.0 5.5 277 247 224 337 301 273 392 355 322 442 403 369 490 448 411 536 491 452 579 532 491
6.0 204 249 294 338 380 419 456
6.5 187 228 270 311 353 390 425
7.0 172 211 249 288 326 364 398
K1 0.528 0.402 0.325 0.272 0.235 0.206 0.184
Dwr = 129 Dir = 226 Dnr = 356 K2 = 870 Substitute these values into the G' equation as appropriate. GAUGE: 20 Stitch Connectors per span 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 t = design thickness = 0.0358" ALLOWABLE DIAPHRAGM SHEAR, plf Span, ft 5.5 6.0 6.5 271 247 227 331 302 277 390 356 328 446 411 378 497 460 427 547 506 471 594 551 514 640 595 555
4.0 379 456 525 591 654 712 767 818
4.5 335 408 473 534 592 648 700 750
5.0 300 365 430 486 541 593 643 691
7.0 210 256 303 350 396 440 481 520
7.5 194 238 282 325 369 412 452 489
8.0 181 222 263 304 345 386 426 462
K1 0.581 0.443 0.358 0.300 0.258 0.227 0.202 0.182
Dwr = 97 Dir = 169 Dnr = 266 K2 = 1056 Substitute these values into the G' equation as appropriate. GAUGE: 18 Stitch Connectors per span 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 t = design thickness = 0.0474" ALLOWABLE DIAPHRAGM SHEAR, plf Span, ft 6.5 7.0 7.5 300 277 257 366 339 315 433 401 373 500 463 430 562 524 488 620 579 544 676 633 595 731 685 644 784 735 693
5.0 395 482 564 639 711 780 846 909 969
5.5 358 436 515 586 654 719 782 842 899
6.0 326 398 471 541 604 666 725 783 838
8.0 240 294 348 402 456 511 560 608 654
8.5 225 276 327 378 428 479 530 575 619
9.0 211 259 307 355 404 452 500 546 588
K1 0.669 0.510 0.412 0.345 0.297 0.261 0.233 0.210 0.191
Dwr = 63 Dir = 111 Dnr = 175 K2 = 1398 Substitute these values into the G' equation as appropriate. G' = K2 3.78 + 0.3 Dxx/span + 3 x K1 x span
Where K1 = Refer to table for values; span in feet (ft)

1 Allowable diaphragm shear loads shown are calculated in accordance with SDI equations with safety factor of 2.35 for wind loads. 2 To calculate ASD values for load combinations involving earthquake, multiply values in table by 2.35 and divide by a safety factor of 2.50. 3 To calculate LRFD values, multiply values in table by 2.35 and multiply again by =0.7 for wind or =0.65 for earthquake. 4 At diaphragm perimeter: X-EDN19 / X-EDNK22 frame fasteners should be spaced at identical spacing as sidelap connectors. 5 Panel buckling has been checked. Dwr For Wide Rib Deck K1 Fastener Flexibility Factor K2 29500 t G' Diaphragm Shear Stiffness Dxx Dwr, Dir, or Dnr (whichever is applicable)
Deck Fasteners for Attachment to Bar Joist 3.4.2

Diaphragm Tables for Standard 1.5" Deck Hilti X-EDNK22 or X-EDN19 (Pattern: 36/4) Bar Joist 1, 2 Frame Fastening: Stitch Fastening: GAUGE: 22 Stitch Connectors per span 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Additional tables can be generated from the Hilti Profis DF software which is available for download at www.us.hilti.com. For detailed information contact Hilti Tech Support 1-877-749-6337.
Hilti X-EDNK22 / X-EDN19 #10 Drill Screws
Pattern: 36/4 Safety Factor: 2.35
36/4
3.0 281 340 389 429 461 487 508
3.5 247 303 351 392 426 455 479
4.0 219 273 319 360 395 424 450
t = design thickness = 0.0295" ALLOWABLE DIAPHRAGM SHEAR, plf Span, ft 4.5 5.0 5.5 193 172 155 247 226 204 292 268 247 331 306 284 366 340 317 396 371 348 423 398 375
6.0 141 186 230 265 297 327 354
6.5 129 171 212 247 279 308 334
7.0 119 157 196 232 262 290 316
K1 0.792 0.539 0.409 0.329 0.275 0.237 0.208
DWR = 1072 DIR = 1216 DNR = 1282 K2 = 870 Substitute these values into the G' equation as appropriate. GAUGE: 20 Stitch Connectors per span 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 t = design thickness = 0.0358" ALLOWABLE DIAPHRAGM SHEAR, plf Span, ft 5.5 6.0 6.5 189 172 157 248 226 208 299 277 258 343 320 299 384 359 337 420 395 372 453 427 404 482 457 433
4.0 265 329 385 434 477 513 544 570
4.5 235 298 352 400 442 479 511 539
5.0 210 273 324 370 411 448 481 510
7.0 145 192 238 281 317 351 383 412
7.5 134 178 221 264 299 332 363 392
8.0 125 166 206 247 283 315 345 373
K1 0.872 0.594 0.450 0.362 0.303 0.261 0.229 0.204
DWR = 802 DIR = 909 DNR = 959 K2 = 1056 Substitute these values into the G' equation as appropriate. GAUGE: 18 Stitch Connectors per span 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 t = design thickness = 0.0474" ALLOWABLE DIAPHRAGM SHEAR, plf Span, ft 6.5 7.0 7.5 209 192 178 275 254 236 340 316 294 393 369 347 443 417 394 489 462 437 531 503 478 570 542 515 605 577 550
5.0 277 357 425 486 540 589 632 670 703
5.5 250 329 392 451 504 552 595 634 668
6.0 228 300 364 420 472 519 562 601 636
8.0 166 220 274 328 373 415 454 491 526
8.5 155 206 257 308 354 394 433 469 503
9.0 145 193 242 290 336 375 413 448 481
K1 1.004 0.693 0.518 0.417 0.349 0.300 0.263 0.234 0.211
DWR = 526 DIR = 597 DNR = 630 K2 = 1398 Substitute these values into the G' equation as appropriate. G' = K2 3.78 + 0.3 Dxx/span + 3 x K1 x span
Where K1 = Refer to table for values; span in feet (ft)

1 Allowable diaphragm shear loads shown are calculated in accordance with SDI equations with safety factor of 2.35 for wind loads. 2 To calculate ASD values for load combinations involving earthquake, multiply values in table by 2.35 and divide by a safety factor of 2.50. 3 To calculate LRFD values, multiply values in table by 2.35 and multiply again by =0.7 for wind or =0.65 for earthquake. 4 At diaphragm perimeter: X-EDN19 / X-EDNK22 frame fasteners should be spaced at identical spacing as sidelap connectors. 5 Panel buckling has been checked. Dwr For Wide Rib Deck K1 Fastener Flexibility Factor K2 29500 t G' Diaphragm Shear Stiffness Dxx Dwr, Dir, or Dnr (whichever is applicable)
3.4.2 Decking Fasteners for Attachment to Bar Joist

Limit States Design-Factored Resistance Diaphragm Tables for Deck Fasteners (Canada)
Diaphragm Table 36-7 w/X-EDNK22/EDN19 Metric Limit States Design (LSD)-Factored Resistance Diaphragm Shear, q, (N/mm) and Flexibility Factor, F, (mm x 10-6/N) for 38 mm deep steel nestable deck fastened with Hilti X-EDNK22/EDN19 with screwed sidelaps (Canada only)1, 2, 3
No. of Transverse Nails per 900 mm Wide Deck Units=7 (every flute) Span (mm) Sidelap Connection Deck Gauge Thickness 1200 1500 1800 2100 2400 2700 3000 Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F #10 Screw at 600 mm O.C. 22 6.5 120 5.2 115 5.1 106 4.2 106 4.2 99 3.8 101 3.9 96 20 7.9 88 6.2 88 6.1 81 5.2 83 5.2 79 4.6 82 4.7 78 18 10.2 60 8.2 62 8.1 59 6.9 62 6.9 59 6.1 62 6.2 60 16 12.8 45 10.3 49 10.1 46 8.7 50 8.7 48 7.6 51 7.8 49 #10 Screw at 450 mm O.C. 22 6.5 120 6.1 108 5.8 99 4.9 99 4.8 94 4.8 90 4.3 91 20 7.9 88 7.4 81 7.1 76 6.0 77 5.9 73 5.9 71 5.3 73 18 10.2 60 9.6 56 9.3 54 8.0 56 7.9 54 7.8 53 6.9 55 16 12.8 45 12.1 43 11.6 42 10.0 45 9.9 44 9.8 43 8.7 45 #10 Screw at 300 mm O.C. 22 8.3 110 7.6 99 7.2 91 6.8 86 6.6 83 5.9 80 4.7 77 20 10.1 79 9.3 73 8.7 68 8.2 66 7.9 64 7.6 62 6.2 61 18 13.3 52 12.2 49 11.4 47 10.8 46 10.5 46 10.1 45 9.6 45 16 16.7 38 15.3 37 14.3 36 13.6 36 13.0 36 12.7 36 12.3 36 #10 Screw at 150 mm O.C. 22 11.6 101 11.0 89 10.7 81 9.6 75 7.4 71 5.9 68 4.7 65 20 14.0 71 13.4 64 12.9 59 12.6 56 9.8 53 7.8 51 6.2 50 18 18.4 45 17.6 42 17.0 39 16.6 38 15.0 37 11.9 36 9.6 35 16 23.1 32 22.0 30 21.3 29 20.7 28 20.3 28 16.6 27 13.5 27
Diaphragm Table 36-4 w/X-EDNK22/EDN19 Metric
Limit States Design (LSD)-Factored Resistance Diaphragm Shear, q, (N/mm) and Flexibility Factor, F, (mm x 10-6/N) for 38 mm deep steel nestable deck fastened with Hilti X-EDNK22/EDN19 with screwed sidelaps (Canada only)1, 2, 3
No. of Transverse Nails per 900 mm Wide Deck Units=4 (every other flute) Span (mm) Sidelap Connection Deck Gauge Thickness 1200 1500 1800 2100 2400 2700 3000 Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F #10 Screw at 600 mm O.C. 22 4.7 595 3.9 500 4.0 425 3.4 383 3.5 340 3.1 318 3.2 290 20 5.6 384 4.7 328 4.7 281 4.1 257 4.2 230 3.8 218 3.9 365 18 7.4 210 6.1 186 6.2 161 5.4 152 5.6 137 4.9 133 5.2 123 16 9.3 132 7.6 122 7.8 106 6.8 103 7.1 94 6.2 93 6.6 86 #10 Screw at 450 mm O.C. 22 4.7 595 4.6 487 4.6 415 4.0 372 4.0 332 4.0 301 3.6 283 20 5.6 384 5.5 317 5.5 272 4.8 247 4.8 222 4.9 203 4.5 193 18 7.4 210 7.3 176 7.2 154 6.3 143 6.3 130 6.5 120 5.9 117 16 9.3 132 9.2 113 9.2 100 7.9 96 8.0 88 8.1 82 7.4 81 #10 Screw at 300 mm O.C. 22 6.2 578 5.9 474 5.6 405 5.4 355 5.3 318 5.2 289 5.1 266 20 7.4 369 7.1 305 6.8 262 6.6 232 6.3 209 6.2 192 6.2 177 18 9.8 197 9.3 166 8.9 145 8.6 130 8.5 119 8.2 110 8.1 103 16 12.2 120 11.6 103 11.2 92 10.8 84 10.6 78 10.3 73 10.2 69 #10 Screw at 150 mm O.C. 22 8.1 567 7.9 462 7.8 392 7.6 342 7.6 304 7.5 275 7.5 252 20 9.8 359 9.5 294 9.4 251 9.3 220 9.2 197 9.2 179 9.0 165 18 12.8 188 12.6 156 12.3 135 12.2 120 12.1 108 12.0 99 12.0 92 16 16.0 113 15.7 95 15.5 83 15.3 75 15.2 68 15.0 63 14.9 59
Limit States Design (LSD)-Factored Resistance Diaphragm Shear, q, (N/mm) and Flexibility Factor, F, (mm x 10-6/N) for 38 mm deep steel deck fastened with Hilti X-EDNK22/EDN19 (Canada only)1, 2, 3
No. of Transverse Nails per 900 mm Wide Deck Units=7 (every flute) Span (mm) Sidelap Connection Deck Gauge Thickness 1200 1500 1800 2100 2400 2700 3000 Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Button Punch 600 mm O.C. 22 5.8 129 4.6 126 4.0 126 3.4 130 3.2 133 2.7 139 2.6 143 20 7.1 96 5.6 97 4.9 100 4.2 105 4.0 109 3.5 115 3.3 120 18 9.5 67 7.5 71 6.9 75 5.9 81 5.6 85 4.9 92 4.8 96 16 12.1 51 9.8 56 9.2 61 7.8 66 7.5 71 6.6 77 6.6 81 Button Punch 450 mm O.C. 22 5.8 129 4.8 125 4.2 124 3.6 128 3.3 130 3.1 134 2.7 140 20 7.1 96 6.0 96 5.4 98 4.6 103 4.2 107 4.0 111 3.5 118 18 9.5 67 8.3 69 7.5 73 6.5 79 6.1 83 5.8 88 5.2 94 16 12.1 51 10.9 55 10.1 59 8.7 65 8.3 69 8.0 74 7.2 80 Button Punch 300 mm O.C. 22 6.5 126 5.5 122 4.8 121 4.2 122 3.9 125 3.6 128 3.4 131 20 8.1 94 6.9 94 6.1 95 5.5 98 5.1 102 4.7 106 4.5 110 18 11.2 65 9.9 67 8.8 71 8.1 75 7.5 79 7.2 83 6.8 87 16 14.8 50 13.2 53 12.1 57 11.3 61 10.7 66 10.1 70 9.8 73 Button Punch 150 mm O.C. 22 7.8 122 6.9 116 6.2 114 5.8 113 5.4 113 5.2 114 4.9 115 20 10.0 90 8.9 88 8.2 89 7.8 90 7.3 91 6.9 93 6.7 95 18 14.3 62 13.2 63 12.2 65 11.6 67 11.2 70 10.8 72 10.5 75 16 19.6 47 18.2 49 17.3 52 16.6 55 16.0 57 15.6 60 15.3 62
1 The ratio of span of deck unit to average length of sheet is taken to be 1/3. 2 Diaphragm loads are based on steel decks having an average ultimate tensile strength of 55 ksi. 3 Values shown calculated in accordance with SDI equations using a factor of 0.5 for LSD for all load conditions.
Deck Fasteners for Attachment to Bar Joist 3.4.2

Diaphragm Table 36-4 w/X-EDNK22/EDN19 Metric Limit States Design (LSD)-Factored Resistance Diaphragm Shear, q, (N/mm) and Flexibility Factor, F, (mm x 10-6/N) for 38 mm deep steel deck fastened with Hilti X-EDNK22/EDN19 (Canada only)1, 2, 3
No. of Transverse Nails per 900 mm Wide Deck Units=4 (every other flute) Span (mm) Sidelap Connection Deck Gauge Thickness 1200 1500 1800 2100 2400 2700 3000 Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Button Punch 600 mm O.C. 22 4.1 612 3.3 521 2.9 462 2.5 426 2.4 398 2.0 382 2.0 367 20 4.3 399 4.0 348 3.6 315 3.2 297 2.9 282 2.6 276 2.6 393 18 5.7 224 5.5 203 5.2 190 4.5 186 4.3 182 3.8 184 3.8 183 16 7.4 144 7.2 137 6.9 132 6.0 134 6.0 134 5.3 139 5.3 140 Button Punch 450 mm O.C. 22 3.5 612 3.5 518 3.2 459 2.7 422 2.5 394 2.4 373 2.1 362 20 4.3 399 4.5 345 4.1 311 3.8 293 3.5 278 3.4 268 3.2 265 18 5.7 224 6.2 201 5.9 188 4.9 183 4.8 179 4.7 177 4.2 180 16 7.4 144 8.1 134 7.9 130 6.8 131 6.7 131 6.6 132 6.0 137 Button Punch 300 mm O.C. 22 4.0 607 4.1 513 3.6 452 3.3 412 3.1 383 2.9 361 2.7 346 20 5.0 395 5.2 340 4.7 306 4.5 283 4.1 268 3.9 257 3.6 250 18 7.0 220 7.4 196 6.9 183 6.5 175 6.2 170 6.0 168 5.8 166 16 9.3 141 10.0 130 9.4 125 8.9 124 8.6 123 8.3 124 8.1 125 Button Punch 150 mm O.C. 22 4.8 599 5.3 502 4.9 438 4.7 394 4.5 362 4.2 337 4.1 318 20 6.2 388 6.8 330 6.5 293 6.1 268 5.9 249 5.8 236 5.6 225 18 8.9 214 9.9 188 9.5 172 9.2 161 8.9 154 8.8 149 8.7 145 16 12.0 135 13.6 123 13.2 116 12.9 111 12.7 109 12.5 107 12.3 106
Limit States Design (LSD)-Factored Resistance Diaphragm Shear, q, (N/mm) and Flexibility Factor, F, (mm x 10-6/N) for 75 mm deep steel deck fastened with Hilti X-EDNK22/EDN19 (Canada only)1, 2, 3
No. of Transverse Nails per 600 mm Wide Deck Units=5 (every flute) Span (mm) Sidelap Connection Deck Gauge Thickness 2400 2700 3000 3300 3600 3900 4200 Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Button Punch 600 mm O.C. 22 2.0 281 1.7 290 1.6 295 1.4 307 1.4 312 1.2 325 1.2 331 20 2.6 227 2.2 238 2.1 244 1.9 257 1.9 263 1.7 276 1.6 282 18 3.7 173 3.3 185 3.2 192 2.9 205 2.9 211 2.6 224 2.6 230 16 5.2 143 4.5 154 4.5 161 4.1 173 4.1 180 3.8 191 3.8 197 Button Punch 450 mm O.C. 22 2.1 275 2 279 1.7 289 1.7 293 1.6 299 1.4 311 1.4 316 20 2.8 222 2.6 227 2.3 238 2.2 245 2.2 251 2 263 1.9 269 18 4.2 169 4 176 3.5 187 3.5 194 3.4 201 3.1 212 3.1 218 16 5.8 139 5.7 146 5.1 157 5 164 5 170 4.6 181 4.6 186 Button Punch 300 mm O.C. 22 2.6 262 2.4 264 2.3 268 2.1 272 2 277 1.9 282 1.9 287 20 3.5 209 3.3 214 3.1 220 2.9 225 2.8 231 2.7 237 2.6 242 18 5.4 158 5.1 165 4.9 171 4.7 177 4.5 183 4.4 189 4.3 195 16 7.8 130 7.5 136 7.2 143 7 149 6.8 155 6.6 160 6.5 166 Button Punch 150 mm O.C. 22 3.9 235 3.7 233 3.6 233 3.4 233 3.3 233 3.2 234 3.2 235 20 5.4 185 5.2 186 5 188 4.8 189 4.7 191 4.6 193 4.5 195 18 8.8 137 8.5 140 8.2 143 8 146 7.9 149 7.8 152 7.6 154 16 12.9 111 12.6 115 12.4 118 12.2 121 12 124 11.9 127 11.8 129
3.4.2 Deck Fasteners for Attachment to Bar Joist 3.4.2.4 Ordering Information
DX 860-HSN Decking System
Tools
Description Notes Quantity
DX 860-HSN Stand Up Decking Tool DX 860-HSN Stand-Up Decking Tool One Month Use
Use on Demand service provides one tool for one month

Notes
1 pcs 1 pcs
Accessories
Description Quantity
Spare Set (HSN Piston and Brake)

Description
Piston and brake for DX 860-HSN 3/16 tf 3/8 3/16 tf 3/8 1/8 tf 1/4 1/8 tf 1/4
Notes Base Steel Thickness
1 pcs
Quantity
Fasteners (Combos with 40-strip Cartridges)

X-EDN19 Bulk Fastener/Cartridge Combo X-EDN19 Pallet Fastener/Cartridge Combo X-EDNK22 Bulk Fastener/Cartridge Combo X-EDNK22 Pallet Fastener/Cartridge Combo 2,000 pcs 32,000 pcs 2,000 pcs 32,000 pcs
Quantity
Cartridges (Strips of 40)

Description
0.27 Caliber Short Yellow Cartridges 0.27 Caliber Short Black Cartridges
Heavy duty for most applications Extra-heavy for harder steel
400 pcs 400 pcs
DX 460-SM Decking System

Tools
DX 460-SM Hand Held Decking Tool DX 460-SM Stand Up Decking Tool
Includes Hand Held Tool and Stand Up Handle

Notes
1 pcs 1 pcs
Quantity
Accessories
Description
Stand Up Handle DX 460-SM DLX Magazine X-SM Piston X-AP PSM Buffer (reinforced) X-460-B
Description
Converts DX 460-SM Hand Held to Stand Up Replacement magazine for DX 460-SM Replacement piston for DX 460-SM Replacement buffer for DX-460-SM 3/16 tf 3/8 3/16 tf 3/8 1/8 tf 1/4 1/8 tf 1/4

Quantity
Fasteners (Combos with 10-strip Cartridges for DX 460-SM)

X-EDN19 Bulk Fastener/Cartridge Combo X-EDN19 Pallet Fastener/Cartridge Combo X-EDNK22 Bulk Fastener/Cartridge Combo X-EDNK22 Pallet Fastener/Cartridge Combo 1,000 pcs 32,000 pcs 1,000 pcs 32,000 pcs
Quantity

Description
0.27 Caliber Short Red Cartridges 0.27 Caliber Short Black Cartridges
Heavy duty for most applications Extra-heavy for harder steel
1,000 pcs 1,000 pcs
R4X12-S Decking System

Tools
R4X12-S Deluxe Drive Tool
1 pcs
Notes Quantity
Accessories
Description
AS2-PH13-30H (Honda Gas)
13 HP, 24.0 CFM at 175 psi Compressor 3/16 tf 3/8 3/16 tf 3/8 1/8 tf 1/4 1/8 tf 1/4 1/8 tf 1/4 1/8 tf 1/4
Base Steel Thickness
1 pcs
Quantity
Fasteners (Non-Combo)
Description
X-EDN19 Fastener (Bulk) X-EDN19 Fastener (Pallet) X-EDNK22 Fastener (Bulk) X-EDNK22 Fastener (Pallet) X-EDNK22 Bulk Fastener/Cartridge Combo X-EDNK22 Pallet Fastener/Cartridge Combo
2,000 pcs 32,000 pcs 2,000 pcs 32,000 pcs 2,000 pcs 32,000 pcs
Deck Fasteners for Attachment to Structural Steel 3.4.3 3.4.3.1 Product Description
The Hilti structural steel deck fastening system consists of a variety of powderactuated tools which are primarily used with one fastener: the X-ENP-19 L15, which is available either collated or non-collated. For most structural steel decking jobs, the tool of choice will be the DX 860-ENP tool. This self-contained stand up decking tool is powered by 0.27 caliber long cartridges, which are loaded into the tool in strips of 40. The cartridges drive the X-ENP-19 L15 MXR fastener (collated version) into almost any type of steel deck and base steel thicknesses greater than or equal to 1/4". These fasteners are available in collated strips of 10. Four of these strips are loaded into the DX 860-ENP tool along with the strips of cartridges, and enable the operator to fasten at a rate of up to 1,000 quality fastenings per hour. Other tools include the hand held DX-76 PTR, a semi-automatic magazine tool which offers punch through resistance in cases where the base material is inadvertently missed. Other configurations of the DX 76 include a single fastener guide variation of the tool for miscellaneous use.
X-ENP 19 L15 MX & MXR

Fastener X-ENP-19 L15
X-ENP 19 L15
Nominal Fastener Hardness 58 HRC
Fastener Material Carbon Steel
Fastener Plating 5 m Zinc1
Listings/Approvals
ICC-ES (International Code Council) ESR-2197 FM (Factory Mutual) For attaching Class 1 Steel Roof Decks with 1-60 and 1-90 wind uplift ratings. Listed for higher wind uplift ratings with FM Approved Lightweight Insulating Concrete Roof Deck Assemblies. Refer to FM RoofNav for specific assembly listings. UL (Underwriters Laboratories) Fasteners for attaching steel roof deck (uplift and fire classification)

Allowable Pullout Loads for Attachments to Steel Base Material lb (kN) 1,2,3
Fastener X-ENP-19 L15 1/4 905 (4.03) Base Material Thickness (in.) 3/8 1/2 4 1125 (5.00) 1010 (4.49) 5/8 4 965 (4.29)
1 These values represent testing performed in ASTM A 36 plate steel. Performance values in a different grade, condition or shape of base material may provide different values. 2 The values must be compared with allowable tensile pullover values. 3 Allowable values based on safety factor of 5.0. 4 Allowable values are based on minimum 1/2" penetration depth through or into base steel. For 3/8 penetration depth into 1/2" and thicker steels, reduce the allowable load capacity to 635 lb.
Allowable Pullover and Shear Loads for Attaching Steel Deck 2,3,4
16 (0.0598) Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) 645 630 (2.87) (2.80) 18 (0.0474) Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) 590 505 (2.62) (2.25) Steel Deck Gauge (in.) 20 (0.0358) 22 (0.0295) Tension Shear Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 540 385 485 320 (2.40) (1.71) (2.16) (1.42) 24 (0.0239) Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) 400 265 (1.78) (1.18) 26 (0.0179) Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) 110 200 (0.49) (0.89)
Fastener
X-ENP-19 L151
1 2 3 4
Minimum base steel thickness must be greater than or equal to 1/4". Allowable values are based on a safety factor of 5.0. For alternate pullover capacities and factors of safety for uplift, refer to SDI Diaphragm Design Manual. Loads based on ASTM A 1008, or minimum ASTM A 653 SQ33 steel deck.
Shear Strength (Qf) and Flexibility Factor (Sf) for Calculating Steel Deck Diaphragms Strength and Stiffness 1, 2, 3
Steel Deck Gauge (in.) mance when attaching steel deck diaphragms based 16 (0.0598) 18 (0.0474) 20 (0.0358) 22 (0.0295) 24 (0.0239) on SDI Diaphragm Design Manual. Qf 3149 2529 1933 1603 1320 2 Values based on ASTM A 1008 or minimum ASTM lb (kN) (14.01) (11.25) (8.60) (7.13) (5.87) A653 SQ33 steel deck. X-ENP-19 L15 Sf 0.0031 0.0034 0.0040 0.0044 0.0048 3 Hilti Profis DF software is available to generate in./kip (mm/kN) (0.0179) (0.0196) (0.0231) (0.0254) (0.0277) diaphragm tables in accordance with SDI equations. Fastener Term
A free download is available at www.us.hilti.com. 1 This data can be used to calculate fastener perfor-
3.4.3 Deck Fasteners for Attachment to Structural Steel

Diaphragm Tables for Standard 1.5" Deck Hilti X-ENP-19 L15
(Pattern: 36/7) Additional tables can be generated from the Hilti Profis DF software which is available for download at www.us.hilti.com. For detailed information contact Hilti Tech Support 1-877-749-6337.
Heavy Joist or Structural Steel Frame Fastening: Stitch Fastening: GAUGE: 22 Stitch Connectors per span 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Hilti X-ENP-19 #10 Screws Pattern: 36/7 Safety Factor: 2.35 t = design thickness = 0.0295" ALLOWABLE DIAPHRAGM SHEAR, plf Span, ft 4.5 5.0 5.5 298 266 358 320 290 414 374 339 465 423 388 513 468 430 560 512 471 604 554 511 36/7
3.0 446 519 588 651 710 763 812
3.5 388 454 517 576 631 683 731
4.0 337 402 460 515 569 616 663
6.0 264 309 354 397 436 474
6.5 243 284 326 367 406 441
7.0 224 263 301 340 378 413
K1 0.317 0.267 0.230 0.203 0.181 0.163 0.149
Dwr = 129 K2 = 870 Substitute these values into the G' equation as appropriate. GAUGE: 20 Stitch Connectors per span 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 t = design thickness = 0.0358" ALLOWABLE DIAPHRAGM SHEAR, plf Span, ft 5.5 6.0 6.5 352 321 195 411 375 345 468 430 395 520 480 446 570 528 491 618 573 534 665 617 576
4.0 408 486 555 622 685 745 801 854
4.5 361 434 500 561 620 677 730 781
5.0 323 389 454 511 566 619 670 719
7.0 272 319 366 413 458 499 539
7.5 253 297 340 384 427 469 507
8.0 236 277 318 359 400 440 478
K1 0.349 0.294 0.223 0.223 0.199 0.180 0.164 0.151
Dwr = 97 K2 = 1056 Substitute these values into the G' equation as appropriate. GAUGE: 18 Stitch Connectors per span 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 t = design thickness = 0.0474" ALLOWABLE DIAPHRAGM SHEAR, plf Span, ft 6.5 7.0 7.5 389 360 335 456 422 393 523 484 450 587 546 508 645 603 566 702 657 617 758 710 667 812 761 716
5.0 426 512 595 671 744 814 881 945 1007
5.5 464 543 615 683 749 813 874 933
6.0 424 496 458 632 694 754 812 869
8.0 313 367 421 475 529 581 629 676
8.5 293 344 395 446 497 548 595 640
9.0 276 324 372 420 468 516 564 607
K1 0.401 0.338 0.292 0.257 0.229 0.207 0.189 0.174 0.161
Dwr = 63 K2 = 1398 Substitute these values into the G' equation as appropriate. Shear stiffness modulus (G) determined by the following equation: G' = K2 3.78 + 0.3 Dxx/span + 3 x K1 x span Where K1 = Refer to table for values; span in feet (ft)
1 Allowable diaphragm shear loads shown are calculated in accordance with SDI equations with safety factor of 2.35 for wind loads. 2 To calculate ASD values for load combinations involving earthquake, multiply values in table by 2.35 and divide by a safety factor of 2.50. 3 To calculate LRFD values, multiply values in table by 2.35 and multiply again by =0.7 for wind or =0.65 for earthquake. 4 At diaphragm perimeter: X-ENP-19 frame fasteners should be spaced at identical spacing as sidelap connectors. 5 Panel buckling has been checked. Dwr For Wide Rib Deck K1 Fastener Flexibility Factor K2 29500 t G' Diaphragm Shear Stiffness Dxx Dwr, Dir, or Dnr (whichever is applicable)
Deck Fasteners for Attachment to Structural Steel 3.4.3

Diaphragm Tables for Standard 1.5" Deck Hilti X-ENP-19 L15
(Pattern: 36/4)
Additional tables can be generated from the Hilti Profis DF which is available for download at www.us.hilti.com. For detailed information contact Hilti Tech Support 1-877-749-6337.
Heavy Joist or Structural Steel Frame Fastening: Stitch Fastening: GAUGE: 22 Stitch Connectors per span 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Hilti X-ENP-19 #10 Screws Pattern: 36/4 Safety Factor: 2.35 t = design thickness = 0.0295" ALLOWABLE DIAPHRAGM SHEAR, plf Span, ft 4.5 5.0 5.5 208 186 263 239 216 307 282 260 348 321 298 384 356 332 416 388 363 444 416 391 36/4
3.0 302 362 412 453 487 515 538
3.5 266 322 371 413 449 479 505
4.0 236 290 337 378 415 446 473
6.0 197 242 277 310 341 369
6.5 180 222 259 291 320 348
7.0 166 205 243 273 302 329
K1 0.475 0.371 0.304 0.258 0.224 0.197 0.177
Dwr = 1072 K2 = 870 Substitute these values into the G' equation as appropriate. GAUGE: 20 Stitch Connectors per span 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 t = design thickness = 0.0358" ALLOWABLE DIAPHRAGM SHEAR, plf Span, ft 5.5 6.0 6.5 263 240 220 315 292 270 360 335 313 401 375 351 439 412 387 473 446 421 504 477 451
4.0 286 350 407 457 501 539 572 600
4.5 253 317 371 420 464 502 536 566
5.0 226 289 341 388 431 469 503 534
7.0 230 249 294 331 365 398 428
7.5 188 232 275 312 345 377 407
8.0 175 216 257 295 327 358 387
K1 0.523 0.408 0.335 0.284 0.246 0.217 9.195 0.176
Dwr = 802 K2 = 1056 Substitute these values into the G' equation as appropriate. GAUGE: 18 Stitch Connectors per span 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 t = design thickness = 0.0474" ALLOWABLE DIAPHRAGM SHEAR, plf Span, ft 6.5 7.0 7.5 291 269 250 357 331 307 411 386 363 462 435 410 509 481 454 553 523 496 594 563 535 631 600 572
5.0 298 375 448 510 566 616 661 702 737
5.5 348 413 473 527 577 622 663 699
6.0 317 383 440 493 542 586 627 664
8.0 233 287 341 388 431 471 509 545
8.5 218 269 320 368 409 448 486 521
9.0 205 253 301 349 389 428 464 498
K1 0.602 0.470 0.385 0.327 0.283 0.250 9.224 0.203 0.185
Dwr = 526 K2 = 1398 Substitute these values into the G' equation as appropriate. Shear stiffness modulus (G) determined by the following equation: G' = K2 3.78 + 0.3 Dxx/span + 3 x K1 x span Where K1 = Refer to table for values; span in feet (ft)
1 Allowable diaphragm shear loads shown calculated in accordance with SDI equations with safety factor of 2.35 for wind loads. 2 To calculate ASD values for load combinations involving earthquake, multiply values in table by 2.35 and divide by a safety factor of 2.50. 3 To calculate LRFD values, multiply values in table by 2.35 and multiply again by =0.7 for wind or =0.65 for earthquake. 4 At diaphragm perimeter: X-ENP-19 frame fasteners should be spaced at identical spacing as sidelap connectors. 5 Panel buckling has been checked. Dwr For Wide Rib Deck K1 Fastener Flexibility Factor K2 29500 t G' Diaphragm Shear Stiffness Dxx Dwr, Dir, or Dnr (whichever is applicable)
3.4.3 Deck Fasteners for Attachment to Structural Steel

Diaphragm Table 36-7 w/X-ENP-19 L15 Metric Limit States Design (LSD)-Factored Resistance Diaphragm Shear, q, (N/mm) and Flexibility Factor, F, (mm x 10-6/N) for 38 mm deep steel nestable deck fastened with Hilti X-ENP-19 L15 with screwed sidelaps (Canada only)1, 2, 3
No. of Transverse Nails per 900 mm Wide Deck Units=7 (every flute) Span (mm) Sidelap Connection Deck Gauge Thickness 1200 1500 1800 2100 2400 2700 3000 Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F #12 Screws 600 mm O.C. 22 7.1 109 5.6 102 5.5 94 4.7 93 4.7 89 4.2 89 4.2 86 20 8.5 78 8.5 75 6.7 71 5.6 72 5.8 69 5.1 70 5.2 68 18 11.2 51 8.9 52 8.8 50 7.5 52 7.6 50 6.7 52 6.8 51 16 13.9 38 11.3 39 11.0 38 9.4 41 9.5 40 8.5 42 8.6 42 #12 Screws 450 mm O.C. 22 7.1 109 6.7 98 6.3 91 5.4 89 5.4 85 5.3 82 4.8 82 20 8.5 78 8.0 72 7.8 68 6.6 68 6.5 66 6.5 64 5.8 65 18 11.2 51 10.6 49 10.2 47 8.7 49 8.6 48 8.6 47 7.6 49 16 13.9 38 13.2 37 12.7 36 10.9 38 10.8 38 10.8 37 9.6 39 #12 Screws 300 mm O.C. 22 9.2 104 8.5 93 7.9 86 7.5 82 7.3 78 7.1 76 6.8 73 20 11.0 74 10.2 68 9.5 64 9.2 61 8.7 60 8.5 58 8.2 57 18 14.6 47 13.4 45 12.6 44 12.0 43 11.5 42 11.2 42 10.9 41 16 18.2 34 16.8 33 15.7 33 15.0 33 14.5 33 14.0 33 13.6 33 #12 Screws 150 mm O.C. 22 12.8 99 12.2 87 11.8 79 11.5 74 11.3 70 11.0 66 10.9 64 20 15.4 69 14.7 62 14.2 57 13.9 54 13.6 52 13.4 50 13.3 48 18 20.3 43 19.4 40 18.8 38 18.3 37 18.0 35 17.6 35 17.4 34 16 25.4 30 24.3 29 23.5 28 22.9 27 22.6 27 22.2 26 21.9 26
Diaphragm Table 36-4 w/X-ENP-19 L15 Metric
Limit States Design (LSD)-Factored Resistance Diaphragm Shear, q, (N/mm) and Flexibility Factor, F, (mm x 10-6/N) for 38 mm deep steel nestable deck fastened with Hilti X-ENP-19 L15 with screwed sidelaps (Canada only)1, 2, 3
No. of Transverse Nails per 900 mm Wide Deck Units=4 (every other flute) Span (mm) Sidelap Connection Deck Gauge Thickness 1200 1500 1800 2100 2400 2700 3000 Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F #12 Screws 600 mm O.C. 22 5.1 582 4.2 483 4.3 413 3.6 368 3.9 329 3.4 305 3.6 280 20 6.1 372 5.1 313 5.2 270 4.5 244 4.7 220 4.1 206 4.3 190 18 8.0 200 6.7 173 6.8 151 6.0 141 6.2 128 5.5 123 5.8 115 16 10.0 123 8.3 110 8.6 98 7.5 93 7.8 86 6.9 84 7.3 79 #12 Screws 450 mm O.C. 22 5.1 582 5.1 477 4.9 407 4.3 362 4.5 324 4.5 294 4.1 275 20 6.1 372 6.1 307 6.0 265 5.3 238 5.4 215 5.4 196 4.9 186 18 8.0 200 8.0 168 7.9 147 6.9 136 7.1 124 7.2 115 6.5 111 16 10.0 123 10.0 105 9.9 94 8.7 89 8.8 82 8.9 77 8.1 76 #12 Screws 300 mm O.C. 22 6.7 573 6.3 469 6.1 400 6.0 351 5.9 314 5.8 285 5.6 262 20 8.1 364 7.8 300 7.4 258 7.3 228 7.1 206 6.9 188 6.8 174 18 10.7 193 10.2 162 9.8 141 9.5 127 9.3 116 9.2 107 8.9 101 16 13.4 117 12.7 100 12.2 89 11.9 81 11.6 75 11.4 70 11.3 67 #12 Screws 150 mm O.C. 22 8.8 565 8.7 460 8.6 390 8.5 340 8.3 303 8.3 274 8.2 251 20 10.7 357 10.5 292 10.3 249 10.2 219 10.1 196 10.1 178 10.0 164 18 14.0 187 13.7 155 13.5 134 13.4 119 13.3 107 13.2 99 13.2 92 16 17.5 111 17.2 94 16.9 82 16.8 74 16.7 67 16.6 62 16.5 59
Limit States Design (LSD)-Factored Resistance Diaphragm Shear, q, (N/mm) and Flexibility Factor, F, (mm x 10-6/N) for 38 mm deep steel deck fastened with Hilti X-ENP-19 L15 (Canada only)1, 2, 3
Deck Fasteners for Attachment to Structural Steel 3.4.3

Diaphragm Table 36-4 w/X-ENP-19 L15 Metric Limit States Design (LSD)-Factored Resistance Diaphragm Shear, q, (N/mm) and Flexibility Factor, F, (mm x 10-6/N) for 38 mm deep steel deck fastened with Hilti X-ENP-19 L15 (Canada only)1, 2, 3
No. of Transverse Nails per 900 mm Wide Deck Units=4 (every other flute) Span (mm) Sidelap Connection Deck Gauge Thickness 1200 1500 1800 2100 2400 2700 3000 Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Button Punch 600 mm O.C. 22 4.3 589 3.5 492 3.2 430 2.6 388 2.5 358 2.2 337 2.1 320 20 5.4 378 4.3 322 3.9 285 3.3 262 3.2 246 2.8 235 2.7 227 18 7.2 205 5.9 180 5.5 165 4.7 156 4.6 150 4.0 148 4.0 146 16 9.3 128 7.6 116 7.4 110 6.2 107 6.2 106 5.5 107 5.5 107 Button Punch 450 mm O.C. 22 4.3 589 3.8 491 3.4 428 2.8 387 2.6 356 2.5 333 2.2 318 20 5.4 378 4.8 321 4.2 284 3.6 261 3.4 244 3.3 232 2.9 225 18 7.2 205 6.6 179 6.1 164 5.3 155 5.1 149 4.8 145 4.3 145 16 9.3 128 8.6 115 8.2 109 7.2 106 7.1 105 6.9 104 6.1 106 Button Punch 300 mm O.C. 22 4.9 587 4.3 489 3.9 426 3.4 382 3.2 351 3.1 328 2.8 311 20 6.2 377 5.5 318 5.1 282 4.6 257 4.2 240 4.0 227 3.9 218 18 8.7 204 7.8 177 7.2 162 6.8 152 6.5 145 6.1 141 5.9 139 16 11.5 127 10.5 114 9.9 107 9.4 103 8.9 101 8.7 101 8.5 101 Button Punch 150 mm O.C. 22 6.0 584 5.5 484 5.2 419 4.8 374 4.6 341 4.5 316 4.3 297 20 7.6 374 7.1 314 6.7 276 6.3 250 6.1 231 6.0 216 5.8 206 18 11.0 201 10.3 174 10.0 157 9.6 145 9.3 138 9.2 132 8.9 128 16 14.8 124 14.2 111 13.7 102 13.4 97 13.2 94 12.9 92 12.7 91
Limit States Design (LSD)-Factored Resistance Diaphragm Shear, q, (N/mm) and Flexibility Factor, F, (mm x 10-6/N) for 75 mm deep steel nestable deck fastened with Hilti X-ENP-19 L15 with screwed sidelaps (Canada only)1, 2, 3
No. of Transverse Nails per 600 mm Wide Deck Units=5 (every flute) Span (mm) Sidelap Connection Deck Gauge Thickness 2400 2700 3000 3300 3600 3900 4200 Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F Strength, q Flexibility Factor, F #12 Screws 600 mm O.C. 22 4.1 190 3.6 188 3.8 179 3.4 179 3.6 172 3.3 173 3.4 168 20 4.9 144 4.5 145 4.6 139 4.2 141 4.3 136 4.0 138 4.2 134 18 6.6 102 5.8 105 6.1 101 5.5 104 5.8 101 5.3 104 5.5 101 16 8.2 79 7.3 83 7.6 80 6.9 84 7.2 81 6.7 84 6.9 82 #12 Screws 450 mm O.C. 22 4.7 183 4.8 174 4.3 172 4.5 165 4.5 160 4.1 160 4.2 156 20 5.8 138 5.9 132 5.3 133 5.3 129 5.4 125 5.1 127 5.2 124 18 7.6 96 7.6 93 6.9 96 7.1 93 7.2 91 6.6 94 6.7 92 16 9.5 74 9.6 73 8.7 75 8.8 74 8.9 73 8.3 75 8.5 74 #12 Screws 300 mm O.C. 22 6.7 169 6.6 161 6.3 155 6.2 150 6.2 146 6.1 142 6.0 139 20 8.1 125 7.9 121 7.8 117 7.6 114 7.5 112 7.4 110 7.3 108 18 10.7 85 10.5 84 10.2 82 10.0 81 9.9 80 9.8 79 9.6 79 16 13.4 65 13.2 64 12.8 63 12.6 63 12.5 63 12.2 62 12.1 62 #12 Screws 150 mm O.C. 22 10.8 154 10.7 145 10.6 138 10.5 132 10.5 128 10.3 124 10.3 120 20 13.2 112 12.9 106 12.8 102 12.7 99 12.6 96 12.6 93 12.5 91 18 17.3 73 17.0 71 16.9 69 16.8 67 16.7 66 16.6 65 16.5 64 16 21.7 54 21.5 53 21.3 52 21.0 51 20.9 50 20.8 49 20.7 49
Limit States Design (LSD)-Factored Resistance Diaphragm Shear, q, (N/mm) and Flexibility Factor, F, (mm x 10-6/N) for 75 mm deep steel deck fastened with Hilti X-ENP-19 L15 (Canada only)1, 2, 3
3.4.3 Deck Fasteners for Attachment to Structural Steel 3.4.3.4 Ordering Information
DX 860-ENP Decking System
Tools
DX 860-ENP Stand Up Decking Tool DX 860-ENP Stand-Up Decking Tool One Month Use
Use on Demand service provides one tool for one month

Notes
1 pcs 1 pcs
Accessories
Description Quantity
Stop Ring X-76-PS Piston X-76-P-ENP & Stop Ring Set
Stop Ring for DX 860-ENP Piston and Stop Ring for DX 860-ENP 1/4 1/4
1 pcs 1 pcs
Quantity

Description
X-ENP-19 MXR Bulk Fastener/Cartridge Combo X-ENP-19 MXR Pallet Fastener/Cartridge Combo
2,000 pcs 32,000 pcs

Quantity

Description
0.27 Caliber Long Red Cartridges 0.27 Caliber Long Black Cartridges
Heavy duty Extra-heavy for harder steel
400 pcs 400 pcs
DX 76 PTR Decking System

Tools
DX 76 PTR Hand Held Decking Tool
Includes 10 fastener magazine

Notes
1 pcs
Quantity
Accessories
Description
Magazine X-SM Piston X-P-PTR Piston X-P-PTR with Brake Brake (reinforced) X-B-PTR
Replacement magazine for DX 76 PTR Replacement piston for DX 76 PTR Replacement piston and brake for DX 76 PTR Replacement brake for DX 76 PTR 1/4 1/4

Quantity

Description
X-ENP-19 MX Bulk Fastener/Cartridge Combo X-ENP-19 MX Pallet Fastener/Cartridge Combo
1,000 pcs 32,000 pcs

Quantity

Description
0.27 Caliber Long Red Cartridges 0.27 Caliber Long Red Cartridges 0.27 Caliber Long Black Cartridges 0.27 Caliber Long Black Cartridges
Heavy duty Heavy duty Extra-heavy Extra-heavy
100 pcs 1,000 pcs 100 pcs 1,000 pcs
DX 76 FN-15 Single Fastener Decking System

Tools
DX 76 FN-15 Single Shot Tool
1 pcs
Notes Quantity
Accessories
Description
Fastener Guide X-76-FN-15 Piston/Stopper X-76-PS Piston/Stopper X-76-P-ENP
Replacement fastener guide for DX 76-FN15 1 pcs Replacement stopper for DX 76-FN15 1 pcs Replacement piston and stopper for DX 76-FN15 1 pcs 1/4
Notes Base Steel Thickness Quantity
Fasteners (Non-Combo)
Description
X-ENP-19 Fastener (Singles)
100 pcs
Quantity

Description
0.27 Caliber Long Red Cartridges 0.27 Caliber Long Red Cartridges 0.27 Caliber Long Black Cartridges 0.27 Caliber Long Black Cartridges
Heavy duty Heavy duty Extra-heavy Extra-heavy
100 pcs 1,000 pcs 100 pcs 1,000 pcs
X-HVB Shear Connector 3.4.4 3.4.4.1 Product Description

The Hilti X-HVB shear connector is a mechanically attached shear transfer device for use in composite beam construction with steel beams and concrete slabs as an alternate to welded studs. Product Features Ductile connections Minimal damage to coatings Fast and simple installation Install in virtually any weather No electrical power source required Guide Specification Shear Connector: Shear connectors shall be one piece formed steel with zinc plating in accordance with ASTM B 633 SC 1 Type III. Connectors shall be Hilti X-HVB as supplied by Hilti Inc. Installation: Shear connectors shall be installed using Hilti ENPH2-21 L15 or X-ENP-21 HVB powder-actuated fasteners in accordance with manufacturers recommendation. (Note: Do not use X-ENP-19 L15.)
3.4.4.2 Material Specification

X-HVB: Carbon Steel with Fu = 39,000 psi Zinc plated for corrosion resistance in accordance with ASTM B 633, SC 1, Type III.
wr
wr
Product Selection and Performance in Concrete Over Metal Deck Composite Floor Slabs
X-HVB Connector Connector Height, Hs in. (mm) 3-1/8 (80) 3-3/4 (95) 4-5/16 (110) 4-15/16 (125) Minimum Slab Thickness, Ycon in. (mm) 3-11/16 (93) 4-1/4 (108) 4-13/16 (123) 5-7/16 (138) Maximum Rib Height, hr in. (mm) wr /hr 1.8 wr /hr < 1.8 1-3/4 (45) 2-3/8 (60) 2-15/16 (75) 3-1/8 (80) 1-3/4 (45) 2-1/4 (57) 2-5/8 (66) 2-15/16 (75) Nominal Shear Strength1, Qn lb (kN) 6294 (28.0) Allowable Shear Strength2, q lb (kN) 3147 (14.0)
X-HVB80 X-HVB95 X-HVB110 X-HVB125
hr
Ycon
Hs
7868 (35.0)
3934 (17.5)
1 Nominal shear strength to be used for designs per AISC-LRFD and unfactored shear resistance per AISC design formulas. 2 Allowable shear strength to be used for designs per AISC-ASD.
3.4.4 X-HVB Shear Connector

Strength Reduction Factors for Concrete Over Metal Deck Composite Floor Slabs Ribs transverse to the beam Ribs parallel to the beam
Number of X-HVBs in One Rib 1 3 2
Rg 1.00 0.85 0.70
Rp1 0.60 0.60 0.60
Condition
Rg 1.00 0.851
Rp1 0.75
wr hr wr hr
1.5 < 1.5
0.75
1 These values may be increased to 0.75 when the distance from the edge of the X-HVB to the steel deck web, measured at mid-height of the deck rib and in the load bearing direction of the X-HVB (in other words, in the direction of maximum moment for a simply supported beam), is greater than or equal to 2" (51 mm).
1 For a single shear connector.
Connector placement along the beams The ductile performance of the X-HVB connector allows distribution of the calculated required number of X-HVBs uniformly between the points of zero and maximum moment. Point loads Application of large point loads causes abrupt changes in shear. To avoid excessive slip, additional X-HVB connectors may be necessary between the point load and the support. Partial shear connection AISC-LRFD and AISC-ASD both require that the capacity of the installed shear connectors must be no less than 25% of the calculated shear load for full composite design. This requirement is applicable, independent of whether welded studs or X-HVBs are used for the shear connection.
Deflections Beam deflections are computed by conventional elastic formulas. For beams with partial shear connection, deflections may be estimated by using the following formula for the effective moment of inertia: I eff ls n l tr = = = = Is + n x ( l t r ls ) moment of inertia of steel section connection fraction moment of inertia with 100% connection
Continuous beams Hilti X-HVB shear connectors are also suitable for use in continuous composite beams. The connectors are distributed uniformly between the point of zero moment and the point of maximum moment.
To obtain access to Hiltis BDES Composite Design Software, which designs and analyzes composite and non-composite beams using X-HVB shear connectors under distributed and point loads in accordance with AISC LRFD, contact Hilti Technical Support at 1-877-749-6337.
X-HVB Shear Connector 3.4.4 3.4.4.4 Installation instructions

Connector Positioning (metal decking ribs transverse to beam)
1. One to three X-HVBs per rib.

= =
2 X-HVBs transverse or parallel to beam.

1-9/16" 40 1-9/16" 40
= =
Wr 1-9/16"
Wr 1-9/16"
3. With one X-HVB per rib, the leg may be either centered in the rib or positioned to give a 1-9/16" (40 mm) clearance to the side of the rib
2" 50 2" 50 100 4" 100 4"
4. With two or three X-HVBs per rib, the legs may be either centered in the rib or alternated about the center.
5b. Spacings along the ribs (in.) (other decking profiles) Minimum spacing 2" (50 mm), however for decking profiles with: wr /m < 0.7 and wr /hr < 1.8, the minimum spacing is increased from 2" to 4" (50 to 100 mm). m = spacing of ribs 6. If the decking has a stiffener in the rib bottom, position the X-HVBs against the stiffener.
2"
51
> 100 > 4"
5a. Spacing along the ribs (2" and 3" U.S. composite floor deck profiles)
Connector Positioning (ribs parallel to beam and solid slabs)

44d or 24" d 600 100 4" 50 2"
X-HVBs may be placed with zero clearance to edge of flange.

Ycon d

X-HVB Shear Connectors*
Description Qty/Pkg
Setting Equipment for X-HVB Shear Connectors

Description
X-HVB80 X-HVB95 X-HVB110 X-HVB125
250 250 250 200
X-76-F-HVB Baseplate X-76-P-HVB Piston X-76-PS Stop Ring
* X-HVB shear connectors must be fastened with the X-76-F-HVB fastener guide, the X-76-P-HVB piston and the ENPH2-21 L15 or X-ENP-21 HVB fastener (sold separately)
Screw Fastening Systems
3.5.1 Self-Drilling Screw Fastener Design & Selection 3.5.1.1 Drill Point Selection
Top Material to be Drilled Bottom Material to be Drilled
Total Thickness to be Drilled
Top Material to be Drilled Void or Insulation Bottom Material to be Drilled Hole Diameter Larger than Screw Threads Top Material Void or Insulation Bottom Material to be Drilled
Drill Flute
The length of the drill flute determines the metal thickness that Drill can be drilled. The Flute flute itself provides a channel for chip removal during drilling action. If it becomes completely embedded in material, drill chips will be trapped in the flute and cutting action will cease. This will cause the point to burn up or break.
Point Length
The unthreaded section from the point Point Length to the first thread should be long enough to assure the drilling action is complete before the first thread engages the drilled metal. Screw threads advance at a rate of up to ten times faster than the drill flute can remove metal. All drilling therefore should be complete before threads begin to form. Winged Reamer
Drilling Through Wood to Metal

If your application calls for drilling through wood over 1/2" thick, a clearance hole is required. Select a fastener with breakaway wings for this type of job. The wings will ream a clearance hole and break-off when they contact metal surface (minimum metal thickness 0.06") to be drilled.
Drilling Capacity Material Thickness Recommendations (Steel to Steel) #2 Point 0.500 Thickness of material to be drilled (in.) 0.400 0.300 0.200 0.140 0.100 0.035 #6, #8 #10 #8 #10 #12 1/4" #12 1/4" #12 0.100 0.110 0.100 0.110 0.110 0.110 0.210 0.175 0.175 0.175 0.220 0.250 0.250 0.250 #3 Point #4 Point #5 Point 0.500
Screw Diameter
Note: Meets or exceeds ASTM C 1513. Shaded areas represent total thickness of all steel including any void spaces between layers.
Self-Drilling Screw Fastener Design & Selection 3.5.1 3.5.1.2 Thread Selection
Metal Gauge
Aluminum Sheet Metal (Approx. Thickness in decimal parts of an inch)
Fraction to Decimal Fraction (in.) 1/64 1/32 3/64 1/16 5/64 3/32 7/64 1/8 9/64 5/32 11/64 3/16 13/64 7/32 15/64 1/4 Decimal Equivalent (in.) 0.015 0.031 0.046 0.062 0.078 0.093 0.109 0.125 0.140 0.156 0.171 0.187 0.203 0.218 0.234 0.250
Gauge
000000 00000 0000 000 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
0.5800 0.5165 0.4600 0.4096 0.3648 0.3249 0.2893 0.2576 0.2294 0.2043 0.1819 0.1620 0.1443 0.1285 0.1144 0.1019 0.0907 0.0808 0.0720 0.0641 0.0571 0.0508 0.0493 0.0403 0.0359 0.0320 0.0285 0.0253 0.0226 0.0201 0.0179 0.0159 0.0142 0.0126 0.0113 0.0100 0.0089 0.0080 0.0071 0.0063 0.0056 0.0050 0.0045 0.0040
0.4062 0.3750 0.3437 0.3125 0.2812 0.2656 0.2391 0.2242 0.2092 0.1943 0.1793 0.1644 0.1495 0.1345 0.1196 0.1046 0.0897 0.0747 0.0673 0.0598 0.0538 0.0474 0.0418 0.0358 0.0329 0.0295 0.0269 0.0239 0.0209 0.0179 0.0164 0.0149 0.0135 0.0120 0.0105 0.0097 0.0090 0.0082 0.0075 0.0067 0.0064 0.0060
Thread Length Always choose a fastener with sufficient threads to fully engage in the base metal. For attachments to 1/4" base steel, a self-drilling screw should have at least 1/4" of threads. It is helpful, but not critical, that the threads also engage in the material being fastened. The head of the fastener provides the bearing force for the material being fastened, while the threads provide the clamping force in the base material. Clamping Material Being Fastened Base Material Threading
Screw Wire Gauge Gauge #6 #7 #8 #10 #12 1/4 5/16 Decimal Equivalent (in.) 0.1380 0.1510 0.1640 0.1900 0.2160 0.2500 0.3125
Thread Pitch The thickness of material being fastened and diameter of the screw determine the type of thread pitch to be used. In general, the thinner the fastened materials, the fewer the number of threads. The thicker the material, the greater the number of threads. This principle is due to two primary methods of thread engagement/holding power: Clamping and Threading. In light gauge metal, the materials are actually being clamped together by the upper and lower threads. Clamping
Thinner base material requires a coarser thread pitch to assure proper clamping. The thicker the material, the finer the threads must be. In very thick metal (3/8" to 1/2" thick), a fine thread is advisable. This will allow the thread to tap into the base material with less installation torque than a coarse thread.
Thread Engagement
3.5.1 Self-Drilling Screw Fastener Design & Selection 3.5.1.3 Head Style Selection
HWH (HHWH) (High) Hex Washer Head : Washer face provides a bearing surface for the driving sockets.
PPH (PPFH) Phillips Pan (Framing) Head: Conventional head for general applications and provides low profile fastening.
PFH Phillips Flat Head: Used primarily in wood to countersink and seat flush without splintering the wood.
PWH Phillips Wafer Head: Large head provides the bearing surface necessary to seat flush in soft materials.
PBH Phillips Bugle Head: Used primarily for fastening drywall, plywood or insulation board to steel studs up to 14 GA thick.
PTH (MPTH) (Modified) Phillips Truss Head: Large head and low profile provides surface area needed to attach wire lath to metal stud.
PPCH Phillips Pancake Conventional Head: head for general applications and provides low and flat profile.
PFTH Phillips Flat Truss Head: Lowest profile head available for attaching metal to metal.
PFHUC Pancake Framing Head Undercut: Used for countersinking where a full head taper would cause stand-off of the screw.
SHWH Slotted Hex Washer Head: Hex washer head with slot in center to provide additional drive connection.
3.5.1.4 Sealing Criteria

The Kwik-Seal sealing screws offer weatherproof fastenings where moisture or condensation is a factor. The integrated washer/head design seals the hole to prevent moisture from dripping into the fastener threads, reducing corrosive build-up. As added protection against corrosion, all Kwik-Seal sealing screws come standard with Kwik-Cote coating. The torque control and adjustment of the electric screwdrivers help ensure that the optimal seal is applied.
3.5.1.5 Length Selection

Length of the screw (L) Depending on the screwhead, there are two different ways to measure the overall length of a screw. For HWH/HHWH and PPH screws, the overall length is measured from the bottom of the washer under the head to the point of the screw. For PWH, PFH and PBH screws, the overall length is measured from the top of the head to the point of the screw.
MT MF
If you underdrive, the compression ring design results in a low torque seal. If you overdrive, the compression ring, outer skirt, and rugged washer prevents spinout and the one-piece head design completely eliminates the possibility of washer inversion. If you angle-drive, the design of the fastener head, outer skirt, and compression ring, along with the special washer, still helps provide a positive seal.
L
Maximum Total Thickness (MT) The maximum total thickness (MT) for all screws is the length of the threads reduced by the first three threads (protruding past the back-side of the base material). See drawings below. The maximum total thickness (MT) describes the maximum thickness of all attachments to be fastened plus the base material.
MT MF
L
Kwik-Pro Self-Drilling Screws 3.5.2 3.5.2.1 Product Description

The Hilti Kwik-Pro Self-Drilling Screws are designed to drill their own hole in steel base materials up to 1/2" thick. These screws are available in a variety of head styles, thread lengths and drillflute lengths for screw diameters #6 through 1/4". Hilti Kwik-Pro self-drilling screws meet ASTM C 1513, ASTM C 954 and SAE J78 standards. Product Features Hex head for metal-to-metal applications Flush head for wood-to-metal applications For metal from 0.035" to 0.500" thick Winged reamers for wood over 1/2" thick Stitch screws for light gauge metal-to-metal Sealing screws for water resistant fastenings

Material Heat Treatment ASTM A 510 Grade 1018-1022 Case hardened and tempered Sizes 8, 10 and 12: 0.004" to 0.009" case depth Size 1/4": 0.005" to 0.011" case depth Wood decking screws: Black Phosphate (8-18 x 1 5/16" PFH #3 and 8-18 x 1 15/16" and 5/16" PFH #3) Kwik-Cote and Kwik-Seal screws: 0.0007" to 0.0015" Kwik-Cote Treatment Note: Due to environmental considerations, Hilti does not plate with cadmium. Most Hilti zinc plated screws conform to ASTM F 1941 (which replaces ASTM B 633), as tested in accordance with ASTM B 117. The minimum zinc thickness is 5 microns. Refer to Secton 3.5.2.5 for screw coating information. Kwik-Cote is a unique copolymer coating that provides greater corrosion resistance than zinc or cadmium plating.
Listings/Approvals
ICC-ES (International Code Council) ESR-2196 (HWH screws only) COLA (City of Los Angeles) RR 25678 (HWH screws only) FM (Factory Mutual) S-MD 12-14 x 1 stitch and S-MD 10-16 x 7/8 pilot point fasteners for securing Class 1 Steel Roof Deck sidelaps with 1-60 and 1-90 wind uplift ratings. Listed for higher wind uplift ratings with FM Approved Lightweight Insulating Concrete Roof Deck Assemblies. Refer to FM RoofNav for specific assembly listings.
Plating
Kwik-Cote Treatment

Ultimate Tensile Strengths Pullout (Tension), lb (kN) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Screw Designation #6 #7 #8 #10 #12 1/4 in. Nominal Diameter in. 0.138 0.151 0.164 0.190 0.216 0.250 Thickness of member not in contact with the screw head, GA (in.) 20 (0.036) 190 (0.85) 210 (0.93) 225 (1.00) 260 (1.16) 295 (1.31) 345 (1.53) 18 (0.048) 250 (1.11) 275 (1.22) 300 (1.33) 350 (1.56) 395 (1.76) 460 (2.05) 16 (0.060) 320 (1.42) 345 (1.53) 375 (1.67) 435 (1.93) 495 (2.20) 575 (2.56) 14 (0.075) 395 (1.76) 435 (1.93) 470 (2.09) 545 (2.42) 620 (2.76) 715 (3.18) 12 (0.090) 475 (2.11) 520 (2.31) 565 (2.51) 655 (2.91) 745 (3.31) 860 (3.83) 10 (0.105) 555 (2.47) 605 (2.69) 660 (2.94) 765 (3.40) 870 (3.87) 1000 (4.45) 8 (0.135) 715 (3.18) 780 (3.47) 845 (3.76) 980 (4.36) 1120 (4.98) 1290 (5.74)
1 The lower of the ultimate pull-out, pullover, and tension fastener strength of screw should be used for design. 2 Load values based upon calculations done in accordance with Section E4 of the AISI North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members (NASPEC) 2001 edition with 2004 Supplement. 3 The NASPEC recommends a safety factor of 3.0 be applied for allowable strength design and a factor of 0.5 be applied for LRFD design. 4 ANSI/ASME standard screw diameters were used in the calculations and are listed in the tables. 5 The screw diameters in the table above are available in head styles of pan, hex washer head, pancake, flat, wafer and bugle. 6 The load data in the table is based upon sheet steel with Fu = 45 ksi. For Fu = 55 ksi steel, multiply values by 1.22. For Fu = 65 ksi steel, multiply values by 1.44. 7 Refer to Section 3.5.2.5 to ensure drilling capacities.
3.5.2 Kwik-Pro Self-Drilling Screws

Ultimate Tensile Strengths Pullover (Tension) lb (kN) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Washer or Screw Designation Head Diameter in. Thickness of member in contact with the screw head, ga (in.) 22 (0.030) 675 (3.00) 805 (3.58) 835 (3.71) 835 (3.71) 1010 (4.49) 615 (2.74) 630 (2.80) 740 (3.29) 875 (3.89) 830 (3.69) 740 (3.29) 20 (0.036) 18 (0.048) 16 (0.060) 14 (0.075) 1000 (4.45) 1370 (6.09) 2100 (9.34) 2100 (9.34) 2530 (11.25) 1000 (4.45) 1000 (4.45) 1370 (6.09) 1000 (4.45) 1370 (6.09) 1840 (8.18) 12 (0.090) 1000 (4.45) 1370 (6.09) 2325 (10.34) 2520 (11.21) 3040 (13.52) 1000 (4.45) 1000 (4.45) 1370 (6.09) 1000 (4.45) 1370 (6.09) 2170 (9.65) 10 (0.105) 1000 (4.45) 1370 (6.09) 2325 (10.34) 2940 (13.08) 3540 (13.75) 1000 (4.45) 1000 (4.45) 1370 (6.09) 1000 (4.45) 1370 (6.09) 2170 (9.65) 8 (0.135) 1000 (4.45) 1370 (6.09) 2325 (10.34) 3780 (16.81) 4560 (20.28) 1000 (4.45) 1000 (4.45) 1370 (6.09) 1000 (4.45) 1370 (6.09) 2170 (9.65)
Hex Washer Head (HWH) #8 #10 #12-14 #12-24 1/4 in. 0.335 0.399 0.415 0.415 0.500 815 1000 1000 (3.63) (4.45) (4.45) 970 1290 1370 (4.31) (5.74) (6.09) 1010 1340 1680 (4.49) (5.96) (7.47) 1010 1340 1680 (4.49) (5.96) (7.47) 1220 1620 2030 (5.43) (7.21) (9.03) Phillips Pan Head (PPH) 735 980 1000 (3.27) (4.36) (4.45) 755 1000 1000 (3.36) (4.45) (4.45) 885 1180 1370 (3.94) (5.25) (6.09) Phillips Truss Head (PTH) 1000 1000 1000 (4.45) (4.45) (4.45) Phillips Pancake Head (PPCH) 995 1325 1370 (4.43) (5.89) (6.09) Phillips Flat Truss Head (PFTH) 885 1180 1475 (3.94) (5.25) (6.56)
#7 #8 #10
0.303 0.311 0.364
#8
0.433
#10
0.409
#10
0.364
1. The lower of the ultimate pull-out, pullover, and tension fastener strength of screw should be used for design. 2. Load values based upon calculations done in accordance with Section E4 of the AISI North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members (NASPEC) 2001 edition with 2004 Supplement. 3. The NASPEC recommends a safety factor of 3.0 be applied for allowable strength design and a factor of 0.5 be applied for LRFD design. 4. ANSI/ASME standard screw head diameters were used in the calculations and are listed in the tables. 5. Phillips Bugle Head (PBH) and Phillips Wafer Head (PWH) styles are not covered by this table because they are not used for attachment of steel to steel. 6. The load data in the table is based upon sheet steel with Fu = 45 ksi. For Fu = 55 ksi steel, multiply values by 1.22. For Fu = 65 ksi steel, multiply values by 1.44. 7. Refer to Section 3.5.2.5 for drilling capacities.
Nominal Fastener Strength of Screw

Screw Designation #6-20 #7-18 #8-18 #10-16 #10-12 #12-14 #12-24 1/4 in. Nominal Diameter (in.) 0.138 0.151 0.164 0.190 0.190 0.216 0.216 0.250 Nominal Fastener Strength Tension, Pts Shear, Pss lb (kN)1 lb (kN)2,3,4 1000 (4.45) 890 (3.96) 1000 (4.45) 890 (3.96) 1000 (4.45) 1170 (5.20) 1370 (6.09) 1215 (5.40) 2170 (9.65) 1645 (7.32) 2325 (10.34) 1880 (8.36) 3900 (17.35) 2285 (10.16) 4580 (20.37) 2440 (10.85)
Torsional Strength Screw Only. Does Not Consider Base Material Limitations
Size 6-20 7-18 8-18 10-16 10-24 12-14 12-24 1/4-14 1/4-20 Min. Torsional Strength in-lb (Nm) 24 (2.7) 38 (4.3) 42 (4.8) 61 (6.9) 65 (7.3) 92 (10.4) 100 (11.3) 150 (17.0) 156 (17.6)
1 The lower of the ultimate pull-out, pullover, and tension fastener strength of screw should be used for design. The Pullout and Pullover tables in this section have already been adjusted where screw strength governs. 2 The lower of the ultimate shear fastener strength and shear bearing should be used for design. The Shear Bearing table in this section has already been adjusted where screw strength governs. 3 The NASPEC recommends a safety factor of 3.0 be applied for allowable strength design and a factor of 0.5 be applied for LRFD design. 4 When the distance to the end of the connected part is parallel to the line of the applied force the allowable shear fastener strength must be reduced for end distance, when necessary, in accordance with E4.3.2 of Appendix A of the AISI North American Specifications for the Design of Cold Formed Steel Structural Membrane (NASPEC) 2001 edition with 2004 Supplement.
Kwik-Pro Self-Drilling Screws 3.5.2

Ultimate Shear Strengths Bearing (Shear), lb (kN) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Screw Designation Nominal Diameter in. Thickness of member in contact with screw head, GA (in.) 20 (0.036) 18 (0.048) 16 (0.060) 20 (0.036) 18 (0.048) 16 (0.060) 20 (0.036) 18 (0.048) 16 (0.060) 20 (0.036) 18 (0.048) 16 (0.060) 14 (0.075) 20 (0.036) 18 (0.048) 16 (0.060) 14 (0.075) 20 (0.036) 18 (0.048) 16 (0.060) 14 (0.075) 12 (0.090) 20 (0.036) 18 (0.048) 16 (0.060) 14 (0.075) 12 (0.090) Thickness of member not in contact with the screw head, GA (in.) 20 (0.036) 500 (2.22) 500 (2.22) 500 (2.22) 525 (2.34) 525 (2.34) 525 (2.34) 565 (2.51) 565 (2.51) 565 (2.51) 565 (2.51) 565 (2.51) 565 (2.51) 565 (2.51) 600 (2.67) 600 (2.67) 600 (2.67) 600 (2.67) 600 (2.67) 600 (2.67) 600 (2.67) 600 (2.67) 600 (2.67) 645 (2.87) 645 (2.87) 645 (2.87) 645 (2.87) 645 (2.87) 18 (0.048) 660 (2.94) 660 (2.94) 660 (2.94) 715 (3.18) 805 (3.58) 805 (3.58) 830 (3.69) 865 (3.85) 865 (3.85) 830 (3.69) 865 (3.85) 865 (3.85) 865 (3.85) 930 (4.14) 925 (4.11) 925 (4.11) 925 (4.11) 930 (4.14) 925 (4.11) 925 (4.11) 925 (4.11) 925 (4.11) 1020 (4.54) 995 (4.43) 995 (4.43) 995 (4.43) 995 (4.43) 16 (0.060) 660 (2.94) 880 (3.91) 890 (3.96) 715 (3.18) 955 (4.25) 1120 (4.98) 830 (3.69) 1110 (4.94) 1210 (5.38) 830 (3.69) 1110 (4.94) 1210 (5.38) 1210 (5.38) 945 (4.20) 1260 (5.60) 1290 (5.74) 1290 (5.74) 945 (4.20) 1260 (5.60) 1290 (5.74) 1290 (5.74) 1290 (5.74) 1090 (4.85) 1400 (6.23) 1390 (6.18) 1390 (6.18) 1390 (6.18) 14 (0.075) 660 (2.94) 880 (3.91) 890 (3.96) 715 (3.18) 955 (4.25) 1170 (5.20) 830 (3.69) 1110 (4.94) 1215 (5.40) 830 (3.69) 1110 (4.94) 1390 (6.18) 1645 (7.32) 945 (4.20) 1260 (5.60) 1570 (6.98) 1800 (8.00) 945 (4.20) 1260 (5.60) 1570 (6.98) 1800 (8.00) 1800 (8.00) 1090 (4.85) 1460 (6.49) 1820 (8.10) 1940 (8.63) 1940 (8.63) 12 (0.090) 660 (2.94) 880 (3.91) 890 (3.96) 715 (3.18) 955 (4.25) 1170 (5.20) 830 (3.69) 1110 (4.94) 1215 (5.40) 830 (3.69) 1110 (4.94) 1390 (6.18) 1645 (7.32) 945 (4.20) 1260 (5.60) 1570 (6.98) 1800 (8.36) 945 (4.20) 1260 (5.60) 1570 (6.98) 1970 (8.76) 2285 (10.16) 1090 (4.85) 1460 (6.49) 1820 (8.10) 2280 (10.14) 2440 (10.85)
#7
0.151
#8
0.164
#10-16
0.190
#10-12
0.190
#12-14
0.216
#12-24
0.216
1/4 in.
0.250
1 The lower of the ultimate shear bearing and shear fastener strength of screw should be used for design. 2 Load values based upon calculations done in accordance with Section E4 of the AISI North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members (NASPEC) 2001 edition with 2004 Supplement. 3 The NASPEC recommends a safety factor of 3.0 be applied for allowable strength design and a factor of 0.5 be applied for LRFD design. 4 ANSI/ASME standard screw head diameters were used in the calculations and are listed in the tables.
5 Load values in table are for Hex Washer Head (HWH and HHWH), Phillips Pan Head (PPH), Phillips Truss Head (PTH), Phillips Pancake Head (PPCH), and Phillips Flat Truss Head (PFTH) style screws. Phillips Bugle Head (PBH) and Phillips Wafer Head (PWH) styles are not covered by this table because they are not used for attachment of steel to steel. 6 The load data in the table is based upon sheet steel with Fu = 45 ksi. For Fu = 55 ksi steel, multiply values by 1.22. For Fu = 65 ksi steel, multiply values by 1.44. 7 Refer to Section 3.5.2.5 to ensure drilling capacities.
Warning: Because of the potential for delayed hydrogen assisted stress corrosion cracking, many hardened steel fasteners are not recommended for use with dissimilar metals or chemically treated wood when moisture may be present or in corrosive environments. For further information, contact Hilti Technical Support at 1-877-749-6337.

Steel Deck Diaphragms For allowable diaphragm loads and stiffness values for steel roof or floor deck utilizing Hilti self-drilling screws as frame or sidelap fasteners, download Hiltis Profis DF software at www.us.hilti.com (US), or www.hilti.ca (Canada). Helpful Tip: To estimate the number of sidelap screws on a steel roof or floor deck project, multiply the total deck area in square feet times the number of required stitch screws per span and then divide by the sheet width times the joist spacing (both in feet). A 5% contingency is also recommended for waste and loss. Example: Total area: . . . . . . . . . . . . 50,000 square feet Sheet width: . . . . . . . . . . 36" = 3 ft Joist spacing: . . . . . . . . . 5 ft No. of sidelap fasteners per span: 5 # of screws needed = 50,000 ft2 x 5 x 1.05 = 17,500 3 ft x 5 ft

It is essential that proper rpm, setting depth and torque be utilized when installing Hilti screws. Install self-drilling screws perpendicular to the work surface. The self-drilling feature of the screw will drill a hole completely through the base material before tapping the threads. Do not apply excessive pressure. Too much pressure will slow the speed of the screwdriver, increasing the install time and possibly leading to drill tip failure. The variable speed motors of Hilti screwdrivers enable the operator to start the screw in a precise position and drive it at the speed best suited for the application. The Hilti ST 2500 Heavy Duty Screwdriver features a 2,500 rpm motor for fastening self-drilling screws in steel up to (6mm) thick. There is a depth gauge on the front of the tool for correct depth setting of screws. The Hilti ST 1800 Heavy Duty Torque Adjustable Screwdriver features a 1,800 rpm for fastening self-drilling screws in steel up (13mm) thick. There is a depth gauge on the front of the tool for correct depth setting of screws. There is also an 18 position adjustable torque clutch for correct torque release setting of screws. By avoiding overdriving, proper torque adjustment will deliver consistent fastening quality. The ST 1800 may also be operated with the SDT-25 for a standup decking system to fasten sidelaps. Socket & Bit Sizes
Screw Size #8 #10 #12 1/4" Magnetic Nut Setter Size 1/4" 5/16" 5/16" 3/8" Phillips Bit Size 2 2 3 3
Kwik-Pro Self-Drilling Screws 3.5.2 3.5.2.5 Ordering Information
Collated Self-Drilling Screws

Light/Medium Gauge Metal Applications (Sidelap)
Description S-MD 10-16 x 7/8 HWH Collated S-MD 12-14 x 1 HWH Collated Thread Length 3/8" 3/4" Drilling Capacity Min Max 0.028" 0.120" 0.028" 0.120" Maximum Total Thickness (MT)1 3/16" 0.188" 3/8" 0.375" Recess 5/16" 5/16" Coating2 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Box Qty 250 250
Medium/Heavy Gauge Metal Applications (Frame Fastener)

Description S-MD 10-16 x 3/4 HWH#3 Collated S-MD 12-24 x 7/8 HWH#4 Collated
1 Refer to Figure in Section 3.5.1.5. 2 For coating abbreviations, Zinc-1 = ASTM F 1941.
Thread Length 1/2" 1/2"
Drilling Capacity Min Max 0.110" 0.175" 0.175" 0.312"
Maximum Total Thickness (MT)1 3/8" 0.375" 3/8" 0.375"
Recess 5/16" 5/16"
Coating2 Zinc-1 Zinc-1
Box Qty 250 250
PPH
HWH
#5 Point
Stitch
HWH Kwik-Seal
HWH with bonded washer
PFH with wings
PWH
Single Self-Drilling Screws

Sidelap (unsupported metal sheets)
Description Unexposed to Weather S-MD 12-14x1 HHWH Stitch S-MD 10-16x7/8 HHWH Pilot Point Exposed to Weather S-MD 1/4-14x7/8 HWH Stitch Kwik-Seal Thread Length 3/4" 3/8" 1/2" Drilling Capacity Min Max 0.028" 0.028" 0.028" 0.120" 0.120" 0.140" Maximum Total Thickness (MT)1 3/8" 3/16" 5/16" 0.375" 0.188" 0.313" Recess 5/16" 5/16" 5/16" Coating2 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 KwikCote Box Qty 3000 6000 2500
Light Gauge Applications: Steel to Steel

Description S-MD 8-18x1/2 HWH #2 S-MD 8-18x3/4 HWH #2 S-MD 8-18x1/2 PPH #2 S-MD 10-16x1/2 HWH #2 S-MD 10-16x3/4 HWH #2 S-MD 10-16x1 HWH #2 Thread Length 1/4" 1/2" 1/4" 5/16" 1/2" 3/4" Drilling Capacity Min Max 0.035" 0.100" 0.035" 0.100" 0.035" 0.100" 0.035" 0.110" 0.035" 0.110" 0.035" 0.110" Maximum Total Thickness (MT)1 1/8" 0.125" 3/8" 0.375" 1/8" 0.125" 3/16" 0.188" 5/16" 0.313" 1/2" 0.500" Recess 1/4" 1/4" PHL #2 5/16" 5/16" 5/16" Coating2 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Box Qty 1000 1000 1000 85000 65000 5000
1 Refer to Figure in Section 3.5.1.5. 2 For coating abbreviations, Zinc-1 = ASTM F 1941; Kwik Cote = Proprietary Coating, Section 3.5.2.2.

Light / Medium Gauge Metal Applications
Description Unexposed to Weather S-MD 10-16x5/8 HWH #3 S-MD 10-16x3/4 HWH #3 S-MD 10-16x1 HWH #3 S-MD 10-16x1 1/4 HWH #3 S-MD 10-16x1 1/2 HWH #3 S-MD 10-16x5/8 PPH #3 S-MD 10-16x3/4 PPH #3 S-MD 12-14x3/4 HWH #3 S-MD 12-14x1 HWH #3 S-MD 12-14x1 1/2 HWH #3 S-MD 12-14x2 HWH #3 S-MD 1/4-14x3/4 HWH #3 S-MD 1/4-14x1 HWH #3 S-MD 1/4-14x1 1/2 HWH #3 S-MD 1/4-14x2 HWH #3 Exposed to Weather S-MD 12-14x3/4 HWH #2 Kwik-Seal S-MD 12-14x1 HWH #2 Kwik-Seal S-MD 12-14x1 1/4 HWH #2 Kwik-Seal S-MD 12-14x1 1/2 HWH #2 Kwik-Seal S-MD 12-14x2 HWH #2 Kwik-Seal S-MD 1/4-14x3/4 HWH #3 Kwik-Seal S-MD 1/4-14x1 HWH #3 Kwik-Seal S-MD 1/4-14x1 1/2 HWH #3 Kwik-Seal Thread Length 5/16" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 5/16" 1/2" 1/2" 3/4" 1-1/4" 1-5/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1-1/4" 1-5/8" 1/4" 5/8" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 1/4" 5/8" 1" Drilling Capacity Min Max 0.110" 0.110" 0.110" 0.110" 0.110" 0.110" 0.110" 0.110" 0.110" 0.110" 0.110" 0.110" 0.110" 0.110" 0.110" 0.035" 0.035" 0.035" 0.035" 0.035" 0.110" 0.110" 0.110" 0.175" 0.175" 0.175" 0.175" 0.175" 0.175" 0.175" 0.210" 0.210" 0.210" 0.210" 0.220" 0.220" 0.220" 0.220" 0.140" 0.140" 0.140" 0.140" 0.140" 0.220" 0.220" 0.220" Maximum Total Thickness (MT)1 3/16" 3/8" 5/8" 7/8" 1-1/8" 5/16" 3/8" 5/16" 9/16" 1-1/16" 1-9/16" 5/16" 9/16" 1-1/16" 1-9/16" 1/8" 3/8" 5/8" 7/8" 1-3/8" 1/8" 3/8" 7/8" 0.187" 0.375" 0.625" 0.875" 1.125" 0.313" 0.375" 0.313" 0.562" 1.062" 1.562" 0.313" 0.562" 1.062" 1.562" 0.125" 0.375" 0.625" 0.875" 1.375" 0.125" 0.375" 0.875" Recess 5/16" 5/16" 5/16" 5/16" 5/16" PHL #2 PHL #2 5/16" 5/16" 5/16" 5/16" 3/8" 3/8" 3/8" 3/8" 5/16" 5/16" 5/16" 5/16" 5/16" 3/8" 3/8" 3/8" Coating2 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Kwik-Cote Kwik-Cote Kwik-Cote Kwik-Cote Kwik-Cote Kwik-Cote Kwik-Cote Kwik-Cote Box Qty 7500 6500 5000 4000 4000 7500 6500 5000 3000 2500 2000 4000 3000 2000 1000 3000 2500 2000 2000 1500 2500 2000 1500
1 Refer to Figure in Section 3.5.1.5. 2 For coating abbreviations, Zinc-1 = ASTM F 1941, Kwik-Cote = Proprietary Coating, Section 3.5.2.2.
Single Self-Drilling Screws Heavy Gauge Metal Applications

Description Unexposed to Weather S-MD 12-24x7/8 HWH #4 S-MD 12-24x1 1/4 HWH #4 S-MD 12-24x1 1/4 HWH #5 S-MD 12-24x2 HWH #5 Kwik-Cote S-MD 12-24x3 HWH #5 Kwik-Cote S-MD 12-24x1 1/4 HWH #5 Kwik-Cote Exposed to Weather S-MD 12-24x1 1/4 HWH #5 Kwik-Cote Bond Washer Thread Length 1/2" 3/4" 1/2" 1-1/4" 2-1/4" 1/2" Drilling Capacity Min Max 0.175" 0.175" 0.250" 0.250" 0.250" 0.250" 0.250" 0.250" 0.500" 0.500" 0.500" 0.500" Maximum Total Thickness (MT)1 3/8" 5/8" 7/16" 1-3/16" 2-3/16" 5/16" 0.375" 0.625" 0.437" 1.187" 2.187" 0.313" Recess Coating2 5/16" 5/16" 5/16" 5/16" 5/16" 5/16" Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 KwikCote KwikCote KwikCote Box Qty 4500 3500 4000 2000 1000 4000
1/2"
0.250"
0.500"
5/16"
0.313
5/16
KwikCote
2500
1 Refer to Figure in Section 3.5.1.5. 2 For coating abbreviations, Zinc-1 = ASTM F 1941; Kwik Cote = Proprietary Coating, Section 3.5.2.2.
Kwik-Pro Self-Drilling Screws 3.5.2

Wood to Steel Applications
Description Decking Screws (Plywood to Framing) S-WD 8-18x1 5/16 PFH #3 S-WD 8-18x1 15/16 PFH #3 Wafer Head (Plywood <1/2" to Framing) S-WD 10-24x1 PWH #3 S-WD 10-24x1 1/4 PWH #3 S-WD 10-24x1 1/2PWH #3 Small Wing Screws (3/4" Plywood to Framing) S-WW 10-24x1 7/16 PWH #3 wings Flooring Screws 1 3/4" Wood to Steel Member S-WW 12-24x2 PFH #4 wings S-WW 12-24x2 1/2 PFH #4 wings Wood 2" S-WW 14-20x2 3/4 PFH #4 wings
1 Refer to Figure in Section 3.5.1.5. 2 For coating abbreviations, Zinc-1 = ASTM F 1941; BP = Black Phosphate
Thread Length 1/2" 5/8"
Drilling Capacity Min Max 0.050" 0.050" 0.140" 0.140"
Maximum Total Thickness (MT)1 1/2" 3/4" 0.500" 0.750"
Recess Coating2 PHL #2 PHL #2 BP BP
Box Qty 6000 4000
3/4" 1" 1-1/4"
0.050" 0.050" 0.050"
0.175" 0.175" 0.175"
5/8" 7/8" 1-1/8"
0.625" 0.875" 1.125"
PHL #2 PHL #2 PHL #2
Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1
6000 5000 3500
1"
0.050"
0.175"
3/4"
0.750"
PHL #2
Zinc-1
4000
1-3/8" 2"
0.050" 0.050"
0.232" 0.232"
1-1/4" 1-3/4"
1.250" 1.750"
PHL #2 PHL #2
Zinc-1 Zinc-1
2000 1500
2-1/4"
0.050"
0.250"
2"
2.000"
PHL #2
Zinc-1
1000
Ductwork and HVAC

Thread Length 1/4" 1/2" 3/4" 1/4" 1/2" 3/4" 1-1/4" 5/16" 1/2" 3/4" 5/16" 1/2" 3/4" 1/2" Drilling Capacity Min Max 0.035" 0.100" 0.035" 0.100" 0.035" 0.100" 0.035" 0.100" 0.035" 0.100" 0.035" 0.100" 0.035" 0.100" 0.035" 0.110" 0.035" 0.110" 0.035" 0.110" 0.110" 0.175" 0.110" 0.175" 0.110" 0.175" 0.028" 0.120" Maximum Total Thickness (MT)1 1/8" 0.125" 3/8" 0.325" 1/2" 0.500" 1/8" 0.125" 3/8" 0.325" 1/2" 0.500" 1" 1.000" 3/16" 0.187" 7/16" 0.437" 11/16" 0.687" 3/16" 0.187" 3/8" 0.375" 5/8" 0.625" 3/16" 0.188" Box Qty 10000 10000 8000 10000 10000 8000 5000 8500 6500 5000 7500 6500 5000 6000
Description S-MD 8-18x1/2 HWH #2 S-MD 8-18x3/4 HWH #2 S-MD 8-18x1 HWH #2 S-MD 8-18x1/2 PPH #2 S-MD 8-18x3/4 PPH #2 S-MD 8-18x1 PPH #2 S-MD 8-18x1 1/2 PPH #2 S-MD 10-16x1/2 HWH #2 S-MD 10-16x3/4 HWH #2 S-MD 10-16x1 HWH #2 S-MD 10-16x5/8 PPH #3 S-MD 10-16x3/4 PPH #3 S-MD 10-16x1 PPH #3 S-MD 10-16x7/8 HHWH Pilot Point
1 Refer to Figure in Section 3.5.1.5.
Recess 1/4" 1/4" 1/4" PHL #2 PHL #2 PHL #2 PHL #2 5/16" 5/16" 5/16" PHL #2 PHL #2 PHL #2 5/16"
Coating2 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1
2 For coating abbreviations, Zinc-1 = ASTM F 1941; BP = Black Phosphate

Drywall Applications (Drywall to steel, framing and lathing screws)
Description 6 x 1 PBH SD 6 x 1 PBH SD Zinc 6 x 1-1/8 PBH SD 6 x 1-1/8 PBH SD Zinc 6 x 1-1/4 PBH SD 6 x 1-1/4 PBH SD Zinc 6 x 1-5/8 PBH SD 6 x 1-5/8 PBH SD Zinc 6 x 1-7/8 PBH SD 6 x 1-7/8 PBH SD Zinc 8 x 2-3/8 PBH SD 8 x 2-3/8 PBH SD Zinc 8 x 2-5/8 PBH SD 8 x 2-5/8 PBH SD Zinc 8 x 3 PBH SD 8 x 3 PBH SD Zinc 7 x 7/16 PPFH SD Framer 7 x 7/16 PPFH SD Framer Zinc 8 x 1/2 PPH SD Framer Zinc 10 x 5/8 PPCH SD Framer 10 x 3/4 PFTH SD Framer Zinc 8 x 1/2 PTH SD Lathing Zinc 8 x 3/4 PTH SD Lathing Zinc 8 x 1 PTH SD Lathing Zinc 8 x 1-1/4 PTH SD Lathing Zinc 6 x 1-5/8 SFH SD 6 x 1-5/8 SFH SD Zinc 6 x 2-1/4 SFH SD 6 x 2-1/4 SFH SD Zinc Coating1 BP Zinc-2 BP Zinc-2 BP Zinc-2 BP Zinc-2 BP Zinc-2 BP Zinc-2 BP Zinc-2 BP Zinc-2 BP Zinc-2 Zinc-2 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-2 Zinc-2 Zinc-2 Zinc-2 BP Zinc-2 BP Zinc-2 Box Qty 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 8,000 8,000 5,000 5,000 4,000 4,000 2,500 2,500 1,600 1,600 1,400 1,400 10,000 10,000 10,000 7,500 7,500 10,000 10,000 8,000 8,000 5,000 5,000 3,000 3,000 Application Fastening Drywall, plywood, insulation, etc. to metal studs from 14 ga to 20 ga
Fastening stud to track from 14 ga to 20 ga
Fastening wire lath to 14 ga to 20 ga
Fastening wood trim and base to 14 ga to 20 ga studs
1 For coating abbreviations, Zinc-1 = ASTM F 1941; Zinc-2 = EN /ISO 4042 A/72/E; BP = Black Phosphate
Kwik-Flex Self-Drilling Screws 3.5.3 3.5.3.1 Product Description

Hilti Kwik-Flex fasteners combine the in-place economy of self-drilling screws with the strength and performance of bolted connections. The precisionmilled point and lead threads of a KwikFlex fastener are selectively hardened for dependable self-drilling and tapping. The balance of the fastener retains the ductility. This results in superior resistance to embrittlement that can be caused by stress, dissimilar metals and moisture. Product Features Virtually immune to embrittlement failure Self-drilling for convenience, labor savings Kwik-Cote finish provides up to three times the corrosion resistance of cadmium or zinc plating Complies with the Buy America Act Suitable for: Aluminum to steel Fire retardant plywood Corrosive environments
Tapping Threads eliminate nuts to simplify installation Hex Washer Head: uses standard tools, efficient drive system, resists pullover Precision-milled drill point speeds installation
3.5.3.1 3.5.3.2 3.5.3.3 3.5.3.4 3.5.3.5
Product Description Material Specifications Technical Data Installation Instructions Ordering Information
Kwik-Flex Head: Marking simplifies inspection
Shank has Grade 5 bolt ductility and strength (SAE J429 and ASTM A 449) without embrittlement; Rc 28-34 hardness
Hardened to Rockwell C52 min. for drilling and tapping
Flutes remove metal chips for easy drilling
Listings/Approvals

Material strength of fasteners
Mechanical Yield Strength, Fy Properties Tensile Strength Fu
ICC-ES (International Code Council) ER-4780
ksi (MPa) 92 (634)
ksi (MPa) 120 (828)

Kwik-Flex Screw Specification Table
Fastener Size/Diameter Fastened Material Minimum Spacing (in.) Minimum Edge Distance (in.)
No. 10 No. 12 1/4 Inch
Steel Aluminum Steel Aluminum Steel Aluminum
5/8 15/32 11/16 9/16 3/4 5/8
9/32 3/8 3/8 7/16 3/8 1/2
Note: These fasteners address delayed failure due to hydrogen assisted stress corrosion cracking. They are not any more resistant to other corrosion effects than standard Hilti Kwik-Cote screws.
3.5.3 Kwik-Flex Self-Drilling Screws

Kwik-Flex Screw Allowable Pull-Out Values (Tension)1,4
Pullout (lb) Screw Size 10-16 12-14 1/4-14 1/4-20 Drill Point Type 3 3 3 4 Drill Cap.2 (in.) 0.150 0.187 0.187 0.312 Steel Gauge3 or Thickness (in.) 18 GA 16 GA 14 GA 12 GA 158 158 159 200 210 212 206 254 284 274 260 638 460 480 500 1/8 677 620 740 765 3/16 1159 1015 1045 1/4 1215 5/16 1275 3/8 1/2 Aluminum Thickness (in.) 1/8 306 210 240 230 1/4 914 969 700 3/8 1473
1 Steel members shall conform to ASTM A 36. Aluminum members shall be 6063-T5 aluminum alloy. 2 The maximum drill capacity is the maximum metal thickness the fastener can self-drill and self-tap. 3 The base-metal thickness of No. 12 gauge steel is 0.105", of No. 14 gauge steel is 0.075", of No. 16 gauge steel is 0.060" and of No. 18 gauge steel is 0.048". 4 Based on using a safety factor of 3.0.
Kwik-Flex Screw Allowable Shear Values 1,4

Shear (lb) Screw Size Drill Point Type 3 3 3 4 Drill Cap.2 (in.) 0.150 0.187 0.187 0.312 Steel 18-18 GA 545 526 558 540 18-14 GA 693 847 925 835 Gauge3 or Thickness (in.) 1/8"-3/16" 3/16"-1/4" 635 670 715 1/4"-12 GA 660 Aluminum Thickness (in.) 1/8"-1/8" 1/8"-1/4" 587 335 405 395 475 590 570
16-16 GA 585 662 672 633
14-14 GA 727 967 980
10-16 12-14 1/4-14 1/4-20
1 Steel members shall conform to ASTM A 36. Aluminum members shall be 6063-T5 aluminum alloy. 2 The maximum drill capacity is the maximum metal thickness the fastener can self-drill and self-tap. 3 The base-metal thickness of No. 12 gauge steel is 0.105", of No. 14 gauge steel is 0.075", of No. 16 gauge steel is 0.060" and of No. 18 gauge steel is 0.048". 4 Based on using a safety factor of 3.0.
Kwik-Flex Self-Drilling Screws 3.5.3 3.5.3.4 Installation Instructions

Self-drilling/Self-tapping Fasteners: Self-drilling/self-tapping fasteners are installed without predrilling holes in the receiving member of the connection. The drilling function of the fastener must be completed prior to the lead threads of the fastener engaging the metal. This is normally accomplished by predrilling a clearance hole in the component being fastened to the receiving member. Clearance holes shall be 15/64" and 17/64" in diameter for No. 12 and 1/4" diameter fasteners, respectively. Fasteners must be installed with a 1800 to 2500 rpm electric screwdriver incorporating a depth sensitive or torque-limiting nosepiece. Installed fasteners shall protrude through the attached members with the highhardness drill point and lead threads beyond the attached members.

Description 10-16 x 3/4 HWH #3 10-24 x 1 1/4 PWH #3 12-14 x 1 PFHUC #3 12-14 x 7/8 HWH #3 12-14 x 1 HWH #3 12-14 x 1 1/2 HWH #3 12-14 x 2 HWH #3 1/4-14 x 1 HWH #3 1/4-14 x 1 1/2 HWH #3 1/4-14 x 2 HWH #3 1/4-20 x 1 1/2 HWH #4 1/4-20 x 2 HWH #4 Thread Length (in.) 0.350 0.850 0.530 0.470 0.530 1.030 1.530 0.480 0.950 1.480 0.860 1.360 Coating1 Kwik-Cote Organic Box Qty 6,000 5,000 4,000 5,000 4,000 2,500 2,000 3,000 2,000 1,500 2,000 1,500
1 Refer to Section 2.3 for more information regarding corrosion protection.
Notes
Notes
Anchoring Systems
Anchoring Systems Table of Contents

4.1 4.1.1 4.1.2 4.1.3 4.1.4 4.1.5 4.1.6 4.1.6.1 4.1.7 4.1.8 4.1.8.1 4.1.8.2 4.1.8.3 4.1.8.4 4.1.8.5 4.1.9 4.1.9.1 4.1.9.2 4.1.9.3 4.1.9.4 4.1.9.5 4.1.9.6 4.1.9.7 4.1.9.8 4.1.10 4.1.11 4.1.12 4.1.13 4.1.14 4.2 4.2.1 4.2.2 4.2.3 4.2.4 4.2.5 4.2.6 4.2.7 4.2.8
Anchor Principles & Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Allowable Stress Design (ASD) Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Strength Design (SD) Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Anchors in Concrete and Masonry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Anchor Working Principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Anchor Behavior Under Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Long Term Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Anchor Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Allowable Stress Design (ASD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Recommended Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Critical and Minimum Spacing and Edge Distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Interaction ASD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Bolt Bending ASD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Increase in Capacity for Short Term Loading ASD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Strength Design SD (LRFD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Load Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 General Requirements for Anchor Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Strength Reduction Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Design Requirements for Tensile Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Design Requirements for Shear Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Interaction Strength Design (LRFD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Required Edge Distances, Anchor Spacing and Member Thickness Strength Design (LRFD) . . 141 Bolt Bending Strength Design (LRFD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Torquing and Pretensioning of Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Design of Anchors for Fatigue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Design of Anchors for Fire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Design of Post-Installed Reinforcing Bar Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Anchor Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Adhesive Anchoring Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 HVA Capsule Adhesive Anchoring System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 The Hilti HIT System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 HIT-TZ with HIT HY 150 MAX or HIT ICE Adhesive Anchoring System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 HIT RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 HIT HY 20 for Masonry Construction Adhesive Anchoring System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Anchoring Systems
Anchoring Systems Table of Contents

4.3 4.3.1 4.3.2 4.3.3 4.3.4 4.3.5 4.3.6 4.3.7 4.3.8 4.3.9 4.3.10 4.3.11 4.3.12 4.3.13 4.3.14 4.3.15 4.3.16 4.3.17 4.3.18 Mechanical Anchoring Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 HDA Undercut Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 HSL-3 Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 HSL Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328 HUS-H Screw Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353 HCA Coil anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359 HDI & HDI-L Drop-In Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362 HDI-P Drop-In Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366 HCI-WF/MD Cast-In Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367 HLC Sleeve Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371 KWIK-CON II+ Fastening System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375 Metal Hit Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381 HPS-1 Impact Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382 HTB TOGGLER Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384 HLD Kwik Tog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385 HSP/HFP Drywall Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386 IDP Insulation Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Anchoring Systems
4.1 Anchor Principles & Design 4.1.1 Allowable Stress Design (ASD) Terminology
The following terminology is generally compliant with that used in ICC-ES acceptance criteria for allowable stress design of anchors. Anom Asl Ast c = nominal bolt cross sectional area = cross sectional area of anchor sleeve = tensile stress area of threaded part = distance from anchor centerline to free edge of base material = critical edge distance = minimum edge distance = anchor bolt diameter (shank diameter) = nominal drill bit diameter = diameter of clearance hole in attachment (e.g. baseplate) = nominal anchor diameter = anchor O.D. = washer diameter = adjustment factor for anchor spacing = concrete compressive strength as measured by testing of cylinders = specified concrete compressive strength = adjustment factor for edge distance, tension loading = adjustment factor for edge distance, shear loading perpendicular and towards free edge = adjustment factor for edge distance, shear loading parallel to edge = adjustment factor for edge distance, shear loading perpendicular and away from free edge = specified reinforcing bar yield strength = specified bolt minimum yield strength = specified bolt minimum ultimate strength = thickness of member in which anchor is embedded as measured parallel to anchor axis s sW t fix smin Nd Nrec s scr
th
hef hmin hnom
= effective anchor embedment = minimum member thickness = dimension from base material surface to bottom of anchor (prior to setting is applicable) = depth of full diameter hole in base material = anchor embedded length = anchor useable thread length = characteristic flexural resistance of anchor bolt (5% fractile) = allowable load (based on mean value from tests and a global safety factor) = design tension load (unfactored) = recommended tension load = anchor axial spacing = critical spacing between adjacent loaded anchors = minimum spacing between adjacent loaded anchors = elastic section modulus of anchor bolt = width of anchor nut across flats = maximum thickness of attachment (e.g. baseplate) to be fastened = recommended anchor installation torque = maximum tightening torque = allowable shear load (based on mean value from tests and a global safety factor) = design shear load (unfactored) = recommended shear load
ho
ccr cmin d dbit dh
MuM,5%
Nallow
dnom do dw fa fc
f 'c fRN
Tinst Tmax Vallow
fRV1
fRV2
Vd Vrec
fRV3
fy Fy Fu h
Anchoring Systems
Anchor Principles & Design 4.1 4.1.2 Strength Design (SD) Terminology
The following terminology is generally compliant with that used in ACI 318-05 Appendix D for the strength design of anchors. A Nc = the projected area of the failure surface for the anchor or group of anchors for calculation of strength in tension = the projected area of the failure surface of a single anchor without the influence of proximate edges for calculation of strength in tension = cross sectional area of anchor sleeve = tensile stress area of threaded part = the projected area of the failure surface for the anchor or group of anchors for calculation of strength in shear = the projected area of the failure surface of a single anchor without the influence of proximate edges for the calculation of strength in shear = distance from anchor centerline to free edge of base material = critical edge distance required to develop the basic concrete breakout strength of a postinstalled anchor in uncracked concrete with out supplementary reinforcement to control splitting = distance to furthest edge (ca,max < 1.5cac ) from anchor centerline = distance to closest edge (ca,min < 1.5cac ) from anchor centerline = distance from edge to anchor centerline; for a group of anchors, the distance from the edge to the axis of the furthest anchor row = limiting value of when anchors are located less than 1.5 h ef from three or more edges = distance from centerline of anchor to edge of concrete in the direction perpendicular to c a1 = critical edge distance = minimum edge distance n d dbit dh = anchor bolt diameter (shank diameter) = nominal drill bit diameter = diameter of clearance hole in attachment (e.g. baseplate) = nominal anchor diameter Nb do e'N = anchor O.D. = distance between geometric centroid of a group of anchors loaded in tension, and the resultant tension load applied to the group = distance between geometric centroid of a group of anchors loaded in shear, and the resultant shear load applied to the group = concrete compressive strength as measured by testing of cylinders = specified concrete compressive strength = specified bolt minimum yield strength = specified bolt minimum ultimate strength = thickness of member in which anchor is embedded as measured parallel to anchor axis = effective anchor embedment = minimum member thickness = depth of full diameter hole in base material = coefficient for basic concrete strength in tension, cracked concrete = coefficient for basic concrete strength in tension, uncracked concrete = coefficient for pryout strength = load-bearing length of anchor for shear, not to exceed 8do, in. = hef for anchors with a constant stiffness over the full length of the embedded section, such as headed studs or post-installed anchors with one tubular shell over the full length of the embedment depth = 2 d 0 for torque-controlled expansion anchors with a distance sleeve separated from the expansion sleeve
th
e'V
A Nco
fc
A sl A se A Vc
f 'c fya futa h
A Vco
hef hmin h0 kcr
cac
kuncr
kcp
e
ca,max
ca,min
ca1
c'a1
ca2
= anchor useable thread length = characteristic flexural resistance of anchor bolt (5% fractile) = number of anchors in a group = basic concrete breakout strength in tension of a single anchor in cracked concrete = nominal concrete breakout strength of a single anchor in tension
ccr cmin
MuM,5%
Ncb
dnom
Anchoring Systems
4.1 Anchor Principles & Design 4.1.2 Strength Design (SD) Terminology
Ncbg = nominal concrete breakout strength of a group of anchors in tension = nominal strength in tension = pullout strength of a single anchor in cracked concrete = nominal pullout strength of a single anchor = nominal strength in tension of a single anchor or group of anchors as governed by steel strength = side face blowout strength of a single anchor = side face blowout strength of a group of anchors = factored tensile force applied to an anchor or group of anchors = anchor axial spacing = critical spacing between adjacent loaded anchors = minimum spacing between adjacent loaded anchors = elastic section modulus of anchor bolt = maximum thickness of attachment (e.g. baseplate) to be fastened = recommended anchor installation torque = maximum tightening torque = basic concrete breakout strength in shear of a single anchor in cracked concrete = nominal concrete breakout strength of a single anchor in shear = nominal concrete breakout strength of a group of anchors in shear = nominal pryout strength of a single anchor = nominal pryout strength of a group of anchors = nominal strength in shear = nominal strength in shear of a single anchor or group of anchors as governed by steel strength = factored shear force applied to a single anchor or group of anchors = strength reduction factor = factor modifying the concrete breakout strength of anchors in tension based on whether the concrete is considered to be cracked or uncracked for design purposes
c,p
Nn Np
= factor modifying the pullout strength of anchors in tension based on whether the concrete is considered to be cracked or uncracked for design purposes = factor modifying the shear strength of anchors based on whether the concrete is considered to be cracked or uncracked and whether supplementary reinforcement is present = factor modifying the tension strength of anchors in uncracked concrete where supplementary reinforcement is not present = factor modifying the tension strength of anchors subjected to eccentric tension loading = factor modifying the shear strength of anchors subjected to eccentric shear loading = factor modifying the tension strength of anchors based on proximity to near edges = factor modifying the shear strength of anchors based on proximity to near edges
c,V
Npn Nsa
cp,N
Nsb Nsbg Nua
ec,N ec,V ed,N ed,V
s scr
smin
s tfix
4.1.3 Definitions
Adhesive Anchor System = a device for transferring tension and shear loads to structural concrete, consisting of an anchor element embedded with an adhesive compound in a cylindrical hole drilled in hardened concrete. The system includes the fastening itself and the necessary accessories to install it appropriately. Anchor Category = an assigned rating that corresponds to a specific strength reduction factor for concrete failure modes associated with anchors in tension. The anchor category is established based on the performance of the anchor in reliability tests Anchor Group = a group of anchors of approximately equal embedment and stiffness where the maximum anchor spacing is less than the critical spacing Anchor Spacing = centerline to centerline distance between adjacent loaded anchors Attachment = the structural assembly, external to the surface of the concrete, that transmits loads to or receives loads from the base material Characteristic capacity = 5% fractile of the anchor capacity, defined as that value that will be exceeded by 95% of the population with a 90% confidence Concrete Breakout = failure of the anchor characterized by the formation of a conical fracture surface originating at or near the embedded end of the anchor element and projecting to the surface of the base material. An angle between the
Tinst Tmax Vb
Vcb
Vcbg
Vcp Vcpg Vn Vsa
Vua
c,N
Anchoring Systems
Anchor Principles & Design 4.1

surface and the breakout of 35 (Strength Design) or 45 (ASD) can be assumed. Cracked Concrete = condition of concrete in which the anchor is installed; concrete is assumed to be cracked (ft>fr) for anchor design purposes if cracks could form in the concrete at or near the anchor location over the service life of the anchor. Cracked concrete must be assumed for Seismic Design Category C through F. Critical Spacing = required spacing between adjacent loaded anchors to achieve full capacity Critical Edge Distance = required edge distance to achieve full capacity Cure Time = the elapsed time after mixing of the adhesive material components to achieve a state of hardening of the adhesive material in the drilled hole corresponding to the design mechanical properties and resistances. After the full cure time loads can be applied. Displacement Controlled Expansion Anchor = an expansion anchor designed to expand in response to driving a plug into the anchor body Ductile Steel Element = an element with a tensile test elongation of at least 14% and corresponding reduction of area of at least 30% at failure Gel Time = the elapsed time after mixing of the adhesive material components to onset of significant chemical reaction as characterized by an increase in viscosity. During the gel time the anchors can be inserted. After the gel time has elapsed, the anchors must not be disturbed. Edge Distance = distance from centerline of anchor to free edge of base material in which the anchor is installed Effective Embedment Depth = effective anchor embedment equal to distance from surface of base material to point of load introduction into the base material, for expansion anchors taken as distance from surface of base material to tip of expansion element(s) Minimum Edge Distance = minimum edge distance to preclude splitting of the base material during anchor installation Minimum Spacing = minimum spacing between adjacent loaded anchors to preclude splitting of the base material during anchor installation Minimum Member Thickness = required thickness of member in which anchor is embedded to prevent splitting of the base material Projected Area = the area on the free surface of the concrete member that is used to represent the base of the assumed rectilinear failure surface Side Face Blowout = failure mode characterized by blowout of side cover of an anchor loaded in tension Supplementary Reinforcement = reinforcement that is proportioned and positioned to tie the concrete breakout surface into the structural member Torque Controlled Expansion Anchor = an expansion anchor designed to expand with the application of torque to the anchor bolt or nut Torque Controlled Adhesive Anchor = an adhesive anchor employing an anchor element designed to generate expansion forces in response to tension loading Undercut Anchor = a mechanical anchor designed to interlock with drilled deformations (undercuts) in the base material
4.1.4 Anchors in Concrete and Masonry

Anchor bolts fulfill a variety of needs in construction, from securing column baseplates to supporting mechanical and electrical systems; from attaching facade panels to anchoring guardrails. Critical connections, i.e., those that are either safety-related or whose failure could result in significant financial loss, require robust anchor solutions capable of providing a verifiable and durable load path. The proper selection of a suitable anchor system and its incorporation in connection design requires an understanding of the fundamental principles of anchor function. An overview is provided here. Additional references are provided at the conclusion of this section.
4.1.5 Anchor Working Principles

Anchors designed for use in concrete and masonry develop resistance to tension loading on the basis of one or more of the following mechanisms: Friction: This is the mechanism used by most post-installed mechanical expansion anchors to resist tension loads, including the Hilti Kwik Bolt, HDI and HSL. The frictional resistance resulting from expansion forces generated between the anchor and the wall of the drilled hole during setting of the anchor may also be supplemented by local deformation of the concrete. The frictional force is proportional to the magnitude of the expansion stresses generated by the anchor. Torquecontrolled expansion anchors like the KWIK Bolt and HSL use follow-up expansion to increase the expansion force in response to increases in tension loading beyond the service (preload) load level or to adjust for changes in the state of the base material (cracking). Keying: Undercut anchors, and to a lesser degree certain types of expansion anchors, rely on the interlock of the anchor with deformations in the hole wall to resist applied tension. The bearing stresses developed in the base material at the interface with the anchor bearing surfaces can reach relatively high levels without crushing due to the triaxial nature of the state of stress. Undercut anchors like the Hilti HDA offer much greater resilience to variations in the base material condition and represent the most robust solution for most anchoring needs.
Anchoring Systems
4.1 Anchor Principles & Design

Bonding (Adhesion): Regardless of the material used (polymer adhesive, cementitious grout), grouted anchors rely on bond to resist tension loads at the service load level. The degree of bond available is influenced by the condition of the hole wall at the time of anchor installation. Injection adhesive anchor systems like Hiltis RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchor offer unparalleled flexibility and high bond resistance for a wide variety of anchor element options. Hybrid systems like the Hilti HIT-TZ combine the functionality of an adhesive anchor with the working principle of a torquecontrolled expansion anchor for increased reliability under adverse job-site conditions. Shear Resistance: Most anchors develop resistance to shear loading via bearing of the anchor element against the hole wall near the surface of the base material. Shear loading may cause surface spalling resulting in significant flexural stresses and secondary tension in the anchor body. Independent of the anchor working principle, proper installation in accordance with Hiltis published installation instructions is required. concrete breakout as characterized by the formation of a conical fracture surface; concrete splitting whereby the member in which the anchor is embedded fractures in a plane coincident with the anchor axis.
Failure modes associated with anchors loaded to failure in shear may be characterized as follows: shear/tension rupture of the anchor bolt or body; anchor pullout or pull-through whereby the anchor is extracted intact from the hole; concrete edge breakout as generated by near-edge anchors loaded in shear toward a free edge;
pryout whereby the anchor body rotates and produces a surface spall in the direction opposite the shear load application.
4.1.6.1 Long Term Behavior

For the long term behavior of anchoring systems various influences may have to be considered: Adhesive Anchoring Systems: Pretensioning relaxation Chemical resistance / durability Creep Freeze / Thaw conditions High temperature Pretensioning relaxation Fatigue Concrete cracking Fatigue Concrete cracking Corrosion Fire Seismic Corrosion Fire Seismic
4.1.6 Anchor Behavior Under Load

In general, correctly installed anchors do not exhibit noticeable deflection at service load levels since the preload in the anchor bolt resulting from the application of installation torque sets (pre-displaces) the anchor to the level of the preload applied. External tension loading results in a reduction of the clamping force in the connection with little corresponding increase in the bolt tension force. Likewise, shear loads are resisted by a combination of friction resulting from the anchor preload forces and bearing. At load levels beyond the clamping load, anchor deflections increase and the response of the anchor varies according to the anchor force-resisting mechanism. Expansion anchors capable of follow-up expansion will show increased deflection corresponding to relative movement of the cone and expansion elements. Grouted anchors exhibit a change in stiffness corresponding to loss of adhesion between the grout and the base material whereby tension resistance at increasing displacement levels is provided by friction between the uneven hole wall and the grout plug. In all cases, increasing stress levels in the anchor bolt/body result in increased anchor displacements. When loaded in tension to failure, anchors may exhibit one or more identifiable failure modes. These include: rupture of the anchor bolt or body; anchor pullout or pull-through whereby the anchor is extracted more or less intact from the hole;
Mechanical Anchoring Systems:
Hiltis current product portfolio of Adhesive anchoring Systems meets or exceeds the creep test requirements of ICC-ES AC58. More information is available in section 4.1.10-12, and 4.1.14 (anchor selection guide) or contact Hilti.
4.1.7 Anchor Design

The design of anchors to resist a specific constellation of exterior loads is properly based on an assessment of the anchor strength. Both Allowable Stress Design (ASD) and Strength Design (SD) or Load and Resistance Factor Design (LRFD) as incorporated in the Concrete Capacity Design (CCD) method, are currently in use in North America for the design of anchors. Allowable loads: Under the allowable stress design approach still prevalent in many building codes, the allowable load, or resistance, is based on the application of a global safety factor to the mean result of laboratory testing to failure, regardless of the controlling failure mode observed in the tests. The global safety factor is intended to account for reasonably expected variations in loading as well as resistance and, in many application codes, is traditionally set at 4 for inspected installations and 8 for uninspected work. Adjustments for anchor edge distance and spacing are developed as individual
Anchoring Systems

factors based on testing of two- and four-anchor groups and single anchors near free edges. These factors are multiplied together for specific anchor layouts. This approach is discussed further in 4.1.8. Strength design: The Concrete Capacity Design (CCD) method for anchor design has been incorporated into several codes such as ACI 318 during the past decade. It assigns specific strength reduction factors to each of several possible failure modes, provides predictions for the strength associated with each failure mode, and compares the controlling strength with factored loads. The CCD method is generally considered to result in a more consistent factor of safety and a more reliable estimate of anchor resistance as compared to the allowable loads approach (ASD). The CCD method, as incorporated in ACI 318-05, is discussed in 4.1.9. Strength Design is state of the art and Hilti recommends the use of Strength Design where applicable.
Frec,a = Fallow,a fRx fRy fAx fAy Note that no reduction factor for the diagonally located adjacent anchor is required.
4.1.8 Allowable Stress Design (ASD) 4.1.8.1 Recommended Loads

The recommended allowable load for an anchor or group of anchors is obtained as follows: Tension: Shear: where: Nrec Nallow Vrec Vallow fA fRN fRV1 fRV2 fRV3 = recommended tension load; = allowable load (based on mean value from tests and a global safety factor); = recommended shear load; = allowable shear load (based on mean value from tests and a global safety factor); = adjustment factor for anchor spacing; = adjustment factor for edge distance, tension loading; = adjustment factor for edge distance, shear loading perpendicular and toward free edge; = adjustment factor for edge distance, shear loading parallel to edge; and = adjustment factor for edge distance, shear loading perpendicular and away from free edge. Vrec = Vallow fRVN fA Nrec = Nallow fRN fA
4.1.8.2 Critical and Minimum Spacing and Edge Distance

In all cases, the adjustment factors are applicable for cases where the anchor spacing is: s min s < s cr where: s min s cr = minimum spacing between adjacent loaded anchors; and = critical spacing between adjacent loaded anchors; anchor spacing equal to or greater than requires no reduction factor.
Similarly, for near-edge anchors, the adjustment factor(s) are applicable for cases where the anchor edge distance is: c min c < c cr where: c min c cr = minimum edge distance; and = critical edge distance; anchor edge distance equal to or greater than requires no reduction factor.
4.1.8.3 Interaction - ASD

Where anchors are loaded simultaneously in tension and shear, interaction must be considered. The usual form of the interaction equation for anchors is as follows: Vd Nd + 1.0 N rec Vrec where: Nd = design tension load (ASD); = design shear load (ASD); and = exponent, 1 2
[ ] [ ]
Vd
Adjustment factors are applied for all applicable near edge and spacing conditions. For example, the recommended tension load corresponding to anchor a in the figure below is evaluated as follows:
Anchoring Systems

For cases governed by steel failure, an exponent of 2 may be appropriate. For most cases, however, an exponent of 5/3 represents the mean behavior as observed in tests. For load cases involving a substantial seismic or fatigue component, recent investigations indicate that an exponent of 1 should be used. n = 0.5 for static loading without clamping at the concrete surface, e.g., adhesive anchor without nut and washer at concrete surface; for cyclic or seismic loading.
n = 1.0
4.1.8.4 Bolt Bending - ASD

Where shear loads are applied at some distance from the surface of the base material, the anchor bolt will be subject to combined shear and bending, and a separate assessment of this combined stress condition in the anchor bolt is appropriate. In the absence of other guidance, the recommended shear load associated with bolt bending for anchors subjected to shear loads applied at a standoff distance z may be evaluated as follows: Vrec = where:
M MuM,5% 1.7
Determination of bolt bending ASD Note that stand-off installations of post-installed mechanical anchors require a nut and bearing washer at the concrete surface as shown above in order to ensure proper anchor function and to properly resist compression loads.
M = 1 standoff installation without rotational restraint M = 2 standoff installation with rotational restraint,
e.g. double-nutted baseplate as shown Vrec = recommended shear load corresponding to bending; = adjustment of bending moment associated with rotational restraint; = characteristic flexural resistance of bolt corresponding to approximately 1/2 degree rotation = 1.2 S fuM,5% fu,min N (1 - N )
d rec
M
MuM,5%
4.1.8.5 Increase in Capacity for Short-Term Loading ASD

Some building codes allow a capacity (stress) increase of 1/3 when designing for short-term loading such as wind or seismic with allowable stress design methodologies. The origin of the 1/3 increase is unclear as it relates to anchor design, but it is generally assumed to address two separate issues: 1) strainrate effects, whereby the resistance of some materials is increased for transitory stress peaks, and 2) the lower probability of permanent and transitory loads occurring simultaneously. While Hilti does not include the 1/3 increase in published capacities for anchors in concrete, the IBC continues to permit its use in conjunction with the Alternate Basic Allowable Load Combinations. It is the responsibility of the designer to determine the appropriateness of such a capacity increase under the applicable code. Hilti does not recommend the use of the 1/3 increase for power-driven fasteners.
= minimum nominal ultimate tensile strength of anchor rod, see 7.3.2; = elastic section modulus of anchor bolt at concrete surface (assumes uniform cross section); = internal lever arm adjusted for spalling of the surface concrete as follows: = z + (n do) ;
z d n=0
= standoff distance; and = anchor outer diameter at concrete surface. for static loading with clamping at the concrete surface as provided by a nut and washer assembly (required for mechanical anchors);
4.1.9 Strength Design SD (LRFD)

The strength design of anchors should be in conformance with ACI 318 and ICC-ES AC193 and AC308. A summary of selected relevant design provisions contained in that document, especially as they pertain to post-installed anchors, is provided here.
Anchoring Systems
Anchor Principles & Design 4.1 4.1.9.1 Load Distribution

Per D.3 General requirements, load distribution should be determined on the basis of elastic analysis unless it can be shown that the nominal anchor strength is controlled by ductile steel elements. Where plastic analysis (assumption of fully yielded anchors) is used, deformational compatibility must be checked.
4.1.9.2 General Requirements for Anchor Strength

In accordance with general LRFD principles and D.4.1 General requirements for strength of anchors, the design of anchors must satisfy the following conditions:
Nn Nua Vn Vua
(D-1) (D-2)
whereby Nn and Vn are the controlling design strengths from all applicable failure modes and Nua and Vua are factored tension and shear loads resulting from the governing load combination. (The load combinations given in 9.2 Required Strength conform generally with ASCE 7-05 load combinations.) For this assessment, the following possible failure modes are considered: a) steel rupture of the anchor bolt in tension b) steel rupture of the anchor bolt in shear c) concrete cone breakout in tension d) concrete edge breakout in shear Example of deformational incompatibility For most cases, elastic analysis yields satisfactory results and is recommended. It should be noted, however, that an assumption that the anchor load is linearly proportional to the magnitude of the applied load and the distance from the neutral axis of the group also implies that the attachment (e.g. baseplate) is sufficiently stiff in comparison to the axial stiffness of the anchors. For additional information on elastic load distribution in typical column baseplate assemblies, the reader is referred to Blodgett, O., Design of Welded Structures, The James F. Lincoln Arc Welding Foundation, Cleveland, Ohio. Note: Hiltis PROFIS Anchor analysis and design software performs a simplified finite element analysis to establish anchor load distribution on an elastic basis and provides recommendations for attachment thickness as required. e) anchor pullout in tension f) side-face blowout of the concrete g) pryout failure in shear The splitting failure mode (characterized by the formation of a planar crack in the base material passing through and coincident with the anchor axis) is not directly addressed. Minimum edge distances, anchor spacings and member thickness are generally considered as preventing this failure mode from controlling for the design. Note that per D.4.1.2, the strength reduction factors applicable for each failure mode must be applied prior to determining the controlling strength. Thus, for an anchor group, the controlling strength would be determined as follows:
N n = min | N sa, nN pn, N sbg, N cbg | V n = min | V sa, V cpg, V cbg |
4.1.9.3 Strength Reduction Factors

Strength reduction factors are intended to account for possible reductions in resistance due to normally expected variations in material strengths, anchor installation procedures, etc. Relevant strength reduction factors as given in D.4.4 for load combinations in accordance with 9.2 Required Strength are provided below: Steel failure of a ductile steel element: Tension . . . . . . .0.75 Example of simplified elastic load distribution in a beam-wall connection Shear . . . . . . . .0.65
Anchoring Systems

Steel failure of a non-ductile steel element: Tension . . . . . . .0.65 Shear . . . . . . . .0.60 Note that the Hilti HDA, HSL-3 and KB-TZ are equipped with bolt elements that conform to the definition of a ductile steel element as given in ACI 318-05 (see 4.03 Definitions). Failure characterized by concrete breakout, side-face blowout, anchor pullout or anchor pryout: Condition A Condition B Hilti Anchor Designation HDA-T/-TF/-P/-PF HDA-TR/-PR (SS) HSL-3 HSL-3-R (SS) KB-TZ 3/8" KB-TZ > 3/8" SS KB-TZ < 3/4" SS KB-TZ 3/4" ASTM A193, B7
4.1.9.4 Design Requirements for Tensile Loading

In accordance with D.5.1 Steel strength of anchor in tension, anchor steel strength is determined as follows: Nsa = nAsefuta (D-3) where futa 1.9fya 125,000 psi (860 MPa) For reference purposes, nominal minimum bolt steel strengths for selected Hilti anchors are tabulated below: fya ksi (MPa) 92.8 (640) 87.0 (600) 92.8 (640) 65.0 (450) 100 (690) 84.8 (585) 92.0 (634) 76.1 (525) 105 (724) futa ksi (MPa) 116 (800) 116 (800) 116 (800) 102 (700) 125 (862) 106 (731) 115 (793) 102 (700) 125 (862)
i) Shear . . . . . . . . . . . 0.75 . . . . . . . 0.70 ii) Tension Cast-in headed studs and bolts, hooked bolts . . . . . . . .0.75 . . . . . . . .0.70 Post-installed anchors: Category 1 . . . . . . . . 0.75 . . . . . . . 0.65 Category 2 . . . . . . . . 0.65 . . . . . . . 0.55 Category 3 . . . . . . . . 0.55 . . . . . . . 0.45 Note that Condition A applies only in the case of concrete breakout where supplementary reinforcing (typically in the form of hairpins, see below) specifically designed to take up the forces in the concrete introduced by the anchor is present in the concrete. In general, post-installed anchors should be designed assuming Condition B. Anchor categories are determined via testing conducted in accordance with ACI 355.2, wherein the anchor sensitivity to variations in installation parameters and in the concrete condition is investigated.
The concrete breakout strength of single anchors loaded in tension is determined in accordance with D.5.2 Concrete breakout strength of anchor in tension, as follows: Ncb = A Nc ed,N c,N cp,N Nb (D-4) A Nco The concrete breakout strength of anchor groups is likewise determined as follows: A Ncbg = Nc ec,N ed,N c,N c,N Nb (D-5) A Nco where: A Nco A Nc = = 9 h ef2 area defined by projecting from the centerlines of the anchor or from the centerline of anchor rows in each of two orthogonal directions . modification factor for anchor groups loaded by an eccentric tension force 1 1
ec,N
tension shear
Example hairpin layouts corresponding to Condition A
= 1+
2 e'N 3 h ef
ed,N
modification factor for near edges for single anchors and anchor groups
Anchoring Systems

= 0.7 + 0.3 ca,min if ca,min < 1.5hef 1.5hef
c,N
cp,N
= =
Nb
modification factor for concrete that is anticipated to remain uncracked for the service life of the anchor (> 1) k uncr k cr modification factor for splitting ca,min 1.5hef if ca,min < cac cac cac basic concrete breakout strength of a single anchor in tension in cracked concrete kcr f 'c hef1.5
e'N
Note that ACI 318-05 refers to k c ( k cr ) as the coefficient for basic concrete breakout strength in tension and default values for k c and ec,N are provided in Appendix D. For post-installed anchors that have been tested in accordance with ACI 355.2, specific values of k cr (cracked concrete) and k uncr (uncracked concrete) are established in accordance with the provisions of that document or the relevant ICC-ES acceptance criteria. A summary of values for selected Hilti anchors is provided below: Hilti Anchor Designation HDA HSL-31 KB-TZ *HSL-3 M81 ec,N 1.25 1.00 1.41 1.41
Definition of e' for anchor groups ca1 N s

ca2,1 ca2,2 ca2,1 ca2,2
ca1
s/2
s/2
hef
h'ef
k cr 24 24 17 17
k uncr 30 24 24 24
1 These values supersede default values provided for post-installed anchors in ACI 318.
ca1 h'ef = max 1.5
ca2,1 1.5
ca2,2 1.5
s 3
Example of determination of h'ef in a stem wall The pullout strength of anchors loaded in tension is determined in accordance with D.5.3 Pullout strength of anchor in tension, as follows: Npn = c,P Np
1.5hef A Nc
ca,1
s1
1.5hef
(D-14)
where: Np = for post-installed anchors, pullout strength in cracked concrete as determined by tests in accordance with ACI 355.2 or the relevant ICC-ES acceptance criteria modification factor for concrete that is anticipated to remain uncracked for the service life of the anchor (> 1)
s2
Example of determination of A Nc
ca,2
c,P
Anchoring Systems

Pullout values are based on direct tension testing of anchors in cracks as well as on the results of the crack movement test. Additional pullout values associated with seismic testing may also be provided. For deep headed anchors placed close to an edge (c a1 < 0.4h ef), side-face blowout may control the design. In most cases, restrictions on the placement of post-installed anchors close to an edge will preclude this failure mode. For further information, see D.5.4 Concrete side-face blowout strength of a headed anchor in tension. 1 = 1+ 2 e'V 3 ca1 1
ed,V
c,V
modification factor for near edges for single anchors and anchor groups ca2 0.7 + 0.3 if ca,min < 1.5h ef 1.5ca1 modification factor for concrete that is anticipated to remain uncracked for the service life of the anchor 1.4
4.1.9.5 Design Requirements for Shear Loading

In accordance with D.6.1 Steel strength of anchor in shear, anchor steel strength for headed stud anchors is determined as follows: Vsa = n A se futa (D-19) Vb
= =
For post-installed anchors without a sleeve extending through the shear plane: Vsa = n 0.6A se futa (D-20) where futa 1.9 fy 125,000 psi (860 MPa). For other post-installed anchors, the shear strength as controlled by steel failure must be determined by test in accordance with ACI 355.2 or the relevant ICC-ES acceptance criteria. In accordance with D.6.1.3, the shear strength of baseplate anchors used in conjunction with grout pads must be reduced by 20%. The concrete breakout strength of single anchors loaded in shear is determined in accordance with D.6.2 Concrete breakout strength of anchor in shear, as follows: A Vc ed,N c,V Vb (D-21) A Vco The concrete breakout strength of anchor groups is likewise determined as follows: Vcb = Vcbg = A Vc ec,V ed,V c,V Vb A Vco where: A Vco A Vc = = 4.5hef
2
basic concrete breakout strength of a single anchor in shear in cracked concrete 0.2 le = 7 do f 'c ( ca1 )1.5 do The concrete pryout strength of single anchors loaded in shear is determined in accordance with D.6.3 Concrete pryout strength of anchor in shear, as follows:
Vcp = k cp Ncb
(D-29)
Likewise, for anchor groups, the pryout strength is determined as follows: Vcpg = k cp Ncbg where: k cp = 1.0 k cp = 2.0 for for h ef < 2.5 in. h ef 2.5 in. (D-30)
4.1.9.6 Interaction Strength Design (LRFD)

Where anchors are loaded simultaneously in tension and shear, interaction must be considered. In accordance with D.7 Interaction of tensile and shear forces, interaction may be checked as follows: If If If Vua 0.2 Vn Nua 0.2 Nn
Nn Nua Vn Vua
ua
(D-22)
area defined by projecting 1.5 c a1 from the centerlines of the anchor or from the centerline of anchor rows to the face of the free edge being considered . modification factor for anchor groups loaded by an eccentric shear force
Nua > 0.2 Nn and Vua > 0.2 Vn
V [ NN ] + [ V ] 1.2
ua n n
Alternatively, ACI 318-05 permits the use of an interaction expression of the form:
ec,V
[ ] [ ]
with
Nua Nn
= 5/3.
Vua Vn
1.0
Anchoring Systems
Anchor Principles & Design 4.1 4.1.9.7 Required Edge Distances, Anchor Spacing and Member Thickness Strength Design (LRFD)
In accordance with D.8 Required edge distances, spacing, and thicknesses to preclude splitting failure, default minimum edge distance, spacing and member thickness are given as follows: min. edge Anchor type Untorqued anchors Torqued anchors Undercut anchors Torquecontrolled expansion anchors Displacementcontrolled expansion anchors min. anchor dist.* min. cover 6do 6do min. member spacing 4do 6do 6do 1.5hef 8do 6do z do n=0
M
MuM,5%
adjustment of bending moment associated with rotational restraint characteristic flexural resistance of bolt corresponding to approximately 1/2 degree rotation 1.2 S fu,min N (1 - N )
d rec
= fu,min =
minimum nominal ultimate tensile strength of anchor rod elastic section modulus of anchor bolt at concrete surface (assumes uniform cross section) internal lever arm adjusted for spalling of the surface concrete as follows: z + (n do)
thickness =
= = =
standoff distance anchor outer diameter at concrete surface
for static loading with clamping at the concrete surface as provided by a nut and washer assembly (required for mechanical anchors) for static loading without clamping at the concrete surface, e.g., adhesive anchor without nut and washer at concrete surface for cyclic or seismic loading
10do
6do
n = 0.5
* may not be less than twice the max. aggregate size unless determined in accordance with AC193/AC308
n = 1.0
The critical edge distance value cac to be used in the determination of cp,N for post-installed anchors is determined by tests in accordance with ACI 355.2. Default values are given in ACI 318-05 as follows: Undercut anchors: Torque-controlled and displacement-controlled expansion anchors: cac = 2.5 h ef
Note that stand-off installations of post-installed mechanical anchors require a nut and bearing washer at the concrete surface as shown below in order to ensure proper anchor function and to properly resist compression loads.
cac = 4 h ef
4.1.9.8 Bolt Bending Strength Design (LRFD)

Hilti recommends that an additional check of bolt bending be performed for so-called stand-off installations as follows: Vrec = Nominal shear strength corresponding to bolt bending Determination of bolt bending strength design whereby: Vsa,bending =
M MuM,5%
Anchoring Systems
4.1 Anchor Principles & Design 4.1.10 Torquing and Pretensioning of Anchors
Application of torque to anchor bolts is intended to induce a tension force in the anchor bolt. It is therefore important that the torque-tension relationship associated with the anchor nut, washer and threaded anchor element be maintained as close to factory conditions as possible during anchor installation. This is best accomplished by keeping the anchor assembly in its packaging to prevent undue contamination with dust, oil, etc. prior to anchor installation. Note that damage to anchor threads as caused by attempts to re-straightening an anchor after installation, hammer impacts, etc., can significantly alter the torque-tension relationship and result in improper anchor function under load. Likewise, application of lubricants to the threads may generate excessive pretension loads in the anchor during torquing. There are three possible reasons to apply torque to an anchor bolt in concrete or masonry: 1. To produce a clamping force, therefore eliminating gaps and play in the connected parts. Note that this clamping force is not assumed to be sufficient to permit the shear resistance of the anchorage to be determined on the basis of baseplate friction (i.e., as a slip-critical condition) owing to the relaxation of clamping forces over time. 2. To produce a pretension force in the anchor bolt which is resisted by a corresponding pre-compression in the base material (concrete or masonry). Pretension force serves to reduce anchor displacements under service load and may also serve to reduce the fatigue effects of cyclic loading. 3. To properly set the anchor. This applies to most postinstalled mechanical anchors (expansion anchors) but may or may not apply to undercut anchors. Where given, the installation torque Tinst should be differentiated from the maximum tightening torque Tmax . The former is the torque required to properly set the anchor and to produce a residual clamping force that is roughly equivalent to the anchor working tension load ( N ult /4). The second term, Tmax, refers to the maximum torque that may be applied to the anchor and is intended to prevent premature damage to the anchor rod (in the form of steel yielding). Anchor pretensioning forces dissipate over time due to relaxation in the concrete and, to a lesser degree, in the bolt threads. Re-torquing anchors can result in a higher level of residual prestress. Anchor pretensioning should not be counted on for cases where cracking of the concrete may occur such as earthquake loading.
4.1.11 Design of Anchors for Fatigue

The design of structural elements to resist fatigue loading can be a significant aspect of the connection design. The reader is referred to standard texts for additional information on this subject. Design of anchors for fatigue should consider the following points: 1. The use of preload to prevent stress fluctuations in the anchor rod element may be complicated by gradual loss of preload over time, particularly in cases where cracking in the base material may occur, and the fact that many anchor designs do not provide sufficient gauge length to permit the development of a meaningful degree of preload strain. 2. Design of anchor groups for fatigue is often far more critical than the design of a single anchor due to the unequal distribution of loads. Load distribution is affected by anchor slip as well as by the degree of annular gap between the anchor and the baseplate and the specific location of the anchor with respect to the hole in the baseplate. It is therefore recommended that where anchor groups are to be subjected to significant fatigue loading, the annular gap between the anchors and the baseplate be eliminated through the use of weld washers, grout, or other means. 3. Secondary flexural stresses as generated by eccentricities or gaps in the connection may be critical to the fatigue behavior of the anchor. Hilti has conducted extensive testing of a variety of anchor types under fatigue conditions and can provide specific design recommendations for many situations. For specific cases, please contact Hilti Technical Support at 1-800-879-6000 ext. 6337.
4.1.12 Design of Anchors for Fire

Building codes in the U.S. are generally silent on the need to design anchors specifically for fire conditions. It may be assumed, however, that structural connections to concrete or masonry involving sustained dead and live loads should be protected for fire exposure in the same manner as other structural steel elements, i.e., through the use of appropriate fireproofing materials, concrete cover, etc. In some cases, it may be necessary to ascertain the length of time over which unprotected anchorages will survive fire exposure. The design of anchors for fire conditions is predicated on the availability of test data for the performance of anchors subjected to a standardized time-temperature curve (e.g., ASTM E 119, ISO 834) while under load. Hilti can provide such data for specific cases, as well as specific information for the design of reinforcing dowels embedded in Hilti HIT HY or RE bonding materials. Please contact Hilti Technical Support at 1-800-879-6000 ext. 6337.
Anchoring Systems
Anchor Principles & Design 4.1 4.1.13 Design of Post-Installed Reinforcing Bar Connections
Polymer bonding materials such as Hilti HIT HY and RE are increasingly used to execute the installation of reinforcing bars in hardened concrete, either to serve as dowels for structural extensions (slabs, footings), or to provide shear connection for seismic retrofitting elements such as infill shear walls.
ccritical scritical
Reinforcing dowels designed using anchor theory
post-installed reinforcing bars transverse reinforcement limits width of splitting cracks A A CIP reinforcing bars
Dowels placed in preparation for a new structural topping slab
Post-installed reinforcing for widening of a bridge deck A distinction must be made between cases where the reinforcing bar is designed in the same manner as a postinstalled adhesive anchor, i.e. using the principles of anchor design as described in this document, and those instances where the bar embedment length is established using the principles of reinforcing, e.g. in accordance with ACI 318 Chapter 12. This distinction is generally made on the basis of the specific geometry of the connection and whether the anticipated concrete failure mode corresponds to one of those considered in anchor design, e.g., concrete breakout, pryout etc. as opposed to the splitting failure mode associated with reinforcing bar design. Section A-A
forces transferred directly to CIP reinforcing bars via bond
Post-installed reinforcement designed as a lap splice For specific cases, please contact Hilti Technical Support at 1-800-879-6000 ext. 6337.
Anchoring Systems
4.1.14 Anchor Selection Guide Applications Grid

Anchor Products
Key:
HVA Adhesive HVU Capsule with HAS threaded rod
R R R
Very Suitable
May be Suitable Per Application

HIT ICE8/HIT HY 150 Adhesive with HAS threaded rod with HIT-TZ rod
HIT HY 150 MAX with HAS threaded rod with HIT-TZ rod
Design Criteria Non-cracked Concrete Cracked Concrete Lightweight Concrete Hollow Core Concrete Grout Filled Concrete Block Hollow Concrete Block Solid Brick Hollow Brick Hard Natural Stone Soft Natural Stone Oversized Holes Cored Holes Water Saturated Concrete Water-Filled Holes Submerged In-place (through) Fastening Immediate Loading Bolt Head or Flush Finish Removable to Flush Surface Seismic High Cycle Fatigue Shock / Impact Load
High Temperature Resistance
Electro or Mechanically Zinc Plated
Application Criteria 2
Installation 2
Fastening Base Material 1
w/ HIS Insert w/ HIS Insert
w/ HIS or HIT-I w/ HIS or HIT-I
w/ HIS or HIT-I w/ HIS or HIT-I
Miscellaneous Corrosion 3
Sherardized Carbon Steel Hot-dipped Galvanized Stainless Steel (AISI Series) Anchor Rod Diameters Available (in.)4 Anchor Versions Available Anchor Working Principles5
7/8" Diameter 304 & 316 3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4, 7/8, 1, 1-1/4 Stud, Rebar, Insert Anchor is bonded to base material
7/8" Diameter 304 & 316 316 3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4, 3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4 7/8, 1, 1-1/4 Stud, Rebar, Insert Stud Anchor is bonded Expansion against and to base material bonding to base material
7/8" Diameter 304 & 316 304 & 316 3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4, 3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4 7/8, 1, 1-1/4 Stud, Rebar, Insert Stud Anchor is bonded Expansion against and to base material Bonding to base material
1 Base materials may vary widely. Site specific anchor testing may be required. 2 Most testing is performed in normal weight concrete. For specific base materials tested, see selected anchor. 3 Refer to Section 2.3 for a more detailed discussion on corrosion and corrosion resistance. 4 Listed diameters are those with published load data. Larger diameter anchor rods may be used. Contact Hilti for more information. 5 Refer to Section 4.1.2.1 for a more detailed discussion on anchor working principles.
Anchoring Systems
Anchor Selection Guide 4.1.14 Applications Grid

Anchor Products
Key:
Very Suitable
May be Suitable Per Application HDA Undercut Anchor HSL-3 Heavy-Duty Expansion Anchor
HIT HY 20 Adhesive HIT-RE 500-SD HIT-RE 500 Masonry Hollow CMU, Epoxy Anchoring Epoxy Anchoring Construction Tile & Brick System System with Voids with Holes
Design Criteria Non-cracked Concrete Cracked Concrete Lightweight Concrete Hollow Core Concrete Grout Filled Concrete Block Hollow Concrete Block Solid Brick Hollow Brick Hard Natural Stone Soft Natural Stone Oversized Holes Cored Holes
Water Saturated Concrete (per ICC)
Installation 2
Water-filled holes (per ICC) Submerged In-place (through) Fastening Immediate Loading Bolt Head or Flush Finish Removable to Flush Surface Seismic High Cycle Fatigue Shock / Impact Load
Electro or Mechanically Zinc Plated
w/ HIT-I w/ HIT-I
Bolt
Corrosion 3
Miscellaneous
Sherardized Carbon Steel Hot-dipped Galvanized Stainless Steel (AISI Series) Anchor Diameters Available (in.)4 Anchor Versions Available Anchor Working Principles5
7/8" Diameter 304 & 316 3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4 Stud, Rebar
304 & 316 5/16, 3/8, 1/2 Stud, Insert
7/8" Diameter 304 & 316
7/8" Diameter 304 & 316
316
3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4,

7/8, 1, 1-1/4
3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4,

7/8, 1, 1-1/4
M10, M12, M16, M20

Stud
Metal Undercut Keying
M8, M10, M12

M16, M20, M24 Stud, Bolt, Torque Cap
Metal Circumferential Expander Sleeve
Rebar, Stud, Insert Rebar, Stud, Insert

Anchor is bonded to base material Anchor is bonded to base material
Anchor is attached to base material by adhesive keying
1 Base materials may vary widely. Site specific anchor testing may be required. 2 Most testing is performed in normal weight concrete. For specific base materials tested, see selected anchor. 3 Refer to Section 2.3 for a more detailed discussion on corrosion and corrosion resistance. 4 Listed Diameters are those with published load data. Larger diameter anchor rods may be used. Contact Hilti for more information. 5 Refer to Section 4.1.2.1 for a more detailed discussion on anchor working principles.
Anchoring Systems

Anchor Products Design Criteria
Non-cracked Concrete Cracked Concrete Lightweight Concrete Hollow Core Concrete Grout Filled Concrete Block Hollow Concrete Block Solid Brick Hollow Brick Hard Natural Stone Soft Natural Stone Oversized Holes Cored Holes
Key: HSL Heavy-Duty Expansion Anchor
Very Suitable Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor
May be Suitable Per Application Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor HUS-H Concrete Screw Anchor HCA Coil Anchor
Fastening Base Material1
Installation 2
Water-filled holes (per ICC) Submerged

No Hole Cleaning Procedures
In-place (through) Fastening Immediate Loading Bolt Head or Flush Finish Removable to Flush Surface Seismic High Cycle Fatigue Shock / Impact Load
Electrodeposited or Mechanically
see offering
bolt
both
Corrosion 3
Miscellaneous
Zinc Plated Sherardized Carbon Steel Hot-dipped Galvanized Stainless Steel (AISI Series) Anchor Diameters
Available (in. except as noted) 4
HSL-I M12 65/80
A4 (316) M12, M16, M20 Stud, Insert Metal Circumfrential Expander Sleeve
304 3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4 Stud

Single metal expansion
304 & 316 1/4, 3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4, 1

Stud, Long Thread, Counter Sunk, Tie Wire, Rod coupling
Single metal expansion
3/8, 1/2, 5/8 Bolt Undercutting Screw Threads
1/4, 3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4 Bolt Metal Expansion Coil
Anchor Versions Available Anchor Working Principles 5
piece three section wedge. piece three section wedge.
1 2 3 4 5
Base materials may vary widely. Site specific anchor testing may be required. Most testing is performed in normal weight concrete. For specific base materials tested, see selected anchor. Refer to Section 2.3 for a more detailed discussion on corrosion and corrosion resistance. Listed Diameters are those with published load data. Larger diameter anchor rods may be used. Contact Hilti for more information. Refer to Section 4.1.2.1 for a more detailed discussion on anchor working principles.
Anchoring Systems
Anchor Selection Guide 4.1.14 Applications Grid

Non-cracked Concrete Cracked Concrete Lightweight Concrete Hollow Core Concrete Grout Filled Concrete Block Hollow Concrete Block Solid Brick Hollow Brick Hard Natural Stone Soft Natural Stone Oversized Holes Cored Holes
Key: HDI / HDI-L Drop-In Anchors
Very Suitable HDI-P Drop-In Anchors
May be Suitable Per Application

HCI-WF/MD Cast-in Anchors
HLC Sleeve Anchor
Kwik Con II+ Screw Anchor

No Hole Cleaning Procedures
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Installation 2 Application Criteria 2 Corrosion 3
In-place (through) Fastening Immediate Loading Bolt Head or Flush Finish Removable to Flush Surface Seismic High Cycle Fatigue Shock / Impact Load
Electrodeposited or Mechanically
Miscellaneous
Zinc Plated Sherardized Carbon Steel Hot-dipped Galvanized Stainless Steel (AISI Series) Anchor Diameters
Available (in.)
303 1/4, 3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4 Insert Impact Expansion Sleeve
3/8 Insert Impact Expansion Sleeve
1/4, 3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4 Insert Cast-in Head
304 1/4, 3/8, 5/16, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4

Bolt, rod coupling, hex nut, wire tie Metal Circumferential Expander Sleeve
410 3/16, 1/4, 3/8

Torx HWH, Torx Flat Head, Phillips Flat Head
Anchor Versions Available Anchor Working Principles5
Thread Undercut
Keying
1 2 3 4 5
Base materials may vary widely. Site specific anchor testing may be required. Most testing is performed in normal weight concrete. For specific base materials tested, see selected anchor. Refer to Section 2.3 for a more detailed discussion on corrosion and corrosion resistance. Listed Diameters are those with published load data. Larger diameter anchor rods may be used. Contact Hilti for more information. Refer to Section 4.1.2.1 for a more detailed discussion on anchor working principles.
Anchoring Systems

Fastening Base Material1 Non-cracked Concrete Light Weight Concrete Hollow Core Concrete
Grout Filled Concrete Block
Key: Metal HIT Anchor
Very Suitable HPS-1 Impact Anchor
May be Suitable Per Application HTB TOGGLER Bolt HLD Kwik-Tog HSP/HFP Drywall Anchor IDP Insulation Anchor
Installation Application Criteria
Hollow Concrete Block Solid Brick Hollow Brick Hard Natural Stone Soft Natural Stone Gypsum Drywall Oversized Holes Cored Holes

No Hole Cleaning Procedures In-place (through) Fastening
Immediate Loading Bolt Head or Flush Finish

Removable to Flush Surface
Seismic High Cycle Fatigue Shock / Impact Load

Corrosion2
Electrodeposited or Mechanically Zinc Plated Zinc Aluminum Alloy Plastic Stainless Steel (AISI Series)
Anchor Diameters Available (in.)
(Drive Pin)
(Drive Screw)
(Body) (Body) 304 (Drive Screw) 3/16, 1/4, 5/16 3/16, 1/4, 3/8, 1/2
Drive-screw
Impact Expansion Anchor Round Head, Phillips, Flat Head, Machine Screw Anchor holds by keying
Keying in hollow base materials. Friction in solid base materials.
304 (Drive Pin) 3/16, 1/4 Nail

Impact Expansion Anchor
#8, #10
3/16, 1/4, 3/8 Round Head Plastic

Self-drilling Self-tapping Anchor holds by friction
Miscellaneous
Anchor Versions Available

Anchor Working Principles(3)
1 Base materials may vary widely. Site specific anchor testing may be required. 2 Refer to Section 2.3 for a more detailed discussion on corrosion and corrosion resistance. 3 Refer to Section 4.1.2.1 for a more detailed discussion on anchor working principles.
Anchoring Systems
Notes
Adhesive Anchoring Systems
4.2 Adhesive Anchoring Systems 4.2.0.1 Hilti leads the way with products and education
Hilti leads the way in sharing knowledge and experience by educating users on various aspects of Adhesive Anchoring Systems. We know the importance of selecting the right adhesive anchor system for a specific application. When comparing two adhesive anchor systems, users should give special consideration to the following key parameters: Cure time Bond Strength Creep resistance Installation procedure Temperature sensitivity Inspection requirements
4.2.0.3 Frequently Asked Questions

What is creep? Creep is the slow and continuous deformation of a material over time, generally due to a sustained load. All materials experience some sort of creep - concrete, steel, stone and adhesive anchor systems. All current Hilti Adhesive Anchor Systems passed the creep test requirements of ICC-ES AC58. Does temperature have an effect on adhesive anchor performance? Yes - Temperature affects an adhesive anchor system throughout its lifetime - from storage to installation and throughout the life cycle of an anchor. Temperature is an important factor which influences an adhesive anchor systems strength, cure time, ease of installation and creep performance. Some Adhesive Anchoring Systems are engineered for colder climates and others for warmer climates. How does installation affect adhesive anchors?
4.2.0.2 Hilti Accredited Installer Program

The Hilti Difference Beginning in 2008, Hilti will introduce the Hilti Accredited Installer Program. Participants in this program will enhance their Adhesive Anchoring System knowledge and sharpen their installation skills. Accredited Installer Program Hilti Accredited Installers will take pride in applying their new skills after completing this 4-hour course. Advanced skills include challenging applications such as deep embedment and water-filled holes All participants will gain hands on experience and take a written exam to test their knowledge Participants will understand how various jobsite conditions may influence the performance of adhesive anchor systems Hilti Accredited Installers will become knowledgeable and efficient installers of Hilti Adhesive Anchoring Systems On-Site Training Program Participants receive application specific training to improve speed and efficiency. Course conducted on-site at no cost 1-hour course on Hilti Adhesive Anchoring Systems includes basic hands-on and theory concluded by a written test Upon completion of either program, students will receive a pocket card and/or certificate to document their achievement. Contact your Hilti representative for details.
Proper installation is the single most influential factor when it comes to an adhesive anchor systems bond strength and ultimately, creep performance. Hilti is the only manufacturer that provides the entire solution from drilling and cleaning the hole to injecting adhesive into boreholes as deep as 125. What are ICC-ES AC58 and ICC-ES AC308? ICC-ES AC58 is an acceptance criteria used for evaluating adhesive anchor systems published in 1995. ICC-ES AC308 is the latest acceptance criteria for evaluating Adhesive Anchoring Systems published in 2005. How do they differ? ICC-ES AC308 only requires periodic special inspection for the highest performing products. ICC-ES AC58 requires continuous special inspection for all products. ICC-ES AC308 includes provisions for evaluating adhesive anchor systems in cracked concrete. ICC-ES AC58 based reports did not qualify products for use in cracked concrete. ICC-ES AC308 more thoroughly examines the sensitivity of adhesive anchor systems to improperly cleaned holes.
HVA Capsule Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.1 4.2.1.1 Product Description

4.2.1.1 4.2.1.2 4.2.1.3 Product Description Material Specifications Technical Data Installation Instructions Ordering Information
HVU Adhesive Capsule
HIS Internally Threaded Insert
4.2.1.4 4.2.1.5
HAS Anchor Rod Assembly with nut and washer The Hilti HVA system is a heavy duty, two component adhesive anchor consisting of a self-contained adhesive capsule and either a threaded rod with nut and washer or an internally threaded insert. Product Features High loading capacity Small edge distance and anchor spacing allowance Excellent dynamic load resistance Wide range of installation temperatures Excellent performance in holes cored using Hilti DD-B or DD-C diamond core bits Excellent elevated temperature performance Excellent performance in freezing and thawing conditions No hole brushing requiredjust blow out hole with compressed airmakes installation fast and easy Seismic qualified per IBC/IRC 2000 and UBC 1997 (ICC-ES AC58) Please refer to ER-5369 Guide Specifications Master Format Section: 03250 (Concrete accessories) Related Sections: 03200 (Concrete Reinforcing Accessories) 05050 (Metal Fabrication) 05120 (Structural Steel) Adhesive anchors shall consist of an allthread anchor rod, nut, washer and adhesive capsule. Alternatively, adhesive anchors shall consist of a steel insert and an adhesive capsule.
Rebar (Not supplied by Hilti)
Anchor Rod Shall be provided with 45 degree chisel or cut point to provide proper mixing of the adhesive components. Anchor rod shall be manufactured to meet the following requirements: 1. ISO 898 Class 5.8 2. ASTM A 193 Grade B7 3. AISI 304 or AISI 316 stainless steel meeting the mechanical requirements of ASTM F 593 (Condition CW). 4. Rebar with chisel or cut point. Special order HAS Rod materials may vary from standard steel rod product. Nuts and Washers Shall be furnished to meet the requirements of the above anchor rod specifications. Adhesive Capsule Shall consist of a dual chamber foil capsule. The resin material shall be vinyl urethane methacrylate. Steel Insert The internally threaded insert shall have a 45 degree (from central axis) chisel pointed end. The insert shall be carbon steel or stainless steel material which meets minimum ultimate tensile strengths of 66.7 and 101.5 ksi, respectively. The adhesive anchoring system shall be the Hilti HVA anchoring system, consisting of the Hilti HVU adhesive capsule and the Hilti HAS anchor rod or HIS internally threaded insert. Installation Adhesive anchors to be installed in holes drilled using the specified diameter of Hilti carbide tipped drill bit or matched tolerance Hilti DD-B or DD-C diamond core bit. Anchors shall be installed in strict accordance to section 4.2.1.4. Do not disturb until cure time has elapsed.
Listings/Approvals
City of Los Angeles Research Report #25363 NSF/ANSI Std 61 certification for use in potable water European Technical approval ETA-05/0255 ETA-05/0256 ETA-05/0257
Code Compliance
IBC/IRC 2000 (ICC-ES AC58) UBC 1997 (ICC-ES AC58) LEED : Credit 4.1-Low Emitting Materials
The Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design ( LEED ) Green Building Rating systemTM is the nationally accepted benchmark for the design, construction and operation of high performance green buildings.
4.2.1 HVA Capsule Adhesive Anchoring System

Mechanical Properties min. fu fy ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa) 58 (400) 105 (724) 65 (448) 45 (310) 54.4 (375) 50.8 (350) 72.5 (500) 125 (862) 100 (689) 85 (586) 66.7 (460) 101.5 (700)

Standard HAS-E rod material meets the requirements of ISO 898 Class 5.8 High Strength or Super HAS rod material meets the requirements of ASTM A 193, Grade B7 Stainless HAS rod material meets the requirements of ASTM F 593 (304/316) Condition CW 3/8" to 5/8" Stainless HAS rod material meets the requirements of ASTM F 593 (304/316) Condition CW 3/4" to 1-1/4" HIS Insert 11SMnPb30+C Carbon Steel conforming to DIN 10277-3 HIS-R Insert X5CrNiMo17122 K700 Stainless Steel conforming to DIN EN 10088-3 HAS Super & HAS-E Standard Nut material meets the requirements of ASTM A 563, Grade DH HAS Stainless Steel Nut material meets the requirements of ASTM F 594 HAS Carbon Steel and Stainless Steel Washers meet dimensional requirements of ANSI B18.22.1 Type A Plain HAS Super & HAS-E Standard Washers meet the requirements of ASTM F 436 All HAS-E & HAS Super Rods (except 7/8") & HAS-E Standard, HIS inserts, nuts & washers are zinc plated to ASTM B 633 SC 1 7/8" Standard HAS-E & HAS Super rods hot-dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 153 HVU AdhesiveVinyl Urethane Methacrylate Resin with a Dibenzoyl Peroxide hardener
Note: Special Order steel rod material may vary from standard steel rod materials.

HAS Rod Specification Table Details HAS Rod Size in. (mm) in. in. (mm) in. (mm) ft-lb (Nm) in. (mm) in. (mm) 3/8 (9.5) 15/32 3-1/2 (90) 1 (25.4) 18 (24) 5-1/2 (140) 1/2 (12.7) 9/16 4-1/4 (110) 1-1/2 (38.1) 30 (41) 6-1/4 (160) 5/8 (15.9) 11/16 5 (125) 1-3/4 (44.5) 75 (102) 7 (180) 3/4 (19.1) 7/8 6-5/8 (170) 2 (50.8) 150 (203) 8-1/2 (220) 7/8 (22.2) 1 6-5/8 (170) 2-1/4 (57.2) 175 (237) 8-1/2 (220) 1 (25.4) 1-1/8 8-1/4 (210) 2-1/2 (63.5) 235 (319) 10-1/2 (270) 1-1/4 (31.8) 1-3/8 12 (305) 2-3/4 (69.9) 400 (540) 15 (380)
dbit hef h t Tmax
dbit : nominal bit diameter1, 2 hef = hnom: std. depth of embed.3 = capsule length t : max. thickness fastened4 tmax : Max. tightening torque h: minimum base material thickness5 All Hilti Rods hef = hnom hef hnom
1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 2 2 2 2 2 2-1/4 3 (51) (51) (51) ( 51) ( 51) (57) (76) TE 6, 16 TE 16, 25, 35, 46 TE 46, 56, 76 TE 76
Recommended Hilti Rotary Hammer Drill

2 Hilti matched tolerance carbide tipped drill bits
1 Use matched tolerance carbide tipped bits or Hilti matched tolerance DD-B or DD-C diamond core bit. 3 Data available for varying embedments; see Load Tables. 4 When using standard length rods at standard embedment (hnom) 5 Minimum base material thickness given to avoid backside blowout from drilling. Ability of base material to withstand loads applied (e.g. bending of concrete slab) should be determined by design engineer.
HVA Capsule Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.1
HIS Insert Specification Table HIS Insert Details HVU capsule required dbit hnom
th
in. (mm) in. in. (mm) in. (mm) ft lb (Nm) in. (mm)
3/8 (9.5) 1/2 x 4-1/4 11/16 4-1/4 (110) 1 (25) 18 (24) 6-3/8 (162) TE 6, 16, 25, 35
1/2 (12.7) 5/8 x 5 7/8 5 (125) 1-3/16 (30) 30 (41) 7-1/2 (191) TE 16, 25, 35, 46
5/8 (15.9) 7/8 x 6-5/8 1-1/8 6-5/8 (170) 1-1/2 (40) 75 (102) 10 (254)
3/4 (19.1) 1 x 8-1/4 1-1/4 8-1/4 (210) 2 (50) 150 (203) 12-3/8 (314)
hef h dbit Tmax
bit
diameter1
std. depth of embed. = capsule length useable thread length Max. tightening torque min. base material thickness
Tmax h

TE 46, 56, 76
Rebar Specification Table Rebar Size: dbit hnom bit diameter1, 2 in. in. (mm) std. depth of embed. = capsule length #4 5/8 4-1/4 (110) #5 13/16 5 (125) #6 1 6-5/8 (170) #7 1-1/8 6-5/8 (170) #8 1-1/4 8-1/4 (210)
1 Rebar diameters may vary; the witnessed test was performed using the above mentioned drill bit diameters. Rebar must have a minimum length 4" greater than embedment to accommodate the setting equipment. 2 Hilti matched tolerance carbide tipped drill bits
Metric Rebar Specification Table (Canada Only) Rebar Size : dbit hnom bit diameter1 std. depth of embed. = capsule length
in. or mm
10M 9/16 90 (3-1/2)
15M 13/16 125 (5)
20M 1 170 (6-5/8)
25M 32 mm 210 (8-1/4)
mm (in.)
Combined Shear and Tension Loading N (N ) + (V ) V

d d rec rec
5/3
5/3
1.0 (Ref. Section 4.1.8.3)

HVA Allowable and Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity for HAS Rods in Normal Weight Concrete1, 2 HVU Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity Tensile Shear
Rod Diameter in. (mm) Embedment Depth3 in. (mm) Adhesive Capsule(s) Required
HVU Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity Tensile Shear
f'c =2000 psi f'c =4000 psi f'c =2000 psi f'c =4000 psi f'c =2000 psi f'c =4000 psi f'c =2000 psi f'c =4000 psi (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
3/8 (9.5)
1/2 (12.7)
5/8 (15.9)
3/4 (19.1)
7/8 (22.2)
1 (25.4)
1- 1/4 (31.8)
3-1/2 (90) 5-1/4 (133) 7 (178) 4-1/4 (110) 6-3/8 (162) 8-1/2 (216) 5 (125) 7-1/2 (184) 10 (254) 6-5/8 (170) 10 (254) 13-1/4 (337) 6-5/8 (170) 10 (254) 13-1/4 (337) 8 1/4 (210) 12-3/8 (314) 16-1/2 (419) 12 (305) 15 (381) 18 (457)
(1) 3/8 X 3-1/2 (2) 3/8 X 3-1/2 (2) 3/8 X 3-1/2 (1) 1/2 X 4-1/4 (1) 1/2 X 4-1/4 & (1) 3/8 X 3-1/2 (2) 1/2 X 4-1/4 (1) 5/8 X 5 (1) 5/8 X 5 & (1) 1/2 X 4-1/4 (2) 5/8 X 5 (1) 3/4 X 6-5/8 (1) 3/4 X 6-5/8 & (1) 1/2 X 4-1/4 (2) 3/4 X 6-5/8 (1) 7/8 X 6-5/8 (2) 3/4 X 6-5/8 (2) 7/8 X 6 5/8 (1) 1 X 8-1/4 (2) 7/8 X 6-5/8 (2) 1 X 8-1/4 (1) 1-1/4 X 12 (1) 1-1/4 X 12 & (1) 1 X 8 1/4 (1) 1-1/4 X 12 & (2) 1 X 8 1/4
2085 (9.3) 2325 (10.3) 4405 (19.6) 3250 (14.5) 4890 (21.8) 6700 (29.8) 3970 (17.7) 5770 (25.7) 11700 (52.0) 6080 (27.0) 9110 (40.5) 15220 (67.7) 7145 (31.8) 10475 (46.6) 16475 (73.3) 8640 (38.4) 14665 (65.2) 26645 (118.5) 19175 (85.3) 24750 (110.1) 29535 (131.4)
2595 (11.5) 4185 (18.6) 4895 (21.8) 4735 (21.1) 5455 (24.3) 7545 (33.6) 5245 (23.3) 10465 (46.6) 12835 (57.1) 8615 (38.3) 14835 (66.0) 15310 (68.1) 9130 (40.6) 18970 (84.4) 23055 (102.6) 13425 (59.7) 23450 (104.3) 30805 (137.0) 23920 (106.4) 26855 (119.5) 37920 (168.7)
3335 (14.8) 6120 (27.2) 9420 (41.9) 5450 (24.2) 9455 (42.1) 14560 (64.8) 7350 (32.7) 13495 (60.0) 20775 (92.4) 12270 (54.6) 22755 (101.2) 34700 (154.4) 13110 (58.3) 24575 (109.3) 34780 (154.7) 19690 (87.6) 36170 (160.9) 55690 (247.7) 38615 (171.8) 53960 (240.0) 70935 (315.5)
4710 (21.0) 8655 (38.5) 13330 (59.3) 7280 (32.4) 13375 (59.5) 20590 (91.6) 10390 (46.2) 19080 (84.9) 29375 (130.7) 17355 (77.2) 32180 (143.1) 49080 (218.3) 18535 (82.4) 34755 (154.6) 53010 (235.8) 27840 (123.8) 51150 (227.5) 78750 (350.3) 54610 (242.9) 76315 (339.5) 100320 (446.2)
8345 (37.1) 9295 (41.3) 17630 (78.4) 12990 (57.8) 19565 (87.0) 26810 (119.3) 15890 (70.7) 23080 (102.7) 46795 (208.2) 24330 (108.2) 36445 (162.1) 60875 (270.8) 28580 (127.1) 41905 (186.4) 65895 (293.1) 34560 (153.7) 58665 (261.0) 106580 (474.1) 76740 (341.4) 99000 (440.4) 118140 (525.5)
10380 (46.2) 16730 (74.4) 19590 (87.1) 18940 (84.2) 21815 (97.0) 30190 (134.3) 20970 (93.3) 41865 (186.2) 51340 (228.4) 34470 (153.3) 59350 (264.0) 61230 (272.4) 36525 (162.5) 75870 (337.5) 92220 (410.2) 53695 (238.8) 93800 (417.2) 123220 (548.1) 95680 (425.6) 107420 (477.8) 151680 (674.7)
10000 (44.5) 18360 (81.7) 28260 (125.7) 15440 (68.7) 28360 (126.2) 43680 (194.3) 22040 (98.0) 40480 (180.1) 62320 (277.2) 36800 (163.7) 68260 (303.6) 104100 (463.1) 39320 (174.9) 73720 (327.9) 112440 (500.2) 59060 (262.7) 108500 (482.6) 167060 (743.1) 115840 (515.3) 161880 (720.1) 212800 (946.6)
14120 (62.8) 25960 (115.5) 39980 (177.8) 21840 (97.1) 40120 (178.5) 61760 (274.7) 31160 (138.6) 57240 (254.6) 88120 (392.0) 52060 (231.6) 96540 (429.4) 147240 (655.0) 55600 (247.3) 104260 (463.8) 159020 (707.4) 83520 (371.5) 153440 (682.5) 236240 (1050.8) 163820 (728.7) 228940 (1018.4) 300960 (1338.7)
1 Influence factors for spacing and/or edge distance are applied to concrete/bond values above, and then compared to the steel value. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design. 2 Average ultimate concrete shear capacity based on Concrete Capacity Design (CCD) method. 3 Hilti does not recommend the use of alternate embedment other than those tested and listed above.

Allowable Steel Strength for HAS Rods1
Rod Diameter in. (mm) HAS-E Standard ISO 898 Class 5.8 Tensile Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) HAS Super ASTM A 193 B7 Tensile Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) HAS SS AISI 304/316 SS Tensile Shear lb (kN) lb (kN)
3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9) 3/4 (19.1) 7/8 (22.2) 1 (25.4) 1-1/4
(31.8)
2640 (11.7) 4700 (20.9) 7340 (32.7) 10570 (47.0) 14385 (64.0) 18790 (83.6) 29360
(130.6)
1360 (6.0) 2420 (10.8) 3780 (16.8) 5445 (24.2) 7410 (33.0) 9680 (43.0) 15125
(67.3)
4555 (20.3) 8100 (36.0) 12655 (56.3) 18225 (81.1) 24805 (110.3) 32400 (144.1) 50620
(225.2)
2345 (10.4) 4170 (18.5) 6520 (29.0) 9390 (41.8) 12780 (56.9) 16690 (74.2) 26080
(116.0)
3645 (16.2) 6480 (28.8) 10125 (45.0) 12390 (55.1) 16865 (75.0) 22030 (98.0) 34425
(153.1)
1875 (8.3) 3335 (14.8) 5215 (23.2) 6385 (28.4) 8690 (38.6) 11350 (50.5) 17735
(78.9)
1 Steel strength as defined in AISC Manual of Steel Construction (ASD): Tensile = 0.33 x Fu x Nominal Area Shear = 0.17 x Fu x Nominal Area
Ultimate Steel Strength for HAS Rods1

Rod Diameter in. (mm) HAS-E Standard ISO 898 Class 5.8 Tensile lb (kN) HAS Super ASTM A 193 B7 Tensile lb (kN) HAS SS AISI 304/316 SS Tensile lb (kN)
Yield lb (kN)
Shear lb (kN)
Yield lb (kN)
Shear lb (kN)
Yield lb (kN)
Shear lb (kN)
3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9) 3/4 (19.1) 7/8 (22.2) 1 (25.4) 1-1/4 (31.8)
4495 (20.0) 8230 (36.6) 13110 (58.3) 19400 (86.3) 26780 (119.1) 35130 (156.3) 56210 (250.0)
6005 (26.7) 10675 (47.5) 16680 (74.2) 24020 (106.9) 32695 (145.4) 42705 (190.0) 66730 (296.8)
3605 (16.0) 6405 (28.5) 10010 (44.5) 14415 (64.1) 19620 (87.3) 25625 (114.0) 40035 (178.1)
8135 (36.2) 14900 (66.3) 23730 (105.6) 35120 (156.2) 48480 (215.7) 63600 (282.9) 101755 (452.6)
10350 (43.4) 18405 (79.0) 28760 (125.7) 41420 (185.7) 56370 (256.9) 73630 (337.0) 115050 (511.8)
6210 (27.6) 11040 (49.1) 17260 (76.8) 24850 (110.5) 33825 (150.5) 44180 (196.5) 69030 (307.1)
5035 (22.4) 9225 (41.0) 14690 (65.3) 15050 (66.9) 20775 (92.4) 27255 (121.2) 43610 (194.0)
8280 (36.8) 14720 (65.5) 23010 (102.4) 28165 (125.3) 38335 (170.5) 50070 (222.7) 78235 (348.0)
4970 (22.1) 8835 (39.3) 13805 (61.4) 16800 (75.2) 23000 (102.3) 30040 (133.6) 46940 (208.8)
1 Steel strength as defined in AISC Manual of Steel Construction 2nd Ed. (LRFD): Yield = Fy x Tensile Stress Area Tensile = 0.75 x Fu x Nominal Area Shear = 0.45 x Fu x Nominal Area

HVA Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity and Steel Strength for HIS Carbon Steel and HIS-R Stainless Steel Internally Threaded Inserts HVU Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity2 Tensile f'c 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) lb (kN) 3180 (14.1) 4570 (20.3) 7460 (33.2) 9165 (40.8) Steel Bolt Strength1, 2 ASTM A 325 Carbon Steel Tensile1 Shear1 lb (kN) lb (kN) 4370 (19.4) 7775 (34.6) 12150 (54.0) 17495 (77.8) 2250 (10.0) 4005 (17.8) 6260 (27.8) 9010 (40.1) ASTM F 593 Stainless Steel Tensile1 Shear1 lb (kN) lb (kN) 3645 (16.2) 6480 (28.8) 10125 (45.0) 12395 (55.1) 1875 (8.3) 3335 (14.8) 5215 (23.2) 6385 (28.4)
Anchor Diameter in. (mm) 3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9) 3/4 (19.1)
Embedment Depth in. (mm) 4-1/4 (108) 5 (127) 6-5/8 (168) 8-1/4 (210)
Adhesive Capsule(s) Required (1) 1/2 x 4-1/4 (1) 5/8 x 5 (1) 7/8 x 6-5/8 (1) 1 x 8-1/4
HVA Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity and Steel Strength for HIS Carbon Steel and HIS-R Stainless Steel Internally Threaded Inserts HVU Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity 2 Tensile f'c 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) lb (kN) 12715 (56.6) 18275 (81.3) 29840 (132.7) 36660 (163.1) Ultimate Bolt Strength1, 2 ASTM A 325 Carbon Steel Tensile 1 Shear 1 lb (kN) lb (kN) 9935 (44.2) 17665 (78.6) 27610 (122.8) 39760 (176.9) 5960 (26.5) 10600 (47.2) 16565 (73.7) 23855 (106.1) ASTM F 593 Stainless Steel Tensile 1 Shear 1 lb (kN) lb (kN) 8280 (36.8) 14720 (65.5) 23010 (102.4) 28165 (125.3) 4970 (22.1) 8835 (39.3) 13805 (61.4) 16900 (75.1)
Adhesive Capsule(s) Required (1) 1/2 x 4-1/4 (1) 5/8 x 5 (1) 7/8 x 6-5/8 (1) 1 x 8-1/4
1 Steel values in accordance with AISC ASTM A 325 bolts: Fy = 92 ksi , Fu = 120 ksi ASTM F 593 (AISI 304/316): Fy = 65 ksi, Fu = 100 ksi for 3/8" thru 5/8" Fy = 45 ksi, Fu = 85 ksi for 3/4" Allowable Load Values Tension = 0.33 x Fu x Anom Shear = 0.17 x Fu x Anom Ultimate Load Values Tension = 0.75 x Fu x Anom Shear = 0.45 x Fu x Anom
2 Use lower value of either bond/concrete capacity or steel strength.

HVA Ultimate Bond Strength and Steel Strength for Rebar in Concrete HVU Ultimate Bond Strength1 Embedment Adhesive f'c=2000 psi f'c=3000 psi f'c=4000 psi f'c=6000 psi Depth Capsule(s) (13.8 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (41.4 MPa) in. (mm) Required lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 4-1/4 (1) 1/2 x 4-1/4 9680 10980 12270 14850 (108) (43.1) (48.8) (54.6) (66.1) 6-3/8 (1) 1/2 x 4-1/4 & 14520 16460 18400 22280 (162) (1) 3/8 x 3-1/2 (64.6) (73.2) (81.9) (99.1) 8-1/2 (2) 1/2 x 4-1/4 19360 21950 24530 29710 (216) (86.1) (97.6) (109.1) (132.2) 5 (1) 5/8 x 5 15000 16920 18830 22650 (127) (66.7) (75.3) (83.8) (100.8) 7-1/2 (1) 5/8 x 5 & 22490 25370 28240 33980 (184) (1) 1/2 x 4-1/4 (100.4) (112.9) (125.6) (151.1) 10 (2) 5/8 x 5 29990 33820 37650 45310 (254) (133.4) (150.4) (167.5) (201.5) 6-5/8 (1) 7/8 x 6-5/8 21020 24250 27470 33930 (168) (93.5) (107.9) (122.2) (150.9) 10 (2) 3/4 x 6-5/8 31530 36370 41210 50890 (254) (140.3) (161.8) (183.3) (226.4) 13-1/4 (2) 7/8 x 6-5/8 42040 48500 54950 67850 (337) (187.0) (215.7) (244.4) (301.8) 6-5/8 (1) 1 x 8-1/4 23650 27280 30910 38170 (168) (105.2) (121.3) (137.5) (169.8) 10 (2) 3/4 x 6-5/8 35470 40920 46360 57250 (254) (157.8) (182.0) (206.2) (254.7) 13-1/4 (2) 1 x 8-1/4 47300 54560 61810 76330 (337) (210.4) (242.7) (274.9) (339.5) 8-1/4 (1) 1 x 8-1/4 & 35640 40500 45360 55080 (210) (1) 5/8 x 5 (158.5) (180.2) (201.8) (245.0) 12-3/8 (1) 7/8 x 6-5/8 & 53460 60750 68040 82610 (314) (1) 1 x 8-1/4 (237.8) (270.2) (302.7) (367.5) 16-1/2 (2) 1 x 8-1/4 & 71270 80990 90710 110150 (419) (1) 3/4 x 6-5/8 (317.0) (360.3) (403.5) (490.0) Grade 60 Rebar1 Yield Tensile Strength Strength lb (kN) lb (kN)
Rebar Size
#4
12000 (53.4)
18000 (80.1)
#5
18600 (82.7)
27900 (124.1)
#6
26400 (117.4)
39600 (176.1)
#7
36000 (160.1)
54000 (240.2)
#8
47400 (210.8)
71100 (316.3)
1 Use lower of either bond/concrete or steel strength.

HVA Allowable Bond Strength and Steel Strength for Metric Rebar in Concrete (Canada Only)1,2,3 Strength Properties of Metric Rebar fy = 400 MPa Yield Tensile Strength Strength kN (lb) kN (lb)
HVU Allowable Tensile Concrete/Bond Strength Embedment Depth mm (in.) 125 (5) 185 (7-1/2) 255 (10) 170 (6-5/8) 255 (10) 340 (13-1/4) 210 (8-1/4) 315 (12-3/8) 420 (16-1/2) Adhesive Capsule(s) Required (1) M16 (1) M16 & (1) M12 (2) M16 (1) M20 (2) 3/4 x 6-5/8 (2) M20 (1) M24 (1) M24 & (1) 3/4 x 6-5/8 (2) M24 14 MPa (2000 psi) kN (lb) 16.7 (3750) 25.1 (5620) 33.4 (7495) 23.4 (5255) 35.1 (7880) 46.8 (10510) 39.6 (8910) 59.4 (13365) 79.2 (17815) 20 MPa (3000 psi) kN (lb) 18.8 (4230) 28.2 (6340) 37.6 (8455) 27.0 (6060) 40.5 (9090) 53.9 (12125) 45.0 (10125) 67.6 (15185) 90.1 (20245) 28 MPa (4000 psi) kN (lb) 21.0 (4705) 31.4 (7060) 41.9 (9410) 30.6 (6865) 45.8 (10300) 61.1 (13735) 50.4 (11340) 75.7 (17010) 100.9 (22675) 40 MPa (6000 psi) kN (lb) 25.2 (5660) 37.8 (8495) 50.4 (11325) 37.7 (8480) 56.6 (12720) 75.4 (16960) 61.3 (13770) 91.9 (20650) 122.5 (27535)
Rebar Size
15M
80 (17985)
120 (26975)
20M
120 (26975)
180 (40465)
25M
200 (44960)
300 (67440)
1 Allowable bond/concrete strength based on a safety factor of 4.0. 2 Actual tensile bond test data developed for imperial-sized rebar. Yield and ultimate rebar strengths are for metric sizes. 3 For anchor spacing and edge distance guidelines, refer to page 160 of the HVA Adhesive Anchor System.

HVA Ultimate Bond Strength and Steel Strength for Metric Rebar in Concrete (Canada Only)1,2 Strength Properties of Metric Rebar fy = 400 MPa Yield Tensile Strength Strength kN (lb) kN (lb)
HVU Ultimate Tensile Concrete/Bond Strength Embedment Adhesive Depth Capsule(s) mm (in.) Required 125 (1) M16 (5) 185 (1) M16 & (7-1/2) (1) M12 255 (2) M16 (10) 170 (1) M20 (6-5/8) 255 (2) 3/4 x 6-5/8 (10) 340 (2) M20 (13-1/4) 210 (1) M24 (8-1/4) 315 (1) M24 (12-3/8) & (1) 3/4 x 6-5/8 420 (2) M24 (16-1/2) 14 MPa (2000 psi) kN (lb) 66.7 (15000) 100.4 (22490) 133.4 (29990) 93.5 (21020) 140.3 (31530) 187.0 (42040) 158.5 (35640) 237.8 (53460) 317.0 (71270) 20 MPa (3000 psi) kN (lb) 75.3 (16920) 112.9 (25370) 150.4 (33820) 107.9 (24250) 161.8 (36370) 215.7 (48500) 180.2 (40500) 270.2 (60750) 360.3 (80990) 28 MPa (4000 psi) kN (lb) 83.3 (18830) 125.6 (28240) 167.5 (37650) 122.2 (27470) 183.3 (41210) 244.4 (54950) 201.8 (45360) 302.7 (68040) 403.5 (90710) 40 MPa (6000 psi) kN (lb) 100.8 (22650) 151.1 (33980) 201.5 (45310) 150.9 (33930) 226.4 (50890) 301.8 (67850) 245.0 (55080) 367.5 (82610) 490.0 (110150)
Rebar Size
15M
80 (17985)
120 (26975)
20M
120 (26975)
180 (40465)
25M
200 (44960)
300 (67440)
1 Actual tensile bond test data developed for imperial-sized rebar. Yield and ultimate rebar strengths are for metric sizes. 2 For anchor spacing and edge distance guidelines, refer to page 160 of the HVA Adhesive Anchor System.
4.2.1 HVA Capsule Adhesive Anchoring System Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines in Concrete
Anchor Spacing Adjustment Factors
N
Edge Distance Adjustment Factors c hef cmin ccr = = = = = = ll = Actual edge distance Actual embedment 0.5 hef Tension and shear 1.5 hef Tension 2.0 hef Shear Perpendicular to edge Parallel to edge
s V c h
1.5
s hef smin scr
= = = =
Actual spacing Actual embedment 0.5 hef 1.5 hef
scr
Shear & Tension
2.0
ccr
Spacing Tension/Shear
smin = 0.5 hef, scr = 1.5 hef fA = 0.3(s/hef) + 0.55 for scr>s>smin
s hef
1.0
1.5
ccr
Sh ea
S he
ar
Ten
Edge Distance Tension

cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 1.5 hef fRN = 0.4(c/hef) + 0.40 for ccr>c>cmin
cmin
0 0 .6 .2 .4 .8 1.0 Anchor Spacing Adjustment Factor (fA)
0
0 .2 .4
0.5
Edge Distance Shear ( toward edge)

cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef fRV1 = 0.54(c/hef) 0.09 for ccr>c>cmin
.6
sio n
(II)
0.5
1.0
r(
smin
c hef
.8
1.0
Edge Spacing Adjustment Factor (fRV, fRN)
Edge Distance Shear (II to or away from edge)

cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef fRV2 = 0.36(c/hef) + 0.28 for ccr>c>cmin
Load Adjustment Factors for 3/8" Diameter Anchor

Anchor Diameter Adjustment Factor Embedment Depth, in. 3/8" diameter Spacing Tension/Shear, fA 3-1/2 5-1/4 7 Edge Distance Tension, fRN 3-1/2 5-1/4 7 Edge Distance Shear
( toward edge),
Edge Distance Shear

(II to or away from edge),
fRV1 3-1/2 5-1/4 7
fRV2 3-1/2 5-1/4 7
1-3/4 2 2-5/8 3 3-1/2 4 4-1/2 5-1/4 6 7 7-7/8 8-1/2 9 10 10-1/2 12 13 14
Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.
0.70 0.72 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.94 1.00
0.70 0.72 0.75 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.95 1.00
0.70 0.72 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.89 0.91 0.94 0.96 0.98 1.00
0.60 0.63 0.70 0.74 0.80 0.86 0.91 1.00
0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.74 0.80 0.86 0.93 1.00
0.60 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.80 0.85 0.86 0.89 0.91 0.94 0.97 1.00
0.18 0.22 0.32 0.37 0.45 0.53 0.60 0.72 0.84 1.00
0.18 0.22 0.27 0.32 0.37 0.45 0.53 0.63 0.72 0.78 0.84 0.94 1.00
0.18 0.22 0.26 0.32 0.37 0.45 0.52 0.57 0.60 0.68 0.72 0.84 0.91 1.00
0.46 0.49 0.55 0.59 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.82 0.90 1.00
0.46 0.49 0.52 0.55 0.59 0.64 0.69 0.76 0.82 0.86 0.90 0.97 1.00
0.46 0.49 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.64 0.69 0.72 0.74 0.79 0.82 0.90 0.95 1.00

Anchor Diameter Adjustment Factor Embedment Depth, in. 1/2" diameter Spacing Tension/Shear, fA Edge Distance Tension, fRN Edge Distance Shear
( toward edge),
smin = 0.5 hef, scr = 1.5 hef
Edge Distance Shear
fRV1
fRV2
fA = 0.3(s/hef) + 0.55 for scr>s>smin
4-1/4 6-3/8 8-1/2 4-1/4 6-3/8 8-1/2 4-1/4 6-3/8 8-1/2 4-1/4 6-3/8 8-1/2

2-1/8 3 3-3/16 3-1/2 4 4-1/4 5 5-1/2 6 6-3/8 7 8 8-1/2 9 9-9/16 10 10-1/2 12 12-3/4 14 16 17
0.70 0.76 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.90 0.94 0.97 1.00
0.70 0.71 0.74 0.75 0.79 0.81 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.93 0.95 0.97 1.00
0.70 0.73 0.74 0.76 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.87 0.89 0.90 0.92 0.97 1.00
0.60 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.78 0.80 0.87 0.92 0.96 1.00
0.60 0.62 0.65 0.67 0.71 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.84 0.90 0.93 0.96 1.00
0.60 0.64 0.66 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.78 0.80 0.82 0.85 0.87 0.89 0.96 1.00
0.18 0.29 0.32 0.35 0.42 0.45 0.55 0.61 0.67 0.72 0.80 0.93 1.00
0.18 0.21 0.25 0.27 0.33 0.38 0.42 0.45 0.50 0.59 0.63 0.67 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.93 1.00
0.18 0.23 0.26 0.29 0.32 0.35 0.42 0.45 0.48 0.52 0.55 0.58 0.67 0.72 0.80 0.93 1.00
0.46 0.53 0.55 0.58 0.62 0.64 0.70 0.75 0.79 0.82 0.87 0.96 1.00
0.46 0.48 0.51 0.52 0.56 0.59 0.62 0.64 0.68 0.73 0.76 0.79 0.82 0.84 0.87 0.96 1.00
0.46 0.49 0.51 0.53 0.55 0.58 0.62 0.64 0.66 0.69 0.70 0.72 0.79 0.82 0.87 0.96 1.00


Load Adjustment Factors for 5/8" and 3/4" Diameter Anchors

Anchor Diameter Adjustment Factor Embedment Depth, in. 5 5/8" diameter Spacing
Tension/Shear,
3/4" diameter Edge Distance Shear

Edge Distance
Tension,
Edge Distance Shear

( toward edge),
Spacing
Tension/Shear,
Edge Distance
Tension,
Edge Distance Shear

( toward edge),
Edge Distance Shear

fA 7-1/2 10 5
fRN 7-1/2 10 5
fRV1 7-1/2 10 5
fRV2 7-1/2 10 6-5/8
fA 10 13-1/4 6-5/8
fRN 10 13-1/4 6-5/8
fRV1 10 13-1/4 6-5/8
fRV2 10 13-1/4
2-1/2 3-5/16 3-3/4 4 4-1/2 5 5-1/2 6 6-5/8 7 7-1/2 8 9 9-15/16 10 11-1/4 12 13 13-1/4 15 18 20 22 24 26-1/2
0.70 0.75 0.78 0.79 0.82 0.85 0.88 0.91 0.95 0.97 1.00
0.70 0.71 0.73 0.75 0.77 0.79 0.82 0.83 0.85 0.87 0.91 0.95 0.95 1.00
0.70 0.72 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.82 0.85 0.85 0.89 0.91 0.94 0.95 1.00
0.60 0.67 0.70 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.93 0.96 1.00
0.60 0.61 0.64 0.67 0.69 0.72 0.75 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.88 0.93 0.93 1.00
0.60 0.62 0.64 0.67 0.68 0.70 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.80 0.85 0.88 0.92 0.93 1.00
0.18 0.27 0.32 0.34 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.56 0.63 0.67 0.72 0.77 0.88 0.98 1.00
0.18 0.20 0.23 0.27 0.31 0.34 0.39 0.41 0.45 0.49 0.56 0.63 0.63 0.72 0.77 0.85 0.86 1.00
0.18 0.21 0.23 0.27 0.29 0.32 0.34 0.40 0.45 0.45 0.52 0.56 0.61 0.63 0.72 0.88 1.00
0.46 0.52 0.55 0.57 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.71 0.76 0.78 0.82 0.86 0.93 1.00
0.46 0.47 0.50 0.52 0.54 0.57 0.60 0.62 0.64 0.66 0.71 0.76 0.76 0.82 0.86 0.90 0.92 1.00
0.46 0.48 0.50 0.52 0.53 0.55 0.57 0.60 0.64 0.64 0.69 0.71 0.75 0.76 0.82 0.93 1.00
0.70 0.72 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.82 0.85 0.87 0.89 0.91 0.96 1.00
0.70 0.72 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.82 0.85 0.85 0.89 0.91 0.94 0.95 1.00
0.70 0.71 0.72 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.78 0.80 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.89 0.96 1.00
0.60 0.63 0.64 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.76 0.80 0.82 0.85 0.88 0.94 1.00
0.60 0.62 0.64 0.67 0.68 0.70 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.80 0.85 0.88 0.92 0.93 1.00
0.60 0.61 0.63 0.64 0.67 0.70 0.70 0.74 0.76 0.79 0.80 0.85 0.94 1.00
0.18 0.22 0.24 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.45 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.64 0.72 0.73 0.83 0.89 0.97 1.00
0.18 0.21 0.23 0.27 0.29 0.32 0.34 0.40 0.45 0.45 0.52 0.56 0.61 0.63 0.72 0.88 1.00
0.18 0.20 0.22 0.24 0.28 0.32 0.32 0.37 0.40 0.44 0.45 0.52 0.64 0.73 0.81 0.89 1.00
0.46 0.48 0.50 0.52 0.55 0.58 0.61 0.64 0.66 0.69 0.71 0.77 0.82 0.82 0.89 0.93 0.99 1.00
0.46 0.48 0.50 0.52 0.53 0.55 0.57 0.60 0.64 0.64 0.69 0.71 0.75 0.76 0.82 0.93 1.00
0.46 0.47 0.48 0.50 0.52 0.55 0.55 0.59 0.61 0.63 0.64 0.69 0.77 0.82 0.88 0.93 1.00

smin = 0.5 hef, scr = 1.5 hef fA = 0.3(s/hef) + 0.55 for scr>s>smin
Anchor Diameter Adjustment Factor Embedment Depth, in.

7/8" diameter Spacing Tension/Shear, fA 6-5/8 10 Edge Distance Tension, fRN 10 Edge Distance Shear
( toward edge),
Edge Distance Shear

fRV1 10 13-1/4 6-5/8
fRV2 10 13-1/4

13-1/4 6-5/8
13 1/4 6-5/8

fRV1 = 0.54(c/hef) 0.09 for ccr>c>cmin
cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef

3-5/16 4 4-1/2 5 6 6-5/8 7 8 9 9-15/16 10 11 12 13 13-1/4 14 15 16 18 20 22 24 26-1/2
0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.82 0.85 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.00
0.70 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.79 0.82 0.85 0.85 0.88 0.91 0.94 0.95 0.97 1.00
0.70 0.71 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.78 0.80 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.89 0.91 0.96 1.00
0.60 0.64 0.67 0.70 0.76 0.80 0.82 0.88 0.94 1.00
0.60 0.64 0.67 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.93 0.96 1.00
0.60 0.61 0.64 0.67 0.70 0.70 0.73 0.76 0.79 0.80 0.82 0.85 0.88 0.94 1.00
0.18 0.24 0.28 0.32 0.40 0.45 0.48 0.56 0.64 0.72 0.73 0.81 0.89 0.97 1.00
0.18 0.23 0.27 0.29 0.34 0.40 0.45 0.45 0.50 0.56 0.61 0.63 0.67 0.72 0.77 0.88 1.00
0.18 0.20 0.24 0.28 0.32 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.45 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.64 0.73 0.81 0.89 1.00
0.46 0.50 0.52 0.55 0.61 0.64 0.66 0.71 0.77 0.82 0.82 0.88 0.93 0.99 1.00
0.46 0.50 0.52 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.64 0.64 0.68 0.71 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.82 0.86 0.93 1.00
0.46 0.47 0.50 0.52 0.55 0.55 0.58 0.61 0.63 0.64 0.66 0.69 0.71 0.77 0.82 0.88 0.93 1.00
Load Adjustment Factors for 1" and 1-1/4" Diameter Anchors

Anchor Diameter Adjustment Factor Embedment Depth, in. 1" diameter Spacing
Tension/Shear,
1-1/4" diameter Edge Distance Shear

Edge Distance
Tension,
Edge Distance Shear

( toward edge),
Spacing
Tension/Shear,
Edge Distance
Tension,
Edge Distance Shear

( toward edge),
Edge Distance Shear

fA
fRN
fRV1
fRV2 12
fA 15 18 12
fRN 15 18 12
fRV1 15 18 12
fRV2 15 18
8-1/4 12-3/8 16-1/2 8-1/4 12-3/8 16-1/2 8-1/4 12-3/8 16-1/2 8-1/4 12-3/8 16-1/2
4-1/8 4-1/2 5 6 6-3/16 7 7-1/2 8-1/4 9 10 11 12-3/8 13 14 16 16-1/2 18 18-9/16 22-1/2 24 24-3/4 27 30 33 36
0.70 0.71 0.73 0.77 0.78 0.80 0.82 0.85 0.88 0.91 0.95 1.00
0.70 0.72 0.73 0.75 0.77 0.79 0.82 0.85 0.87 0.89 0.94 0.95 0.99 1.00
0.70 0.71 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.79 0.80 0.84 0.85 0.88 0.89 0.96 0.99 1.00
0.60 0.62 0.64 0.69 0.70 0.74 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.93 1.00
0.60 0.63 0.64 0.67 0.69 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.82 0.85 0.92 0.93 0.98 1.00
0.60 0.62 0.64 0.67 0.70 0.72 0.74 0.79 0.80 0.84 0.85 0.95 0.98 1.00
0.18 0.20 0.24 0.30 0.32 0.37 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.56 0.63 0.72 0.76 0.83 0.96 1.00
0.18 0.22 0.24 0.27 0.30 0.35 0.39 0.45 0.48 0.52 0.61 0.63 0.70 0.72 0.89 0.96 1.00
0.18 0.20 0.24 0.27 0.32 0.34 0.37 0.43 0.45 0.50 0.52 0.65 0.70 0.72 0.79 0.89 1.00
0.46 0.48 0.50 0.54 0.55 0.59 0.61 0.64 0.67 0.72 0.76 0.82 0.85 0.89 0.98 1.00
0.46 0.48 0.50 0.52 0.54 0.57 0.60 0.64 0.66 0.69 0.75 0.76 0.80 0.82 0.93 0.98 1.00
0.46 0.48 0.50 0.52 0.55 0.56 0.59 0.63 0.64 0.67 0.69 0.77 0.80 0.82 0.87 0.93 1.00
0.70 0.70 0.73 0.74 0.76 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.90 0.95 0.96 1.00
0.70 0.72 0.73 0.75 0.77 0.80 0.81 0.83 0.87 0.88 0.91 0.92 1.00
0.70 0.72 0.73 0.76 0.77 0.78 0.82 0.83 0.85 0.86 0.93 0.95 0.96 1.00
0.60 0.61 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.81 0.83 0.87 0.93 0.95 1.00
0.60 0.62 0.64 0.67 0.69 0.73 0.75 0.77 0.83 0.84 0.88 0.90 1.00
0.60 0.62 0.64 0.68 0.69 0.71 0.76 0.77 0.80 0.81 0.90 0.93 0.95 1.00
0.18 0.19 0.23 0.25 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.41 0.47 0.50 0.54 0.63 0.65 0.72 0.75 0.92 1.00
0.18 0.21 0.23 0.27 0.31 0.36 0.38 0.41 0.49 0.50 0.56 0.58 0.72 0.77 0.80 0.88 1.00
0.18 0.21 0.24 0.28 0.30 0.33 0.39 0.41 0.45 0.47 0.59 0.63 0.65 0.72 0.81 0.90 1.00
0.46 0.47 0.49 0.51 0.53 0.55 0.58 0.61 0.65 0.67 0.70 0.76 0.78 0.82 0.84 0.96 1.00
0.46 0.48 0.50 0.52 0.54 0.58 0.59 0.62 0.66 0.68 0.71 0.73 0.82 0.86 0.87 0.93 1.00
0.46 0.48 0.50 0.53 0.54 0.56 0.60 0.61 0.64 0.65 0.73 0.76 0.78 0.82 0.88 0.94 1.00

Chemical Resistance Table Chemical/Liquid Acetic acid Acetone Ammonia Ammonium nitrate Ammonium sulphate Carbolic acid solution (Phenol) Carbon tetrachloride Caustic soda Sodium hydroxide Chlorinated lime solution Citric acid Common salt solution Communal waste water Diesel oil Ethanol Ethylene glycol Formic acid Hydrochloric acid Hydrogen peroxide Lactic acid Machine oil Methanol Methyl isobutyl kentone Mixture of amines Mixture of aromatic hydrocarbons Nitric acid Petrol/Gasoline Phosphoric acid 2-Propanol Propylene glycol Sodium carbonate Sodium silicate (pH=14) Sulphuric acid Xylene % By Weight conc. 10% 25% 5% 10% 10% 10% conc. 40% 20% conc. 10% 10% Not Partially Resistant Resistant Resistant
Note: In actual use, the majority of the resin is encased in the concrete, leaving very little surface area exposed. In some cases, this would allow the HVA system to be used where it would be exposed to the Partially Resistant chemical compounds.
Influence of Temperature on Bond Strength

120
HVU IN-SERVICE TEMPERATURE

(53% @ 212F)
100 140 180 220
Allowable Bond Strength (% of Load @ 70F)
100 80 60 40 20 0 20 60
96% conc. 10% 20% 30% 5% 50% 10% conc. conc. Vol%1 Vol%2 40% 20% 40% 20% conc. conc. 10% 50% 40% 20% conc.
Base Material Temperature (F)

Note: Test procedure involves the concrete being held at the temperature for 24 hours then removing it from the controlled environment and testing to failure. Long term creep test in accordance with AC58 is available; please contact Hilti Technical Services.
HVU Capsule Volume

Size HVU 3/8" (M10) HVU 1/2" (M12) HVU 5/8" (M16) HVU 3/4" HVU 7/8" (M20) HVU 1" (M24) HVU 1-1/4" (M32) Vol (in3) 0.37 0.61 1.04 2.07 2.62 4.21 9.46
(100% @ 70F)
Curing Time Table (Approximate)

Base Material Temperature F C 23 32 50 above 68 5 0 10 20 Approx. Full Cure Time 5 hr 1 hr 30 min 20 min
Influence of High Energy Radiation

Radiation Exposure < 10 Mrad 10 100 Mrad > 100 Mrad Detrimental Effect Insignificant Moderate Medium to strong Recommendation for Use Full Use Restricted Use Frec. = 0.5 Fperm. No recommendation for use
1 35 Vol% Triethanolamine, 30 Vol% n-Butylamine and 35 Vol% N,N-Dimethylaniline 2 60 Vol% Toluene, 30 Vol% Xylene and 10 Vol% Methylnaphthalene
Samples of the HVU Resin were immersed in the various chemical compounds for up to one year. At the end of the test period, the samples were analyzed. Any samples showing no visible damage and having less than a 25% reduction in bending (flexural) strength were classified as Resistant. Samples that had slight damage, such as small cracks, chips, etc. or reduction in bending strength of 25% or more, were classified as Partially Resistant. Samples that were heavily damaged or destroyed were classified as Not Resistant.
h1
4.2.1 HVA Capsule Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.1.4 Installation Instructions

1a
1b HAS Rod, Rebar and Insert Installation Instructions 3 2 2 2 1a 1b 2 2 1a
1b
1b
2 3
2
3 3 3
4x HAS HIS Rebar
4 3 3
1a
4x 4x
1a. Drilling the hole - Rotary hammer h1 Set the depth drill: gauge to the correct drilling depth. h1
! !
4x 4x
HAS 1b HIS Rebar 4x
HAS HAS HIS HIS Rebar h1 Rebar
! !
h1
h1
4 HAS 4
HIS Rebar
HAS HIS Rebar
1b. Drilling the hole - Diamond coring: Mark the correct drilling depth on the height adjustment mechanism.
4 4x
5 4x 2 4x
5 5
5
HAS HIS 6 Rebar
2. Clean the hole immediately before setting the anchor. Remove drilling dust and standing water from the base of the hole by blowing out well with at least 4 strokes of the blow-out pump, or using compressed air or an 4 4 industrial vacuum cleaner. The 5 anchor holes must be free of dust, HAS HAS water, ice, oil, bitumen, HIS HIS 6 chemicals or 6 other foreign any 6 Rebar Rebar 3 matter or contaminants. Poorlycleaned holes = poor hold.
3. Ensure that the specified setting depth is marked on1 h the anchor rod. If not, add an embedment mark, for example with tape or marker.
6 7 6
7
7 4
7 7
HVU
HVU 4x
HVU HVU
HVU
HVU HAS HIS Rebar
trel
trel
4. Caution! Check that the hole is drilled to the correct depth before setting the anchor. Hole depth is correct when the anchor rod 5 5 contacts the base of the hole and the setting depth mark coincides with the concrete surface.
5. Push the anchor capsule into the drilled hole.
6. Use the setting tool at a speed of 2501000 r.p.m. to drive the anchor rod into the hole, applying moderate pressure and with the 7 7 hammering action switched on.
t
6 8 8 8
9
HVU
HVU 5
HVU
7
8
trel trel tcure
9 8
HVU tcure
9
10
9 9
tcure tcure
Tinst. tcure
tcure Tinst.
7. Switch off the rotary hammer drill immediately when the specified setting depth is reached ( refer to mark on the 7anchor rod). After setting, adhesive mortar must fill the annular gap completely, right up to the concrete surface. Caution! Prolonged rotary rel rel rel action may cause mortar to 7 9 be forced out of the hole, + + + resulting in reduced anchor + 9loading capacity.
tTinst. rel
Tinst. C Tinst.
min.-5...0 0...10
11
F Ctrel inst. Ctrel tcure F T tcure C F F 5h min.23...32 60' 5h min.-5...0 min.23...32 60' min.-5...0 min.23...3
30' 32...50 0...10
min.-5...0 min.23...3 1 32...50 0...10 h 30' 132...5 h 0...10 32...5 20' 30' 10...20 50...68 10...20 20' 30' 50...68 10...20 50...6 10...20 50...6 8' 20' 20...max.40 68...max.10 20...max.40 68...max.104 8' 20' 20...max.40 68...max.104 20...max.40 68...max.10
8. The working time t rel, which depends on base material temperature, must be observed (see fig. 10). The screwed-on setting tool may be removed only after the time t rel has 8 8elapsed.
9. After reaching the end of the working time t rel, do not manipulate or disturb the anchor rod in any way until the curing time t cure has elapsed. 9
10. A load may be applied to the anchor only after the curing time t cure has elapsed.
11. The working time t rel and curing time t cure, which depend on base material temperature, must be observed!
tcure
Tinst.
HVA Capsule Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.1 4.2.1.5 Ordering Information
HVU Adhesive Capsules, Carbon Steel HAS Rods/Stainless Steel HAS Rods
HVU HVU Adhesive Capsules Qty Description Item No. Per Box 3/8" x 3-1/2" (M10) 256692 10 3/8" x 3-1/2" (M10) 1/2" x 4-1/4" (M12) 256693 10 1/2" x 4-1/4" (M12) 1/2" x 4-1/4" (M12) 5/8" x 5" (M16) 256694 10 5/8" x 5" (M16) 5/8" x 5" (M16) 3/4" x 6-5/8" 256702 5 3/4" x 6-5/8" 3/4" x 6-5/8" 3/4" x 6-5/8" 7/8" x 6-5/8" (M20) 256695 5 7/8" x 6-5/8" (M20) 7/8" x 6-5/8" (M20) 1" x 8-1/4" (M24) 256696 5 1" x 8-1/4" (M24) 1" x 8-1/4" (M24) 1" x 8-1/4" (M24) 1-1/4" x 12" (M33) 256699 4 1-1/4" x 12" (M33) HAS Rods 5.8 Description Item No. 3/8" x 5-1/8" 385419 1/2" x 6-1/2" 1/2" x 8" 1/2" x 10" 5/8" x 8" 5/8" x 9" 5/8" x 12" 3/4" x 10" 3/4" x 11" 3/4" x 12" 3/4" x 14" 7/8" x 10"2 7/8" x 13"2 1" x 12" 1" x 14" 1" x 16" 1" x 20" 1-1/4" x 16" 1-1/4" x 22" 385424 385425 385426 385428 385429 385430 385432 385433 385434 385435 385440 385441 385442 385443 385444 385445 385446 385447 HAS Super A193 B71 Description Item No. 3/8" x 5-1/8" 68657 1/2" x 6-1/2" 68658 HAS Rods 304 SS Description Item No. 3/8" x 5-1/8" 385462 3/8" x 8" 385463 1/2" x 6-1/2" 385464 1/2" x 8" 385465 1/2" x 10" 385466 5/8 x 7-5/8 385467 5/8 x 10 385468 3/4" x 9-5/8" 3/4" x 12" 3/4" x 14" 7/8" x 10" 385469 385470 385471 885473 HAS Rods 316 SS Description Item No. 3/8" x 5-1/8" 3024335 1/2" x 6-1/2" 1/2" x 11" 5/8" x 7-5/8" 5/8" x 9" 5/8" x 12" 3/4" x 9-5/8" 3024336 3024337 333781 3024338 3024339 3024340 HAS/ HAS Qty Per Box 20/10 20/10 10 10 20/10 10 10 10/5 10 10 10 10/5 10 5 4/5 2 2 2 4/4 2/4
5/8" x 7-5/8"
333783
3/4" x 9-5/8"
68660
3/4" x 14" 7/8" x 10" hdg1 7/8" x 12 hdg1 7/8" x 16" hdg1 1" x 12" 1" x 14" 1" x 16" 1" x 21" 1-1/4" x 16" 1-1/4" x 23"
3006083 68661 3006077 45259 68662 3006079 3006080 3006081 333779 3006082
1" x 12"
385474
1" x 12"
3024341
1 Hot-Dip Galvanized (7/8" rod only). Coating thickness 2 mils (50.8 m). 2 Requires setting nuts when using 1-7/16" x 3/4" drive socket.
HVU Adhesive Capsules, HIS Internally Threaded Carbon Steel Inserts/HIS-R Stainless Steel Inserts
HIS Insert Carbon Steel Product Item No. 3/8" x 4-1/4" 258020 1/2" x 5" 258021 5/8" x 6-5/8" 258022 3/4" x 8-1/4" 258023 HIS-R Insert 316 SS Product Item No. 3/8" x 4-1/4" 258029 1/2" x 5" 258030 5/8" x 6-5/8" 258031 3/4" x 8-1/4" 258032 HVU Adhesive Capsule used with HIS Inserts Product Item No. 1/2" x 4-1/4" 256693 5/8" x 5" 256694 7/8" x 6-5/8" 256695 1" x 8-1/4" 256696 HIS Setting Tool1 Drive Socket Setting Tool Required Item No. 9/16" 45969 3/4" 45970 15/16" 45971 1-1/8" 45972 Quantity per Box HIS HVU 10 10 5 10 5 5 5 5
1 Select square drive shaft and drive socket from Setting Products below.
Square Drive Shaft HAS Threaded Rod w/Setting Nut Black Finished Setting Nuts 2,3
Drive Socket
HIS Internally Threaded Sleeve Insert
HIS Setting Tool Rebar Rebar Adaptor
Setting Products
HAS Rod, HIS/ Rebar Diameter 3/8" / #3 1/2" / #4 5/8" / #5 3/4" / #6 7/8" / #7 1" / # 8 1-1/4" Square Drive Shaft
Item No. 00032220 TE-C + SD-1/2" Item No. 0032221 TE-Y-SD-3/4" Item No. 00332169 TE-T-SD-3/4" Item No. 00220693 TE-Y-SD-1"
Setting Nuts2,3 Item No. Drive Socket Item No. 45138 45140 45139 45141 45142 45143 45144 Qty/Pkg. 10 10 5 5 5 5 5
Item No. 65277 65278 65280
Drive Socket 9/16" x 1/2" 3/4" x 1/2" 15/16" x 1/2"
Item No. 65279 65281 65282 65283 65284
Drive Socket 3/4" x 3/4" 15/16" x 3/4" 1-1/8" x 3/4" 1-7/16" x 3/4" 1-1/2" x 3/4"
HIS Setting Tools1 Setting Drive Tool Socket Item No. Required 45969 9/16" 45970 3/4" 45971 15/16" 45972 1-1/8"
Rebar Setting Tools Item No. 220695 220696 220697 220698 220699 TE-Y Adaptor #4 #5/15M #6/20M #7 #8/25M
65285
1-7/8" x 1"
1 To be used with appropriate drive socket and drive shaft from selector chart above. Setting nuts not required with HIS setting tools. 2 Nuts furnished with HAS-E and the HAS Super are oversized and will not fit the drive sockets listed above. Use the black setting nuts with Hilti drive sockets for anchor installation. 3 Setting nuts have a black finished coating, except 7/8 which are hot-dip galvanized.
Accessories
Item No. Description Use
381215 38251 38252
Blowout Tool HIT-DL 10/0.8 Extension Hose HIT-DL 16/0.8 Extension Hose
For holes up to 11" deep For holes up to 30" deep For holes up to 30" deep
The Hilti HIT System 4.2.2 4.2.2.1 Hilti Adhesive Anchor Systems
To address the various conditions found on todays construction projects, Hilti offers the most complete selection of products. We call it the HIT Portfolio. No matter what application you have on the jobsite, Hilti has a product for you. Every product in the HIT Portfolio was developed using the same stringent standards and is backed by the experience of the company that brought cartridge adhesive anchor systems to the world...Hilti.
HIT Portfolio
Products for Specified Applications HIT-HY 20 HIT-HY 150 HIT-HY 150 MAX HIT-RE 500 HIT-RE 500-SD Products for Non-Specified Applications
HIT-HY 10 HFX
HIT-HY 20
Fast Cure Hybrid Adhesive Structural anchors into brick/block Retrofit/Strengthening of historic structures Facade rehabilitation
HIT-HY 150 MAX

Fast Cure Hybrid Adhesive Anchor and dowel applications where time is key Seismic retrofit of concrete structures Holes may be up to 1/4 larger than rods
HIT RE 500-SD
Slow Cure Epoxy Adhesive Deep anchors and dowels Installation in diamond cored, wet or oversized holes Seismic retrofit of concrete structures SD = Strength Design
Hollow Base
(Brick & Hollow block)
Solid Base
(Concrete & Aerated block)
Specified
Fast Cure
HY 20 HY 150 MAX HY 150
Slow Cure
RE 500-SD RE 500
NonSpecified
HY 10
HY 10
HFX
HFX
Specified applications are those involving a project engineer/architect having provided guidance on proper anchor selection. To help ensure a product approved for the current building code in your area, contact Hilti. Technical data for HIT-HT 10 and HFX are not included in this manual.
HIT-HY 10 and HFX

Fast Cure Hybrid Adhesives Ornamental iron, gates and fencing Dowels for curbs and sidewalks Non-specified fastening and doweling HIT-HY 10: Great for volume jobs - 2-part foil pack that uses the same MD 2000, MD 2500 or ED 3500 dispensers as all other Hilti foil pack adhesives HFX: Great for smaller jobs - Single, self-opening cartridge fits standard caulk gun and cartridge dispensers
HIT-HY 10
HFX
4.2.2 The Hilti HIT System

HIT HY and RE Refill Packs The HIT adhesives are supplied in the revolutionary refill packs* Integrated piercing device in refill packs for self-opening convenience no cutting required The refill pack reduces waste up to 70% when compared to conventional hard cartridges HIT-ICE allows easy handling even with heavy winter gloves by using co-axial hard cartridges and large twist off caps
* excluding HIT-ICE
Hilti HIT HY 150 MAX, HIT-RE 500, HIT-RE 500-SD and HIT HY 20 are also available in medium (16.9 oz.) cartridges and in large (47.3 oz.) cartridges for high-volume applications.
Refill Pack Holder The refill pack holder is a reusable, hard cartridge The refill pack is easily inserted in the holder and the holder in the dispenser, for quick easy use The holder can be used to store and transport partially used refill packs HIT HY or RE Dispensers Fast, trouble free injections with a minimum of effort Designed and built to last ED 3500 Battery Dispenser for effortless dispensing
HIT-TZ with HIT-HY 150 MAX or HIT-ICE 4.2.3 4.2.3.1 Product Description
Please refer to Section 4.2.4 for HIT-HY 150 MAX or Section 4.2.5 for HIT-ICE Adhesive product specific information. The Hilti HIT-TZ is an innovative threaded rod installed with HIT-HY 150 MAX hybrid adhesive or HIT-ICE. With the combination of HIT HY 150 MAX or HIT-ICE and the innovative design of the HIT-TZ rod, anchoring into uncleaned holes, wet holes (including standing water) and/or Hilti matched tolerance diamond-cored holes does not adversely affect tensile capacity. Use HIT-ICE in base material temperatures 40 F (5 C). How It Works
expansion forces
4.2.3.1 Product Description 4.2.3.2 Material Specifications
Product Features of HIT-TZ Threaded Rods Full tensile capacity with installation in drilled holes without any hole cleaning procedures Develops the tensile strength of HAS-E (ISO898, Class 5.8) threaded rods and HAS-SS (F 593 and A 193, B8, Class 1 for stainless steel in Canada only) at 20% shallower embedment Full tensile capacity in Hilti matched tolerance diamond-cored holes Develops full tensile capacity when installed in wet holes (with standing water) per ICC-ES AC 58 Seismic qualified per IBC/IRC 2003, IBC/IRC 2000 and UBC 1997 (ICC-ES AC58). Please refer to ESR-1967
4.2.3.3 Technical Data 4.2.3.4 Installation Instructions 4.2.3.5 Ordering Information
When an axial load is applied, Axial Load the innovative HIT-TZ creates expansion expansion forces forces which supplement the bonding power of HITHY 150 MAX or HIT-ICE and the concrete. This compensates for unfavorable hole conditions. No more: removing water or drying holes roughening diamond cored holes.
Listings/Approvals
City of Los Angeles (pending) NSF/ANSI Std 61 Certification for use of HIT-HY 150 MAX in potable water
Code Compliance
IBC/IRC 2003 (ICC-ES AC58) IBC/IRC 2000 (ICC-ES AC58) UBC 1997 (ICC-ES AC58) LEED : Credit 4.1-Low Emitting Materials
The Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED ) Green Building Rating systemTM is the nationally accepted benchmark for the design, construction and operation of high performance green buildings.
4.2.3 HIT-TZ with HIT-HY 150 MAX or HIT-ICE

Guide Specifications Master Format Section: 03250 (Concrete accessories) Related Sections: 03200 (Concrete Reinforcing Accessories) 05050 (Metal Fabrication) 05120 (Structural Steel) Injectable adhesive shall be used for installation of all threaded anchor rods into new or existing concrete. Adhesive shall be furnished in containers which keep component A and component B separate. Containers shall be designed to accept static mixing nozzle which thoroughly blends component A and component B and allows injection directly into drilled hole. Only injection tools and static mixing nozzles as supplied by manufacturer shall be used. Manufacturers instructions shall be followed. Injection adhesive shall be formulated to include resin and hardener to provide optimal curing speed as well as high strength and stiffness. Typical curing time at 68F shall be 30 minutes for HIT-HY 150 MAX and 1 hour for HITICE. Injection adhesive shall be HIT-HY 150 MAX or HIT-ICE, as furnished by Hilti. Anchor Rods Shall be furnished with a helical cone shaped thread on the embedded end and standard threads on the exposed end. Anchor rods shall be manufactured to meet the following requirements: 1. ASTM A 510 with chemical composition of AISI 1038; 2. AISI 316 stainless steel, meeting the requirements of ASTM A 493. Nuts and Washers Shall be furnished to meet the requirements of the above anchor rod specifications.

Material
Carbon steel HIT-TZ Rod meets requirements of ASTM A 510 with chemical composition of AISI 1038 Stainless Steel HIT-TZ Rod meets requirements of AISI 316 HIT-TZ Standard Nut material meets the requirements of ASTM A 563, Grade A HIT-TZ Carbon Steel Washers meet the requirements of ASTM F 844
Mechanical Properties min. fu fy ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa) 70 (480) 70 (480) 87 (600) 87 (600)
HIT-RTZ Stainless Steel Washers meet the requirements of AISI 316 conforming to ASTM A 240
HIT-TZ with HIT-HY 150 MAX or HIT-ICE 4.2.3 4.2.3.3 Technical Data
HIT-HY 150 MAX/HIT-ICE Installation Specification Table for HIT-TZ Rods Details dbit hnom HIT-TZ Rod Size in. (mm) bit diameter1 std. depth of embedment2 length of anchor Tmax h tfix max tightening torque min. base material thickness maximum thickness fastened in. in. (mm) in. (mm) ft lb (Nm) in. (mm) in. (mm) 3/8 (9.5) 7/16 2-7/8 (73) 4-1/2 (114) 18 (24) 3-3/4 (95) 1 (25) 1/2 (12.7) 9/16 3-1/2 (89) 5/8 (15.9) 11/16 4 (102) 3/4 (19.1) 13/16 5-1/4 (133) 10-1/2 (267) 150 (200) 7-7/8 (200) 2-1/4 (56)
hnom h
tfix
dc do Tinst
5-11/16 7-1/16 (144) (180) 30 (40) 5-1/4 (133) 1-1/2 (37) 75 (100) 6 (153) 2-1/4 (56)
Combined Shear and Tension Loading
(N ) + (V ) V N
d d rec rec
5/3
5/3
1.0 (Ref. Section 4.1.8.3)
1 For Hilti matched tolerance carbide tipped drill bits. For Hilti diamond core bits, refer to the Hilti Full Line Catalog. 2 For uncleaned holes in floor applications, add 3/8" (10 mm) to drilled hole depth.
Allowable and Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity of HIT-TZ and HIT-RTZ Rods in Normal Weight Concrete with HIT HY 150 MAX/HIT-ICE1 Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity Tensile Shear Anchor Embedment Diameter Depth in (mm) 3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9) 3/4 (19.1) in (mm) 2-7/8 (73) 3-1/2 (12.1) 4 (102) 5-1/4 (133) f'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) lb (kN) 1800 (8.0) 2720 (12.1) 3850 (17.1) 5405 (24.0) f'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) lb (kN) 2255 (10.0) 3020 (13.4) 5750 (25.6) 7275 (32.4) f'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) lb (kN) 1710 (7.6) 2600 (11.6) 3490 (15.5) 5850 (26.0) f'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) lb (kN) 2415 (10.7) 3680 (16.4) 4935 (22.0) 8275 (36.8) Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity Tensile Shear f'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) lb (kN) 7200 (32.0) 10880 (48.4) 15400 (68.5) 21620 (96.2) f'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) lb (kN) 9020 (40.1) 12080 (53.7) 23000 (102.3) 29100 (129.4) f'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) lb (kN) 6840 (30.4) 10400 (46.3) 13960 (62.1) 23400 (104.1) f'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) lb (kN) 9660 (43.0) 14720 (65.5) 19740 (87.8) 33100 (147.2)
1 Influence factors for spacing and/or edge distance shown on page 172 are applied to the allowable concrete/bond values above, and then compared to the allowable steel values below. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design.
Allowable1 & Ultimate2 Steel Strengths for HIT-TZ (ASTM A 510) & HIT-RTZ Rods Rod Diameter in. (mm)
3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9) 3/4 (19.1)
Allowable Steel Strength1 Tensile Shear lb (kN) lb (kN)

3170 (14.1) 5636 (25.0) 8805 (39.1) 12685 (56.4) 1635 (7.3) 2900 (12.9) 4535 (20.1) 6535 (29.1)
Ultimate Steel Strength2 Yield Tensile Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)

5690 (25.3) 10105 (44.9) 15795 (70.2) 22750 (101.2) 7210 (32.1) 12810 (56.9) 20020 (89.0) 28825 (128.2) 4325 (19.2) 7685 (34.2) 12010 (53.4) 17295 (76.9)
1 Allowable Steel strength as defined in AISC Manual of Steel Construction (ASD): Tensile = 0.33 x Fu x Nominal Area ; Shear = 0.17 x Fu x Nominal Area 2 Ultimate Steel strength as defined in AISC Manual of Steel Construction (LRFD): Yield = Fy x Tensile Stress Area ; Tensile = 0.75 x Fu x Nominal Area Shear = 0.45 x Fu x Nominal Area
4.2.3 HIT-TZ with HIT-HY 150 MAX or HIT-ICE

Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines in Concrete for HIT-TZ and HIT-RTZ Threaded Rods Load Adjustment Factors for 3/8" and 1/2" Diameter Anchors
Anchor Diameter Spacing Adjustment Factor Embedment Depth, in. Tension or Shear, fA 2-7/8 Tension, fRN 2-7/8 3/8" diameter Edge Distance Shear (toward edge), fRV1 2-7/8 Shear
Spacing Tension or Shear, fA 3-1/2 Tension, fRN 3-1/2

( toward edge),
Shear
fRV2 2-7/8
fRV1 3-1/2
fRV2 3-1/2
2 2-7/16 3 3-3/8 4 4-3/8 5 5-1/4 5-7/16 6 6-11/16 7 7-3/16 8-1/2 8-3/4
0.77 0.79 0.81 0.83 0.86 0.87 0.90 0.91 0.92 0.95 0.98 0.99 1.00
0.63 0.68 0.74 0.78 0.84 0.88 0.95 1.98 1.00
0.25 0.35 0.46 0.55 0.68 0.76 0.90 0.95 1.00
0.53 0.59 0.67 0.72 0.80 0.85 0.94 0.97 1.00
0.77 0.79 0.80 0.83 0.84 0.86 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.92 0.94 0.94 0.99 1.00
0.63 0.68 0.71 0.77 0.80 0.85 0.88 0.89 0.94 1.00
0.25 0.35 0.42 0.53 0.59 0.71 0.75 0.79 0.88 1.00
0.53 0.59 0.63 0.70 0.75 0.82 0.84 0.87 0.93 1.00

Anchor Diameter Spacing Adjustment Factor Embedment Depth, in. Tension or Shear, fA 4 Tension, fRN 4 5/8" diameter Edge Distance Shear (toward edge), fRV1 4 Shear
Spacing Tension or Shear, fA 5-1/4 Tension, fRN 5-1/4

( toward edge),
Shear
fRV2 4
fRV1 5-1/4
fRV2 5-1/4
2-13/16 3 3-11/16 4-5/16 4-1/2 4-3/4 5 5-3/4 6-3/4 7-3/16 7-5/8 8 8-7/16 9 10 11-1/4 12 13-1/8
0.77 0.78 0.80 0.82 0.82 0.83 0.84 0.86 0.90 0.91 0.92 0.94 0.95 0.97 1.00
0.63 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.80 0.86 0.93 0.97 1.00
0.25 0.36 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.68 0.76 0.83 0.91 1.00 1.00
0.53 0.55 0.62 0.68 0.70 0.72 0.75 0.82 0.92 0.96 1.00
0.77 0.79 0.79 0.80 0.80 0.82 0.84 0.86 0.87 0.88 0.89 0.90 0.92 0.95 0.97 1.00
0.63 0.67 0.68 0.69 0.71 0.75 0.81 0.84 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.94 1.00
0.25 0.33 0.35 0.38 0.42 0.50 0.62 0.67 0.72 0.76 0.82 0.88 1.00
0.53 0.58 0.59 0.61 0.63 0.69 0.76 0.79 0.82 0.85 0.89 0.93 1.00
NOTE: Tables apply for listed embedments. Reduction factors for other embedment depths must be calculated using equations below. Spacing Tension/Shear smin = 0.7 hef, scr = 2.5 hef fA = 0.128(s/hef) + 0.68 for scr>s>smin Edge Distance Tension cmin = 0.7 hef, ccr = 1.9 hef fRN = 0.308(c/hef) + 0.414 for ccr>c>cmin Edge Distance Shear ( toward edge) cmin = 0.7 hef, ccr = 1.9 hef fRV1 = 0.625(c/hef) 0.1875 for ccr>c>cmin Edge Distance Shear (II to or away from edge) cmin = 0.7 hef, ccr = 1.9 hef fRV2 = 0.392(c/hef) + 0.256 for ccr>c>cmin
HIT-TZ with HIT-HY 150 MAX or HIT-ICE 4.2.3 4.2.3.4 Installation Instructions
HIT-TZ and HIT-RTZ Installation Instructions
PUSH Do Not Twist.
HIT-HY 150 MAX / HIT-ICE
Drill hole using a rotoPush the HIT-TZ in the hole to verify sufficient hole hammer or Hilti diamond depth (only threads visible). For floor applications coring machine. pushing the rod compacts the drill dust.
Inject adhesive starting from the bottom of the hole.
Fill the hole 1/2 to 2/3 full. If the hole is full of water, Do not adjust the HIT-TZ it is suggested to start injecting from the bottom of rod between the gel and the hole and fill entirely with adhesive. cure times. Apply a load only after the appropriate cure time has elapsed.

Description Threaded Rod Diameter (in.) Drill Bit Diameter (in.) Depth of Embedment (in.) Maximum Fastening Thickness (in.) Overall Length (in.) Item No. HIT-TZ Carbon Steel Item No. HIT-RTZ 316 Stainless Steel Quantity per Box
HIT-TZ HIT-TZ HIT-TZ HIT-TZ
3/8x2-7/8/1 1/2x3-1/2/1-1/2 5/8x4/2-1/4 3/4x5-1/4/2-1/4
3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
7/16 9/16 11/16 13/16
2-7/8 3-1/2 4 5-1/4
1 1-1/2 2-1/4 2-1/4
4-1/2 5-11/16 7-1/16 8-9/16
337484 337485 337486 337487
337498 337499 337500 337501
40 24 16 8
4.2.4 HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System


Hilti HIT HY 150 MAX is a hybrid adhesive mortar combining urethane methacrylate resin, hardener, cement and water. The components are kept separate from the hardener and water by means of a dualcylinder foil cartridge attached to a manifold. It is formulated for fast curing and installation in a wide range of solid and hollow base material temperatures from 14F (-10C) up to 104F (40C). The system consists of adhesive cartridges, a mixing nozzle, a HIT dispenser and either a threaded rod, rebar, HIS internally threaded inserts or other fastening element. HIT-HY 150 MAX is designed for fastenings into solid base materials such as concrete, stone, and grout-filled block and is also suitable for fastening into base materials containing voids and holes such as hollow block, lightweight hollow block, brick with holes, and clay tile (with use of screen tubes). The Hilti HIT-TZ is an innovative threaded rod installed with HIT HY 150 MAX hybrid adhesive. With the combination of HIT HY 150 MAX and the innovative design of the HIT-TZ rod, anchoring into uncleaned holes, wet holes (including standing water) and/or Hilti matched tolerance diamond-cored holes does not adversely affect tensile capacity. Product Features of HIT HY 150 MAX Average 20% higher load capacities than HIT HY 150 May be used for oversized holes up to 1/4" larger than threaded rod size May be used in solid and hollow base materials Quick cure saves time Complete system available, including HAS-E, HIS, HIT-TZ Contains no styrene, virtually odorless Extended temperature range IBC/IRC 2006
HY 150 MAX Foil Pack
Listings/Approvals
ICC-ES (International Code Council) ESR-1967 City of Los Angeles RR 25652 NSF/ANSI Standard 61 Certification for use of HIT HY 150 MAX in potable water Metro-Dade County NOA No. 09-0224.06
Seismic qualified per IBC/IRC 2006, IBC/IRC 2003, IBC/IRC 2003, IBC/IRC 2000 and UBC 1997 (ICC-ES AC58). Please refer to ESR-1967
Code Compliance
IBC/IRC 2006 (ICC-ES AC58) IBC/IRC 2003 (ICC-ES AC58) IBC/IRC 2000 (ICC-ES AC58) UBC 1997 (ICC-ES AC58) LEED : Credit 4.1-Low Emitting Materials
The Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design ( LEED ) Green Building Rating systemTM is the nationally accepted benchmark for the design, construction and operation of high performance green buildings.
HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.4
Guide Specifications Master Format Section: 03250 (Concrete accessories) Related Sections: 03200 (Concrete Reinforcing) 05050 (Metal Fabrication) 05120 (Structural Steel) Injectable adhesive: Shall be used for installation of all reinforcing steel dowels or threaded rods and inserts into new or existing solid concrete or masonry. For hollow base materials an injectable adhesive shall be used with a cylindrical mesh screen tube per the adhesive manufacturers specifications.
Adhesive: Shall be furnished in containers which keep component A and component B separate. Containers shall be designed to accept static mixing nozzle which thoroughly blends component A and component B and allows injection directly into drilled hole. Only injection tools and static mixing nozzles supplied by manufacturer shall be used. Manufacturers installation instructions shall be followed. Injection adhesives shall be formulated to include resin and hardener to provide optimal curing speed as well as high strength and stiffness. Typical curing time at 68F shall be 30 minutes. Injection adhesive shall be HIT-HY 150 MAX, as furnished by Hilti. Anchor Rods: Shall be furnished with chamfered ends so that either end will accept a nut and washer. Alternatively, anchor rods shall be furnished with a 45 degree chisel point on one end to allow for easy installation into the adhesive-filled hole. Anchor rods shall be manufactured to meet the following requirements: 1. ISO 898 Class 5.8; 2. ASTM A 193, Grade B7 (high strength carbon steel anchor); 3. AISI 304 or AISI 316 stainless steel, meeting the requirements of ASTM F 593 (condition CW). Special order of HAS or HIT rods may vary from standard product.
Mesh Screen Tube: Shall be formed into a cylindrical shape, with one end closed to prevent extrusion of adhesive through that end. Screen tube shall be manufactured with a mesh size, length and diameter as specified by the adhesive manufacturer. Mesh shall be manufactured from: 1. Low carbon steel with zinc electroplating or 2. AISI 304 stainless steel or 3. plastic. Anchor rods and screens shall be the Hilti HIT system as manufactured by Hilti (refer to page 197). Nuts and Washers: Shall be furnished to meet the requirements of the above anchor rod specifications.
Fastener Components
ED 3500 Battery Dispenser
MD 2000 Dispenser HAS Threaded Rod HIS Internally Threaded Inserts HIT-RE Mixer HIT-HY 150 MAX Foil Pack HIT Foil Pack Holder P 3500 Dispenser
HIT-TZ and HIT-RTZ Rods
Rebar (supplied by contractor)
P 8000 Dispenser
4.2.4 HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.4.2 Material Specifications
Material Properties for Cured Adhesive
Compressive Strength ASTM C 579 Flexural Strength ASTM C 580 Modulus of Elasticity ASTM C 307 Water Absorption ASTM D 570 Electrical Resistance DIN/VDE 0303T3 > 50 MPa > 20 MPa > 3500 MPa < 2% ~ 2 x 1011 OHM/cm >7252 psi > 2900 psi > 5.07 x 105 psi < 2% ~ 5.1 x 1011 OHM/in.
Material
Standard HAS-E rod material meets the requirements of ISO 898 Class 5.8 High Strength or Super HAS rod material meets the requirements of ASTM A 193, Grade B7 HIS-R Insert X5CrNiMo17122 K700 Stainless Steel conforming to DIN EN 10088-3 HIS & HIT-I Insert 11SMnPb30+C Carbon Steel conforming to DIN 10277-3 Stainless HAS Rod material meets the requirements of ASTM F 593 (AISI 304/316) Condition CW 3/8" to 5/8" Stainless HAS Rod material meets the requirements of ASTM F 593 (AISI 304/316) Condition CW 3/4" to 1-1/4" HIT-A Rod material ASTM A 36, 9SMNPB36K &/or 9SMN36K conforming to DIN 1651. Mechanical properties meet or exceed values for ASTM A 36 HAS Super & HAS-E Standard Nut material meets the requirements of ASTM A 563, Grade DH HAS Stainless Steel Nut material meets the requirements of ASTM F 594 HAS & HIT Standard and Stainless Steel Washers meet dimensional requirements of ANSI B18.22.1 Type A Plain HAS Stainless Steel Washers meet the requirements of AISI 304 or AISI 316 conforming to ASTM A 240 HAS Super & HAS-E Standard Washers meet the requirements of ASTM F 436
Mechanical Properties f min. f ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa)

y u
58 105 50.8 54.4 65 45 36
(400) (724) (350) (375) (448) (310) (248)
72.5 125
(500) (862)
101.5 (700) 66.7 100 85 58 (460) (689) (586) (400)
All HAS Super Rods (except 7/8), HIT & HAS-E Standard, HIS inserts, Nuts & Washers are zinc plated to ASTM B 633 SC 1 7/8 HAS Super Rods hot-dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 153 HIT and HAS-E Nut material meets dimensional requirements of ASTM A 563
Note: Special Order threaded rods may vary from standard materials.

HIT-HY 150 MAX Installation Specification Table for HAS Rods
HAS Rod Size Details dbit bit diameter1 in. (mm) in. in. (mm) ft lb (Nm) ft lb (Nm) in. (mm) in. (mm) 3/8 (9.5) 7/16 3-3/8 (86) 18 (24) 15 (20) 5-3/8 (136) 1.0 hef+ 2 (51) 1/2 (12.7) 9/16 4-1/2 (114) 30 (41) 20 (27) 6-1/2 (165) 1.0 hef+ 2 (51) 5/8 (15.9) 3/4 5-5/8 (143) 75 (102) 50 (68) 7-5/8 (195) 1.0 hef+ 2 (51) 3/4 (19.1) 7/8 6-3/4 (172) 150 (203) 105 (142) 8-3/4 (222) 1.0 hef+ 2 (51) 7/8 (22.2) 1 7-7/8 (200) 175 (237) 125 (169) 9-7/8 (250) 1.0 hef+ 2 (51) 1 (25.4) 1-1/8 9 (229) 235 (319) 165 (224) 11-1/4 (286) 1.0 hef+ 2-1/4 (57) 1-1/4 (31.8) 1-3/8 11-1/4 (286) 400 (540) 280 (375) 14-1/4 (362) 1.0 hef+ 3 (76)
h dbit hef t Tmax
hef = hnom standard embedment2 Tmax All hef > hnom max. Hilti tightening Threaded hef < hnom torque Rods h minimum base material thickness3 hef = hnom
hef = hnom
1 Use Hilti matched tolerance carbide tipped drill bits. 2 Data available for varying embedment depths, see load tables. 3 Minimum base material thickness given to avoid back side blowout during drilling process. Ability of base material to withstand loads applied (e.g. bending of concrete slab) should be determined by design engineer.

HIT-HY 150 MAX Installation Specification Table for HIT-TZ Rods
HIT-TZ Rod Details dbit hnom l Tmax h hfix bit diameter standard depth of embedment1 length of anchor max. tightening torque min. base material thickness max. thickness fastened in. (mm) in. in. (mm) in. (mm) ft lb (Nm) in. (mm) in. (mm) 3/8 (9.5) 7/16 2-7/8 (73) 1/2 (12.7) 9/16 3-1/2 (89) 5/8 (15.9) 11/16 4 (102) 3/4 (19.1) 13/16 5-1/4 (133) 10-1/2 (267) 150 (200) 7-7/8 (200) 2-1/4 (57.2)
hnom h
tfix
dc do Tinst
4-1/2 5-11/16 7-1/16 (114.3) (144.5) (179.4) 18 (24) 3-3/4 (95) 1 (25.4) 30 (40) 5-1/4 (133) 1-1/2 (38.1) 75 (100) 6 (152) 2-1/4 (57.2)
1 For uncleaned holes in floor applications, add 3/8 (10 mm) to drilled hole depth.
HIT-HY 150 MAX Installation Specification Table for HIS Inserts

HIS Insert Details dbit hnom bit diameter standard depth of embedment usable thread length max. tightening torque min. base material thickness in. (mm) in. in. (mm) in. (mm) ft lb (Nm) in. (mm) 3/8 (9.5) 11/16 4 1/4 (110) 1 (25) 18 (24) 6-3/8 (162) 1/2 (12.7) 7/8 5 (127) 1-3/16 (30) 35 (47) 7-1/2 (191) 5/8 (15.9) 1-1/8 6-5/8 (168) 1-1/2 (38) 80 (108) 10 (254) 3/4 (19.1) 1-1/4 8-1/4 (210) 2 (51) 160 (217) 12-3/8 (314)
hnom ef h
dbit
Tmax
th
Tmax h
TE 6, 16, TE 16, 25, 25, 35 35, 46
TE 46, 56, 76
HIT-HY 150 MAX Installation Specification Table for Rebar in Concrete

Rebar Size: Details dbit bit diameter1, 2 in. 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-3/8 1-1/2 No. 3 No. 4 No. 5 No. 6 No. 7 No. 8 No. 9 No. 10
1 Rebar diameters may vary. Use smallest drill bit which will accommodate rebar. 2 Use Hilti matched tolerance carbide tipped drill bits.
HIT-HY 150 MAX Installation Specification Table for Metric Rebar in Concrete (Canada Only)
Rebar Size: Details dbit bit diameter1, 2 14 mm 3/4" 24mm 1-1/8" 37mm 1-9/16" 10M 15M 20M 25M 30M 35M
1 Rebar diameters may vary. Use smallest drill bit which will accommodate rebar. 2 Use Hilti matched tolerance carbide tipped drill bits.
( ) ( )
Nd + Vd N rec Vrec
5/3
5/3
< 1.0
(Ref. Section 4.1.8.3)

HIT-HY 150 MAX Installation Specification for HIT-A Rods in Hollow Block, Tile & Brick with Holes
Anchor Size Details dbit h1 hmin bit diameter min. depth of hole min. base material thickness required screen tube t Tmax max. thickness fastened max. tightening torque in. (mm) ft-lb (Nm) in. (mm) in. in. (mm) in. (mm) Tile 1/4 x 2-1/2 (6.4 x 64) 1/2 2-3/81 (60) 3-1/2 (89) HIT S - 12A 1/4 (6) Finger Tight 1/4 (6) 3 (4) Hollow and Lightweight Block 5/16 x 2-1/2 (7.9 x 64) 5/8 2-3/81 (60) 3-1/2 (89) 3/8 x 3 (9.5 x 75) 5/8 2-3/81 (60) 3-1/2 (89) HIT S - 16/2 5/8 (16) 5 (7) 3/4 (19) 7 (9) 5/8 (16) 3 (4) 1/2 x 3-1/8 (12.7 x 80) 5/8 2-3/81 (60) 3-1/2 (89) Brick w/Holes, Clay Tile 5/16 x 4 (7.9 x 100) 5/8 3-3/4 (95) 5 (127) 3/8 x 4-3/8 (9.5 x 110) 5/8 3-3/4 (95) 5 (127) HIT S - 16 3/4 (19) 5 (7) 3/4 (19) 7 (9) 1/2 x 4-1/2 (12.7 x 115) 5/8 3-3/4 (95) 5 (127)
1 Bore hole should be through face of base material.
HIT-HY 150 MAX Installation Specification for HIT-I Inserts in Hollow Block, Tile & Brick with Holes
Anchor Size Details dbit h1 hmin bit diameter min. depth of hole min. base material thickness required screen tube hs Tmax max. usable thread length max. tightening torque in. (mm) ft-lb (Nm) in. (mm) in. in. (mm) in. (mm) Tile #14 Screw 1/2 2-3/81 (60) 3-1/2 (89) HIT S - 12I min 1-1/4 - 1-1/2 (min 30-40) Finger Tight 3 (4) Hollow and Lightweight Block 5/16 x 2 (7.9 x 50) 5/8 2-3/81 (60) 3-1/2 (89) HIT S - 16/2 3/8 x 2 (9.5 x 50) 27/32 2-3/81 (60) 3-1/2 (89) 1/2 x 2 (12.7 x 50) 27/32 2-3/81 (60) 3-1/2 (89) Brick w/Holes, Clay Tile 5/16 x 3-3/16 3/8 x 3-3/16 (7.9 x 80) (9.5 x 80) 5/8 3-3/4 (95) 5 (127) HIT S - 16/2 27/32 3-3/4 (95) 5 (127) 1/2 x 3-3/16 (12.7 x 80) 27/32 3-3/4 (95) 5 (127)
HIT S - 22/2 min 1/2 1-1/2 (min 12-35) 5 (7) 7 (9)
HIT S - 22/2 min 1/2 3 (min 12-75)
3 (4)
5 (7)
7 (9)
1 Bore hole should be through face of base material.

HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable and Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity for HAS Rods in Normal Weight Concrete 1, 2, 3
HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity Tensile Shear HIT-HY 150 MAX Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity Tensile Shear
Anchor Embedment fc = 2000 psi fc = 4000 psi fc = 2000 psi fc = 4000 psi fc = 2000 psi fc = 4000 psi fc = 2000 psi fc = 4000 psi Diameter Depth (27.6 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (13.8 MPa) (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (13.8 MPa) (13.8 MPa) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) in (mm) in (mm) 1 3/4 (44) 3 3/8 (86) 4 1/2 (114) 2 1/4 (57) 4 1/2 (114) 6 (152) 2 7/8 (73) 5 5/8 (143) 7 1/2 (190) 3 3/8 (86) 6 3/4 (172) 9 (229) 4 (101) 7 7/8 (200) 10 1/2 (267) 4 1/2 (114) 9 (229) 12 (305) 5 5/8 (143) 11 1/4 (286) 15 (381) 725 (3.2) 2110 (9.4) 2150 (9.6) 1385 (6.2) 4000 (17.8) 4705 (20.9) 1940 (8.6) 5955 (26.5) 7320 (32.6) 2625 (11.7) 6460 (28.7) 11175 (49.7) 3375 (15.0) 9910 (44.1) 14385 (64.0) 5210 (23.2) 11595 (51.6) 17340 (77.1) 6985 (31.1) 18345 (81.6) 25575 (113.8) 1155 (5.1) 3055 (13.6) 3055 (13.6) 2090 (9.3) 4980 (22.2) 4980 (22.2) 2730 (12.1) 8410 (37.4) 8410 (37.4) 4295 (19.1) 9985 (44.4) 11175 (49.7) 5300 (23.6) 14815 (65.9) 15345 (68.3) 6570 (29.2) 17475 (77.7) 18685 (83.1) 9935 (44.2) 30085 (133.8) 30085 (133.8) 1675 (7.5) 3155 (14.0) 4855 (21.6) 2750 (12.2) 5610 (25.0) 8635 (38.4) 4095 (18.2) 8760 (39.0) 13495 (60.0) 6110 (27.2) 12615 (56.1) 19430 (86.4) 7670 (34.1) 17175 (76.4) 26440 (117.6) 9990 (44.4) 22435 (99.8) 34535 (153.6) 13180 (58.6) 35050 (155.9) 53960 (240.0) 2360 (10.5) 4460 (19.8) 6860 (30.5) 3890 (17.3) 7935 (35.3) 12210 (54.3) 5790 (25.8) 12395 (55.1) 19080 (84.9) 8635 (38.4) 17840 (79.4) 27470 (122.2) 10840 (48.2) 24290 (108.0) 37390 (166.3) 14120 (62.8) 31720 (141.1) 48830 (217.2) 18640 (82.9) 49570 (220.5) 76300 (339.4) 2900 (12.9) 8440 (37.5) 8600 (38.3) 5540 (24.6) 16000 (71.2) 18820 (83.7) 7760 (34.5) 23820 (106.0) 29280 (130.2) 10500 (46.7) 25840 (114.9) 44700 (198.8) 13500 (60.1) 39640 (176.3) 57540 (255.9) 20840 (92.7) 46380 (206.3) 69360 (308.5) 27940 (124.3) 73380 (326.4) 102300 (455.1) 4620 (20.6) 12220 (54.4) 12220 (54.4) 8360 (37.2) 19920 (88.6) 19920 (88.6) 10920 (48.6) 33640 (149.6) 33640 (149.6) 17180 (76.4) 39940 (177.7) 44700 (198.8) 21200 (94.3) 59260 (263.6) 61380 (273.0) 26280 (116.9) 69900 (310.9) 74740 (332.5) 39740 (176.8) 120340 (535.3) 120340 (535.3) 5020 (22.3) 9460 (42.1) 14560 (64.8) 8240 (36.7) 16820 (74.8) 25900 (115.2) 12280 (54.6) 26280 (116.9) 40480 (180.1) 18320 (81.5) 37840 (168.3) 58280 (259.2) 23000 (102.3) 51520 (229.2) 79320 (352.8) 29960 (133.3) 67300 (299.4) 103600 (460.8) 39540 (175.9) 105140 (467.7) 161880 (720.1) 7080 (31.5) 13380 (59.5) 20580 (91.5) 11660 (51.9) 23800 (105.9) 36620 (162.9) 17360 (77.2) 37180 (165.4) 57240 (254.6) 25900 (115.2) 53520 (238.1) 82400 (366.5) 32520 (144.7) 72860 (324.1) 112160 (498.9) 42360 (188.4) 95160 (423.3) 146480 (651.6) 55920 (248.7) 148700 (661.4) 228900 (1018.2)
3/8 (9.5)
1/2 (12.7)
5/8 (15.9)
3/4 (19.1)
7/8 (22.2)
1 (25.4)
1 1/4 (31.8)
1 Influence factors for spacing and edge distance are applied to concrete/bond values above, and then compared to the steel value. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design.
2 For hef > hnom average ultimate concrete shear capacity based on Concrete Capacity Design (CCD) method. For hef < hnom average ultimate concrete shear values based on testing.
3 All values based on holes drilled with carbide bit and cleaned with compressed air and wire brush per manufacturers instructions.

Allowable Steel Strength for HAS Rods, HIT-TZ (ASTM A 510) and HIT-RTZ Rods1
HAS-E Standard ISO 898 Class 5.8 Tensile lb (kN) 2640 (11.7) 4700 (20.9) 7340 (32.6) 10570 (47.0) 14385 (64.0) 18790 (83.6) 29360 (130.6) Shear lb (kN) 1360 (6.0) 2420 (10.8) 3780 (16.8) 5445 (24.2) 7410 (33.0) 9680 (43.1) 15125 (67.3) HAS Super ASTM A 193 B7 Tensile lb (kN) 4555 (20.3) 8100 (36.0) 12655 (56.3) 18225 (81.1) 24805 (110.3) 32400 (144.1) 50620 (225.2) Shear lb (kN) 2345 (10.4) 4170 (18.5) 6520 (29.0) 9390 (41.8) 12780 (56.9) 16690 (74.2) 26080 (116.0) HAS SS AISI 304/316 SS Tensile lb (kN) 3645 (16.2) 6480 (28.8) 10125 (45.0) 12390 (55.1) 16865 (75.0) 22030 (98.0) 34425 (153.1) Shear lb (kN) 1875 (8.3) 3335 (14.8) 5215 (23.2) 6385 (28.4) 8690 (38.7) 11350 (50.5) 17735 (78.9) HIT-TZ (ASTM A 510) & HIT-RTZ Rods Tensile lb (kN) 3170 (14.1) 5636 (25.1) 8805 (39.2) 12685 (56.4) Shear lb (kN) 1635 (7.3) 2900 (12.9) 4535 (20.2) 6535 (29.1) -
Anchor Diameter in. (mm) 3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9) 3/4 (19.1) 7/8 (22.2) 1 (25.4) 1-1/4 (31.8)
Ultimate Steel Strength for HAS Rods, HIT-TZ (ASTM A 510) and HIT-RTZ Rods1
HAS-E Standard ISO 898 Class 5.8 Yield Tensile Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) HAS Super ASTM A 193 B7 Yield Tensile Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) HAS SS AISI 304/316 SS Yield Tensile Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) HIT-TZ (ASTM A 510) & HIT-RTZ Rods Yield Tensile Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
Anchor Diameter in. (mm)
3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9) 3/4 (19.1) 7/8 (22.2) 1 (25.4) 1-1/4 (31.8)
4495 (20.0) 8230 (36.6) 13110 (58.3) 19400 (86.3) 26780 (119.1) 35130 (156.3) 56210 (250.0)
6005 (26.7) 10675 (47.5) 16680 (75.1) 24020 (106.8) 32695 (145.4) 42705 (190.0) 66730 (296.8)
3605 (16.0) 6405 (28.5) 10010 (44.5) 14415 (64.1) 19620 (87.3) 25625 (114.0) 40035 (178.1)
8135 (36.2) 14900 (66.3) 23730 (105.6) 35120 (156.2) 48480 (215.6) 63600 (282.9)
10350 (46.0) 18405 (81.9) 28760 (127.9) 41420 (184.2) 56370 (250.7) 73630 (327.5)
6210 (27.6) 11040 (49.1) 17260 (76.8) 24850 (110.5) 33825 (150.5) 44180 (196.5) 69030 (307.1)
5035 (22.4) 9225 (41.0) 14690 (65.3) 15050 (66.9) 20775 (92.3) 27255 (121.2) 43610 (194.0)
8280 (36.8) 14720 (65.5) 23010 (102.4) 28165 (125.3) 38335 (170.5) 50070 (222.7) 78235 (348.0)
4970 (22.1) 8835 (39.3) 13805 (61.4) 16800 (74.7) 23000 (102.3) 30040 (133.6) 46940 (208.8)
5690 (25.3) 10105 (44.9) 15795 (70.3) 22750 (101.2) -
7210 (32.1) 12810 (57.0) 20020 (89.1) 28825 (128.2) -
4325 (19.2) 7685 (34.2) 12010 (53.4) 17295 (76.9) -
101755 115050 (452.6) (511.8)

HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable and Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity for HIT-TZ and HIT-RTZ Rods in Normal Weight Concrete1
HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity HIT-HY 150 MAX Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity Tensile Shear Tensile Shear Embedment fc= 2000 psi fc= 4000 psi fc= 2000 psi fc= 4000 psi fc= 2000 psi fc= 4000 psi fc= 2000 psi fc= 4000 psi Depth (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 2-7/8 (73) 3-1/2 (89) 4 (102) 5-1/4 (133) 1800 (8.0) 2720 (12.1) 3850 (17.1) 5405 (24.0) 2255 (10.0) 3020 (13.4) 5750 (25.6) 7275 (32.4) 1710 (7.6) 2600 (11.6) 3490 (15.5) 5850 (26.0) 2415 (10.7) 3680 (16.4) 4935 (22.0) 8275 (36.8) 7200 (32.0) 10880 (48.4) 15400 (68.5) 21620 (96.2) 9020 (40.1) 12080 (53.7) 23000 (102.3) 29100 (129.4) 6840 (30.4) 10400 (46.3) 13960 (62.1) 23400 (104.1) 9660 (43.0) 14720 (65.5) 19740 (87.8) 33100 (147.2)
1 Influence factors for spacing and edge distance are applied to concrete/bond values above, and then compared to the steel value. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design.
HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity and Steel Strength for HIS Carbon Steel and HIS-R Stainless Steel Internally Threaded Inserts
HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity Tensile Shear fc > 2000 psi _ fc > 2000 psi _ (13.8 MPa) (13.8 MPa) lb (kN) lb (kN) 2875 (12.8) 4890 (21.8) 7430 (33.1) 9920 (44.1) 1605 (7.1) 3040 (13.5) 4575 (20.4) 6305 (28.0) Allowable Bolt Strength1,2 ASTM A 325 Carbon Steel Tensile Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) 4370 (19.4) 7775 (34.6) 12150 (54.0) 17495 (77.8) 2250 (10.0) 4005 (17.8) 6260 (27.8) 9010 (40.1) ASTM F 593 Stainless Steel Tensile Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) 3645 (16.2) 6480 (28.8) 10125 (45.0) 12395 (55.1) 1875 (8.3) 3335 (14.8) 5215 (23.2) 6385 (28.4)
HIT-HY 150 MAX Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity and Steel Strength for HIS Carbon Steel and HIS-R Stainless Steel Internally Threaded Inserts
HIT-HY 150 MAX Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity2 Tensile Shear fc > 2000 psi _ fc > 2000 psi _ (13.8 MPa) (13.8 MPa) lb (kN) lb (kN) 11495 (51.1) 19570 (87.1) 29720 (132.2) 39675 (176.5) 6425 (28.6) 12170 (54.1) 18310 (81.4) 25215 (112.2) Ultimate Bolt Strength1,2 ASTM A 325 Carbon Steel Tensile Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) 9935 (44.2) 17665 (78.6) 27610 (122.8) 39760 (176.9)
Ultimate Load Values Tension = 0.75 x Fu x Anom Shear = 0.45 x Fu x Anom
ASTM F 593 Stainless Steel Tensile Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) 8280 (36.8) 14720 (65.5) 23010 (102.4) 28165 (125.3) 4970 (22.1) 8835 (39.3) 13805 (61.4) 16900 (75.2)
5960 (26.5) 10600 (47.2) 16565 (73.7) 23855 (106.1)
1 Steel values in accordance with AISC ASTM A 325 bolts: Fy = 92 ksi , Fu = 120 ksi ASTM F 593 (AISI 304/316): Fy = 65 ksi, Fu = 100 ksi for 3/8" thru 5/8" Fy = 45 ksi, Fu = 85 ksi for 3/4" 2 Use lower value of either bond/concrete capacity or steel strength.
Allowable Load Values Tension = 0.33 x Fu x Anom Shear = 0.17 x Fu x Anom

HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable and Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity for HAS Rods installed in Lightweight Concrete > 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) 1, 2 _
Anchor Diameter in. (mm) 3/8 (9.5) Embedment Depth in. (mm) 1-3/4 (44) 3-3/8 (86) 2-1/4 (57) 4-1/2 (114) 2-7/8 (73) 5-5/8 (143) 3-3/8 (86) 6-3/4 (172) Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity lb (kN) Tensile Shear 855 1510 (3.8) (6.7) 2210 1590 (9.8) (7.1) 1515 2405 (6.7) (10.7) 3815 2440 (17.0) (10.9) 2110 4755 (9.4) (21.2) 4655 4755 (20.7) (21.2) 2560 6160 (1.4) (27.4) 6765 6160 (30.1) (27.4) Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity lb (kN) Tensile Shear 3420 6040 (15.2) (26.9) 8840 6360 (39.3) (28.3) 6060 9620 (27.1) (42.8) 15260 9760 (67.9) (43.4) 8440 19020 (37.5) (84.6) 18620 19020 (82.8) (84.6) 10240 24640 (45.5) (109.6) 27060 24640 (120.4) (109.6)
1/2 (12.7)
5/8 (15.9)
3/4 (19.1)
1 Influence factors for spacing and edge distance are applied to concrete/bond values above, and then compared to the allowable steel value. The lesser of these values is to be used for design. 2 All values based on holes drilled with carbide tipped bit and cleaned with a wire brush.
HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity for Sill Plate Applications
Allowable Loads for Attachment of Sill Plates to fc= 2000 psi Normal Weight Concrete with HIT-HY 150 MAX
Anchor Diameter in. (mm) 1/2 (12.7) Embedment Depth in. (mm) 4-1/2 (114) 5-5/8 (143) 5/8 (15.9) 10 (254) 3/4 (19.1) 6-3/4 (172) 7-7/8 (200) 7/8 (22.2) 15 (381) Edge Distance in. (mm) 1-3/4 (44.5) 2-3/4 (69.9) 1-3/4 2-3/4 1-3/4 2-3/4 1-3/4 (44.5) (69.9) (44.5) (69.9) (44.5) Shear lb (kN) Tension lb (kN) 1790 (8.0) 2240 (10.0) 2275 2525 4410 5045 2660 (10.1) (11.2) (19.6) (22.4) (11.8) Load II to Edge 1555 (6.9) 1815 (8.1) 2550 2670 2550 2670 2620 (11.3) (11.9) (11.3) (11.9) (11.7) Load to Edge 555 (2.5) 940 (4.2) 555 940 855 975 910 (2.5) (4.2) (3.8) (4.3) (4.0)
2-3/4 (69.9) 1-3/4 (44.5) 2-3/4 (69.9) 1-3/4 (44.5) 2-3/4 (69.9)
3150 (14.0) 3420 (15.2) 4320 (19.2) 7980 (35.5) 8085 (36.0)
3375 (15.0) 3980 (17.7) 4320 (19.2) 3980 (17.7) 4320 (19.2)
1105 (4.9) 1070 (4.8) 1300 (5.8) 1070 (4.8) 1300 (5.8)
Allowable Loads for Attachment of Sill Plates to Top of Grout Filled Block Wall with HIT-HY 150 MAX1
Anchor Diameter in. (mm) 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9) Embedment Depth in. (mm) 4-1/2 (114) 5-5/8 (143) Edge Distance in. (mm) 1-3/4 (44.5) 1-3/4 (44.5) Shear lb (kN) Tension lb (kN) 1095 (4.8) 1240 (5.5) Load II to Edge 815 (3.6) 965 (4.3) Load to Edge 295 (1.3) 400 (1.8)
1 Loads are based on concrete or masonry failure. Steel strength must be checked separately. Values based on safety factor of 5.0.

HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable Loads for Threaded Rods in Grout-Filled Concrete Masonry Units (ASTM C 90 Block) 1, 2, 3, 4
Anchor Diameter in. (mm) 3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9) 3/4 (19.1) Embedment Depth in. (mm) 3-3/8 (86) 4-1/2 (114) 5-5/8 (143) 6-3/4 (172) Distance from Edge in. (mm) 4 (101.6) > 20 (508) _ 4 (101.6) > 20 (508) _ 4 (101.6) > 20 (508) _ 4 (101.6) > 20 (508) _ Tension5 lb (kN) 880 (3.9) 950 (4.2) 1055 (4.7) 1265 (5.6) 1370 (6.1) 1850 (8.2) 1580 (8.8) 2440 (13.6) Shear5 lb (kN) 1135 (5.0) 1135 (5.0) 1745 (7.8) 1870 (8.3) 2120 (9.4) 2590 (11.5) 2205 (9.8) 2785 (12.4)
HIT-HY 150 MAX Ultimate Loads for Threaded Rods in Grout-Filled Concrete Masonry Units (ASTM C 90 Block) 1, 2, 3, 4
Anchor Diameter in. (mm) 3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9) 3/4 (19.1) Embedment Depth in. (mm) 3-3/8 (86) 4-1/2 (114) 5-5/8 (143) 6-3/4 (172) Distance from Edge in. (mm) 4 (101.6) > 20 (508) _ 4 (101.6) > 20 (508) _ 4 (101.6) > 20 (508) _ 4 (101.6) > 20 (508) _ Tension5 lb (kN) 4400 (19.6) 4750 (21.1) 5275 (23.5) 6325 (28.1) 6850 (30.5) 9250 (41.1) 7900 (35.1) 12200 (54.3) Shear5 lb (kN) 5675 (25.2) 5675 (25.2) 8725 (38.8) 9350 (41.6) 10600 (47.2) 12950 (57.6) 11025 (49.0) 13925 (61.9)
1 Values are for lightweight, medium weight or normal weight concrete masonry units conforming to ASTM C 90 with 1500 psi grout conforming to ASTM C 476. 2 Embedment depth is measured from the outside face of the concrete masonry unit. 3 Values are for anchors located in the grouted cell, head joint, bed joint, "T" joint, cross web or any combination of the above. 4 Values for edge distance between 4 inches and 20 inches can be calculated by linear interpolation. 5 Loads are based on the lesser of bond strength, steel strength or base material strength.
Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines for Grout-Filled Block

Influence of Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance
Anchor Size hnom in. (mm) in. (mm) 3/8 (9.5) 3-3/8 (86) 1/2 (12.7) 4-1/2 (114) 5/8 (15.8) 5-5/8 (143) 3/4 (19.1) 6-3/4 (172)
s V c
hnom = standard embedment depth
Edge Distance for Shear and Tension: Grout Filled, Normal Weight and Lightweight Block ccr cmin = 20 in. (508 mm) minimum from free edge = 4 in. (102 mm) minimum from free edge
Anchor Spacing for Shear and Tension: Grout Filled, Normal Weight and Lightweight Block scr = smin = One (1) anchor per cell (max), and 8 in. (203mm) (min)

HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable Loads for Threaded HIT-A Rods in Hollow Concrete Block, Lightweight Concrete Block, Brick with Holes, Clay Tile 1, 2
HIT-A Short 2" (51mm) Embedment Anchor Type Anchor Diameter in. (mm) 1/4 3 (6.4) HIT-A Rod Anchor 5/16 (7.9) 3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7)
L/W or N/W Hollow Concrete Block
HIT-A Standard 3-3/8" (86mm) Embedment

Brick with Holes Clay Tile
Tension lb (kN) 190 (0.8) 275 (1.2) 395 (1.8) 395 (1.8)
Shear lb (kN) 340 (1.5) 505 (2.2) 790 (3.5) 1230 (5.5)
Tension lb (kN) 365 (1.6) 565 (2.5) 775 (3.4) 775 (3.4)
Shear lb (kN) 305 (1.4) 530 (2.4) 930 (4.1) 1375 (6.1)
Tension lb (kN) 130 (0.6) 150 (0.7) 150 (0.7) 150 (0.7)
Shear lb (kN) 100 (0.4) 220 (1.0) 220 (1.0) 500 (2.2)
1 Based on using a safety factor of 6 for tension and 4 for shear. 2 Due to wide strength variations encountered in masonry, these values should be considered as guide values. 3 1/4" anchor diameter installed at 2" embedment in brick with holes and clay tile.
HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable Loads for Internally Threaded HIT-I Inserts in Hollow Concrete Block, Lightweight Concrete Block, Brick with Holes, Clay Tile 1, 2
HIT-I Short 2" (51mm) Embedment Anchor Type Anchor Diameter in. (mm)
No 14 screw w/ insert3
HIT-I Standard 3-3/8" (86mm) Embedment

Brick with Holes Clay Tile
L/W or N/W Hollow Concrete Block
Tension lb (kN) 180 (0.8) 300 (1.3) 300 (1.3) 300 (1.3)
Shear lb (kN) 510 (2.3) 780 (3.5) 1425 (6.3) 1800 (8.0)
Tension lb (kN) 300 (1.3) 585 (2.6) 1160 (5.2) 1160 (5.2)
Shear lb (kN) 530 (2.4) 750 (3.3) 1380 (6.1) 1635 (7.3)
Tension lb (kN) 85 (0.4) 175 (0.8) 185 (0.8) 185 (0.8)
Shear lb (kN) 150 (0.7) 220 (1.0) 435 (1.9) 500 (2.2)
(6.4) HIT-I Insert Anchor 5/16 (7.9) 3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7)
Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines

Brick with Holes & Multi-Wythe Brick Walls Spacing: scr = smin = Two (2) complete bricks in any direction Edge Distance: ccr = cmin = Two (2) complete bricks (max), and 16" (406 mm) in any direction (min) (whichever is less.) Clay Tile Spacing: scr = smin = One (1) anchor per tile cell Edge Distance: ccr = cmin = 12" (305 mm) from free edge Hollow, Normal Weight & Lightweight Concrete Block Spacing: scr = smin = One (1) anchor per block cell Edge Distance: ccr = cmin = 12" (305 mm) min. from free edge
Wall Elevation

HIT-HY 150 MAX Ultimate Bond Strength and Steel Strength for Rebar in Concrete
Concrete Compressive Strength Nominal Rebar Size Embed. Depth in. (mm) fc = 2000 psi Ultimate Bond Strength lb (kN) 8100 (36.0) 8700 (38.7) 13840 (61.6) 18800 (83.6) 20200 (89.9) 28600 (127.2) 27080 (120.5) 36680 (163.2) 36200 (161.0) 49940 (222.1) 45860 (204.0) 66680 (296.6) 54660 (243.1) 88000 (391.4) 68200 (303.4) 101720 (452.5) Embed. to Develop Yield Strength1 in. (mm) Embed. to Develop Tensile Strength1 in. (mm) 5 (127) Ultimate Bond Strength lb (kN) 8240 (36.7) 11380 (50.6) 14840 (66.0) 20620 (91.7) 25060 (111.5) 29900 (133.0) 27080 (120.5) 43820 (194.9) 40360 (179.5) 57760 (256.9) 58860 (261.8) 73800 (328.3) 68580 (305.1) 88000 (391.4) 80520 (358.2) 115160 (512.3) fc = 4000 psi Embed. to Develop Yield Strength1 in. (mm) Embed. to Develop Tensile Strength1 in. (mm) 4 (102) Grade 60 Rebar
Yield Strength lb (kN)
Tensile Strength lb (kN)
#3
3-3/8 (86) 4-1/2 (114) 4-1/2 (114) 6 (152) 5-5/8 (143) 7-1/2 (190) 6-3/4 (172) 9 (229) 7-7/8 (200) 10-1/2 (267) 9 (229) 12 (305) 10-1/8 (257) 13-1/2 (343) 11-1/4 (286) 15 (381)
3-3/8 (86)
3-3/8 86)
6600 (29.4)
9900 (44.0)
#4
4-1/2 (114)
5-7/8 (149)
4-1/2 (114)
5 3/8 (137)
12000 (53.4)
18000 (80.1)
#5
5-5/8 (143)
7-3/8 (187)
5-5/8 (143)
6 3/4 (172)
18600 (82.7)
27900 (124.1)
#6
6-3/4 (172)
10 (254)
6-3/4 (172)
8 1/2 (216)
26400 (117.4)
39600 (176.2)
#7
7-7/8 (200)
11-5/8 (295)
7-7/8 (200)
10 (254)
36000 (160.1)
54000 (240.2)
#8
9-3/8 (238)
13-3/8 (340)
9 (229)
11 1/2 (292)
47450 (211.1)
71100 (316.3)
#9
10-3/4 (273)
15 (381)
10-1/8 (257)
14 3/8 (365)
60000 (266.9)
90000 (400.3)
#10
12-1/4 (311)
16-7/8 (429)
11-1/4 (286)
15 (381)
76200 (339.0)
114300 (508.4)
1 Based on comparison of average ultimate adhesive bond test values or ultimate bond stress calculated strength values versus ultimate tensile strength of rebar. For more information, contact Hilti.

HIT-HY 150 MAX Bond Strength and Steel Strength for Rebar in Concrete 1, 4, 5
Concrete Compressive Strength 2, 3, 4 fc = 14 MPa Rebar Size Embedment Depth mm 85 115 145 190 170 230 230 305 260 345 Ultimate Bond kN 36.0 38.7 89.9 127.2 120.5 163.2 204.0 296.6 243.1 391.4 Allowable Bond kN 9 9.7 22.5 31.8 30.1 40.8 51 74.2 60.8 97.9 fc = 28 MPa Ultimate Bond kN 36.7 50.6 111.5 133 120.5 194.9 261.8 328.3 305.1 391.4 Allowable Bond kN 9.2 12.7 27.9 33.3 30.1 48.7 65.5 82.1 76.3 97.9
Strength Properties of Metric Rebar 2, 3
fy = 400 MPa Yield Strength kN Tensile Strength kN
10M 15M 20M 25M 30M
40 80 120 200 280
60 120 180 300 420
1 For anchoring to grout filled block or bond beams, please refer to table for loads in grout filled concrete masonry units for HIT-HY 150 MAX. 2 Use lesser values of bond strength or rebars steel strength for tensile capacity. 3 Actual bond test data developed for imperial-sized rebar. Yield and ultimate rebar strengths are for metric sizes. 4 Test data developed for hammer drilled holes. For diamond cored holes, contact Hilti Engineering. 5 For HIT-HY 150 MAX anchor spacing and edge distance guidelines, please refer to section 4.2.4.

Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines in Concrete for HIT-HY 150 MAX
Load Adjustment Factors for 3/8" and 1/2" Diameter Anchors Anchor Diameter Adjustment Factor
Embedment Depth, in. 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-11/16 2 2-1/4 2-1/2 2-5/8 3 3-3/8 4 4-3/8 5 5-1/16 5-1/4 5-5/8 6 6-3/4 7 8 8-1/2 9 10 11 12
3/8" diameter
Spacing Tension/Shear, fA Edge Distance Tension, fRN Edge Distance Shear, fRV1
( toward edge)
1/2" diameter
Edge Distance Shear, fRV2
(II to or away from edge)
Spacing Tension/Shear fA 6
Edge Distance Tension, fRN 2-1/4 4-1/2 6

( toward edge)

1-3/4 3-3/8 4-1/2 1-3/4 3-3/8 4-1/2 1-3/4 3-3/8 4-1/2 1-3/4 3-3/8 4-1/2 2-1/4 4-1/2 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.92 0.95 1.00 0.60 0.63 0.66 0.75 0.79 0.77 0.86 0.78 0.75 0.91 0.79 0.76 0.97 0.80 0.77 1.00 0.82 0.78 0.84 0.79 0.87 0.82 0.88 0.83 0.91 0.85 0.92 0.86 0.93 0.86 0.95 0.88 0.96 0.89 1.00 0.92 0.93 0.96 0.98 1.00 0.17 0.20 0.23 0.36 0.44 0.50 0.56 0.59 0.67 0.76 0.91 1.00 0.45 0.47 0.49 0.58 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.72 0.78 0.84 0.94 1.00
2-1/4 4-1/2
2-1/4 4-1/2
0.60 0.64 0.67 0.70 0.71 0.76 0.80 0.87 0.92 0.99 1.00
0.60 0.62 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.76 0.79 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.90 0.93 1.00
0.17 0.22 0.26 0.30 0.32 0.39 0.45 0.55 0.61 0.71 0.72 0.75 0.82 0.88 1.00
0.17 0.20 0.22 0.26 0.31 0.39 0.43 0.51 0.52 0.54 0.59 0.63 0.72 0.75 0.88 0.94 1.00
0.45 0.48 0.51 0.54 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.70 0.74 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.88 0.92 1.00
0.45 0.47 0.48 0.51 0.54 0.59 0.62 0.67 0.68 0.69 0.72 0.76 0.82 0.84 0.92 0.96 1.00
0.75 0.80 0.82 0.84 0.86 0.87 0.90 0.92 0.97 1.00
0.60 0.70 0.76 0.75 0.80 0.76 0.84 0.77 0.87 0.78 0.75 0.93 0.79 0.76 1.00 0.82 0.78 0.83 0.79 0.85 0.81 0.86 0.81 0.86 0.81 0.88 0.82 0.89 0.84 0.92 0.86 0.93 0.86 0.96 0.89 0.98 0.90 1.00 0.92 0.95 0.97 1.00
0.60 0.62 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.76 0.79 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.90 0.93 1.00
0.60 0.63 0.67 0.69 0.73 0.74 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.85 0.87 0.93 0.97 1.00
0.17 0.27 0.33 0.38 0.42 0.45 0.52 0.59 0.70 0.77 0.88 0.90 0.93 1.00
0.17 0.20 0.22 0.26 0.31 0.39 0.43 0.51 0.52 0.54 0.59 0.63 0.72 0.75 0.88 0.94 1.00
0.17 0.20 0.26 0.30 0.35 0.36 0.38 0.41 0.45 0.52 0.54 0.63 0.68 0.72 0.82 0.91 1.00
0.45 0.52 0.56 0.59 0.62 0.63 0.68 0.72 0.80 0.85 0.92 0.93 0.95 1.00
0.45 0.47 0.48 0.51 0.54 0.59 0.62 0.67 0.68 0.69 0.72 0.76 0.82 0.84 0.92 0.96 1.00
0.45 0.47 0.51 0.53 0.57 0.58 0.59 0.61 0.63 0.68 0.69 0.76 0.79 0.82 0.88 0.94 1.00
Note: Tables apply for listed embedment depths. Reduction factors for other embedment depths must be calculated using equations below. Spacing for scr > s > smin Tension and Shear smin = 0.5 hef, scr = 2.0 hef fAN = 0.165 (s/hef) + 0.67 Edge Distance for ccr > c > cmin Tension cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 1.5 hef fRN = 0.40 (c/hef) + 0.4 Shear, where hef < 9.0 x d1 cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.5 hef toward edge fRV1 = 0.415 (c/h ef ) 0.0375 II or away from edge fRV2 = 0.275 (c/h ef ) + 0.312
Shear, where hef 9.0 x d1 cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef toward edge fRV1 = 0.554 (c/h ef ) 0.107
1 d = nominal bolt diameter
II or away from edge fRV2 = 0.366 (c/h ef ) + 0.267

Embedment Depth, in. 1-7/16 1-11/16 2 2-1/4 2-1/2 2-13/16 3 3-3/8 3-3/4 4-5/16 4-1/2 4-3/4 5-1/16 5-3/4 6-3/4 7-3/16 7-1/2 8 8-7/16 9 10-1/8 11-1/4 12 13 13-1/2 14 15 16 18
5/8" diameter
Spacing Tension/Shear, fA Edge Distance Tension, fRN Edge Distance Shear, fRV1
( toward edge)
3/4" diameter
Spacing Tension/Shear fA 9

( toward edge)

2-7/8 5-5/8 7-1/2 2-7/8 5-5/8 7-1/2 2-7/8 5-5/8 7-1/2 2-7/8 5-5/8 7-1/2 3-3/8 6-3/4 0.75 0.77 0.78 0.80 0.81 0.83 0.84 0.86 0.89 0.92 0.93 0.94 0.96 1.00 0.60 0.63 0.68 0.71 0.75 0.75 0.79 0.76 0.82 0.77 0.87 0.78 0.75 0.92 0.80 0.76 1.00 0.80 0.77 0.81 0.77 0.82 0.78 0.84 0.80 0.87 0.82 0.88 0.83 0.89 0.84 0.90 0.85 0.92 0.86 0.93 0.87 0.97 0.89 1.00 0.92 0.93 0.96 0.97 0.98 1.00 0.17 0.21 0.25 0.29 0.32 0.37 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.59 0.61 0.65 0.69 0.79 0.94 1.00 0.45 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.72 0.74 0.77 0.80 0.86 0.96 1.00 0.75 0.77 0.79 0.80 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.86 0.89 0.90 0.91 0.92 0.96 1.00
3-3/8 6-3/4 0.17 0.21 0.24 0.27 0.31 0.33 0.38 0.42 0.49 0.52 0.55 0.59 0.67 0.79 0.85 0.88 0.95 1.00
3-3/8 6-3/4 0.45 0.47 0.50 0.52 0.54 0.56 0.59 0.62 0.66 0.68 0.70 0.72 0.78 0.86 0.90 0.92 0.96 1.00
0.60 0.61 0.64 0.67 0.71 0.72 0.74 0.76 0.81 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.97 1.00
0.60 0.63 0.64 0.65 0.67 0.71 0.76 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.94 1.00
0.17 0.19 0.23 0.26 0.32 0.34 0.36 0.39 0.46 0.56 0.60 0.63 0.68 0.72 0.78 0.89 1.00
0.17 0.21 0.23 0.24 0.27 0.32 0.39 0.42 0.45 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.64 0.72 0.78 0.85 0.89 0.93 1.00
0.45 0.46 0.49 0.51 0.55 0.56 0.58 0.60 0.64 0.71 0.73 0.76 0.79 0.82 0.85 0.93 1.00
0.45 0.48 0.49 0.50 0.51 0.55 0.60 0.62 0.63 0.66 0.68 0.71 0.76 0.82 0.85 0.90 0.93 0.95 1.00
0.60 0.64 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.76 0.75 0.80 0.76 0.84 0.78 0.91 0.78 0.75 0.93 0.79 0.76 0.96 0.79 0.76 1.00 0.81 0.78 0.84 0.79 0.85 0.80 0.85 0.81 0.87 0.82 0.88 0.82 0.89 0.84 0.92 0.86 0.95 0.88 0.96 0.89 0.99 0.91 1.00 0.92 0.93 0.95 0.96 1.00
0.60 0.62 0.66 0.67 0.68 0.70 0.74 0.80 0.83 0.84 0.87 0.90 0.93 1.00
0.60 0.61 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.72 0.73 0.76 0.78 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.93 0.98 1.00
0.17 0.20 0.25 0.26 0.28 0.31 0.36 0.45 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.72 0.82 0.88 0.96 1.00
0.17 0.19 0.20 0.25 0.31 0.34 0.35 0.39 0.41 0.45 0.52 0.59 0.63 0.69 0.72 0.75 0.82 0.88 1.00
0.45 0.47 0.50 0.51 0.52 0.54 0.58 0.63 0.66 0.67 0.70 0.72 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.92 0.97 1.00
0.45 0.46 0.47 0.50 0.54 0.56 0.57 0.59 0.61 0.63 0.68 0.72 0.72 0.80 0.82 0.84 0.88 0.92 1.00

Load Adjustment Factors for 7/8" Diameter Anchors Anchor Diameter Adjustment Factor
Embedment Depth, in. 2 2-1/4 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 3-15/16 4-1/2 4-3/4 5 5-1/4 6 6-3/4 7-1/2 8 8-1/2 9 10 11 11-1/2 11-13/16 12 13 14 15 15-3/4 18 20 21 Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.
7/8" diameter
Spacing Tension/Shear, fA 4 0.75 0.76 0.77 0.79 0.81 0.83 0.86 0.87 0.88 0.89 0.92 0.95 0.98 1.00 7-7/8 10-1/2 Edge Distance Tension, fRN 4 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.79 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 1.00 7-7/8 10-1/2 Edge Distance Shear, fRV1
( toward edge)

4 0.17 0.20 0.22 0.27 0.33 0.37 0.43 0.46 0.48 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.90 1.00
7-7/8 10-1/2
4 0.45 0.47 0.48 0.52 0.55 0.58 0.62 0.64 0.66 0.67 0.72 0.78 0.83 0.86 0.90 0.93 1.00
7-7/8 10-1/2
0.75 0.76 0.77 0.77 0.78 0.80 0.81 0.83 0.84 0.85 0.86 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.92 0.92 0.94 0.96 0.98 1.00
0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.80 0.80 0.81 0.83 0.84 0.85 0.86 0.86 0.87 0.89 0.91 0.92 0.95 0.98 1.00
0.60 0.63 0.64 0.65 0.67 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.83 0.86 0.91 0.96 0.98 1.00
0.60 0.63 0.66 0.69 0.70 0.72 0.74 0.78 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.86 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
0.17 0.21 0.23 0.24 0.26 0.32 0.37 0.42 0.46 0.49 0.53 0.60 0.67 0.70 0.72 0.74 0.81 0.88 0.95 1.00
0.17 0.21 0.25 0.29 0.32 0.34 0.37 0.42 0.47 0.50 0.52 0.53 0.58 0.63 0.68 0.72 0.84 0.95 1.00
0.45 0.48 0.49 0.50 0.51 0.55 0.58 0.62 0.64 0.66 0.69 0.73 0.78 0.80 0.82 0.82 0.87 0.92 0.96 1.00
0.45 0.48 0.50 0.53 0.55 0.56 0.58 0.62 0.65 0.67 0.68 0.69 0.72 0.76 0.79 0.82 0.89 0.96 1.00

Load Adjustment Factors for 1" and 1-1/4" Diameter Anchors Anchor Diameter Adjustment Factor
Embedment Depth, in. 2-1/4 2-1/2 2-13/16 3 3-1/2 4 4-1/2 5 5-5/8 6 6-3/4 7-1/2 8 8-7/16 9 10 11-1/4 12 13 13-1/2 14-1/16 16 16-7/8 18 20 22 22-1/2 24 26 28 30
1" diameter
Spacing Tension/Shear, fA 4-1/2 0.75 0.76 0.77 0.78 0.80 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.88 0.89 0.92 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.00 9 12 Edge Distance Tension, fRN 4-1/2 9 12 Edge Distance Shear, fRV1
( toward edge)
1-1/4" diameter
Spacing Tension/Shear fA 5-5/8 11-1/4 15

( toward edge)

4-1/2 0.17 0.19 0.22 0.24 0.29 0.33 0.38 0.42 0.48 0.52 0.59 0.65 0.70 0.74 0.79 0.88 1.00
12
4-1/2 0.45 0.46 0.48 0.50 0.53 0.56 0.59 0.62 0.66 0.68 0.72 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.92 1.00
12
5-5/8 11-1/4 15
5-5/8 11-1/4
15
0.60 0.62 0.65 0.67 0.71 0.76 0.75 0.80 0.76 0.84 0.77 0.90 0.78 0.75 0.93 0.79 0.76 1.00 0.81 0.77 0.82 0.78 0.82 0.79 0.84 0.79 0.85 0.81 0.88 0.82 0.89 0.84 0.91 0.85 0.92 0.86 0.93 0.86 0.96 0.89 0.98 0.90 1.00 0.92 0.95 0.97 0.98 1.00
0.60 0.62 0.65 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.76 0.78 0.80 0.84 0.90 0.93 0.98 1.00
0.60 0.63 0.65 0.67 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.87 0.93 0.96 1.00
0.17 0.20 0.24 0.26 0.31 0.35 0.39 0.41 0.45 0.51 0.59 0.63 0.69 0.72 0.76 0.88 0.93 1.00
0.17 0.20 0.24 0.26 0.28 0.31 0.35 0.41 0.45 0.49 0.52 0.54 0.63 0.67 0.72 0.82 0.91 0.93 1.00
0.45 0.47 0.50 0.51 0.54 0.57 0.59 0.61 0.63 0.67 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.82 0.84 0.92 0.95 1.00
0.45 0.47 0.50 0.51 0.52 0.54 0.57 0.61 0.63 0.66 0.68 0.70 0.76 0.78 0.82 0.88 0.94 0.95 1.00
0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.90 0.91 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.00
0.60 0.61 0.65 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.75 0.80 0.76 0.83 0.77 0.88 0.78 0.75 0.93 0.79 0.76 0.97 0.79 0.76 1.00 0.80 0.77 0.82 0.78 0.84 0.79 0.85 0.80 0.86 0.81 0.87 0.82 0.88 0.82 0.90 0.85 0.92 0.86 0.93 0.87 0.96 0.89 0.99 0.91 1.00 0.92 0.93 0.96 0.98 1.00
0.60 0.61 0.64 0.67 0.68 0.70 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.90 0.97 1.00
0.60 0.61 0.63 0.64 0.67 0.70 0.72 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.93 0.99 1.00
0.17 0.18 0.22 0.26 0.29 0.33 0.38 0.41 0.46 0.52 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.70 0.79 0.85 0.92 0.96 1.00
0.17 0.19 0.23 0.26 0.29 0.31 0.34 0.39 0.45 0.48 0.53 0.56 0.59 0.68 0.72 0.78 0.88 0.98 1.00
0.17 0.19 0.20 0.23 0.26 0.31 0.34 0.37 0.39 0.41 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.63 0.71 0.72 0.78 0.85 0.93 1.00
0.45 0.46 0.48 0.51 0.53 0.56 0.59 0.61 0.64 0.68 0.70 0.72 0.75 0.80 0.86 0.90 0.95 0.97 1.00
0.45 0.46 0.49 0.51 0.53 0.54 0.56 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.69 0.71 0.72 0.79 0.82 0.85 0.92 0.98 1.00
0.45 0.46 0.47 0.49 0.51 0.54 0.56 0.58 0.60 0.61 0.66 0.68 0.71 0.76 0.80 0.82 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00

Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines in Concrete for HIT-TZ and HIT-RTZ Threaded Rods
Embedment Depth, in. 2 2-7/16 3 3-3/8 4 4-3/8 5 5-1/4 5-7/16 6 6-11/16 7 7-3/16 8-1/2 8-3/4 Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.
3/8" diameter
Spacing Tension/Shear, fA 2-7/8 0.77 0.79 0.81 0.83 0.86 0.87 0.90 0.91 0.92 0.95 0.98 0.99 1.00 Edge Distance Tension, fRN 2-7/8 0.63 0.68 0.74 0.78 0.84 0.88 0.95 0.98 1.00 Edge Distance Shear, fRV1
( toward edge)
1/2" diameter
Spacing Tension, fAN 3-1/2 0.77 0.79 0.80 0.83 0.84 0.86 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.92 0.94 0.94 0.99 1.00
Edge Distance Tension, fRN 3-1/2 0.63 0.68 0.71 0.77 0.80 0.85 0.88 0.89 0.94 1.00

( toward edge)

2-7/8 0.25 0.35 0.46 0.55 0.68 0.76 0.90 0.95 1.00
2-7/8 0.53 0.59 0.67 0.72 0.80 0.85 0.94 0.97 1.00
3-1/2 0.25 0.35 0.42 0.53 0.59 0.71 0.75 0.79 0.88 1.00
3-1/2 0.53 0.59 0.63 0.70 0.75 0.82 0.84 0.87 0.93 1.00
Note: Tables apply for listed embedment depths. Reduction factors for other embedment depths must be calculated using equations below. Spacing for scr>s>smin Tension and Shear smin = 0.7 hef, scr = 2.5 hef fA = 0.128 (s/hef) + 0.68 Edge Distance for ccr>c>cmin Tension cmin = 0.7 hef, ccr = 1.9 hef fRN = 0.308 (c/hef) + 0.414 Shear cmin = 0.7 hef, ccr = 1.9 hef toward edge fRV1 = 0.625 (c/hef) 0.1875 II or away from edge fRV2 = 0.392 (c/hef) + 0.256

Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines in Concrete for HIT-TZ and HIT-RTZ Threaded Rods
Embedment Depth, in 2-13/16 3 3-11/16 4-5/16 4-1/2 4-3/4 5 5-3/4 6-3/4 7-3/16 7-5/8 8 8-7/16 9 10 11-1/4 12 13-1/8 Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.
5/8" diameter
Spacing Tension/Shear, fA 4 0.77 0.78 0.80 0.82 0.82 0.83 0.84 0.86 0.90 0.91 0.92 0.94 0.95 0.97 1.00 Edge Distance Tension, fRN 4 0.63 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.80 0.86 0.93 0.97 1.00 Edge Distance Shear, fRV1
( toward edge)
3/4" diameter
Spacing Tension, fAN 5-1/4
Edge Distance Tension, fRN 5-1/4

( toward edge)

4 0.25 0.28 0.39 0.49 0.52 0.55 0.60 0.71 0.87 0.94 1.00
4 0.53 0.55 0.62 0.68 0.70 0.72 0.75 0.82 0.92 0.96 1.00
5-1/4
5-1/4
0.77 0.79 0.79 0.80 0.80 0.82 0.84 0.86 0.87 0.88 0.89 0.90 0.92 0.95 0.97 1.00
0.63 0.67 0.68 0.69 0.71 0.75 0.81 0.84 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.94 1.00
0.25 0.33 0.35 0.38 0.42 0.50 0.62 0.67 0.72 0.76 0.82 0.88 1.00
0.53 0.58 0.59 0.61 0.63 0.69 0.76 0.79 0.82 0.85 0.89 0.93 1.00
Note: Tables apply for listed embedment depths. Reduction factors for other embedment depths must be calculated using equations below. Spacing for scr>s>smin Tension and Shear smin = 0.7 hef, scr = 2.5 hef fA = 0.128 (s/hef) + 0.68 Edge Distance for ccr>c>cmin Tension cmin = 0.7 hef, ccr = 1.9 hef fRN = 0.308 (c/hef) + 0.414 Shear cmin = 0.7 hef, ccr = 1.9 hef toward edge fRV1 = 0.625 (c/hef) 0.1875 II or away from edge fRV2 = 0.392 (c/hef) + 0.256

Resistance of HIT-HY 150 MAX to Chemicals
Chemical Sulphuric acid conc. 30% 10% conc. 10% conc. 10% conc. 10% conc. 10% conc. 10% conc. 10% 10% 40% 20% 5% conc. 5% 10% 10% 10% 2% 10% 10% Behavior + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + limited resistance
Hydrochloric acid Nitric acid Phosphoric acid Acetic acid Formic acid Lactic acid Citric acid Sodium Hydroxide (Caustic soda) Ammonia Soda solution Common salt solution Chlorinated lime solution Sodium hypochlorite Hydrogen peroxide Carbolic acid solution Ethanol Sea water Glycol Acetone Carbon tetrachloride Toluene Petrol/Gasoline Machine oil Diesel oil Key: non-resistant
Samples of the HIT-HY 150 MAX resin were immersed in the various chemical compounds for up to one year. At the time of the test period, the samples were analyzed. Any samples showing no visible damage and having less than a 25% reduction in bending (flexural) strength were classified as Resistant. Samples that had slight damage, such as small cracks, chips, etc. or reduction in bending strength of 25% or more, were classified as Partially Resistant. Samples that were heavily damaged or destroyed were classified as Not Resistant. Note: In actual use, the majority of the resin is encased in the base material, leaving very little surface area exposed. In some cases, this would allow the HIT-HY 150 MAX to be used where it would be exposed to the Partially Resistant chemical compounds.
Open Gel Time (Approximate)1, 2

Base Material Temperature F 14 23 32 50 68 86 104 C -10 -5 0 10 20 30 40 Approximate Gel Time 100 min 40 min 20 min 8 min 6 min 3 min 2 min
Final Cure Time (Approximate)1, 2

Base Material Temperature F 14 23 32 50 68 86 104 C -10 -5 0 10 20 30 40 Approximate Cure Time 12 hrs 4 hrs 2 hrs 1 hr 30 min 30 min 30 min
+ resistant
140 120 100 80 60 40 20 0 0 50 100 150 200
1 The temperature of the HIT-HY 150 MAX adhesive must be between 32F (0C) and 104F (40C) at the time of installation. 2 Use of HIT-HY 150 MAX with HIT-TZ rods must be installed in base material temperatures 40F (5C).
Note: Test procedure involves the concrete being held at the elevated temperature for 24 hours, then removing it from the controlled environment and testing to failure. Long term creep test in accordance with AC58 is available; please contact Hilti Technical Services.
4.2.4 HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.4.4 Installation Instructions
HAS Rod, Rebar and Insert Installation Instructions
3X
4
90 PSI at 3.5 CFM
9080psi PSI at 6 bar 3.5 CFM
90 PSI at 3.5 CFM
80psi 90 PSI atPSI at 90 6 CFM 3.5 bar CFM 3.5
90 P 3.5
1. Drill anchor hole with a carbide bit.
2. Insert air nozzle to bottom of hole and blow out all dust and debris from the hole usin compressed air.*
3. Clean hole with wire brush. Proper hole cleaning is essential.
4. Insert air nozzle to bottom of hole and blow out all dust and debris from the hole using compressed air.
2
5 6 7
2
8
0 PSI at 5 CFM
2 1
5. Put foil pack into foil pack holder. Remove cap covering threaded projection.
2 2 1 2 1 1
3 3
2 12
1 1
330ml = 2X 500ml = 3x* 8. Discard first trigger pulls of adhesive from each foil pack. *Below 41F (5C) discard four trigger pulls.
6. Screw on static mixer.
7. Put holder/ foil pack into appropriate dispenser.
10
11
12
9. Inject adhesive into hole without forming air pockets starting at the bottom until 1/2 to 2/3 full. Use mixer filler tube extensions when needed to reach the hole bottom.
10. After injecting adhesive depressurize the dispenser by pressing the release button.
11. Insert rod, insert or rebar. Twist during installation. Fastener may be adjusted during specified gel time.
12. Do not disturb anchor between specified gel time and cure time.
13
13. Apply specified torque as required to secure items to be fastened. Do not exceed maximum torque specified.
* For holes with standing water, holes must be flushed clean with water, brushed with a wire brush and again flushed clean with water or other means removing any debris or slurry in the hole. Standing water must be removed prior to performing the remainder of anchor installation.
HIT-I Inserts and HIT-A Rods into Hollow Brick, Hollow Block or Tile
1. Select the proper bit. Set the depth gauge, drill the hole, rotation only. Hilti URM bits are recommended for drilling into masonry.
2. Proper hole cleaning is essential. Use a nylon brush to remove loose material. Do not use brushes with metal bristles.
3. Use compressed air to blow out the hole from the bottom. The Hilti air nozzle is designed for hole cleaning.
4. Insert specified HIT-S type screen tube into hole.
330ml = 2X 500ml = 3x*

5. Insert refill pack into holder. 6. Screw on mixing nozzle with extension. 7. Put holder into dispenser. 8. Discard first two trigger pulls of adhesive from each foil pack. *Below 41F (5C) discard four trigger pulls. The minimum number of trigger pulls to fill each screen is as follows: S12 S16/2 9. Fill HIT-S type screen tube completely from back to front edge of screen using the minimum number of trigger pulls listed in table. 10. Unlock dispenser S16 S22/2 S22 1 pump 4 pumps 6 pumps 4 pumps 6 pumps
10
HIT-I INSERT
11
12
13
14
Tmax
OR
11. Insert HIT-I Insert, or HIT-A Rod into adhesive-filled screen, twisting slightly.
12. Fastener may be adjusted during specified gel time.
13. Do not disturb fastener between specified gel and cure time.
14. Apply torque to anchor. Do not exceed maximum recommended torque.
15
HIT-A ROD
16
17
18
Tmax

HIT-TZ and HIT-RTZ Installation Instructions
1 2 3 4 5
PUSH Do Not Twist.
HIT-HY 150 MAX
HIT-HY 150 MAX
HIT-HY 150 MAX
HIT-HY 150 MAX
Drill hole using a roto-hammer or Hilti diamond coring machine.
Push the HT-TZ in the hole to verify sufficient hole depth (only threads visible). For floor applications pushing the rod compacts the drill dust.
Inject adhesive starting from the bottom of the hole.
Fill the hole 1/2 to 2/3 full. If the hole is full of water, it is suggested to start injecting from the bottom of the hole and fill entirely with adhesive.
Do not adjust the HIT-TZ rod between the gel and cure times. Apply a load only after the appropriate cure time has elapsed.
HIT-HY 150 MAX Volume Charts

Threaded Rod and HIT-TZ Rod Installation
Rod Drill Bit1 Adhesive Volume Diameter Diameter Required per Inch (in.) (in.) of embedment (in 3) 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4 5/16 7/16 9/16 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 3/8 0.055 0.095 0.133 0.261 0.326 0.391 0.478 0.626
Rebar Installation
Rod Drill Bit1 Adhesive Volume Diameter Diameter Required per Inch (in.) (in.) of embedment (in3) #3 or 3/8 #4 or 1/2 #5 or 5/8 #6 or 3/4 #7 or 7/8 #8 or 1 #9 or 1 1/8
#10 or 1 1/4
Metric Rebar Installation (Canada Only)

Bar Drill Bit1 Adhesive Volume Diameter Diameter Required per Inch (in.) (in.) embedment (in3) 10M 15M 20M 25M 30M 5/8 3/4 1 1-1/8 1-3/8 0.186 0.170 0.388 0.289 0.481
1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-3/8 1-1/2
0.110 0.146 0.176 0.218 0.252 0.299 0.601 0.659
1 Rebar diameter may vary. Use smallest drill bit which will accommodate rebar.
Example: Determine approximate fastenings for 5/8" rod embedded 10" deep. 10 x 0.261 = 2.61 in3 of adhesive per anchor HIT-HY 150 MAX 11.1 oz: 16.5 2.61= 6 fastenings HIT-HY 150 MAX 16.9 oz: 26.9 2.61= 10 fastenings HIT-HY 150 MAX Jumbo: 81.8 2.61= 31 fastenings
Note: Estimated useable volume of: HIT-HY 150 MAX 11.1 oz cartridge is 16.5 in3 (270 ml) HIT-HY 150 MAX 16.9 oz cartridge is 26.9 in3 (440 ml) HIT-HY 150 MAX Jumbo cartridges are 81.8 in3

Technical data
Product: Hybrid/urethane methacrylate Gel time (68F/20C): 5 min* Cure time (68F/20C): 30 min* Base material temp: 14F (-10C) to 104F (40C) Diameter range: 3/8 to 1 1/4
* approximately
HIT-HY 150 MAX Foil Pack
HIT Adhesives
Item No. Description Contents
283548 3412766 283549 283550
HIT-HY 150 MAX 11.1 fl oz (330 ml) HIT-HY 150 MAX 11.1 fl oz (330 ml) MC HIT-HY 150 MAX 16.9 fl oz (500 ml) MC HIT-HY 150 MAX Jumbo 47.3 fl oz (1400 ml) MC
1 Foil Pack, 1 Mixer with Filler Tube 25 Foil Packs, 25 Mixers, 25 Filler Tubes 20 Foil Packs, 20 Mixers, 20 Filler Tubes 4 Foil Packs, 4 Mixers
HIT Dispensers Battery Powered Dispenser

Item No. Description
3245363
ED 3500 2.0 Ah Kit
Manual Dispensers
MD 2000 Dispenser
MD 2500 Dispenser
229154 338853 229170 339477
MD 2000 Manual Dispenser + 1 foil pack holder for HIT HY foil packs MD 2500 Manual Dispenser + 1 foil pack holder for HIT HY foil packs Foil Pack Holder Replacement for MD 2000 or BD 2000 dispensers Foil Pack Holder for 16.9 fl oz (500 ml) (MD 2500, P 3500)
Pneumatic Dispensers
P 3500 Dispenser
P 8000 Dispenser
354180 373959 373960
HIT P 3500 Pneumatic Dispenser + 1 foil pack holder for HIT HY foil packs HIT P 8000-D Pneumatic Dispenser (for Jumbo cartridges) Jumbo Foil Pack Holder Replacement for HIT P 8000 dispenser
HIT-RE-M
HIT Filler Tube

Notes
Mixers and Filler Tubes

Item No: Description Qty/Pkg
337111
HIT-RE Mixer
For use with any cartridge size
4.2.4 HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.4.5 Ordering Information
HAS-E, HAS-R & HAS Super Rods, HIS Inserts and HIT-TZ & HIT-RTZ Rods
HAS Rod 5.8 Item No. (Box) Master Carton (MC) Qty Description Box/MC HAS Super A193, B7 High Strength Rods Qty Box HAS-R 304 Stainless Steel Qty Box HAS-R Rods 316 Stainless Steel Qty Description Box
Item No.
Description
Item No.
Description
Item No.
385417 385418 385419 385420 385421 385422 385423 385424 385425 385426 385427 385428 385429 385430 385431 385432 385433 385434 385435 385436 385437 385438 385439 385440 385441 385442 385443 385444 385445 385446 385447
3432178 3432179 3432180 3432181 3432182 3432183 3432184 3432185 3432239 3432186 3432187 3432188 3432189 3432190 3432191 3432052 3432163 3432164 3432165 3432166 3432167 3432168 3432169 3432170 3432171 3432172 3432173 3432174 3432175 3432176 3432177
3/8x3 3/8x4-3/8 3/8x5-1/8 3/8x8 3/8x12 1/2x3-1/8 1/2x4-1/2 1/2x6-1/2 1/2x8 1/2x10 1/2x12 5/8x8 5/8x9 5/8x12 5/8x17 3/4x10 3/4x11 3/4x12 3/4x14 3/4x17 3/4x19 3/4x21 3/4x25 7/8x10 7/8x13 1x12 1x14 1x16 1x20 1-1/4x16 1-1/4x22
10/360 10/240 20/240 10/160 10/90 10/240 10/160 20/160 10/120 10/120 10/80 20/80 10/60 10/60 10/40 10/40 10/30 10/30 10/30 10/20 10/20 10/20 10/20 10/20 10/20 4/16 2/16 2/12 2/12 4/8 4/8
68657
3/8x5-1/8
10
385462 385463
3/8x5-1/8 3/8x8
20 10
3024335
3/8x5-1/8
10
68658
1/2x6-1/2
10
385464 385465 385466
1/2x6-1/2 1/2x8 1/2x10
20 10 10
3024336
1/2x6-1/2
10
3024337 333783 5/8x7-5/8 10 385467 385468 5/8x7-5/8 5/8x10 20 10 333781 3024338 3024339 68660 3/4x9-5/8 5 385469 385470 385471 385472 3/4x9-5/8 3/4x12 3/4x14 3/4x16 10 10 10 10 3024340
1/2x11 5/8x7-5/8 5/8x9 5/8x12 3/4x9-5/8
10 10 10 10 5
3006083
3/4x14
68661 3006077 45259 68662 3006079 3006080 3006081 333779 3006082
7/8x10(HDG) 7/8x12(HDG) 7/8x16(HDG) 1x12 1x14 1x16 1x21 1 1/4x16 1 1/4x23
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 4
385473
7/8x10
10
385474
1x12
3024341
1x12
HIS Carbon Steel and HIS-R 316 Stainless Steel Internally Threaded Inserts
HIS Item No. HIS-R Item No. Description Usable Thread Length (in.) Qty Box
258020 258021 258022 258023
258029 258030 258031 258032
3/8x4-1/4 1/2x5 5/8x6-5/8 3/4x8-1/4
1 1-3/16 1-1/2 2
10 5 5 5
HIT-TZ and HIT-RTZ Rods

Threaded Rod Diameter (in.) Drill Bit Diameter (in.) Maximum Depth of Embedment (in.) Fastening Thickness (in.) Overall Length (in.) Qty Box Item No. HIT-TZ ISO 5.8 Carbon Steel Item No. HIT-RTZ 316 Stainless Steel
Description
3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
7/16 9/16 11/16 13/16
2-7/8 3-1/2 4 5-1/4
1 1-1/2 2-1/4 2-1/4
4-1/2 5-11/16 7-1/16 8-9/16
40 24 16 8
337484 337485 337486 337487
337498 337499 337500 337501
HIT-TZ 3/8x2-7/8/1 HIT-TZ 1/2x3-1/2/1-1/2 HIT-TZ 5/8x4/2-1/4 HIT-TZ 3/4x5-1/4/2-1/4
HIT-A and HIT-I Inserts and Screen Tubes

Anchor System Base Material HIT Rod-A/Insert-1 Item No. (10 pcs/pkg) HIT-S Screen Tube Item No. (10 pcs/pkg) Approximate1 Recommended Hilti Bit
HIT-A Rod 1/4 x 2-1/2 HIT Combi-S12/A 78739 49765 2 long HIT-A Rod 5/16 x 4 HIT-S-16 Brick with 88977 68613 3-3/8 long Holes HIT-A Rod 3/8 x 4-3/8 HIT-S-16 88978 68613 3-3/8 long HIT-A Rod 1/2 x 4-1/2 HIT-S-16 88979 68613 3-3/8 long HIT-A Rod 1/4 x 2-1/2 HIT Combi-S12/A HIT-A 78739 49765 2 long Standard Hollow Block HIT-A Rod 5/16 x 2-1/2 HIT-S-16/2 and HIT-A Lightweight 88392 77810 2 long or Normal Short HIT-A Rod 3/8 x 3 HIT-S-16/2 Weight 88393 77810 2 long Anchor HIT-A Rod 1/2 x 3-1/8 HIT-S-16/2 Rods 88394 77810 2 long HIT-A Rod 1/4 x 2-1/2 HIT Combi-S12/A 78739 49765 2 long HIT-A Rod 5/16 x 2-1/2 HIT-S-16/2 88392 77810 2 long Clay Tile HIT-A Rod 3/8 x 3 HIT-S-16/2 88393 77810 2 long HIT-A Rod 1/2 x 3-1/8 HIT-S-16/2 88394 77810 2 long Screen Tube with Insert Combi-S12/I (for #14 screw) 49766 2long HIT-I Insert 5/16 x 3-3/16 HIT-S-16 Brick with 88996 68613 3-3/8 long Holes HIT-I Insert 3/8 x 3-3/16 HIT-S-22 88997 68615 3-3/8 long HIT-I Insert 1/2 x 3-3/16 HIT-S-22 88998 68615 3-3/8 long Screen Tube with Insert Combi-S12/I HIT-I (for #14 screw) 49766 2long Standard Hollow Block HIT-I Insert 5/16 x 2 HIT-S-16/2 and HIT-I Lightweight 88397 77810 2 long Short or Normal HIT-I Insert 3/8 x 2 HIT-S-22/2 Internally Weight 88398 77811 2 long Threaded HIT-I Insert 1/2 x 2 HIT-S-22/2 Inserts 88399 77811 2 long Screen Tube with Insert Combi-S12/I (for #14 screw) 49766 2long HIT-I Insert 5/16 x 2 HIT-S-16/2 88397 77810 2 long Clay Tile HIT-I Insert 3/8 x 2 HIT-S-22/2 88398 77811 2 long HIT-I Insert 1/2 x 2 HIT-S-22/2 88399 77811 2 long
TE-CX 1/2 - 6 205352 TE-C+ 5/8 - 8 28043 TE-C+ 5/8 - 8 28043 TE-C+ 5/8 - 8 28043 TE-CX 1/2 - 6 205352 TE-C+ 5/8 - 8 28043 TE-C+ 5/8 - 8 28043 TE-C+ 5/8 - 8 28043 TE-CX 1/2 - 6 205352 TE-C+ 5/8 - 8 28043 TE-C+ 5/8 - 8 28043 TE-C+ 5/8 - 8 28043 TE-CX 1/2 - 6 28043 TE-C+ 5/8 - 8 28043 TE-C-S 27/32-12 28623 TE-C-S 27/32-12 28623 TE-CX 1/2 - 6 205352 TE-C+ 5/8 - 8 28043 TE-C-S 27/32-12 28623 TE-C-S 27/32-12 28623 TE-CX 1/2 - 6 205352 TE-C+ 5/8 - 8 28043 TE-C-S 27/32-12 28623 TE-C-S 27/32-12 28623
4.2.5 HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System

4.2.5 HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150

Hilti HIT-HY 150 is a hybrid adhesive consisting of a methacrylate resin, hardener, cement and water. It is formulated for fast curing and installation in a wide range of solid base material temperatures from 104F (40C) down to 23F (5C). For colder environmental installations, HIT-ICE adhesive is a winter formulation of for base material temperatures down to 10F (23C). HIT-ICE consists of an epoxy acrylate and hardener. The systems consist of adhesive refill packs, a mixing nozzle, a HIT dispenser and either a threaded rod, rebar, HIS internally threaded insert or eyebolts. HIT-ICE/HY 150 is specifically designed for fastening into solid base materials such as concrete, grout, stone or grout filled block. The Hilti HIT-TZ is an innovative threaded rod installed with HIT-HY 150 hybrid adhesive or HIT-ICE. Please refer to section 4.2.3 for details on HIT-TZ. With the combination of HIT-ICE/HY 150 and the innovative design of the HIT-TZ rod, anchoring into uncleaned holes, wet holes (including standing water) and/or Hilti matched tolerance diamond-cored holes does not adversely affect tensile capacity. Use HIT-ICE in base material temperatures below 40 F (5 C). Product Features of HIT-ICE/HY 150 Small edge distance and anchor spacing allowance Mixing tube provides proper mixing and accurate dispensing of mixed resin Contains no styrene; virtually odorless Cures quickly over a large range of base material temperatures Excellent weathering resistance; high temperature resistance High load capacities HIT-ICE has equivalent load performance to HIT-HY 150
HIT-ICE Cartridge
HIT-HY 150 Refill Pack
Listings/Approvals
ICC-ES (International Code Council) ESR-2678 (HIT-HY 150 only) City of Los Angeles Research Report # 25257 (HIT-HY 150 only) NSF/ANSI Standard 61 Certification for use of HIT-HY 150 in potable water Metro-Dade County Approval 06-1127.06 (HIT-HY 150 only) Europan Technical Approval (HIT-HY 150 only) ETA-05/0049 ETA-05/0050 ETA-05/0051
Seismic qualified per IBC/IRC 2006 and UBC 1997 (ICC-ES AC58). HIT-HY 150 only. Please refer to ESR-2678
Code Compliance
IBC/IRC 2006 (ICC-ES AC58, HIT-HY 150 only) UBC 1997 (ICC-ES AC58, HIT-HY 150 only) LEED : Credit 4.1-Low Emitting Materials
HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.5
Guide Specifications Master Format Section: 03250 (Concrete accessories) Related Sections: 03200 (Concrete Reinforcing) 05050 (Metal Fabrication) 05120 (Structural Steel; Masonry Accessories) Injectable adhesive shall be used for installation of all reinforcing steel dowels or threaded anchor rods and inserts into new or existing concrete. Adhesive shall be furnished in containers which keep component A and component B
separate. Containers shall be designed to accept static mixing nozzle which thoroughly blends component A and component B and allows injection directly into drilled hole. Only injection tools and static mixing nozzles as recommended by manufacturer shall be used. Manufacturers instructions shall be followed. Injection adhesive shall be formulated to include resin and hardener to provide optimal curing speed as well as high strength and stiffness. Typical curing time at 68F shall be 50 minutes for HIT-HY 150 and 1 hour for HIT-ICE. Injection adhesive shall be HIT-HY 150 or HIT-ICE, as furnished by Hilti.
Anchor Rods shall be furnished with chamfered ends so that either end will accept a nut and washer. Alternatively, anchor rods shall be furnished with a 45 degree chisel point on one end to allow for easy insertion into the adhesive-filled hole. Anchor rods shall be manufactured to meet the following requirements: 1. ISO 898 Class 5.8 2. ASTM A 193, Grade B7 (high strength carbon steel anchor); 3. AISI 304 or AISI 316 stainless steel, meeting the requirements of ASTM F 593 (condition CW). Special order length HAS Rods may vary from standard product. Nuts and Washers shall be furnished to meet the requirements of the above anchor rod specifications.
Fastener Components
HIT-ICE Mixer HIT-ICE Cartridge HIT-ICE Dispenser ED 3500 Battery Dispenser
Mixing Nozzle
HIT-HY 150 Refill Pack
HIT Refill Pack Holder MD 2000 Dispenser
P 3500 Dispenser
P 8000 Dispenser
4.2.5 HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.5.2 Material Specifications

Material Properties for Cured Adhesive
Compressive Strength ASTM C 579 (HIT-HY 150) DIN 53454 (HIT-ICE) Tensile Strength ASTM C 307 (HY 150) DIN/EN 527-1 (HIT-ICE) Flexural Strength ASTM C 580 Modulus of Elasticity ASTM C 307 Water Absorption ASTM D 570 (HIT-HY 150) DIN 53495 (HIT-ICE) Electrical Resistance DIN/VDE 0303T3 (HIT-HY 150) DIN/VDE 0303T3 (HIT-ICE)
HIT-HY 150
71.8 MPa 15.9 MPa 29.3 MPa 7032 MPa 0.12% 2x1011 OHM/cm 10,420 psi 2310 psi 4250 psi 1.02 x 106 psi 0.12% 5.1x1011 OHM/in. 72 MPa 12 MPa 2.4%
HIT-ICE
10,440 psi 1740 psi 2.4% 5.1x1011OHM/in.
2x1011OHM/in.
Material
Standard HAS-E rod material meets the requirements of ISO 898 Class 5.8 High Strength or Super HAS rod material meets the requirements of ASTM A 193, Grade B7 Stainless HAS rod material meets the requirements of ASTM F 593 (AISI 304/316) Condition CW 3/8" to 5/8" Stainless HAS rod material meets the requirements of ASTM F 593 (AISI 304/316) Condition CW 3/4" to 1-1/4" HIS Insert 11MnPb30+C Carbon Steel conforming to DIN 10277-3 HIS-R Insert X5CrNiMo17122 K700 Stainless Steel conforming to DIN EN 10088-3 HAS Super & HAS-E Standard Nut material meets the requirements of ASTM A 563, Grade DH HAS Stainless Steel Nut material meets the requirements of ASTM F 594 HAS Standard and Stainless Steel Washers meet dimensional requirements of ANSI B18.22.1 Type A Plain HAS Stainless Steel Washers meet the requirements of AISI 304 or AISI 316 conforming to ASTM A 240 HAS Super & HAS-E Standard Washers meet the requirements of ASTM F 436 All HAS Super Rods (except 7/8") & HAS-E Standard, HIS inserts, nuts & washers are zinc plated to ASTM B 633 SC 1 7/8" HAS Super rods hot-dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 153
Note: Special Order threaded rods may vary from standard materials.
Mechanical Properties min. fu fy ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa) 58 (400) 72.5 (500) 105 (724) 65 (448) 45 (310) 54.4 (375) 50.8 (350) 125 (862) 100 (689) 85 (586) 66.7 (460) 101.5 (700)

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Installation Specification Table for HAS Rods Details dbit bit diameter1 hef hnom HAS Rod Size in. (mm) in. in. (mm) ft lb (Nm) ft lb (Nm) in. (mm) in. (mm) 3/8 (9.5) 7/16 3-1/2 (90) 18 (24) 15 (20) 5-1/2 (140) 1/2 (12.7) 9/16 4-1/4 (110) 30 (41) 20 (27) 6-1/4 (160) 5/8 (15.9) 11/16 5 (125) 75 (102) 50 (68) 7 (180) 3/4 (19.1) 13/16 6-5/8 (170) 150 (203) 105 (142) 8-5/8 (220) 7/8 (22.2) 1 7-1/2 (190) 175 (237) 125 (169) 9-1/2 (240) 1 (25.4) 1-1/16 8-1/4 (210) 235 (319) 165 (224) 10-1/2 (270) 1-1/4 (31.8) 1-1/2 12 (305) 400 (540) 280 (375) 15 (380)
1 Use Hilti matched tolerance carbide tipped bits. 2 Data available for varying embedments; see Load Tables. 3 Minimum base material thickness given to avoid backside blowout during drilling process. Ability of base material to withstand loads applied (e.g. bending of concrete slab) should be determined by design engineer.
h
dbit hef t
Tmax
hef = hnom std. depth of embed.2 Tmax max.
All HILTI tighening Threaded hef < hnom Rods torque h minimum base material thickness3 hef = hnom hef hnom
1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 2 2 2 2 2 2-1/4 3 (51) (51) (51) (51) (51) (57) (76) 45/50 236 28/31 145 16/18 85 9/10 45 7/8 38 5/6 29 2/2 7
Approximate number of fastenings at standard embedment HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Small Refill Pack HIT-HY 150 Jumbo Cartridge
HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Installation Specification Table for HIS Inserts HIS Insert Details dbit hnom
th
in. (mm) in. in. (mm) in. (mm) ft-lb (Nm) in. (mm)
3/8 (9.5) 11/16 4-1/4 (110) 1 (25) 18 (24) 6-3/8 (162)
1/2 (12.7) 7/8 5 (125) 1-3/16 (30) 35 (47) 7-1/2 (191)
5/8 (15.9) 1-1/8 6-5/8 (170) 1-1/2 (40) 80 (108) 10 (254)
3/4 (19.1) 1-1/4 8-1/4 (210) 2 (50) 160 (217) 12-3/8 (314)
dbit
Tmax
bit diameter1 std. depth of embed. useable thread length Max. tightening torque min. base material thickness
hnom ef h
Tmax h

TE 6, 16, TE 16, 25, 25, 35 35, 46,
TE 46, 56 76
HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Installation Specification Table for Rebar in Concrete Rebar Size: Details dbit: bit diameter1, 2 in. 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-3/8 1-1/2 1-5/8
1 Rebar diameters may vary. Use smallest drill bit which will accommodate rebar. 2 Hilti matched tolerance carbide tipped drill bits
No. 3
No. 4
No. 5
No. 6
No. 7
No. 8
No. 9
No. 10
No. 11
HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Installation Specification Table for Metric Rebar in Concrete (Canada Only) Rebar Number : dbit : bit diameter1, 2
10M 14 mm
15M 3/4"
20M 24mm
25M 1-1/8"
30M 37mm
35M 1-9/16"
1 Rebar diameters may vary. Use smallest drill bit which will accommodate rebar.
Combined Shear and Tension Loading N (N ) + (V ) V

d d rec rec
5/3
5/3
1.0 (Ref. Section 4.1.8.3)

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Allowable and Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity for HAS Rods in Normal-Weight Concrete1,2,3 HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity Tensile Shear Anchor Embedment f'c = 2000 psi Diameter Depth (13.8 MPa) lb (kN) in (mm) in (mm) 1-3/4 (44) 3-1/2 (89) 5-1/4 (133) 2-1/8 (54) 4-1/4 (108) 6-3/8 (162) 2-1/2 (64) 5 (127) 7-1/2 (191) 3-3/8 (86) 6-5/8 (168) 10 (254) 3-3/4 (95) 7-1/2 (191) 11-1/4 (286) 4-1/8 (105) 8-1/4 (210) 12-3/8 (314) 6 (152) 12 (305) 15 (381) 720 (3.2) 1895 (8.4) 2635 (11.7) 1220 (5.4) 2725 (12.1) 4300 (19.1) 1620 (7.2) 4395 (19.5) 6025 (26.8) 2365 (10.5) 4655 (20.7) 9515 (42.3) 3080 (13.7) 7845 (34.9) 13330 (59.3) 3445 (15.3) 8330 (37.1) 15540 (69.1) 4645 (20.7) 15490 (68.9) 19210 (85.5) f'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) lb (kN) 1265 (5.6) 2705 (12.0) 2800 (12.5) 1575 (7.0) 3935 (17.5) 5295 (23.6) 1985 (8.8) 5250 (23.4) 8225 (36.6) 3925 (17.5) 8885 (39.5) 12140 (54.0) 4800 (21.4) 11020 (49.0) 16645 (74.0) 4865 (21.6) 11635 (51.8) 19525 (86.85) 7000 (31.1) 20770 (92.4) 26815 (119.3) f'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) lb (kN) 1395 (6.2) 3335 (14.8) 6120 (27.2) 1980 (8.8) 5150 (22.9) 9455 (42.1) 2460 (10.9) 7350 (32.7) 13495 (60.0) 5435 (24.2) 12270 (54.6) 22755 (101.2) 6705 (29.8) 15960 (71.0) 29330 (130.5) 8265 (36.8) 19690 (87.6) 36170 (160.9) 14760 (65.7) 38615 (171.8) 53960 (240.0) f'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) lb (kN) 1970 (8.8) 4715 (21.0) 8655 (38.5) 2800 (12.5) 7280 (32.4) 13375 (59.5) 3480 (15.5) 10390 (46.2) 19080 (84.9) 7680 (34.2) 17355 (77.2) 32180 (143.1) 9480 (42.4) 22575 (100.4) 41475 (184.5) 11685 (52.0) 27840 (123.8) 51150 (227.5) 20870 (92.8) 54610 (242.9) 76315 (339.5) HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity Tensile Shear f'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) lb (kN) 2710 (12.1) 7120 (31.7) 9880 (44.0) 4580 (20.4) 10220 (44.5) 16140 (71.8) 6090 (27.1) 16480 (73.3) 22595 (100.5) 8870 (39.5) 17460 (77.7) 35695 (158.8) 11555 (51.4) 29430 (130.9) 49990 (222.4) 12920 (57.5) 31250 (139.0) 58280 (259.3) 17430 (77.5) 58085 (258.4) 72040 (320.5) f'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) lb (kN) 4750 (21.1) 10160 (45.2) 10510 (46.8) 5910 (26.3) 14760 (65.7) 19860 (88.3) 7460 (33.2) 19690 (87.6) 30850 (137.2) 14720 (65.5) 33330 (148.3) 45530 (202.5) 18000 (80.1) 41000 (182.3) 62425 (277.7) 18250 (81.2) 43640 (194.1) 73220 (325.7) 26265 (116.8) 77900 (346.5) 100560 (447.3) f'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) lb (kN) 4175 (18.6) 10000 (44.5) 18360 (81.7) 5940 (26.4) 15440 (68.7) 28360 (126.2) 7380 (32.8) 22040 (98.0) 40480 (180.0) 16295 (72.5) 36800 (163.7) 68260 (303.6) 20105 (89.4) 47880 (213.0) 87980 (391.4) 24790 (110.3) 59060 (262.7) 108500 (482.6) 44280 (197.0) 115840 (515.3) 161880 (720.1) f'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) lb (kN) 5900 (26.2) 14140 (62.9) 25960 (115.5) 8400 (37.4) 21840 (97.1) 40120 (178.5) 10440 (46.4) 31160 (138.6) 57240 (254.6) 23040 (102.5) 52060 (231.6) 96540 (429.4) 28430 (126.5) 67720 (301.2) 124420 (553.4) 35050 (155.9) 83520 (371.5) 153440 (682.5) 62610 (278.5) 163820 (728.7) 228940 (1018.4)
3/8 (9.5)
1/2 (12.7)
5/8 (15.9)
3/4 (19.1)
7/8 (22.2)
1 (25.4)
1-1/4 (31.8)
1 Influence factors for spacing and/or edge distance are applied to concrete/bond values above, and then compared to the steel value. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design.
2 For hef hnom average ultimate concrete shear capacity based on Concrete Capacity Design (CCD) method. For hef < hnom average ultimate concrete shear values based on testing.
3 All values based on holes drilled with carbide bit and cleaned with compressed air and a wire brush per manufacturers instructions.

Allowable Steel Strength for HAS Rods1
3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9) 3/4 (19.1) 7/8 (22.2) 1 (25.4) 1-1/4
(31.8)
2640 (11.7) 4700 (20.9) 7340 (32.7) 10570 (47.0) 14385 (64.0) 18790 (83.6) 29360
(130.6)
1360 (6.0) 2420 (10.8) 3780 (16.8) 5445 (24.2) 7410 (33.0) 9680 (43.0) 15125
(67.3)
4555 (20.3) 8100 (36.0) 12655 (56.3) 18225 (81.1) 24805 (110.3) 32400 (144.1) 50620
(225.2)
2345 (10.4) 4170 (18.5) 6520 (29.0) 9390 (41.8) 12780 (56.9) 16690 (74.2) 26080
(116.0)
3645 (16.2) 6480 (28.8) 10125 (45.0) 12390 (55.1) 16865 (75.0) 22030 (98.0) 34425
(153.1)
1875 (8.3) 3335 (14.8) 5215 (23.2) 6385 (28.4) 8690 (38.6) 11350 (50.5) 17735
(78.9)
Ultimate Steel Strength for HAS Rods1

Yield lb (kN)
Shear lb (kN)
Yield lb (kN)
Shear lb (kN)
Yield lb (kN)
Shear lb (kN)
3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9) 3/4 (19.1) 7/8 (22.2) 1 (25.4) 1-1/4 (31.8)
4495 (20.0) 8230 (36.6) 13110 (58.3) 19400 (86.3) 26780 (119.1) 35130 (156.3) 56210 (250.0)
6005 (26.7) 10675 (47.5) 16680 (74.2) 24020 (106.9) 32695 (145.4) 42705 (190.0) 66730 (296.8)
3605 (16.0) 6405 (28.5) 10010 (44.5) 14415 (64.1) 19620 (87.3) 25625 (114.0) 40035 (178.1)
8135 (36.2) 14900 (66.3) 23730 (105.6) 35120 (156.2) 48480 (215.7) 63600 (282.9) 101755 (452.6)
10350 (43.4) 18405 (79.0) 28760 (125.7) 41420 (185.7) 56370 (256.9) 73630 (337.0) 115050 (511.8)
6210 (27.6) 11040 (49.1) 17260 (76.8) 24850 (110.5) 33825 (150.5) 44180 (196.5) 69030 (307.1)
5035 (22.4) 9225 (41.0) 14690 (65.3) 15050 (66.9) 20775 (92.4) 27255 (121.2) 43610 (194.0)
8280 (36.8) 14720 (65.5) 23010 (102.4) 28165 (125.3) 38335 (170.5) 50070 (222.7) 78235 (348.0)
4970 (22.1) 8835 (39.3) 13805 (61.4) 16800 (75.2) 23000 (102.3) 30040 (133.6) 46940 (208.8)

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity and Steel Strength for HIS Carbon Steel and HIS-R Stainless Steel Internally Threaded Inserts
HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity Tensile Shear f'c 2000 psi f'c 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) (13.8 MPa) lb (kN) lb (kN) Allowable Bolt Strength1,2 ASTM A 325 Carbon Steel Tensile1 Shear1 lb (kN) lb (kN) ASTM F 593 Stainless Steel Tensile1 Shear1 lb (kN) lb (kN)
Embedment Depth in. (mm)
3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9) 3/4 (19.1)
4-1/4 (108) 5 (127) 6-5/8 (168) 8-1/4 (210)
2750 (12.2) 4195 (18.7) 6700 (29.8) 7855 (34.9)
1605 (7.1) 3040 (13.5) 4575 (20.4) 6305 (28.0)
4370 (19.4) 7775 (34.6) 12150 (54.0) 17495 (77.8)
2250 (10.0) 4005 (17.8) 6260 (27.8) 9010 (40.1)
3645 (16.2) 6480 (28.8) 10125 (45.0) 12395 (55.1)
1875 (8.3) 3335 (14.8) 5215 (23.2) 6385 (28.4)
HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity and Steel Strength for HIS Carbon Steel and HIS-R Stainless Steel Internally Threaded Inserts
HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity2 Tensile Shear f'c 2000 psi f'c 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) (13.8 MPa) lb (kN) lb (kN) Ultimate Bolt Strength1,2 ASTM A 325 Carbon Steel Tensile1 Shear1 lb (kN) lb (kN) ASTM F 593 Stainless Steel Tensile1 Shear1 lb (kN) lb (kN)
3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9) 3/4 (19.1)
4-1/4 (108) 5 (127) 6-5/8 (168) 8-1/4 (210)
11000 (48.9) 16790 (74.7) 26795 (119.2) 31430 (139.8)
6425 (28.6) 12170 (54.1) 18310 (81.5) 25215 (112.2)
9935 (44.2) 17665 (78.6) 27610 (122.8) 39760 (176.9)
5960 (26.5) 10600 (47.2) 16565 (73.7) 23855 (106.1)
8280 (36.8) 14720 (65.5) 23010 (102.4) 28165 (125.3)
4970 (22.1) 8835 (39.3) 13805 (61.4) 16900 (75.1)
1 Steel values in accordance with AISC ASTM A 325 bolts: Fy = 92 ksi , Fu = 120 ksi ASTM F 593 (AISI 304/316): Fy = 65 ksi, Fu = 100 ksi for 3/8" thru 5/8" Fy = 45 ksi, Fu = 85 ksi for 3/4" Allowable Load Values Tension = 0.33 x Fu x Anom Shear = 0.17 x Fu x Anom Ultimate Load Values Tension = 0.75 x Fu x Anom Shear = 0.45 x Fu x Anom

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Allowable and Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity for HAS Rods Installed in Lightweight Concrete 3000 psi (20.7 MPa)2 Anchor Diameter in. (mm) 3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9) 3/4 (19.1) Embedment Depth in. (mm) 1-3/4 (44) 3-1/2 (89) 2-1/8 (54) 4-1/4 (108) 2-1/2 (63) 3-3/8 (86) Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity1 lb (kN) Tensile Shear 745 (3.3) 1285 (5.7) 1220 (5.4) 1580 (7.0) 975 (4.3) 2130 (9.5) 1210 (5.4) 2910 (12.9) 1200 (5.3) 2480 (11.0) 1760 (7.8) 4000 (17.8) Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity lb (kN) Tensile Shear 2980 (13.3) 5150 (22.9) 4920 (21.9) 6320 (28.1) 3900 (17.3) 8520 (37.9) 4840 (21.5) 11640 (51.8) 4800 (21.4) 9920 (44.1) 7040 (31.3) 15985 (71.1)
1 Influence factors for spacing and/or edge distance are applied to allowable concrete/bond values above, and then compared to the allowable steel value (See page 210). The lesser of these values is to be used for design.
2 All values based on holes drilled with matched tolerance carbide tipped bit and cleaned with a wire brush per manufacturers instructions..
HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity for Sill Plate Applications

Allowable Loads for Attachment of Sill Plates to f'c = 2000 PSI Normal Weight Concrete with HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 1501 Anchor Diameter in. (mm) 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9) Embedment Depth in. (mm) 4-1/4 (108.0) 5 (127.0) Edge Distance in. (mm) 1-3/4 (44.5) 2-3/4 (69.9) 1-3/4 (44.5) 2-3/4 (69.9) Shear lb (kN) Tension lb (kN) 1280 (5.3) 1800 (8.1) 1700 (7.6) 2725 (12.1) Load II to Edge 1445 (6.4) 2100 (9.5) 1445 (6.4) 2455 (10.9) Load 400 845 400 960 to Edge (1.8) (3.8) (1.8) (4.3)
1 Loads are based on concrete failure. Steel strength must be checked separately. Values are based on safety factor of 4.
Allowable Loads for Attachment of Sill Plates to top of grout filled block wall with HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 1501 Anchor Diameter in. (mm) 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9) Embedment Depth in. (mm) 4-1/4 (108.0) 5 (127.0) Edge Distance in. (mm) 1-3/4 (44.5) 2-3/4 (69.9) 1-3/4 (44.5) 2-3/4 (69.9) Shear lb (kN) Tension lb (kN) 1120 (5.0) 1440 (6.4) 1475 (6.5) 1630 (7.2) Load II to Edge 1425 (6.3) 2085 (9.3) 1800 (8.0) 3070 (13.7) Load 560 1110 680 1110 to Edge (2.5) (4.9) (3.0) (4.9)
1 Loads are based on masonry failure. Steel strength must be checked separately. Values are based on safety factor of 5.

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Allowable Loads for Threaded Rods in Grout-Filled Concrete Masonry Units (ASTM C 90 Block)1, 2, 3, 4 Anchor Diameter in. (mm) 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 ( 9.5 ) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1) Embedment Depth in. (mm) 3-1/2 ( 88.9 ) 4-1/4 ( 108 ) 5 ( 127 ) Distance from Edge in. (mm) 4 _ 12 > 4 _ 12 > 4 _ 12 > 4 _ 12 > (101.6) (304.8) (101.6) (304.8) (101.6) (304.8) (101.6) (304.8) Tension5 lb (kN) 1550 1785 2265 3740 ( 6.9 ) ( 7.9 ) (10.1) (16.6) Shear lb (kN)5
HAS-E HAS Super HAS SS
1360 2020 2420 2020 3780 2020 5445
( 6.0) ( 9.0) (10.8) ( 9.0) (16.8) ( 9.0) (24.2)
2020 2020 4170 2020 5625 2020 5625
(9.0) ( 9.0) (18.5) ( 9.0) (25.0) ( 9.0) (25.0)
1875 2020 3335 2020 5215 2020 5625
( 8.3) ( 9.0) (14.8) ( 9.0) (23.2) ( 9.0) (25.0)
6-5/8 (168.3)
HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Ultimate Loads for Threaded Rods in Grout-Filled Concrete Masonry Units (ASTM C 90 Block)1, 2, 3, 4 Anchor Diameter in. (mm) 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1) Embedment Depth in. (mm) 3-1/2 4-1/4 5 (88.9) (108) (127) Distance from Edge in. (mm) 4 _ 12 > 4 _ 12 > 4 _ 12 > 4 _ 12 > (101.6) (304.8) (101.6) (304.8) (101.6) (304.8) (101.6) (304.8) Tension lb (kN)5
HAS-E HAS Super HAS SS (304SS) HAS-E
Shear lb (kN)5
HAS Super HAS SS
6005 (26.7) 6200 (27.6) 6200 (27.6) 3605 (16.0) 6210 8075 7140 (31.8) 7140 (31.8) 7140 (31.8) 6405 (28.5) 9060 (40.3) 9060 (40.3) 9060 (40.3) 14970 (66.6) 14970 (66.6) 14970 (66.6) 8075 (35.9) 8075 8075 (44.2) 8075
(27.6) 4970 (35.9) 8075 (35.9) 8075 (35.9) 8075
(22.1) (35.9) (39.3) (35.9) (35.9)
11040 (49.1) 8835
10010 (44.2) 17260 (76.8) 13805 (61.4) 14415 (64.1) 22500 (100.1) 16800 (75.2)
6-5/8 (168.3)
1 Values are for lightweight, medium weight or normal weight concrete masonry units conforming to ASTM C 90 with 2000 psi grout conforming to ASTM C 476. 2 Embedment depth is measured from the outside face of the concrete masonry unit. 3 Values are for anchors located in the grouted cell, head joint, bed joint, T joint, cross web or any combination of the above.
4 Values for edge distances between 4 inches and 12 inches can be calculated by linear interpolation. 5 Loads are based on the lesser of bond strength, steel strength or base material strength.
HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.5 Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines for Grout-Filled Block
Influence of Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Anchor Size hnom in. (mm) in. (mm) 3/8 (9.5) 3-1/2 (90) 1/2 (12.7) 4-1/4 (110) 5/8 (15.8) 5 (125) 3/4 (19.1) 6-5/8 (170)
V c N
Edge Distance for Shear and Tension: Grout Filled, Normal Weight and Lightweight Block ccr = 12 in. (305 mm) minimum from free edge cmin = 4 in. (102 mm) minimum from free edge Anchor Spacing for Shear and Tension: Grout Filled, Normal Weight and Lightweight Block scr = smin = One (1) anchor per cell (max), and 8 in. (203mm) (min)

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Ultimate Bond Strength and Steel Strength for Rebar in Concrete Concrete Compressive Strength Nominal Rebar Size Embed. Depth in. (mm) f'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) Ultimate Bond Strength lb (kN) 2500 (11.1) 6300 (28.0) 12600 (56.0) 4200 (18.7) 9000 (40.0) 18000 (80.1) 5600 (24.9) 13500 (60.1) 27000 (120.1) 10200 (45.4) 22100 (98.3) 44200 (196.6) 10700 (47.6) 27100 (120.6) 54200 (241.1) 14100 (62.7) 32500 (144.6) 65000 (289.1) 16700 (74.3) 47400 (210.9) 85300 (379.4) 23300 (103.6) 59600 (265.1) 99300 (441.7) 32000 (142.3) 75800 (337.2) 108400 (482.2) Embed. to Embed. to Develop Yield Develop Tensile Strength1 Strength1 in. (mm) in. (mm) Ultimate Bond Strength lb (kN) 3800 (16.9) 8200 (36.5) 16500 (73.4) 6000 (26.7) 11800 (52.5) 23600 (105.0) 6900 (30.7) 17700 (78.7) 35300 (157.0) 12800 (56.9) 28900 (128.6) 57700 (256.7) 15800 (70.3) 35300 (157.0) 70700 (314.5) 18100 (80.5) 42400 (188.6) 84800 (377.2) 21800 (97.0) 61800 (274.9) 111300 (495.1) 32400 (144.1) 77700 (345.6) 129600 (576.5) 41300 (183.7) 99000 (440.4) 141400 (629.0) f'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) Grade 60 Rebar Tensile Strength lb (kN)
Embed. to Embed. to Yield Develop Yield Develop Tensile Strength 1 1 Strength Strength lb (kN) in. (mm) in. (mm)
#3
1-1/2 (38) 3-1/2 (89) 7 (178) 2 (51) 4 (102) 8 (203) 2-1/2 (64) 5 (127) 10 (254) 3-1/2 (90) 7 (178) 14 (356) 3-3/4 (95) 7-1/2 (190) 15 (380) 4 (102) 8 (204) 16 (408) 5 (127) 10 (254) 18 (457) 6 (152) 12 (304) 20 (508) 7 (178) 14 (356) 20 (508)
3-3/4 (95.3)
5-1/2 (139.7)
2-3/4 (69.9)
4-1/4 (108.0)
6600 (29.4)
9900 (44.0)
#4
5-1/2 (139.7)
8 (203.2)
4-1/4 (108.0)
6-1/4 (158.8)
12000 (53.4)
18000 (80.1)
#5
7 (177.8)
10-1/4 (260.4)
5-1/4 (133.4)
8 (203.2)
18600 (82.7)
27900 (124.1)
#6
8-1/2 (215.9)
12-3/4 (323.9)
6-1/2 (165.1)
9-3/4 (247.7)
26400 (117.4)
39600 (176.2)
#7
10 (254.0)
15 (381)
7-3/4 (196.9)
11-1/2 (292.1)
36000 (160.1)
54000 (240.2)
#8
11-3/4 (298.5)
17-1/2 (444.5)
9 (228.6)
13-1/2 (342.9)
47450 (211.1)
71100 (316.3)
#9
12-3/4 (323.9)
19 (482.6)
10 (254.0)
15-3/4 (400.1)
60000 (266.9)
90000 (400.4)
#10
15-1/2 (393.7)
23 (584.2)
12 (304.8)
17-3/4 (450.9)
76200 (339.0)
114300 (508.5)
#11
17-1/4 (438.2)
26 (660.4)
13-1/2 (342.9)
20 (508.0)
93600 (416.4)
140400 (624.6)
1 Based on comparison of average ultimate adhesive bond test values versus minimum yield and ultimate tensile strength of rebar; for more information, contact Hilti.

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Bond Strength and Steel Strength for Metric Rebar in Concrete (Canada Only) 3,4 HIT-ICE Tensile Bond Strength 2, 3, 4 f'c = 14 MPa Rebar Size 10M (#3) 15M (#5) 20M (#6) 25M (#8) 30M (#9) 35M (#11) Embedment Depth (mm) 40 90 180 65 130 250 90 180 355 100 200 405 125 250 455 180 355 510 Ultimate Bond (kN) 11.1 28.0 56.0 24.9 60.1 120 45.4 98.3 197 62.7 145 289 74.3 211 379 142 337 482 Allowable Bond (kN) 2.8 7.0 14.0 6.2 15.0 30.0 11.3 24.6 49.2 15.7 36.2 72.2 18.6 52.8 94.8 35.5 84.2 120 f'c = 28 MPa Allowable Bond (kN) 4.2 9.1 18.3 7.7 19.7 39.2 14.2 32.2 64.2 20.1 47.2 94.2 24.2 68.8 124 46.0 110 157 Strength Properties of Metric Rebar 2, 3 f y = 400 MPa Yield Strength (kN) 40 Tensile Strength (kN) 60
Ultimate Bond (kN) 16.9 36.5 73.4 30.7 78.7 157 56.9 129 257 80.5 189 377 97.0 275 495 184 440 629
80
120
120
180
200
300
280
420
400
600
1 Use lesser value of bond strength or rebars steel strength for tensile capacity. 2 Actual tensile bond test data developed for imperial-sized rebar. Yield and ultimate rebar strengths are for metric sizes. 3 Test data developed for hammer-drilled holes. For diamond cored holes, contact Hilti Engineering. 4 For anchoring spacing and edge distance guidelines, please refer to page 212 of this HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Injection Adhesive Anchor section.

Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines in Concrete for HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150

s
Edge Distance Adjustment Factors c = Actual edge distance cmin = 0.5 h ef c cr = 1.5 h ef Tension = 2.0 h ef for Shear h ef = Actual embedment
V c h
1.5
s s min s cr h ef
= = = =
Actual spacing 0.5 h ef 1.5 h ef Actual embedment
scr
2.0
ccr
Shear ( to Edge)
Note: Tables apply for listed embedment depths. Reduction factors for other embedment depths must be calculated using equations below.
Shear & Tension
1.0
1.5
ccr
Shear (II to Edge)
s hef
0.5
smin
c hef
1.0
Tension
smin = 0.5 hef, scr = 1.5 hef fA = 0.3 (s/hef) + 0.55 for scr>s>smin
0 0 .2 .4 .6 .8 1.0
0.5
cmin

Anchor Spacing Adjustment Factor (fA)
0 0 .6 .2 .4 .8 1.0 Edge Distance Adjustment Factor (fRV, fRN)


( toward edge),

Edge Distance Shear

fRV1
fRV2 3-1/2 5-1/4
1-3/4 3-1/2 5-1/4 1-3/4 3-1/2 5-1/4 1-3/4 3-1/2 5-1/4 1-3/4
7/8 1-1/4 1-3/4 2 2-5/8 3 3-1/2 4 4-1/2 5-1/4 6-1/2 7 7-7/8 9 10-1/2
0.70 0.76 0.85 0.70 0.89 0.72 1.00 0.78 0.70 0.81 0.72 0.85 0.75 0.89 0.78 0.94 0.81 1.00 0.85 0.92 0.95 1.00
0.60 0.69 0.80 0.60 0.86 0.63 1.00 0.70 0.60 0.74 0.63 0.80 0.67 0.86 0.70 0.91 0.74 1.00 0.80 0.90 0.93 1.00
0.18 0.30 0.45 0.53 0.72 0.84 1.00
0.46 0.54 0.18 0.64 0.22 0.69 0.32 0.18 0.82 0.37 0.22 0.90 0.45 0.27 1.00 0.53 0.32 0.60 0.37 0.72 0.45 0.91 0.58 1.00 0.63 0.72 0.84 1.00
0.46 0.49 0.55 0.59 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.82 0.95 1.00
0.46 0.49 0.52 0.55 0.59 0.64 0.73 0.76 0.82 0.90 1.00

( toward edge),
Edge Distance Shear

fRV1
fRV2 4-1/4 6-3/8
2-1/8 4-1/4 6-3/8 2-1/8 4-1/4 6-3/8 2-1/8 4-1/4 6-3/8 2-1/8
1-1/16 1-1/2 2 2-1/8 2-3/4 3 3-3/16 4 4-1/4 5 6 6-3/8 7 7-1/2 8-1/2 9 9-9/16 10 11 12-3/4
0.70 0.76 0.83 0.85 0.94 0.97 1.00
0.70 0.74 0.76 0.78 0.83 0.85 0.90 0.97 1.00
0.60 0.68 0.78 0.80 0.92 0.96 0.70 1.00 0.74 0.75 0.79 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.95 0.97 1.00
0.18 0.29 0.42 0.60 0.45 0.66 0.61 0.68 0.67 0.70 0.60 0.72 0.78 0.65 0.93 0.80 0.67 1.00 0.87 0.71 0.96 0.78 1.00 0.80 0.84 0.87 0.93 0.96 1.00
0.46 0.53 0.62 0.18 0.64 0.26 0.75 0.29 0.79 0.32 0.18 0.82 0.42 0.25 0.96 0.45 0.27 1.00 0.55 0.33 0.67 0.42 0.72 0.45 0.80 0.50 0.86 0.55 1.00 0.63 0.67 0.72 0.76 0.84 1.00
0.46 0.51 0.53 0.55 0.62 0.64 0.70 0.79 0.82 0.87 0.92 1.00

cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 1.5 hef
0.46 0.51 0.52 0.56 0.62 0.64 0.68 0.70 0.76 0.79 0.82 0.84 0.90 1.00
fRN = 0.4(c/hef) + 0.40 for ccr>c>cmin



Anchor Diameter Adjustment Factor Embedment Depth, in. 2-1/2 5/8" diameter Spacing
Tension/Shear,

Edge Distance
Tension,
Edge Distance Shear

( toward edge),
Spacing
Tension/Shear,
Edge Distance
Tension,
Edge Distance Shear

( toward edge),
Edge Distance Shear

fA 5 7-1/2 2-1/2
fRN 5 7-1/2 2-1/2
fRV1 5 7-1/2 2-1/2
fRV2 5
fA 7-1/2 3-3/8 6-5/8 10
fRN 3-3/8 6-5/8 10
fRV1 3-3/8 6-5/8 10
fRV2 3-3/8 6-5/8 10
1-1/4 1-11/16 2 2-1/2 3 3-5/16 3-3/4 4 4-1/2 5 5-1/16 5-1/2 6 6-3/4 7-1/2 8 8-1/2 9 9-15/16 10 11-1/4 12 13-1/4 14 15 16 18 20
0.70 0.75 0.79 0.85 0.91 0.95 1.00
0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.79 0.82 0.85 0.85 0.88 0.91 0.96 1.00
0.60 0.67 0.72 0.80 0.88 0.93 0.70 1.00 0.71 0.73 0.75 0.75 0.77 0.79 0.82 0.85 0.87 0.89 0.91 0.95 0.95 1.00
0.60 0.64 0.67 0.70 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.81 0.84 0.88 0.94 1.00
0.60 0.61 0.64 0.67 0.67 0.69 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.93 0.93 1.00
0.18 0.27 0.34 0.45 0.56 0.63 0.72 0.77 0.88 1.00
0.18 0.23 0.27 0.32 0.34 0.40 0.45 0.46 0.50 0.56 0.64 0.72 0.77 0.83 0.88 0.98 1.00
0.18 0.20 0.23 0.27 0.27 0.31 0.34 0.40 0.45 0.49 0.52 0.56 0.63 0.63 0.72 0.77 0.86 0.92 1.00
0.46 0.52 0.57 0.64 0.71 0.76 0.82 0.86 0.93 1.00
0.46 0.50 0.52 0.55 0.57 0.60 0.64 0.64 0.68 0.71 0.77 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.93 1.00
0.46 0.47 0.50 0.52 0.52 0.54 0.57 0.60 0.64 0.66 0.69 0.71 0.76 0.76 0.82 0.86 0.92 0.95 1.00
0.70 0.73 0.77 0.82 0.84 0.88 0.91 0.95 0.99 1.00
0.60 0.64 0.70 0.76 0.70 0.79 0.72 0.84 0.73 0.87 0.75 0.93 0.78 0.70 0.99 0.78 0.70 1.00 0.80 0.72 0.82 0.73 0.86 0.75 0.89 0.78 0.91 0.79 0.93 0.81 0.96 0.82 1.00 0.85 0.85 0.89 0.91 0.95 0.97 1.00
0.60 0.63 0.64 0.67 0.70 0.71 0.73 0.76 0.81 0.85 0.88 0.91 0.94 1.00
0.60 0.60 0.62 0.64 0.67 0.70 0.72 0.74 0.76 0.80 0.80 0.85 0.88 0.93 0.96 1.00
0.18 0.23 0.31 0.39 0.44 0.51 0.55 0.63 0.71 0.72 0.79 0.87 1.00
0.18 0.22 0.24 0.28 0.32 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.46 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.72 0.73 0.83 0.89 1.00
0.18 0.18 0.21 0.23 0.27 0.32 0.34 0.37 0.40 0.45 0.45 0.52 0.56 0.63 0.67 0.72 0.77 0.88 1.00
0.46 0.49 0.55 0.60 0.63 0.68 0.71 0.76 0.81 0.82 0.87 0.92 1.00
0.46 0.48 0.50 0.52 0.55 0.56 0.58 0.61 0.65 0.69 0.71 0.74 0.77 0.82 0.82 0.89 0.93 1.00
0.46 0.46 0.48 0.50 0.52 0.55 0.57 0.59 0.60 0.64 0.64 0.69 0.71 0.76 0.78 0.82 0.86 0.93 1.00

( toward edge),
Edge Distance Shear

fRV1
fRV2 7-1/2 11-1/4
3-3/4 7-1/2 11-1/4 3-3/4 7-1/2 11-1/4 3-3/4 7-1/2 11-1/4 3-3/4
1-7/8 2-1/2 3 3-3/4 4 4-1/2 5 5-5/8 6 6-1/2 7 7-1/2 8 8-1/2 9 9-15/16 10 11-1/4 12 14 15 16-7/8 18 20 22-1/2
0.70 0.75 0.79 0.85 0.87 0.91 0.95 1.00
0.70 0.71 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.83 0.85 0.87 0.89 0.91 0.95 0.95 1.00
0.60 0.67 0.72 0.80 0.83 0.88 0.93 0.70 1.00 0.71 0.72 0.74 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.82 0.82 0.85 0.87 0.92 0.95 1.00
0.60 0.61 0.64 0.67 0.70 0.72 0.75 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.93 0.93 1.00
0.60 0.61 0.63 0.65 0.67 0.68 0.70 0.72 0.75 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.90 0.93 1.00
0.18 0.27 0.34 0.45 0.49 0.56 0.63 0.72 0.77 0.85 0.92 1.00
0.18 0.20 0.23 0.27 0.32 0.34 0.38 0.41 0.45 0.49 0.52 0.56 0.63 0.63 0.72 0.77 0.92 1.00
0.18 0.20 0.22 0.25 0.27 0.29 0.32 0.34 0.39 0.39 0.45 0.49 0.58 0.63 0.72 0.77 0.87 1.00
0.46 0.52 0.57 0.64 0.66 0.71 0.76 0.82 0.86 0.90 0.95 1.00
0.46 0.47 0.50 0.52 0.55 0.57 0.59 0.62 0.64 0.66 0.69 0.71 0.76 0.76 0.82 0.86 0.95 1.00

0.46 0.47 0.49 0.50 0.52 0.54 0.55 0.57 0.60 0.60 0.64 0.66 0.73 0.76 0.82 0.86 0.92 1.00


Load Adjustment Factors for 1" and 1 1/4" Diameter Anchors

Anchor Diameter Adjustment Factor Embedment Depth, in. 1" diameter Spacing
Tension/Shear,
1 1/4" diameter Spacing

Tension/Shear,
Edge Distance
Tension,
Edge Distance Shear Edge Distance Shear

( toward edge), (II to or away from edge),
Edge Distance
Tension,
Edge Distance Shear

( toward edge),
Edge Distance Shear

fA
fRN
fRV1
fRV2 6
fA 12 15 6
fRN 12 15 6
fRV1 12 15 6
fRV2 12 15
4-1/8 8-1/4 12-3/8 4-1/8 8-1/4 12-3/8 4-1/8 8-1/4 12-3/8 4-1/8 8-1/4 12-3/8
2-1/16 3 3-1/2 4-1/8 5 5-1/2 6 6-3/16 7-1/2 8-1/4 9 9-1/2 10 10-1/2 12 12-3/8 14 16-1/2 18 18-9/16 20 22-1/2 24 24-3/4 26 28 30
0.70 0.77 0.80 0.85 0.91 0.95 0.99 1.00
0.70 0.73 0.75 0.77 0.78 0.82 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.99 1.00
0.60 0.69 0.74 0.80 0.88 0.93 0.98 0.70 1.00 0.73 0.75 0.77 0.78 0.79 0.80 0.84 0.85 0.89 0.95 0.99 1.00
0.18 0.30 0.37 0.60 0.45 0.64 0.56 0.67 0.63 0.69 0.70 0.70 0.60 0.72 0.76 0.64 0.89 0.80 0.67 1.00 0.84 0.69 0.86 0.71 0.88 0.72 0.91 0.74 0.98 0.79 1.00 0.80 0.85 0.93 0.98 1.00
0.46 0.54 0.59 0.18 0.64 0.24 0.72 0.27 0.76 0.30 0.80 0.32 0.18 0.82 0.40 0.24 0.93 0.45 0.27 1.00 0.50 0.30 0.53 0.32 0.56 0.35 0.60 0.37 0.70 0.43 0.72 0.45 0.83 0.52 1.00 0.63 0.70 0.72 0.78 0.89 0.96 1.00
0.46 0.50 0.52 0.54 0.55 0.61 0.64 0.67 0.69 0.72 0.74 0.80 0.82 0.89 1.00
0.46 0.50 0.52 0.54 0.56 0.57 0.59 0.63 0.64 0.69 0.76 0.80 0.82 0.86 0.93 0.98 1.00
0.70 0.73 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.86 0.93 0.96 1.00
0.60 0.63 0.68 0.73 0.77 0.70 0.80 0.70 0.81 0.74 0.70 0.90 0.76 0.72 0.95 0.78 0.73 1.00 0.79 0.74 0.80 0.75 0.81 0.76 0.85 0.79 0.86 0.80 0.90 0.83 0.96 0.88 1.00 0.91 0.92 0.95 1.00
0.60 0.61 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.72 0.73 0.75 0.80 0.81 0.87 0.95 1.00
0.60 0.62 0.64 0.65 0.67 0.68 0.72 0.73 0.77 0.84 0.88 0.90 0.93 1.00
0.18 0.23 0.28 0.36 0.41 0.45 0.47 0.59 0.65 0.72 0.77 0.81 0.86 1.00
0.18 0.19 0.25 0.28 0.32 0.34 0.36 0.38 0.45 0.47 0.54 0.65 0.72 0.75 0.81 0.92 1.00
0.18 0.21 0.23 0.25 0.27 0.29 0.34 0.36 0.41 0.50 0.56 0.58 0.63 0.72 0.77 0.80 0.85 0.92 1.00
0.46 0.49 0.53 0.58 0.61 0.64 0.65 0.73 0.78 0.82 0.85 0.88 0.91 1.00
0.46 0.47 0.51 0.53 0.55 0.57 0.58 0.60 0.64 0.65 0.70 0.78 0.82 0.84 0.88 0.96 1.00
0.46 0.48 0.50 0.51 0.52 0.53 0.57 0.58 0.62 0.68 0.71 0.73 0.76 0.82 0.86 0.87 0.90 0.95 1.00

Resistance of HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 to Chemicals Chemical Sulphuric acid conc. 30% 10% conc. 10% conc. 10% conc. 10% conc. 10% conc. 10% conc. 10% 10% 40% 20% 5% conc. 5% 10% 10% 10% 2% 10% 10% Behavior + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + limited resistance Samples of the HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 resin were immersed in the various chemical compounds for up to one year. At the end of the test period, the samples were analyzed. Any samples showing no visible damage and having less than a 25% reduction in bending (flexural) strength were classified as Resistant. Samples that had slight damage, such as small cracks, chips, etc. or reduction in bending strength of 25% or more, were classified as Partially Resistant. Samples that were heavily damaged or destroyed were classified as Not Resistant. Note: In actual use, the majority of the resin is encased in the base material, leaving very little surface area exposed. In some cases, this would allow the HIT-ICE, HIT-HY 150 to be used where it would be exposed to the Partially Resistant chemical compounds. Open Gel Time Table (Approximate)1 Base Material Temperature F 10 0 23 32 41 68 86 104 C 23 18 5 0 5 20 30 40 HIT-HY 1502 1.5 hrs 45 min 25 min 6 min 4 min 2 min HIT-ICE 1.5 hrs 1.5 hrs 40 min 26 min 11 min 4 min 1.5 min
Hydrochloric acid Nitric acid Phosphoric acid Acetic acid Formic acid Lactic acid Citric acid Sodium Hydroxide (Caustic soda) Ammonia Soda solution Common salt solution Chlorinated lime solution Sodium hypochlorite Hydrogen peroxide Carbolic acid solution Ethanol Sea water Glycol Acetone Carbon tetrachloride Toluene Petrol/Gasoline Machine oil Diesel oil Key: non-resistant
Final Cure Time Table (Approximate)1 Base Material Temperature F 10 0 23 32 41 68 86 104 C 23 18 5 0 5 20 30 40 HIT-HY 1502 6 hrs 3 hrs 90 min 50 min 40 min 30 min HIT-ICE 36 hrs 24 hrs 6 hrs 4 hrs 2 hrs 1 hrs 30 min
+ resistant
Allowable Bond Strength (% of load at 70F)
1 Product temperatures must be maintained above 41F (5C), with the exception of HIT-ICE which must be above 0F (18C). 2 Use of HIT-HY 150 and HIT-TZ rods must be installed in base material temperatures 40 F (5 C).
Influence of High Energy Radiation on HIT-HY 1501 Radiation Exposure2, 3 < 10 Mrad 10 100 Mrad
Detrimental Effect Insignificant Moderate Medium to strong
Recommendation for Use Full Use Restricted Use Frec. = 0.5 Fperm. No recommendation for use
Note: Test procedure involves the concrete being held at the elevated temperature for 24 hours them removing it from the controlled environment and testing to failure. Long term creep test in accordance with AC58 is available; please contact Hilti Technical Services.
> 100 Mrad
1 HIT-ICE information is unavailable. 2 Mrad = Megarad 3 Dosage over a life span.
4.2.5 HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.5.4 Installation Instructions

HAS, Rebar and Insert Installation Instructions 1 2
3X
3X
4
3X
1. Drill anchor hole with a carbide bit. Contact Hilti for use of Diamond Core bits.
2 . Insert air nozzle to bottom of hole and blow out hole using a pump, or compressed air.
3. Clean hole with wire brush. Proper hole cleaning is essential.
4. Insert air nozzle to bottom of hole and blow out hole using a pump, or compressed air.
5. HIT-HY 150 only: Put refill pack into holder. Remove cap covering threaded projection.
2 2 1 2 1 1
7
2 2 1 3 2 2 2
10
3X
1
8. Discard first three trigger pulls of adhesive from each refill pack or cartridge. 9. Inject adhesive into hole starting at the bottom until 1/2 to 2/3 full. Use mixer filler tube extensions when needed to reach the hole bottom. 10. Unlock dispenser.
1 7. Put holder/cartridge1into 1
appropriate dispenser.
Rod
10
11
12
T Tmax max
9. Insert rod. Twist during installation.
Insert
10
11
12
T Tmax max
9. Insert threaded insert. Twist during installation.
Rebar
10
11
12
9. Insert rebar. Twist during installation.
HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.5 HIT HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Volume Charts
Threaded Rod & HIT-TZ Rod Installation
Rod Diameter (in.) Drill Bit1 Diameter (in.) Adhesive Volume Required per Inch of embedment (in 3)
Rebar Installation
Rod Diameter (in.) Drill Bit1 Adhesive Volume Diameter Required per Inch (in.) of embedment (in3)
Metric Rebar Installation (Canada Only)

Bar Diameter Drill Bit1 Diameter Adhesive Volume Required per Inch of embedment (in3)
1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4
5/16 7/16 9/16 11/16 13/16 24mm 1-1/16 1-1/2
0.055 0.095 0.133 0.184 0.232 0.272 0.366 0.918
Example: Determine approximate fastenings for 5/8" rod embedded 10" deep. 10 x 0.184 = 1.84 in3 of adhesive per anchor HIT-HY 150 small cartridge: 16.5 1.84 9 fastenings HIT-HY 150 medium cartridge: 26.9 1.84 15 fastenings HIT-HY 150 jumbo cartridge: 81.8 1.84 45 fastenings HIT-ICE cartridge: 18.0 1.84 10 fastenings
#3 or 3/8 #4 or 1/2 #5 or 5/8 #6 or 3/4 #7 or 7/8 #8 or 1 #9 or 1-1/8 #10 or 1-1/4 #11 or 1-3/8
1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-3/8 1-1/2 1-9/16
0.110 0.146 0.176 0.218 0.252 0.299 0.601 0.659 0.547
10M 15M 20M 25M 30M 35M
14 mm 3/4" 24 mm 1-1/8" 37 mm 1-9/16"
0.101 0.176 0.268 0.309 0.644 0.480
Note: Useable volume of: HIT-HY 150 refill pack is 16.5 in3 (270ml). HIT-HY 150 medium cartridges is 26.9 in3 (440ml). HIT-HY 150 jumbo cartridges is 81.8 in3 (1340 ml). HIT-ICE is 18 in3 (297 ml)
1 Rebar diameter may vary. Use smallest drill bit which will accommodate rebar. Use Hilti matched tolerance carbide tipped drill bits.
4.2.5 HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.5.5 Ordering Information

HIT Adhesives
Item No. Description Contents
372705 332230 285594 305713
HIT-ICE (10 oz) 297 ml HIT-HY 150 (11.1 oz) 330 ml HIT-HY 150 Medium (16.9 oz) 500 ml HIT-HY 150 Jumbo (47.3 oz) 1400 ml
24 Cartridges, 24 Mixers 1 Refill Pack, 1 Mixer w/ filler tube 25 Cartridges, 25 Mixers 4 Cartridges, 4 Mixers
HIT-ICE Cartridge
HIT Dispensers Battery Powered Dispenser

HIT-HY 150 Refill Pack HIT-HY 150 Medium Cartridge HIT-HY 150 Jumbo Cartridge
3245363
ED 3500 2.0 Ah Kit
MD1000 Dispenser
MD2000 Dispenser
MD2500 Dispenser
Manual Dispensers
371291 229154 338853 229170 339477
MD1000 Dispenser for HIT-ICE Cartridges MD2000 Dispenser + 1 refill holder for HIT HY refill packs MD2500 Manual Dispenser Refill Holder Replacement for MD2000 Refill Holder Replacement for MD2500 or ED3500
P-3500 Pneumatic Dispenser
P-8000D Pneumatic Dispenser
Pneumatic Dispensers
354180 373959 373960
HIT P-3500 Pneumatic Dispenser, + 1 refill holder for HIT HY refill packs HIT P-8000 Pneumatic Dispenser (for Jumbo cartridges) Jumbo pack holder replacement fo HIT P-8000D Dispenser
HIT-HY Mixer (Large)
HIT Filler Tube
HIT-M Mixer (Small)
HIT-ICE Mixer
Mixers & Filler Tubes

Item No. Description Qty/Pkg Notes
68156 337111 371290
HIT-M, Mixer for HIT-HY 150 HIT-RE-M Static Mixer, Large HIT-HY 150 HIT-M2 for HIT-ICE
1 1 1
For use with small HIT-HY 150 refill packs For use with Jumbo cartridges For use with HIT-ICE cartridges

HAS-E Threaded Rods HAS Description 3/8" x 3" 3/8" x 4-3/8" 3/8" x 5-1/8" 3/8" x 8" 3/8" x 12" 1/2" x 3-1/8" 1/2" x 4-1/2" 1/2" x 6-1/2" 1/2" x 8" 1/2" x 10" 1/2" x 12" 5/8" x 8" 5/8" x 9" 5/8" x 12" 5/8" x 17" HAS ISO 898 Class 5.8 Item No. 385417 385418 385419 385420 385421 385422 385423 385424 385425 385426 385427 385428 385429 385430 385431 HAS Description 3/4" x 10" 3/4" x 11" 3/4" x 12" 3/4" x 14" 3/4" x 17" 3/4" x 19" 3/4" x 21" 3/4" x 25" 7/8" x 10" 7/8" x 13" 1" x 12" 1" x 14" 1" x 16" 1" x 20" 1-1/4" x 16" 1-1/4" x 22" HAS ISO 898 Class 5.8 Item No. 385432 385433 385434 385435 385436 385437 385438 385439 385440 385441 385442 385443 385444 385445 385446 385447
Qty/Pkg 10 10 20 10 10 10 10 20 10 10 10 20 10 10 10
Qty/Pkg 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 4 2 2 2 4 4
HAS Super, HAS Stainless Steel Rods, HIS and HIS-R Stainless Steel Inserts3 HAS Super 3 Item No. 68657 68658 333783 68660 686611 68662 333779 HAS-R 304 SS2,3 Item No. 385462 385464 385467 385469 385473 385474 HIS Description 3/8" x 4-1/4" 1/2" x 5" 5/8" x 6-5/8" 3/4" x 8-1/4" HIS Insert Item No. 258020 258021 258022 258023 HIS-R 316 SS Insert Item No. 258029 258030 258031 258032
Description 3/8" x 5-1/8" 1/2" x 6-1/2" 5/8" x 7-5/8" 3/4" x 9-5/8" 7/8" x 10" 1" x 12" 1-1/4" x 16"
Qty/Box 10 10 10 5 5 5 4
Qty/Box 10 5 5 5
1 Hot Dipped Galvanized (3/8" rod only). Coating thickness 2 mils (50.8m) 2 316 Stainless Steel HAS Rods are also available.
3 More HAS rod lengths are available, refer to Hilti Full Line Catalog or contact a Customer Service Representative. 4. Available by the individual piece.
HIT-TZ and HIT-RTZ Rods HIT-TZ & HIT-RTZ Description 3/8" x 2-7/8" / 1" 1/2" x 3-1/2" / 1-1/2" 5/8" x 4" / 2-1/4" 3/4" x 5-1/4" / 4-1/16" Item No. HIT-TZ 337484 337485 337486 337487 Item No. HIT-RTZ 337498 337499 337500 337501 Qty/Box 40 24 16 8
HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.6 4.2.6.1 Product Description Fastener Components
4.2.6.1 4.2.6.2 4.2.6.3 4.2.6.4 4.2.6.5 4.2.6.6
Product Description Material Specifications Strength Design Technical Data Installation Instructions Ordering Information Sample Calculations
HIT-RE 500-SD Refill Pack HIT RE Mixer
4.2.6.7
Refill Pack Holder P3500 Dispenser
Listings/Approvals
HIT-RE 500-SD Medium Cartridge MD2500 Dispenser
ICC-ES (International Code Council) ESR-2322 NSF/ANSI Std 61 certification for use in potable water European Technical Approval ETA-07/0260
Refill Pack Holder HIT-RE 500-SD Jumbo Cartridge
P8000D Dispenser
Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD Adhesive Anchoring System is an injectable two-component epoxy adhesive. The two components are kept separate by means of a dualcylinder foil pack attached to a manifold. The two components combine and react when dispensed through a static mixing nozzle attached to the manifold. Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD Adhesive Anchoring System may be used with continuously threaded rod, Hilti HIS-N and HIS-RN internally-threaded inserts or deformed reinforcing bar installed in cracked or uncracked concrete. The primary components of the Hilti Adhesive Anchoring System are: Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD adhesive packaged in foil packs Adhesive mixing and dispensing equipment Equipment for hole cleaning and adhesive injection
Product Features Superior bond performance Seismic qualified per IBC/IRC 2006, IBC/IRC 2003, IBC/IRC 2000 and UBC 1997 (ICC-ES AC308). Please refer to ESR-2322 (ICC-ES AC308) for Seismic Design Category A through F Use in diamond cored or pneumatic drilled holes and under water up to 165 feet (50 m) Meets requirements of ASTM C 881-90, Type IV, Grade 2 and 3, Class A, B, C except gel times Meets requirements of AASHTO specification M235, Type IV, Grade 3, Class A, B, C except gel times Mixing tube provides proper mixing, eliminates measuring errors and minimizes waste Contains no styrene; virtually odorless Extended temperature range from 41F to 104F (5C to 40C) Excellent weathering resistance; Resistance against elevated temperatures
Code Compliance
IBC/IRC 2006 (ICC-ES AC308) IBC/IRC 2003 (ICC-ES AC308) IBC/IRC 2000 (ICC-ES AC308) UBC 1997 (ICC-ES AC308) LEED : Credit 4.1-Low Emitting Materials
Components
HAS Threaded Rods
HIS Internally Threaded Inserts
4.2.6 HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System

Guide Specifications Master Format Section: 03250 (Concrete accessories) which thoroughly blends component A and component B and allows injection directly into drilled hole. Only injection tools and static mixing nozzles as recommended by manufacturer shall be used. Manufacturers instructions shall be followed. Injection adhesive shall be formulated to include resin and hardener to provide optimal curing speed as well as high strength and stiffness. Typical curing time at 68F (20C) shall be approximately 12 hours. Injection adhesive shall be HIT-RE 500-SD, as furnished by Hilti. Anchor Rods shall be furnished with chamfered ends so that either end will accept a nut and washer. Alternatively, anchor rods shall be furnished with a 45 degree chisel point on one end to allow for easy insertion into the adhesive-filled hole. Anchor rods shall be manufactured to meet the following requirements: 1. ISO 898 Class 5.8 2. ASTM A 193, Grade B7 (high strength carbon steel anchor); 3. AISI 304 or AISI 316 stainless steel, meeting the requirements of ASTM F 593 (condition CW). Special order length HAS Rods may vary from standard product. Nuts and Washers of other grades and styles having specified proof load stresses greater than the specified grade and style are also suitable. Nuts must have specified proof load stresses equal to or greater than the minimum tensile strength of the specified threaded rod.
Related Sections: 03200 05050 05120 (Concrete ReinforcingReinforcing Accessories) (Metal Fabrication) (Structural Steel; Masonry Accessories)
Injectable adhesive shall be used for installation of all reinforcing steel dowels or threaded anchor rods and inserts into new or existing concrete. Adhesive shall be furnished in side-by-side refill packs which keep component A and component B separate. Side-by-side packs shall be designed to compress during use to minimize waste volume. Side-by-side packs shall also be designed to accept static mixing nozzle

Bond Strength ASTM C882-911 2 day cure 7 day cure Compressive Strength ASTM D-695-961 Compressive Modulus ASTM D-695-961 Tensile Strength 7 day ASTM D-638-97 Elongation at break ASTM D-638-97 Heat Deflection Temperature ASTM D-648-95 Absorption ASTM D-570-95 Linear Coefficient of Shrinkage on Cure ASTM D-2566-86 Electrical resistance DIN IEC 93 (12.93)
1 Minimum values obtained as a result of three cure temperatures (23, 40, 60F)
12.4 MPa 12.4 MPa 82.7 MPa 1493 MPa 43.5 MPa 2.0% 63C 0.06% 0.004 6.6 x 1013 /m
1800 psi 1800 psi 12,000 psi 0.22 x 106 psi 6310 psi 2.0% 146F 0.06% 0.004 1.7 x 1012/in.
HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.6 4.2.6.3 Strength Design
STRENGTH DESIGN Design strengths are determined in accordance with ACI 318-05 Appendix D (ACI 318) and supplemented by ICC-ES ESR-23221. Design parameters are provided in Table 7 through Table 34. Strength reduction factors as given in ACI 318 D.4.4 shall be used for load combinations calculated in accordance with Section 1612.2 of the UBC or Section 1605.2 of the 2000, 2003 or 2006 IBC. Strength reduction factors as given in ACI 318 D.4.5 shall be used for load combinations calculated in accordance with Section 1909.2 of the UBC. This section provides amendments to ACI 318-05 Appendix D (ACI 318) as required for the strength design of adhesive anchors. In conformance with ACI 318-05, all equations are expressed in inch-pound units. D.4.1.2 In Eq. (D-1) and (D-2), Nn and Vn are the lowest design strengths determined from all appropriate failure modes. Nn is the lowest design strength in tension of an anchor or group of anchors as determined from consideration of Nsa, either Na or Nag and either Ncb or Ncbg. Vn is the lowest design strength in shear of an anchor or a group of anchors as determined from consideration of: Vsa, either Vcb or Vcbg, and either Vcp or Vcpg. D.4.1.4 For adhesive anchors installed overhead and subjected to tension resulting from sustained loading, Eq. (D-1) shall also be satisfied taking Nn = 0.75 Na for single anchors and Nn = 0.75 Nag for groups of anchors, whereby Nua is determined from the sustained load alone, e.g., the dead load and that portion of the live load acting that may be considered as sustained. Where shear loads act concurrently with the sustained tension load, interaction of tension and shear shall be checked in accordance with Section D.4.1.3. D.5.2.9 The limiting concrete strength of adhesive anchors in tension shall be calculated in accordance with D.5.2.1 to D.5.2.8 where the value of kc to be used in Eq. (D-7) shall be: kc,cr where analysis indicates cracking at service load levels in the anchor vicinity (cracked concrete) where analysis indicates no cracking at service load levels in the anchor vicinity (un-cracked concrete) D.5.3.8 The critical spacing and critical edge distance shall be calculated as follows: k,uncr scr,Na = 20 . d . 3 . hef (D-14h) 1,450 scr,Na ccr,Na = 2 (D-14i)
kc,uncr
D.5.3.9 The basic strength of a single adhesive anchor in tension in cracked concrete shall not exceed NaO = kcr . . d . hef (D-14j) D.5.3.10 The modification factor for the influence of the failure surface of a group of adhesive anchors is S 0.5. (1 g,Na = g,NaO + Scr,Na
D.5.3.7 The nominal bond strength of an adhesive anchor Na or group of adhesive anchors Nag in tension shall not exceed (a) for a single anchor ANa Na = . p,Na . Na0 Aa0 (b) for a group of anchors
ed,Na . g,Na . ec,Na .
[( )
(D-14k) g,NaO) 1.0
(D-14a)
where
ANa Nag = . Aa0 where
(D-14b) p,Na . Na0
g,Nao
= n
n 1)
( )]
1.5
k,cr k,max,cr
(D-14l) 1.0
With n as the number of tension-loaded adhesive anchors in a group. kc,cr k,max,cr = hef . fc (D-14m) .d D.5.3.11 The modification factor for eccentrically loaded adhesive anchor groups is
ec,Na
Ana is the projected area of the failure surface for the anchor or group of anchors that shall be approximated as the base of the rectilinear geometrical figure that results from projecting the failure surface outward a distance from the centerlines of the anchor, or in the case of a group of anchors, from a line through a row of adjacent anchors. Ana shall not exceed nAna0 where n is the number of anchors in tension in the group. (Refer to ACI 318 Figures RD.5.2.1a and RD.5.2.1b and replace the terms 1.5hef and 3.0hef with ccr,Na and scr,Na, respectively.) ANa0 is the projected area of the failure surface of a single anchor without the influence of proximate edges in accordance with Eq. (D-14c): ANa0 = scr,Na with scr,Na = as given by Eq. (D-14h)
1 = 1.0 2e'n 1 + Scr,Na
(D-14n)
s Eq. (D-14n) is valid for e'N 2 If the loading on an anchor group is such that only some anchors are in tension, only those anchors that are in tension shall be considered when determining the eccentricity e'N for use in Eq. (D-14n). In the case where eccentric loading exists about two orthogonal axes, the modification factor ec,Na shall be computed for each axis individually and the product of these factors used as ec,Na in Eq. (D-14b). D.5.3.12 The modification factor for the edge effects for single adhesive
( )
(D-14c)
1 ACI 318-02 may also be used. The section references and terminology are different from those given in this section.

anchors or anchor groups loaded on tension is:
ed,Na
where kcp = 1.0 for hef < 2.5 in. (64 mm) kcp = 2.0 for hef 2.5 in. (64 mm) Na is calculated in accordance with Eq. (D-14a) Nag is calculated in accordance with Eq. (D-14b) Ncb, Ncbg are determined in accordance with D.5.2.8 D.8.7 For adhesive anchors that will remain untorqued, the minimum edge distance shall be based on minimum cover requirements for reinforcement in 7.7. For adhesive anchors that will be torqued, the minimum edge distance and spacing shall be taken as 6do and 5do, respectively, unless otherwise determined in accordance with AC308. Bond strength determination: Bond strength values are a function of concrete condition (cracked, uncracked), drilling method (hammer drill, core drill) and installation conditions (dry, water-saturated, etc.). Bond strength values shall be modified with the factor nn for cases where holes are drilled in water-saturated concrete ( w s ), where the holes are water-filled at the time of anchor installation ( w f ), or where the application is carried out underwater ( uw ). Where applicable, the modified bond strength values shall be used in lieu of k,cr and k,uncr in Equations (D-14d), (D-14f), (D-14j), (D-14m), and (D-14o). The resulting nominal bond strength shall be multiplied by the associated strength reduction factor nn. Minimum member thickness hmin, anchor spacing smin and edge distance cmin: In lieu of ACI 318 Section D.8.3, values of cmin and smin as given in this section are applicable. Likewise, in lieu of ACI 318
= 1.0 when ca,min ccr,Na
(D-14o)
Section D.8.5, minimum member thicknesses hmin as given in this section are applicable. Critical edge distance cac: In lieu of ACI 318 Section D.8.6, cac may be taken as follows:
2 for h = hmin : cac = 3(hef) + 1.63hef 32d
for Ca,min < C cr,Na = 0.7 + 3.1 ca,min 1.0 (D-14p) ccr,Na D.5.3.13 When an adhesive anchor or a group of adhesive anchors is located in a region of a concrete member where analysis indicates no cracking at service load levels, the nominal strength Na or Nag of a single adhesive anchor or a group of adhesive anchors shall be calculated according to Eq. (D-14a) and Eq. (D-14b) with k,uncr substituted for k,cr in the calculation of the basic strength in accordance with Eq. (D-14j). k,uncr shall be established based on tests in accordance with AC308. The factor g,Na0 shall be calculated in accordance with Eq. (D-14l) whereby the value of k,max,uncr shall be calculated in accordance with Eq. (D-14q) and substituted for k,max,cr in Eq. (D-14l).
ed,Na
for h hef + 5 (ca,min)3/4 where hef 8d : cac = 1.5hef (hef)2 hef > 8d : cac = + 1.33hef 48d for all other h hmin : cac = 2.5hef Design strength in SDC C, D, E and F: Where anchors are designed to resist earthquake forces in structures assigned to Seismic Design Categories C, D, E or F, the anchor strength shall be adjusted in accordance with 2006 IBC Section 1908.1.16. The nominal steel shear strength, Vsa, shall be adjusted by V,seis. The nominal bond strength kcr shall be adjusted by N,seis.
kc,uncr k,max,uncr = hef . fc (D-14q) .d D.5.3.14 When an adhesive anchor or a group of adhesive anchors is located in a region of a concrete member where analysis indicates no cracking at service load levels, the modification factor shall be taken as = 1.0 (D-14r) when ca,min cac
p,Na
p,Na
(D-14s) max | ca,min ; ccr,Na | = when ca,min < cac cac

p,Na
For all other cases,
= 1.0.
D.6.3.2 The nominal pryout strength of an adhesive anchor or group of adhesive anchors shall not exceed (a) for a single adhesive anchor (D-28a)
Vcp = min | kcp . Na ; kcp . Ncb | (b)
for a group of adhesive anchors (D-28b)
Vcpg = min | kcp . Nag ; kcp . Ncbg |
HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.6 4.2.6.4 Technical Data
Table 1 DESIGN TABLE INDEX Threaded rod Design strength1 fractional Steel Concrete Bond2 N sa, Vsa Npn, Nsb, Nsbg, Ncb, Ncbg, Vcb, Vcbg, Vcp, Vcpg hammer-drilled holes Na a , Nag diamond cored holes Table 7 Table 8 Table 9 metric Hilti HIS internally threaded insert fractional metric Deformed reinforcement US EU Canadian
Table 11 Table 15 Table 19 Table 23 Table 27 Table 31 Table 12 Table 16 Table 20 Table 24 Table 28 Table 32 Table 13 Table 17 Table 21 Table 25 Table 29 Table 33
Table 10 Table 14 Table 18 Table 22 Table 26 Table 30 Table 34
1 Ref. ACI 318 Section D.4.1.2 2 See Section 4.1
Bond strength design flowchart
Cracked Concrete
Un-cracked Concrete
Hammer Drilled
Hammer Drilled
Diamond Cored
Installation Condition (borehole)
Dry (D)
Water Saturated (WS)
Dry (D)
Water Filled (WF)
Under Water (UW)
Dry (D)
WS
WS
WF
UW
WS
k,cr
k,uncr
k,uncr

Table 2 TENSILE PROPERTIES OF COMMON CARBON STEEL THREADED ROD MATERIALS1 Minimum Minimum specified specified yield ultimate strength 0.2% strength futa offset fya 125,000 (862) 72,500 (500) 800 (116,000) 105,000 (724) 58,000 (400) 640 (92,800)
THREADED ROD SPECIFICATION
futa /fya
Elongation, min. %5
Reduction of Area, min. % 50 35
Specification for nuts6
ASTM A 1932 Grade B7 2-1/2 in. ( 64 mm) ASTM F 568M3 Class 5.8 M5 (1/4 in.) to M24 (1 in.) (equivalent to ISO 898-1) ISO 898-14 Class 8.8
psi (MPa) psi (MPa) MPa (psi)
1.19 1.25
16 10
ASTM A 563 Grade DH DIN 934 (8-A2K) ASTM A 563 Grade DH7 DIN 934 (8-A2K)
1.25
12
52
1 Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD may be used in conjunction with all grades of continuously threaded carbon steel rod (all-thread) that conform to the code and that have thread characteristics comparable with ANSI B1.1 UNC Coarse Thread Series or ANSI B1.13M M Profile Metric Thread Series. Values for threaded rod types and associated nuts supplied by Hilti are provided here. 2 Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High-Temperature Service 3 Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Externally Threaded Metric Fasteners 4 Mechanical properties of fasteners made of carbon steel and alloy steel Part 1: Bolts, screws and studs 5 Based on 2-in. (50 mm) gauge length except for A193 and A449, which are based on a gauge length of 4D and ISO 898 which is based on 5D. 6 Nuts of other grades and styles having specified proof load stresses greater than the specified grade and style are also suitable. Nuts must have specified proof load stresses equal to or greater than the minimum tensile strength of the specified threaded rod. 7 Nuts for fractional rods.
Table 3 TENSILE PROPERTIES OF COMMON STAINLESS STEEL THREADED ROD MATERIALS1 Minimum Minimum specified specified yield ultimate strength 0.2% strength futa offset fya 100,000 (689) 85,000 (586) 700 (101,500) 500 (72,500) 65,000 (448) 45,000 (310) 450 (65,250) 210 (30,450)
THREADED ROD SPECIFICATION
futa /fya
Elongation, min. %
Reduction of Area, min. %
ASTM F 5932 CW1 (316) 1/4 to 5/8 in. ASTM F 5932 CW2 (316) 3/4 to 1-1/2 in.(MPa) ISO 3506-13 A4-70 M8 M24 ISO 3506-13 A4-50 M27 M30
psi (MPa) psi (MPa) MPa (psi) MPa (psi)
1.54 1.89 1.56 2.00
20 25 40 40
F 594 F 594 ISO 4032 ISO 4032
1 Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD may be used in conjunction with all grades of continuously threaded stainless steel rod (all-thread) that conform to the code and that have thread characteristics comparable with ANSI B1.1 UNC Coarse Thread Series or ANSI B1.13M M Profile Metric Thread Series. Values for threaded rod types and associated nuts supplied by Hilti are provided here. 2 Standard Steel Specification for Stainless Steel Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and Studs 3 Mechanical properties of corrosion-resistant stainless steel fasteners Part 1: Bolts, screws and studs 4 Nuts of other grades and styles having specified proof load stresses greater than the specified grade and style are also suitable. Nuts must have specified proof load stresses equal to or greater than the minimum tensile strength of the specified threaded rod. Differing grades of steel may affect corrosion resistance.
HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.6

Table 4 TENSILE PROPERTIES OF FRACTIONAL AND METRIC HIS-N AND HIS-RN INSERTS Minimum specified ultimate strength futa MPa (psi) MPa (psi) MPa (psi) 490 (71,050) 460 (66,700) 700 (101,500) Minimum specified yield strength fya 410 (59,450) 375 (54,375) 350 (50,750)
HILTI HIS AND HIS-R INSERTS DIN 1651 9SMNPB28K Carbon Steel 3/8 and M8 to M10 DIN 1651 9SMNPB28K Carbon Steel 1/2 to 3/4 and M12 to M20 DIN 17440 X5CrNiMo17122 Stainless Steel
Table 5 TENSILE PROPERTIES OF COMMON BOLTS, CAP SCREWS AND STUDS FOR USE WITH HIS-N AND HIS-RN INSERTS1,2 Minimum Minimum specified specified yield ultimate strength 0.2% strength futa offset fya psi (MPa) psi (MPa) psi (MPa) psi (MPa) 120,000 (828) 120,000 (828) 110,000 (759) 125,000 (862) 92,000 (634) 92,000 (634) 95,000 (655) 100,000 (690)
BOLT, CAP SCREW OR STUD SPECIFICATION
futa /fya
Elongation, min.
Reduction of Area, min. 35 35
SAE J4293 Grade 5 ASTM A 3254 1/2 to 1-in. ASTM A1935 GRADE B8M (AISI 316) for use with HIS-RN ASTM A1935 GRADE B8T (AISI 321) for use with HIS-RN
1.30 1.30
14 14
SAE J995 A 563 C, C3, D, DH, DH3 Heavy Hex F 5947
1.16
15
45
1.25
12
35
F 5947
1 Minimum Grade 5 bolts, cap screws or studs should be used in conjunction with carbon steel HIS inserts. 2 Use only stainless steel bolts, cap screws or studs with HIS-R inserts. 3 Mechanical and Material Requirements for Externally Threaded Fasteners 4 Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength 5 Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High-Temperature Service 6 Nuts must have specified minimum proof load stress equal to or greater than the specified minimum full-size tensile strength of the specified stud. 7 Nuts for stainless steel studs must be of the same alloy group as the specified stud.
Table 6 TENSILE PROPERTIES OF COMMON REINFORCING BARS Minimum specified ultimate strength futa 90,000 (620) 60,000 (414) 550 (79,750) 540 (78,300) Minimum specified yield strength fya 60,000 (414) 40,000 (276) 500 (72,500) 400 (58,000)
REINFORCING BAR SPECIFICATION psi (MPa) psi (MPa) MPa (psi) MPa (psi)
ASTM A 6151 Gr. 60 ASTM A 6151 Gr. 40 DIN 4882 BSt 500 CAN/CSA-G30.183 Gr. 400
1 Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement 2 Reinforcing steel; reinforcing steel bars; dimensions and masses 3 Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement

Table 7 STEEL DESIGN INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL THREADED ROD1,3 Nominal rod diameter (in.) 3/8 Rod O.D. Rod effective cross-sectional area d Ase Nsa Vsa Reduction for seismic shear Strength reduction factor Strength reduction factor for for tension2 shear2 Nsa Vsa Reduction for seismic shear Strength reduction factor Strength reduction factor ASTM F593, CW Stainless2 for tension2 for shear2 Nsa Vsa Reduction for seismic shear Strength reduction factor Strength reduction factor for for tension2 shear2
V,seis V,seis V,seis
DESIGN INFORMATION
Symbol
Units 1/2 0.5 (12.7) 0.1419 (92) 10,288 (45.8) 6,173 (27.5) in. (mm) in.2 (mm2) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 7,750 (34.5) 3,875 (17.2) 14,190 (63.1) 8,514 (.37.9) 9,687 (43.1) 4,844 (21.5) 17,737 (78.9) 10,642 (47.3) 0.375 (9.5) 0.0775 (50) 5,619 (25.0) 2,809 (12.5)
5/8 0.625 (15.9) 0.2260 (146) 16,385 (72.9) 9,831 (43.7)
3/4 0.75 (19.1) 0.3345 (216) 24,251 (107.9) 14,550 (64.7) 0.70 0.65 0.60
7/8 0.875 (22.2) 0.4617 (298) 33,472 (148.9) 20,083 (89.3)
1 1 (25.4) 0.6057 (391) 43,912 (195.3) 26,347 (117.2)
1-1/4 1.25 (31.8) 0.9691 (625) 70,258 (312.5) 42,155 (187.5)
ISO 898-1 Class 5.82
Nominal strength as governed by steel strength
ASTM A 193 B72
28,249 (125.7) 16,950 (75.4)
41,812 (186.0) 25,087 (111.6) 0.70 0.75 0.65
57,711 (256.7) 34,627 (154.0)
75,711 (336.8) 45,426 (202.1)
121,135 (538.8) 72,681 (323.3)
22,600 (100.5) 13,560 (60.3)
28,432 (126.5) 17,059 (75.9) 0.70 0.75 0.65
39,244 (174.6) 23,546 (104.7)
51,483 (229.0) 30,890 (137.4)
82,372 (366.4) 49,423 (219.8)
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897 MPa For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi 1 Values provided for common rod material types based on published strengths and calculated in accordance with ACI 318-05 Eq. (D-3) and Eq. (D-20). Other material specifications are admissible. Use nuts and washers appropriate for the rod strength. Differing grades of steel may affect corrosion resistance. 2 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318-05 Section 9.2. See ACI 318-05 Section D.4.4. 3 e.g. Hilti HAS rods

Table 8 CONCRETE BREAKOUT DESIGN INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL THREADED ROD IN HOLES DRILLED WITH A HAMMER DRILL AND CARBIDE BIT1 Nominal rod diameter (in.) 3/8 Effectiveness factor for cracked concrete Effectiveness factor for un-cracked concrete Min. anchor spacing Min. edge distance Minimum member thickness Critical edge distance splitting (for un-cracked concrete) Strength reduction factor for tension, concrete failure modes, Condition B2 Strength reduction factor for shear, concrete failure modes, Condition B2
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897 MPa For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi 1 For additional setting information, see installation instructions. 2 Values provided for post-installed anchors with category as determined from ACI 355.2 given for Condition B without supplementary reinforcement.
DESIGN INFORMATION
Symbol
Units 1/2 in-lb (SI) in-lb (SI) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) 1-7/8 (48) 1-7/8 (48) 2-1/2 (64) 2-1/2 (64)
5/8
3/4 17 (7.1) 24 (10)
7/8
1-1/4
kc,cr kc,uncr smin cmin hmin cac
3-1/8 (79) 3-1/8 (79)
3-3/4 (95) 3-3/4 (95)
4-3/8 (111) 4-3/8 (111)
5 (127) 5 (127) hef + 2d o
6-1/4 (159) 6-1/4 (159)
hef + 1-1/4 (hef + 30) See Strength Design provisions above 0.65 0.70

Table 9 BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL THREADED ROD IN HOLES DRILLED WITH A HAMMER DRILL AND CARBIDE BIT1,4 Nominal rod diameter (in.) 3/8 Characteristic bond strength and minimum anchor embedment in cracked concrete h
k,cr
DESIGN INFORMATION
Symbol
Units 1/2 1,073 (7.4) 2.81 (71) 2,236 (15.4) 2.81 (71) 431 (3.0) 2.20 (56) 772 (5.3) 2.20 (56) 0.65 0.55 1.0 0.45 1.00 0.45 0.94 psi (N/mm2) in. (mm) psi (N/mm2) in. (mm) psi (N/mm2) in. (mm) psi (N/mm2) in. (mm) 1,092 (7.5) 2.43 (62) 2,283 (15.7) 2.43 (62) 444 (3.1) 1.73 (44) 788 (5.4) 1.73 (44) 0.65 0.55 1.0 0.45 1.00 0.45 0.95
5/8 1,044 (7.2) 3.14 (80) 2,142 (14.8) 3.14 (80) 379 (2.6) 3.61 (66) 739 (5.1) 3.61 (66) 0.65 0.45 1.0 0.45 0.96 0.45 0.94
3/4 999 (6.9) 3.44 (87) 2,067 (14.3) 3.44 (87) 345 (2.4) 3.01 (76) 714 (4.9) 3.01 (76) 0.65 0.45 1.0 0.45 0.91 0.45 0.93
7/8 917 (6.3) 3.71 (94) 2,002 (13.8) 3.71 (94) 316 (2.2) 3.50 (89) 691 (4.8) 3.50 (89) 0.55 0.45 1.0 0.45 0.87 0.45 0.92
1 852 (5.9) 4.0 (102) 1,946 (13.4) 4.0 (102) 294 (2.0) 4.0 (102) 672 (4.6) 4.0 (102) 0.55 0.45 0.99 0.45 0.84 0.45 0.92
1-1/4 732 (5.0) 5.0 (127) 1,862 (12.8) 5.0 (127) 260 (1.8) 5.0 (127) 643 (4.4) 5.0 (127) 0.55 0.45 0.94 0.45 0.79 0.45 0.91
Temperature range A3
ef,min
Characteristic bond strength and minimum anchor embedment in un-cracked concrete
k,uncr
ef,min
Temperature range B3
Characteristic bond strength and minimum anchor embedment in cracked concrete2
k,cr
ef,min
Characteristic bond strength and minimum anchor embedment in un-cracked concrete2 Dry concrete Water-saturated concrete
k,uncr
ef,min d ws ws
Permissible installation conditions
Water-filled hole
wf wf
Underwater application
uw uw
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897 MPa For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi 1 Bond strength values correspond to concrete compressive strength range 2,500 psi fc 4,500 psi. For 4,500 psi fc 6,500 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength may be increased by 6%. For 6,500 psi fc 8,000 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength may be increased by 10%. 2 Bond strength values are for sustained loads including dead and live loads. For short-term loads including wind and seismic, bond strengths may be increased 40%. 3 Temperature range A: Max. short term temperature = 110F (43C), max. long term temperature = 80F (26C). Temperature range B: Max. short term temperature = 162F (72C), max. long term temperature = 110F (43C). Short term elevated concrete temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g., as a result of diurnal cycling. Long term concrete temperatures are roughly constant over significant periods of time. 4 For structures assigned to SDC C, D, E or F, bond strength values shall be multiplied by
N,seis
= 0.65.

Table 10 BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL THREADED ROD IN HOLES DRILLED WITH A CORE DRILL1,4 Nominal rod diameter (in.) 3/8 Temperature range A3 Characteristic bond strength and minimum anchor embedment in un-cracked concrete k,uncr hef,min k,uncr hef,min
d ws ws
DESIGN INFORMATION
Symbol
Units 1/2 1,703 (11.7) 2.81 (71) 588 (4.1) 2.0 (51) 0.65 0.55 1.00 psi (N/mm2) in. (mm) psi (N/mm2) in. (mm) 1,740 (12.0) 2.43 (62) 601 (4.1) 1.57 (40) 0.65 0.55 1.00
5/8 1,553 (10.7) 3.14 (80) 536 (3.7) 2.5 (64) 0.55 0.45 1.00
3/4 1,441 (9.9) 3.44 (87) 497 (3.4) 3.0 (76) 0.55 0.45 1.00
7/8 1,356 (9.4) 3.71 (94) 468 (3.2) 3.5 (89) 0.55 0.45 1.00
1 1,282 (8.8) 4.0 (102) 442 (3.1) 4.0 (102) 0.45 0.45 0.95
1-1/4 1,169 (8.1) 5.0 (127) 404 (2.8) 5.0 (127) 0.45 0.45 0.88
Temperature range B3 Permissible installation conditions
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897 MPa For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi 1 Bond strength values correspond to concrete compressive strength range 2,500 psi fc 4,500 psi. For 4,500 psi fc 6,500 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength may be increased by 6%. For 6,500 psi fc 8,000 psi, tabulated characteristic bond may be increased by 10%. 2 Characteristic bond strengths are for sustained loads including dead and live loads. For short-term loads including wind and seismic, bond strengths may be increased 40%. 3 Temperature range A: Max. short term temperature = 110F (43C), max. long term temperature = 80F (26C). Temperature range B: Max. short term temperature = 162F (72C), max. long term temperature = 110F (43C). Short term elevated concrete temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g., as a result of diurnal cycling. Long term concrete temperatures are roughly constant over significant periods of time. 4 Bond strength values applicable to SDC A and B only.

Table 11 STEEL DESIGN INFORMATION FOR METRIC THREADED ROD1 Nominal rod diameter (mm) 8 Rod O.D. Rod effective cross-sectional area d Ase Nsa Vsa Reduction for seismic shear Strength reduction factor Strength reduction factor ISO 898-1 Class 8.8 for tension2 for shear2 Nsa Vsa Reduction for seismic shear Strength reduction factor Strength reduction factor ISO 3506-1 Class A4 Stainless3 for tension2 for shear2 Nsa Vsa Reduction for seismic shear Strength reduction factor Strength reduction factor for tension2 for shear2
V,seis V,seis V,seis
DESIGN INFORMATION
Symbol
Units 10 10 (0.39) 58 (0.090) 29.0 (6,519) 14.5 (3,260) mm (in.) mm2 (in.2) kN (lb) kN (lb) kN (lb) kN (lb) kN (lb) kN (lb) 25.6 (5,760) 12.8 (2,880) 40.6 (9,127) 20.3 (4,564) 29.3 (6,582) 14.6 (3,291) 8 (0.31) 36.6 (0.057) 18.3 (4,114) 9.2 (2,057)
12 12 (0.47) 84.3 (0.131) 42.2 (9,476) 25.3 (5,685)
16 16 (0.63) 157 (0.243)
20 20 (0.79) 245 (0.380)
24 24 (0.94) 353 (0.547)
27 27 (1.06) 459 (0.711)
30 30 (1.18) 561 (0.870)
ISO 898-1 Class 5.8
78.5 122.5 176.5 229.5 280.5 (17,647) (27,539) (39,679) (51,594) (63,059) 47.1 73.5 105.9 137.7 168.3 (10,588) (16,523) (23,807) (30,956) (37,835) 0.70 0.65 0.60
46.4 67.4 125.6 196.0 282.4 367.2 448.8 (10,431) (15,161) (28,236) (44,063) (63,486) (82,550) (100,894) 23.2 (5,216) 40.5 (9,097) 75.4 117.6 169.4 220.3 269.3 (16,942) (26,438) (38,092) (49,530) (60,537) 0.70 0.65 0.60 59.0 109.9 171.5 247.1 229.5 280.5 (13,266) (24,706) (38,555) (55,550) (51,594) (63,059) 35.4 (7,960) 65.9 102.9 148.3 137.7 168.3 (14,824) (23,133) (33,330) (30,956) (37,835) 0.70 0.75 0.65
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897 MPa For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi 1 Values provided for common rod material types based on published strengths and calculated in accordance with ACI 318-05 Eq. (D-3) and Eq. (D-20). Other material specifications are admissible. Use nuts and washers appropriate for the rod strength. 2 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318-05 Section 9.2. See ACI 318-05 Section D.4.4. 3 A4-70 Stainless (M8- M24); A4-502 Stainless (M27- M30)

Table 12 CONCRETE BREAKOUT DESIGN INFORMATION FOR METRIC THREADED ROD IN HOLES DRILLED WITH A HAMMER DRILL AND CARBIDE BIT1 Nominal rod diameter (mm) 8 Effectiveness factor for cracked concrete Effectiveness factor for un-cracked concrete Min. anchor spacing Min. edge distance Minimum member thickness Critical edge distance splitting (for un-cracked concrete) Strength reduction factor for tension, concrete failure modes, Condition B2 Strength reduction factor for shear, concrete failure modes, Condition B2
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897 MPa For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi 1 For additional setting information, see installation instructions. 2 Values provided for post-installed anchors with category as determined from ACI 355.2 given for Condition B without supplementary reinforcement.
DESIGN INFORMATION
Symbol
Units 10 SI (in-lb) SI (in-lb) mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) 40 (1.6) 40 (1.6) 50 (2.0) 50 (2.0)
12
16 7.1 (17) 10 (24)
20
24
27
30
60 (2.4) 60 (2.4)
80 (3.2) 80 (3.2)
100 (3.9) 100 (3.9) hef + 2d o
120 (4.7) 120 (4.7)
135 (5.3) 135 (5.3)
150 (5.9) 150 (5.9)
hef + 30 (hef + 1-1/4)
See Strength Design provisions above 0.65 0.70

Table 13 BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR METRIC THREADED ROD IN HOLES DRILLED WITH A HAMMER DRILL AND CARBIDE BIT1,4 Nominal rod diameter (mm) 8 Characteristic bond strength and minimum anchor embedment in cracked concrete k,cr hef,min k,uncr hef,min k,cr hef,min k,uncr hef,min
d ws ws
DESIGN INFORMATION
Symbol
Units 10 7.5 (1,092) 63 (2.49) 15.6 (2,264) 63 (2.49) 3.1 (444) 46 (1.80) 5.4 (781) 46 (1.80) 0.65 0.55 1.00 0.45 1.00 0.45 0.95 N/mm2 (psi) mm (in.) N/mm2 (psi) mm (in.) N/mm2 (psi) mm (in.) N/mm2 (psi) mm (in.) 7.5 (1,092) 57 (2.23) 15.6 (2,264) 57 (2.23) 3.1 (444) 40 (1.57) 5.4 (781) 40 (1.57) 0.65 0.55 1.00 0.45 1.00 0.45 0.95
12 7.5 (1,092) 69 (2.73) 15.6 (2,264) 69 (2.73) 3.1 (444) 53 (2.10) 5.4 (781) 53 (2.10) 0.65 0.55 1.00 0.45 1.00 0.45 0.95
16 7.2 (1,044) 80 (3.15) 14.8 (2,142) 80 (3.15) 2.6 (379) 67 (2.62) 5.1 (739) 67 (2.62) 0.65 0.45 1.00 0.45 0.96 0.45 0.94
20 6.7 (972) 89 (3.52) 14.1 (2,039) 89 (3.52) 2.3 (336) 80 (3.15) 4.9 (704) 80 (3.15) 0.65 0.45 1.00 0.45 0.90 0.45 0.93
24 6.0 (877) 98 (3.86) 13.6 (1,974) 98 (3.86) 2.1 (303) 96 (3.78) 4.7 (681) 96 (3.78) 0.55 0.45 1.00 0.45 0.86 0.45 0.92
27 5.7 (831) 108 (4.25) 13.3 (1,927) 108 (4.25) 2.0 (287) 108 (4.25) 4.6 (665) 108 (4.25) 0.55 0.45 0.98 0.45 0.83 0.45 0.92
30 5.3 (768) 120 (4.72) 13.0 (1,880) 120 (4.72) 1.9 (268) 120 (4.72) 4.5 (649) 120 (4.72) 0.55 0.45 0.95 0.45 0.81 0.45 0.91
Temperature range A3 Temperature range B3 Permissible installation conditions
Characteristic bond strength and minimum anchor embedment in un-cracked concrete
Characteristic bond strength and minimum anchor embedment in cracked concrete2
Water-filled hole
wf wf
uw uw
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi 1 Bond strength values correspond to concrete compressive strength range 2,500 psi fc 4,500 psi. For 4,500 psi fc 6,500 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength may be increased by 6%. For 6,500 psi fc 8,000 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength may be increased by 10%. 2 Characteristic bond strengths are for sustained loads including dead and live loads. For short-term loads including wind and seismic, bond strengths may be increased 40%. 3 Temperature range A: Max. short term temperature = 110F (43C), max. long term temperature = 80F (26C). Temperature range B: Max. short term temperature = 162F (72C), max. long term temperature = 110F (43C). Short term elevated concrete temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g., as a result of diurnal cycling. Long term concrete temperatures are roughly constant over significant periods of time. 4 For structures assigned to SDC C, D, E or F, bond strength values shall be multiplied by
N,seis
= 0.65.

Table 14 BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR METRIC THREADED ROD IN HOLES DRILLED WITH A CORE DRILL1,4 Nominal rod diameter (mm) 8 Temperature range A3 Characteristic bond strength and minimum anchor embedment in un-cracked concrete k,uncr hef,min k,uncr hef,min
d ws ws
DESIGN INFORMATION
Symbol
Units 10 12.0 (1,740) 63 (2.49) 4.1 (601) 41 (1.61) 0.65 0.55 1.00 N/mm2 (psi) mm (in.) N/mm2 (psi) mm (in.) 12.0 (1,740) 56 (2.19) 4.1 (601) 40 (1.57) 0.65 0.55 1.00
12 12.0 (1,740) 69 (2.73) 4.1 (601) 48 (1.89) 0.65 0.55 1.00
16 10.7 (1,553) 80 (3.15) 3.7 (536) 64 (2.52) 0.55 0.45 1.00
20 9.7 (1,413) 89 (3.52) 3.4 (488) 80 (3.15) 0.55 0.45 1.00
24 9.0 (1,310) 98 (3.86) 3.1 (452) 96 (3.78) 0.55 0.45 0.97
27 8.6 (1,254) 108 (4.25) 3.0 (433) 108 (4.25) 0.45 0.45 0.93
30 8.3 (1,197) 120 (4.72) 2.8 (413) 120 (4.72) 0.45 0.45 0.90
Temperature range B3 Permissible installation conditions
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi 1 Bond strength values correspond to concrete compressive strength range 2,500 psi fc 4,500 psi. For 4,500 psi fc 6,500 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength may be increased by 6%. For 6,500 psi fc 8,000 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength may be increased by 10%. 2 Characteristic bond strengths are for sustained loads including dead and live loads. For short-term loads including wind and seismic, bond strengths may be increased 40%. 3 Temperature range A: Max. short term temperature = 110F (43C), max. long term temperature = 80F (26C). Temperature range B: Max. short term temperature = 162F (72C), max. long term temperature = 110F (43C). Short term elevated concrete temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g., as a result of diurnal cycling. Long term concrete temperatures are roughly constant over significant periods of time. 4 Bond strength values applicable to SDC A and B only.

Table 15 STEEL DESIGN INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL HILTI HIS-N AND HIS-RN INSERTS1 Nominal bolt/cap screw diameter (in.) 3/8 HIS insert O.D. Bolt effective cross-sectional area HIS insert effective cross-sectional area Nominal strength as governed by steel strength ASTM A193 B7 bolt/cap screw Nominal strength as governed by steel strength HIS-N insert Reduction for seismic shear Strength reduction factor Strength reduction factor for tension2 for shear2 Nsa Vsa Nsa
V,seis
DESIGN INFORMATION
Symbol
Units in. (mm) in.2 (mm2) in.2 (mm2) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 7,750 (34.5) 4,650 (20.7) 18,068 (80.4) 0.65 (16.5) 0.0775 (50) 0.178 (115) 9,296 (41.3) 5,577 (24,8) 12,648 (56.3)
1/2 0.81 (20.5) 0.1419 (92) 0.243 (157) 17,020 (75.7) 10,212 (45.4) 16,195 (72.0) 0.7 0.75 0.65 14,190 (63.1) 8,514 (37.9) 24,645 (109.6) 0.7 0.65 0.60
5/8 1 (25.4) 0.2260 (146) 0.404 (260) 27,108 (120.6) 16,265 (72.3) 26,926 (119.8)
3/4 1.09 (27.6) 0.3345 (216) 0.410 (265) 40,122 (178.5) 24,073 (107.1) 27,362 (121.7)
d Ase Ainsert Nsa Vsa Nsa

V,seis
ASTM A 193 B7
ASTM A193 Grade B8M SS
Nominal strength as governed by steel strength ASTM A193 Grade B8M SS bolt/cap screw Nominal strength as governed by steel strength HIS-RN insert Reduction for seismic shear Strength reduction factor Strength reduction factor for for tension2 shear2
22,599 (100.5) 13,560 (60.3) 40,974 (182.3)
28,432 (126.5) 17,059 (75.9) 41,638 (185.2)
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi 1 Values provided for common rod material types based on published strengths and calculated in accordance with ACI 318-05 Eq. (D-3) and Eq. (D-20). Other material specifications are admissible. Use nuts and washers appropriate for the rod strength. 2 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318-05 Section 9.2. See ACI 318-05 Section D.4.4. Values correspond to a ductile steel element.

Table 16 CONCRETE BREAKOUT DESIGN INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL HILTI HIS-N AND HIS-RN INSERTS 1 Nominal bolt/cap screw diameter (in.) 3/8 Effective embedment depth Effectiveness factor for cracked concrete Effectiveness factor for un-cracked concrete Minimum anchor spacing Minimum edge distance Minimum member thickness Critical edge distance splitting (for un-cracked concrete) Strength reduction factor for tension, concrete failure modes, Condition B2 Strength reduction factor for shear, concrete failure modes, Condition B2
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi 1 For additional setting information, see installation instructions. 2 Values provided for post-installed anchors with category as determined from ACI 355.2 given for Condition B without supplementary reinforcement.
DESIGN INFORMATION
Symbol
Units in. (mm) in-lb (SI) in-lb (SI) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) 3-1/4 (83) 3-1/4 (83) 5.9 (150) 4-3/8 (110)
1/2 5 (125) 17 (7.1) 24 (10) 4 (102) 4 (102) 6.7 (170)
5/8 6-3/4 (170)
3/4 8-1/8 (205)
hef kc,cr kc,uncr smin cmin hmin cac
5 (127) 5 (127) 9.1 (230)
5-1/2 (140) 5-1/2 (140) 10.6 (270)

Table 17 BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL HILTI HIS-N AND HIS-RN INSERTS IN HOLES DRILLED WITH A HAMMER DRILL AND CARBIDE BIT 1,4 Nominal bolt/cap screw diameter (in.) 3/8 Effective embedment depth HIS insert O.D. Temperature range A3 Characteristic bond strength in cracked concrete Characteristic bond strength in un-cracked concrete Characteristic bond strength in cracked concrete2 Characteristic bond strength in un-cracked concrete2 Dry concrete Permissible installation conditions Water-saturated concrete hef d k,cr k,uncr k,cr k,uncr
d ws ws
DESIGN INFORMATION
Symbol
Units in. (mm) in. (mm) psi (N/mm2) psi (N/mm2) psi (N/mm2) psi (N/mm2) 4-3/8 (110) 0.65 (16.5) 1040 (7.2) 2124 (14.6) 374 (2.6) 733 (5.1) 0.65 0.45 1.00 0.45 0.95 0.45 0.93
1/2 5 (125) 0.81 (20.5) 957 (6.6) 2030 (14.0) 330 (2.3) 701 (4.8) 0.65 0.45 1.00 0.45 0.89 0.45 0.93
5/8 6-3/4 (170) 1 (25.4) 845 (5.8) 1946 (13.4) 292 (2.0) 672 (4.6) 0.55 0.45 0.99 0.45 0.84 0.45 0.92
3/4 8-1/8 (205) 1.09 (27.6) 806 (5.6) 1908 (13.2) 278 (1.9) 659 (4.5) 0.55 0.45 0.97 0.45 0.82 0.45 0.92
Water-filled hole
wf wf
uw uw
N,seis
= 0.65.

Table 18 BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL HILTI HIS-N AND HIS-RN INSERTS IN HOLES DRILLED WITH A CORE DRILL1,4 Nominal bolt/cap screw diameter (in.) 3/8 Effective embedment depth HIS insert O.D. Temperature Temperature range B3 range A3 hef d k,uncr in. (mm) in. (mm) psi (N/mm2) 4-3/8 (110) 0.65 (16.5) 1534 (10.6) 1/2 5 (125) 0.81 (20.5) 1403 (9.7) 5/8 6-3/4 (170) 1 (25.4) 1282 (8.8) 3/4 8-1/8 (205) 1.09 (27.6) 1235 (8.5)
DESIGN INFORMATION
Symbol
Units
Characteristic bond strength in un-cracked concrete
Characteristic bond strength in un-cracked concrete2 Dry concrete Water-saturated concrete
k,uncr
psi (N/mm2) -
530 (3.7) 0.55 0.45 1.00
484 (3.3) 0.55 0.45 1.00
442 (3.1) 0.45 0.45 0.95
426 (2.9) 0.45 0.45 0.92
d ws ws

Table 19 STEEL DESIGN INFORMATION FOR METRIC HILTI HIS-N AND HIS-RN INSERTS1 Nominal bolt/cap screw diameter (mm) 8 HIS insert O.D. Bolt effective cross-sectional area HIS insert effective cross-sectional area Nominal strength as governed by steel strength ISO 898-1 Class 8.8 bolt/cap screw ISO 898-1 Class 8.8 Nominal strength as governed by steel strength HIS-N insert Reduction for seismic shear Strength reduction factor for tension2 Strength reduction factor for shear2 Nominal strength as governed by steel strength ISO 3506-1 Class A4-70 Stainless bolt/cap screw Nominal strength as governed by steel strength HIS-RN insert Reduction for seismic shear Strength reduction factor tension2 Strength reduction factor for shear2 for Nsa Vsa Nsa
V,seis
DESIGN INFORMATION
Symbol
Units mm (in.) mm2 (in.2) mm2 (in.2) kN (lb) kN (lb) kN (lb) kN (lb) kN (lb) kN (lb) -
10 16.5 (0.65) 58 (0.090) 108 (0.167) 46.4 (10,431) 27.8 (6,259) 52.9 (11,894)
12 20.5 (0.81) 84.3 (0.131) 169.1 (0.262) 67.4 (15,161) 40.5 (9,097) 77.8 (17,488) 0.7 0.65 0.60
16 25.4 (1.00) 157 (0.243) 256.1 (0.397) 125.6 (28,236) 75.4 (16,942) 117.8 (26,483)
20 27.6 (1.09) 245 (0.380) 237.6 (0.368) 196.0 (44,063) 117.6 (26,438) 109.3 (24,573)
d Ase Ainsert Nsa Vsa Nsa

V,seis
12.5 (0.49) 36.6 (0.057) 51.5 (0.080) 29.3 (6,582) 17.6 (3,949) 25.2 (5,669)
ISO 3506-1 Class A4-70 Stainless
25.6 (5,760) 15.4 (3,456) 36.0 (8,099)
40.6 (9,127) 24.4 (5,476) 75.6 (16,991)
59.0 (13,266) 35.4 (7,960) 118.4 (26,612) 0.7 0.75 0.65
109.9 (24,706) 65.9 (14,824) 179.3 (40,300)
171.5 (38,555) 102.9 (23,133) 166.3 (37,394)
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi 1 Values provided for common rod material types based on published strengths and calculated in accordance with ACI 318-05 Eq. (D-3) and Eq. (D-20). Other material specifications are admissible. Use nuts and washers appropriate for the rod strength. 2 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318-05 Section 9.2. See ACI 318-05 Section D.4.4. Values correspond to a ductile steel element.

Table 20 CONCRETE BREAKOUT DESIGN INFORMATION FOR METRIC HILTI HIS-N AND HIS-RN INSERTS 1 Nominal bolt/cap screw diameter (mm) 8 Effective embedment depth Effectiveness factor for cracked concrete Effectiveness factor for un-cracked concrete Minimum anchor spacing Minimum edge distance Minimum member thickness Critical edge distance splitting (for un-cracked concrete) Strength reduction factor for tension, concrete failure modes, Condition B2 Strength reduction factor for shear, concrete failure modes, Condition B2
DESIGN INFORMATION
Symbol
Units mm (in.) SI (in-lb) SI (in-lb) mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) -
10 110 (4.3)
12 125 (4.9) 7.1 (17) 10 (24)
16 170 (6.7)
20 205 (8.1)
hef kc,cr kc,uncr smin cmin hmin cac
90 (3.5)
40 (1.6) 40 (1.6) 120 (4.7)
50 (2.0) 50 (2.0) 150 (5.9)
60 (2.4) 60 (2.4) 170 (6.7)
80 (3.2) 80 (3.2) 230 (9.1)
100 (3.9) 100 (3.9) 270 (10.6)

Table 21 BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR METRIC HILTI HIS-N AND HIS-RN INSERTS IN HOLES DRILLED WITH A HAMMER DRILL AND CARBIDE BIT 1,4 Nominal bolt/cap screw diameter (mm) 8 Effective embedment depth HIS insert O.D. Temperature range A3 Characteristic bond strength in cracked concrete Characteristic bond strength in un-cracked concrete Characteristic bond strength in cracked concrete2 Characteristic bond strength in un-cracked concrete2 Dry concrete Permissible installation conditions Water-saturated concrete hef d k,cr
k,uncr
DESIGN INFORMATION
Symbol
Units mm (in.) mm (in.) N/mm2 (psi) N/mm2 (psi) N/mm2 (psi) N/mm2 (psi) -
10 110 (4.3) 16.5 (0.65) 7.2 (1,040) 14.6 (2,124) 2.6 (374) 5.1 (733) 0.65 0.45 1.00 0.45 0.95 0.45 0.93
12 125 (4.9) 20.5 (0.81) 6.6 (957) 14.0 (2,030) 2.3 (330) 4.8 (701) 0.65 0.45 1.00 0.45 0.89 0.45 0.93
16 170 (6.7) 25.4 (1.00) 5.8 (845) 13.4 (1,946) 2.0 (292) 4.6 (672) 0.55 0.45 0.99 0.45 0.84 0.45 0.92
20 205 (8.1) 27.6 (1.09) 5.6 (806) 13.2 (1,908) 1.9 (278) 4.5 (659) 0.55 0.45 0.97 0.45 0.82 0.45 0.92
90 (3.5) 12.5 (0.49) 7.4 (1,080) 15.5 (2,245) 3.0 (433) 5.3 (775) 0.65 0.55 1.00 0.45 1.00 0.45 0.94
k,cr k,uncr
d ws ws
Water-filled hole
wf wf
uw uw
N,seis
= 0.65.

Table 22 BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR METRIC HILTI HIS-N AND HIS-RN INSERTS IN HOLES DRILLED WITH A CORE DRILL 1,4 Nominal bolt/cap screw diameter (mm) 8 Effective embedment depth HIS insert O.D. Temperature Temperature range A3 range B3 hef d k,cr mm (in.) mm (in.) N/mm2 (psi) 90 (3.5) 12.5 (0.49) 11.8 (1,712) 10 110 (4.3) 16.5 (0.65) 10.6 (1,534) 12 125 (4.9) 20.5 (0.81) 9.7 (1,403) 16 170 (6.7) 25.4 (1.00) 8.8 (1,282) 20 205 (8.1) 27.6 (1.09) 8.5 (1,235)
DESIGN INFORMATION
Symbol
Units
Characteristic bond strength in un-cracked concrete
Characteristic bond strength in un-cracked concrete2 Dry concrete Water-saturated concrete
k,cr
N/mm2 (psi) -
4.1 (591) 0.65 0.55 1.0
3.7 (530) 0.55 0.45 1.0
3.3 (484) 0.45 0.45 1.0
3.1 (442) 0.45 0.45 0.95
2.9 (426) 0.45 0.45 0.92
d ws ws
N,seis
= 0.65.

Table 23 STEEL DESIGN INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL REINFORCING BARS1 Bar size #3 Nominal bar diameter Bar effective cross-sectional area Nominal strength as governed by steel strength Reduction for seismic shear Strength reduction factor for tension2 Strength reduction factor for shear2 Nominal strength as governed by steel strength Reduction for seismic shear Strength reduction factor for tension2 Strength reduction factor for shear2 Nsa Vsa
V,seis
DESIGN INFORMATION
Symbol
Units #4 1/2 (12.7) 0.2 (129) 12,000 (53.4) 7,200 (32.0) #5 5/8 (15.9) 0.31 (200) 18,600 (82.7) 11,160 (49.6) in. (mm) in.2 (mm2) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 9,900 (44.0) 5,940 (26.4) 18,000 (80.1) 10,800 (48.0) 27,900 (124.1) 16,740 (74.5) 3/8 (9.5) 0.11 (71) 6,600 (29.4) 3,960 (17.6)
#6 3/4 (19.1) 0.44 (284) 26,400 (117.4) 15,840 (70.5) 0.70 0.75 0.65 39,600 (176.2) 23,760 (105.7) 0.70 0.75 0.65
#7 7/8 (22.2) 0.6 (387) 36,000 (160.1) 21,600 (96.1)
#8 1 (25.4) 0.79 (510) 47,400 (210.9) 28,440 (126.5)
#9 1-1/8 (28.6) 1.0 (645) 60,000 (266.9) 36,000 (160.1)
#10 1-1/4 (31.8) 1.27 (819) 76,200 (339.0) 45,720 (203.4)
d Ase Nsa Vsa

V,seis
ASTM A 615 Gr. 40
54,000 (240.2) 32,400 (144.1)
71,100 (316.3) 42,660 (189.8)
90,000 (400.4) 54,000 (240.2)
114,300 (508.5) 68,580 (305.1)
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi 1 Values provided for common rod material types based on published strengths and calculated in accordance with ACI 318-05 Eq. (D-3) and Eq. (D-20). Other material specifications are admissible. Use nuts and washers appropriate for the rod strength. 2 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318-05 Section 9.2. See ACI 318-05 Section D.4.4.
ASTM A 615 Gr. 60

Table 24 CONCRETE BREAKOUT DESIGN INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL REINFORCING BARS IN HOLES DRILLED WITH A HAMMER DRILL AND CARBIDE BIT1 Bar size #3 Effectiveness factor for cracked concrete Effectiveness factor for un-cracked concrete Minimum bar spacing Minimum edge distance Minimum member thickness Critical edge distance splitting (for un-cracked concrete) Strength reduction factor for tension, concrete failure modes, Condition B2 Strength reduction factor for shear, concrete failure modes, Condition B2 kc,cr kc,uncr smin cmin hmin cac in-lb (SI) in-lb (SI) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) 1-7/8 (48) 1-7/8 (48) 2-1/2 (64) 2-1/2 (64) 3-1/8 (79) 3-1/8 (79) #4 #5 #6 17 (7.1) 24 (10) 3-3/4 (95) 3-3/4 (95) 4-3/8 (111) 4-3/8 (111) 5 (127) 5 (127) 5-5/8 (143) 5-5/8 (143) 6-1/4 (159) 6-1/4 (159) #7 #8 #9 #10
DESIGN INFORMATION
Symbol
Units
hef + 1-1/4 (hef + 30)
hef + 2d o See Strength Design provisions above
0.65
0.70

Table 25 BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL REINFORCING BARS IN HOLES DRILLED WITH A HAMMER DRILL AND CARBIDE BIT1,4 Bar size #3 Characteristic bond strength and minimum anchor embedment in cracked concrete Characteristic bond strength and minimum anchor embedment in un-cracked concrete Characteristic bond strength and minimum anchor embedment in cracked concrete2 Characteristic bond strength and minimum anchor embedment in un-cracked concrete2 Dry concrete Permissible installation conditions Water-saturated concrete Water-filled hole k,cr hef,min k,uncr hef,min k,cr hef,min k,uncr hef,min
d ws ws wf wf
DESIGN INFORMATION
Symbol
Units #4 1,073 (7.4) 2.81 (71) 2,236 (15.4) 2.81 (71) 431 (3.0) 2.20 (56) 772 (5.3) 2.20 (56) 0.65 0.55 1.00 0.45 1.00 0.45 0.94 #5 1,044 (7.2) 3.14 (80) 2,142 (14.8) 3.14 (80) 379 (2.6) 2.61 (66) 739 (5.1) 2.61 (66) 0.65 0.45 1.00 0.45 0.96 0.45 0.94 psi (N/mm2) in. (mm) psi (N/mm2) in. (mm) psi (N/mm2) in. (mm) psi (N/mm2) in. (mm) 1,092 (7.5) 2.43 (62) 2,264 (15.6) 2.43 (62) 444 (3.1) 1.73 (44) 781 (5.4) 1.73 (44) 0.65 0.55 1.00 0.45 1.00 0.45 0.95
#6 999 (6.9) 3.44 (87) 2,067 (14.3) 3.44 (87) 345 (2.4) 3.00 (76) 714 (4.9) 3.00 (76) 0.65 0.45 1.00 0.45 0.91 0.45 0.93
#7 917 (6.3) 3.71 (94) 2,002 (13.8) 3.71 (94) 316 (2.2) 3.50 (89) 691 (4.8) 3.50 (89) 0.55 0.45 1.00 0.45 0.87 0.45 0.92
#8 852 (5.9) 4.00 (102) 1,946 (13.4) 4.00 (102) 294 (2.0) 4.00 (102) 672 (4.6) 4.00 (102) 0.55 0.45 0.99 0.45 0.84 0.45 0.92
#9 799 (5.5) 4.50 (114) 1,899 (13.1) 4.50 (114) 276 (1.9) 4.50 (114) 656 (4.5) 4.50 (114) 0.55 0.45 0.97 0.45 0.82 0.45 0.92
#10 732 (5.0) 5.00 (127) 1,862 (12.8) 5.00 (127) 260 (1.8) 5.00 (127) 643 (4.4) 5.00 (127) 0.55 0.45 0.94 0.45 0.79 0.45 0.91
uw uw
N,seis
= 0.65.

Table 26 BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL REINFORCING BARS IN HOLES DRILLED WITH A CORE DRILL1,4 Bar size #3 Temperature range A3 Characteristic bond strength and minimum anchor embedment in un-cracked concrete Characteristic bond strength and minimum anchor embedment in un-cracked concrete2 Dry concrete Water-saturated concrete k,uncr hef,min k,uncr hef,min
d ws ws
DESIGN INFORMATION
Symbol
Units #4 1,703 (11.7) 2.81 (71) 588 (4.1) 2.00 (51) 0.65 0.55 1.00 #5 1,553 (10.7) 3.14 (80) 536 (3.7) 2.50 (64) 0.55 0.55 1.00 psi (N/mm2) in. (mm) psi (N/mm2) in. (mm) 1,740 (12.0) 2.43 (62) 601 (4.1) 1.57 (40) 0.65 0.65 1.00
#6 1,441 (9.9) 3.44 (87) 497 (3.4) 3.00 (76) 0.55 0.55 1.00
#7 1,356 (9.4) 3.71 (94) 468 (3.2) 3.50 (89) 0.55 0.45 1.00
#8 1,282 (8.8) 4.00 (102) 442 (3.1) 4.00 (102) 0.45 0.45 0.95
#9 1,226 (8.4) 4.50 (114) 423 (2.9) 4.50 (114) 0.45 0.45 0.91
#10 1,169 (8.1) 5.00 (127) 404 (2.8) 5.00 (127) 0.45 0.45 0.88

Table 27 STEEL DESIGN INFORMATION FOR EU METRIC REINFORCING BARS1 Bar size 8 Nominal bar diameter Bar effective cross-sectional area Nominal strength as governed by steel strength Reduction for seismic shear Strength reduction factor for tension2 Strength reduction factor for shear2 d Ase Nsa Vsa
V,seis
DESIGN INFORMATION
Symbol
Units 10 10.0 (0.394) 78.5 (0.122) 43.2 (9,711) 25.9 (5,827) 12 12.0 (0.472) 113.1 (0.175) 14 14.0 (0.551) 153.9 (0.239) mm (in.) mm2 (in.2) kN (lb) kN (lb) 8.0 (0.315) 50.3 (0.078) 27.6 (6,215) 16.6 (3,729)
16 16.0 (0.630) 201.1 (0.312)
20 20.0 (0.787) 314.2 (0.487)
25 25.0 (0.984) 490.9 (0.761)
28 28.0 (1.102) 615.8 (0.954)
32 32.0 (1.260) 804.2 (1.247)
62.2 84.7 110.6 172.8 270.0 338.7 442.3 (13,984) (19,034) (24,860) (38,844) (60,694) (76,135) (99,441) 37.3 (8,390) 50.8 66.4 103.7 162.0 203.2 265.4 (11,420) (14,916) (23,307) (36,416) (45,681) (59,665) 0.70 0.65 0.60
Table 28 CONCRETE BREAKOUT DESIGN INFORMATION FOR EU METRIC REINFORCING BARS IN HOLES DRILLED WITH A HAMMER DRILL AND CARBIDE BIT1 Bar size 8 Effectiveness factor for cracked concrete Effectiveness factor for un-cracked concrete Minimum bar spacing Minimum edge distance Minimum member thickness Critical edge distance splitting (for un-cracked concrete) Strength reduction factor for tension, concrete failure modes, Condition B2 Strength reduction factor for shear, concrete failure modes, Condition B2 kc,cr kc,uncr smin cmin hmin cac SI (in-lb) SI (in-lb) mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) 40 (1.6) 40 (1.6) 50 (2) 50 (2) 60 (2.4) 60 (2.4) 70 (2.8) 70 (2.8) 10 12 14 16 7.1 (17) 10 (24) 80 (3.1) 80 (3.1) 100 (3.9) 100 (3.9) hef + 2d o 125 (4.9) 125 (4.9) 140 (5.5) 140 (5.5) 160 (6.3) 160 (6.3) 20 25 28 32
DESIGN INFORMATION
DIN 488 BSt 550/500
Symbol
Units
hef+ 30 (hef + 1-1/4) See Strength Design provisions above
0.65
0.70

Table 29 BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR EU METRIC REINFORCING BARS IN HOLES DRILLED WITH A HAMMER DRILL AND CARBIDE BIT1,4 Bar size 8 Characteristic bond strength and minimum anchor embedment in cracked concrete Characteristic bond strength and minimum anchor embedment in un-cracked concrete Characteristic bond strength and minimum anchor embedment in cracked concrete2 Characteristic bond strength and minimum anchor embedment in un-cracked concrete2 Dry concrete Permissible installation conditions Water-saturated concrete Water-filled hole Underwater application k,cr hef,min k,uncr hef,min k,cr hef,min k,uncr hef,min
d ws ws wf wf uw uw
DESIGN INFORMATION
Symbol
Units 10 7.5 (1,092) 63 (2.49) 15.6 (2,264) 63 (2.49) 3.1 (444) 46 (1.80) 5.4 (781) 46 (1.80) 0.65 0.55 1.00 0.45 1.00 0.45 0.95 12 7.5 (1,092) 69 (2.73) 15.6 (2,264) 69 (2.73) 3.1 (444) 53 (2.10) 5.4 (781) 53 (2.10) 0.65 0.55 1.00 0.45 1.00 0.45 0.94 14 7.4 (1,068) 75 (2.95) 15.2 (2,198) 75 (2.95) 2.8 (410) 60 (2.37) 5.2 (759) 60 (2.37) 0.65 0.45 1.00 0.45 0.96 0.45 0.94 N/mm2 (psi) mm (in.) N/mm2 (psi) mm (in.) N/mm2 (psi) mm (in.) N/mm2 (psi) mm (in.) 7.5 (1,092) 57 (2.23) 15.6 (2,264) 57 (2.23) 3.1 (444) 40 (1.57) 5.4 (781) 40 (1.57) 0.65 0.55 1.00 0.45 1.00 0.45 0.95
16 7.2 (1,044) 80 (3.15) 14.8 (2,142) 80 (3.15) 2.6 (379) 67 (2.62) 5.1 (739) 67 (2.62) 0.65 0.45 1.00 0.45 0.93 0.45 0.93
20 6.7 (972) 89 (3.52) 14.1 (2,039) 89 (3.52) 2.3 (336) 80 (3.15) 4.9 (704) 80 (3.15) 0.55 0.45 1.00 0.45 0.87 0.45 0.92
25 5.9 (862) 100 (3.94) 13.5 (1,955) 100 (3.94) 2.1 (298) 100 (3.94) 4.7 (675) 100 (3.94) 0.55 0.45 0.97 0.45 0.82 0.45 0.92
28 5.6 (806) 112 (4.41) 13.2 (1,908) 112 (4.41) 1.9 (278) 112 (4.41) 4.5 (659) 112 (4.41) 0.55 0.45 0.94 0.45 0.79 0.45 0.91
32 5.0 (732) 128 (5.04) 12.8 (1,862) 128 (5.04) 1.8 (260) 128 (5.04) 4.4 (643) 128 (5.04) 0.55 0.45 0.94 0.45 0.79 0.45 0.91
N,seis
= 0.65.

Table 30 BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR EU METRIC REINFORCING BARS IN HOLES DRILLED WITH A CORE DRILL1,4 Bar size 8 Temperature range A3 Characteristic bond strength and minimum anchor embedment in un-cracked concrete k,uncr hef,min N/mm2 (psi) mm (in.) N/mm2 (psi) mm (in.) 12.0 (1,740) 56 (2.19) 4.1 (601) 40 (1.57) 0.65 0.55 1.0 10 12.0 (1,740) 63 (2.49) 4.1 (601) 41 (1.61) 0.65 0.55 1.0 12 12.0 (1,740) 69 (2.73) 4.1 (601) 48 (1.89) 0.65 0.55 1.0 14 11.3 (1,637) 75 (2.95) 3.9 (565) 56 (2.20) 0.55 0.45 1.0 16 10.7 (1,553) 80 (3.15) 3.7 (536) 64 (2.52) 0.55 0.45 1.0 20 9.7 (1,413) 89 (3.52) 3.4 (488) 80 (3.15) 0.55 0.45 1.0 25 8.9 (1,291) 100 (3.94) 3.1 (446) 100 (3.94) 0.45 0.45 0.92 28 8.5 (1,235) 112 (4.41) 2.9 (426) 112 (4.41) 0.45 0.45 0.88 32 8.1 (1,169) 128 (5.04) 2.8 (404) 128 (5.04) 0.45 0.45 0.88
DESIGN INFORMATION
Symbol
Units
Characteristic bond k,uncr strength and minimum anchor embedment in un-cracked concrete2 hef,min Dry concrete Water-saturated concrete
d ws ws
Table 31 STEEL DESIGN INFORMATION FOR CANADIAN METRIC REINFORCING BARS1 Bar size 10 M Nominal bar diameter Bar effective cross-sectional area Nominal strength as governed by steel strength CSA G30 Reduction for seismic shear Strength reduction factor for tension2 Strength reduction factor for shear2
DESIGN INFORMATION
Symbol
Units 15 M 16.0 (0.630) 201.1 (0.312) 108.6 (24,408) 65.1 (14,645) mm (in.) mm2 (in.2) kN (lb) kN (lb) 11.3 (0.445) 100.3 (0.155) 54.2 (12,175) 32.5 (7,305)
20 M 19.5 (0.768) 298.6 (0.463) 161.3 (36,255) 96.8 (21,753) 0.70 0.65 0.60
25 M 25.2 (0.992) 498.8 (0.773) 269.3 (60,548) 161.6 (36,329)
30 M 29.9 (1.177) 702.2 (1.088) 379.2 (85,239) 227.5 (51,144)
d Ase Nsa Vsa

V,seis

Table 32 CONCRETE BREAKOUT DESIGN INFORMATION FOR CANADIAN METRIC REINFORCING BARS IN HOLES DRILLED WITH A HAMMER DRILL AND CARBIDE BIT1 Bar size 10 M Effectiveness factor for cracked concrete Effectiveness factor for un-cracked concrete Minimum bar spacing Minimum edge distance Minimum member thickness Critical edge distance splitting (for un-cracked concrete) Strength reduction factor for tension, concrete failure modes, Condition B2 Strength reduction factor for shear, concrete failure modes, Condition B2
DESIGN INFORMATION
Symbol
Units 15 M SI (in-lb) SI (in-lb) mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) 57 (2.2) 57 (2.2) hef + 30 (hef + 1-1/4) 80 (3.1) 80 (3.1)
20 M 7.1 (17) 10 (24) 98 (3.8) 98 (3.8) hef + 2d o
25 M
30 M
126 (5.0) 126 (5.0)
150 (5.9) 150 (5.9)
See Strength Design provisions above
0.65
0.70

Table 33 BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR CANADIAN METRIC REINFORCING BARS IN HOLES DRILLED WITH A HAMMER DRILL AND CARBIDE BIT1,4 Bar size 10 M Characteristic bond strength and minimum anchor embedment in cracked concrete Characteristic bond strength and minimum anchor embedment in un-cracked concrete Characteristic bond strength and minimum anchor embedment in cracked concrete2 Characteristic bond strength and minimum anchor embedment in un-cracked concrete2 Dry concrete Permissible installation conditions Water-saturated concrete Water-filled hole Underwater application k,cr hef,min k,uncr hef,min k,cr hef,min k,uncr hef,min
d ws ws wf wf uw uw
DESIGN INFORMATION
Symbol
Units 15 M 7.2 (1,044) 80 (3.15) 14.8 (2,142) 80 (3.15) 2.6 (379) 67 (2.62) 5.1 (739) 67 (2.62) 0.65 0.45 1.0 0.45 0.96 0.45 0.94 N/mm2 (psi) mm (in.) N/mm2 (psi) mm (in.) N/mm2 (psi) mm (in.) N/mm2 (psi) mm (in.) 7.5 (1,092) 67 (2.65) 15.6 (2,264) 67 (2.65) 3.1 (444) 51 (2.00) 5.4 (781) 51 (2.00) 0.65 0.55 1.0 0.45 1.00 0.45 0.95
20 M 6.8 (991) 88 (3.48) 14.2 (2,058) 88 (3.48) 2.4 (342) 78 (3.07) 4.9 (710) 78 (3.07) 0.65 0.45 1.0 0.45 0.91 0.45 0.93
25 M 5.9 (852) 101 (3.97) 13.5 (1,955) 101 (3.97) 2.0 (294) 101 (3.97) 4.7 (675) 101 (3.97) 0.55 0.45 1.0 0.45 0.85 0.45 0.92
30 M 5.4 (777) 120 (4.71) 13.0 (1,880) 120 (4.71) 1.9 (271) 120 (4.71) 4.5 (649) 120 (4.71) 0.55 0.45 0.96 0.45 0.81 0.45 0.91
N,seis
= 0.65.

Table 34 BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR CANADIAN METRIC REINFORCING BARS IN HOLES DRILLED WITH A CORE DRILL1,4 Bar size 10 M Temperature range A3 Characteristic bond strength and minimum anchor embedment in un-cracked concrete Characteristic bond strength and minimum anchor embedment in un-cracked concrete Dry concrete Water-saturated concrete k,uncr hef,min k,uncr hef,min
d ws ws
DESIGN INFORMATION
Symbol
Units 15 M 10.7 (1,553) 80 (3.15) 3.7 (536) 64 (2.52) 0.55 0.45 1.00 N/mm2 (psi) mm (in.) N/mm2 (psi) mm (in.) 12.0 (1,740) 67 (2.65) 4.1 (601) 45 (1.78) 0.65 0.55 1.00
20 M 9.9 (1,431) 88 (3.48) 3.4 (494) 78 (3.07) 0.55 0.45 1.00
25 M 8.9 (1,291) 101 (3.97) 3.1 (446) 101 (3.97) 0.45 0.45 0.96
30 M 8.3 (1,197) 120 (4.71) 2.8 (413) 120 (4.71) 0.45 0.45 0.90
4.2.6 HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.6.5 Installation Instructions
Adhesive anchoring system for fastenings in normal weight concrete Prior to use of product follow instructions for use and recommended safety precautions. Check expiration date: See expiration date imprint on foilpack manifold. (Month/Year). Do not use expired product. Foil pack temperature: Must be between 41F and 104F (5C - 40C) when in use. Base material temperature at time of installation: Must be between 41F and 110F (5C - 43C). Instructions for transport and storage: Keep in a cool, dry and dark place between 41F and 77F (5C - 25C). Material Safety Data Sheet: Review the MSDS before use.
Installation Instructions: Follow the pictograms 1-14 for the sequence of operations and refer to tables 1-3 for setting details. For any application not covered by this document (e.g. h ef beyond values specified in setting details), contact Hilti. Method 2 for water filled boreholes, submerged concrete or diamond cored boreholes: Flush hole 2 times by inserting a water hose (water-line pressure) to the back of the borehole until water runs clear. Brush 2 times with the specified brush size (brush = borehole ) by inserting the round steel brush to the back of the borehole with a twisting motion and removing it. The brush should resist insertion into the borehole if not, the brush is too small and must be replaced with the proper brush diameter. Flush again 2 times until water runs clear. Important! For diamond cored boreholes and if a dry borehole is required for injection (e.g. water flows into cleaned borehole), continue with borehole cleaning as described by method 1. Remove all standing water completely (i.e. vacuum, compressed air or other appropriate procedure). To attain a dried borehole, a Hilti HIT-DL air nozzle attachment is recommended for borehole depth up to 10 inch (250 mm) and required for borehole depth > 10 inch (250 mm). The borehole must be free of dust, debris, ice, oil, grease and other contaminants prior to adhesive injection. Inadequate borehole cleaning = poor load values 5. 6. Insert foil pack in foil pack holder. Never use damaged foil packs and/or damaged or unclean foil pack holders. Tightly attach Hilti HIT-RE-M mixer to foil pack manifold. Attach new mixer prior to dispensing a new foil pack (snug fit). Do not modify the mixer in any way. Make sure the mixing element is in the mixer. Use only the mixer supplied with the adhesive. Insert foil pack holder with foil pack into HIT-dispenser. Push release trigger, retract plunger and insert foil pack holder into the appropriate Hilti dispenser. Discard initial adhesive. The foil pack opens automatically as dispensing is initiated. Depending on the size of the foil pack an initial amount of adhesive has to be discarded. See pictogram 8 for discard quantities. If a new mixer is installed onto a previously-opened foil pack, the first trigger pulls must also be discarded as described above. For each new foil pack a new mixer must be used.
Installation flow Chart

Hammer Drilling
Check borehole conditions Borehole Cleaning instructions Borehole conditions Installation direction Drilling depth Injection instructions Horizontal and vertical 10 inch (250 mm) > 10 inch (250 mm) Dry Water saturated Cleaning method 1 Clean and dry
Diamond Coring
Dry Water saturated
Hammer Drilling
Water-filled Submerged
Cleaning method 2+1
Cleaning method 2 Clean and water-filled All directions
Overhead
7.
All drilling depth HIT-SZ/IP required All drilling depth HIT-SZ/IP required
HIT-SZ/IP HIT-SZ/IP not required recommended
8.
1.
Drill hole normal to the surface with a hammer drill set in rotation-hammer mode using an appropriately sized carbide drill bit, or with a core rig and an appropriately sized diamond core bit, to the required embedment depth. See tables describing setting details. (Drill bits must conform to ANSI B212-1994.)
2-4. Clean hole: Cleaning method has to be decided based on drilling method and borehole conditions (see flow chart above). Just before setting an anchor/rebar, the borehole must be free of dust and debris by one of the following methods: Method 1 for dry or water saturated concrete (refer to pictograms): Blow from the back of the borehole with oil-free compressed air (min. 90psi at 3.5 CFM (6 bar at 6 m3/h)) fully retracting the air extension 2 times until return air stream is free of noticeable dust. Brush 2 times with the specified brush size (brush = borehole ) by inserting the round steel brush to the back of the borehole in a twisting motion and removing it. The brush should resist insertion into the borehole if not, the brush is too small and must be replaced with the proper brush diameter. Blow again with compressed air 2 times until return air stream is free of noticeable dust.
9-10. Inject adhesive from the back of the borehole without forming air voids: Verify if borehole conditions have changed (e.g. water in the borehole) after cleaning. If yes, repeat cleaning according points 2 - 4. Inject the adhesive starting at the back of the borehole (use the extension for deep boreholes), slowly withdraw the mixer with each trigger pull. Fill holes approximately 2/3 full, or as required to ensure that the annular gap between the anchor/ rebar and the concrete is completely filled with adhesive along the embedment length. After injection is completed, depressurize the dispenser by pressing the release trigger. This will prevent further adhesive discharge from the mixer. Piston plug injection HIT-SZ/IP recommended for borehole depth > 10 inch/250 mm. For water filled boreholes or submerged concrete, and overhead installation the piston plugs are required. Assemble HITRE-M mixer, extension(s) and appropriately sized piston plug HIT-SZ/IP. Insert piston plug to back of the borehole and
Installation Instructions

inject adhesive as described in the injection method above. During injection the piston plug will be naturally extruded out of the borehole by the adhesive pressure. 11. Insert anchor/rebar into borehole. Mark and set anchor/rebar to the required embedment depth. Before use, verify that the anchor/rebar is dry and free of oil and other contaminants. To ease installation, anchor/rebar may be slowly twisted as they are inserted. After installing an anchor/rebar, the annular gap must be completely filled with adhesive. If the borehole is not completely filled along the embedment depth the installation should be rejected. Hilti should be contacted for further information. Attention! For overhead applications take special care when inserting the anchor/rebar. Excess adhesive will be forced out of the borehole take appropriate steps to prevent it from falling onto the installer. Position the anchor/rebar and secure it from moving/falling during the curing time (e.g. wedges). Observe the gel time t gel, which varies according to temperature of base material. Minor adjustments to the anchor/rebar position may be performed during the gel time. See table. 12. Do not disturb the anchor/rebar once the gel time t gel has elapsed until t cure, ini has passed. Preparation work may continue for rebar applications. Between t cure, ini and t cure, full the adhesive has a limited load bearing capacity, do not apply a torque or load on the anchor/rebar during this time. Apply load/torque after t cure, full has passed, and the fixture to be attached has been positioned.
or
or
*) Please refer to technical literature (approvals, setting instructions) for detail.
13.
14.
Partly used foil packs must be used up within four weeks. Leave the mixer attached to the foil pack manifold and store under the recommended storage conditions. If reused, attach a new mixer and discard the initial quantity of anchor adhesive as described by point 8.
F 41 50 59 68 86
C 5 10 15 20 30
twork / tgel 2.5 hrs 2 hrs 1.5 hrs 30 min 20 min 12 min
tcure, ini 18 hrs 12 hrs 8 hrs 6 hrs 4 hrs 2 hrs
tcure, full 72 hrs 48 hrs 24 hrs 12 hrs 8 hrs 4 hrs
Time
104 40

Table 1 Setting Details of Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD with threaded rod d [inch] [mm] 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4 9.5 12.7 15.9 19.1 22.2 25.4 31.8 do [inch] 7/16 9/16 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-3/8 [mm] 10 12 14 18 24 28 30 35 hef min-max [inch] 1-1/2 7 1/2 2 10 [mm] 40 191 51 254 [ft-lb] 15 30 60 100 125 150 200 Tinst [Nm] 20 41 81 136 169 203 271 [Nm] 10 20 40 80 150 200 270 300 df [inch] 7/16 9/16 11/16 13/16 15/16 1-1/8 1-3/8 [mm] 9 12 14 18 22 26 30 33 hef + 2 d0 hef + 30 [mm] hef + 2 d0 hmin [inch] hef + 1-1/4 (30 mm)
2-1/2 12-1/2 64 318 3 15 76 381
3-1/2 17-1/2 89 445 4 20 5 25 102 508 127 635 [Nm] 40 160 41 200 48 240 64 320 80 400 96 480 108 540 120 600
[mm] M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30
Table 2 Setting Details of Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD with HIS-N and HIS-RN Inserts d [inch] [mm] 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 9.5 12.7 15.9 19.1 do [inch] 11/16 7/8 1-1/8 1-1/4 [mm] 14 18 22 28 32 [inch] 4 3/8 5 6 3/4 8-1/8 [mm] 90 110 125 170 205 hef [mm] 110 125 170 205 Tinst [ft-lb] [Nm] 15 30 60 100 20 41 81 136 df [inch] 7/16 9/16 11/16 13/16 [mm] 9 12 14 18 22 hmin [inch] 5-3/4 6-3/4 9 10-3/4 [mm] 150 170 230 270
[mm] M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
[Nm] 10 20 40 80 150
[mm] 120 150 170 230 270

Table 3 Setting Details of Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD with reinforcement bars d US rebar #3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 #9 # 10 Rebar [mm] 8 10 12 14 16 20 25 28 32 CA rebar 10 M 15 M 20 M 25 M 30 M do [inch] 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-3/8 1-1/2 [mm] 12 14 16 18 20 25 32 35 40 [inch] 9/16 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 [inch] 1-1/2 7-1/2 2 10 2-1/2 12-1/2 3 15 3-1/2 17-1/2 4 20 4-1/2 22-1/2 5 25 [mm] 40 160 41 200 48 240 56 280 64 320 80 400 100 500 112 560 128 640 [mm] 45 226 64 320 78 390 101 504 120 598 h +2d
ef 0
hef min-max [mm] 40 191 51 254 64 318 76 381 89 445 102 508 114 572 127 635
ef
hmin [inch] h + 1-1/4 (30 mm)
hef + 2 d0
[mm] h + 30
ef
hef + 2 d0
[inch] hef + 1-1/4 (30 mm)
4.2.6 HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.6.6 Ordering Information
HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchor System First adhesive anchor to comply with the latest building code offering designers a strength design solution for anchors and rebar Enables threaded rod and dowelling applications in seismic design conditions under the latest building codes
Technical Data
Product Epoxy Adhesive Base material temperature 41F to 120F (+5C to 49C) Diameter range 3/8" to 1-1/4" Listings/Approvals ICC-ES ESR 2322 NSF/ANSI standard 61 Certification for potable water Package volume Volume of HIT-RE 500-SD 11.1fl oz/330 ml foil pack is 20.1 in3 Volume of HIT-RE 500-SD 16.9fl oz/500 ml foil pack is 30.5 in3
Gel/Full Cure Time Table (Approximate)

Item No. Description Base Material Temperature F C 41 5 50 10 59 15 68 20 86 30 104 40 tgel 2.5 hrs 2 hrs 1.5 hrs 30 min 20 min 12 min tcure 72 hrs 48 hrs 24 hrs 12 hrs 8 hrs 4 hrs
241382 3425973 3428744 241383 3433546 3426080
HIT-RE 500-SD (11.1 fl oz/330 ml) 1 pack

Includes 1 mixer and 3/8" filler tube per package
HIT-RE 500-SD (11.1 fl oz/330 ml) MC 25 packs

HIT-RE 500-SD (11.1 fl oz/330 ml)

Includes 1 MC and mixer and and choice of MD 2000 or MD 2500 dispenser
HIT-RE 500-SD (16.9 fl oz/500 ml) MC 20 packs

HIT-RE 500-SD (16.9 fl oz/500 ml)

Includes 2 MC and MD 2500 dispenser
HIT-RE 500-SD (16.9 fl oz/500 ml)

Includes 5 MC and ED 3500 dispenser 2.0 Ah Kit
ED 3500 2.0 Ah Kit
Dispensers
Battery Powered
3425363
ED 3500 2.0 Ah NiCd Kit

Includes dispenser, (2) 2.0-Ah NiCd battery, C 7/24 standard charger and accessories in an impact-resistant plastic tool box
Foil Pack Holder
273676 340888 378449
ED 3500 Dispenser
Includes dispenser only in cardboard box
SFB 121 2.0-Ah NiCd Battery for ED 3500 C 7/24 Standard Charger for ED 3500
Description MD 2500 Manual Dispenser
Manual
Item No.
338853 339477
MD 2500 Manual Dispenser with Foil Pack Holder

For use with HIT 11.1 fl oz/330ml and 16.9oz/500ml foil packs
Foil Pack Holder

Replacement for MD 2500 and ED 3500
Hole Cleaning/Injection Accessories Imperial

Hole Dia. (d0) Round Brush Item no. Injection Piston HIT-SZ (IP) Item no. Air Nozzle HIT-DL Item no.
Metric
Hole Dia. (d0) Round Brush Item no. Injection Piston HIT-SZ (IP) Item no. Air Nozzle HIT-DL Item no. HIT-RB (Round Brush)
[inch] HIT-RB
[inch] HIT-RB
7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 11/16 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-3/8 1-1/2 1-3/4
7/16" 1/2" 9/16" 5/8" 11/16" 3/4" 7/8" 1" 1-1/8" 1-1/4" 1-3/8" 1-1/2" 1-3/4"
273203 273204 273205 273207 273209 273210 273211 273212 273214 273216 273217 273218 273219
1/2" 9/16" 5/8" 11/16" 3/4" 7/8" 1" 1-1/8" 1-1/4" 1-3/8" 1-1/2" 1-3/4"
274019 274020 274021 274022 274023 274024 274025 274026 274027 274028 274029 274030
1/2" 9/16" 9/16" 11/16" 3/4" 7/8" 1" 1" 1" 1-3/8" 1-3/8" 1-3/8"
38237 38238 38238 38239 38240 38241 38242 38242 38242 38243 38243 38243
Contact Hilti for

a complete listing of additional accessories and extensions for air nozzles, brushes and injection pistons to handle embedment.
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 25 28 30 32 35 37 40 42 45 47 52 55
10 8/12 10/14 12/16 14/18 16/20 18/22 24 20/25 28 30 25/32 35 37 40 42 45 47 52 55
380917 336548 336549 336550 336551 336552 370774 380918 336553 380919 380920 336554 380921 382259 382260 382261 382262 382264 382265 382266
8/12 10/14 12/16 14/18 16/20 18/22 24 20/25 28 30 25/32 35 37 40 42 45 47 52 55
351989 351990 351991 351992 351993 269618 269619 351994 269620 269621 351995 269622 271499 269623 269624 269625 269626 271476 271477
8/12 10/14 12/16 14/18 16/20 16/20 16/20 3 20/25 20/25 20/25 25/32 25/32 25/32 25/32 25/32 25/32 25/32 25/32 25/32
371715 371716 371717 371718 371719 371719 71719 371720 371720 371720 371721 371721 371721 371721 371721 371721 371721 371721 371721
HIT-SZ (IP) (Injection Piston)
HIT-DL (Air Nozzle)
Introdu cing
Hilti Accredited Adhesive Anchor Installer Program call Hilti for details
dbit
HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.6 4.2.6.7 Sample Calculations
Given: 2 1/2-in. HIT RE 500-SD adhesive anchors subjected to a tension load as shown. Design objective: Calculate the design tension resistance for this configuration. Dimensional parameters: h ef s c a,min h d = = = = = 9.0 in. 4.0 in. 2.5 in. 12.0 in. 1/2 in. Specifications/assumptions:
dbit ca,min A N 1/2-in. A193 B7 ALL-THREAD Tmax ANc ccr,Na A ANa
d hef
s/2 N s s/2 h
ccr,Na
ccr,Na A-A
ca,min
ASTM A193 B7 all-thread rods, UNC thread, A 563 Grade HD hex nuts. Normal weight concrete, fc = 4,000 psi. A A Seismic design category (SDC) B c No supplementary reinforcing per ACI 318-05 D.1. Assume maximum short term (diurnal) base material temperature 100 0F. s/2 N Assume maximum long term base materialstemperature 80 0F. s/2 Assume installation in dry concrete and hammer-drilled holes. Assume concrete will remain uncracked for service life of anchorage.
Na Nc cr,Na
Calculation per ACI 318-05 Appendix D and this report. Step 1. Check minimum edge distance, anchor spacing and member thickness: cmin = 2.5 in. ca,min therefore ok. c c A-A smin = 2.5 in. s therefore ok. hmin = hef + 1.25 = 9 + 1.25 = 10.25 in. h therefore ok. Step 2. Calculate steel strength: Nsa = n x A se x f uta B7 rods are considered ductile per ACI 318-05. ... = 0.75 ... Nsa = x n x A se x f uta = 0.75 x 2 x 0.1419 x 125,000 = 26,606 lb = 26.6 k or, using Table 7, ... Nsa = 0.75 x 2 x 17,737 = 26.6 k Step 3. Determine concrete breakout strength: A Nc N cbg = ( ) ( ed,N ) ( c,N ) ( cp,N ) ( N b ) A N c O ec,N
cr,Na a,min
ccr,Na
ACI 318 Code Ref. Table 8 Table 8 Table 8 D.5.1.2 D.1 & D.4.4a D.5.1.2 D.5.2.1 & Eq. (D-5) D.5.2.1 & Eq. (D-5) D.5.2.4 D.5.2.1 & & Eq. (D-5) D.5.2.6 D.5.12.7 D.5.2.7 & Eq. (D-13) D.5.2.2 & Eq. (D-7) D.4.4c Table 7
A Nc = (3hef + s) (1.5 hef + c a,min ) = (27 + 4) (13.5 + 2.5) = 496 in 2 A NcO = 9 hef 2 = 729 in
ec,N
2
= no eccentricity of tension load with respect to tension-loaded anchors c a,min for c a,min 1.5 hef ed,N = 0.7 + 0.3 x 1.5 hef c a,min = 2.5 < 1.5 x 4.5. 2.5 ... ed,N = 0.7 + 0.3 x = 0.76 1.5 x 9 c,N = 1.0 uncracked concrete assumed (k c,uncr = 24) Determine c ac : hef + 5 (c a,min ) 0.75 = 9 + 5 (2.5) 0.75 = 18.9 in. > 12 in. therefore, c ac = 2.5 hef c ac = 2.5 (9 in.) = 22.5 in. max | c a,min ; 1.5 h ef | max | 2.5 ; 1.5 x 9 For c a,min < c ac cp,N = = = 0.60 cac 22.5 Nb = kc,uncr Ncbg = f 'c x hef1.5 = 2.4 4000 x (9)1.5 = 40,983 lb
Table 8 Section 4.1.3
496 x 1.0 x 0.76 x 1.0 x 0.60 x 40,983 = 12715 lb 729 N cbg = 0.65 x 12,715 = 8,265 lb = 8.3k

Calculation per ACI 318-05 Appendix D and this report. Step 4. Determine bond strength: A Na N ag = ( ) ( g,Na ) ( ec,Na ) ( p,Na ) ( N aO ) A N aO ed,Na Scr,Na = min 20 x d ACI 318 Code Ref. Section 4.2.6 3 Eq. (D-14b) Section 4.2.6.3 Table 9 Section 4.2.6.3 Eq. (D-14i) Section 4.2.6.3 Eq. (D-14i) Section 4.2.6 3 D.5.3.7 Section 4.2.6.3 Section 4.2.6.3 Section 4.2.6.3 Table 8 Section 4.2.6.3 Table 9 Section 4.2.6.3 Section 4.2.6.3 Eq. (D-14j) Section 4.2.6.3 Eq. (D-14b) D.4.1.2 Nsa Ncbg Nag = 26.6 k = 8.3 k = 4.6 k Table 9
k,uncr
1450
; 3 hef = 20 x 0.5
2,236 1450
= 12.4 in
3 h ef = 27 in 12.4 ... s cr,Na = 12.4 in. c cr,Na = scr,Na = 6.2 in. 2
A Na = (2ccr,Na + s) (ccr,Na + c a,min ) = 143.0 in 2
A NaO = ( scr,Na ) 2 = 154.2 in 2 For c a,min < ccr,Na :

ed,Na =
ed,Na
( 0.7 + 0.3
24
c a,min c cr,Na
)
9 x 4000 = 2,899 psi
( 0.7 + 0.3
k k,uncr xd n -
2.5 6.2
) = 0.82
x 0.5
k,max,uncr =
hef x f 'c =
g,NaO
[( n - 1 )(
+
k,uncr
k,max,uncr
) ]=
g,NaO )
1.5
2-
[( 2 - 1 )(2,236 )] 2,899
0.5
1.5
= 1.13
g,Na
g,NaO
[( s s )
cr,Na
0.5
x (1 -
2.5 ] = 1.13 + [(12.4 )
x (1-1.13) = 1.06
ec,Na
= 1.0 no eccentricity - loading is concentric max | c a,min ; c cr,Na | max | 2.5 ; 6.2 | = = 0.28 p,Na = cac 22.5 d h ef = 2,236
ed,Na )
NNaO = k,uncr N ag = N ag = A Na ( A N aO
0.5 9 = 31,610 lb
ec,N )
g,Na )
p,Na )
( N aO )
... = 0.65 N ag = 0.65 (7,134) = 4,637 lb = 4.6 k Step 5. Determine controlling strength:
Steel strength Concrete breakout strength Bond strength
143.0 (0.82) (1.06) (1.0) (0.28) (31,610) = 7,134 lb. 154.2
controls Section 4.2
Step 6. Convert strength to ASD using average load factor: N 4.6 Nn = = 3.3 k N allow,ASD = d = 1.4
HIT-RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.7 4.2.7.1 Product Description Fastener Components
4.2.7.1 4.2.7.2 4.2.7.3 4.2.7.4 4.2.7.5
Product Description Material Specifications Technical Data Installation Instructions Ordering Information
HIT-RE 500 Refill Pack Refill Pack Holder HIT RE Mixer P3500 Dispenser
Listings/Approvals
City of Los Angeles Research Report #25514 NSF/ANSI Std 61 certification for use in potable water Europan Technical Approval ETA-04/0027 ETA-04/0028 ETA-04/0029
HIT-RE 500 Medium Cartridge
MD2500 Dispenser
HIT-RE 500 Jumbo Cartridge Refill Pack Holder
P8000D Pneumatic Dispenser
Code Compliance
IBC/IRC 2003 (ICC-ES AC58) IBC/IRC 2000 (ICC-ES AC58) UBC 1997 (ICC-ES AC58) LEED : Credit 4.1-Low Emitting Materials
The Hilti HIT-RE 500 System is a high strength, two part epoxy adhesive. The system consists of a side-by-side adhesive refill pack, a mixing nozzle, a HIT dispenser with refill pack holder, and either a threaded rod, rebar, HIS internally threaded insert or smooth epoxy coated bar. HIT-RE 500 is specifically designed for fastening into solid base materials such as concrete, grout, stone or solid masonry. HIT-RE 500 may be used in underwater fastenings and for oversized holes up to 2 times the rod diameter (2-1/2 rod and 3" max. hole diameter) and for diamondcored holes.
Product Features Superior bond performance Use in diamond cored or pneumatic drilled holes and under water up to 165 feet (50 m) Meets DOT requirements for most states; contact the Hilti Technical Staff Meets requirements of ASTM C 881-90, Type IV, Grade 2 and 3, Class A, B, C except gel times Meets requirements of AASHTO specification M235, Type IV, Grade 3, Class A, B, C except gel times Mixing tube provides proper mixing, eliminates measuring errors and minimizes waste Contains no styrene; virtually odorless Extended temperature range from 23F to 104F (5C to 40C) Excellent weathering resistance; Resistance against elevated temperatures Suitable for oversized holes Seismic qualified per IBC/IRC 2003, IBC/IRC 2000 and UBC 1997 (ICC-ES AC58). Please refer to ESR-1682.
The Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED ) Green Building Rating systemTM is the nationally accepted benchmark for the design, construction and operation of high performance green buildings. Components
HAS Threaded Rods
Smooth, epoxy coated bar (supplied by contractor)
4.2.7 HIT-RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System
Guide Specifications Master Format Section: 03250 (Concrete accessories)
Related Sections: 03200 05050 05120 (Concrete ReinforcingReinforcing Accessories) (Metal Fabrication) (Structural Steel; Masonry Accessories)
Injectable adhesive shall be used for installation of all reinforcing steel dowels or threaded anchor rods and inserts into new or existing concrete. Adhesive shall be furnished in side-by-side refill packs which keep component A and component B separate. Side-by-side packs shall be designed to compress during use to minimize waste volume. Side-by-side packs shall also be designed to accept static mixing nozzle
which thoroughly blends component A and component B and allows injection directly into drilled hole. Only injection tools and static mixing nozzles as supplied by manufacturer shall be used. Manufacturers instructions shall be followed. Injection adhesive shall be formulated to include resin and hardener to provide optimal curing speed as well as high strength and stiffness. Typical curing time at 68F (20C) shall be approximately 12 hours. Injection adhesive shall be HIT-RE 500, as furnished by Hilti. Anchor Rods Shall be furnished with chamfered ends so that either end will accept a nut and washer. Alternatively, anchor rods shall be furnished with a 45 degree chisel point on one end to allow for easy insertion into the adhesive-filled hole. Anchor rods shall be manufactured to meet the following requirements:
1. ISO 898 Class 5.8 2. ASTM A 193, Grade B7 (high strength carbon steel anchor); 3. AISI 304 or AISI 316 stainless steel, meeting the requirements of ASTM F 593 (condition CW). Special order length HAS Rods may vary from standard product. Nuts and Washers Shall be furnished to meet the requirements of the above anchor rod specifications.
Fastener Components
HIT-RE 500 Refill Pack Refill Pack Holder HIT RE Mixer P3500 Dispenser
HIT-RE 500 Medium Cartridge
MD2500 Dispenser
HIT-RE 500 Jumbo Cartridge Refill Pack Holder
HIT-RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.7 4.2.7.2 Material Specifications
Material Properties for HIT-RE 500 Cured Adhesive Bond Strength ASTM C882-911 2 day cure 7 day cure Compressive Strength ASTM D-695-961 Compressive Modulus ASTM D-695-961 Tensile Strength 7 day ASTM D-638-97 Elongation at break ASTM D-638-97 Heat Deflection Temperature ASTM D-648-95 Absorption ASTM D-570-95 Linear Coefficient of Shrinkage on Cure ASTM D-2566-86 Electrical resistance DIN IEC 93 (12.93) Material Specifications Standard HAS-E rod material meets the requirements of ISO 898 Class 5.8 High Strength or Super HAS rod material meets the requirements of ASTM A 193, Grade B7 Stainless HAS rod material meets the requirements of ASTM F 593 (304/316) Condition CW 3/8" - 5/8" Stainless HAS rod material meets the requirements of ASTM F 593 (304/316) Condition CW 3/4" -1 1/4" HIS Insert 11MnPb30+C Carbon Steel conforming to DIN 10277-3 HIS-R Insert X5CrNiMo17122 K700 Stainless Steel conforming to DIN EN 10088-3 HAS Super & HAS-E Standard Nut material meets the requirements of ASTM A 563, Grade DH HAS Stainless Steel Nut material meets the requirements of ASTM F 594 HAS-E Carbon Steel and Stainless Steel Washers meet dimensional requirements of ANSI B18.22.1 Type A Plain HAS Super & HAS-E Standard Washers meet the requirements of ASTM F 436 All HAS-E & HAS Super Rods (except 7/8") & HAS-E Standard, HIS inserts, nuts & washers are zinc plated to ASTM B 633 SC 1 7/8" Standard HAS-E & HAS Super rods hot-dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 153
Note: Special Order steel rod material may vary from standard steel rod materials. 1 Minimum values obtained as the result of tests at three cure temperatures (23, 40, 60F).
12.4 MPa 12.4 MPa 82.7 MPa 1493 MPa 43.5 MPa 2.0% 63C 0.06% 6.6 x 1013 /m 0.004
1800 psi 1800 psi 12,000 psi 0.22 x 106 psi 6310 psi 2.0% 146F 0.06% 1.7 x 1012/in. 0.004
Mechanical Properties min. fu fy ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa) 58 (400) 72.5 (500) 105 (724) 65 (448) 45 (310) 54.4 (375) 50.8 (350) 125 (862) 100 (689) 85 (586) 66.7 (460) 101.5 (700)

HIT-RE 500 Installation Specification Table for HAS Threaded Rods Details dbit hnom Tmax bit diameter1 std. depth of embed. Embed. HAS-E Rods hnom HAS Rod Size in. (mm) in. in. (mm) ft lb (Nm) ft lb (Nm) (in.) 3/8 (9.5) 7/16 3-3/8 (90) 18 (24) 15 (20) 1/2 (12.7) 9/16 4-1/2 (110) 30 (41) 20 (27) 5/8 (15.9) 3/4 5-5/8 (143) 75 (102) 50 (68) 3/4 (19.1) 7/8 6-3/4 (171) 150 (203) 105 (142) 1.5 hef 7/8 (22.2) 1 7-7/8 (200) 175 (237) 125 (169) 1 (25.4) 1-1/8 9 (229) 235 (319) 165 (224) 1-1/4 (31.8) 1-3/8 11-1/4 (286) 400 (540) 280 (375)
dbit hef h t Tmax
max. tightening HAS SS Embed. torque HAS-Super < hnom h min. base material thickness
1 Use matched tolerance carbide tipped bits or Hilti matched tolerance DD-B or DD-C diamond core bits. 2 Assumes no waste.
Approx. number of fastenings per cartridge at standard embedment 2 Small Cartridge Medium Cartridge Jumbo Cartridge 52 84 255 28 45 137 11 18 56 7 11 37 5 8 27 4 6 19 2 3 12

HIT-RE 500 Installation Specification Table for HIS Inserts HIS Insert Details dbit bit diameter1, 2 hnom std. embed. depth
th
in. (mm) in. in. (mm) in. (mm) ft lb (Nm) in. (mm)
3/8 (9.5) 11/16 4-1/4 (110) 1 (25) 18 (24) 6-3/8 (162) 27 49 168
1/2 (12.7) 7/8 5 (125) 1-3/16 (30) 35 (47) 7-1/2 (191) 16 30 105
5/8 (15.9) 1-1/8 6-5/8 (170) 1-1/2 (40) 80 (108) 10 (254) 6 11 38
3/4 (19.1) 1-1/4 8-1/4 (210) 2 (50) 160 (217) 12-3/8 (314) 4 8 27
dbit
Tmax
hef h
useable thread length
Tmax Max. tightening torque h min. base material thickness Small Cartridge Medium Cartridge Jumbo Cartridge
Approx. number of fastenings per cartridge at standard embedment2
1 Use matched tolerance carbide tipped bits or Hilti matched tolerance DD-B or DD-C diamond core bits. 2 Assumes no waste.
HIT-RE 500 Installation Specification Table for Rebar in Concrete Rebar Size: Details Bit diameter 1, 2, 3 hnom std. embed. depth in. in. (mm) 1/2 3-3/8 (86) 44 72 221 5/8 4-1/2 (114) 25 41 125 3/4 5-5/8 (143) 16 27 83 7/8 6-3/4 (171) 11 18 56 1 7-7/8 (200) 8 13 41 1-1/8 9 (229) 6 10 31 1-3/8 10-1/8 (257) 3 5 14 1-1/2 11-1/4 (286) 2 3 11 1-3/4 12-3/8 (314) 1 2 7 No. 3 No. 4 No. 5 No. 6 No. 7 No. 8 No. 9 No. 10 No. 11
Approx. number of fastenings per cartridge at standard embedment3 Small Cartridge Medium Cartridge Jumbo Cartridge
1 Rebar diameters may vary. Use smallest drill bit which will accommodate rebar. 2 Use matched tolerance carbide tipped bits or Hilti matched tolerance DD-B or DD-C diamond core bits. 3 Assumes no waste.
HIT-RE 500 Installation Specification Table for Metric Rebar in Concrete (Canada Only) Rebar Size: Details Bit diameter 1, 2 hnom std. embed. depth Small Cartridge Medium Cartridge Jumbo Cartridge in. (mm) 5/8 115 20 32 98 3/4 145 17 28 84 1 200 embedment2 5 9 27 6 10 31 3 5 16 1 2 7
1 Rebar diameters may vary. Use smallest bit which will accommodate rebar. 2 Assumes no waste.
10M
15M
20M
25M 1-1/8 230
30M 1-3/8 260
35M 1-3/4 315
Approx. number of fastenings per cartridge at standard
(N ) + (V ) V N
d d rec rec
5/3
5/3
1.0 (Ref. Section 4.1.8.3)
HIT-RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.7

HIT-RE 500 Allowable and Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity for HAS Rods in Normal Weight Concrete1,2,3,4 HIT-RE 500 Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity Tensile Shear Anchor Embedment f'c = 2000 psi Diameter Depth (13.8 MPa) lb (kN) in (mm) in (mm) 1-3/4 (44) 3/8 (9.5) 3-3/8 (86) 4-1/2 (114) 2-1/4 (57) 1/2 (12.7) 4-1/2 (114) 6 (152) 2-7/8 (73) 5/8 (15.9) 5-5/8 (143) 7-1/2 (190) 3-3/8 (86) 3/4 (19.1) 6-3/4 (172 ) 9 (229) 4 (101) 7/8 (22.2) 7-7/8 (200) 10-1/2 (267) 4-1/2 (114) 1 (25.4) 9 (229) 12 (305) 5-5/8 (143) 1-1/4 (31.8) 11-1/4 (286) 15 (381) 645 (2.9) 2190 (9.7) 2420 (10.8) 1130 (5.0) 4045 (18.0) 4775 (21.2) 1690 (7.5) 6560 (29.2) 7320 (32.6) 2310 (10.3) 8670 (38.6) 10385 (46.2) 3005 (13.4) 12495 (55.6) 14705 (65.4) 3945 (17.5) 13845 (61.6) 17935 (79.8) 5760 (25.6) 24610 (109.5) 34130 (151.8) f'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) lb (kN) 1095 (4.9) 2585 (11.5) 2585 (11.5) 1965 (8.7) 5275 (23.5) 5380 (23.9) 3045 (13.5) 7355 (32.7) 7515 (33.4) 4515 (20.1) 10755 (47.8) 12995 (57.8) 5665 (25.2) 15875 (70.6) 16185 (72.0) 8440 (37.5) 17365 (77.2) 17935 (79.8) 12815 (57.0) 31620 (140.7) 35270 (156.9) f'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) lb (kN) 1510 (6.7) 3155 (14.0) 4855 (21.6) 2510 (11.2) 5610 (25.0) 8635 (38.4) 5245 (23.3) 8760 (39.0) 13615 (60.6) 7335 (32.6) 12615 (56.1) 19430 (86.4) 7795 (34.7) 17175 (76.4) 26440 (117.6) 10035 (44.6) 22435 (99.8) 34535 (153.6) 14760 (65.7) 35050 (155.9) 53960 (240.0) f'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) lb (kN) 2135 (9.5) 4460 (19.8) 6860 (30.5) 3550 (15.8) 7935 (35.3) 12210 (54.3) 7420 (33.0) 12395 (55.1) 19080 (84.9) 10370 (46.1) 17840 (79.4) 27470 (122.2) 11020 (49.0) 24290 (108.0) 37390 (166.3) 14190 (63.1) 31720 (141.1) 48830 (217.2) 20870 (92.8) 49570 (220.5) 76300 (339.4) HIT-RE 500 Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity Tensile Shear f'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) lb (kN) 2580 (11.5) 8760 (39.0) 9685 (43.1) 4530 (20.2) 16185 (72.0) 19095 (84.9) 6770 (30.1) 26240 (116.7) 29290 (130.3) 9250 (41.1) 34685 (154.3) 41535 (184.8) 12030 (53.5) 49975 (222.3) 58820 (261.6) 15790 (70.2) 55380 (246.3) 71740 (319.1) 23045 (102.5) 98430 (437.8) 136525 (607.3) f'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) lb (kN) 4370 (19.4) 10345 (46.0) 10335 (46.0) 7860 (35.0) 21095 (93.8) 21520 (95.7) 12175 (54.2) 29420 (130.9) 30060 (133.7) 18065 (80.4) 43020 (191.4) 51985 (231.2) 22670 (100.8) 63495 (282.4) 64730 (287.9) 33765 (150.2) 69465 (309.0) 71740 (319.1) 51270 (228.1) 126480 (562.6) 141090 (627.6) f'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) lb (kN) 4530 (20.2) 9460 (42.1) 14560 (64.8) 7525 (33.5) 16820 (74.8) 25900 (115.2) 15735 (70.0) 26280 (116.9) 40480 (180.1) 22000 (97.9) 37840 (168.3) 58280 (259.2) 23375 (104.0) 51520 (229.2) 79320 (352.8) 30104 (133.9) 67300 (299.4) 103600 (460.8) 44280 (197.0) 105140 (467.7) 161880 (720.1) f'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) lb (kN) 6405 (28.4) 13380 (59.5) 20580 (91.5) 10640 (47.3) 23800 (105.9) 36620 (162.9) 22250 (99.0) 37180 (165.4) 57240 (254.6) 31108 (138.4) 53520 (238.1) 82400 (366.5) 33050 (147.0) 72860 (324.1) 112160 (498.9) 42565 (189.3) 95160 (423.3) 146480 (651.6) 62610 (278.5) 148710 (661.5) 228900 (1018.2)
1 Influence factors for spacing and/or edge distance are applied to concrete/bond values above, and then compared to the steel value. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design. 2 Average ultimate concrete shear capacity based on Concrete Capacity Design (CCD) method for standard and deep embedment and based on testing for shallow embedment. 3 All values based on holes drilled with carbide bit and cleaned with brush per manufacturers instructions. Ultimate tensile concrete/bond loads represent the average values obtained in testing. 4 For underwater applications up to 165 feet/50m depth reduce the tabulated concrete/bond values 30% to account for reduced mechanical properties of saturated concrete.

Allowable Steel Strength for Carbon Steel & Stainless Steel HAS Rods1
3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9) 3/4 (19.1) 7/8 (22.2) 1 (25.4) 1-1/4
(31.8)
2640 (11.7) 4700 (20.9) 7340 (32.7) 10570 (47.0) 14385 (64.0) 18790 (83.6) 29360
(130.6)
1360 (6.0) 2420 (10.8) 3780 (16.8) 5445 (24.2) 7410 (33.0) 9680 (43.0) 15125
(67.3)
4555 (20.3) 8100 (36.0) 12655 (56.3) 18225 (81.1) 24805 (110.3) 32400 (144.1) 50620
(225.2)
2345 (10.4) 4170 (18.5) 6520 (29.0) 9390 (41.8) 12780 (56.9) 16690 (74.2) 26080
(116.0)
3645 (16.2) 6480 (28.8) 10125 (45.0) 12390 (55.1) 16865 (75.0) 22030 (98.0) 34425
(153.1)
1875 (8.3) 3335 (14.8) 5215 (23.2) 6385 (28.4) 8690 (38.6) 11350 (50.5) 17735
(78.9)
Ultimate Steel Strength for Carbon Steel & Stainless Steel HAS Rods1
Yield lb (kN)
Shear lb (kN)
Yield lb (kN)
Shear lb (kN)
Yield lb (kN)
Shear lb (kN)
3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9) 3/4 (19.1) 7/8 (22.2) 1 (25.4) 1-1/4 (31.8)
4495 (20.0) 8230 (36.6) 13110 (58.3) 19400 (86.3) 26780 (119.1) 35130 (156.3) 56210 (250.0)
6005 (26.7) 10675 (47.5) 16680 (74.2) 24020 (106.9) 32695 (145.4) 42705 (190.0) 66730 (296.8)
3605 (16.0) 6405 (28.5) 10010 (44.5) 14415 (64.1) 19620 (87.3) 25625 (114.0) 40035 (178.1)
8135 (36.2) 14900 (66.3) 23730 (105.6) 35120 (156.2) 48480 (215.7) 63600 (282.9) 101755 (452.6)
10350 (43.4) 18405 (79.0) 28760 (125.7) 41420 (185.7) 56370 (256.9) 73630 (337.0) 115050 (511.8)
6210 (27.6) 11040 (49.1) 17260 (76.8) 24850 (110.5) 33825 (150.5) 44180 (196.5) 69030 (307.1)
5035 (22.4) 9225 (41.0) 14690 (65.3) 15050 (66.9) 20775 (92.4) 27255 (121.2) 43610 (194.0)
8280 (36.8) 14720 (65.5) 23010 (102.4) 28165 (125.3) 38335 (170.5) 50070 (222.7) 78235 (348.0)
4970 (22.1) 8835 (39.3) 13805 (61.4) 16800 (75.2) 23000 (102.3) 30040 (133.6) 46940 (208.8)

HIT-RE 500 Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity and Steel Strength for HIS Carbon Steel and HIS-R Stainless Steel Internally Threaded Inserts HIT-RE 500 Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity2 Anchor Diameter in. (mm) Embedment Depth in. (mm) Tensile f'c 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) lb (kN) 2870 (12.8) 4530 (20.1) 8255 (36.7) 9030 (40.1) Shear f'c 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) lb (kN) 1565 (7.0) 2890 (12.9) 4635 (20.6) 6695 (29.8) Steel Bolt Strength1,2
ASTM A 325 Carbon Steel ASTM F 593 Stainless Steel
Tensile1 lb (kN) 4370 (19.4) 7775 (34.6) 12150 (54.0) 17945 (77.8)
Shear1 lb (kN) 2250 (10.0) 4005 (17.8) 6260 (27.8) 9010 (40.1)
Tensile1 lb (kN) 3645 (16.2) 6480 (28.8) 10125 (45.0) 12395 (55.1)
Shear1 lb (kN) 1875 (8.3) 3335 (14.8) 5215 (23.2) 6385 (28.4)
3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9) 3/4 (19.1)
4-1/4 (108) 5 (127) 6-5/8 (168) 8-1/4 (210)
HIT-RE 500 Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity and Steel Strength for HIS Carbon Steel and HIS-R Stainless Steel Internally Threaded Inserts HIT-RE 500 Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity2 Anchor Diameter in. (mm) Embedment Depth in. (mm) Tensile f'c 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) lb (kN) 11480 (51.0) 18115 (80.5) 33025 (146.9) 36125 (160.6) Shear f'c 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) lb (kN) 6260 (27.8) 11565 (51.4) 18550 (82.5) 26775 (119.1) Ultimate Bolt Strength1,2
ASTM A 325 Carbon Steel ASTM F 593 Stainless Steel
Tensile1 lb (kN) 9935 (44.2) 17665 (78.6) 27610 (122.8) 39760 (176.9)
Shear1 lb (kN) 5960 (26.5) 10600 (47.2) 16565 (73.7) 23855 (106.1)
Tensile1 lb (kN) 8280 (36.8) 14720 (65.5) 23010 (102.4) 28165 (125.3)
Shear1 lb (kN) 4970 (22.1) 8835 (39.3) 13805 (61.4) 16900 (75.1)
3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9) 3/4 (19.1)
4-1/4 (108) 5 (127) 6-5/8 (168) 8-1/4 (210)
1 Steel values in accordance with AISC ASTM A 325 bolts: Fy = 92 ksi , Fu = 120 ksi ASTM F 593 (AISI 304/316): Fy = 65 ksi, Fu = 100 ksi for 3/8" thru 5/8" Fy = 45 ksi, Fu = 85 ksi for 3/4" Allowable Load Values Tension = 0.33 x Fu x Anom Shear = 0.17 x Fu x Anom Ultimate Load Values Tension = 0.75 x Fu x A nom Shear = 0.45 x Fu x A nom

HIT-RE 500 Ultimate Bond Strength and Steel Strength for Rebar in Concrete1 Concrete Compressive Strength Nominal Rebar Size Embed. Depth in. (mm) f'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) Ultimate Bond Strength lb (kN) 10105 (45.0) 10920 (48.6) 15980 (71.1) 18830 (83.8) 20630 (91.8) 24870 (110.6) 33695 (149.9) 38960 (173.3) 40525 (180.3) 48460 (215.6) 63940 (284.4) 69610 (309.7) 72245 (321.4) 94205 (419.1) 92000 (409.3) 95850 (426.4) 118615 (527.6) 123570 (549.7) Embed. to Embed. to Develop Yield Develop Tensile Strength1 Strength1 in. (mm) in. (mm) 2-1/4 (57) 3-3/8 (86) Ultimate Bond Strength lb (kN) 10810 (48.1) 10810 (48.1) 18540 (82.5) 18655 (83.0) 27790 (123.6) 27790 (128.6) 44675 (198.7) 44870 (200.0) 59340 (264.0) 61720 (274.6) 72820 (323.9) 72950 (324.5) 81235 (361.4) 84015 (373.7) 96725 (430.3) 97070 (431.8) 123120 (547.7) 123790 (550.7) f'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) Grade 60 Rebar Tensile Strength lb (kN)
Embed. to Embed. to Yield Develop Yield Develop Tensile Strength Strength1 Strength1 lb (kN) in. (mm) in. (mm) 2-1/8 (54) 3-1/4 (84) 6600 (29.4)
#3
3-3/8 (86) 4-1/2 (114) 4-1/2 (114) 6 (152) 5-5/8 (143) 7-1/2 (191) 6-3/4 (171) 9 (229) 7-7/8 (200) 10-1/2 (267) 9 (229) 12 (305) 10-1/8 (257) 13-1/2 (343) 11-1/4 (286) 15 (381) 12-3/8 (314) 16-1/2 (419)
9900 (44.0)
#4
3-3/8 (86)
5-5/8 (143)
3 (76)
4-3/8 (111)
12000 (53.4)
18000 (80.1)
#5
5-1/8 (130)
8-7/8 (225)
3-7/8 (98)
5-3/4 (146)
18600 (82.7)
27900 (124.1)
#6
5-3/8 (136)
9-3/8 (238)
4 (102)
6 (152)
26400 (117.4)
39600 (176.2)
#7
7 (178)
12-3/8 (314)
4-7/8 (124)
7-1/4 (184)
36000 (160.1)
54000 (240.2)
#8
8-1/4 (210)
12-7/8 (327)
5-7/8 (149)
8-7/8 (225)
47400 (210.9)
71100 (316.3)
#9
8-1/2 (216)
13 (330)
7-1/2 (191)
12 (305)
60000 (266.9)
90000 (400.4)
#10
9-3/8 (238)
17-7/8 (454)
8-7/8 (225)
14 (356)
76200 (339.0)
114300 (508.5)
#11
9-7/8 (251)
18-3/4 (476)
9-1/2 (241)
16-1/2 (419)
93600 (416.4)
140400 (624.6)
1 Based on comparison of average ultimate adhesive bond test values versus minimum yield and ultimate tensile strength of rebar. For more information, contact Hilti.

HIT-RE 500 Bond Strength and Steel Strength for Metric Rebar in Concrete (Canada Only) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 HIT-RE 500 Tensile Bond Strength f'c = 14 MPa Rebar Size Embedment Depth mm (in) 115 (4-1/2) 150 (6) 145 (5-5/8) 190 (7-1/2) 200 (7-7/8) 265 (10-1/2) 230 (9) 305 (12) 260 (10-1/8) 345 (13-1/2) 315 (12-3/8) 420 (16-1/2) Ultimate Bond kN (lb) 71.1 (15980) 83.8 (18830) 91.8 (20630) 110.6 (24870) 180.3 (40525) 215.6 (48460) 284.4 (63940) 309.7 (69610) 321.4 (72245) 419.1 (94205) 527.6 (118615) 549.7 (123570) Allowable Bond kN (lb) 17.8 (3995) 20.9 (4705) 22.9 (5155) 27.6 (6215) 45.1 (10130) 53.9 (12115) 71.0 (15985) 77.4 (17400) 80.3 (18060) 104.8 (23550) 131.9 (29650) 137.4 (30890) f'c = 28 MPa Allowable Bond kN (lb) 20.6 (4635) 20.7 (4665) 30.9 (6950) 30.9 (6945) 66 (14835) 68.6 (15430) 81.0 (18205) 81.1 (18235) 90.3 (20305) 93.4 (21000) 136.9 (30780) 137.6 (30945) Strength Properties of Metric Rebar f y = 400 MPa f u = 600 MPa Yield Strength kN (lb) 40 (8990) Tensile Strength kN (lb) 60 (13490)
Ultimate Bond kN (lb) 82.5 (18540) 83.0 (18655) 123.7 (27810) 123.6 (27790) 264 (59340) 274.6 (61720) 323.9 (72820) 324.5 (72950) 361.4 (81235) 373.7 (84015) 547.7 (123120) 550.7 (123790)
10M
15M
80 (17985)
120 (26975)
20M
120 (26975)
180 (40465)
25M
200 (44960)
300 (67440)
30M
280 (62945)
420 (94415)
35M
400 (89920)
600 (134880)
1 Based on minimum steel strength and nominal cross-sectional area of rebar. 2 Use lesser value of bond strength or steel strength. 3 Minimum concrete thickness must be equal to 1.5 times the anchor embedment. 4 Testing done with imperial rebar in same size holes.
5 Allowable tension for adhesive bond based on a safety factor of 4.0. 6 For anchor spacing and edge distance guidelines, please refer to the following pages. 7 Ultimate tensile concrete/bond loads represent the average values obtained in testing.
HIT-RE 500 Ultimate Tensile Strength for Smooth Epoxy Coated Dowel Bars in Concrete 2410 psi (15.9 MPa) Anchor Diameter in. (mm) 1 (25.4) 1-1/4 (31.8) 1-1/2 (38.1) Drill Bit Diameter in. (mm) 1-1/8 (29) 1-3/8 (34.9) 1-5/8 (41) 9 (229) 40385 (179.7) Embedment Depth in. (mm) Ultimate Tensile Load lb (kN)
4.2.7 HIT-RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines in Concrete
N
Anchor Spacing Adjustment Factors s h ef s min s cr = = = = Actual spacing Actual embedment 0.5 h ef 1.5 h ef
Edge Distance Adjustment Factors c h ef cmin ccr = = = = = = ll = Actual edge distance Actual embedment 0.5 h ef Tension and shear 1.5 h ef Tension 2.0 h ef Shear Perpendicular to edge Parallel to edge
ccr
s V c h
scr
1.5
Shear & Tension
2.0
ccr
1.0
1.5
ar
(II)
fA = 0.3 (s/hef) + 0.55 for scr>s>smin
0
0 .2 .4 .6 .8 1.0
0.5
cmin

0
0 .6 .2 .4 .8 1.0 Edge Distance Adjustment Factor (fRV,fRN)

Adjustment Factor

Anchor Diameter: Spacing Tension/Shear,
fA
3/8" diameter Edge Distance Tension,

fRN

( toward edge)


Embed. Depth (in.) 7/8 1 1 11/16 2 2 1/4 2 5/8 3 3 1/2 4 5 1/16 5 1/2 6 6 3/4 8 9 Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.
1-3/4 0.70 0.72 0.84 0.89 0.94 1.00
3-3/8 4-1/2 1-3/4 0.70 0.72 0.70 0.84 0.73 0.89 0.75 0.70 0.94 0.78 0.73 1.00 0.82 0.75 0.86 0.78 0.91 0.82 1.00 0.89 0.92 0.95 1.00
3-3/8 4-1/2 1-3/4 0.18 0.22 0.70 0.43 0.73 0.53 0.75 0.70 0.60 0.78 0.73 0.72 0.82 0.75 0.84 0.86 0.78 1.00 0.91 0.82 1.00 0.89 0.92 0.95 1.00
3-3/8 4-1/2 1-3/4 0.46 0.49 0.18 0.63 0.23 0.69 0.27 0.18 0.74 0.33 0.23 0.82 0.39 0.27 0.90 0.47 0.33 1.00 0.55 0.39 0.72 0.52 0.79 0.57 0.87 0.63 1.00 0.72 0.87 1.00
Ten
Sh
smin = 0.5 hef, scr = 1.5 hef
c hef
ear
3-3/8 4-1/2
sio
0.46 0.49 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.65 0.71 0.82 0.87 0.92 1.00
0.5
smin
1.0
Sh e
s hef
(I)
0.46 0.49 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.69 0.72 0.76 0.82 0.92 1.00
HIT-RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.7 Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines in Concrete
Note: Tables apply for listed embedment depths. Reduction factors for other embedment depths must be calculated using equations below. Edge Distance Shear, fRV2

Anchor Diameter: Adjustment Factor Spacing Tension/Shear,
fA

fRN

( toward edge)
s min = 0.5 h ef, s cr = 1.5 h ef fA = 0.3 (s/h ef) + 0.55 for s cr>s>s min
Embed. Depth (in.) 1 1-1/8 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 2-1/4 2-1/2 3 3-3/8 4 4-1/2 5 6 6-3/4 7 8 9 10 11 12 Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.
2-1/4 4-1/2 0.70 0.75 0.78 0.82 0.85 0.88 0.95 1.00
2-1/4 4-1/2
2-1/4 4-1/2 0.18 0.27 0.33 0.39 0.45 0.51 0.63 0.72 0.87 1.00
2-1/4 4-1/2 0.46 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.76 0.82 0.92 1.00
0.70 0.75 0.78 0.82 0.70 0.85 0.72 0.88 0.75 0.70 0.95 0.78 0.72 1.00 0.82 0.75 0.85 0.78 0.88 0.80 0.95 0.85 1.00 0.89 0.90 0.95 1.00

c min = 0.5 h ef, ccr = 1.5 h ef 0.46 0.48 0.52 0.55 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.76 0.82 0.84 0.92 1.00 fRN = 0.3(c/h ef) + 0.55 for c cr>c>c min 0.46 0.48 0.52 0.55 0.58 0.64 0.69 0.70 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.94 1.00
0.70 0.72 0.75 0.78 0.82 0.85 0.88 0.95 1.00
0.70 0.72 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.85 0.89 0.90 0.95 1.00
0.18 0.21 0.27 0.32 0.39 0.45 0.51 0.63 0.72 0.75 0.87 1.00
0.18 0.21 0.27 0.32 0.36 0.45 0.52 0.54 0.63 0.72 0.81 0.90 1.00

cmin = 0.5 h ef, c cr = 2.0 h ef fRV1 = 0.54(c/h ef) 0.09 for c cr>c>c min

c min = 0.5 h ef, c cr = 2.0 h ef fRV2 = 0.36(c/h ef) + 0.28 for c cr>c>c min

Anchor Diameter
Adjustment Factor Spacing Tension/Shear fA
5/8" diameter
fRN
3/4" diameter
Edge Distance Shear, fRV2 (II to or away from edge) Spacing Tension/Shear fA Edge Distance Tension
fRN
Edge Distance Shear, fRV1 ( toward edge)
Edge Distance Shear, fRV2 (II to or away from edge)
Embed. Depth (in.) 1-7/16 1-11/16 2 2-13/16 3-3/8 3-3/4 4-5/16 4-1/2 5-1/16 5-5/8 5-3/4 6-3/4 8-7/16 10-1/8 11-1/4 12 13-1/2 15 16 18 Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.
2-7/8 0.70 0.73 0.76 0.84 0.90 0.94 1.00
5-5/8 7-1/2 2-7/8 0.70 0.73 0.76 0.70 0.84 0.73 0.90 0.75 0.70 0.94 0.78 0.72 1.00 0.79 0.73 0.82 0.75 0.85 0.78 0.86 0.78 0.91 0.82 1.00 0.89 0.96 1.00
5-5/8 7-1/2 2-7/8 0.18 0.23 0.29 0.70 0.44 0.73 0.54 0.75 0.70 0.61 0.78 0.72 0.72 0.79 0.73 0.76 0.82 0.75 0.86 0.85 0.78 0.97 0.86 0.78 1.00 0.91 0.82 1.00 0.89 0.96 1.00
5-5/8 7-1/2 2-7/8 0.46 0.49 0.53 0.18 0.63 0.23 0.70 0.27 0.18 0.75 0.32 0.22 0.82 0.34 0.23 0.84 0.40 0.27 0.91 0.45 0.32 0.98 0.46 0.32 1.00 0.56 0.40 0.72 0.52 0.88 0.64 1.00 0.72 0.77 0.88 1.00
5-5/8 7-1/2 3-3/8 6-3/4 0.70 0.73 0.80 0.85 0.88 0.93 0.95 1.00
3-3/8 6-3/4
3-3/8 6-3/4 0.18 0.23 0.36 0.45 0.51 0.60 0.63 0.72 0.81 0.83 1.00
3-3/8 6-3/4 0.46 0.49 0.58 0.64 0.68 0.74 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.89 1.00
0.46 0.50 0.52 0.56 0.57 0.60 0.64 0.65 0.71 0.82 0.93 1.00
0.46 0.49 0.50 0.52 0.55 0.56 0.60 0.69 0.77 0.82 0.86 0.93 1.00
0.70 0.73 0.80 0.70 0.85 0.72 0.88 0.74 0.93 0.75 0.70 0.95 0.78 0.72 1.00 0.80 0.74 0.81 0.74 0.85 0.78 0.93 0.83 1.00 0.89 0.93 0.95 1.00
0.70 0.72 0.74 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.81 0.85 0.93 1.00
0.70 0.72 0.74 0.74 0.78 0.83 0.89 0.93 0.95 1.00
0.18 0.21 0.26 0.27 0.32 0.36 0.37 0.45 0.59 0.72 0.81 0.87 1.00
0.18 0.21 0.25 0.26 0.32 0.42 0.52 0.59 0.63 0.72 0.81 0.87 1.00
0.46 0.48 0.51 0.52 0.55 0.58 0.59 0.64 0.73 0.82 0.88 0.92 1.00
0.46 0.48 0.51 0.51 0.55 0.62 0.69 0.73 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.92 1.00
4.2.7 HIT-RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines in Concrete
Anchor Diameter: Adjustment Factor Spacing Tension/Shear,
fA

fRN
Note: Tables apply for listed embedment depths. Reduction factors for other embedment depths must be calculated using equations below. Edge Distance Shear, fRV2

( toward edge)
s min = 0.5 h ef, s cr = 1.5 h ef fA = 0.3 (s/h ef) + 0.55 for s cr>s>s min
Embed. Depth (in.)
7-7/8 10-1/2
7-7/8 10-1/2
7-7/8 10-1/2
7-7/8 10-1/2
2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 3-15/16 4-1/2 5 5-1/4 6 6-1/2 7 8 10 11-13/16 12 14 15-3/4 18 20 21
0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.94 1.00
0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.70 0.85 0.72 0.89 0.74 0.93 0.75 0.70 0.94 0.78 0.72 1.00 0.80 0.74 0.82 0.75 0.85 0.78 0.93 0.84 1.00 0.89 0.89 0.95 1.00
0.70 0.72 0.74 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.82 0.85 0.93 1.00
0.70 0.72 0.74 0.75 0.78 0.84 0.89 0.89 0.95 1.00
0.18 0.25 0.32 0.38 0.44 0.52 0.59 0.62 0.72 0.79 0.86 1.00
0.18 0.22 0.25 0.27 0.32 0.36 0.39 0.46 0.60 0.72 0.73 0.87 1.00
0.18 0.22 0.24 0.27 0.32 0.42 0.52 0.53 0.63 0.72 0.84 0.94 1.00
0.46 0.51 0.55 0.60 0.63 0.69 0.73 0.75 0.82 0.87 0.91 1.00

0.46 0.49 0.51 0.52 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.65 0.74 0.82 0.83 0.92 1.00 c min = 0.5 h ef, ccr = 1.5 h ef fRN = 0.3(c/h ef) + 0.55 for c cr>c>c min
0.46 0.49 0.50 0.52 0.55 0.62 0.69 0.69 0.76 0.82 0.90 0.97 1.00

cmin = 0.5 h ef, c cr = 2.0 h ef fRV1 = 0.54(c/h ef) 0.09 for c cr>c>c min

c min = 0.5 h ef, c cr = 2.0 h ef fRV2 = 0.36(c/h ef) + 0.28 for c cr>c>c min
Load Adjustment Factors for 1" and 1-1/4" Diameter Anchors

Anchor Diameter
Adjustment Factor Spacing Tension/Shear fA
1" diameter
fRN
1-1/4" diameter
Edge Distance Shear, fRV1 ( toward edge) Edge Distance Shear, fRV2 (II to or away from edge) Spacing Tension/Shear fA Edge Distance Tension
fRN
Edge Distance Shear, fRV2 (II to or away from edge)
Embed. Depth (in.)
4-1/2
12
4-1/2
12
4-1/2
12
4-1/2
12
5-5/8 11-1/4 15
5-5/8 11-1/4 15
5-5/8 11-1/4 15
5-5/8 11-1/4 15
2-1/4 2-3/4 3 4 4-1/2 5 5-5/8 6 6-3/4 7-1/2 8-1/4 9 10 11 12 13-1/2 14 16-7/8 18 20 22-1/2 24 27 30
0.70 0.73 0.75 0.82 0.85 0.88 0.93 0.95 1.00
0.70 0.73 0.75 0.82 0.70 0.85 0.72 0.88 0.74 0.93 0.75 0.70 0.95 0.78 0.72 1.00 0.80 0.74 0.83 0.76 0.85 0.78 0.88 0.80 0.92 0.83 0.95 0.85 1.00 0.89 0.90 0.97 1.00
0.70 0.72 0.74 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.92 0.95 1.00
0.70 0.72 0.74 0.76 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.89 0.90 0.97 1.00
0.18 0.24 0.27 0.39 0.45 0.51 0.59 0.63 0.72 0.81 0.90 1.00
0.18 0.21 0.25 0.27 0.32 0.36 0.41 0.45 0.51 0.57 0.63 0.72 0.75 0.92 1.00
0.18 0.21 0.25 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.41 0.45 0.52 0.54 0.67 0.72 0.81 0.92 1.00
0.46 0.50 0.52 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.73 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.94 1.00
0.46 0.48 0.51 0.52 0.55 0.58 0.61 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.82 0.84 0.96 1.00
0.46 0.48 0.51 0.53 0.55 0.58 0.61 0.64 0.69 0.70 0.79 0.82 0.88 0.96 1.00
0.70 0.71 0.76 0.79 0.82 0.85 0.87 0.91 0.95 0.99
0.70 0.71 0.76 0.79 0.82 0.70 0.85 0.71 0.87 0.73 0.91 0.75 0.70 0.95 0.77 0.72 0.99 0.79 0.73 0.82 0.75 0.84 0.77 0.87 0.79 0.91 0.82 0.92 0.83 1.00 0.89 0.91 0.95 1.00
0.70 0.71 0.73 0.75 0.77 0.79 0.82 0.84 0.87 0.91 0.92 1.00
0.70 0.72 0.73 0.75 0.77 0.79 0.82 0.83 0.89 0.91 0.95 1.00
0.18 0.20 0.29 0.34 0.39 0.45 0.49 0.56 0.63 0.70 0.77 0.87 1.00
0.18 0.20 0.23 0.27 0.31 0.34 0.39 0.44 0.49 0.56 0.58 0.72 0.77 0.87 1.00
0.18 0.21 0.23 0.27 0.31 0.34 0.40 0.41 0.52 0.56 0.63 0.72 0.77 0.88 1.00
0.46 0.47 0.54 0.57 0.60 0.64 0.66 0.71 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.92 0.98
0.46 0.47 0.50 0.52 0.54 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.66 0.71 0.73 0.82 0.86 0.92 1.00
0.46 0.48 0.50 0.52 0.54 0.57 0.60 0.62 0.69 0.71 0.76 0.82 0.86 0.93 1.00

Resistance of HIT-RE 500 to Chemicals
Not Resistant
Chemical Alkalinize (Base material concrete) Acids
Chemicals Tested Concrete drilling mud (10%) pH=12.6 Concrete drilling mud (10%) pH=13.2 Concrete potash solution (10%) pH=14.0 Acetic acid (10%) concrete was dissolved by acid Nitric acid (10%) Hydrochloric acid (10%) 3 month Sulfuric acid (10%) Benzyl alcohol Ethanol Ethyl acetate Methyl ethyl ketone (MEK) Trichlorethylene Xylene (mixture) Concrete plasticizer Diesel oil Oil Petrol Oil for form work (forming oil) Salt water de-mineralized water salt spraying test SO2 Environment / Weather
Resistant
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Samples of the HIT-RE 500 resin were immersed in the various chemical compounds for up to one year. At the end of the test period, the samples were analyzed. Any samples showing no visible damage and having less than a 25% reduction in bending (flexural) strength were classified as Resistant. Samples that were heavily damaged or destroyed were classified as Not Resistant. Note: In actual use, the majority of the resin is encased in the base material, leaving very little surface area exposed.
Solvents
Full Cure Time Table1 (100% of working load) Base Material Temperature F C 23 32 50 68 86 104 5 0 10 20 30 40 Approx. Full Curing Time 72 hours 50 hours 24 hours 12 hours 8 hours 4 hours
Chemicals used on job sites
Environmental Chemicals
Initial Cure Time Table1 (25% of working load) Base Material Temperature F C 23 5 0 10 20 30 40 Approx. Initial Cure Time 36 hours 25 hours 12 hours 6 hours 4 hours 2 hours

120
Allowable Bond Strength (% of Load at 70F)
100
(37.5% at 212F)
32 50 68 86 104
60 40 20 0 20
(100% at 120F)
(100% at 23F)
80
Gel Time Table1 (Approximate)

140 180 220
60
100
Base Material Temperature F C 23 5 0 10 20 30 40
Approx. Gel Time 4 hours 3 hours 2 hours 30 minutes 20 minutes 12 minutes

Note: Test procedure involves the concrete being held at the elevated temperature for 24 hours then removing it from the controlled environment and testing to failure. Long term creep test in accordance with AC58 is available; please contact Hilti Technical Services.
32 50 68 86 104
1 Minimum product temperature must be maintained above 41F (5C) prior/during installation.
4.2.7 HIT-RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.7.4 Installation Instructions
1 2 3 4 5
4A 4B
1. Drill anchor hole using carbide or diamond core bits.
2. Insert air nozzle to bottom of hole and blow out hole using a pump, or compressed air. For underwater applications and diamond coring, flush until water runs clear from hole.
3. Clean hole with a nylon or wire brush. Proper hole cleaning is essential.
4. Insert air nozzle to bottom of hole and blow out hole using a pump, or compressed air. For underwater applications and diamond coring, flush until water runs clear from hole. Remove water (e.g. vacuum or comp. air).
5. Insert refill pack into holder. Remove cap covering threaded projection.
6
3 2
37
2 1 23 1
2 3 2 1 3
1
8
2
2
10
1
1
1
8. Discard first three trigger pulls of adhesive from each refill pack or cartridge. 9. Inject adhesive into hole starting at the bottom until 1/2 to 2/3 full. Use mixer filler tube extensions when needed to reach the hole bottom. 10. Unlock dispenser
7. Put holder into dispenser.
3
Rod
2 1
103
2 1
11
12
Tmax T
max
Insert
10
11
12
Tmax Tmax
Rebar
10
11
12
9. Insert rod, threaded insert or rebar. Twist during installation.
11. Do not disturb anchor between 12. After full cure time, apply specified gel time and initial cure time. specified torque as required to At the initial cure time the fastener has secure items to be fastened. 25% of full working load. Work may Do not exceed maximum proceed (e.g. tying rebar, setting steel) torque specified. which will not exceed 25% of the full working load. Do not torque anchor.
HIT-RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.7 HIT HIT-RE 500 Volume Charts
Threaded Rod Installation Rod Drill Bit1 Adhesive Volume Diameter Diameter Required per Inch (in.) (in.) of embedment (in 3) 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4 5/16 7/16 9/16 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-3/8 0.055 0.095 0.133 0.261 0.326 0.391 0.478 0.626 Rebar Installation Rod Diameter (in.) Drill Bit1 Adhesive Volume Diameter Required per Inch (in.) of embedment (in3) Metric Rebar Installation (Canada Only) Bar Drill Bit1 Adhesive Volume Diameter Diameter Required per Inch (in.) of embedment (in3) 10M 15M 20M 25M 30M 35M 5/8 3/4 1 1-1/8 1-3/8 1-3/4 0.186 0.170 0.388 0.289 0.481 0.996
EXAMPLE: Determine approximate fastenings for 5/8" rod embedded 10" deep. 10 x 0.261 = 2.61 in3 of adhesive per anchor 16.5 2.61 6 fastenings per small cartridge 81.8 2.61 31 fastenings per jumbo cartridge
#3 or 3/8 1/2 0.110 #4 or 1/2 5/8 0.146 #5 or 5/8 3/4 0.176 #6 or 3/4 7/8 0.218 #7 or 7/8 1 0.252 #8 or 1 1-1/8 0.299 #9 or 1-1/8 1-3/8 0.601 #10 or 1-1/4 1-1/2 0.659 #11 or 1-3/8 1-3/4 1.037 NOTE: Useable volume of HIT-RE 500 refill cartridge is 16.5 in3 (270 ml). Useable volume of HIT-RE 500 medium refill cartridge is 26.9 in3 (440 ml). Useable volume of HIT-RE 500 jumbo refill cartridge is 81.8 in3 (1340 ml).
1 Rebar diameter may vary. Use smallest drill bit which will accommodate rebar.
HIT RE Mixer HIT-RE 500 Refill Pack HIT-RE 500 Medium Cartridge HIT-RE 500 Jumbo Cartridge
HIT Adhesives
340225
HIT-RE 500 11.1 oz (330 ml)

Includes (1) Refill Pack and (1) Mixer with filler tube
369251
HIT-RE 500 MC 11.1 oz (330 ml)

Includes (25) Refill Packs and (25) Mixers with filler tube
369110
HIT-RE 500 Medium 16.9 oz (500 ml)

Includes (20) Refill Packs and (20) Mixers with filler tube
373958
HIT-RE 500 Jumbo 47.3 oz (1400 ml)

Includes (4) Jumbo Refill Packs and (4) Mixers
4.2.7 HIT-RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System Dispensers

Battery Powered
Item No. Ordering designation
3245363 Manual
Item No.
ED3500 2.0 Ah kit

371291 229154 338853 229170

Item No.
MD 1000 Manual Dispenser for HIT-ICE MD 2000 dispenser includes foil pack holder MD 2500 Manual Dispenser Refill Holder Replacement for MD2000, ED 3500 or P-3000HY dispensers
Pneumatic Dispenser with 1/4" internally threaded compressed air coupling 354180 373959 373960
Item No.
P-3500 dispenser (for foil packs) HIT-P8000D pneumatic dispenser (for jumbo cartridges) Jumbo pack holder replacement for P8000D
Ordering designation Qty/pkg
337111
HIT-RE-M static mixer (suitable for foil pack and jumbo cartridges)
HIT-RE-M Mixer
Threaded Rods
HAS Rods 5.8
Item No. (Box) Master Carton (MC) Description (in.) Qty Box/MC
HAS Super A193, B7 High Strength Rods

Item No. Description Qty Box
HAS-R Rods 304 Stainless Steel

HAS-R Rods 316 Stainless Steel

385417 385418 385419 385420 385421 385422 385423 385424 385425 385426 385427 385428 385429 385430 385431 385432 385433 385434 385435 385436 385437 385438 385439 385440 385441 385442 385443 385444 385445 385446 385447
3432178 3432179 3432180 3432181 3432182 3432183 3432184 3432185 3432239 3432186 3432187 3432188 3432189 3432190 3432191 3432052 3432163 3432164 3432165 3432166 3432167 3432168 3432169 3432170 3432171 3432172 3432173 3432174 3432175 3432176 3432177
3/8 x 3 3/8 x 4-3/8 3/8 x 5-1/8 3/8-8 3/8 x 12 1/2 x 3-1/8 1/2 x 4-1/2 1/2 x 6-1/2 1/2 x 8 1/2 x 10 1/2 x 12 5/8 x 8 5/8 x 9 5/8 x 12 5/8 x 17 3/4 x 10 3/4 x 11 3/4 x 12 3/4 x 14 3/4 x 17 3/4 x 19 3/4 x 21 3/4 x 25 7/8 x 10 7/8 x 13 1 x 12 1 x 14 1 x 16 1 x 20 1-1/4 x 16 1-1/4 x 22
10/360 10/240 20/240 10/160 10/90 10/240 10/160 20/160 10/120 10/120 10/80 20/80 10/60 10/60 10/40 10/40 10/30 10/30 10/30 10/20 10/20 10/20 10/20 10/20 10/20 4/16 2/16 2/12 2/12 4/8 4/8
68657
3/8x5-1/8
10
385462 385463
3/8x5-1/8 3/8 x 8
10 10
3024335
3/8x5-1/8
68658
1/2x6-1/2
10
385464 385465 385466 385467 385468
1/2x6-1/2 1/2x8 1/2x10 5/8x7-5/8 5/8x10
10 1 1 10 1
3024336 3024337
1/2x6-1/2 1/2x11 5/8x7-5/8 5/8x9 5/8x12 3/4x9-5/8
1 1 10 1 1 1
333783
5/8x7-5/8
10
333781 3024338 3024339
68660 3006083
3/4x9-5/8 3/4 x 14
5 5
385469 385470 385471 385472
3/4x9-5/8 3/4x12 3/4x14 3/4x16
5 1 1 1
3024340
68661 7/8x10 (HDG)1 3006077 7/8x12 (HDG)1 45259 7/8x16 (HDG)1 68662 1x12 3006079 1x14 3006080 1x16 3006081 1x21 333779 1-1/4x16 3006082 1-1/4x23
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5
385473 385474
7/8x10 1x12
1 1 3024341 1x12 4/16
1 Hot dipped galvanized (7/8" rod only). Coating thickness 2 mils (50.8 m).

HIS Item No. HIS-R Item No. Useable Thread Length (in.) Qty Box
Description
258020 258021 258022 258023
258029 258030 258031 258032
3/8x4-1/4 1/2x5 5/8x6-5/8 3/4x8-1/4
1 1-3/16 1-1/2 2
10 5 5 5
4.2.8 HIT-HY 20 for Masonry Construction


The Hilti HIT HY 20 System is based on a hybrid adhesive. The system consists of a dual cylinder adhesive refill pack, a mixing nozzle, a screen tube, a HIT dispenser with refill pack holder, and either a threaded rod, rebar or HIT internally threaded insert. HIT HY 20 is specifically designed for fastening into material containing voids and holes such as hollow block, lightweight hollow block, brick with holes, multi-wythe brick walls and clay tile. Product Features Accurate dispensing of resin and hardener into the wire mesh screen tube Mixing tube ensures proper mixing and eliminates measuring errors Contains no styrene; virtually odorless For use in hollow or multi-wythe base materials Excellent weathering resistance Enhanced load values in a variety of base materials Suitable for seismic retrofitting in unreinforced masonry. Please refer to ESR-2659 (ICC-ES AC60)
Listings/Approvals
ICC-ES (International Code Council) ESR-2659 (URM only) City of Los Angeles Research Report No. 24564 (URM only)
Code Compliance
IBC / IRC / IEBC 2009 IBC / IRC / IEBC 2006 UBC / UCBC 1997 (ICC-ES AC60) LEED : Credit 4.1-Low Emitting Materials
Components
Std. HIT-A Anchor Rod with Nut & Washer
Std. HIT-I Internally Threaded Insert
Anchor Rod with Nut and Washer (URM) or HAS-E Rod with 22.5 beveled square washer
HAS-E with Nut and Washer
Rebar for URM (supplied by contractor)
HIT-HY 20 for Masonry Anchoring System 4.2.8
Guide Specifications Master Format Section: 03250 (Concrete accessories)
cartridges for high volume work. Only injection tools and static mixing nozzles as recommended by the manufacturer shall by used. Manufacturers instructions shall be followed. Injection adhesive shall be formulated to include resin, hardener, cement and water to provide optimal curing speed as well as high strength and stiffness. Typical curing time at 68F shall be 60 minutes. Injection adhesive shall be HIT HY 20, as manufactured by Hilti. Anchor Rods Furnish with chamfered ends so that either end will accept a nut and washer. Manufactured to meet the following requirements: 1. ISO 898 Class 5.8 2. AISI 304 or AISI 316 stainless steel, meeting the requirements of ASTM F 593 (condition CW). Special order length HAS or HIT Rods may vary from standard product. Furnish Nuts and Washers to meet the requirements of the above anchor rod specifications.
Mesh Screen Tube Shall be formed into a cylindrical shape, with one end closed to prevent extrusion of adhesive through that end. Screen tube shall be manufactured with a mesh size, length and diameter as specified by the adhesive manufacturer. Mesh shall be manufactured from: 1. Low carbon steel with zinc electro-plating or 2. AISI 304 stainless steel or 3. plastic. Anchor rods and screens shall be the Hilti HIT system as manufactured by Hilti.
Related Sections: 03200 05050 05120 (Concrete ReinforcingReinforcing Accessories) (Metal Fabrication) (Structural Steel)
Adhesive anchors shall consist of a threaded anchor rod, nut, and washer; a cylindrical mesh screen tube, and an injectable adhesive material. Injection adhesive shall be packaged in side by side refill packs which keep separate component A and component B. Side by side packs shall be designed to compress during use to minimize waste volume. Side by side packs shall also be designed to accept static mixing nozzle which thoroughly blends component A and component B and allows injection directly into a mesh screen tube. Alternately, product may be furnished in large rigid
Fastener Components
HIT-HY 20 Refill Pack Refill Pack Holder
Mixing Nozzle
P3500 Dispenser
HIT-HY 20 Medium Cartridge
MD2500 Dispenser
HIT-HY 20 Jumbo Cartridge
Refill Pack Holder
4.2.8 HIT-HY 20 for Masonry Anchoring System 4.2.8.2 Material Specifications

Material Properties for HIT-HY 20Cured Adhesive Compressive Strength Modulus of elasticity (Compression test) Water absorption Electrical resistance ASTM D 695/DIN 53454 ASTM D 790/DIN 53452 ASTM D 570/DIN 53495 VDE/DIN 0303T3 7410 psi 0.33 x 106 psi 2.5% 7.9 x 1010 ohm/in. 51.1 MPa 2300 MPa 2.5% 2 x 1011 ohm/cm
Material HIT-A Rod material ASTM A 36, 9SMNPB36K &/or 9SMN36K conforming to DIN 1651. Mechanical properties meet or exceed values for ASTM A 36 HAS-E Rod material meets the requirements of ISO 898 Class 5.8. Stainless HAS rod material meets the requirements of ASTM F 593 (AISI 304) Condition CW 3/8"-5/8" Stainless HAS rod material meets the requirements of ASTM F 593 (AISI 304) Condition CW 3/4"-1" HIT-I Insert, 11SMnPb30+C steel conforming to 10277-3 HIT and HAS-E Standard Nut material meets the requirements of ASTM A 563, Grade A HAS Stainless Steel Nut material meets dimensional requirements of ASTM F 594 HIT Standard and Stainless Steel Washer material meets the requirements of ANSI B18.22.1 Type A Plain All standard HIT and HAS-E Rods, inserts, nuts & washers are plated to ASTM B 633 SC 1
Note: Special Order product may vary from standard materials.
Mechanical Properties min. fu fy ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa) 36 58 65 45 54.4 (248) (400) (448) (310) (375) 58 72.5 100 85 66.7 (400) (500) (689) (586) (460)

HY 20 Installation Specification Table for HAS-E Threaded Rods in Masonry Construction
Anchor Rod Size Details dbit hef Bit diameter1 Actual depth of embedment Required screen size Tmax Max. tightening torque
in. (mm) in. in. (mm) in. (mm) ft lb (Nm) Small Medium Jumbo
3/8 x 8 (9.5 x 203) 1/2 6 (152) 3/8 x 6 (9.5 x 152) 10 (13) 15 24 70
3/8 x 12 (9.5 x 305) 1/2 10 (254) 3/8 x 10 (9.5 x 254) 10 (13) 9 14 42
1/2 x 8 (12.7 x 203) 11/16 6 (152)
1/2 x 12 (12.7 x 305) 11/16 10 (254)
5/8 x 8 5/8 x 12 3/4 x 10 3/4 x 17 (15.9 x 203) (15.9 x 305) (19.1 x 254) (19.1 x 432) 27/32 6 (152) 27/32 10 (254) 1 8 (203) 1 13 (330)
1/2 x 6 1/2 x 10 5/8 x 6 5/8 x 10 3/4 x 8 3/4 x 13 (12.7 x 152) (12.7 x 254) (15.9 x 152) (15.9 x 254) (19.1 x 203) (19.1 x 330) 30 (41) 7 11 33 30 (41) 4 6 19 45 (62) 4 6 19 45 (62) 3 5 14 60 (81) 3 5 14 60 (81) 2 3 9.5
Approximate fastenings per Cartridge

HIT-HY 20 Installation Specifications for HIT-A Rods in Hollow Block, Tile & Brick with Holes Anchor System Application Details dbit Anchor Rod Size in. (mm) in. in. (mm) in. (mm) ft lb (Nm) Small Medium Jumbo HIT Combi-Rod Tile 1/4 x 2-1/2 (6.4 x 64) 1/2 Through Material HIT S - 12A 1/2 (13) Finger Tight 38 60 180 HIT-A Short Rod Hollow and Lightweight Block 5/16 x 2-1/2 (7.9 x 63.5) 3/8 x 3 (9.5 x 76.2) 1/2 x 3-1/8 (12.7 x 79.4) 5/8 Through Face of Hollow Base Material HIT S - 16/2 1/2 3/4 3/4 (13) (19) (19) 3.7 5.9 7.4 (5) (8) (10) 13 20 61 3-1/2 (90) HIT S - 16 3/4 (19) 5.9 (8) 10 16 47 HIT-A Standard Rod Brick w/Holes, Clay Tile 5/16 x 4 (7.9 x 101.6) 3/8 x 4-3/8 (9.5 x 111.1) 1/2 x 4-1/2 (12.7 x 114.3)
t Tinst
bit diameter1 minimum hole depth required screen max. thickness fastened recommended max. install. torque
1/2 (13) 3.7 (5)
3/4 (19) 7.4 (10)
Approximate fastenings per cartridge
HIT-HY 20 Installation Specifications for HIT-I Inserts in Hollow Block, Tile & Brick with Holes Anchor System Application Details dbit Anchor Rod Size in. (mm) in. in. (mm) ft lb (Nm) Small Medium Jumbo HIT Combi-Insert Tile #14 1/2 Through Material HIT S - 12/I Finger Tight 38 60 180 HIT-I Short Insert Hollow and Lightweight Block 5/16 x 2 (7.9 x 51) 5/8 3/8 x 2 (9.5 x 51) 27/32 1/2 x 2 (12.7 x 51) 27/32 HIT-I Standard Insert Brick w/Holes, Clay Tile 5/16 x 3-3/16 (7.9 x 30) 5/8 3/8 x 3-3/16 (9.5 x 30) 27/32 3-1/2 (90) HIT S - 22 5.9 (8) 10 16 47 1/2 x 3-3/16 (12.7 x 30) 27/32
bit diameter1 minimum hole depth required screen recommended max install. torque
Tinst
Approximate fastenings per cartridge
Through Face of Hollow Base Material HIT S - 16/2 HIT S - 22/2 HIT S - 22/2 3.7 5.9 7.4 (5) (8) (10) 13 20 61
HIT S - 16 3.7 (5)
HIT S - 22 7.4 (10)
HIT-HY 20 Allowable Tension and Shear Strength for Threaded HAS-E Rods in Multi-Wythe Brick Walls1, 2 Anchor Diameter in. (mm) 3/8 (9.5) 3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7) 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9) 5/8 (15.9) 3/4 (19.1) 3/4 (19.1) Embedment Depth in. (mm) 6 (152) 10 (254) 6 (152) 10 (254) 6 (152) 10 (254) 8 (203) 13 (330) Allowable Tension lb (kN) 685 (3.1) 815 (3.6) 745 (3.3) 1270 (5.6) 815 (3.6) 1285 (5.7) 1400 (6.2) 2100 (9.3) Allowable Shear lb (kN) 590 (2.6) 590 (2.6) 930 (4.1) 930 (4.1) 1355 (6.0) 1355 (6.0) 1800 (8.0) 1800 (8.0)
Combined Shear and Tension Loading V Nd + d 1.0 (Ref. Section 4.1.8.3) Vrec N rec
1 Values based on mortar shear strength of 45 psi or greater. 2 Based on using a safety factor of 5.
4.2.8 HIT-HY 20 for Masonry Anchoring System

HIT HY 20 Allowable Loads for Threaded HIT-A Rods in Hollow Concrete Block, Lightweight Concrete Block, Brick with Holes, Clay Tile1, 2 Anchor Diameter in. (mm) 1/4 3 (6.4) 3 5/16 (7.9) 3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7) HIT-A Short 2" (51mm) Embedment L/W or N/W Hollow Concrete Block Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) 255 340 (1.1) (1.5) 370 505 (1.6) (2.2) 525 790 (2.3) (3.5) 525 1230 (2.3) (5.5) HIT-A Standard 3-3/8" (86mm) Embedment Brick with Holes Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) 365 305 (1.6) (1.4) 565 530 (2.5) (2.4) 775 930 (3.4) (4.1) 775 1375 (3.4) (6.1) Clay Tile Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) 130 100 (0.6) (0.4) 150 220 (0.7) (1.0) 150 220 (0.7) (1.0) 150 500 (0.7) (2.2)
Anchor Type
HIT-A Rod Anchor
HIT HY 20 Allowable Loads for Threaded HIT-I Inserts in Hollow Concrete Block, Lightweight Concrete Block, Brick with Holes, Clay Tile1, 2 Anchor Diameter in. (mm)
No 14 screw w/ insert3
HIT Short 2" (51mm) Embedment L/W or N/W Hollow Concrete Block Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) 240 510 (1.1) (2.3) 400 780 (1.8) (3.5) 400 1425 (1.8) (6.3) 400 1800 (1.8) (8.0)
HIT Standard 3-3/8" (86mm) Embedment Brick with Holes Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) 300 530 (1.3) (2.4) 585 750 (2.6) (3.3) 1160 1380 (5.2) (6.1) 1160 1635 (5.2) (7.3) Clay Tile Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) 85 150 (0.4) (0.7) 175 220 (0.8) (1.0) 185 435 (0.8) (1.9) 185 500 (0.8) (2.2)
Anchor Type
HIT-I Insert Anchor
(6.4) 5/16 (7.9) 3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7)
1 Based on using a safety factor of 6 for tension and 4 for shear. 2 Due to wide strength variations encountered in masonry, these values should be considered as guide values. 3 1/4" anchor installed at 2" embedment in brick with holes and clay tile.
Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines Brick with Holes & Multi-Wythe Brick Walls Spacing: s cr = s min = Two (2) complete bricks in any direction Edge Distance: c cr = c min = Two (2) complete bricks, or 16" (406 mm) in any direction (whichever is less.) Clay Tile Spacing: scr = smin = One (1) anchor per tile cell Edge Distance: ccr = cmin = 12" (305 mm) from free edge Hollow, Normal Weight & Lightweight Concrete Block Spacing: scr = smin = One (1) anchor per block cell Edge Distance: ccr = cmin = 12" (305 mm) min. from free edge
Wall Elevation

Resistance of HIT HY 20 to Chemicals Chemical Sulphuric acid Behavior + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + partially resistant Samples of the HY 20 resin were immersed in the various chemical compounds for up to one year. At the end of the test period, the samples were analyzed. Any samples showing no visible damage and having less than a 25% reduction in bending (flexural) strength were classified as Resistant. Samples that had slight damage, such as small cracks, chips, etc. or reduction in bending strength of 25% or more, were classified as Partially Resistant. Samples that were heavily damaged or destroyed were classified as Not Resistant.
Note: In actual use, the majority of the resin is encased in the
Hydrochloric acid Nitric acid Phosphoric acid Acetic acid Formic acid Lactic acid Citric acid Caustic soda
Ammonia Soda solution Common salt solution Chlorinated lime solution Sodium hypochlorite Hydrogen peroxide Carbolic acid solution Ethanol Sea water Glycol Acetone Carbon tetrachloride Toluene Petrol/Gasoline Machine oil Diesel oil Key: non-resistant
conc. 30% 10% conc. 10% conc. 10% conc. 10% conc. 10% conc. 10% conc. 10% 10% 40% 20% 5% conc. 5% 10% 10% 10% 2% 10% 10%
base material, leaving very little surface area exposed. In some cases, this would allow the HY 20 to be used where it would be exposed to the Partially Resistant chemical compounds. Curing Time Table1 (Approximate) Base Material Temperature F 23 32 41 50 68 86 104 C 5 0 5 10 20 30 40 Approx. Curing Time 6 hrs 4 hrs 2 hrs 90 mins 60 mins 45 mins 30 mins
Gel Time Table1 (Approximate) Base Material Temperature F 23 32 41 50 68 86 104 C 5 0 5 10 20 30 40 Approx. Gel Time 40 Minutes 30 Minutes 20 Minutes 11 Minutes 6 Minutes 3 Minutes 1 Minute
+ resistant

110 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 20
Allowable Bond Strength (% of load at 70F)
100% at 70F
Note: Test procedure involves the concrete being held at the elevated temperature for 24 hours then removing it from the controlled environment and testing to failure.
55% at 212F
1 Minimum product temperature must be maintained above 41F (5C) prior/during installation.
Influence of High Energy Radiation1,2 Radiation Exposure < 10 Mrad 10 100 Mrad Detrimental Effect Insignificant Moderate Medium to strong Recommendation for Use Full Use Restricted Use Frec. = 0.5 Fperm. No recommendation for use
70
120
170
220
BBase Material Temperature (F)
> 100 Mrad

1 Mrad = Megarad 2 Dosage over life span.
Long term creep test in accordance with AC58 is available; please contact Hilti Technical Services.
4.2.8 HIT-HY 20 for Masonry Anchoring System 4.2.8.4 Installation Instructions

HIT-I Inserts and HIT-A Rods into Hollow Brick, Hollow Block or Tile
1. Select the proper bit. Set the depth gauge, drill the hole, rotation only. Hilti URM bits are recommended for drilling into masonry.
5. Insert specified HIT-S type screen tube into hole.
6. Insert refill pack into holder.
7. Screw on mixing nozzle with extension.
10
11
9. DISCARD FIRST THREE TRIGGERPULLS OF ADHESIVE FROM EACH REFILL PACK.
10. Fill HIT-S type screen tube completely from back to front edge of screen using the minimum number of trigger pulls listed in table.
11. Unlock dispenser.
The minimum number of trigger pulls to fill each screen is as follows: S12 1 pump S16/2 4 pumps S16 6 pumps S22/2 4 pumps S22 6 pumps
12
HIT-I INSERT
13
14
15
Tmax
OR
12. Insert HIT-I Insert, or HIT-A Rod into adhesive-filled screen, twisting slightly.
14. Do not disturb fastener between specified gel and cure time.
15. Apply torque to anchor. Do not exceed maximum recommended torque.
12
HIT-A ROD
13
14
15
Tmax
HIT-HY 20 for Masonry Anchoring System 4.2.8 Installation of HAS-E Rods in Masonry Construction with Voids (e.g. Multi-wythe Construction)
1 2
2 3
1. Select the proper bit. Set the depth gauge. Drill the hole, rotation only (unless otherwise specified).
5. Insert refill pack into holder.
6. Screw on mixer and remove extension.
8. DISCARD FIRST THREE TRIGGER PULLS OF ADHESIVE FROM EACH REFILL PACK.
10
11
12
1. Fill the screen tube completely, beginning at the bottom. Use mixer filler extension tubes when needed to reach the screen tube bottom.
2. Insert specified screen tube into hole.
3. Insert HAS-E or HIT Rod into adhesivefilled screen, twisting slightly.
13
14
1. Do not disturb faster between specified gel and cure time.
2. Load fastener only after cure time has elapsed.
4.2.8 HIT-HY 20 for Masonry Anchoring System 4.2.8.5 Ordering Information Fastener Components
HIT-HY 20 Refill Pack Refill Pack Holder P3500 Dispenser
Mixing Nozzle
HIT-HY 20 Medium Cartridge
MD2500 Dispenser
HIT-HY 20 Jumbo Cartridge
Refill Pack Holder
HIT Adhesives Item No. 371959 285595 373957 HIT Dispensers

Description HY 20 (11.1 oz) HY 20 Medium (16.9 oz) HY 20 Jumbo (47.3 oz)
Contents 1 Refill Pack 20 Cartridges 4 Cartridges
Includes in Pkg 1 Mixer with extension 20 Mixers 4 Mixers
Application Use with screen in hollow base Use with screen in hollow base Use with screen in hollow base
354180 373959 229154 338853 229170 3245363 373960
P-3500 Pneumatic Dispenser, + 1 refill holder HIT P-8000 D Pneumatic Dispenser, jumbo cartridge MD2000 Dispenser + 1 refill holder MD2500 Manual Dispenser Refill Holder Replacement for MD2000, ED 3500 or P-3000HY dispensers ED 3500 Dispenser Kit Complete Jumbo Pack Holder Replacement for P-8000D

Item No. Description Notes
68071 68156 337111
HIT-ME, Mixer with extension HIT-M, Mixer for HY HIT-RE-M Static Mixer
Mixer with extension for S16, S16/2, S22, S22/2 screen tubes Qty 1 For use with small HIT-HY refill packs Qty 1 For use with jumbo HIT-HY cartridge Qty 1

HAS-E Threaded Rods and Screen Tubes for Threaded Rods Description HAS-E 3/8 x 8 with Nut and Washer HAS-E 3/8 x 12 with Nut and Washer HAS-E 1/2 x 8 with Nut and Washer HAS-E 1/2 x 12 with Nut and Washer HAS-E 5/8 x 8 with Nut and Washer HAS-E 5/8 x 12 with Nut and Washer HAS-E 5/8 x 17 with Nut and Washer HAS-E 3/4 x 10 with Nut and Washer HAS-E 3/4 x 12 with Nut and Washer HAS-E 3/4 x 14 with Nut and Washer HAS-E 3/4 x 17 with Nut and Washer HAS-E 3/4 x 19 with Nut and Washer HAS-E 3/4 x 21 with Nut and Washer HAS-E 3/4 x 25 with Nut and Washer Item No. 333186 333187 333191 333193 333194 333195 333196 333201 333202 333203 333204 333205 333206 333207 Qty 10 10 10 10 20 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 Description1 Screen Tube 3/8" x 6" Screen Tube 3/8" x 10" Screen Tube 1/2" x 6" Screen Tube 1/2" x 10" Screen Tube 5/8" x 6" Screen Tube 5/8" x 10" Screen Tube 3/4" x 8" Item No. 20953 20954 20955 20956 63930 63931 20836 Qty/Pkg 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 Filler Tube Incl/Pkg 3/8" x 8" 3/8" x 8" 1/2" x 11-1/2" 1/2" x 11-1/2"
Screen Tube 3/4" x 13" Screen Tube 3/4" x 17" Screen Tube 3/4" x 21"
20837 20838 20839
10 10 10
1/2" x 11-1/2" 1/2" x 17-1/2" 1/2" x 17-1/2"
1 For stainless steel screens and rods contact the Hilti Customer Service Department.
HIT-A Standard and Short Threaded Rods Description HIT-A Rod 1/4" x 2-1/2" HIT-A Rod 5/16" x 2-1/2" HIT-A Rod 5/16" x 4" HIT-A Rod 3/8" x 3" HIT-A Rod 3/8" x 4-3/8" HIT-A Rod 1/2" x 3-1/8" HIT-A Rod 1/2" x 4-1/2" Item No. 78739 88392 88977 88393 88978 88394 88979 Qty/Pkg 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
HIT-I Standard and Short Inserts Description HIT-I Insert 5/16" x 2" HIT-I Insert 5/16" x 3-3/16" HIT-I Insert 3/8" x 2" HIT-I Insert 3/8" x 3-3/16" HIT-I Insert 1/2" x 2" HIT-I Insert 1/2" x 3-3/16" Item No. 88397 88996 88398 88997 88399 88998 Qty/Pkg 10 10 10 10 10 10
HIT-S Screen Tubes for HIT-A Rods and HIT-I Inserts Description HIT S12/A (1/4" rod) HIT S16/2 (5/16" rod) HIT S16 (5/16" rod) Item No. 49765 77810 68613 Qty/Pkg 10 10 10 Description HIT S12/I (1/4" screw) HIT S22/2 (1/2" & 3/8" rod) HIT S22 (1/2" & 3/8" rod) Item No. 49766 77811 68615 Qty/Pkg 10 10 10
Accessories 22.5 Applications Description Beveled 22.5 Square Washer Hilti Rod 3/4 x 19 Bent Item No. 65797 20951 Qty/Pkg 10 10 Notes Use 3/4" diameter threaded HAS-E rod and screen tube in seismic upgrade of URM buildings for 22.5 shear/tension anchor Seismic upgrade of URM buildings
Mechanical Anchoring Systems
Notes
HDA Undercut Anchor 4.3.1 4.3.1.1 Product Description

The Hilti HDA Undercut Anchor is a heavy duty mechanical undercut anchor whose undercut segments incorporate carbide tips so as to perform a selfundercutting process designed to develop a ductile steel failure. The HDA system includes either preset (HDA-P) or through-set (HDA-T) style anchors, stop drill bits, setting tool, and rotohammer drill for four metric bolt sizes: M10 (3/8"), M12 (1/2"), M16 (5/8") and M20 (3/4"). The HDA is available in a sherardized and 316 stainless steel versions for outdoor environments. Each size/style is offered in two lengths to accommodate various material thicknesses to be fastened (except M10). Product Features Undercut segments provide castin-place like performance with limited expansion stresses Bolt meets ductility requirements of ACI 318-05 Section D1 Self-undercutting wedges provide an easy, fast and reliable anchor installation Excellent performance in cracked
Mechanical Properties 4.3.1.1 4.3.1.2 4.3.1.3 4.3.1.4 4.3.1.5 4.3.1.6 4.3.1.7 Product Description Material Specifications Technical Data Installation Instructions Ordering Information HDA Removal Tool Sample Calculations
concrete (tension zones, earthquake-resisting structures) Undercut keying load transfer allows for reduced edge distances and anchor spacings Through-set style provides increased shear capacity Fully removable Sherardized (53 m zinc) and 316 stainless steel for corrosive environments Sherardized zinc coating has equivalent corrosion resistance to hot dipped galvanizing
Guide Specifications Undercut Anchors Undercut anchors shall be of an undercut style with brazed tungsten carbides on the embedded end that perform the self-undercutting process. Undercut portion of anchor shall have a minimum projected bearing area equal to or greater than 2.5 times the nominal bolt area. The bolt shall conform to ISO 898 class 8.8 strength requirements. Anchors dimensioned and supplied by Hilti. Installation Refer to 4.3.1.3 and 4.3.1.4.

HDA-T/-TF/-P/-PF carbon steel cone bolt; M10, M12, M16 and M20 meets strength requirements of ISO 898, class 8.8 HDA-T/-TF/-P/-PF carbon steel sleeve; M10 & M12 conforms to European Standard No. 25CrMoS4 HDA-T/-TF/-P/-PF carbon steel sleeve; M16 conforms to European Standard No. 25CrMoS4 HDA-T/-TF/-P/-PF carbon steel sleeve; M20 conforms to European Standard No. 25CrMoS4 HDA-TR/-PR stainless steel cone bolt; M10, M12 and M16 conforms to AISI 316 or 316 Ti HDA-TR/-PR stainless steel sleeve; M10 and M12 conforms to AISI 316 or 316 Ti HDA-TR/-PR stainless steel sleeve; M16 conforms to AISI 316 or 316 Ti HDA-T/-TF/-P/-PF nut conforms to DIN 934, grade 8 HDA-TR/-PR nut conforms to DIN 934, grade A4-80 HDA-T/-TF/-TR/-P/-PF/-PR washer conforms to DIN 6796 HDA-T/-P components are electroplated min. 5 m zinc HDA-TF/-PF sherardized components have average 53 m zinc
fy ksi (MPa)
min. fu ksi (MPa)
HDA-P
Undercut Anchor (Pre-Set Type)
HDA-T
Undercut Anchor (Through-Set Type)
92.8 (640) 116 (800) 87 (600) 123.3 (850) 101.5 (700) 79.8 (550) 116 (800) 123.3 (850) 101.5 (700)
Listings/Approvals
ICC-ES (International Code Council) ESR-1546 City of Los Angeles Research Report No. 25422 European Technical Approval (ETA) ETA-99/0009 ETA-99/0016 Qualified under NQA-1 Nuclear Quality Program
Building Code Compliance

IBC 2006 UBC 1997
4.3.1 HDA Undercut Anchor 4.3.1.3 Technical Data

Anchor Nomenclature
Hilti Design Anchor P-pre-set before baseplate T-through-set after/through baseplate Blank-carbon steel zinc plated F-carbon steel sherardized R-R-316 stainless steel Drill bit diameter (mm) Metric Thread diameter (mm)
t fix
dh
do
t fix
dh
do
h ef
h ho
h ef
h ho
HDA-PF 22 M 12 x 125 / 50
HDA-T
d bit
HDA-P
Minimum embedment of undercut Maximum fastening thickness
d bit
M12 x 125/50 190 (7-1/2) 210 (8.27) N 10 (0.39) 50 (1.97) 50 (1.97) 22 134.5 (5.30) 125 (4.92) 23 (15/16) 14 (9/16) 21 (0.827) 12 (0.472) 33.5 (1.32) 19 80 (59) 223 (0.346) 779 (0.0475) 113 (0.175) 84.3 (0.131) 117 (0.0071) 354 (0.549) M16 x 190/40 270 (10-5/8) 275 (10.83) R 15 (0.59) 40 (1.58) 40 (1.58) 30 203 (7.99) 190 (7.48) 32 (1-1/4) 18 (3/4) 29 (1.142) 16 (0.630) 45.5 (1.79) 24 120 (88) 445 (0.690) 2110 (0.1288) 201 (0.312) 157 (0.243) 293 (0.0179) 624 (0.967) M16 x 190/60 270 (10-5/8) 295 (11.61) S 15 (0.59) 60 (2.36) 60 (2.36) 30 203 (7.99) 190 (7.48) 32 (1-1/4) 18 (3/4) 29 (1.142) 16 (0.630) 45.5 (1.79) 24 120 (88) 445 (0.690) 2110 (0.1288) 201 (0.312) 157 (0.243) 293 (0.0179) 624 (0.967) M20 x 250/50 350 (13-3/4) 360 (14.17) V 20 (0.79) 50 (1.97) 50 (1.97) 37 266 (10.47) 250 (9.84) 40 (1-9/16) 22 (7/8) 36 (1.42) 20 (0.78) 50 (1.97) 30 300 (221) 675.6 (1.047) 3950 (0.241) 314.16 (0.487) 245 (0.380) 541.3 (0.033) 707.1 (1.096) M20 x 250/100 350 (13-3/4) 410 (16.14) W 20 (0.79) 100 (3.94) 100 (3.94) 37 266 (10.47) 250 (9.847) 40 (1-9/16) 22 (7/8) 36 (1.42) 20 (0.78) 50 (1.97) 30 300 (221) 675.6 (1.047) 3950 (0.241) 314.16 (0.487) 245 (0.380) 541.3 (0.033) 707.1 (1.096)
Table 1 - HDA Specifications

Anchor Size HDA-T/HDA-P h Thickness of base material, min.1 mm (in.) Total anchor length mm (in.) length I.D. code2 letter tfix Fastening thickness HDA-T, min.3 mm (in.) HDA-T, max. mm (in.) HDA-P, max. mm (in.) d bit Nom. dia. of drill bit4 mm ho Min. depth of drill hole mm (in.) h ef Effective anchoring depth mm (in.) dh Recommended clearance hole (min.) HDA-T mm (in.) HDA-P mm (in.) do Anchor Diameter, HDA-T mm (in.) HDA-P mm (in.) dw Washer diameter mm (in.) Sw Width across flats mm (in.) Tmax. Max. tightening torque5 Nm (ft-lb) Sleeve properties A sl Cross sectional area mm2 (in2) S sl Elastic section modulus mm3 (in3) Bolt properties Ab Bolt nominal area mm2 (in2) At Bolt tension area mm2 (in2) Sb Elastic section modulus mm3 (in3) A brg Undercut bearing area6 mm2 (in2) M10 x 100/20 170 (6-3/4) 150 (5.90) I 10 (0.39) 20 (0.79) 20 (0.79) 20 107 (4.21) 100 (3.94) 21 (7/8) 12 (1/2) 19 (0.748) 10 (0.394) 27.5 (1.08) 17 50 (37) 196 (0.304) 596 (0.0364) 78.5 (0.122) 58 (0.090) 67 (0.0041) 260 (0.403) M12 x 125/30 190 (7-1/2) 190 (7.48) L 10 (0.39) 30 (1.18) 30 (1.18) 22 134.5 (5.30) 125 (4.92) 23 (15/16) 14 (9/16) 21 (0.827) 12 (0.472) 33.5 (1.32) 19 80 (59) 223 (0.346) 779 (0.0475) 113 (0.175) 84.3 (0.131) 117 (0.0071) 354 (0.549)
1 Base material thickness as required to minimize splitting as per the CCD design method. 2 Length code in accordance with ICC-ES Acceptance Criteria AC193.
3 Minimum thickness of fastened part as required to ensure engagement of full sleeve cross section in shear. 4 Metric stop drill bit must be used. See Section 4.3.1.4 for use of matched tolerance diamond core bits.
5 Torque tightening of the anchor is not required for proper set. Torque tightening may reduce initial slip under load and can improve fatigue performance. 6 Recommended area for calculating maximum bearing stress in accordance with the CCD method.
HDA Undercut Anchor 4.3.1 4.3.1.3.1 Design Information Undercut Anchors

Undercut anchors represent the state of the art in postinstalled anchor technology. When properly designed and proportioned, they transfer tension loads to the concrete in much the same way as cast-in-place headed bolts, that is, via bearing. Since friction is less critical in developing tension capacity, lower expansion forces are transmitted to the concrete. This reduces the overall stress state in the concrete prior to and during loading. The Hilti HDA Undercut Anchor System is the result of extensive research to determine the optimum geometry for load transfer at the bearing surface. Besides allowing for easy installation, the self-undercutting system automatically results in an excellent fit between the anchor bearing surface and the undercut, critical for limiting initial displacements. Maximum bearing stresses corresponding to steel failure are limited to approximately 12 fc, sufficiently low to preclude crushing in the bearing region. This limits displacements at both service and ultimate loads. The HDA is equipped with a shear sleeve machined from high grade carbon steel. When used in the pre-set configuration (HDA-P), shear loads are transferred through the threaded bolt to the sleeve and subsequently to the concrete in bearing. In through-set applications (HDA-T), the sleeve engages the part to be fastened, thus substantially increasing the ultimate shear capacity of the anchorage. At ultimate, the sleeve and bolt act in concert to develop the full shear capacity of the anchor. The HDA Undercut Anchor is proportioned to consistently develop the bolt strength in tension at critical edge distances and spacings. At spacings and edge distances less than critical, concrete cone failure will generally limit the ultimate load. The reduction of expansion forces allows for designed installations at minimum edge distances and spacings significantly less than those typically used for other types of mechanical expansion anchors. The predictability of the failure modes associated with the HDA Undercut Anchor allow for increased repeatability in determining ultimate capacities for a particular design condition. The HDA Undercut Anchor was extensively tested prior to market introduction. Testing included static tension, shear, and oblique loading of both single anchors and groups, shock, seismic groups, seismic and shock loading. Exhaustive testing of the HDA performance in cracks confirms its suitability for installation in tension zones. Design data is provided in three formats.
4.3.1.3.2 Design Method 4.3.2.3.2.1 Strength Design (LRFD)

ACI 318 Appendix D replaces the strength design provisions of the IBC 2006 and provides a comprehensive and rational framework for calculating anchor capacity. The applicability of the method to the HDA Undercut Anchor is based on the similarity of performance and failure modes established for the HDA with those associated for cast-in-place headed bolts. This method can also be used for design in Canada according to CSA A23.3-94 providing the appropriate f factors for steel and concrete. See Section 4.1.6.
4.3.2.3.2.2 Allowable Stress Design (ASD)

Compatible with existing Hilti design methods. Test data to develop the average ultimate load capacity, and evaluating the data using the 5% fractile method to determine the allowable working load. See ESR-1546 Section 4.2.
4.3.1 HDA Undercut Anchor

Table 2 HDA Strength Design Information
Design parameter Anchor O.D. Effective min. embedment depth1 Minimum edge distance Minimum anchor spacing Minimum member thickness Anchor category2 Strength reduction factor for tension, steel failure modes3 Strength reduction factor for shear steel failure modes3 Strength reduction factor for tension, concrete failure modes3 Strength reduction factor for shear, concrete failure modes3 Yield strength of anchor steel Ultimate strength of anchor steel Tensile stress area Steel strength in tension Effectiveness factor uncracked concrete Effectiveness factor cracked concrete4 kuncr/kcr5 Pullout strength cracked concrete6 Steel strength in shear static7 HDA-P/PF/PR Steel strength in shear, seismic7, 8 HDA-P/PF/PR Axial stiffness in service load range in cracked / uncracked concrete10 2 See ACI 318-05 D.4.4. 3 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318-05 9.2. Condition A applies where the potential concrete failure surfaces are crossed by supplementary reinforcement proportioned to tie the potential concrete failure prism into the structural member. Condition B applies where such supplementary reinforcement is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs. 4 See ACI 318-05 D.5.2.2. 5 See ACI 318-05 D.5.2.6. 6 See ESR-1546, Section 4.1.3. 7 For HDA-T see Table 3. 8 See ESR-1546, Section 4.1.6. 9 Splitting failure under external load does not govern the resistance of the HDA. Therefore, no values for the critical edge distance c cr are provided since this calculation is not required for design. 10 Minimum axial stiffness values, maximum values may be 3 times larger (e.g. due to high strength concrete) Symbol do h ef,min c min s min h min 1,2 or 3 Units mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) Cond. A Cond. B Cond. A Cond. B lb/in2 lb/in2 in2 lb lb lb lb 1000 lb/in. M10
HDA HDA-F HDA-R
Nominal anchor diameter M12

HDA HDA-F HDA-R
M16
HDA HDA-F HDA-R
M20
HDA
19 (0.75) 100 (3.94) 80 (3-1/8) 100 (4) 170 (6-3/4)
21 (0.83) 125 (4.92) 100 (4) 125 (5) 190 (7-1/2) 1 0.75 0.65 0.75 0.65 0.75 0.70 87,000 116,000 0.131 15,196 30 24 1.25
29 (1.14) 190 (7.48) 150 (5-7/8) 190 (7-1/2) 270 (10-5/8)
35 (1.38) 250 (9.84) 200 (7-7/8) 250 (9-7/8) 350 (13-3/4)
fy f ut A se N sa k uncr k cr
c,N
92,800
87,000
92,800
92,800
87,000
92,800 0.380 44,080 30 24 1.25 33,721 20,772 18,659
0.090 10,440
0.243 28,188
N pn,cr Vsa Vsa,seis
8,992 5,013 4,496 6,070 5,620 7,284 6,519
11,240 8,992 8,093 80 / 100
22,481 13,556 12,140 16,861 15,062
1 Actual h ef for HDA-T is given by h ef,min + (t fix - t actual ) where t fix is given in Table 1 and t actual is the thickness of the part(s) being fastened.
HDA Undercut Anchor 4.3.1

Table 3 - Steel Strength in Shear, HDA-T (lb)
Anchor Designation Thickness of fastened part(s) mm 10 t 15 t 10 t 15 t 15 t 20 t 25 t 30 t 20 t 35 t 50 t 10 t 15 t 10 t 15 t 15 t 20 t 25 t 30 t in. 3/8 t 5/8 5/8 t 13/16 3/8 t 5/8 5/8 t 2 5/8 t 13/16 13/16 t 1 1 t 1-3/16 1-3/16 t 2-3/8 13/16 t 1-3/8 1 t 2 2 t 4 3/8 t 5/8 5/8 t 13/16 3/8 t 5/8 5/8 t 2 5/8 t 13/16 13/16 t 1 1 t < 1-3/16 1-3/16 t 2-3/8 Steel Strength in Shear, Static Vsa 13,938 15,737 16,636 18,659 30,574 34,621 38,218 41,365 45,187 50,807 54,629 15,512 16,186 20,233 22,256 35,745 37,768 39,566 40,915 Steel Strength in Shear, Seismic1 Vsa,seis 12,589 14,163 15,062 16,636 27,427 31,248 34,396 37,093 40,690 45,636 49,233 13,938 14,613 17,985 20,008 32,148 33,946 35,520 36,869
HDA-T 20-M10x100 HDA-T HDA-TF HDA-T 22-M12x125
HDA-T 30-M16x190
HDA-T 37-M20x250 HDA-TR 20-M10x100 HDA-TR HDA-TR 22-M12x125
HDA-TR 30-M16x190
15 20 15 50 20 25 30 60 35 50 100 15 20 15 50 20 25 30 60
1 The nominal steel strength Vsa,seis for the HDA-P shall be taken from Table 2.
Table 4 - HDA-P/T, HDA-PF/TF & HDA-PR/TR Allowable Static Tension (ASD), Normal Weight Uncracked Concrete (lb)1,3,4
Nominal Anchor Diameter Embedment Depth h ef mm in. f 'c= 2500 psi Condition Condition A B Concrete Compressive Strength2 f 'c= 3000 psi f 'c= 4000 psi Condition Condition Condition Condition A B A B f 'c= 6000 psi Condition Condition A B
M10 M12 M16 M20
100 125 190 250
3.94 4.92 7.48 9.84
5,593 7,844 14,704 22,185
4,872 6,798 12,743 19,227
5,593 8,141 15,101 23,614
5,593 8,141 15,101 23,548
5,593 8,141 15,101 23,614
5,593 8,141 15,101 23,614
5,593 8,141 15,101 23,614
5,593 8,141 15,101 23,614
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction. For other cases, see ICC ESR-1546, Section 4.2. 2 Values are for normal weight concrete. For sand-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.85. For all-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.75. See ACI 318-05 D.3.4. 3 Condition A applies where the potential concrete failure surfaces are crossed by supplementary reinforcement proportioned to tie the potential concrete failure prism into the structural member. Condition B applies where such supplementary reinforcement is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs. See ACI 318-05 D.4.4. 4 Allowable static tension loads for 2,500 psi are calculated by multiplying the concrete breakout strength N b by the strength reduction factor of 0.65 and dividing by an of 1.4 according to ICC ESR-1546 Section 4.2. N b is calculated as per ACI 318-05 D.5.2.2. This load may be adjusted for other concrete strengths according to ICC ESR-1546 Section 4.1.3 by using the following equation.
N b,f ' c = N b
f 'c 2500
Table 5 - HDA-P/T, HDA-PF/TF & HDA-PR/TR Allowable Static Tension (ASD), Normal Weight Cracked Concrete (lb)1,3,4
Nominal Anchor Diameter Embedment Depth h ef mm in. f 'c= 2000 psi Concrete Compressive Strength 2 f 'c= 3000 psi f 'c= 4000 psi f 'c= 6000 psi
M10 M12 M16 M20
100 125 190 250
3.94 4.92 7.48 9.84
3,734 4,668 9,336 14,003
4,573 5,717 11,434 17,150
5,281 6,601 13,203 19,804
5,593 8,085 15,101 23,614
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction. For other cases, see ICC ESR-1546, Section 4.2. 2 Values are for normal weight concrete. For sand-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.85. For all-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.75. See ACI 318-05 D.3.4. 3 All values applicable to either Condition A or Condition B (pullout or steel failure control). See ACI 318-05 D.4.4. 4 Allowable static tension loads for 2,500 are calculated by multiplying the pullout strength N pn by the strength reduction factor of 0.65 and dividing by an of 1.4 according to ICC ESR-1546 Section 4.2. See Table 2 for N pn. This load may be adjusted for other concrete strengths according to ICC ESR-1546 Section 4.1.3 by using the following equation.
N pn,cr,f ' c = N pn,cr
f 'c 2500
Table 6 - HDA-P/T, HDA-PF/TF & HDA-PR/TR Allowable Seismic Tension (ASD), Normal Weight Concrete (lb)1,3,4
Nominal Anchor Diameter Embedment Depth h ef mm in. f 'c= 2000 psi Concrete Compressive Strength 2 f 'c= 3000 psi f 'c= 4000 psi f 'c= 6000 psi
M10 M12 M16 M20
100 125 190 250
3.94 4.92 7.48 9.84
3,564 4,455 8,911 13,367
4,365 5,457 10,914 16,371
5,041 6,301 12,603 18,904
5,339 7,717 14,414 22,541
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction. For other cases, see ICC ESR-1546, Section 4.2. 2 Values are for normal weight concrete. For sand-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.85. For all-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.75. See ACI 318-05 D.3.4. 4 Allowable seismic tension loads for 2,500 psi are calculated by multiplying the pullout strength N pn by the strength reduction factor of 0.65, then multiplying by a 0.75 factor describe in ACI 318-05 D.3.3.3, and dividing by an of 1.1 according to ICC ESR-1546 Section 4.2. See Table 2 for N pn. This load may be adjusted for other concrete strengths according to ICC ESR-1546 Section 4.1.3 by using the following equation. 3 All values applicable to either Condition A or Condition B (pullout or steel failure control). See ACI 318-05 D.4.4.
f 'c 2500
Table 7 - HDA-P, HDA-PF & HDA-PR Allowable Static and Seismic Shear (ASD), Steel (lb)1
Design parameter Units HDA M10 HDA-R Nominal anchor diameter M12 HDA HDA-R 3,382 2,889 4,175 3,587 M16 HDA 6,294 5,380 HDA-R 7,828 6,675 M20 HDA 9,644 8,269
2 Allowable static shear loads are calculated by multiplying Vsa by the strength reduction factor of 0.65 and dividing by an of 1.4 according to ICC ESR-1546 Section 4.2. See Table 2 for Vsa .
Allowable static steel capacity2 lb 2,327 2,818 HDA-P/PR 3 Allowable seismic steel capacity lb 1,993 2,491 HDA-P/PR 1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction due to concrete failure.
3 Allowable seismic shear loads are calculated by multiplying Vsa by the strength reduction factor of 0.65, then multiply by 0.75 as per ACI 318-05 D.3.3.3, and dividing by an of 1.1 according to ICC ESR-1546 Section 4.2. See Table 2 for Vsa .
Table 8 - HDA-T/TF/TR Allowable Static and Seismic Shear (ASD), Steel (lb)1,2
Anchor Designation Thickness of fastened part(s) mm 10 t 15 t 10 t 15 t 15 t 20 t 25 t 30 t 20 t 35 t 50 t 10 t 15 t 10 t 15 t 15 t 20 t 25 t 30 t in. 3/8 t 5/8 5/8 t 13/16 3/8 t 5/8 5/8 t 2 5/8 t 13/16 13/16 t 1 1 t 1-3/16 1-3/16 t 2-3/8 13/16 t 1-3/8 1 t 2 2 t 4 3/8 t 5/8 5/8 t 13/16 3/8 t 5/8 5/8 t 2 5/8 t 13/16 13/16 t 1 1 t < 1-3/16 1-3/16 t 2-3/8 Allowable Static Steel Capacity Vs 6,471 7,306 7,724 8,663 14,195 16,074 17,744 19,205 20,980 23,589 25,363 7,202 7,515 9,394 10,333 16,596 17,535 18,370 18,996 Allowable Seismic Steel Capacity Vs,seismic 5,579 6,277 6,675 7,373 12,155 13,849 15,244 16,439 18,033 20,225 21,819 6,177 6,476 7,971 8,867 14,247 15,044 15,742 16,340
HDA-T 20-M10x100 HDA-T HDA-TF HDA-T 22-M12x125
HDA-T 30-M16x190
HDA-T 37-M20x250 HDA-TR 20-M10x100 HDA-TR HDA-TR 22-M12x125
HDA-TR 30-M16x190
15 20 15 50 20 25 30 60 35 50 100 15 20 15 50 20 25 30 60
2 Allowable shear loads calculated using the steel strengths in shear from Table 3, multiplying by by the strength reduction factor of 0.65, and dividing by 1.4 according to ICC ESR-1546 Section 4.2.
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction due to concrete failure.
HDA Undercut Anchor 4.3.1 4.3.1.4 Installation Instructions

Setting Operation HDA-P/-PR/-PF (Pre-Set Style)
1. Drill a hole to the required depth using a stop drill bit matched to the anchor, (refer to specification table and ordering info.). If rebar is encountered, use a Hilti metric matched tolerance diamond core bit to drill through the rebar. Remove the concrete core and finish drilling the hole with the stop drill bit. Always consult with the Engineer of Record before cutting rebar.
2. Clean hole with compressed air or a hand air pump such that drilling debris is evacuated.
3. Insert the anchor into the hole by hand, so that the cone sits on the bottom of the drilled hole. Do not remove the plastic cap which protects the threaded rod. Using the assigned setting tool and Hilti hammer drill, the setting tool is guided over the anchor rod and engages the grooves in the sleeve. It is critical to use the specified Hilti hammer drills.
4. The anchor is set with the specified Hilti hammer drill in hammer drill mode and in the specified gear. During the setting procedure, both drilling and impact energy are transferred to the sleeve by the setting tool, causing the sleeve to slide over the conical end of the anchor bolt while forming the undercut in the base material. On the setting tool, the red ring indicates the progress of the setting operation. When this marking is flush with the concrete surface, check the anchor for proper setting (refer to step 5).
5. The anchor is correctly set and the undercut is fully formed when the red mark on the anchor bolt is visible above the top edge of the sleeve. The top edge of the anchor sleeve must be positioned approx. 3mm below the concrete surface. If the anchor setting time exceeds 60 seconds for M10, M12 or M16 anchors or 120 seconds for M20 anchors the installation failed and the anchors must not be loaded.
6. Remove the plastic thread protector cap. Secure the part to be fastened by using the conical spring washer and nut provided. Apply a torque not to exceed the maximum values given in the Specification Table. Torque is not required to set the anchor.
Setting Operation HDA-T/-TR/-TF (Through-Set Style)
1. Drill a hole to the required depth using a stop drill bit matched to the anchor, (refer to specification table and ordering info.). If rebar is encountered, use a Hilti metric matched tolerance diamond core bit to drill through the rebar. Remove the concrete core and finish drilling the hole with the stop drill bit. Always consult with the Engineer of Record before cutting rebar.
2. Clean hole with compressed air or a hand air pump such that drilling debris is evacuated.
3. Insert the anchor into the hole by hand, so that the cone sits on the bottom of the drilled hole. Do not remove the plastic cap which protects the threaded rod. Using the assigned setting tool and Hilti hammer drill, the setting tool is guided over the anchor rod and engages the grooves in the sleeve. It is critical to use the specified Hilti hammer drills.
4. The anchor is set with the specified Hiltli hammer drill in hammer drill mode and in the specified gear. During the setting procedure, both drilling and impact energy are transferred to the sleeve by the setting tool, causing the sleeve to slide over the conical end of the anchor bolt while forming the undercut in the base material. On the setting tool, the red ring indicates the progress of the setting operation. When this marking is flush with the connected part, check the anchor for proper setting (refer to step 5).
5. The anchor is set and the undercut is fully formed when the red marking on the anchor bolt is visible above the top edge of the sleeve. The top edge of the anchor sleeve must be positioned approx. 3mm below the surface of the fixture. If anchor setting time exceeds 60 seconds for M10, M12 or M16 anchors or 120 seconds for M20 anchors the installation failed and the anchor must not be loaded.
6. Remove the plastic thread protector cap. Secure the part to be fastened by using the conical spring washer and nut provided. Apply a torque not to exceed the maximum values given in the Specification Table. Torque is not required to set the anchor.
The HDA Undercut Anchor, designed to carry significant, safety-relevant loads, must be installed correctly with the prescribed tools to function properly. Carefully follow all instructions located inside the box. Installer training is also available upon request.

Table 9 - Equipment required for setting HDA Anchors HDA carbon steel - zinc plated
Anchor TE 25 (1st gear) TE 35 TE 40 / 40-AVR TE 56 / 56-ATC Hilti Hammer Drill1 max impact energy TE 60TE 70 / TE 75 ATC 70-ATC connection end TE-Y TE-76 / 76-ATC TE 80ATC
TE-C HDA-P 20-M10x100/20 HDA-T 20-M10x100/20 HDA-P 22-M12x125/30 HDA-T 22-M12x125/30 HDA-P 22-M12x125/50 HDA-T 22-M12x125/50 HDA-P 30-M16x190/40 HDA-T 30-M16x190/40 HDA-P 30-M16x190/60 HDA-T 30-M16x190/60 HDA-P 37-M20x250/50 HDA-T 37-M20x250/50 HDA-P 37-M20x250/100 HDA-T 37-M20x250/100
1 To ensure IBC compliance, please reference ICC-ES ESR-1546 or call Hilti Technical Support.
HDA-R stainless steel

TE-C HDA-PR 20-M10x100/20 HDA-TR 20-M10x100/20 HDA-PR 22-M12x125/30 HDA-TR 22-M12x125/30 HDA-PR 22-M12x125/50 HDA-TR 22-M12x125/50 HDA-PR 30-M16x190/40 HDA-TR 30-M16x190/40 HDA-PR 30-M16x190/60 HDA-TR 30-M16x190/60
HDA-F carbon steel - sherardized (heavy-duty galvanization)

TE-C HDA-PF 20-M10x100/20 HDA-TF 20-M10x100/20 HDA-PF 22-M12x125/30 HDA-TF 22-M12x125/30 HDA-PF 22-M12x125/50 HDA-TF 22-M12x125/50 HDA-PF 30-M16x190/40 HDA-TF 30-M16x190/40 HDA-PF 30-M16x190/60 HDA-TF 30-M16x190/60
HDA Undercut Anchor 4.3.1 4.3.1.5 Ordering Information

HDA-T Anchor
HDA-T
Item No. Galvanized
HDA-TF
Item No. Sherardised
HDA-TR
Item No. 316 Stainless
Anchor Size
dia x embedment / thickness fastened
HDA
Box Qty
Stop Drill Bit

Description (mm) Item No. dia. x drill depth
Diamond Core Bit1

Diameter
Setting Tool
331545 331548 331549 331552 331553 339267 339268
412903 412904 412905 339364 339365
339351 339352 339353 339354 339354
M10x100/20 M12x125/30 M12x125/50 M16x190/40 M16x190/60 M20x250/50 M20x250/100
12 8 8 4 4 2 2
332090 237450 402056 237452 332093 237453 332098 332099 339271 339272
TE-C-B20x120 TE-Y-B20x120 TE-C-B22x155 TE-Y-B22x155 TE-C-B22x175 TE-Y-B22x175 TE-Y B30x230 TE-Y B30x250 TE-Y B37x300 TE-Y B30x230
20mm (25/32") 22mm (7/8") 22mm (7/8") 30mm (1-1/8") 37mm (1-3/8")
331843 287133 331844 287134 331844 287134 331846 339269
TE-C-ST 20 M10 TE-Y-ST 20 M10 TE-C-ST 22 M12 TE-Y-ST 22 M12 TE-C-ST 22 M12 TE-Y-ST 22 M12 TE-Y-ST 30 M16 TE-Y-ST 37 M20
1 The drilling depth with the diamond core bit must not exceed 2/3 of the specified minimum drill hole depth. The last 1/3 of the drill hole depth must be completed with the specified stop drill bit (hammer drill). Always consult the engineer of record before cutting rebar
HDA-P Anchor
HDA-P
Item No. Galvanized
HDA-PF
Item No. Sherardised
HDA-PR
Item No. 316 Stainless
Anchor Size
dia x embedment / thickness fastened
HDA
Box Qty
Stop Drill Bit

Description (mm) Item No. dia. x drill depth
Diamond Core Bit1

Diameter
Setting Tool
331544 331546 331547 331550 331551 339265 339266
412900 412901 412902 339359 339360
339346 339347 339348 339349 339350
M10x100/20 M12x125/30 M12x125/50 M16x190/40 M16x190/60 M20x250/50 M20x250/100
12 8 8 4 4 2 2
332089 237449 402050 402055 402050 402055 332097 339270
TE-C B20x100 TE-Y B20x100 TE-C B22x125 TE-Y B22x125 TE-C B22x125 TE-Y B22x125 TE-Y B30x190 TE-Y B37x250
20mm (25/32") 22mm (7/8") 22mm (7/8") 30mm (1-1/8") 37mm (1-3/8")
331843 287133 331844 287134 331844 287134 331846 339269
TE-C-ST 20 M10 TE-Y-ST 20 M10 TE-C-ST 22 M12 TE-Y-ST 22 M12 TE-C-ST 22 M12 TE-Y-ST 22 M12 TE-Y-ST 30 M16 TE-Y-ST 37 M20
1 The drilling depth with the diamond core bit must not exceed 2/3 of the specified minimum drill hole depth. The last 1/3 of the drill hole depth must be completed with the specified stop drill bit (hammer drill). Always consult the engineer of record before cutting rebar
4.3.1 HDA Removal Tool 4.3.1.6 HDA Removal
The Hilti HDA Removal Tool is designed to remove the Hilti HDA Undercut Mechanical Anchor when installed in standard applications in accordance with Hilti guidelines.
Product Features Complete removal of HDA design anchors for temporary applications The removal process strips the threads to prevent reuse of anchors for safety purposes Suitable for all rotary hammers with TE-C style chucks
Removal Instructions
TE-C
HDA-P
HDA-T
1 2
1. Remove the nut and washer from the threaded rod, (also remove fastening part for HDA-P applications).
2. Push back the grip (against this spring pressure). 3. Allow the two drive lugs to engage the groove in the anchor sleeve using a slight twisting movement of the grip. Release the grip.
4. Insert the adapter (drive) into the drill chuck and lock (TE 25 recommended). Important: Switch off the hammering action (the removal tool will be permanently damaged if this step is neglected.). Use low speed (setting 1 for the TE 25).
5. Put adapter (drive) onto the threaded spindle of the removal tool and switch on the drill. 6. The anchor sleeve will be extracted. 7. Disengage the drive lugs from the groove by lifting up and twisting the grip.
8. To return the tool to its starting position, put the adapter (drive) on the other end of the threaded spindle. 9. Switch on the hammer drill until the adapter stop reaches the removal tool.
Removal Tool with Adapter

Applicable Anchor Sizes
Item No.
Description
Qty/Pkg
333433 333434 333435 339273
TE-C-HDA-RT 20-M10 TE-C-HDA-RT 22-M12 TE-C-HDA-RT 30-M16 TE-C-HDA-RT 37-M20
1 1 1 1
HDA M10 HDA M12 HDA M16 HDA M20
HDA Undercut Anchor 4.3.1 4.3.1.7 Sample Calculations

3.000 lb shear 6.000 lb tension
s = 11" Plan
s = 11" Section
Given: f 'c = 3,500 psi, Cracked Concrete, No Supplementary Reinforcement Loads: Tension 4,000 lb DL 2,000 lb LL No Eccentricity, Non-Seismic Loads 2,000 lb DL 1,000 lb LL No Eccentricity, Non-Seismic Loads ACI 318-05 Code Reference Reference
Shear
Calculation per ACI 318-05 Appendix D and ESR-1546 Try an HDA-T M10 Anchor hef = 3.94 in. Check Spacing, Edge Distance, Thickness s min = 4 in. < 11 in. c min = 3.125 in. < 8 in. h min = 6.75 in. < 7 in. Calculate Factored Loads Use ACI 318-05 Chapter 9 Load Factors Nua = 1.2 (4,000 lb) + 1.6 (2,000 lb) = 8,000 lb for anchor group Nua = 4000 lb / anchor Vua = 1.2 (2,000 lb) + 1.6 (1,000 lb) = 4,000 lb for anchor group Vua = 2000 lb / anchor Calculate Steel Strength in Tension N sa = 0.75 N sa = (n) ( A se ) ( futa ) = (2) (0.09 in2 ) (116,000 lb/in2 ) = 20,880 lb for anchor group OK OK OK
h = 7"
c = 8"
ESR-1546 Table 5
9.2.1
D.4.4(a)(i) D.5.1.2 (D-3)
ESR-1546 Table 5
N sa = 10,440 lb/anchor N sa = (2-anchors) (10,440 lb/anchor) N sa = 20,880 lb for anchor group N sa = (0.75)(10,440 lb/anchor) = 7830 lb/anchor For the anchor group: (2)( N sa ) = (2)(7830 lb/anchor) N sa for the anchor group = 15,660 lb
ESR-1546 Table 5

Calculate Concrete Breakout Strength in Tension Category 1, Condition B N cbg = 0.65 D.4.4(c)(ii) ESR-1546 Table 5
Ncbg =
[(
A Nc ( A Nco
ec,N )
ed,N )
c,N )
cp,N )
( N b)
D.5.2.1 (D-5) ESR-1546 Table 5
h ef = 3.94 in. 1.5 h ef = 5.91 in. 3 h ef = 11.82 in.
1.5 h ef
1.5 h ef
8"
1.5h ef ANco = 9( h ef ) 2 = 139.7 in 2
11"
1.5h ef
D.5.2.1(b) (D-6) A Nc = 1.93 A Nco

ec,N
ANc = ( 5.9 + 11 + 5.9) (5.9 + 5.9) = 269.7 in 2
no eccentricity ca,min = 8 in. ca,min > 1.5h ef use
= 1.0
1.5 hef = 5.91 in.

ed,N
D.5.2.4 (D-9) D.5.2.5 (D-10)
= 1.0 = 1.0 D.5.2.6
c,N
use k cr for cracked concrete to calculate N b splitting does not govern

cp,N
D.5.2.7 = 1.0
ESR-1546 Sect. 4.1.2
Nb = k cr
f'c ( h ef )1.5 ESR-1546 Table 5
k cr = 24 , h ef = 3.94 in. N cbg = (0.65) [(1.93)(1.0)(1.0)(1.0)(1.0)(11,104 lb)] = (0.65) [(21,431 lb)] N cbg = 13,930 lb Calculate Pullout Strength N sa Category 1, Condition B Anchor Category 1, Condition B N pn =
c,P N p
= 0.65
D.4.4(c)(ii)
ESR-1546 Table 5
D.5.3.1 (D-14) D.5.3.2
N p for post-installed anchors based on testing

N pn,f'c = N pn,cr ESR-1546 (Table 5) f 'c for cracked concrete 2500 ESR-1546 Sect. 4.1.3 ESR-1546 Table 5
Npn,cr = 8992 lb for one anchor Npn,f'c = (8992 lb)
3500 2500
Npn,f'c = 10,639 lb / anchor Npn,f'c = (0.65)(10,639) = 6915 lb /anchor Concrete side-face blowout strength of a headed anchor in tension The design requirements for side-face blowout.are applicable to headed anchors that usually are cast-in anchors. Splitting during installation rather than side-face blowout generally governs post-installed anchors.. Side-face blowout for post-installed anchors could be calculated if the bearing area A brg is known. A brg is given for HDA anchors in Table 1 of this section. Side-face blowout will not control for this example. Summary for Tension Design steel strength = N sa = 7830 lb/anchor Factored service load = N ua = 4000 lb/anchor N sa > N ua OK Design concrete breakout strength = N cbg = 13,930 lb for anchor group Factored service load = N ua = 8000 lb for anchor group N cbg > N ua OK Design pullout strength = N pn = 6915 lb/anchor Factored service load = N ua = 4000 lb/anchor N pn > N ua OK Calculate Steel Strength in Shear V sa = 0.65 D.4.4(a)(ii) ESR-1546 Table 5 ESR-1546 Table 6 D.5.4 RD.5.4
V sa = 13,938 lb/anchor Assume base plate thickness = 0.50 in. Vs = (0.65)(13,938 lb/anchor) = 9059 lb/anchor Calculate Concrete Breakout Strength in Shear Condition B V cbg D.4.4(c)(i)
= 0.70 Vcbg =
A Vc A Vco
ec,V )
ed,V )
c,V )
( Vb )
ESR-1546 Table 5
D.6.2.1(b) (D-22)
Vua ca1
1.5ca1
11" Plan
1.5ca1
1.5ca1
11" Section
1.5ca1

AVco = ( 4.5)(ca1) 2 = ( 4.5)(8 in.) 2 = 288 in 2 AVc = ( 1.5ca1 + 11 in. + 1.5ca1)(7 in.) = (12 in. + 11 in. +12 in)(7 in.) = 245 in2 A Vc = 0.85 A Vco = 1.0 no eccentricity D.6.2.5 (D-2) D.6.2.6 (D-27) D.6.2.1 (D-23)
ec,V
ca2 > 1.5ca1 no edge condition perpendicular to shear load = 1.0
ed,V
cracked concrete , no supplementary reinforcement = 1.0

e
0.2 1.5
D.6.2.7
c,V
Vb = 7 d o
e
( )
do
f 'c (ca1)
= hef for HDA-T M10
D.6.2.2 (D-24)
= 3.94 in ESR-1546 Table 5
do = 0.75 in. for HDA-T M10 anchor Note: ESR-1546 only lists do for HDA-T anchors. If HDA-P anchors are being used, refer to the Hilti Product Tech Guide to obtain values of do. do = 0.394 in. for HDA-P M10 anchor For this example, an HDA-T anchor is being considered so use do = 0.75 in. f'c = 3,500 psi c a1 = 8 in. Vb = 7
3.94 in. 0.75 in.
0.2
1.5
0.75 in.
3,500 in. (8 in.)
Vb = 11,308 lb / anchor Vcbg = (0.70)[(0.85)(1.0)(1.0)(1.0)(11,308 lb) = 11,308 lb = (0.70)[(9612)] Vcbg = 6728 lb
Calculate Pryout Strength Condition B
Vcpg = 0.70 D.4.4(c)(i) ESR-1546 Table 5
Vcpg = ( k cp )( N cbg ) h ef = 3.94 in. > 2.5 in. k cp = 2.0 N cbg = 21,431 lb Vcpg = (0.70)(2)(21,431 lb) = 30,003 for anchor group
D.6.3.1 (b) (D-30) ESR-1546 Table 5

Summary for Shear Design steel strength = Vsa = 9059 lb/anchor Factored service load = Vua = 2000 lb/anchor Vsa > Vua OK Design concrete breakout strength = Vcbg = 6728 lb for anchor group Factored service load = Vua = 4000 lb for anchor group Vcbg > OK Design concrete pryout strength = Vcp = 15,001 lb/anchor Factored service load = Vua = 2000 lb/anchor Vcp > Vua OK Check Interaction Equation Determine controlling design loads: Tension: N sa = (2-anchors) (7830 lb/anchor) = 15,660 lb for anchor group N cbg = 13,930 lb for anchor group CONTROLS Shear: CONTROLS Npn = (2-anchors) (6915 lb/anchor) = 13,830 lb for anchor group Vsa = (2-anchors) (9059 lb/anchor) = 18,118 lb for anchor group Vcbg = 6728 lb for anchor group Vcbg = 30,003 lb for anchor group (0.2) ( Vcpg ) = 1346 lb (0.2) ( Npn ) = 2766 lb Nua V + ua Nn Vn 8,000 lb + 13,830 lb Vua = 4000 lb Nua = 8000 lb Vua > (0.2) ( Vcbg) Nua > (0.2) ( Npn) D.7.1 D.7.2
1.2
D.7.3 (D-31)
4,000 lb = 0.579 + 0.595 = 1.17 6,728 lb
1.17 < 1.2 OK USE HDA-T M10 Anchor
4.3.2 HSL-3 Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor

4.3.2.1 4.3.2.2 4.3.2.3 4.3.2.4 4.3.2.5 Product Description Material Specifications Technical Data Installation Instructions Ordering Information HSL-3 Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor HSL-3-B Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor with Torque Cap Red Setting Indicator Three accurately sized shear pins are provided in the red indicator cap. As the required installation torque (Tinst) is reached the red indicator cap shears off. A green seal on the bolt head appears which indicates that the anchor has been set properly. Example: HSL-3-G M12/25 This is an HSL-3 stud anchor. The thread size is 12 mm and this anchor can attach up to a 25 mm thick plate
4.3.2.1 HSL-3 Product Description
Bolt Washer
HSL-3-G Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor with Threaded Rod Maximum fastened thickness (mm)
Metric
HSL-3-G M 12/25
Minimum Embedment Mark Spacer Sleeve Plastic collapsible section with anchor rotation prevention
Heavy duty Expansion Anchor blank-bolt G stud B torque cap Metric thread size (mm); not hole diameter
Expansion Sleeve Cone
The Hilti HSL-3 Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor is a torque-controlled expansion bolt designed for high performance in static and dynamic application including the tension zone of concrete structures where cracking can be expected. HSL3 anchors are available in metric sizes from M8 to M24. With a variety of head configurations, including bolt, stud and torque cap. All versions are available in zinc-plated carbon steel. Product Features Approved for use in the concrete tension zone (cracked concrete) Data for use with the Strength Design provisions of ACI 318-05 Appendix D and ACI 349-01 Appendix B Allowable Stress Design data for use with ASD High load capacity
Force-controlled expansion which allows for follow-up expansion Reliable clamping of part fastened to overcome gaps Suitable for dynamic loading, including seismic, fatigue and shock No spinning of the anchor in hole when tightening bolt or nut Seismic qualification per ICC-ES AC193 and the requirements of ACI 318-05 Appendix D
Guide Specifications Expansion Anchors: Carbon steel anchor consists of hex head bolt (threaded stud), sleeve, expansion sleeve, expansion cone, collapsible plastic sleeve, (nut) and washer. Anchors shall be torque controlled expansion bolt as manufactured by Hilti.
Listings/Approvals
ICC-ES (International Code Council) ESR-1545 European Technical Approval (ETA) ETA-02/0042 Qualified under NQA-1 Nuclear Quality Program

Carbon Steel Bolt or Threaded Rod for HSL-3 (Bolt), HSL-3 (Stud) and HSL-3-B conform to DIN EN ISO 898-1, Grade 8.8, fy > 93 ksi, fu > 116 ksi

IBC 2006 IRC 2006 UBC 1997
Carbon Steel Nut conforms to DIN 934, Grade 8, fu > 116 ksi Carbon Steel Washer conforms to DIN 1544, Grade St37, fu > 100 ksi Carbon Steel Expansion Cone conforms to DIN 1654-4, fu > 80 ksi Carbon Steel Expansion Sleeve (M8-M16) conforms to DIN 10139 and (M20-M24) conforms to DIN 2393-2 Carbon Steel Spacing Sleeve conforms to DIN 2393 T1, fu > 100 ksi Collapsible Sleeve is made from acetal polyoxymethylene (POM) resin
HSL-3 Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor 4.3.2 4.3.2.3 Technical Data

Table 1 HSL-3 Specifications
Details nominal drill bit diameter1 Hilti matched-tolerance carbide-tipped drill bit minimum base material thickness to obtain smallest critical edge distance minimum hole depth effective embedment depth minimum clearance hole diameter in part being fastened max. cumulative gap between part(s) being fastened and concrete surface maximum thickness of part fastened HSL-3, HSL-3-B overall length of anchor HSL-3, HSL-3-B maximum thickness of part fastened HSL-3-G overall length of anchor HSL-3-G washer diameter installation torque HSL-3 installation torque HSL-3-G wrench size HSL-3, HSL-3-G wrench size HSL-3-B 1 Use metric bits only. d bit h min ho h ef,min dh t t dw Tinst Tinst mm mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) Nm (ft-lb) Nm (ft-lb) mm mm HSL-3 Anchor Thread Diameter (mm) M8 M10 M12 M16 12 15 18 24 TE-CX 12/22 TE-CX 15/27 TE-C 18/22 TE-C-T 24/27 TE-YX 12/35 TE-YX 15/35 TE-YX 18/32 TE-YX 24/32 110 (120) 120 (140) 135 (160) 160 (200) 4 3/8 (4-3/4) 4 3/4 (5-1/2) 5 3/8 (6 1/4) 6 1/4 (7-7/8) 80 90 105 125 (3-1/8) (3-1/2) (4-1/8) (4-7/8) 60 70 80 100 (2-3/8) (2-3/4) (3-1/8) (3-7/8) 14 17 20 26 (9/16) (11/16) (13/16) (1) 4 5 8 9 (1/8) (3/16) (5/16) (3/8) 20 40 20 40 25 50 25 50 (3/4) (1-1/2) (3/4) (1-1/2) (1) (2) (1) (2) 98 118 110 130 131 156 153 178 (3-7/8) (4-5/8) (4-3/8) (5 1/8) (5-1/8) (6 1/8) (6) (7) 20 20 25 50 25 50 (3/4) (3/4) (1) (2) (1) (2) 102 115 139 164 163 188 (4) (4-1/2) (5-1/2) (6-3/8) (6-3/8) (7-3/8) 20 25 30 40 (3/4) (1) (1-1/8) (1-9/16) 25 50 80 120 (18) (37) (59) (89) 20 35 60 80 (15) (26) (44) (59) 13 17 19 24 24 30 M20 M24 28 32 TE-C-T 28/27 TE-YX 32/37 TE-YX 28/32 190 (250) 225 (300) 7 1/2 (9-7/8) 8 7/8 (11-7/8) 155 180 (6-1/8) (7-1/8) 125 150 (4-7/8) (5-7/8) 31 35 (1-1/4) (1-3/8) 12 16 (1/2) (5/8) 30 60 30 60 (1-1/8) (2-1/4) (1-1/8) (2-1/4) 183 213 205 235 (7-1/4) (8-3/8) (8) (9-1/4) 30 60 (1-1/8) (2-1/4) 190 220 (7-1/2) (8-3/4) 45 50 (1-3/4) (2) 200 250 (148) (185) 160 (118) 30 36 36 41
dw T
dh h nom
ho h
d bit

Table 2 HSL-3 Strength Design Information
Design parameter Anchor O.D. Effective min. embedment depth1 Anchor category2 Strength reduction factor for tension, steel failure modes3 Strength reduction factor for shear, steel failure modes3 Strength reduction factor for tension, concrete failure modes3 Strength reduction factor for shear, concrete failure modes3 Yield strength of anchor steel Ultimate strength of anchor steel Tensile stress area Steel strength in tension Effectiveness factor uncracked concrete Effectiveness factor cracked concrete4 kuncr/kcr5 Pullout strength uncracked concrete6 Pullout strength cracked concrete6 Steel strength in shear HSL-3,-B Steel strength in shear HSL-3-G Tension pullout strength seismic7 Steel strength in shear, seismic7 HSL-3,-B,-SH,-SK Steel strength in shear, seismic7 HSL-3-G Axial stiffness in service load range8 1 See table 1. 2 See ACI 318-05 Section D.4.4. 3 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318-05 Section 9.2. Condition A applies where the potential concrete failure surfaces are crossed by supplementary reinforcement proportioned to tie the potential concrete failure prism into the structural member. Condition B applies where such supplementary reinforcement is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs. 4 See ACI 318-05 Section D.5.2.2. 5 See ACI 318-05 Section D.5.2.6. 6 See Section 4.1.3 of ICC ESR-1546. 7 See Section 4.1.6 of ICC ESR-1546. 8 Minimum axial stiffness values, maximum values may be 3 times larger due to high strength concrete.
uncracked concrete cracked concrete
Symbol do h ef,min 1,2 or 3
Units mm in. mm in. Cond.A Cond.B Cond.A Cond.B lb/in2 lb/in2 in2 lb lb lb lb lb lb lb
M8 12 0.47 60 2.36 1
M10 15 0.59 70 2.76 1
Nominal anchor diameter M12 M16 18 24 0.71 0.94 80 100 3.15 3.94 1 1 0.75 0.65 0.75 0.65 0.75 0.70 92,800 116,000
M20 28 1.10 125 4.92 1
M24 32 1.26 150 5.91 1
fy f ut A se N sa k uncr k cr
c,N
N pn,uncr N pn,cr Vsa Vsa N pn,seismic V sa,seismic
0.057 6,612 24 17 1.41 4,204 2,810 7,239 6,070 4,609 3,777
0.090 10,440 24 24 1.00 4,496 10,229 8,385 8,453 6,924
0.131 15,196 24 24 1.00 14,725 12,162 11,892 9,824 300
0.243 28,188 24 24 1.00 26,707 22,683 24,796 21,065
0.380 44,080 24 24 1.00 39,521 33,159 29,135 24,459
0.547 63,452 24 24 1.00 45,951 14,320 38,173
lb
uncr
1000 lb/in.
cr
30
70
130
130
130
130
HSL-3 Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor 4.3.2

Table 3 Edge Distance, Spacing and Member Thickness Requirements1,2
Case3 A A A A A A B B B B B B Dimensional parameter Minimum concrete thickness Critical edge distance2 Minimum edge distance3 Minimum anchor spacing3 Minimum edge distance3 Minimum anchor spacing3 Minimum concrete thickness Critical edge distance2 Minimum edge distance3 Minimum anchor spacing3 Minimum edge distance3 Minimum anchor spacing3 Symbol h min,A c cr,A c min,AA s min,AA c min,AB s min,AB hmin,B c cr,B c min,BA s min,BA c min,BB s min,BB Units in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) M8 4-3/4 (120) 4-3/8 (110) 2-3/8 (60) 5-1/2 (140) 3-3/8 (85) 2-3/8 (60) 4-3/8 (110) 5-7/8 (150) 2-3/8 (60) 7 (180) 4 (100) 2-3/8 (60) M10 5-1/2 (140) 4-3/8 (110) 2-3/4 (70) 9-1/2 (240) 5 (125) 2-3/4 (70) 4-3/4 (120) 6-7/8 (175) 3-1/2 (90) 10-1/4 (260) 6-1/4 (160) 2-3/4 (70) Nominal anchor diameter M12 6-1/4 (160) 4-3/4 (120) 3-1/2 (90) 11 (280) 6-1/8 (155) 3-1/8 (80) 5-3/8 (135) 7-7/8 (200) 4-3/8 (110) 12-5/8 (320) 7-7/8 (200) 3-1/8 (80)
ed,N.
M16 7-7/8 (200) 5-7/8 (150) 4-3/4 (120) 12-5/8 (320) 7-7/8 (200) 4 (100) 6-1/4 (160) 9-7/8 (250) 6-1/4 (160) 15 (380) 10-5/8 (270) 4 (100)
M20 9-7/8 (250) 8-7/8 (225) 5 (125) 13-3/4 (350) 8-1/4 (210) 5 (125) 7-1/2 (190) 12-3/8 (312.5) 7-7/8 (200) 15-3/4 (400) 11-7/8 (300) 5 (125)
M24 11-7/8 (300) 8-7/8 (225) 5-7/8 (150) 11-7/8 (300) 8-1/4 (210) 5-7/8 (150) 8-7/8 (225) 14-3/4 (375) 8-7/8 (225) 15 (380) 12-5/8 (320) 5-7/8 (150)
1 In lieu of ACI 318 D.3.3. minimum edge distance, spacing and member thickness shall comply with ESR-1545 Table 4. 2 The concrete breakout strength calculated according to ACI 318 D.5.2, shall be further multiplied by See ESR-1545 Section 4.1.2. 3 Denotes admissible combinations of h min, c cr, c min, and s min. For example, hmin,A + c min,AA + s min,AA or h min,A + c cr,A + c min,AB + s min,AB are admissible, but h min,A + c cr,B + c min,AB + s min,BB is not. However, other admissible combinations for minimum edge distance c min and spacing s min for hmin,A or h min,B may be derived by linear interpolation between boundary values (see example for h min,A below).
Example of allowable interpolation of minimum edge distance and minimum spacing

s design c design
spacing
h min, AA c min,AA, s min,AA
h s design c min,AB, s min,AB
c design
edge distance

Table 4 - HSL-3 Allowable Static Tension (ASD), Normal Weight Uncracked Concrete (lb)1,3,4
Concrete Compressive Strength2 f 'c = 3000 psi f 'c = 4000 psi Condition Condition Condition Condition A B A B 2,470 3,224 3,939 5,505 7,694 10,114
Nominal Anchor Diameter
Embedment Depth hef mm (in.)
f 'c = 2000 psi Condition Condition A B
f 'c = 6000 psi Condition Condition A B 3,025 4,556 5,567 7,780 10,873 14,292 3,025 3,949 4,825 6,743 9,423 12,387
M8 60 2.36 1,746 1,746 2,139 2,139 2,470 M10 70 2.76 2,631 2,280 3,222 2,792 3,720 M12 80 3.15 3,214 2,785 3,936 3,411 4,545 M16 100 3.94 4,492 3,893 5,501 4,768 6,352 M20 125 4.92 6,277 5,440 7,688 6,663 8,877 M24 150 5.91 8,252 7,152 10,106 8,759 11,670 1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction. For other cases, see ESR-1545 Section 4.2 Eq. 5.
2 Values are for normal weight concrete. For sand-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.85. For all-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.75. See ACI 318-05 Section D.3.4. 3 Condition A applies where the potential concrete failure surfaces are crossed by supplementary reinforcement proportioned to tie the potential concrete failure prism into the structural member. Condition B applies where such supplementary reinforcement is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs. 4 Allowable static tension loads for 2,500 psi are calculated by multiplying the concrete breakout strength N b by the strength reduction factor of 0.65 and dividing by an of 1.4 according to ICC ESR-1545 Section 4.2. N b is calculated as per ACI 318-05 D.5.2.2. This load may be adjusted for other concrete strengths according to ICC ESR-1545 Section 4.1.3 by using the following equation.
N b,f ' c = N b
f 'c 2500
Table 5 - HSL-3 Allowable Static Tension (ASD), Normal Weight Cracked Concrete (lb)1,3,4
Concrete Compressive Strength2 f 'c = 3000 psi f 'c = 4000 psi Condition Condition Condition Condition A B A B 1,429 2,286 3,936 5,501 7,688 10,106 1,429 2,286 3,411 4,768 6,663 8,759 1,650 2,640 4,545 6,352 8,877 11,670 1,650 2,640 3,939 5,505 7,694 10,114
Nominal Anchor Diameter M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Embedment Depth hef mm (in.) 60 70 80 100 125 150 2.36 2.76 3.15 3.94 4.92 5.91
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction. For other cases, see ESR-1545 Section 4.2 Eq. 5. 2 Values are for normal weight concrete. For sand-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.85. For all-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.75. See ACI 318-05 Section D.3.4. 3 Condition A applies where the potential concrete failure surfaces are crossed by supplementary reinforcement proportioned to tie the potential concrete failure prism into the structural member. Condition B applies where such supplementary reinforcement is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs. 4 Allowable static tension loads for 2,500 psi are calculated by multiplying the pullout strength N pn by the strength reduction factor of 0.65 and dividing by an of 1.4 according to ICC ESR-1545 Section 4.2. See Table 2 for N pn. This load may be adjusted for other concrete strengths according to ICC ESR-1545 Section 4.1.3 by using the following equation.
f 'c 2500
Table 6 - HSL-3 Allowable Static Shear (ASD), Steel (lb)1,2

Nominal Anchor Diameter M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 Allowable Steel Capacity, Shear HSL-3, HSL-3-B 3,361 4,749 6,837 12,400 18,349 21,334 HSL-3-G 2,818 3,893 5,647 10,531 15,395
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction due to concrete failure. 2 Allowable static shear loads are calculated by multiplying Vsa by the strength reduction factor of 0.65 and dividing by an of 1.4 according to ICC ESR1545 Section 4.2. See Table 2 for Vsa .
HSL-3 Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor 4.3.2

Table 7 - HSL-3 Allowable Seismic Tension (ASD), Normal Weight Cracked Concrete (lb)1,3,4
Concrete Compressive Strength2 f 'c = 3000 psi f 'c = 4000 psi Condition Condition Condition Condition A B A B 1,364 2,182 3,757 5,251 7,339 8,022 1,364 2,182 3,256 4,551 6,360 6,952 1,575 2,520 4,339 6,063 8,474 9,263 1,575 2,520 3,760 5,255 7,344 8,028
Nominal Anchor Diameter M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Embedment Depth h ef mm (in.) 60 70 80 100 125 150 2.36 2.76 3.15 3.94 4.92 5.91
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction. For other cases, see ESR-1545 Section 4.2 Eq. 5. 2 Values are for normal weight concrete. For sand-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.85. For all-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.75. See ACI 318-05 Section D.3.4. 3 Condition A applies where the potential concrete failure surfaces are crossed by supplementary reinforcement proportioned to tie the potential concrete failure prism into the structural member. Condition B applies where such supplementary reinforcement is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs. 4 Allowable seismic tension loads for 2,500 psi are calculated by multiplying the pullout strength N pn by the strength reduction factor of 0.65, then multiplying by a 0.75 factor describe in ACI 318-05 D.3.3.3, and dividing by an of 1.1 according to ICC ESR-1545 Section 4.2. See Table 2 for N pn. This load may be adjusted for other concrete strengths according to ICC ESR-1545 Section 4.1.3 by using the following equation.
f 'c 2500
Table 8 - HSL-3 Allowable Seismic Shear (ASD), Steel (lb)1,2

Nominal Anchor Diameter M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 Allowable Steel Capacity, Shear HSL-3, HSL-3-B 2,043 3,746 5,270 10,989 12,912 16,918 HSL-3-G 1,674 3,069 4,354 9,336 10,840
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction due to concrete failure. 2 Allowable seismic shear loads are calculated by multiplying V sa,seis by the strength reduction factor of 0.65, then multiply by 0.75 as per ACI 31805 D.3.3.3, and dividing by an of 1.1 according to ICC ESR-1545 Section 4.2. See Table 2 for V sa,seis .
4.3.2 HSL-3 Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor 4.3.2.4 HSL-3 Installation Instructions
1. Using the correct diameter metric bit, drill hole to minimum required hole depth or deeper.
2. Remove drilling debris with a blowout bulb or with compressed air.
3. Using a hammer, tap the anchor through the part being fastened into the drilled hole until the washer is in contact with the fastened part. Do not expand anchor by hand prior to installation.
4. Using a torque wrench, apply the specified installation torque. HSL-3-B does not require use of a torque wrench. Tighten until torque cap shears off.
HSL-3 Bolt Version

Item No. Description Box Qty
HSL-3-B Torque Cap

HSL-3-G Stud Version

371775 371776 371778 371779 371781 371782 371784 371785 371787 371788 371790 371791
HSL-3 M 8/20 HSL-3 M 8/40 HSL-3 M 10/20 HSL-3 M 10/40 HSL-3 M 12/25 HSL-3 M 12/50 HSL-3 M 16/25 HSL-3 M 16/50 HSL-3 M 20/30 HSL-3 M 20/60 HSL-3 M 24/30 HSL-3 M 24/60
40 40 20 20 20 20 10 10 6 6 4 4
371807 371808 371809 371810 371811 371814 371817
HSL-3-B M 12/5 HSL-3-B M 12/25 HSL-3-B M 12/50 HSL-3-B M 16/10 HSL-3-B M 16/25 HSL-3-B M 20/30 HSL-3-B M 24/30
20 20 10 10 10 6 4
371793 371796 371799 371800 371802 371803 371805 371806
HSL-3-G M 8/20 HSL-3-G M 10/20 HSL-3-G M 12/25 HSL-3-G M 12/50 HSL-3-G M 16/25 HSL-3-G M 16/50 HSL-3-G M 20/30 HSL-3-G M 20/60
40 20 20 10 10 10 6 6
HSL Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor 4.3.3 4.3.3.1 Product Description

4.3.3.1 4.3.3.2 4.3.3.3 4.3.3.4 Product Description Material Specifications Technical Data Installation Instructions Ordering Information
HSL-I M12 Flush Anchor with Torque Nut Flush mount applications accommodated by short removable stud The Hilti HSL Heavy Duty Sleeve Anchor is a torque controlled expansion bolt designed for high performance in static and dynamic load applications. HSL anchors are available in metric sizes from 12 mm to 20 mm diameters. Product Features High load capacity Spacer sleeve provides enhanced shear capacity Force controlled expansion Reliable pull-down of part fastened to overcome gaps Suitable for dynamic loading (fatigue, seismic, and shock loading) Suitable for tension zone of concrete No spinning of anchor in hole when tightening bolt or nut Good performance in Hilti Matched Tolerance DD-B or DD-C Diamond Core Bit holes
HSLG-R Stainless Steel with Thread Rod
4.3.3.5
Guide Specifications Expansion Anchors Carbon (Stainless) steel anchor consists of hex bolt (threaded stud), sleeve, expansion sleeve, expansion cone and collapsible plastic sleeve, (nut) and washer. Anchors shall be torque controlled expansion bolt as manufactured by Hilti. Installation Refer to Section 4.3.2.3 and 4.3.2.4 Combined Shear and Tension Loading N (N ) + (V ) V
5/3
d d rec rec
Bolt Washer
Minimum Embedment Mark
Spacer Sleeve
Expansion Sleeve
5/3
1.0
Cone
Refer to Section 4.1.2.7 Dynamic Loading The HSL anchor has been tested under shock, seismic and fatigue (2 x 106 cycles) loading conditions. Contact your Hilti Field Engineer for additional information.
Plastic collapsible section with anchor rotation prevention
Listings/Approvals
City of Los Angeles Research Report No. 25290

UBC 1997
4.3.3 HSL Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor 4.3.3.2 Material Specifications

Carbon Steel Bolt or threaded rod conform to ISO 898-1, Class 8.8, fy Carbon Steel expansion sleeve conforms to DIN 2393, Grade ST-52-3 Carbon Steel nut conforms to DIN 934, Grade 8, fu 116 ksi 102 ksi 102 ksi 103 ksi Stainless steel threaded rod conforms to DIN 267, Type A4-70, fy = 65 ksi, fu Stainless steel expansion sleeve conforms to DIN 17440, fu Stainless Steel cone conforms to DIN 17440, fu Stainless Steel nut conforms to DIN 934 Collapsible sleeve is made of Acetal resin plastic Carbon Steel cone conforms to DIN 1654, Type CQ35, fu 87 ksi 91 ksi Carbon Steel washer conforms to DIN 1544, Grade ST37, fu 102 ksi fu Stainless Steel washer conforms to DIN 17441, 74 ksi 93 ksi, fu 116 ksi

Table 1 - HSL Specifications HSL Anchor Thread Diameter (mm)
Details d bit nominal bit dia. h0 min. hole depth 12 12 16 16 20 20 mm 18 24 28 mm 100 125 150 (in.) (4) (5) (6) mm 80 105 130 (in.) (3-3/16) (4-1/8) (5-1/8) mm 25 50 25 50 30 60 (in.) (1) (2) (1) (2) (1-1/8) (2-1/4) mm 120 145 148 173 183 213 (in.) (4-3/4) (5-3/4) (5-3/4) (6-3/4 (7-1/4) (8-3/8) mm 11 14 17 (in.) (7/16) (9/16) (11/16) Nm 80 200 400 (ft lb) (60) (150) (300) mm 8 9 12 (in.) (5/16) (3/8) (1/2) HSL/HSLG 19 24 30 mm 20-21 26-28 31-33 (in.) (13/16) (1-1/8) (1-5/16) mm 30 40 45 (in.) (1-3/16) (1-9/16) (1-3/4) mm 160 180 220 (in.) (6-1/4) (7) (8-3/4)
dw T hn dh h nom h0 h t
h nom min. depth of embedment t max. thickness fastened anchor length hn Tmax head height + washer max. tightening torque max. gap1 wrench size (mm) dh dw h min clearance hole washer diameter min. base material thickness
d bit
1 For pull-down of parts to be fastened.
HSL Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor 4.3.3

Table 2 - Stainless Steel HSLG-R Allowable Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete 13.8 MPa (2000 psi) Tension kN (lb) 6.8 (1535) 8.7 (1960) 17.6 (3965) 25.1 (5650) Shear kN (lb) 13.7 (3090) 20.2 (4540) 34.7 (7805) 52.9 (11900) 20.7 MPa (3000 psi) Tension kN (lb) 9.1 (2055) 11.3 (2530) 20.9 (4705) 30.7 (6910) Shear kN (lb) 14.8 (3325) 21.8 (4890) 39.9 (8965) 58.7 (13195) 27.6 MPa (4000 psi) Tension kN (lb) 11.5 (2575) 13.8 (3105) 24.2 (5450) 36.4 (8175) Shear kN (lb) 15.8 (3560) 23.3 (5245) 45.0 (10125) 41.4 MPa (6000 psi) Tension kN (lb) 11.5 (2595) 17.5 (3925) 30.7 (6900) Shear kN (lb) 16.4 (3690) 25.0 (5615) 46.9 (10550) 64.5 (14490)
Anchor Diameter
Embedment Depth mm (in.) 75 (3) 80 (3-3/16) 105 (4-1/8) 130 (5-1/8)
M10 M12 M16 M20
64.5 44.5 (14490) (10005)
Table 3 -Stainless Steel HSLG-R Ultimate Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete 13.8 MPa (2000 psi) Tension kN (lb) 23.8 (5350) 30.4 (6830) 61.6 (13840) 87.7 (19715) Shear kN (lb) 47.8 (10785) 70.5 (15845) 121.1 (27220) 184.7 (41510) 20.7 MPa (3000 psi) Tension kN (lb) 31.9 (7165) 39.3 (8830) 73.0 (16420) 107.3 (24115) Shear kN (lb) 51.6 (11595) 75.9 (17070) 139.1 (31270) 204.7 (46025) 27.6 MPa (4000 psi) Tension kN (lb) 40.0 (8985) 48.2 (10835) 84.5 (19005) 126.9 (28520) Shear kN (lb) 55.2 (12410) 41.4 MPa (6000 psi) Tension kN (lb) 40.3 (9055) Shear kN (lb) 57.3 (12880) 87.1 (19590) 163.7 (36800) 224.8 (50540)
Anchor Diameter
Embedment Depth mm (in.)
M10 M12 M16 M20
75 (3) 80 (3-3/16) 105 (4-1/8) 130 (5-1/8)
81.4 60.9 (18300) (13700) 157.1 107.0 (35320) (24065) 224.8 155.3 (50540) (34910)
Table 4 -HSL-I Flush Anchor (Internally Threaded) in Normal-Weight Concrete

Bit dia (mm) Anchor Length (mm) Minimum Embedment Depth (mm) Average Ultimate Loads1 in 4000 psi Concrete Tension (lb) Shear (lb) Allowable Working Loads1 4000 psi Concrete Tension (lb) Shear (lb)
Description
HSL - I M12 65/80

12mm Metric Flush Anchor with Torque Nut 1 Loads indicated are for 65/80 mm embedment respectively.
18
113/130
65/80
9345/12597
9055/9408
2480/2875
2420/2605
4.3.3 HSL Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor

Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines (see Anchoring Technology Section 4.1.3)
N

s V c h
Edge Distance Adjustment Factors

c c min c cr c min c cr = = = = = Actual Edge Distance 1.0h nom Tension 2.5 h ef 1.0 h nom Shear 2.5 h nom
s = Actual Spacing s min = 1.0 h nom s cr = 3.0 h ef
Anchor Size M10 M12 M16 M20 h ef h nom -
h nom mm (in.) 75 (3) 80 (3-3/16) 105 (4-1/8) 130 (5-1/8)

s h ef
3.0
s cr
3.0 ccr
Shear & Tension
2.0 s min 1.0
2.0 c h ef c 1.0 h nom cmin
Shear
Tension
actual embedment depth standard embedment depth

0 0 .2 .4 .6 .8 1.0
0 0 .2 .4 .6 .8 1.0
Edge Distance Adjustment Factor (fRV, fRN)
Load Adjustment Factors (Anchor Spacing) f A Tension/Shear
Load Adjustment Factors (Edge Disdtance) f R Tension f RN Shear f RV
Spacing s mm (in.) 65 ( 2-1/2) 75 ( 3) 80 ( 3-1/8) 105 ( 4-1/8) 130 ( 5-1/8) 155 ( 6-1/8) 175 ( 6-7/8) 195 ( 7-5/8) 225 ( 8-7/8) 240 ( 9-3/8) 275 (10-3/4) 315 (12-3/8) 350 (13-3/4) 395 (15-1/2) 430 (17) 470 (18-1/2)
Anchor Diameter M10 .70 .71 .76 .81 .86 .90 .94 1.0 M12 M16 M20
Edge Distance c mm (in.) 65 ( 2-1/2) 75 ( 3) 80 ( 3-1/8) 105 ( 4-1/8) 130 ( 5-1/8) 155 ( 6-1/8) 162 ( 6-3/8) 187 ( 7-3/8) 200 ( 7-7/8) 225 ( 8-7/8) 265 (10-3/8) 275 (10-3/4) 300 (11-3/4) 325 (12-3/4) 350 (13-3/4) 390 (15-3/8)
Anchor Diameter M10 .70 .71 .78 .85 .91 .93 1.0 M12 M16 M20 M10 .30 .33 .48 .64 .80 .84 1.0
Anchor Diameter M12 M16 M20
.70 .74 .79 .84 .87 .91 .97 1.0
.70 .73 .77 .80 .82 .87 .89 .94 1.0
.70 .72 .75 .77 .80 .82 .86 .91 .95 1.0
.70 .76 .83 .88 .90 .96 1.0 1.0
.70 .74 .79 .80 .85 .88 .92 1.0 1.0 1.0
.70 .73 .75 .78 .80 .84 .91 .92 .96 1.0 1.0
.30 .44 .59 .74 .78 .92 1.0 1.0
.30 .41 .52 .55 .66 .72 .83 1.0 1.0 1.0
.30 .39 .41 .50 .55 .64 .79 .82 .91 1.0 1.0
s min = 1.0 h nom s cr = 3.0 h ef f A = 0.15 s + 0.55 h ef
c min = 1.0 h nom c cr = 2.5 h ef f RN = (0.30)
c min = 1.0 h nom c cr = 2.5 h nom
c 1.0 hnom + 0.70 2.5 h ef 1.0 h nom
f RV = 0.47
c 0.17 h nom
for s cr > s > s min
for c cr > c > c min
for c cr > c > c min
HSL Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor 4.3.3 4.3.3.4 Installation Instructions
1. Drill a hole with the prescribed Hilti metric carbide or diamond core bit. Note: the HSL can be installed in a bottomless hole.
2. Clean the hole using compressed air.
hole depth = 80 mm
hole depth = 95 mm
hef = 65 mm
hef = 80 mm
3. Using a hammer, tap the preassembled anchor through the object being anchored and into the hole. The anchor should be seated firmly against the base plate. Note: Do not expand the anchor by hand before tapping it into the hole.
4. Tighten bolt or nut to the specified torque, using a torque wrench.
hef = 65mm Setting
Instructions for the HSL-I M12-0 65/80 HSL-I M12-0 80

18 mm 18 mm
spacer sleeve for hef = 80mm 60 Ft -lbs-80 Nm/ torque nut
60 Ft -lbs-80 Nm/ torque nut HSL-I M12-0 65
hole depth = 80 mm
hole depth = 80 mm
hole depth = 95 mm
= 65mm
hef = 65mm
spacer sleeve for hef = 80mm 60 Ft -lbs-80 Nm/ torque nut 18 mm
hole depth = 95 mm
hef = 65 mm
hef = 65 mm
hef = 80 mm
hef = 80 mm
spacer sleeve for hef = 80mm 60 Ft -lbs-80 Nm/ torque nut
Ft -lbs-80 Nm/ que nut
60 Ft -lbs-80 Nm/ torque nut 18 mm 18 mm 18 mm
hef = 65mm hef = 80mm pre-setting 360 - 720 1 - 2 turns 18 mm min. 7 turns final setting
hef = 65mm hef = 80mm
hef = 65mm forh ef h pre-settingef = 80mm pre-setting 80 mm only min. - 720 360 - 720 360 7 turns turns 1 - 2 turns 1-2
final setting min. 7 turns
final setting
18 mm
18 mm
284900
HSLG-R Stainless Steel Anchor for hef 80 mm only Material: Stainless Steel AISI 316
for hef 80 mm only
HSL-I Flush Anchor (Internally Threaded)

67922 67924 67926 67928
HSLG-R M 10/20 HSLG-R M 12/25 HSLG-R M 16/25 HSLG-R M 20/30
20 20 10 6
284908
HSL-I M12 65/80
20
284900
284900
4.3.4 Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor

4.3.4.1 4.3.4.2 4.3.4.3 4.3.4.4 4.3.4.5 4.3.4.6 Product Description Material Specifications Technical Data Installation Instructions Ordering Information Sample Calculations
4.3.4.1 Kwik Bolt TZ Product Description

The Kwik Bolt TZ (KB-TZ) is a torque controlled expansion anchor which is especially suited to seismic and cracked concrete applications. This anchor line is available in carbon steel with zinc electroplated coating, 304 stainless steel, and 316 stainless steel versions. The anchor diameters range from 3/8 to 3/4 inch in a variety of lengths. Applicable base materials include normal-weight concrete, structural lightweight concrete, and lightweight concrete over metal deck. Guide Specifications Product Features Product and length identification marks facilitate quality control after installation. Through fixture installation and variable thread lengths improve productivity and accommodate various base plate thicknesses. 316 Stainless Steel wedges provide superior performance in cracked concrete. Ridges on expansion wedges provide increased reliability. Mechanical expansion allows immediate load application. Raised impact section (dog point) prevents thread damage during installation. Bolt meets ductility requirements of ACI 318-05 Section D1.
Impact Section (Dog Point)
Nut Washer Red Setting Mark Anchor Thread
Anchor Body
Stainless Steel Expansion Sleeve (Wedges)
Torque controlled expansion anchors shall be Kwik Bolt TZ (KB-TZ) supplied by Hilti meeting the description in Federal Specification A-A 1923A, Type 4. The anchor bears a length identification mark embossed into the impact section (dog point) of the anchor surrounded by four embossed notches identifying the anchor as a Hilti Kwik Bolt TZ in the installed condition. Anchors are manufactured to meet one of the following conditions: The carbon steel anchor body, nut, and washer have an electroplated zinc coating conforming to ASTM B633 to a minimum thickness of 5 m. The stainless steel expansion sleeve conforms to AISI 316. Stainless steel anchor body, nut and washer conform to AISI 304. Stainless steel expansion sleeve conforms to AISI 316. Stainless steel anchor body, nut, washer, and expansion sleeve conform to AISI 316 stainless steel.
Installation Drill hole in base material to the appropriate depth using a Hilti carbide tipped drill bit. Drive the anchor into the hole using a hammer. A minimum of four threads must be below the fastening surface prior to applying installation torque. Tighten the nut to the recommended installation torque.
Expansion Cone
Listings/Approvals
ICC-ES (International Code Council) ESR-1917 FM (Factory Mutual) Pipe Hanger Components for Automatic Sprinkler Systems (3/8" - 3/4") UL (Underwriters Laboratories) Pipe Hanger Equipment for Fire Protection Services (3/8" - 3/4")
Supplemental Design Provisions for ACI 318-05 Appendix D Design strengths are determined in accordance with ACI 318-05 Appendix D and ICC Evaluation Service ESR-1917 Hilti Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon and Stainless Steel Anchors in Concrete. The relevant design parameters are reiterated in Tables 1, 2, and 3 of this document. Supplemental provisions required for the design of the KB-TZ are enumerated in Section 4.0 of ESR-1917 (DESIGN AND INSTALLATION). Note that these design parameters are supplemental to the design provisions of ACI 318-05.

IBC 2006 IRC 2006 UBC 1997
Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 4.3.4 4.3.4.2 Material Specifications

Carbon steel with electroplated zinc Carbon steel KB-TZ anchors have the following minimum bolt fracture loads1 Anchor Diameter (in.) 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 Shear (lb) NA 7419 11465 17535 Tension (lb) 6744 11240 17535 25853
Carbon steel anchor components plated in accordance with ASTM B633 to a minimum thickness of 5m. Nuts conform to the requirements of ASTM A563, Grade A, Hex. Washers meet the requirements of ASTM F844. Expansion sleeves (wedges) are manufactured from AISI 316 stainless steel.
Stainless steel Stainless steel KB-TZ anchors are made of AISI 304 or 316 material and have the following minimum bolt fracture loads1 Anchor Diameter (in.) 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 Shear (lb) 5058 8543 13938 22481 Tension (lb) 6519 12364 19109 24729
All nuts and washers are made from AISI 304 or AISI 316 stainless steel respectively. Nuts meet the dimensional requirements of ASTM F594. Washers meet the dimensional requirements of ANSI B18.22.1, Type A, plain. Expansion Sleeve (wedges) are made from AISI 316.
1 Bolt fracture loads are determined by testing in jig as part of product QC. These loads are not intended for design purposes. See Tables 2 and 3.
4.3.4 Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 4.3.4.3 Technical Data

Table 1 Kwik Bolt TZ Specification Table
SETTING INFORMATION Anchor O.D. Nominal bit diameter Effective min. embedment Min. hole depth Min. thickness of fixture1 Max. thickness of fixture Installation torque Min. dia. of hole in fixture Available anchor lengths Threaded length including dog point Unthreaded length Installation embedment Symbol do d bit h ef ho t min t max T inst dh Units in. (mm) in. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) ft-lb (Nm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) 3 (76) 7/8 (22) 3/8 0.375 (9.5) 3/8 2 (51) 2-5/8 (67) 1/4 (6) 2-1/4 (57) 25 (34) 7/16 (11.1) 2 (51) 2-5/8 (67) 3/4 (19) 4 (101) 40 (54) 9/16 (14.3) Nominal anchor diameter (in.) 1/2 5/8 0.5 0.625 (12.7) (15.9) 1/2 3-1/4 (83) 4 (102) 1/4 (6) 2-3/4 (70) 3-1/8 (79) 3-3/4 (95) 3/8 (9) 5-5/8 (143) 60 (81) 11/16 (17.5) 5-1/2 (140) 1-1/2 (38) 5/8 4 (102) 4-3/4 (121) 3/4 (19) 4-3/4 (121) 3-3/4 (95) 4-5/8 (117) 1/8 (3) 4-5/8 (117) 110 (149) 13/16 (20.6) 8 (203) 4 (102) 4 (102) 10 (254) 6 (152)
3/4 0.75 (19.1) 3/4 4-3/4 (121) 5-3/4 (146) 1-5/8 (41) 3-5/8 (92)
anch
thread
unthr
h nom
3-3/4 5 3-3/4 4-1/2 5-1/2 7 4-3/4 6 8-1/2 10 (95) (127) (95) (114) (140) (178) (121) (152) (216) (254) 1-5/8 2-7/8 1-5/8 2-3/8 3-3/8 4-7/8 1-1/2 2-3/4 5-1/4 6-3/4 (41) (73) (41) (60) (86) (178) (38) (70) (133) (171) 2-1/8 2-1/8 3-1/4 (54) (54) (83) 2-1/4 2-3/8 3-5/8 3-5/8 4-1/2 (57) (60) (92) (92) (114)
4-3/8 (111)
5-3/8 (137)
1 The minimum thickness of the fastened part is based on use of the anchor at minimum embedment and is controlled by the length of thread. If a thinner fastening thickness is required, increase the anchor embedment to suit.
Figure 1 Kwik Bolt TZ installed
thread
dh
anch
unthr
do
h ef h nom h o
Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 4.3.4
Table 2 Carbon Steel Kwik Bolt TZ Strength Design Information

DESIGN INFORMATION Anchor O.D. Effective min. embedment1 Min. member thickness Critical edge distance Symbol Units do h ef h min c ac ca,min Min. edge distance for s s min Min. anchor spacing for c in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lb/in2 (N/mm2) lb/in2 (N/mm2) in2 (mm2) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 3/8 0.375 (9.5) 2 (51) 4 5 (102) (127) 4-3/8 4 (111) (102) 2-1/2 (64) 5 (127) 2-1/2 (64) 3-5/8 (92) 2-5/8 (67) 100000 (690) 125000 (862) 0.052 (33.6) 6500 (28.9) 3595 (16.0) 2255 (10.0) 2130 (9.5) 2515 (11.2) 2270 (10.1) 1460 (6.5) Nominal anchor diameter 5/8 0.625 (15.9) 2 3-1/4 3-1/8 4 (51) (83) (79) (102) 4 6 6 8 5 6 8 (102) (152) (152) (203) (127) (152) (203) 5-1/2 4-1/2 7-1/2 6 6-1/2 8-3/4 6-3/4 (140) (114) (191) (152) (165) (222) (171) 2-3/4 2-3/8 3-5/8 3-1/4 (70) (60) (92) (83) 5-3/4 5-3/4 6-1/8 5-7/8 (146) (146) (156) (149) 2-3/4 2-3/8 3-1/2 3 (70) (60) (89) (76) 4-1/8 3-1/2 4-3/4 4-1/4 (105) (89) (121) (108) 2-5/8 4 3-7/8 4-3/4 (67) (102) (98) (121) 84800 84800 (585) (585) 106000 106000 (731) (731) 0.101 0.162 (65.0) (104.6) 10705 17170 (47.6) (76.4) 6405 10555 (28.5) (47.0) 6405 10555 (28.5) (47.0) 3000 4945 4600 6040 (13.3) (22) (20.5) (26.9) 5,515 9,145 NA NA (24.5) (40.7) 4,915 NA NA (21.9) 1460 2620 2000 4645 (6.5) (11.7) (8.9) (20.7) 1 24 17 1.41 1/2 0.5 (12.7) 0.75 0.65 0.65 0.70 7 8 9 See ACI 318 D.5.2.6. The KB-TZ is a ductile steel element as defined by ACI 318 D.1. For use with the load combinations of ACI 318 9.2. Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with ACI 318 D.4.4 is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs. For cases where the presence of supplementary reinforcement can be verified, the strength reduction factors associated with Condition A may be used.
Min. hole depth ho in concrete Min. specified fy yield strength Min. specified fu ult. strength Effective tensile A se stress area Steel strength N sa in tension Steel strength Vsa in shear Steel strength in V s,seis shear, seismic Steel strength in shear, Vs,deck concrete on metal deck 2 Pullout strength N p,uncr uncracked concrete 3 Pullout strength N p,cr cracked concrete 3 Pullout strength concrete N p,deck,cr on metal deck 4 Anchor category 5 Effectiveness factor k uncr uncracked concrete Effectiveness factor k cr cracked concrete 6 7 c,N = k uncr /k cr Strength reduction factor for tension, steel failure modes 8 Strength reduction factor for shear, steel failure modes 8 Strength reduction factor for tension, concrete failure modes, Condition B 9 Strength reduction factor for shear, concrete failure modes 1 2 3 4
3/4 0.75 (19.1) 3-3/4 (95) 6 8 (152) (203) 10 8 (254) (203) 4-3/4 (121) 10-1/2 (267) 5 (127) 9-1/2 (241) 4-5/8 (117) 84800 (585) 106000 (731) 0.237 (152.8) 25120 (111.8) 15930 (70.9) 14245 (63.4) NP 8,280 (36.8) NA NP
4-3/4 (121) 8 (203) 9 (229) 4-1/8 (105) 8-7/8 (225) 4 (102) 7-3/4 (197) 5-3/4 (146)
10,680 (47.5)
5 6
See Fig. 1. NP (not permitted) denotes that the condition is not supported. NA (not applicable) denotes that this value does not control for design. NP (not permitted) denotes that the condition is not supported. Values are for cracked concrete. Values are applicable to both static and seismic load combinations. See ACI 318 D.4.4. See ACI 318 D.5.2.2.

Table 3 Stainless Steel Kwik Bolt TZ Strength Design Information
DESIGN INFORMATION Anchor O.D. Effective min. embedment1 Min. member thickness Critical edge distance Symbol Units do h ef h min c ac ca,min Min. edge distance for s s min Min. anchor spacing for c in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lb/in 2 (N/mm 2) lb/in 2 (N/mm 2) in 2 (mm 2) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 3/8 0.375 (9.5) 2 (51) 4 5 (102) (127) 4-3/8 3-7/8 (111) (98) 2-1/2 (64) 5 (127) 2-1/4 (57) 3-1/2 (89) 2-5/8 (67) 92000 (634) 115000 (793) 0.052 (33.6) 5980 (26.6) 4870 (21.7) NA 2825 (12.6) 2630 (11.7) 2340 (10.4) Nominal anchor diameter 5/8 0.625 (15.9) 2 3-1/4 3-1/8 4 (51) (83) (79) (102) 4 6 6 8 5 6 8 (102) (152) (152) (203) (127) (152) (203) 5-1/2 4-1/2 7-1/2 6 7 8-7/8 6 (140) (114) (191) (152) (178) (225) (152) 2-7/8 2-1/8 3-1/4 2-3/8 (73) (54) (83) (60) 5-3/4 5-1/4 5-1/2 5-1/2 (146) (133) (140) (140) 2-7/8 2 2-3/4 2-3/8 (73) (51) (70) (60) 4-1/2 3-1/4 4-1/8 4-1/4 (114) (83) (105) (108) 2-5/8 4 3-3/4 4-3/4 (67) (102) (95) (121) 92000 92000 (634) (634) 115000 115000 (793) (793) 0.101 0.162 (65.0) (104.6) 11615 18630 (51.7) (82.9) 6880 11835 (30.6) (52.7) 2,735 NA NA (12.2) 6880 11835 (30.6) (52.6) 5760 NA NA (25.6) 3180 5840 NA NA (14.1) (26.0) 1 24 24 17 17 17 1.00 1.41 1.41 1.41 1/2 0.5 (12.7) 0.75 0.65 0.65 0.70
3/4 0.75 (19.1) 3-3/4 (95)
4-3/4 (121)
Min. hole depth ho in concrete Min. specified fy yield strength Min. specified fu ult. strength Effective tensile A se stress area Steel strength N sa in tension Steel strength V sa in shear Steel strength in tension, N sa,seis seismic 2 Steel strength in shear, V sa,seis seismic 2 Pullout strength N pn,uncr uncracked concrete 2 Pullout strength cracked N pn,cr concrete 2 Anchor category 3 Effectiveness factor k uncr uncracked concrete Effectiveness factor k cr cracked concrete 4 5 c,N = k uncr /k cr Strength reduction factor for tension, steel failure modes 6 Strength reduction factor for shear, steel failure modes 6 Strength reduction factor for tension, concrete failure modes, Condition B 7 Strength reduction factor for shear, concrete failure modes 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
6 8 (152) (203) 10 7 9 (254) (178) (229) 4-1/4 4 (108) (102) 10 8-1/2 (254) (216) 5 4 (127) (102) 9-1/2 7 (241) (178) 4-5/8 5-3/4 (117) (146) 76125 (525) 101500 (700) 0.237 (152.8) 24055 (107.0) 20050 (89.2) NA 14615 (65.0) NA 8110 (36.1) 12040 (53.6) NA
17 1.41
24 1.00
17 1.41
See Fig. 1. NA (not applicable) denotes that this value does not control for design. See ACI 318 D.4.4. See ACI 318 D.5.2.2. See ACI 318 D.5.2.6. The KB-TZ is a ductile steel element as defined by ACI 318 D.1. For use with the load combinations of ACI 318 9.2. Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with ACI 318 D.4.4 is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs. For cases where the presence of supplementary reinforcement can be verified, the strength reduction factors associated with Condition A may be used.

Figure 2 Interpolation of Minimum Edge Distance and Anchor Spacing
c a, min at s >
s design
s min at c >
c design
edge distance c
Table 4 Mean Axial Stiffness Values (1000 lb/in.) for Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon and Stainless Steel Anchors in Normal-Weight Concrete1 Concrete condition uncracked concrete cracked concrete carbon steel KB-TZ, all diameters 700 500 stainless steel KB-TZ, all diameters 120 90
1 Mean values shown. Actual stiffness may vary considerably depending on concrete strength, loading and geometry of application.
Figure 3 Installation in Concrete over Metal Deck Floor Min. 5/8" Typical
Min. 1-1/2"
Anchor in Ridge
Min. 3000 psi Normal or Sand Lightweight Concrete
Max. 3"
Upper Flute (Valley) Min. 4-1/2" Min. 4-1/2"
Minimum No. 20 Gauge Steel Deck Lower Flute (Ridge)
Max. 1" Offset Typical

Allowable Stress Design Design values for use with allowable stress design (working stress design) shall be established as follows: Rallow,ASD = R d where Rd = Rk represents the limiting design strength in tension ( Nn ) or shear ( Vn ) as calculated according to ACI 318 D.4.1.1 and D.4.1.2
Table 5 The value of shall be taken as follows: Reference for strength reduction factors ACI 318 D.4.4 ACI 318 D.4.5 including seismic 1.1 1.2
excluding seismic 1.4 1.55
Table 6 - Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon and Stainless Steel Allowable Static Tension (ASD), Normal-Weight Uncracked Concrete, Condition B (lb)1,2,3,4
Nominal Anchor Diameter 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 Embedment Depth hef (in.) 2 2 3-1/4 3-1/8 4 3-3/4 4-3/4 f 'c= 2500 psi Carbon Stainless Steel Steel 1168 1576 2561 3078 4246 3844 4959 1221 1576 2674 3078 4457 4046 5590 Concrete Compressive Strength2 f 'c= 3000 psi f 'c= 4000 psi Carbon Stainless Carbon Stainless Steel Steel Steel Steel 1279 1726 2805 3372 4651 4211 5432 1338 1726 2930 3372 4883 4432 6124 1477 1993 3239 3893 5371 4863 6272 1545 1993 3383 3893 5638 5118 7071 f 'c= 6000 psi Carbon Stainless Steel Steel 1809 2441 3967 4768 6578 5956 7682 1892 2441 4143 4768 6905 6268 8660
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction. For other cases, calculation of R d as per ACI 318-05 and conversion to ASD in accordance with Table 5. 2 Values are for normal weight concrete. For sand-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.85. For all-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.75. See ACI 318-05 D.3.4. 3 Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with ACI 318-05 D.4.4 is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs. For cases where the presence of supplementary reinforcement can be verified, the strength reduction factors associated with Condition A may be used. 4 Allowable static tension loads for 2,500 psi are calculated by multiplying the concrete breakout strength N b by the strength reduction factor of 0.65 and dividing by an of 1.4 according to ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.2. N b is calculated as per ACI 318-05 D.5.2.2. This load may be adjusted for other concrete strengths according to ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.1.3 by using the following equation.
N b,f ' c = N b
f 'c 2500
Table 7 - Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon and Stainless Steel Allowable Static Tension (ASD), Normal-Weight Cracked Concrete, Condition B (lb)1,2,3,4
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction. For other cases, calculation of R d as per ACI 318-05 and conversion to ASD in accordance with Table 5. 2 Values are for normal weight concrete. For sand-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.85. For all-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.75. See ACI 318-05 D.3.4. 3 Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with ACI 318-05 D.4.4 is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs. For cases where the presence of supplementary reinforcement can be verified, the strength reduction factors associated with Condition A may be used. 4 Allowable static tension loads for 2,500 psi are calculated by multiplying the pullout strength N pn by the strength reduction factor of 0.65 and dividing by an of 1.4 according to ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.2. See Table 2 for N pn. This load may be adjusted for other concrete strengths according to ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.1.3 by using the following equation.
f 'c 2500

Table 8 - Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon and Stainless Steel Allowable Static Shear (ASD), Steel (lb)1,2
Nominal Anchor Diameter 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 Allowable Steel Capacity, Static Shear Carbon Steel 1669 2974 4901 7396 Stainless Steel 2661 3194 5495 9309
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction due to concrete failure. 2 Allowable static shear loads are calculated by multiplying Vsa by the strength reduction factor of 0.65 and dividing by an of 1.4 according to ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.2. See Table 2 for Vsa .
Table 9 - Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon and Stainless Steel Allowable Seismic Tension (ASD), Normal-Weight Cracked Concrete, Condition B (lb)1,2,3,4
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction. For other cases, calculation of R d as per ACI 318-05 and conversion to ASD in accordance with Table 5. 2 Values are for normal weight concrete. For sand-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.85. For all-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.75. See ACI 318-05 D.3.4. 3 Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with ACI 318-05 D.4.4 is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs. For cases where the presence of supplementary reinforcement can be verified, the strength reduction factors associated with Condition A may be used. 4 Allowable seismic tension loads for 2,500 psi are calculated by multiplying the pullout strength N pn by the strength reduction factor of 0.65, then multiplying by a 0.75 factor describe in ACI 318-05 D.3.3.3, and dividing by an of 1.1 according to ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.2. See Table 2 for N pn. This load may be adjusted for other concrete strengths according to ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.1.3 by using the following equation.
f 'c 2500
Table 10 - Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon and Stainless Steel Allowable Seismic Shear (ASD), Steel (lb)1,2
Nominal Anchor Diameter 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 Allowable Steel Capacity, Seismic Shear Carbon Steel 999 2839 4678 6313 Stainless Steel 1252 3049 5245 6477
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction due to concrete failure. 2 Allowable seismic shear loads are calculated by multiplying Vsa, seis by the strength reduction factor of 0.65, then multiply by 0.75 as per ACI 31805 D.3.3.3, and dividing by an of 1.1 according to ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.2. See Table 2 for Vsa, seis .

Table 11 - Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon Steel Allowable Tension and Shear Loads (ASD), Installed into the Underside of a Lightweight Concrete over Metal Deck Slab1,2,3
Nominal Anchor Diameter 3/8 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8 Embedment Depth h ef (in.) 2 2 3-1/4 3-1/8 4 Tension Seismic (lb)4 709 709 1272 971 2255 Tension non-Seismic (lb)5 743 743 1333 1017 2362 Shear Seismic (lb)4 944 1330 2192 2039 2677 Shear non-Seismic (lb)5 989 1393 2296 2136 2804
1 Pullout strength values N pn,deck are for anchors installed in lightweight concrete having a minimum 2,500 psi compressive strength at the time of installation. See Table 3 ESR-1917. The values listed in Table 11 have been calculated assuming a minimum 3,000 psi concrete compressive strength. The pullout strength may be adjusted for other lightweight concrete compressive strengths according to ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.1.3 using the following equation:
N pn,deck,f ' c = N pn,deck
f 'c (lb, psi) 2500
2 Minimum anchor spacing along the flute shall be the greater of 3.0 h ef or 1.5 times the flute width in accordance with ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.1.3. 3 Anchors in the lower flute may be installed with a maximum 1-inch offset in either direction. See Figure 5 in ESR-1917. 4 Allowable seismic tension and shear loads are calculated by multiplying N pn,deck and V sa,deck by the strength reduction factor of 0.65, the seismic reduction factor of 0.75 according to ACI 318 D3.3.3, and then divided by an of 1.1 according to ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.2.
5 Allowable non-seismic tension and shear loads are calculated by multiplying N pn,deck and V sa,deck by the strength reduction factor of 0.65 and dividing by an of 1.4 according to ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.2.
Table 12 Kwik Bolt TZ Length Identification System Length ID marking on bolt head Length of From anchor, Up to but not anch (in.) including A 112 2 B 2 212 C 212 3 D 3 312 E 312 4 F 4 412 G 412 5 H 5 512 I 512 6 J 6 612 K 612 7 L 7 712 M 712 8 N 8 812 O 812 9 P 9 Q R S T U 13 14 V W
912 10
11 12 12 13
14 15 15 16
912 10 11
Figure 4 Bolt Head with Length Identification Mark and Kwik Bolt TZ Head Notch Embossment
Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 4.3.4 4.3.4.4 Kwik Bolt TZ Anchor Installation Instructions into normal-weight and lightweight concrete
1. Hammer drill a hole to the same nominal diameter as the Kwik Bolt TZ. The hole depth must exceed the anchor embedment by at least 1/4 inch. The fixture may be used as a drilling template to ensure proper anchor location.
2. Clean hole.
3. Drive the Kwik Bolt TZ into the hole using a hammer. The anchor must be driven until at least 4 threads are below the surface of the fixture.
4. Tighten the nut to the recommended installation torque.
4.3.4 Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 4.3.4.5 Kwik Bolt TZ Anchor Ordering Information
Item No. Description Length (in.) Thread Length (in.) Box Quantity
387509 387510 387511 387512 387513 387514 387515 387516 387517 387518 387519 387520 387521 387522 387523 387524 387525 387526 387527 387528 387529 387530 387531 387532 387533 387534 387535 387536 411727 411731 411733 411734 411736 411737 411739 411740 411741
KB-TZ 3/8x3 KB-TZ 3/8x3-3/4 KB-TZ 3/8x5 KB-TZ 1/2x3-3/4 KB-TZ 1/2x4-1/2 KB-TZ 1/2x5-1/2 KB-TZ 1/2x7 KB-TZ 5/8x4-3/4 KB-TZ 5/8x6 KB-TZ 5/8x8-1/2 KB-TZ 5/8x10 KB-TZ 3/4x5-1/2 KB-TZ 3/4x8 KB-TZ 3/4x10 KB-TZ SS304 3/8x3 KB-TZ SS304 3/8x3-3/4 KB-TZ SS304 3/8x5 KB-TZ SS304 1/2x3-3/4 KB-TZ SS304 1/2x4-1/2 KB-TZ SS304 1/2x5-1/2 KB-TZ SS304 1/2x7 KB-TZ SS304 5/8x4-3/4 KB-TZ SS304 5/8x6 KB-TZ SS304 5/8x8-1/2 KB-TZ SS304 5/8x10 KB-TZ SS304 3/4x5-1/2 KB-TZ SS304 3/4x8 KB-TZ SS304 3/4x10 KB-TZ SS316 3/8x3 KB-TZ SS316 3/8x3-3/4 KB-TZ SS316 1/2x3-3/4 KB-TZ SS316 1/2x4-1/2 KB-TZ SS316 1/2x5-1/2 KB-TZ SS316 5/8x4-3/4 KB-TZ SS316 5/8x6 KB-TZ SS316 3/4x5-1/2 KB-TZ SS316 3/4x10
3 3-3/4 5 3-3/4 4-1/2 5-1/2 7 4-3/4 6 8-1/2 10 5 1/2 8 10 3 3-3/4 5 3-3/4 4-1/2 5-1/2 7 4-3/4 6 8-1/2 10 5-1/2 8 10 3 3-3/4 3-3/4 4-1/2 5-1/2 4-3/4 6 5-1/2 10
7/8 1-5/8 2-7/8 1-5/8 2-3/8 3-3/8 4-7/8 1-1/2 2-3/4 5-1/4 6-3/4 1-1/2 4 6 7/8 1-5/8 2-7/8 1-5/8 2-3/8 3-3/8 4-7/8 1-1/2 2-3/4 5-1/4 6-3/4 1-1/2 4 6 7/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 2-3/8 3-3/8 1-1/2 2-3/4 1-1/2 6
50 50 50 20 20 20 20 15 15 15 15 10 10 10 50 50 50 20 20 20 20 15 15 15 15 10 10 10 50 50 20 20 20 15 15 10 10
Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 4.3.4 4.3.4.6 Kwik Bolt TZ Anchor Sample Calculations
Given: (2) 1/2 in. KB-TZ anchors under static tension load as shown. h ef = 3.25 in. Normal wt. concrete, f'c = 3,000 psi No supplementary reinforcing. Assume uncracked concrete. Condition B per ACI 318-05 D.4.4(c) Calculate the allowable tension load for this configuration.
AN 1.5h ef
s = 6''
6"
1.5h ef
c = 4''
1.5h ef
Calculation per ACI 318-05 Appendix D and ICC ESR-1917. Step 1. Calculate steel strength of anchor in tension: N n = n * N sa = 0.75 * 2 * 10,706 = 16,059 lb
cp,N .
Code Ref. D.5.1.2 D.4.4 D.5.2.1 D.8
Reference Table 2 ESR-1917 4.1.2 Table 2 Fig. 2
Step 2. Calculate concrete breakout strength of anchor in tension. See ESR-1917 for edge factor A N cbg = N c ( ec,N ) ( ed,N,c,N ) ( cp,N ) N b A Nco Step 2a. Verify minimum member thickness, spacing and edge distance: h = 6 in. 6 in. ... ok
min
2.375, 5.75 S min
cmin = 4 in. > 3.5 in. ... s min defaults to 2.375 in. 6 in. > 2.375 in. ... ok Step 2b. Check: 1.5h ef = (1.5 ) (3.25) = 4.88 in. > c
2.375 controls 0.875
3.5, 2.375 C min
3.0h ef = (3) (3.25) = 9.75 in. > s
D.5.2.1 D.5.2.1 D.5.2.4 D.5.2.2 D.5.2.5 D.5.2.6
Table 2 Table 2
Step 2c. Calculate A Nco and A Nc for the anchorage: A Nco = 9h ef 2 = (9) (3.25)2 = 95.1 in 2 A Nc = (1.5) (h ef + c) (3) (h ef + s ) = [(1.5) (3.25) + 4] [(3 x 3.25) + 6] = 139.8 in 2 < 2A Nco ... ok Step 2d. Calculate
ec,N : eN'
= O,
ec,N =
Step 2e. Calculate N b : N b = k cr
f 'c ( h ef ) 1.5 = 17 3000 (3.25)1.5 = 5,456 lb

ed,N
Table 2 Table 2 Table 2
Step 2f. Calculate modification factor for edge distance: Step 2g.
c,N
= 0.7 + 0.3
4 = 0.95 (1.5) (3.25)
= 1.4 (uncracked concrete)
Step 2h. Calculate modification factor for splitting: c a,min 1.5h e f 4 (1.5) (3.25) . 1.5h ef check: = 0.53 : = 0.65 0.53 < 0.65 . . controls cp,N = c c ac 7.5 7.5 c ac ac Step 2i. Calculate N cbg : N cbg =
D.5.2.7 D.5.2.1
Table 2 Table 2 Table 2 ESR-1917 4.1.6 Table 2 Table 5
( 139.8 ) (1) (0.95) (1.4) (5,456) (0.65) = 6,983 lb 95.1

] [ ]
Step 3. Check pullout strength: See ESR-1917 for adjustment for concrete strength f 'c = 2 (5,515) 3000 = 12,082 lb : N pn,f'c (1) = 2 N pn, uncr 2500 2500 . Step 4. Controlling strength: N cbg = (0.65) (6,983) = 4,539 lb < N n . . N cbg controls
D.5.3.2
D.4.4(c) -
Step 5. Convert value to ASD: T allow =
4,539 = 3,242 lb 1.4
4.3.5 Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor

4.3.5.1 4.3.5.2 4.3.5.3 4.3.5.4 4.3.5.5 4.3.5.6 4.3.5.7 Product Description Material Specifications Strength Design (LRFD) Allowable Stress Design (ASD) Installation Instructions Ordering Information Sample Calculations

The Kwik Bolt 3 (KB3) is a torque controlled expansion anchor, which provides consistent performance for a wide range of mechanical anchor applications. This anchor series is available in carbon steel with zinc electroplated coating, carbon steel with hot-dip galvanized coating, 304 stainless steel and 316 stainless steel versions.The threaded stud version of the anchor is available in a variety of diameters ranging from 1/4 in. to 1 in. depending on the steel and coating type. Applicable base materials include normal-weight concrete, structural lightweight concrete, lightweight concrete over metal deck, and grout filled concrete masonry. Guide Specifications Product Features Length identification code facilitates quality control and inspection after installation. Through fixture installation and variable thread lengths improve productivity and accommodate various base plate thicknesses. Raised impact section (Dog Point) prevents thread damage during installation. Anchor size is same as drill bit size for easy installation. For temporary applications anchors may be driven into drilled holes after usage. Mechanical expansion allows immediate load application.
Impact Section (Dog Point)
Nut Washer
Anchor Thread
Installation Drill hole in concrete, structural lightweight concrete, or grout filled concrete masonry using a Hilti carbide tipped drill bit and a Hilti rotary hammer drill. Remove dust from the hole with oil free compressed air or vacuum. Alternately for 1/2, 5/8, 3/4, and 1 inch diameter Kwik Bolt 3 anchors, the hole may be drilled using a matched tolerance Hilti DD-C wet diamond core bit for anchoring applications. The slurry must be flushed from the diamond cored hole prior to anchor installation. The minimum hole depth must exceed the anchor embedment prior to torquing by one hole, diameter. Drive the anchor into the hole using a hammer. A minimum of six threads must be below the surface of the fixture. Tighten the nut to the recommended installation torque.
Anchor Body Expansion Element (Wedges)
Expansion Cone
Listings/Approvals
ICC-ES (International Code Council) ESR-2302 ICC-ES ESR-1385 Grout filled concrete masonry City of Los Angeles Research Report No. 25577 FM (Factory Mutual) Pipe Hanger Components for Automatic Sprinkler (3/8" - 3/4") UL (Underwriters Laboratories) UL 203 Pipe Hanger Equipment for Fire Protection Services (3/8" - 3/4") Miami-Dade County NOA No. 06-0810.13 Qualified under an NQA-1 Nuclear Quality Program
Torque controlled expansion anchors shall be Kwik Bolt 3 supplied by Hilti meeting the description in Federal Specification A-A 1923A, Type 4. The anchor bears a length identification mark embossed into the impact section (dog point) of the anchor identifying the anchor as a Hilti Kwik Bolt 3 in the installed condition. Anchors are manufactured to meet one of the following conditions: 1. The carbon steel anchor body, nut and washer have an electroplated zinc coating conforming to ASTM B633 to a minimum thickness of 5 m. 2. The carbon steel hot-dip galvanized anchor body, nut, and washer conform to ASTM A153. The stainless steel expansion elements conform to either AISI 304 or AISI 316. 3. The stainless steel anchor body, nut, and washer conform to AISI 304. The stainless steel expansion elements conform to either AISI 304 or AISI 316. 4. The stainless steel anchor body, nut, and washer conform to AISI 316. The stainless steel expansion elements conform to AISI 316.
C *Please refer to the reports to verify that the type and diameter specified is included

IBC / IRC 2009 IBC / IRC 2006 IBC / IRC 2003 (for concrete only)
Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor 4.3.5 4.3.5.2 Material Specifications

Carbon steel with electroplated zinc All Carbon Steel Kwik Bolt 3 and Rod Coupling Anchors, excluding the 3/4 x 12 and 1 inch diameter sizes, have the minimum tensile bolt fracture loads shown in Table 5. All carbon steel 3/4 x 12 and 1 inch diameter sizes and carbon steel countersunk Kwik Bolt 3 anchor bodies have mechanical properties as listed in Table 5. Carbon steel anchor components plated in accordance with ASTM B633 to a minimum thickness of 5 m. Nuts conform to the requirements of ASTM A563, Grade A, Hex. Washers meet the requirements of ASTM F844. Expansion elements (wedges) are manufactured from carbon steel, except the following anchors have stainless steel wedges: All 1/4 inch diameter anchors KB3 3/4x12 All 1 inch diameter anchors All countersunk Kwik Bolt 3
Carbon steel with hot-dip galvanized coating Anchor bodies manufactured from carbon steel have the minimum tensile bolt fracture loads shown in Table 5. Carbon steel anchor components hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A153, Class C (43 m min.). Nuts conform to the requirements of ASTM A563, Grade A, Hex. Washers meet the requirements of ASTM F844. Stainless steel expansion elements (wedges) are manufactured from either AISI 304 or AISI 316.
Stainless steel Anchor bodies smaller than 3/4 inch, excluding all Countersunk Kwik Bolt 3 anchors, are produced from AISI 304 or 316 stainless steel having the minimum bolt fracture loads shown in Table 5. Anchor bodies 3/4 inch and larger, and all stainless steel Countersunk Kwik Bolt 3 anchor bodies, are produced from AISI 304 or 316 stainless steel have the minimum mechanical properties shown in Table 5. Nuts meet the dimensional requirements of ASTM F594. Washers meet the dimensional requirements of ANSI B18.22.1, Type A, plain. Stainless steel expansion elements for AISI 304 anchors are made from either AISI 304 or AISI 316. Stainless steel expansion elements for AISI 316 anchors are made from AISI 316. All stainless steel nuts and washers for AISI 304 and 316 anchors are manufactured from AISI 304 and 316, respectively.
4.3.5 Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor 4.3.5.3 Strength Design (LRFD)

This section provides ACI 318-05 strength design information for the Kwik Bolt 3 used where the required for post-installed anchor design must comply with according to the IBC 2003 and IBC 2006. Testing was conducted in accordance with ACI 355.2 and ICC-ES AC193 in uncracked concrete. Engineering design based on this section is limited to uncracked concrete and seismic design categories A & B. For more detailed information, please contact Hilti Technical Support. Note that the allowable load tables are not developed using the same safety factors as the allowable load Table 6 to 15 provided in the allowable load Section 4.3.5.4 of the 2008 Product Technical Guide and should not be interchanged. Edge distance and anchor spacing guidelines are specific for each design method. The installation torques for the 5/8, 3/4, and 1- inch diameter anchors have been reduced in order to maintain reasonable spacing guidelines as developed in accordance with ACI 355.2.
Figure 1 - Kwik Bolt 3 Installation
Table 1 - Installation Information Strength Design

DESIGN INFORMATION Anchor O.D. ANSI drill bit dia Effective min. embedment Min hole depth Installation torque Expansion element clearance hole Symbol do dbit hef ho Tinst dh Units in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) ft-lb (Nm) in. (mm) 1/4 0.25 (6.4) 1/4 (6.4) 1-1/2 (38) 2 (51) 4 (5) 5/16 (7.9) 3/8 0.375 (9.5) 3/8 (9.5) 2 (51) 2-5/8 (67) 20 (27) 7/16 (11.1) Nominal anchor diameter 1/2 5/8 0.5 0.625 (12.7) (15.9) 1/2 5/8 (12.7) (15.9) 2 3-1/4 3-1/8 4 (51) (83) (79) (102) 2-5/8 4 3-7/8 4-3/4 (67) (102) (98) (121) 40 60 (54) (81) 9/16 11/16 (14.3) (17.5) 3/4 0.75 (19.1) 3/4 (19.1) 3-3/4 5 (95) (127) 4-1/2 5-3/4 (114) (146) 110 (149) 13/16 (20.6) 1 1 (25.4) 1 (25.4) 4 5-3/4 (102) (146) 5 6-3/4 (127) (171) 150 (203) 1-1/8 (28.6)
Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor 4.3.5

Table 2 - Carbon Steel KB3 Strength Design
DESIGN INFORMATION Symbol Units Nominal Anchor Diameter 5/8 0.625 (15.9) 2 3.25 3.125 4 (51) (83) (79) (102) 4 6 6 8 5 6 8 (102) (152) (152) (203) (127) (152) (203) 4.875 3.625 6.75 5.625 7.5 9.5 7.5 (124) (92) (171) (143) (191) (241) (191) 2.125 2 1.625 1.625 2.25 1.75 1.75 (54) (51) (41) (41) (57) (44) (44) 4.875 4.75 4.25 4 5.25 4.75 4 (124) (121) (108) (102) (133) (121) (102) 2.5 2.25 2 1.875 2.375 2.125 2.125 (64) (57) (51) (48) (60) (54) (54) 2.625 2.375 2.25 2 3.125 2.375 2.25 (67) (60) (57) (51) (79) (60) (57) 2.625 4 3.875 4.75 (67) (102) (98) (121) 84,800 84,800 (585) (585) 106,000 106,000 (731) (731) 0.11 0.17 (71.0) (109.7) 11,660 18,020 (51.9) (80.2) 5,925 6,760 12,230 (26.4) (30.1) (54.4) 2,840 3,155 6,585 (12.6) (14.0) (29.3) 6,890 NA NA (30.6) 2,730 4,765 (12.1) (21.2) 1 1/2 0.5 (12.7) 24 40 (54) 203,500 29 191,100 29 222,150 25 0.75 0.65 0.65 0.70 60 (81) 170,700 21 207,400 19 110 (149) 164,000 24
1/4 3/8 in. 0.25 0.375 Anchor O.D. d0 (mm) (6.4) (9.5) Effective min. in. 1.5 2 h ef embedment 1 (mm) (38) (51) in. 4 4 5 Min. member thickness h min (mm) (102) (102) (127) in. 2.75 4.5 3.875 Critical edge distance 2 c cr (mm) (70) (114) (98) in. 1.375 2 1.5 c min (mm) (35) (51) (38) Min. edge distance 2 in. 1.75 2.875 3.5 for s (mm) (44) (73) (89) in. 1.25 1.75 1.75 s min (mm) (32) (44) (44) Min. anchor spacing in. 1.625 2.375 2.375 for c (mm) (41) (60) (60) Min. hole depth in in. 2 2.625 h0 in concrete (mm) (51) (67) Min. specified psi 84,800 84,800 fy yield strength (N/mm2) (585) (585) psi 106,000 106,000 Min. specified ult. strength f ut (N/mm2) (731) (731) Effective tensile in2 0.02 0.06 A se stress area (mm2) (12.9) (38.7) lb 2,120 6,360 Steel strength in tension N sa (kN) (9.4) (28.3) lb 1,640 4,470 Steel strength in shear V sa (kN) (7.3) (19.9) Steel strength in shear, lb 1,930 Vsa,deck concrete on metal deck (kN) (8.6) Pullout strength lb 1,575 N pn,uncr NA uncracked concrete (kN) (7.0) Pullout strength concrete lb 1,750 2,245 N pn,deck,uncr on metal deck 5 (kN) (7.8) (10.0) Anchor category 6 1,2 or 3 Effectiveness factor k uncr uncracked concrete 7 ft*lb 4 20 Installation torque Tinst (Nm) (5) (27) Axial stiffness in service (lb/in) 116,150 162,850 load range COV % 60 42 Strength reduction factor for tension, steel failure modes 8 Strength reduction factor for shear, steel failure modes 8 Strength reduction factor for tension concrete failure modes, Condition B 9 Strength reduction factor for shear concrete failure modes, Condition B 9
1 See Figure 1.
3/4 0.75 (19.1) 3.75 (95) 5 (127) 8 (203) 9.5 (241) 2.5 (64) 6.375 (162) 3.25 (83) 3.375 (86) 5.75 (146)
6 8 (152) (203) 9.75 7.5 (248) (191) 2.75 2.625 (70) (67) 6.875 6.5 (175) (165) 3.75 3.375 (95) (86) 3.75 3.375 (95) (86) 4.5 (114) 84,800 (585) 106,000 (731) 0.24 (154.8) 25,440 (113.2) 15,660 16,595 (69.7) (73.8) NP NA NP 10,585 (47.1)
2 For KB3 into the soffit of sand lightweight or normal-weight concrete on metal deck floor and roof assemblies, see Figure 3 associated to Table 15. 3 NP (not permitted) denotes that the condition is not supported. 4 NA (not applicable) denotes that this value does not govern for design. 5 NP (not permitted) denotes that the condition is not supported. 6 See ACI 318-05 Section D.4.4. 7 See ACI 318-05 Section D.5.2.2. 8 The KB3 is a ductile steel element as defined by ACI 318 Section D.1. 9 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2. Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with ACI 318-05 Section D.4.4 is not provided, or where pull-out or pry out strength governs. For cases where the presence of supplementary reinforcement can be verified, the strength reduction factors associated with Condition A may be used.

Table 3 - Stainless Steel KB3 Strength Design Information
DESIGN INFORMATION Symbol Units Nominal Anchor Diameter 5/8 3/4 1 0.625 0.75 1 (15.9) (19.1) (25.4) 2 3.25 3.125 4 3.75 5 4 5.75 (51) (83) (79) (102) (95) (127) (102) (146) 4 6 6 8 5 6 8 6 8 8 8 10 (102) (152) (152) (203) (127) (152) (203) (152) (203) (203) (203) (254) 4.875 4 6.75 5.75 7.375 9.5 7.5 10.5 9.25 9.75 10 11 (124) (102) (171) (146) (187) (241) (191) (267) (235) (248) (254) (279) 2.5 1.875 1.625 1.625 3.25 2.5 2.5 3.25 3 2.875 3.5 3 (64) (48) (41) (41) (83) (64) (64) (83) (76) (73) (89) (76) 5 4.625 4.5 4.25 5.625 5.25 5 7 6.875 6.625 6.75 6.75 (127) (117) (114) (108) (143) (133) (127) (178) (175) (168) (172) (172) 2.5 2.25 2.125 1.875 3.125 2.125 2.125 4 3.5 3.5 5 4.75 (64) (57) (54) (48) (79) (54) (54) (102) (89) (89) (127) (121) 2.875 2.375 2.375 2.125 3.875 3 2.75 4.125 3.75 3.75 4.25 3.75 (73) (60) (60) (54) (98) (76) (70) (105) (95) (95) (108) (95) 2.625 4 3.875 4.75 4.5 5.75 5 6.75 (67) (102) (98) (121) (114) (146) (127) (171) 92,000 92,000 76,000 76,000 (634) (634) (524) (524) 115,000 115,000 90,000 90,000 (793) (793) (621) (621) 0.11 0.17 0.24 0.47 (71.0) (109.7) (154.8) (303.2) 12,650 19,550 21,600 42,311 (56.3) (87.0) (96.1) (188.2) 4,195 6,940 8,955 14,300 11,900 23,545 12,510 30,000 (18.7) (30.9) (39.8) (63.6) (52.9) (104.7) (55.6) (133.5) 1,745 5,690 NP NP (7.8) (25.3) 3,310 6,340 6,230 7,830 8,555 10,830 NA 15,550 (14.7) (28.2) (27.7) (34.8) (38.1) (48.2) (69.2) 1,945 4,430 NP NP (8.7) (19.7) 1 1/2 0.5 (12.7) 24 20 (27) 158,300 34 154,150 36 40 (54) 77,625 17 227,600 31 0.75 0.65 0.65 0.70 60 (81) 189,200 22 110 (149) 275,600 35 187,000 21 150 (203) 126,400 174,800 38 22
1/4 in. 0.25 Anchor O.D. d0 (mm) (6.4) Effective min. in. 1.5 h ef embedment 1 (mm) (38) in. 4 Min. member thickness h min (mm) (102) in. 3 Critical edge distance2 c cr (mm) (76) in. 1.375 c min (mm) (35) 2 Min. edge distance in. 1.75 for s (mm) (44) in. 1.25 s min (mm) (32) Min. anchor spacing in. 1.625 for c (mm) (41) Min. hole depth in in. 2 h0 in concrete (mm) (51) Min. specified psi 92000 fy yield strength (N/mm2) (634) psi 115000 Min. specified ult. strength f ut (N/mm2) (793) Effective tensile in2 0.02 A se stress area (mm2) (12.9) lb 2300 Steel strength in tension N sa (kN) (10.2) lb 1680 Steel strength in shear V sa (kN) (7.5) Steel strength in shear, lb 2,020 Vsa,deck concrete on metal deck 3 (kN) (9.0) Pullout strength lb 1325 N pn,uncr uncracked concrete 4 (kN) (5.9) Pullout strength concrete lb 1805 Npn,deck,uncr on metal deck 5 (kN) (8.0) 6 Anchor category 1,2 or 3 2 Effectiveness factor k uncr uncracked concrete7 ft*lb 4 Installation torque Tinst (Nm) (5) Axial stiffness in service (lb/in) 57,400 load range COV % 40 Strength reduction factor for tension, steel failure modes 8 Strength reduction factor for shear, steel failure modes 8 Strength reduction factor for tension concrete failure modes, Condition B 9 Strength reduction factor for shear concrete failure modes, Condition B 9
1 See Figure 1.
3/8 0.375 (9.5) 2 (51) 4 5 (102) (127) 4.375 3.875 (111) (98) 2 1.625 (51) (41) 4 3.625 (102) (92) 2 1.75 (51) (44) 3.25 2.5 (83) (64) 2.625 (67) 92,000 (634) 115,000 (793) 0.06 (38.7) 6,900 (30.7) 4,980 (22.2) 2,580 (11.5) 3,120 (13.9) 2,580 (11.5)
2 For KB3 into the soffit of sand lightweight or normal-weight concrete on metal deck floor and roof assemblies, see Figure 3. 3 NP (not permitted) denotes that the condition is not supported by this report. 4 NA (not applicable) denotes that this value does not govern for design. 5 NP (not permitted) denotes that the condition is not supported by this report. 6 See ACI 318-05 Section D.4.4. 7 See ACI 318-05 Section D.5.2.2. 8 The KB3 is a ductile steel element as defined by ACI 318 Section D.1. 9 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2. Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with ACI 318-05 Section D.4.4 is not provided, or where pull-out or pry out strength governs. For cases where the presence of supplementary reinforcement can be verified, the strength reduction factors associated with Condition A may be used.

Table 4 - Hot-Dip Galvanized KB3 Strength Design Information
DESIGN INFORMATION Symbol Units Nominal anchor Diameter 5/8 0.625 (15.9) 2 3.25 3.125 4 (51) (83) (79) (102) 6 6 8 5 6 8 (152) (152) (203) (127) (152) (203) 3.625 6.75 5.625 7.5 9.5 7.5 (92) (171) (143) (191) (241) (191) 2.625 2 2.25 2 1.875 (67) (51) (57) (51) (48) 5.5 4.875 5.25 5 4.75 (140) (124) (133) (127) (121) 2.75 2.375 2.125 2.5 2.125 2.125 (70) (60) (54) (64) (54) (54) 2.75 2.625 2.25 3.5 2.5 2.25 (70) (67) (57) (89) (64) (57) 2.625 4 3.875 4.75 (67) (102) (98) (121) 84,800 84,800 (585) (585) 106,000 106,000 (731) (731) 0.11 0.17 (71.0) (109.7) 11,660 18,020 (51.9) (80.2) 4,200 5,870 11,635 (18.7) (26.1) (51.8) 6,540 6,465 9,375 NA (29.1) (28.8) (41.7) 1 1/2 0.5 (12.7) 24 40 (54) 177,000 42 332,850 18 0.75 0.65 0.65 0.70 347,750 37 60 (81) 190,130 36 110 (149) 364,725 27 314,650 21
in. Anchor O.D. d0 (mm) Effective min. in. h ef embedment2 (mm) in. Min. member thickness h min (mm) in. Critical edge distance c cr (mm) in. c min (mm) Min. edge distance in. for s (mm) in. s min (mm) Min. anchor spacing in. for c (mm) in. Min. hole depth in h0 in concrete (mm) Min. specified psi fy yield strength (N/mm2) psi Min. specified ult. strength f ut (N/mm2) Effective tensile in2 A se stress area (mm2) lb Steel strength in tension N sa (kN) lb Steel strength in shear V sa (kN) Pullout strength lb N pn,uncr uncracked concrete4 (kN) Anchor category6 1,2 or 3 Effectiveness factor k uncr uncracked concrete7 ft*lb Installation torque Tinst (Nm) Axial stiffness in service (lb/in) load range COV % Strength reduction factor for tension, steel failure modes 5 Strength reduction factor for shear, steel failure modes 5 Strength reduction factor for tension , concrete failure modes, Condition B 6 Strength reduction factor for shear , concrete failure modes, Condition B 6
1 See Table 16 and the associated figure.
3/4 0.75 (19.1) 3.75 (95) 6 (152) 9.75 (248) 3.5 (89) 7.5 (191) 4 (102) 6.5 (165) 4.5 (114) 84,800 (585) 106,000 (731) 0.24 (154.8) 25,440 (113.2) 17,000 (75.6) NA 10,175 (45.3) 8 (203) 7.5 (191) 5 (127) 8 (203) 9.5 (241) 3.625 (92) 7.375 (187) 3.875 (98) 4.75 (121) 5.75 (146)
4 (102) 4.875 (124) 3.25 (83) 6.25 (159) 3.125 (79) 3.75 (95)
2 NA (not applicable) denotes that this value does not govern for design. 3 See ACI 318-05 Section D.4.4. 4 See ACI 318-05 Section D.5.2.2. 5 The KB3 is a ductile steel element as defined by ACI 318 Section D.1 6 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2. Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with ACI 318-05 Section D.4.4 is not provided, or where pull-out or pry out strength governs. For cases where the prescence of supplimentray reinfircement can be verified, the strength reduction factors associated with Condition A may be used.
Figure 2 - Interpolation of Minimum Edge Distance and Anchor Spacing
s design
c design
sdesign
spacing s
ca min at s
hmin
smin at c
h h min
cdesign
edge distance c
Length Identification System

Stamp on Anchor A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R From 1 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 4-1/2 5 5-1/2 6 6-1/2 7 7-1/2 8 8-1/2 9 9-1/2 10 Length of Up To Anchor But Not 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 4-1/2 5 5-1/2 6 6-1/2 7 7-1/2 8 8-1/2 9 9-1/2 10 11 (inches) Including S 11 12 T 12 13
Length Identification Mark
Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor 4.3.5 4.3.5.4 Allowable Stress Design

Table 5 - Kwik Bolt 3 Specifications1
Bolt Size Details d bit h min/h nom/h deep ho dh nominal bit diameter2 depth of embedment minimum/standard/deep hole depth wedge clearance hole in fixture Normal weight & Light weight Concrete Grout Filled Block Carbon Steel HDG Stainless Steel Carbon Steel in. (mm) in. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) ft-lb (Nm) ft-lb (Nm) ft-lb (Nm) in.
1-1/8 (29) 1-3/8 (35) 1/4 (6.4) 1/4 2 (51) 2-1/4 (57) 5/16 (8) 4 (5) 6 (8) 4 (5) 3 (76) 3-1/4 (83) 1-5/8 (41) 2 (51) 3/8 (9.5) 3/8 2-1/2 (64) 2-7/8 (73) 7/16 (11) 20 (27) 20 (27) 15 (20) 3-1/2 (89) 3-7/8 (89) 2-1/4 (57) 2-3/4 (70) 1/2 (12.7) 1/2 3-1/2 (89) 4 (102) 9/16 (14) 40 (54) 40 (54) 25 (34) 4-3/4 (121) 5-1/4 (133)
Tinst Recommended Installation Torque h
min. base material thickness Bolt Fracture Load Carbon Steel HDG Stainless steel Bolt Size
3 inch (76 mm) or 1.3 times embedment, whichever number is greater 2900 lb 4,6 no offering 2900 lb 4,7 7200 lb 4,6 no offering 7200 lb 4,7 3/4 (19.1) 3/4 5-1/2 (140) 6-1/8 (156) 3-1/4 (83) 4 (102) 4-3/4 (121) 5-1/2 (140) 13/16 (21) 110 (149) 110 (149) 120 (163) 6-1/23 (165) 7 (178) 4-1/2 (114) 5-1/2 (140) 12400 lb 4 12400 lb 4 12400 lb 4 1 (25.4) 1 6 (152) 7 (178) 1-1/8 (29) 150 (203) 150 (203) 9 (229) 10 (254)
Details d bit h min/h nom/h deep ho dh nominal bit diameter2 minimum/standard/deep depth of embedment minimum/standard/deep hole depth wedge clearance hole in fixture Normal weight & Light weight Concrete Grout Filled Block Carbon Steel HDG Stainless Steel Carbon Steel
in. (mm) in. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) ft-lb (Nm) ft-lb (Nm) ft-lb (Nm) in. 2-3/4 (70) 3-3/8 (86)
5/8 (15.9) 5/8 4 (102) 4-5/8 (117) 11/16 (17) 60 (81) 60 (81) 65 (88)
Tinst Recommended Installation Torque h
min. base material thickness Bolt Fracture Load Carbon Steel HDG Stainless steel
3 inch (76 mm) or 1.3 times embedment, whichever number is greater 19600 lb4 19600 lb4 21900 lb4 28700 lb 4,8 f ut 76 ksi, f y 64 ksi 5 28700 lb 4
f ut 88 ksi, f y 75 ksi 5 no offering
f ut 76 ksi, f y 64 ksi 5
1 See Kwik Bolt 3 Product Line Table in Section 4.5.3.6 for a full list and anchor length and thread length configurations. 2 Loads for Kwik Bolt 3 are applicable for both carbide drill bits and matched tolerance Hilti DD-B or DD-C diamond core bits in sizes ranging from 1/2 inch to 1 inch. 3 The deep embedment depth for stainless steel Kwik Bolt 3 anchors is 8 inch (203 mm). 4 Bolt fracture loads are determined by testing in a jig as part of product quality control. These values are not intended for design purposes. 5 Bolt strength specified by minimum tensile and yield strength. Bolt fracture load not applicable. 6 Bolt fracture load not applicable to carbon steel Countersunk Kwik Bolt 3. The tensile and yield strengths are, f ut 105 ksi and f y 90 ksi. 8 For 3/4 x 12, fut 88 ksi and f y 75 ksi. Bolt fracture load not applicable. 7 Bolt fracture load not applicable to stainless steel Countersunk Kwik Bolt 3. The tensile and yield strengths are, fut 90 ksi and f y 76 ksi.

Table 6 - Carbon Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Allowable Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete1
Anchor Diameter in. (mm) Embedment Depth in. (mm) 1-1/8 1/4 (6.4) 2 3 1-5/8 3/8 (9.5) 2-1/2 3-1/2 2-1/4 1/2 (12.7) 3-1/2 4-3/4 2-3/4 5/8 (15.9) 4 5-1/2 3-1/4 3/4 (19.1) 4-3/4 6-1/2 4-1/2 1 (25.4) 6 9 (29) (51) (76) (41) (64) (89) (57) (89) (121) (70) (102) (140) (83) (121) (165) (114) (152) (229) 'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) 'c = 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) Tension Shear Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 300 (1.3) 635 (2.8) 755 (3.4) 730 (3.2) 1260 (5.6) 1580 (7.0) 1235 (5.5) 1930 (8.6) 2135 (9.5) 1920 (8.5) 2660 (11.8) 3285 (14.6) 2120 (9.4) 3240 (14.4) 4535 (20.2) 3330 (14.8) 4930 (21.9) 6670 (29.7) 365 (1.6) 715 (3.2) 795 (3.5) 910 (4.0) 1555 (6.9) 1770 (7.9) 1430 (6.4) 2185 (9.7) 2355 (10.5) 2065 (9.2) 3020 (13.4) 3695 (16.4) 2425 (10.8) 4260 (18.9) 5860 (26.1) 4050 (18.0) 6000 (26.7) 7670 (34.1) 'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) 'c = 6000 psi (41.4 MPa) Tension Shear Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 430 (1.9) 800 (3.6) 840 (3.7) 1095 (4.9) 1850 (8.2) 1965 (8.7) 1620 (7.2) 2440 (10.9) 2575 (11.5) 2210 (9.8) 3385 (15.1) 4100 (18.2) 2730 (12.1) 5285 (23.5) 7185 (32) 4670 (20.8) 7070 (31.4) 8670 (38.6) 550 (2.4) 530 (2.4) 845 (3.8) 1090 (4.8) 2060 (9.2) 2150 (9.6) 1975 (8.8) 3240 (14.4) 3620 (16.1) 2830 (12.6) 4770 (21.2) 5325 (23.7) 3785 (16.8) 6155 (27.4) 7005 (31.2) 5070 (22.6) 8400 (37.4) 10670 (47.5) 530 (2.4)
530 (2.4)
530 (2.4)
1135 (5.0) 1315 (5.8) 1865 (8.3) 2415 (10.7) 2750 (12.2) 3910 (17.4) 4090 (18.2) 5340 (23.8) 7070 (31.4) 9200 (40.9)
1275 (5.7) 1315 (5.8) 2300 (10.2) 2415 (10.7) 3410 (15.2) 3910 (17.4) 4900 (21.8) 5340 (23.8) 7600 (33.8) 9200 (40.9)
1420 (6.3) 1315 (5.8) 2405 (10.7) 2415 (10.7) 3785 (16.8) 3910 (17.4) 5310 (23.6) 5495 (24.4) 8140 (36.2) 9200 (40.9)
1315 (5.8)
2415 (10.7)
3910 (17.4)
5310 (23.6) 6225 (27.7)
9200 (40.9)
1 Intermediate load values for other concrete strengths and embedments can be calculated by linear interpolation.

Table 7 - Carbon Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Ultimate Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete1
Anchor Diameter in. (mm) Embedment Depth in. (mm) 1-1/8 1/4 (6.4) 2 3 1-5/8 3/8 (9.5) 2-1/2 3-1/2 2-1/4 1/2 (12.7) 3-1/2 4-3/4 2-3/4 5/8 (15.9) 4 5-1/2 3-1/4 3/4 (19.1) 4-3/4 6-1/2 4-1/2 1 (25.4) 6 9 (29) (51) (76) (41) (64) (89) (57) (89) (121) (70) (102) (140) (83) (121) (165) (114) (152) (229) 'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) 'c = 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) Tension Shear Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 1120 (5.0) 2375 (10.5) 2830 (12.6) 2740 (12.2) 4720 (21.0) 5925 (26.4) 4635 (20.6) 7240 (32.2) 8000 (35.6) 7210 (32.1) 9975 (44.4) 12315 (54.8) 7955 (35.4) 12150 (54.0) 17000 (75.6) 12500 (55.6) 18500 (82.3) 25000 (111.2) 1370 (6.1) 2690 (12.0) 2990 (13.3) 3420 (15.2) 5830 (25.9) 6645 (29.6) 5355 (23.8) 8195 (36.5) 8830 (39.3) 7750 (34.5) 11335 (50.4) 13850 (61.6) 9100 (40.5) 15985 (71.1) 21970 (97.7) 15200 (67.6) 22500 (100.1) 28750 (127.9) 'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) 'c = 6000 psi (41.4 MPa) Tension Shear Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 1615 (7.2) 3000 (13.3) 3150 (14.0) 4100 (18.2) 6935 (30.8) 7365 (32.8) 6075 (27.0) 9145 (40.7) 9655 (42.9) 8285 (36.9) 12690 (56.4) 15385 (68.4) 10245 (45.6) 19820 (86.2) 26935 (119.8) 17500 (77.8) 26500 (117.9) 32500 (144.6) 2060 (9.2) 1995 (8.9) 3165 (14.1) 4095 (18.2) 7730 (34.4) 8055 (35.8) 7410 (33.0) 12140 (54.0) 13585 (60.4) 10615 (47.2) 17890 (79.6) 19970 (88.8) 14185 (63.1) 23085 (102.7) 26260 (116.8) 19000 (84.5) 31500 (140.1) 40000 (177.9) 1995 (8.9)
1995 (8.9)
1995 (8.9)
4250 (18.9) 4930 (21.9) 7000 (31.1) 9065 (40.3) 10315 (45.9) 14650 (65.2) 15335 (68.2) 20030 (89.1) 26500 (117.9) 34500 (153.5)
4790 (21.3) 4930 (21.9) 8630 (38.4) 9065 (40.3) 12790 (56.9) 14650 (65.2) 18375 (81.7) 20030 (89.1) 28500 (126.8) 34500 (153.5)
5328 (23.7) 4930 (21.9) 9030 (40.2) 9065 (40.3) 14195 (63.1) 14650 (65.2) 19910 (88.6) 20605 (91.7) 30500 (135.7) 34500 (153.5)
4930 (21.9)
9065 (40.3)
14650 (65.2)
19910 (88.6) 23355 (103.9)
34500 (153.5)

Table 8 - Stainless Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Allowable Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete1
Anchor Diameter in. (mm) Embedment Depth in. (mm) 1-1/8 1/4 (6.4) 2 3 1-5/8 3/8 (9.5) 2-1/2 3-1/2 2-1/4 1/2 (12.7) 3-1/2 (29) (51) (76) (41) (64) (89) (57) (89) 'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) 'c = 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) Tension Shear Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 260 (1.2) 540 (2.4) 685 (3) 605 (2.7) 1285 (5.7) 1620 (7.2) 1015 (4.5) 1445 (6.4) 1990 (8.9) 1650 (7.3) 2455 (10.9) 3480 (15.5) 1550 (6.9) 2510 (11.2) 2930 (13.0) 3120 (13.9) 4400 (19.6) 5600 (24.9) 595 (2.6) 675 (3.0) 880 (3.9) 1570 (7.0) 1875 (8.3) 3010 (13.4) 2875 (12.8) 4625 (20.6) 3945 (17.5) 5535 (24.6) 6080 (27.0) 7470 (33.2) 320 (1.4) 625 (2.8) 750 (3.3) 670 (3.0) 1430 (6.4) 1755 (7.8) 1230 (5.5) 1975 (8.8) 2250 (10.0) 1755 (7.8) 2900 (12.9) 3885 (17.3) 1950 (8.7) 3250 (14.5) 3735 (16.6) 3870 (17.2) 6400 (28.5) 8000 (35.6) 'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) 'c = 6000 psi (41.4 MPa) Tension Shear Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 380 (1.7) 705 (3.1) 810 (3.6) 730 (3.2) 1575 (7.0) 1885 (8.4) 1450 (6.4) 2510 (11.2) 1860 (8.3) 3340 (14.9) 4290 (19.1) 2350 (10.5) 3870 (17.2) 4530 (20.2) 4610 (20.5) 7200 (32.0) 9390 (41.8) 725 (3.2) 805 (3.6) 1345 (6.0) 1590 (7.1) 2380 (10.6) 3045 (13.5) 4095 (18.2) 4625 (20.6) 470 (2.1) 910 (4.0) 950 (4.2) 1940 (8.6) 2035 (9.1) 1620 (7.2) 2655 (11.8) 2985 (13.3) 2335 (10.4) 4395 (19.5) 6260 (27.8) 2610 (11.6) 4670 (20.8) 5120 (22.8) 4800 (21.4) 7330 (32.6) 9390 (41.8) 805 (3.6)
675 (3.0)
1110 (4.9) 1570 (7.0) 2130 (9.5) 3010 (13.4) 3485 (15.5) 4625 (20.6) 4260 (18.9) 5535 (24.6) 6770 (30.1) 7470 (33.2)
1690 (7.5) 1590 (7.1) 2740 (12.2) 3045 (13.5)
4-3/4 (121) 2-3/4 5/8 (15.9) 4 (70) (102)
4625 (20.6)
5-1/2 (140) 3-1/4 3/4 (19.1) (83)
4-3/4 (121) 8 (203)
5645 (25.1)
5645 (25.1)
4-1/2 (114) 1 (25.4) 6 9 (152) (229)
7470 (33.2)
7470 (33.2)

Table 9 - Stainless Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Ultimate Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete1
Anchor Diameter in. (mm) Embedment Depth in. (mm) 1-1/8 1/4 (6.4) 2 3 1-5/8 3/8 (9.5) 2-1/2 3-1/2 2-1/4 1/2 (12.7) 3-1/2 4-3/4 2-3/4 5/8 (15.9) 4 5-1/2 3-1/4 3/4 (19.1) 4-3/4 8 4-1/2 1 (25.4) 6 9 (29) (51) (76) (41) (64) (89) (57) (89) (121) (70) (102) (140) (83) (121) (203) (114) (152) (229) 'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) 'c = 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) Tension Shear Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 980 (4.4) 2035 (9.1) 2580 (11.5) 2275 (10.1) 4825 (21.5) 6075 (27.0) 3805 (16.9) 5415 (24.1) 7460 (33.2) 6185 (27.5) 9205 (40.9) 13040 (58.0) 5800 (25.8) 9400 (41.8) 11000 (48.9) 11700 (52.0) 16500 (73.4) 21000 (93.4) 2240 (10.0) 2530 (11.3) 3300 (14.7) 5900 (26.2) 7030 (31.3) 11290 (50.2) 10790 (48.0) 17355 (77.2) 14790 (65.8) 20750 (92.3) 22800 (101.4) 28000 (124.6) 1205 (5.4) 2340 (10.4) 2810 (12.5) 2505 (11.1) 5365 (23.9) 6575 (29.2) 4620 (20.6) 7410 (33.0) 8435 (37.5) 6580 (29.3) 10870 (48.4) 14560 (64.8) 7300 (32.5) 11950 (53.2) 14000 (62.3) 14500 (64.5) 21750 (96.7) 28100 (125.0) 'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) 'c = 6000 psi (41.4 MPa) Tension Shear Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 1430 (6.4) 2640 (11.7) 3040 (13.5) 2735 (12.2) 5905 (26.3) 7075 (31.5) 5435 (24.2) 9405 (41.8) 6975 (31.0) 12530 (55.7) 16080 (71.5) 8800 (39.1) 14500 (64.5) 17000 (75.6) 17300 (77.0) 27000 (120.1) 35200 (156.6) 2725 (12.1) 3020 (13.4) 5045 (22.4) 5954 (26.5) 8930 (39.7) 11410 (50.8) 15360 (68.3) 17355 (77.2) 1755 (7.8) 3415 (15.2) 3560 (15.8) 7270 (32.3) 7625 (33.9) 6080 (27.0) 9950 (44.3) 11200 (49.8) 8760 (39.0) 16490 (73.4) 23475 (104.4) 9800 (43.6) 17500 (77.8) 19200 (85.4) 18000 (80.1) 27500 (122.3) 35200 (156.6) 3020 (13.4)
2530 (11.3)
4175 (18.6) 5900 (26.2) 7980 (35.5) 11290 (50.2) 13075 (58.2) 17355 (77.2) 15980 (71.1) 20750 (92.3) 25400 (113.0) 28000 (124.6)
6015 (26.8) 5954 (26.5) 10285 (45.7) 11410 (50.8)
17355 (77.2)
21160 (94.1)
21160 (94.1)
28000 (124.6)
28000 (124.6)

Table 10 - Hot-Dip Galvanized Kwik Bolt 3 Allowable Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete1
Anchor Diameter in. (mm) Embedment Depth in. (mm) 2-1/4 (57) 3-1/2 (89) 4-3/4 (121) 2-3/4 (70) 4 (102) 5-1/2 (140) 3-1/4 (83) 4-3/4 (121) 6-1/2 (165) 'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) 'c = 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) Tension Shear Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 1125 (5.0) 1895 (8.4) 2215 (9.9) 1785 (7.9) 2545 (11.3) 3375 (15.0) 2355 (10.5) 3730 (16.6) 5115 (22.8) 1785 (7.9) 2190 (9.7) 1265 (5.6) 2115 (9.4) 2530 (11.3) 1965 (8.7) 3155 (14.0) 4030 (17.9) 2545 (11.3) 4350 (19.3) 5805 (25.8) 1785 (7.9) 2190 (9.7) 'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) 'c = 6000 psi (41.4 MPa) Tension Shear Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 1400 (6.2) 2335 (10.4) 2845 (12.7) 2140 (9.5) 3765 (16.7) 4030 (17.9) 2735 (12.2) 4970 (22.1) 6495 (28.9) 1655 (7.4) 3105 (13.8) 3740 (16.6) 2745 (12.2) 5280 (23.5) 6055 (26.9) 2825 (12.6) 5805 (25.8) 7520 (33.5)
1/2 (12.7)
2190 (9.7)
2190 (9.7)
5/8 (15.9)
3780 (16.8)
3780 (16.8)
3780 (16.8)
3790 (16.8)
4240 (18.9) 5340 (23.8)
4240 (18.9) 5340 (23.8)
3/4 (19.1)
5340 (23.8)
5340 (23.8)
Table 11 - Hot-Dip Galvanized Kwik Bolt 3 Ultimate Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete1

Anchor Diameter in. (mm) Embedment Depth in. (mm) 2-1/4 (57) 3-1/2 (89) 4-3/4 (121) 2-3/4 (70) 4 (102) 5-1/2 (140) 3-1/4 (83) 4-3/4 (121) 6-1/2 (165) 'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) 'c = 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) Tension Shear Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 4220 (18.8) 7100 (31.6) 8310 (37.0) 6690 (29.8) 9550 (42.5) 12650 (56.3) 8825 (39.3) 13995 (62.3) 19180 (85.3) 6695 (29.8) 8210 (36.5) 4740 (21.1) 7935 (35.3) 9495 (42.2) 7360 (32.7) 11835 (52.6) 15115 (67.2) 9545 (42.5) 16315 (72.6) 21770 (96.8) 6695 (29.8) 8210 (36.5) 'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) 'c = 6000 psi (41.4 MPa) Tension Shear Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 5255 (23.4) 8765 (39.0) 10675 (47.5) 8030 (35.7) 14120 (62.8) 17575 (78.2) 10260 (45.6) 18635 (82.9) 24355 (108.3) 6210 (27.6) 11645 (51.8) 14030 (62.4) 10295 (45.8) 19800 (88.1) 22705 (101.0) 10600 (47.2) 21765 (96.8) 28210 (125.5)
1/2 (12.7)
8210 (36.5)
8210 (36.5)
5/8 (15.9)
14170 (63.0)
14170 (63.0)
14170 (63.0)
14170 (63.0)
15900 (70.7) 20030 (89.1)
15900 (70.7) 20030 (89.1)
3/4 (19.1)
20030 (89.1)
20030 (89.1)

Table 12 - Carbon Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Allowable Loads in Lightweight Concrete1,2
Anchor Diameter in. (mm) Anchor Depth in. (mm)
'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) 'c = 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) 'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) 'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa)
Tension
Tension
Tension
Shear
1/4 (6.4) 3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9) 3/4 (19.1)
1-1/8 2 1-5/8 2-1/2 2-1/4 3-1/2 2-3/4 4 3-1/4 4-3/4
(29) (51) (41) (64) (57) (89) (70) (102) ( 83) (121)
275 595 585 1120 1160 1810 1560 2485 1920 3035
(1.2) (2.6) (2.6) (5.0) (5.2) (8.1) (6.9) (11.1) (8.5) (13.5)
335 675 685 1340 1340 2050 1815 2830 2240 3995
(1.5) (3.0) (3.0) (6.0) (6.0) (9.1) (8.1) (12.6) (10.0) (17.8)
400 750 785 1560 1520 2285 2070 3170 2560 4955
(1.8) (3.3) (3.5) (6.9) (6.8) (10.2) (9.2) (14.1) (11.4) (22)
400 400 890 1345 1750 2835 2580 3360 3835 5010
(1.8) (1.8) (4.0) (5.9) (7.8) (12.6) (11.5) (14.9) (17.1) (22.3)
1 Allowable loads based on safety factor of 4.0. 2 Intermediate load values for other concrete strengths and embedments can be calculated by linear interpolation.
Table 13 - Stainless Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Allowable Loads in Lightweight Concrete1,2

Anchor Diameter in. (mm) Anchor Depth in. (mm)
'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) 'c = 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) 'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) 'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa)
Tension
Tension
Tension
Shear
1/4 (6.4) 3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9)
1-1/8 2 1-5/8 2-1/2 2-1/4 3-1/2 2-3/4 4
(29) (51) (41) (64) (57) (89) (70) (102)
245 510 560 920 950 1355 1470 2300
(1.1) (2.3) (2.5) (4.1) (4.2) (6.0) (6.5) (10.2)
300 585 625 1200 1155 1855 1605 2715
(1.3) (2.6) (2.8) (5.3) (5.1) (8.3) (7.1) (12.1)
355 660 685 1475 1360 2350 1745 3130
(1.6) (2.9) (3.0) (6.6) (6.0) (10.5) (7.8) (13.9)
545 630 825 1345 1755 2955 2695 4500
(2.4) (2.8) (3.7) (6.0) (7.8) (13.1) (12.0) (20.0)
1 Allowable loads based on safety factor of 4.0. 2 Intermediate load values for other concrete strengths and embedments can be calculated by linear interpolation.
Table 14 - Carbon Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Allowable Loads for anchor installed at 1-3/4 in. Edge Distance in Normal-Weight Concrete1 'c 2000 psi (13.8 MPa)
Anchor Diameter in. (mm) Min Depth Enbedment in. (mm) Tension lb (kN) Shear Perpendicular Parallel to Edge to Edge lb (kN) lb (kN)
3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7)
3 (76) 3 (76) 4-1/2 (114)
955 (4.2) 930 (4.1) 1285 (5.7)
410 (1.8) 375 (1.7) 445 (2.0)
915 (4.1) 1000 (4.4) 1415 (6.3)
1 Allowable loads based on safety factor of 4.0.

Table 15 - Carbon Steel and Stainless Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Installed into the Underside of Metal Profile Deck into Lightweight Concrete1
Anchor Material

1/4 (6.4) 3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9) 1/4 (6.4) 3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9)

2 (51) 2-1/2 (64) 3-1/2 (89) 4 (102) 2 (51) 2-1/2 (64) 3-1/2 (89) 4 (102)
'c = 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) Tension lb (kN)

620 (2.8) 1035 (4.6) 1725 (7.7) 2220 (9.9) 615 (2.7) 1015 (4.5) 1475 (6.6) 2220 (9.8)
Shear2 lb (kN)
713 (3.2) 1370 (6.1) 2435 (10.8) 3160 (14.1) 650 (2.9) 1450 (6.4) 2200 (9.8) 3355 (14.9)
Carbon Steel
Stainless Steel
1 Allowable loads based on using a safety factor of 4.0.
Figure 3 - Installation in Concrete over Metal Deck
Table 16 - Countersunk Kwik Bolt Allowable Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete1
Anchor Material Carbon Steel Stainless Steel

1/4 (6.4) 3/8 (9.5) 1/4 (6.4) 3/8 (9.5)

1-1/8 (29) 1-5/8 (41) 1-1/8 (29) 1-5/8 (41)
'c = 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) Tension lb (kN)

365 (1.6) 810 (3.6) 320 (1.4) 670 (3.0)
Shear2 lb (kN)
350 (1.6) 750 (3.3) 500 (2.2) 1330 (5.9)
1 Allowable loads based on using a safety factor of 4.0. 2 Shear values acting thru threads of anchor bolt. If acting through the empty shell, reduce loads by 70%.

Table 17 - Carbon Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Allowable Loads for Anchors Installed in Top of Grout-Filled Concrete Masonry Wall1
Anchor Diameter in. (mm) Anchor Depth in. (mm) Tension lb (kN) Shear V1 lb (kN) V2 lb (kN)
V2 V1
1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9)
3 (76) 3-1/2 (89)
645 (2.9) 850 (3.8)
310 (1.4) 310 (1.4)
615 (2.7) 615 (2.7)
1 Masonry prism strength must be at least 1500 psi at the time of installation in accordance with UBC Standard 21-17.
Table 18 - HHDCA Ceiling Hanger Allowable Loads1

Anchor Diameter in. (mm) Minimum Embedment in. (mm) Normal-Weight Concrete 2 Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) Lightweight Concrete 3 Tension lb (kN) Lightweight over Metal Deck 3 Tension lb (kN)
1/4 (6.4)
1-1/4 (32)
410 (1.8)
425 (1.9)
260 (1.2)
294 (1.3)
1 Allowable loads based on using a safety factor of 4.0. 2 Allowable loads are for anchors installed into normal-weight concrete having a minimum compressive strength of 3500 psi at the time of installation. 3 Allowable loads are for anchors installed into lightweight concrete having a minimum compressive strength of 3000 psi at the time of installation.
Combined Shear and Tension Loading N V ( N ) + (V )

d 5/3 d rec rec 5/3
1.0
(Ref. Section 4.1.8.3)

1 s = on-center fastening spacing c = edge distance from center of bolt. 2 Apply appropriate load reduction factors for tension and shear if anchor spacing and/or edge distance is less the the critical spacing (s cr ) or edge distance (c cr ) as defined by Hilti. 3 See Section 4.1.8.1 for determinig compounded spacing and edge distance reduction as well as intermediate load values for concrete strengths and embedments.
c1 h s t
V c2

Table 19 - Carbon Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Allowable Loads in Grout-Filled Concrete Masonry Units1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
Anchor Diameter in. (mm) Anchor Depth in. (mm) Min. Distance from Edge of Block in. (mm)
Tension lb (kN)
Shear lb (kN)
1-1/8 (29) 1/4 (6.4) 2 (51) 1-5/8 (41) 3/8 (9.5) 2-1/2 (64) 2-1/4 (57) 1/2 (12.7) 3-1/2 (89) 2-3/4 (70) 5/8 (15.9) 4 (102) 3-1/4 (83) 3/4 (19.1) 4-3/4 (121)
4 12 4 12 4 12 4 12 4 12 4 12 4 12 4 12 4 12 4 12
(102) (305) (102) (305) (102) (305) (102) (305) (102) (305) (102) (305) (102) (305) (102) (305) (102) (305) (102) (305)
150 (0.7) 540 (2.4) 320 (1.4) 340 (1.5) 780 (3.5) 630 (2.8) 665 (3.0) 905 (4.0) 815 (3.6) 865 (3.8) 1240 (5.5) 1295 (5.8) 1035 (4.6) 1645 (7.3) 1710 (7.6)
380 (1.7) 445 (2.0) 735 (3.3) 940 (4.2) 1010 (4.5) 1395 (6.2) 830 (3.7) 1465 ( 6.5) 1080 (4.8) 2375 (10.6) 890 (4.0) 2165 (9.6) 970 (4.3) 2770 (12.3) 785 (3.5) 3135 (13.8 ) 825 (3.7) 3305 (14.7 )
1 Values are for anchors installed in Type 1 Grade N, lightweight, medium-weight, or normal-weight concrete masonry units conforming to UBC Standard 21-4. The masonry units must be fully grouted with coarse grout conforming to UBC Standard 21-15, Type S, N, or M. Masonry prism compressive strength must be at least 1500 psi at the time of installation when tested in accordance with UBC Standard 21-17. 2 Anchors must be installed a minimum of 1-3/8 inch from any vertical mortar joint (see figure). 3 Anchor locations are limited to one per masonry cell. 4 Embedment depth is measured from the outside face of the concrete masonry unit. 5 Linear interpolation to determine load values at intermediate edge distances is permitted. 6 All allowable loads based on safety factor of 4.0
Figure 4 - Installation in grout-filled concrete masonry unit
1 Anchor installation is allowed in all non-shaded areas.

Edge Distance Adjustment Factors
Edge Reduction Factor Tension
Adjustment Conditions
Critical Edge Distance
Minimum Edge Distance
Emb Ratio c/h c = 1.75 c/h c = 1.00 Reduction f RN = 1.00 f RN = 0.80 h c = h act for h min h act h nom h c = h nom for h act > h nom h act = Actual Embedment c = Actual Edge Distance f RN = Edge Distance Reduction Factor for Tension Loading fRN
Edge Reduction Factor Shear
c/h c
Shear Plane Correlation
Shear Conditions
Adjustment Conditions fRV Reduction factor at Min. Edge Distance
f RV1 Shear towards edge f RV1 = 0.50 f RV2 Shear parallel edge f RV2 = 0.60 f RV3 Shear away from edge f RV3 = 0.83 embedment to edge distance ratio c/h min = 3.00 at critical edge distance embedment to edge distance ratio c/h min = 1.50 at minimum edge distance c = Actual Edge Distance h min = Min Embedment for Specific Anchor Diameter
c/h min
fRV

Anchor Spacing Reduction Factor Tension
Critical Anchor Spacing
Minimum Anchor Spacing
Emb Ratio s/h c = 2.25 s/h c = 1.00 Reduction f AN = 1.00 f AN = 0.60 h c = h act for h min h act h nom h c = h nom for h act > h nom h act = Actual Embedment c = Actual Anchor Spacing Distance f AN = Anchor Spacing Reduction Factor for Tension Loading fAN
Anchor Spacing Reduction Factor Shear
s/h c
Critical Anchor Spacing
Minimum Anchor Spacing
Emb Ratio s/h c = 2.25 s/h c = 1.00 Reduction f AV = 1.00 f AV = 0.90 h c = hact for h min h act h nom h c = hnom for h act > h nom h act = Actual Embedment c = Actual Anchor Spacing Distance f AV = Anchor Spacing Reduction Factor for Shear Loading
s/h c
fAV

Influence of Edge Distance and Anchor Spacing on Anchor Performance Load Adjustment Factors for 1/4 in. Diameter Anchors
Adjustment Factor 1/4 in.
Embedment Depth, in.
Standard Anchor Embedments (in.)
Spacing Tension f AN
1-1/8 2
Edge Distance Tension, f RN

1-1/8 2
Spacing Shear f AV
1-1/8 2
Edge Distance Shear II away toward to from edge edge edge f RV1 f RV2 f RV3
1-1/8 1-1/8 1-1/8
1/4
3/8
1-1/8 1-11/16 1-3/4 2 2 -1/4 2-1/2 3 3-3/8 3-1/2 4 4-1/2 4-3/4 5
Spacing (in.)
0.60 0.75 0.78 0.85 0.92 0.99 1.00
0.80 0.93 0.95 0.60 1.00 0.80 0.64 0.83 0.68 0.87 0.76 0.93 0.82 0.98 0.84 1.00 0.92 1.00
0.90 0.94 0.50 0.60 0.94 0.52 0.61 0.96 0.90 0.59 0.67 0.98 0.91 0.67 0.73 1.00 0.92 0.74 0.79 0.94 0.89 0.91 0.96 1.00 1.00 0.96 0.98 1.00
0.83 0.84 0.86 0.89 0.91 0.96 1.00
1/2
h min h nom h deep h min h nom h deep h min h nom h deep
1-1/8 2 3 1-5/8 2-1/2 3-1/2 2-1/4 3-1/2 4-3/4
Load Adjustment Factors for 3/8 in. Diameter Anchors

1-5/8
Spacing Shear f AV
Spacing Tension
h min h acth nom f AN = s/hact + 0.88 3.13 h act h nom f AN = s/h nom + 0.88 3.13
2-1/2 1-5/8
2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8
1-5/8 2 2-1/4 2-1/2 3 3-1/4 3-1/2 3-3/4 4 4-1/2 5 5-5/8 5-3/4
Spacing (in.)
0.60 0.67 0.72 0.77 0.87 0.92 0.97 1.00
0.80 0.90 0.86 0.92 0.90 0.93 0.60 0.94 0.80 0.94 0.66 1.00 0.85 0.97 0.70 0.88 0.98 0.73 0.91 0.99 0.76 0.93 1.00 0.79 0.96 0.86 1.00 0.92 1.00
Edge Distance Tension 0.90 0.92 0.92 0.93 0.94 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.00 0.51 0.62 0.67 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.92 1.00 0.61 0.69 0.73 0.77 0.82 0.86 0.94 1.00 0.83 0.87 0.89 0.90 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.00
h min h acth nom f RN = c/h act + 2 3.75 h act h nom f RN = c/h nom + 2 3.75
Spacing Shear
h min h acth nom f AV = s/hact + 10.25 12.5 h act h nom f AV = s/h nom + 10.25 12.5

Edge Distance Shear

h act h min c 3h min perpendicular toward edge f RV1 =
2-1/4
Spacing Shear f AV
3-1/2 2-1/4
3-1/2 2-1/4
3-1/2 2-1/4 2-1/4 2-1/4
parallel to edge f RV2 = c/h min + 0.75 3.75 c/h min + 5.82 8.82
2-1/4 2-1/2 3 3-3/8 3-3/4 4-1/4 4-3/4 5 5-3/4 6 6-1/2 7-1/4 7-3/4
Spacing (in.)
0.60 0.64 0.71 0.76 0.81 0.88 0.96 1.00
0.80 0.90 0.83 0.91 0.89 0.93 0.93 0.94 0.62 0.98 0.82 0.95 0.67 1.00 0.86 0.97 0.71 0.90 0.99 0.74 0.91 1.00 0.81 0.97 0.83 1.00 0.87 0.94 1.00
0.91 0.92 0.93 0.93 0.95 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00
0.50 0.56 0.63 0.70 0.74 0.85 0.89 0.96 1.00
0.60 0.64 0.70 0.76 0.79 0.88 0.91 0.97 1.00
0.83 0.85 0.87 0.90 0.91 0.95 0.96 0.99 1.00
perpendicular away from edge f RV3 =
Note: Edge distance and anchor spacing for all lightweight and sand-lightweight concrete are obtained by dividing the normal-weight dimensions by 0.75 and 0.85, respectively.

Influence of Edge Distance and Anchor Spacing on Anchor Performance Load Adjustment Factors for 5/8 in. Diameter Anchors
Standard Anchor Embedments (in.)
2-3/4 4

2-3/4 4
Spacing Shear f AV
2-3/4 4
2-3/4 2-3/4 2-3/4
5/8
3/4
2-3/4 3-1/2 4 4-1/4 4-3/4 5-1/2 6 6-1/4 7 7-1/2 7-3/4 8-1/2 9
Spacing (in.)
0.60 0.69 0.75 0.77 0.83 0.92 0.98 1.00
0.80 0.90 0.87 0.92 0.60 0.92 0.80 0.94 0.90 0.62 0.95 0.82 0.94 0.91 0.66 1.00 0.85 0.96 0.92 0.72 0.90 0.98 0.93 0.76 0.93 0.99 0.94 0.78 0.95 1.00 0.95 0.84 1.00 0.96 0.88 0.97 0.90 0.98 0.96 0.99 1.00
0.52 0.58 0.67 0.73 0.76 0.85 0.91 0.94 1.00
0.61 0.66 0.73 0.78 0.81 0.88 0.93 0.95 1.00
0.84 0.86 0.89 0.91 0.92 0.95 0.97 0.98 1.00
h min h nom h deep h min h nom h deep h min h nom h deep
2-3/4 4 5-1/2 3-1/4 4-3/4 6-1/21 4-1/2 6 9
1 Embedment depth shown reflects embedment for carbon steel anchor, deep embedment depth for stainless steel anchor is 8 inch.

3-1/4
Spacing Shear f AV
Spacing Tension
h min h acth nom f AN = s/hact + 0.88 3.13 h act h nom f AN = s/h nom + 0.88 3.13
4-3/4 3-1/4
4-3/4 3-1/4 4-3/4 3-1/4 3-1/4 3-1/4
3-3/8 4 5 5-3/4 6-1/4 6-1/2 7 7-1/2 8-1/4 9 9-3/4 10-1/4 10-3/4
Spacing (in.)
0.61 0.67 0.77 0.85 0.90 0.92 0.97 1.00
0.81 0.90 0.86 0.92 0.62 0.94 0.81 0.94 0.67 1.00 0.86 0.96 0.70 0.88 0.97 0.72 0.90 0.98 0.75 0.93 0.99 0.79 0.95 1.00 0.84 1.00 0.89 0.94 0.97 1.00
Edge Distance Tension 0.90 0.92 0.93 0.93 0.94 0.95 0.96 0.97 0.98 0.99 1.00 0.51 0.59 0.64 0.67 0.72 0.77 0.85 0.92 1.00 0.61 0.67 0.71 0.73 0.77 0.82 0.88 0.94 1.00 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.89 0.90 0.92 0.95 0.97 1.00
h min h acth nom f RN = c/h act + 2 3.75 h act h nom f RN = c/h nom + 2 3.75
Spacing Shear
h min h acth nom f AV = s/hact + 10.25 12.5 h act h nom f AV = s/h nom + 10.25 12.5
Load Adjustment Factors for 1 in. Diameter Anchors

Adjustment Factor 1 in.
Edge Distance Shear

h act h min c 3h min perpendicular toward edge f RV1 =
4-1/2 6

4-1/2 6
Spacing Shear f AV
4-1/2 6
4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2
parallel to edge f RV2 = c/h min + 0.75 3.75 c/h min + 5.82 8.82
4-1/2 6 7 8 9 9-3/4 10-1/4 11-1/4 11-5/8 12-1/2 13 13-1/2 14-3/4
Spacing (in.)
0.60 0.71 0.78 0.85 0.92 0.97 1.00
0.80 0.90 0.60 0.89 0.80 0.93 0.90 0.65 0.95 0.84 0.94 0.91 0.71 1.00 0.89 0.96 0.93 0.76 0.93 0.98 0.94 0.80 0.97 0.99 0.95 0.83 0.99 1.00 0.96 0.88 1.00 0.97 0.90 0.98 0.95 0.99 0.97 0.99 1.00 1.00
0.52 0.59 0.67 0.72 0.76 0.83 0.86 0.93 0.96 1.00
0.61 0.67 0.73 0.78 0.81 0.87 0.89 0.94 0.97 1.00
0.84 0.86 0.89 0.91 0.92 0.94 0.95 0.97 0.99 1.00
perpendicular away from edge f RV3 =
Note: Edge distance and anchor spacing for all lightweight and sand-lightweight concrete are obtained by dividing the normal-weight dimensions by 0.75 and 0.85, respectively.
4.3.5 Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor 4.3.5.5 Installation Instructions
1. Hammer drill a hole to the same nominal diameter as the Kwik Bolt 3. The hole depth must exceed the anchor embedment by at least one diameter. The fixture may be used as a drilling template to ensure proper anchor location.
2. Clean hole.
3. Drive the Kwik Bolt 3 into the hole using a hammer.
4. Tighten the nut to the recommended installation torque.

Countersunk Kwik Bolt 3 Anchor Installation Instructions
1. Drill.
2. Clean.
3.Thread post nut completely onto anchor. Tap into hole.
4. Loosen screw two full turns.
5. Tap-in again.
6. Tighten.
Rod Coupling Kwik Bolt 3 Anchor Installation Instructions
1. Drill.
2. Clean.
3. Tap-in.
4. Tighten.
Hilti Ceiling Kwik Bolt (HHDCA) Anchor Installation Instructions
Drill Depth 1-1/4"
1. Drill hole using 1/4" bit.
2. Tap in.
3. Pry downward.
4.3.5 Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor 4.3.5.6 Ordering Information

Kwik Bolt 3 Anchor Product Line
Size Length ( ) in. (mm) Thread Length ( in. (mm)
th)
ID Stamp
Box
Item No. Carbon Steel 304 SS 316 SS HDG
1/4 x 1-3/4 1/4 x 2-1/4 1/4 x 3-1/4 1/4 x 4-1/2 3/8 x 2-1/4 3/8 x 3 3/8 x 3-3/4 3/8 x 5 3/8 x 7 1/2 x 2-3/4 1/2 x 3-3/4 1/2 x 4-1/2 1/2 x 5-1/2 1/2 x 7 5/8 x 3-3/4 5/8 x 4-3/4 5/8 x 6 5/8 x 7 5/8 x 8-1/2 5/8 x 10 3/4 x 4-3/4
1-3/4 (44) 2-1/4 (57) 3-1/4 (83) 4-1/2 (114) 2-1/4 (57) 3 (76) 3-3/4 (95) 5 (127) 7 (178) 2-3/4 (70) 3-3/4 (95) 4-1/2 (114) 5-1/2 (140) 7 (178) 3-3/4 (95) 4-3/4 (121) 6 (152) 7 (178) 8-1/2 (216) 10 (254) 4-3/4 (121)
3/4 (18) 7/8 (22) 2 (51) 7/8 (22) 2-7/8 (75) 7/8 (22) 1-1/4 (32) 1-1/2 (40) 1-1/4 (32) 2-1/4 (59) 3-1/2 (91) 5-1/2 (142) 1-1/4 (33) 1-5/16 (35) 2-3/16 (56) 1-5/16 (35) 2-7/8 (75) 1-5/16 (35) 3-3/4 (96) 4-3/4 (121) 1-1/2 (41) 2-3/4 1-1/2 4 4-3/4 6-1/2 7 1-1/2 (70) (41) (102) (121) (166) (180) (41)
A B D G B D E H L C E G I L E G J O R G 20 10 20 20 10 20 15 25 50 100
2-7/16 (62) 1-1/2 (41)
3/4 x 5-1/2 3/4 x 7 3/4 x 8 3/4 x 10 3/4 x 12 1x6 1x9 1 x 12
5-1/2 (140) 7 (178) 8 10 12 6 9 12 (203) (254) (305) (152) (114) (114)
3-7/16 (85) 1-1/2 (41) 4-5/8 (119) 5-3/4 (146) 5-7/8 (152) 2-1/4 (57) 6 (152)
I L N R T J P T
10
282502 282503 282504 282521 282505 282522 282523 282524 282525 252509 282526 282527 282528 282529 282513 282530 282531 282532 282533 282534 282535 282536 282537 282520 282538 286016 286017 286018 286019
282539 282540 282541 282553 282542 282554 282555 282556 282557 282546 282558 282559 282560 282561 282550 282562 282552 282563 282564 286020 286021 286024 286025 286026 286027 286028 286029 286030 286031 286032
282565 282566 282567 282568 282569 282570 282571 282572 282573 282574 286033 286034 286035 286036 -
378083 378084 378085 378086 378087 378088 378089 378090 378091 -

Countersunk Kwik Bolt Anchor Product Line
Size Length in. (mm) Item No. Box Quantity Carbon Steel 304 SS
C1/4 x 2 C1/4 x 3 C1/4 x 5 C3/8 x 2-1/4 C3/8 x 3 C3/8 x 4 C3/8 x 5
2 3 5 2-1/4 3 4 5
(51) (76) (127) (57) (76) (102) (127)
100 100 100 100 100 50 50
286037 286038 286039 286040 286041 286042 286043
286044 286045 -
Rod Coupling Kwik Bolt 3 Anchor Product Line

Size Length in. (mm) Thread Length in. (mm) ID Stamp Box Quantity Item No. Carbon Steel
3/8 x 2-1/4
2-1/4 (57)
7/8 (22)
100
283470
HHDCA Ceiling Anchor Product Line

Size Length in. (mm) Eyelet Size in. Item No. Box Quantity Carbon Steel
1/4 x 2
2-1/32 (52)
5/16
100
412669
Kwik Bolt 3 Anchor
Long Thread Kwik Bolt 3 Anchor
Countersunk Kwik Bolt 3 Anchor
Rod Coupling Kwik Bolt 3 Anchor (3/8" x 2 1/4" only)
HHDCA Ceiling Hanger (1/4" x 2" only)
4.3.5 Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor 4.3.5.7 Kwik Bolt 3 Anchor Sample Calculations
Given: 2-1/2 in. KB3 anchors under static tension load as shown. hef = 3.25 in. Normal wt. concrete, f'c = 3,000 psi No supplementary reinforcing. Assume uncracked concrete. Condition B per ACI 318-05 D.4.4(c) Calculate the allowable tension load for this configuration.
Calculation per ACI 318-05 Appendix D and this report. Step 1. Calculate steel strength of anchor in tension: Step 2. Calculate steel capacity Nsa = (0.75) (23,320) = 17,490 lb . Nsa = n A se f ut = (2) (0.11) (106,000) = 23,320 lb Step 3. Calculate concrete breakout strength of anchor in tension
AN
h ef = 3.25
1.5h ef
h = 6
s = 6''
1.5h ef
c = 4''
1.5h ef
Code Ref. D.5.1.2
Report Ref Table 17
D.4.4 a) D.5.2.1
N cbg =
A Nc ( A Nco
ec,N
)(
ed,N )
c,N )
cp,N )
Step 3a. Verify minimum member thickness, spacing and edge distance: h min = 6 in. 6 in. ... ok From Table 3; c a,min = 1.625 in. when s 4.25 in. ... ok Step 3b. Check: 1.5 hef = (1.5) (3.25) = 4.88 in. > c 3.0h ef = (3.0) (3.25) = 9.75 in. > s Step 3c. Calculate A No and A N for the anchorage: A No = 9h e f 2 = (9) (3.25)2 = 95.1 in 2 A N = (1.5 hef + c ) (3hef + s) = [(1.5) (3.25) + 4] [(3) (3.25) + 6] = 139.8 in 2 < 2 x A No ... ok Step 3d. Calculate ec,N : e N' = O: e c,N = 1.0 Step 3e. Calculate N b : N b = k uncr N b = 24 3000 (3.25)1.5 = 7,702 lb
ed,N
D.8 D.5.2.1 D.5.2.1 D.5.2.4 D.5.2.4
Table 17 Table 17
f 'c
(h e f )1.5
Step 3f. Calculate modification factor for edge distance:
= 0.7 + 0.3
[ (1.5) (3.25) ] = 0.95

4
D.5.2.5
Table 17
Step 3g. Calculate modification factor for splitting: max | c a,min : 1.5 x h e f | max | 4 : 1.5 x 3.25 | = = 0.72 cp,N = c ac 6.75 Step 3h. Calculate N cbg : 139.8 N cbg = (1.0) (0.95) (1.0) (0.72) (7,702) = 7,744 lb 95.1
D.5.2.7
Table 17
D.5.2.1 3000 = 15,095 lb 2500 D.5.3.2
Table 17 Table 17
Step 4. Check pullout strength: per Table 3, N p, uncr = (2) (6890) Does not control Step 5. Controlling strength:
N cbg = (0.65) (7,744 lb) = 5,034 lb, controls 5,034 Step 6. Convert value to ASD: N allow = 3,595 lb 1.4
D.4.4 c) _
HUS-H Screw Anchor 4.3.6 4.3.6.1 Product Description

The Hilti HUS-H Fastening System consists of the HUS-H fastener, the SI 100 impact wrench and a standard ANSI drill bit. The HUS-H is a concrete screw anchor designed for use in normal-weight concrete. The anchor is formed with a hex head, an integral washer, a double lead thread, and a chamfered tip and has a zinc flake coating (Deltatone). Product Features Two step hardening process - Hardened tip to facilitate quick and easy cutting into concrete - Relatively ductile shank to reduce risk of sudden brittle failure and/or Hydrogen Assisted Stress Corrosion Cracking (HASCC) Deltatone coating process does not induce HASCC and has up to 240 hr. salt spray (tested to ASTM B117). No special bit required, standard ANSI bit HUS-H Anchors, SI 100 impact wrench, Hilti Drill and Drill Bits form a total system. Bolt head finish, no protruding thread Hilti name and anchor length on head facilitates quality control and inspection after installation Comprehensive performance testing to provide high and consistent performance in concrete Keying/Undercutting of threads allows for immediate load application Pressed-on washer for greater setting convenience Tapered tip and double lead thread allow for easy installation
Guide Specifications Anchor Concrete anchor shall be carbon steel, screw type with double lead thread and a Deltatone coating. Anchor will bear the diameter and length on the bolt head that is visible after installation. Anchors shall be HUS-H as supplied by Hilti. Installation Drill hole with a Hilti ANSI standard carbide tipped drill bit. Remove dust from the hole with oil free compressed air. Using Hilti SI 100 impact wrench (or using manual wrench), install anchor into hole until flush against top of fixture.
Listings/Approvals
European Technical Approval (ETA) ETA-06/0159

Carbon Steel HUS-H Screw Anchors conform DIN EN 10263-4
Mechanical Properties fy min. fu ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa) 130 (900) 145 (1000)
Deltatone Coating Deltatone is a highly reactive zinc-rich system based on an inorganic material. It sticks to the steel substrate by a chemical reaction instead of mechanical adhesion. In contrast to electrolytic plating, no hydrogen (which can lead to HASCC). Thanks to the binding agents and high zinc content, a closed film with cathodic protection effect is achieved after the curing process. A further important advantage lies in the suppression of the so-called white corrosion or oxidation of the zinc surface. The high zinc content of the Deltatone coating material helps protect steel against corrosion. Screw Anchors coated with Deltatone are tested in accordance with DIN 50021 / ASTM B117 and achieve a level of 0 % Base material Corrosion after 240 hrs. Salt spray Test. The HUS-H Screw Anchor undergoes a Case Hardening (Carbo Nitration) process, followed by a partial inductive heat-treatment. This process helps ensure optimum cutting performance while maintaining a ductile anchor shaft.
4.3.6 HUS-H Screw Anchor 4.3.6.3 Technical Data

Table 1 - HUS-H Specification Table Nominal Anchor Details Diameter d bit nominal bit diameter h ef min./std/deep depth of embedment h 1 min. hole depth Tmax max. tightening torque d h min. thread clearance hole in plate h in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) ft-lb (Nm) in. (mm) 2 (51) 3/8 (9.5) 5/16 (7.9) 2-3/4 (70) 2 (51) 1/2 (12.7) 7/16 (11.1) 3 (89) 2-3/8 (60) 5/8 (15.9) 9/16 (14.3) 4 (102) h ef + 3/8 (h ef + 9.5) 48 (65) 11/16 (17.5) 5-3/8 (137)
h ef + 3/8 (h ef + 9.5) 26 (35) 7/16 (11.1)
h ef + 3/8 (h ef + 9.5) 33 (45) 9/16 (14.3)
min. base material thickness
3" (76 mm) or 1.3 h ef whichever is greater
Table 2 - HUS-H Lengths1 Nominal Anchor Diameter Length in. (mm) 2-1/2 (64) 2-5/8 (67) 3 (76) 4 (102) 5 (127) 6 (152) 2-1/2 (64) 3 (76) 4 (102) 5 (128) 6 (152) 3 (76) 4 (102) 5 (128) 6 (152)
dh t hef h1 h
3/8
1/2
5/8
d bit
1 Thickness to be fastened t = - h ef)
V (N ) + ( V ) N
d

5/3
d
5/3
rec
rec
1.0 (Ref. Section 4.1.9.6)
HUS-H Screw Anchor 4.3.6

Table 3 - Carbon Steel HUS-H Allowable Loads in Concrete
Nominal Anchor Diameter in. (mm) 2000 psi (13.8 Mpa) Embedment Depth In. (mm) Tension2 lb (kN) Shear3 lb (kN) 4000 psi (27.6 Mpa) Tension2 lb (kN) Shear3 lb (kN) 6000 psi (41.4 Mpa) Tension2 lb (kN) Shear3 lb (kN)
3/8 (9.5)
1/2 (12.7)
5/8 (15.9)
21 (51) 2-3/4 (70) 21 (51) 3 (76) 2-3/81 (60) 4 (102) 5-3/8 (137)
810 (3.6) 1275 (5.7) 815 (3.6) 1410 (6.3) 1130 (5.0) 2370 (10.5) 3435 (15.3)
1190 (5.3) 14904 (6.6) 1370 (6.1) 1780 (7.9) 1740 (7.7) 3320 (14.8) 49054 (21.8)
1025 (4.6) 1785 (7.9) 1055 (4.7) 1855 (8.3) 1435 (6.4) 3190 (14.2) 4430 (19.7)
14904 (6.6) 1760 (7.8) 2365 (10.5) 3005 (13.4) 49054 (21.8)
1175 (5.2) 2025 (9.0) 1175 (5.2) 2390 (10.6) 2000 (8.90) 4985 (22.2) 7105 (31.6)
14904 (6.6) 30004 (13.3) 3590 (16.0) 49054 (21.8)
1 IMPORTANT EMBEDMENTS LESS THEN 2-1/2": To minimize potential concrete thread damage from over spinning, set the SI 100 Trigger to it's lowest installation torque. 2 Allowable tension loads based upon a safety factor of 4.0.
3 Except where noted, shear loads based upon concrete pryout failure and a safety factor of 4.0. 4 Noted Shear loads based upon minimum steel strength and a safety factor of 3.0.
Table 4 - Carbon Steel HUS-H Ultimate Loads in Concrete

Nominal Anchor Diameter in. (mm) 2000 psi (13.8 Mpa) Embedment Depth In. (mm) Tension lb (kN) Shear2 lb (kN) 4000 psi (27.6 Mpa) Tension lb (kN) Shear2 lb (kN) 6000 psi (41.4 Mpa) Tension lb (kN) Shear2 lb (kN)
3/8 (9.5)
1/2 (12.7)
5/8 (15.9)
21 (51) 2-3/4 (70) 21 (51) 3 (76) 2-3/81 (60) 4 (102) 5-3/8 (137)
3235 (14.4) 5095 (22.7) 3265 (14.5) 5645 (25.1) 4520 (20.1) 9475 (42.1) 13740 (61.1)
44753 (19.9) 5475 (24.4) 7110 (31.6) 6960 (31.0) 13285 (59.1) 147253 (65.5)
4100 (18.2) 7155 (31.8) 4215 (18.7) 7425 (33.0) 5730 (25.5) 12765 (56.8) 17715 (78.8)
44753 (19.9) 7040 (31.3) 90003 (40.0) 12025 (53.5) 147253 (65.5)
4705 (20.9) 8095 (36.0) 4705 (20.9) 9570 (42.6) 8000 (35.5) 19940 (88.7) 28435 (126.5)
44753 (19.9) 90003 (40.0) 14365 (65.5) 147253 (65.5)
1 IMPORTANT EMBEDMENTS LESS THEN 2-1/2": To minimize potential concrete thread damage from over spinning, set the SI 100 Trigger to it's lowest installation torque.
2 Except where noted, shear loads based upon concrete pryout/pullout failure. 3 Noted Ultimate Shear loads limited by minimum steel strength.
4.3.6 HUS-H Screw Anchor

Table 5 - HUS-H Allowable Tension and Shear Values (pounds), Top of Grout-Filled Concrete Masonry Construction1, 2, 3, 4, 5
Anchor Dia. (inches) Embedment Depth (inches) Edge Distance (inches) Shear Tension Perpendicular to wall Parallel to wall
3/8 1/2 5/8
2-3/4 3 4
1-3/4 2-3/4 1-3/4 2-3/4 1-3/4 2-3/4
590 730 590 745 900 1175
245 420 275 475 275 535
640 745 865 1025 1015 1355
1 Anchors must be installed a minimum of 1 inch from any vertical mortar joint. 2 Anchors are limited to one per masonry cell with a minimum spacing of 8 inches on center. 3 Embedment depth is measured from the top edge of the concrete masonry construction. 4 Masonry thickness must be at least 1.5 times anchor embedment.
Table 6 - HUS-H Allowable Tension and Shear Values (pounds), Face of Grout-Filled Concrete Masonry Construction1, 2, 3, 4
Anchor Dia. (inches) Embedment Depth (inches) Min. Distance from edge of wall (inches) Tension Shear
3/8 1/2 5/8
2-3/4 3 4
4 12 4 12 4 12
695 910 695 805 1370
1015 1720 2585 2725
1 Anchor locations are limited to one per masonry cell with minimum spacing of 8 inches on center. 2 Embedment depth is measured from the outside face of the concrete masonry construction. 3 Loads in this table are for HUS-H anchors installed in the masonry at the edge distance listed in this table. No reductions for edge distance are required when anchors are installed with the minimum edge distance specified in this table. Capacity of attached sill plate or other material to resist loads in this table must comply with the applicable code. 4 Masonry thickness must be at least 1.5 times anchor embedment. 5 Linear interpolation for edge distances between 4 inches and 12 inches is allowed.
HUS-H Screw Anchor 4.3.6

Anchor Diameter
Adjustment Factor Spacing Tension, fAN
3/8" diameter
Spacing Shear, fAV Edge Distance Tension, fRN Edge Distance Shear
toward edge,
1/2" diameter
Spacing Tension, fAN Spacing Shear, fAV Edge Distance Tension, fRN Edge Distance Shear
toward edge,
fRV1
II or away from edge,
fRV2
fRV1
II or away from
fRV2
Embed. Depth, in. 1-3/4 2 2-3/4 3 3-1/2 4 4-1/8 4-1/2 5 5-1/2 6 7 8-1/4 9
2 0.70 0.76 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.86 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
2-3/4
2 0.70 0.81 0.85 0.93 1.00
2-3/4
2 0.75 0.80 0.95 1.00
2-3/4 0.75 0.78 0.86 0.88 0.93 0.99 1.00
2 0.30 0.35 0.51 0.57 0.68 0.78 0.81 0.89 1.00
2 0.75 0.77 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.92 0.93 0.96 1.00
2 0.70 0.76 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.86 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
2 0.70 0.81 0.85 0.93 1.00
2 0.75 0.80 0.95 1.00
3 0.75 0.77 0.84 0.86 0.91 0.95 0.97 1.00
2 0.20 0.26 0.45 0.51 0.63 0.75 0.78 0.88 1.00
2 0.65 0.68 0.76 0.79 0.84 0.89 0.91 0.95 1.00
0.70 0.71 0.74 0.77 0.78 0.80 0.82 0.85 0.88 0.93 1.00
0.70 0.73 0.78 0.84 0.85 0.89 0.95 1.00
0.70 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.90 0.96 1.00
0.70 0.75 0.80 0.81 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00
Load Adjustment Factors for 5/8" Diameter Anchors

Anchor Diameter
Adjustment Factor Spacing Tension fAN
5/8" diameter
Spacing Shear
fAV
Spacing
fRN
Edge Distance Shear

toward edge fRV1 II or away from edge fRV2
for scr>s>Smin
Tension Shear
Embed. Depth, in. 1-3/4 2 2-3/8 3 3-9/16 4 4-3/4 5 -3/8 6 6-1/2 7-1/8 7-1/2 8 9 10 10-3/4 12 14 16-1/8 Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.
2-3/8
5-3/8 2-3/8
0.70 0.74 0.78 0.80 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.79 0.82 0.83 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.95 1.00
0.70 0.72 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.94 1.00
0.70 0.78 0.85 0.91 0.70 1.00 0.76 0.80 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
5-3/8 2-3/8 0.75 0.78 0.84 0.92 1.00
0.70 0.73 0.76 0.80 0.82 0.85 0.90 0.96 1.00
4 0.75 0.76 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.88 0.93 0.96 1.00
5-3/8 0.75 0.76 0.77 0.80 0.82 0.84 0.87 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.96 0.98 1.00
2-3/8 0.15 0.19 0.25 0.35 0.44 0.51 0.62 0.72 0.82 0.90 1.00
2-3/8 0.50 0.52 0.56 0.62 0.67 0.71 0.78 0.84 0.90 0.94 1.00
smin = 1.0 hef, scr = 3.0 hef fAN = 0.15(s/hef) + 0.55
smin = 1.0 hef, scr = 2.0 hef fAV = 0.3(s/hef) + 0.4
Edge Distance
for ccr>c>cmin
Tension All Diameters
cmin = 1-3/4", ccr = 1.5 hef fRN = 1.0 (0.375hef 0.25c) / (1.5hef 1 3/4")
Shear 3/8" Diameter
cmin = 1-3/4", ccr = 5" toward edge ll or away from edge fRV1 = 0.215c - 0.077 fRV2 = 0.077c + 0.615
Shear 1/2" Diameter
cmin = 1-3/4", ccr = 5" toward edge ll or away from edge fRV1 = 0.246c 0.230 fRV2 = 0.108c + 0.461
Shear 5/8" Diameter
cmin = 1-3/4", ccr = 7-1/8" toward edge ll or away from edge fRV1 = 0.158c 0.127 fRV2 = 0.093c + 0.337
or
1. Hammer drill a hole using appropriate diameter ANSI carbide-tipped drill bit.
2. Clean hole with oil free compressed air.
3A. Using Hilti SI 100 impact wrench, install anchor into hole. Immediately discontinue when anchor is flush against top of fixture.
3B. Or, using a torque wrench install anchor into hole until flush against top of fixture. Do not exceed Tmax.
IMPORTANT EMBEDMENTS LESS THEN 2-1/2": To minimize potential concrete thread damage from over spinning, set the SI 100 Trigger to it's lowest installation torque.
4.3.6 HUS-H Screw Anchor 4.3.6.5 Ordering Information

HUS-H 3/8" screw anchor with hexagon head 1/2" AF, 11/16" washer dia.
Ordering Description Drill Bit Anchor Length Item No. Regular Packaging Master Carton Contents Item No. Contents
HUS-H 3/8 x 2-1/8 HUS-H 3/8 x 2-5/8 HUS-H 3/8 x 3 HUS-H 3/8 x 4 HUS-H 3/8 x 5 HUS-H 3/8 x 6
5/16" 5/16" 5/16" 5/16" 5/16" 5/16"
2-1/8" 2-5/8" 3" 4" 5" 6"
336686 336687 336688 304503 304504 336692
50 50 50 50 50 50
305618 305619 305620 305621 305622 305623
600 600 400 300 300 300
HUS-H 1/2" screw anchor with hexagon head 5/8" AF, 9/10" washer dia.
Ordering Description Drill Bit Anchor Length Item No. Regular Packaging Master Carton Contents Item No. Contents
HUS-H 1/2 x 2-1/2 HUS-H 1/2 x 3 HUS-H 1/2 x 4 HUS-H 1/2 x 5 HUS-H 1/2 x 6
7/16" 7/16" 7/16" 7/16" 7/16"
2-1/2" 3" 4" 5" 6"
304505 304506 304507 304508 304509
50 50 50 50 50
Regular Packaging Contents
305624 305625 305626 305627 305628

Master Carton Item No.
300 300 150 150 150

Master Carton Contents
HUS-H 5/8" screw anchor with hexagon head 13/16" AF, 1-3/16" washer dia.
Ordering Description Drill Bit Anchor Length Item No.
HUS-H 5/8 x 3 HUS-H 5/8 x 4 HUS-H 5/8 x 5 HUS-H 5/8 x 6
9/16" 9/16" 9/16" 9/16"
3" 4" 5" 6"
282903 282904 282905 282906
20 20 20 20
3001533 3001534 3001535 3001536
160 80 80 60
HUS-H Screw Anchor Accessories

SI 100 impact wrench
Description Packaging Contents Item No.
SI 100 impact wrench in tool box Impact sockets for 3/8" HUS-H
Description
1
Length
334203
Packaging Contents Ordering Description Item No.
3/8 Short socket wrench insert (non magnetic) 3/8" Long magnetic socket wrench insert Impact sockets for 1/2" HUS-H
Description
1-9/16" 3-1/2"
Length
1 1
Packaging Contents
S-NSD 1/2"-3/8" S-NSD 1/2"-3/8" M

Ordering Description
336703 336701
Item No.
1/2" Short socket wrench insert (non magnetic) 1/2" Short magnetic socket wrench insert Impact sockets for 5/8" HUS-H
Description
1-9/16" 1-9/16"
Length
1 1
Packaging Contents
S-NSD 5/8-1/2" S-NSD 5/8-1/2" M

Ordering Description
304786 304795
Item No.
13/16" Short socket wrench insert (non magnetic) 13/16" Short magnetic socket wrench insert SI 100 Accessories
Description
1-9/16 1-9/16
Packaging Contents
1 1
Item No.
S-NSD 13/16-5/8" S-NSD 13/16-5/8" M
282932 282933
Pin/O-Ring Set for 1/2" drive sockets
3 sets
336619
HCA Coil Anchor 4.3.7 4.3.7.1 Product Description

The Hilti HCA Coil Anchor is a bolt type expansion anchor for use in concrete. Product Features Reusable type anchors, providing major cost savings* Bolt type anchor enables low profile fastenings Preassembled units allow quick production fastening Utilizes a disposable, low cost expansion coil which minimizes reuse costs Heat treated to Grade 5 specification, which provides high shear load capacity Guide Specifications Expansion Anchor Expansion anchors shall be bolt style which meet the mechanical properties of a Grade 5 bolt. Anchors are to be zinc plated in accordance with ASTM B633, SC1, Type III. Anchors shall be Hilti HCA designation as supplied by Hilti. Installation Install bolt type anchors in holes drilled with Hilti carbide tipped drill bits or DD-B or DD-C diamond core bits. Install anchors as per manufacturers recommendation.
* Test results when reused four times: maximum 20% reduction in tensile capacity; no reduction in shear.

1/4" HCA Carbon Steel meets the requirements of case of hardened AISI 1018 3/8" 3/4" HCA Carbon Steel meets the chemica requirements of AISI 1035 and heat treated to Grade 5 specification Coil meets the requirements of plain carbon steel
Mechanical Properties
min. fu ksi (MPa) 100 (690) 120 (830)
Carbon Steel HCA and coil are plated in accordance with ASTM B633, SC1, Type III

Table 1 - HCA Specification Table Bolt Size Details d bit nominal bit diameter1 h s depth set mark anchor length min./max. (other lengths available) d h coil clearance hole in plate T inst recommended installation torque (guide values) h min. base material thickness in. in. in. in. in. ft-lb in. 1/4 3/8 1-3/4 3-1/2 5/16 10 3/8 5/8 2-1/4 5 7/16 40 1/2 5/8 3 7 9/16 80 5/8 3/4 3-1/2 8 11/16 130 3/4 1 4-1/2 10 13/16 180 1/2 3" or 1.3 hef, whichever is greater 3/8 in. 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 Table 2 - HCA Lengths2 Diameter 1/4 Length in. (mm) 1-3/4 (44) 2-1/2 (64) 3-1/2 (89) 2-1/4 (57) 3 (76) 5 (127) 3 (76) 4 (102) 5-1/2 (140) 7 (178) 3-1/2 (89) 5 (127) 8 (203) 4-1/2 (114) 6 (152) 10 (254)
3/8
1 Hilti carbide-tipped drill bit or matched tolerance Hilti DD-B or DD-C diamond core bits 2 Maximum thickness to be fastened t = - (h ef + h s )
Combined Shear and Tension Loading N (N ) + ( V ) V

d d rec rec
3/4
1.0 (Ref. Section 4.1.9.6)
4.3.7 HCA Coil Anchor

Table 3 - Carbon Steel HCA Allowable Concrete/Steel Capacity in Concrete1 Anchor Diameter in. 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 Embedment Depth in. 3/4 1 1-1/2 2 2 3 2-3/8 3-7/8 3-1/4 4-1/2 Allowable Concrete Capacity3,4, lb 4000 psi 6000 psi 2000 psi Tension5 Tension5 Tension5 Shear Shear Shear 230 355 650 1005 1005 1845 1300 2705 2080 3385 230 380 850 1390 1515 3020 2175 5000 3915 6810 325 500 920 1420 1420 2605 1835 3825 2940 4790 330 535 1205 1965 2145 4270 3075 7070 5540 9630 400 615 990 1740 1740 3190 2250 4685 3600 5865 400 655 1475 2410 2625 5230 3765 8660 6780 11705 Allowable Steel Strength 2, lb Tension 1620 4355 7775 12145 17495 Shear 1080 2905 5180 8095 11665
1 Use lower value of either concrete or steel strength. 2 Steel strength based on 0.22 Fu A g for shear and 0.33 Fu A g for tension. 3 Concrete strength based on a safety factor of 4.0.
4 Applicable influence factors must be applied to concrete strength values. 5 Test results when reused four times: maximum 20% reduction in tensile capacity; no reduction in shear.
Table 4 - Carbon Steel HCA Ultimate Concrete/Steel Capacity in Concrete1 Anchor Diameter in. 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 Embedment Depth in. 3/4 1 1-1/2 2 2 3 2-3/8 3-7/8 3-1/4 4-1/2 2000 psi Tension5 Shear 920 1420 2610 4015 4015 7375 5195 10825 8315 13545 930 1515 3410 5565 6065 12080 8700 19995 15660 27235 Ultimate Concrete Capacity3,4, lb 4000 psi 6000 psi 5 Tension Tension5 Shear Shear 1305 2005 3690 5675 5675 10430 7345 15305 11760 19160 1315 2145 4825 7865 8575 17085 12305 28275 22150 38515 1595 2460 4515 6950 6950 12770 9000 18745 14400 23465 1610 2625 5910 9635 10505 20930 15070 34630 27125 47170 Ultimate Steel Strength 2, lb Tension 3675 9900 17665 27605 39760 Shear 2830 7615 13570 21240 30590
1 Use lower value of either concrete or steel strength. 2 Steel strength based on 0.57 FuAg for shear and 0.75 FuAg for tension. 3 Concrete capacity based on Concrete Capacity Design method and verified by test data.
4 Applicable influence factors must be applied to concrete strength values. 5 Test results when reused four times: maximum 20% reduction in tensile capacity; no reduction in shear.

Table 5 - HCA Influence of Edge and On-Center Spacing Distance1,2 Load Direction Tension Shear Tension ( (II or Shear toward edge)4 Shear away from edge)4 Critical 3.0 hef 2.0 hef 1.5 hef 2.5 hef 2.5 hef Minimum 1.0 hef 1.0 hef 0.8 hef 1.0 hef 1.0 hef Influence Factor3 fAN = 0.70 fAV = 0.70 fRN = 0.75 fRV1 = 0.25 fRV2 = 0.50 See Note4
1 For edge and spacing distances between critical and minimum spacing/edge distances, use linear interpolation. 2 Influence factors are cumulative. 3 Influence factor at minimum spacing/edge distance. Influence factor at critical equals 1.0. 4 For shear loads in between perpendicular and parallel toward edge, use the following equation, fRV = 0.25 / (cos + 0.5 sin ) for 55 < 90. For 0 < 55, shear load assumed to be perpendicular toward edge.
Edge Distance
Spacing
concrete free edge
Test results when reused four times: maximum 20% reduction in tensile capacity; no reduction in shear.
HCA Coil Anchor 4.3.7 4.3.7.4 Installation Instructions

Important Installation Considerations 1. Hole depth is determined by the anchor length minus fixture thickness plus 1/4" minimum. 2. When reassembling the coil tab onto the tapered end of the bolt, the flattened portion (tang) must be in the direction of the head. 3. Anchors are to be installed to the depth set mark on the shank below the head. Tap anchor to the depth mark before tightening.
Drill hole same diameter as anchor
Clean hole
Insert (tap anchor) to anchors depth set mark
Tighten to required torque

HCA HEX HEAD
Box Qty 100 100 100 100 100 50 50 25 25 25 25 25 20 20 10 10 Bit Dia 1/4" 1/4" 1/4" 3/8" 3/8" 3/8" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 5/8" 5/8" 5/8" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" Fixture Thickness at minimum embedment depth 5/8" 1-3/8" 2-3/8" 1/8" 7/8" 2-7/8" 3/8" 1-3/8" 2-7/8" 4-3/8" 3/8" 1-7/8" 4-7/8" 1/4" 1-3/4" 5-3/4"
HCT Replacement Coil

Item No. 255985 255987 255988 255989 255980 Description HCT 1/4" HCT 3/8" HCT 1/2" HCT 5/8" HCT 3/4" Box Qty 100 100 100 100 50
Item No. 252000 252002 252003 252004 252005 252007 252010 252011 252012 252013 252014 252015 252016 252017 252018 252019
Description HCA 1/4" X 1-3/4" HCA 1/4" X 2-1/2" HCA 1/4" X 3-1/2" HCA 3/8" X 2-1/4" HCA 3/8" X 3" HCA 3/8" X 5" HCA 1/2" X 3" HCA 1/2" X 4" HCA 1/2" X 5-1/2" HCA 1/2" X 7" HCA 5/8" X 3-1/2" HCA 5/8" X 5" HCA 5/8" X 8" HCA 3/4" X 4-1/2" HCA 3/4" X 6" HCA 3/4" X 10"
* Test results when reused four times: maximum 20% reduction in tensile capacity; no reduction in shear.
4.3.8 HDI & HDI-L Drop-In Anchor


The Hilti HDI/HDI-L Drop-In anchor is an internally threaded, flush mounted expansion anchor for use in concrete. Product Features HDI Anchor, setting tool and Hilti drill bit form a matched tolerance system to provide reliable fastenings Allows shallow embedment without sacrificing performance Lip provides flush installation, consistent anchor depth, and easy rod alignment (HDI-L) Lip allows accurate flush surface setting, independent of hole depth (HDI-L) Ideal for repetitive fastenings with threaded rods of equal length Intelligent expansion section adapts to the base material and reduces number of hammer blows up to 50% (HDI-L)
Guide Specifications Expansion Anchor Expansion anchors shall be flush or shell type and zinc plated in accordance with ASTM B 633, SC 1, Type III. Anchors shall be Hilti HDI/HDI-L anchors as supplied by Hilti. Installation Install shell or flush type anchors in holes drilled with Hilti carbide tipped drill bits. Install anchors as per manufacturers recommendations.

HDI/HDI-L, 1/4", 3/8", 1/2", and HDI 5/8" and 3/4" are manufactured from mild carbon steel which is plated with a zinc finish for corrosion protection in accordance with ASTM B 633, SC 1, Type III HDI Stainless Steel material meets the requirements of AISI 303
Listings/Approvals
City of Los Angeles Research Report No. 23709 (HDI Only) FM (Factory Mutual) Pipe Hanger Components for Automatic Sprinkler Systems (3/8" - 3/4") (HDI and HDI-L) UL (Underwriters Laboratories) UL 203 Pipe Hanger Equipment for Fire Protection Services (3/8" - 3/4")
C

Table 1 - HDI/HDI-L Specification Table Anchor Size Details d bit h nom h1
th
HDI/HDI-L in. (mm) in. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) ft-lb (Nm) 1/4 (6.4) 3/8 1 (25) 7/16 (11) 20 3 (76) 4 (5.4) 3/8 (9.5) 1/2 1-9/16 (40) 5/8 (15) 16 3-1/8 (79) 11 (14.9) 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 2 (51) 11/16 (17) 13 4 (102) 22 (29.8) 5/8 (15.9) 27/32 2-9/16 (65) 7/8 (22) 11 5-1/8 (130) 37 (50.2)
HDI 3/4 (19.1) 1 3-3/16 (81) 1-3/8 (34) 10 6-3/8 (162) 80 (108.5)
Nominal Bit diameter Std. depth of embed. Anchor length Hole depth Useable thread length Threads per inch min. base material thickness max. tightening torque
h T max
Combined Shear and Tension Loading N (N ) + ( V ) V

d d rec rec
5/3
5/3
1.0 (Ref. Section 4.1.9.6)
HDI & HDI-L Drop-In Anchor 4.3.8

Table 2 - Carbon Steel HDI Allowable Loads in Concrete
Anchor size in. (mm)
Tension HDI
500 ( 2.2) 890 ( 4.0) 1120 ( 5.0) 1875 ( 8.3) 2500 (11.1)
2000 psi (13.8 MPa) lb (kN) Shear HDI-L HDI

500 (2.2) 890 (4.0) 1120 (5.0) 450 ( 8.0) 965 ( 4.3) 1500 ( 6.7) 2500 (11.1) 3875 (17.2)
lb (kN) HDI-L
450 (8.0) 965 (4.3) 1500 (6.7)
Tension HDI
570 ( 2.5) 1115 ( 5.0) 1785 ( 7.9) 2920 (13.0) 4065 (18.1)

570 (2.5) 1115 (5.0) 1785 (7.9) 625 ( 2.8) 1250 ( 5.6) 2125 ( 9.5) 3250 (14.5) 5000 (22.2)
lb (kN) HDI-L
625 (2.8) 1250 (5.6) 1940 (8.6)
Tension HDI
790 ( 3.5) 1360 ( 6.0) 2345 (10.4) 3715 (16.5) 5565 (24.8)

790 ( 3.5) 1360 ( 6.0) 2345 (10.4) 700 ( 3.1) 1500 ( 6.7) 2500 (11.1) 3750 (16.7) 5500 (24.5)
lb (kN) HDI-L
700 ( 3.1) 1500 ( 6.7) 2500 (11.1)
1/4 ( 6.4) 3/8 ( 9.5) 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9) 3/4 (19.1)
Note: The ultimate shear and allowable shear values are based on the use of SAE Grade 5 bolts, (fy = 85 ksi, Fult = 120 ksi) with the exception of the 1/4" HDI/HDI-L in fc = 6000 psi concrete which is based upon the use of a SAE Grade 8 bolt (fy = 120 ksi, Fult = 150 ksi).
Table 3 - Carbon Steel HDI Ultimate Loads in Concrete

Anchor size in. (mm)
Tension HDI
lb (kN) HDI-L
Tension HDI
2270 (10.1) 4460 (19.8) 7140 (31.8) 11685 (52.0) 16260 (72.3)

2270 (10.1) 4460 (19.8) 7140 (31.8)
lb (kN) HDI-L
Tension HDI
lb (kN) HDI-L
1/4 ( 6.4) 3/8 ( 9.5) 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9)
1995 ( 8.9) 1995 ( 8.9) 3555 ( 15.8) 3555 (15.8) 4470 ( 19.9) 4470 (19.9) 7500 ( 33.4)
1800 ( 8.0) 1800 ( 8.0) 3850 (17.1) 3850 (17.1) 6000 (26.7) 6000 (26.7) 10000 (44.5) 15500 (69.0)
2500 (11.1) 2500 (11.1) 5000 (22.2) 5000 (22.2) 8500 (37.8) 7750 (34.4) 13000 (57.8) 20000 (89.0)
3150 (14.0) 3150 (14.0) 5430 (24.2) 5430 (24.2) 9375 (41.7) 9375 (41.7) 14865 (66.1) 22250 (99.0)
2800 (12.5) 2800 (12.5) 6000 (26.7) 6000 (26.7) 10000 (44.5) 10000 (44.5) 15000 (66.7) 22000 (97.9)
3/4 (19.1) 10000 ( 44.5)
Table 4 - Carbon Steel HDI Allowable Loads in Lightweight Concrete and Lightweight Concrete over Metal Deck1, 2
Anchor Size in. (mm) Anchor Installed in 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) Lt. Wt. Concrete 3 Tension, lb (kN) Shear, lb (kN) Anchor Installed Through Steel Deck Upper Flute Anchor Installed Through Steel Deck Lower Flute Into 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) Lt. Wt. Concrete 4 Into 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) Lt. Wt. Concrete4 Tension, lb (kN) Shear, lb (kN) Tension, lb (kN) Shear, lb (kN)
1/4 (6.4) 3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9) 3/4 (19.1)
465 (2.1) 755 (3.4) 1135 (5.0) 1465 (6.5) 2075 (9.2)
340 (1.5) 940 (4.2) 1700 (7.6) 2835 (12.6) 3680 (16.4)
530 (2.4) 880 (3.9) 1105 (4.9)

335 (1.5) 1010 (4.5) 1755 (7.8)

375 (1.7) 500 (2.2) 625 (2.8) 875 (3.9) 1250 (5.5)
250 (1.1) 500 (2.2) 750 (3.3) 875 (3.9) 1000 (4.4)
1 The allowable values are based on the use of SAE Grade 2 bolts installed in the anchors. 2 Based on using a safety factor of 4.0.
3 The tabulated shear and tensile values are for anchors installed in structural lightweight concrete having the designated ultimate compressive strength at the time of installation. The concrete must comply with ASTM C 330-77. 4 The tabulated shear and tensile values are for anchors installed through 20 gauge intermediate decking into structural lightweight concrete having the designated ultimate strength at the time of installation. The concrete must comply with ASTM C 330-77.
Table 5 - Stainless Steel HDI Allowable Loads in Concrete Anchor size in. (mm) SS HDI 1/4 SS HDI 3/8 SS HDI 1/2 SS HDI 5/8 SS HDI 3/4 (6.4) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1)
4000 psi (27.6 MPa) Tension lb (kN) 480 (2.1) 1040 (4.6) 1840 (8.2) 2630 (11.7) 3830 (17.0) Shear lb (kN) 600 1230 2760 4510 5580 (2.7) (5.5) (12.4) (20.1) (24.8)
6000 psi (41.4 MPa) Tension lb (kN) 740 1460 2410 3770 5030 (3.3) (6.5) (10.7) (16.8) (22.4) Shear lb (kN) 600 1230 2760 4510 5580 (2.7) (5.5) (12.3) (20.1) (24.8)
Note: The ultimate and allowable shear values are based on the use of Type 18-8 bolts.
Table 6 - Stainless Steel HDI Ultimate Loads in Concrete Anchor size in. (mm) SS HDI 1/4 SS HDI 3/8 SS HDI 1/2 SS HDI 5/8 SS HDI 3/4 (6.4) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1) 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) Tension lb (kN) 1930 (8.6) 4170 (18.5) 7350 (32.7) 10540 (46.9) 15340 (68.2) Shear lb (kN) 2400 4920 11040 18040 22320 (10.7) (21.9) (49.1) (80.2) (99.3) 6000 psi (41.4 MPa) Tension lb (kN) 2950 5850 9630 15100 20130 (13.1) (26.0) (42.8) (67.2) (89.5) Shear lb (kN) 2400 4920 11040 18040 22320 (10.7) (21.9) (49.1) (80.2) (99.3)
4.3.8 HDI & HDI-L Drop-In Anchor Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines (See Anchoring Technology Section 4.1.3)
Anchor Spacing Adjustment Factors s = Actual Spacing smin = 2.0 hnom scr = 3.5 hnom Edge Distance Adjustment Factors c = Actual edge distance cmin = 2.0 hnom ccr = 3.0 hnom
Influence of Anchor Spacing & Edge Distance fA, fR Anchor Size in. (mm) 1/4 (6.4) 3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.8) 3/4 (19.1) hnom in. (mm) 1 ( 25) 1-9/16 (40) 2 ( 51) 2-9/16 ( 65) 3-3/16 ( 81)
Load Adjustment Factors (Anchor Spacing) fA Tension/Shear Loads Spacing s in. (mm) 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 4-1/2 5 5-1/2 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 ( 51) ( 64) ( 76) ( 89) (102) (114) (127) (140) (152) (178) (203) (229) (254) (279) (305) Anchor Diameter 1/4 .50 .67 .83 1.0 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 Edge Distance c in. (mm) 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 4-1/2 5 5-1/2 6 6-1/2 7 8 9 10 ( 51) ( 64) ( 76) ( 89) (102) (114) (127) (140) (152) (165) (178) (203) (229) (254)
Load Adjustment Factors (Edge Distance) fR Tension, fRN Anchor Diameter 1/4 .80 .90 1.0 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 1/4 .65 .83 1.0 .80 .85 .90 .95 1.0 Shear, fRV Anchor Diameter 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
.50 .58 .69 .79 .90 1.0
.50 .58 .67 .75 .83 1.0
.50 .55 .61 .74 .87 1.0
.80 .85 .91 .98 1.0
.50 .57 .67 .77 .88 .98 1.0
.80 .83 .87 .91 .95 1.0
.65 .73 .85 .96 1.0
.65 .74 .83 .91 1.0
.80 .84 .90 .96 1.0
.65 .70 .77 .84 .91 1.0
.65 .72 .83 .94 1.0
smin = 2.0 hnom, scr = 3.5 hnom fA = 0.33 s 0.17 hnom for scr > s > smin
cmin = 2.0 hnom, ccr = 3.0 hnom fRN = 0.2 c + 0.4 hnom for ccr > c > cmin
cmin = 2.0 hnom, ccr = 3.0 hnom fRV = 0.35 c 0.05 hnom for ccr > c > cmin
HDI & HDI-L Drop-In Anchor 4.3.8 4.3.8.4 Installation Instructions
1. Adjust depth gauge so that anchor will be flush with the concrete surface when installed.
2. Hammer drill hole.
3. Clean hole.
4. Install anchor using proper setting tool. Setting tool to be driven into anchor until setting tool shoulder meets top of anchor.

HDI Anchors
Anchor Thread Size Carbon Steel Description Item No. Description Item No. Stainless Steel Description Item No. Box Qty
1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 5/8" 3/4"
HDI 1/4 HDI 3/8 HDI 1/2 HDI 5/8 HDI 3/4
336425 336426 336427 336428 336429
HDI-L 1/4 HDI-L 3/8 HDI-L 1/2
283608 283609 283610
HDI 1/4 (SS 303) HDI 3/8 (SS 303) HDI 1/2 (SS 303) HDI 5/8 (SS 303) HDI 3/4 (SS 303)
336430 336431 336432 336433 336434
100 50 50 25 25
Setting Tools for HDI & HDI-L Anchors

Anchor Thread Size Description Manual Setting Tools Item No.
1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 5/8" 3/4"

Anchor Thread Size
HST 1/4 Setting Tool HST 3/8 Setting Tool HST 1/2 Setting Tool HST 5/8 Setting Tool HST 3/4 Setting Tool
Description Automatic Setting Tools1
00032978 00032979 00032980 00032981 00032982

Item No.
3/8" 1/2"
HSD-MM 3/8" (TE-C-24SD10 3/8" Setting tool) HSD-MM 1/2" (TE-C-24SD12 1/2" Setting tool)
00243751 00243752
1 Use automatic setting tools with TE-5A, TE-6, TE-15, TE-16, TE-16C, TE-18 and TE-25 rotary hammer drills.
4.3.9 HDI-P Drop-In Anchor


The Hilti HDI-P Drop-In anchor is an internally threaded, flush mounted expansion anchor for solid and hollow concrete. Product Features Optimized 3/4" anchor length to allow reliable fastenings in hollow core panels, precast plank & post tensioned slabs Shallow drilling enables fast installation Lip provides flush installation, consistent anchor depth and easy rod alignment Setting tool leaves mark on flange when anchor is set properly to enable inspection & verification of proper expansion Guide Specifications Expansion Anchor Expansion anchors shall be flush or shell type and zinc plated in accordance with ASTM B633, SC 1, Type III. Anchors shall be Hilti HDI-P anchors as supplied by Hilti. Installation Install shell or flush type anchors in holes drilled with Hilti carbide tipped drill bits. Install anchors in accordance with manufacturers recommendations.
Listings/Approvals
FM (Factory Mutual) Pipe Hanger Components for Automatic Sprinkler Systems

The HDI-P is manufactured from mild carbon steel, which is zinc plated for corrosion protection in accordance with ASTM B633, SC 1, Type III

HDI-P Specification Table
Average Ultimate Loads, lb (kN) 4000 psi Concrete Hollow Core (27.6 MPa) (Spancrete) Tension Shear Tension Shear Allowable Loads, lb (kN) 4000 psi Concrete Hollow Core (27.6 MPa) (Spancrete) Tension Shear Tension Shear
Desc.
Length in. (mm)
Bit Size in.
HDI-P 3/8
3/4 (19.1)
1/2
1900 (8.5) 3000 (13.3) 2100 (9.3) 4000 (17.8) 380 (1.7)
600 (2.7)
420 (1.9)
800 (3.6)
1. Set depth gauge on drill.
2. Hammer-drill hole.
3. Clean hole.
4. Insert anchor.
5. Insert setting tool and strike with hammer until anchor is fully set.

HDI-P Anchor
Item No. Description Bit Dia Box Qty
6. Collar of setting tool will leave an indentation on flange of anchor when properly expanded.
283611
Item No.
HDI-P 3/8
Description
1/2
100
Setting Tools for HDI-P Anchors

283611 253784 HSD-G 3/8" 3/4" Setting Tool w/ hand guard HST-P 3/8" 3/4" Setting Tool
HCI-WF/MD Cast-In Anchor 4.3.10 4.3.10.1 Product Description

The Hilti HCI-WF/MD is an internally threaded cast-in anchor suitable for use in either wood (WF) or metal deck (MD) form work. The HCI-WF/MD is ideally suited for a variety of rod hanging applications and offers significant anchor installation labor savings over traditional post-installed anchor solutions. Product Features Installation from above - No overhead drilling and anchor installation. - No ladders or platforms needed. Hexagon head prevents spinning in concrete. Identification decals for flexible color application. WF: Large plastic flange helps ensure anchor is flush with wood form to prevent concrete from entering threads. WF: Easy break-off nails MD: Protective plastic sleeve to prevent concrete / firestop spray / insulation spray from entering threads. MD: Flange prepared for additional screws if required for pre-concrete rod installation. MD: Strong placement spring for reliable placement. protective plastic sleeve, steel flange with pre-drilled additional fastening holes and placement spring for attachment to metal deck, anchor is to be secured by clamping the deck between the steel flange and the protective plastic sleeve. Anchor will bear the diameter and manufacturer name on its hexagon head. Anchors shall be HCI-MD as supplied by Hilti. Installation: HCI-WF: Prior to pouring the concrete over the wood form, place the anchor (nails down) on the surface of the wood form at the pre-determined location. Drive the anchor down until plastic flange is flush with the surface of the wood form. When all anchors are installed, pour the concrete. When wood form is removed, the colored flange is exposed and the three break-off nails usually remain. Wearing eye protection, if desired removal of the nails is best done by swiping with hammer. After the concrete has properly cured and reached its design compressive strength, install the threaded rod, ensuring full thread engagement. HCI-MD: Prior to pouring concrete, drill a hole through the metal deck at the pre-determined location ( either lower or upper flute of the deck ), using the specified diameter metal hole saw. From the topside of the deck, place the plastic sleeve through the hole. By stepping on the head of the anchor (or by using a hammer), push it through the hole & compressing the spring until the anchor plastic sleeve snaps into place (i.e. the metal deck is between the sleeve and the flange of the anchor). After all inserts are installed, pour the concrete. After the concrete has properly cured and achieved its design compressive strength, install the threaded rod, ensuring full thread engagement. HCI-WF
HCI-MD
Listings/Approvals FM (Factory Mutual) Pipe Hanger Components for Automatic Sprinkler Systems (3/8" - 3/4") UL (Underwriters Laboratories) UL 203 Pipe Hanger Equipment for Fire Protection Services (3/8" - 3/4")
Guide Specifications Anchor: HCI-WF: Concrete anchor shall be carbon steel, cast-in type with single internal thread and a zinc / yellow chromate plating and contained by a plastic flange. Anchor shall have breakoff nails for attachment to the surface of wood forms. Anchor will bear the diameter and manufacturer name on its hexagon head. Anchors shall be HCIWF as supplied by Hilti. HCI-MD: Concrete anchor shall be carbon steel, cast-in type with single internal thread and a zinc / yellow chromate plating. Anchor shall have a
4.3.10 HCI-WF/MD Cast-In Anchor 4.3.10.2 Material Specifications

Component Insert Body Flange Spring Plating Protective Sleeve HCI-WF Heat Treated Carbon Steel Engineered Plastic N/A Zinc yellow chromate N/A HCI-MD Heat Treated Carbon Steel Heat Treated Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Wire Zinc yellow chromate Engineered Plastic

Table 1 - HCI-MD Specification Table
Details Nominal Anchor Dia. (Thread Size) in. (mm) 1/4 (6.4) 3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9) 3/4 (19.1)
d bit Metal hole saw dia. h s Height of spring (assembled)

th
Thread length (min.) Length of sleeve Overall length
sl
t sh Steel head thickness t sf Steel flange thickness h MIn. slab thickness1
in. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm)
7/8 1-7/8 (47.6) 1/4 (6.4) 3-3/8 (85.7) 5-7/16 (138) 1/8 (3.18) 5/64 (2.00) 4 (102)
7/8 1-7/8 (47.6) 3/8 (9.5) 3-3/8 (85.7) 5-7/16 (138) 1/8 (3.18) 5/64 (2.00) 4 (102)
1-3/16 1-7/8 (47.6) 1/2 (12.7) 3-3/8 (85.7) 5-7/16 (138) 1/8 (3.18) 5/64 (2.00) 4 (102)
1-3/16 1-7/8 (47.6) 5/8 (15.9) 3-3/8 (85.7) 5-7/16 (138) 1/8 (3.18) 5/64 (2.00) 4 (102)
1-1/4 1-7/8 (47.6) 3/4 (19.1) 3-3/8 (85.7) 5-7/16 (138) 1/8 (3.18) 5/64 (2.00) 4 (102)
1 Measured at the location of installation.
Table 2 - HCI-WF Specification Table

Details
th
Nominal Anchor Dia. (Thread Size)
in. (mm)
1/4 (6.4)
3/8 (9.5)
1/2 (12.7)
5/8 (15.9)
3/4 (19.1)
Thread length (min.)
d pf Plastic flange diameter t pf Plastic flange thickness Overall length (w/o break-off nail) t sh Steel head thickness
n
Length of break-off nail MIn. slab thickness1
in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm)
1/4 (6.4) 1-1/2 (38.0) 7/64 (2.78) 2 (51) 1/8 (3.18) 7/8 (22.2) 4 (102)
3/8 (9.5) 1-1/2 (38.0) 7/64 ( 2.78) 2 ( 51) 1/8 (3.18) 7/8 ( 22.2) 4 (102)
1/2 (12.7) 1-1/2 (38.0) 7/64 ( 2.78) 2-3/16 ( 55.6) 1/8 (3.18) 7/8 ( 22.2) 4 (102)
5/8
(15.9)
3/4
(19.1)
1-1/2 (38.0) 7/64 ( 2.78) 2-3/16 ( 55.6) 1/8 (3.18) 7/8 ( 22.2) 4 (102)
1-3/4 (44.5) 7/64 ( 2.78) 2-3/16 ( 55.6) 1/8 (3.18) 7/8 ( 22.2) 4 (102)
1 Measured at the location of installation.
HCI-WF/MD Cast-In Anchor 4.3.10

Combined Shear and Tension Loading 1.0 (Ref. Section 4.1.9.6)
(N ) + (V ) V N
d d rec rec
5/3
5/3
Table 3 - HCI-MD Ultimate Loads in 3000 psi (20.7 Mpa) Lightweight Concrete Over Metal Deck1,2
Nominal Anchor Diameter in. (mm) Embedment Depth Minimum Spacing Minimum End Distance in. (mm) Anchor Installed in the Upper Flute of the Deck Tension lb (kN) Shear lb (kN) Tension lb (kN) Anchor installed in the Lower Flute of the Deck3 Shear lb (kN) II to flute to flute
in. (mm)
in. (mm)
1/4 (6.4) 3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9) 3/4 (19.1)
2 (51) 2 (51) 2 (51) 2 (51) 2 (51)
9 (229) 9 (229) 9 (229) 9 (229) 9 (229)
12 (305) 12 (305) 12 (305) 12 (305) 12 (305)
6250 (27.8) 6250 (27.8) 9485 (42.2) 9485 (42.2) 11195 (49.8)
6940 (30.9) 6940 (30.9) 11010 (49.0) 11010 ( 49.0) 11010 (49.0)
3280 (14.6) 3280 (14.6) 4710 (21.0) 4710 (21.0) 5010 (22.3)
4660 (20.7) 4660 (20.7) 4660 (20.7) 4660 (20.7) 4660 (20.7)
3825 (17.0) 3825 (17.0) 3825 (17.0) 3825 (17.0) 3825 (17.0)
1 Allowable loads should be calculated using a minimum safety factor of 4. 2 Load values based on base material or anchor failure modes. Engineer of record must independently evaluate rod/bolt capacity. 3 Anchors installed in lower flute of metal deck should be installed as close to the center as possible. Load values for anchors installed a maximum of 1-3/8" offset from center of flute. For deck dimensions, see Figure 3 in the Kwik Bolt 3 section.
Table 4 - HCI-WF Ultimate Loads in 3000 psi (20.7 Mpa) Lightweight Concrete1,2
Nominal Anchor Diameter in. (mm) Embedment Depth in. (mm) Minimum Insert Spacing in. (mm) Minimum Insert Edge Distance in. (mm)
Tension lb (kN)
Shear lb (kN)
1/4 (6.4) 3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9) 3/4 (19.1)
1-7/8 (48) 1-7/8 (48) 2 (51) 2 (51) 2 (51)
9 (229) 9 (229) 9 (229) 9 (229) 9 (229)
6 (152) 6 (152) 6 (152) 6 (152) 6 (152)
6000 (26.7) 6000 (26.7) 6000 (26.7) 6000 (26.7) 6000 (26.7)
4945 (22.0) 4945 (22.0) 10510 (46.8) 10510 (46.8) 10510 (46.8)
1 Allowable loads should be calculated using a minimum safety factor of 4. 2 Load values based on base material or anchor failure modes. Engineer of record must independently evaluate rod/bolt capacity.
Table 5 - Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL)1,2 and Factory Mutual (FM)

HCI-MD Anchor/ Rod Dia. (in.) UL Max Pipe Size (in.) Upper Flute UL Test Load3 FM Max Pipe Size (in.) UL Max Pipe Size (in.) Lower Flute UL Test Load3 FM Max Pipe Size (in.) UL Max Pipe Size (in.) HCI-WF UL Test Load3 FM Max Pipe Size (in.)
3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
4 8 12 12
1500 4050 7900 7900
4 8 12 12
4 8 -
1500 4050 -
4 8 -
4 8 8 8
1500 4050 4050 4050
4 8 -
1 Intended for installation and use in accordance with NFPA 13. 2 All diameter HCI-MD and HCI-WF anchors are suitable for use in air handling spaces at a minimum 9 spacing. 3 UL Listing based upon resisting the tabulated load for one minute.
4.3.10 HCI-WF/MD Cast-In Anchor 4.3.10.4 Installation Instructions

Installation Procedure for HCI-MD
1. Prior to pouring concrete, drill a hole through the metal deck, using the specified diameter metal hole saw.
2. From the topside of the deck, place the plastic sleeve through the hole.
3. By stepping on the head of the anchor (or by using a hammer), push it through the hole until the anchor plastic sleeve snaps into place (i.e. the deck is between the sleeve and the flange of the anchor). After all inserts are installed, pour the concrete.
4. After the concrete has properly cured and achieved its design compressive strength, install the threaded rod, ensuring full thread engagement. (Note: Rod may be installed prior to concrete pour, but should not be loaded or disturbed until concrete has cured and achieved its design compressive strength .
Installation Procedure for HCI-WF
1. Prior to pouring the concrete over the wood form, place the anchor (nails down) on the surface of the wood form.
2,3. Drive the anchor down until flush with the surface of the wood form. When all anchors are installed, pour the concrete. When wood form is removed, the three break-off nails usually remain. Wearing eye protection, remove these nails.
4. After the concrete has properly cured and reached its design compressive strength, install the threaded rod, ensuring full thread engagement.

HCI WF Cast In Anchor for use in Wooden Form
Description Packaging Content Item No.
Color Identification Decals for use with HCI WF

HCI WF 1/4" HCI WF 3/8" HCI WF 1/2" HCI WF 5/8" HCI WF 3/4"
150 150 100 100 100
282907 282908 282909 285927 285928
HCI WFID Decal Color: Blue HCI WFID Decal Color: Green
300 300
284256 284257
HCI MD Cast In Anchor for use in Metal Deck & Accessories

Description Packaging Content Item No. Hole Saw Diameter Hole Saw Item No. Arbor Item No.
HCI MD 1/4" HCI MD 3/8" HCI MD 1/2" HCI MD 5/8" HCI MD 3/4"
100 100 60 60 60
282910 282911 285929 282912 285930
7/8" 7/8" 1-3/16" 1-3/16" 1-1/4"
283131 283131 3001812 3001812 283134
283124 283124 283124 283124 283126
Color Identification Decals for use with HCI MD

HCI MDID Decal Color: Blue HCI MDID Decal Color: Green
300 300
284258 284259
HLC Sleeve Anchor 4.3.11 4.3.11.1 Product Description

Hilti Sleeve Anchors are mechanical expansion bolts consisting of an externally threaded stud with a full length expanding sleeve for use in hollow and solid concrete and masonry base materials. Product Features Stud bolt type anchor design allows easy through-type fastenings and setting in bottomless hole Pre-assembled anchor allows easy/fast installation Anchor size is same as drill bit size allowing easy installation Variety of head styles, lengths/sizes allow versatile application/use Comprehensive testing to provide high performance in block, masonry/concrete base materials Bulged mid-section with round and diamond shaped openings help prevent anchor from spinning in the hole or dropping out when being set overhead
Guide Specifications Expansion Anchor Expansion anchors shall be stud or flush sleeve type and zinc plated in accordance with ASTM B633, SC 1, Type III. Anchors shall be Hilti sleeve anchors as supplied by Hilti. Installation Install sleeve anchors in holes drilled with Hilti carbide tipped drill bits. Install anchors in accordance with manufacturers recommendations.

Carbon steel sleeves and spacers are manufactured from cold rolled steel Carbon steel anchors are zinc plated to minimum 5 m thickness in accordance with ASTM B633, SC 1, Type III Stainless steel anchor material (stud, sleeve, nuts and washers) meet the requirements for AISI 304 stainless steel Bolt Head (HLC-H)

Sleeve Anchor Specification Table Anchor Size, Details d dbit hmin h1 thread diameter, bit diameter1, min. depth of embed., hole depth in. (mm) in. in. in. (mm) in. (mm) Combined Shear and Tension Loading Nd Vd + 1.0 (Ref. Section 4.1.8.3) Vrec N rec
( ) ( )
1/4 (6.4) 3/16 1/4 1 (25) 1-3/8 (35) 2.2 (3) 5/16 (7.9) 1/4 5/16 1 (25) 1-3/8 ( 35) 5 (6.8) 12 (16)
Hex Nut HLC-HX
3/8 (9.5) 5/16 3/8 1-1/4 (32) 1-3/4 (45) 10 (13.6) 18 (24.4)
1/2 (12.7) 3/8 1/2 1-1/2 (38) 2-1/8 (54) 15 (20) 35 (47.4)
5/8 (15.9) 1/2 5/8 2 (51) 2-5/8 (67) 60 (81.4)
3/4 (19.1) 5/8 3/4 2 (51) 2-5/8 (67) 90 (122.1)
Flat Phillips Head HLC-FPH
Tie-Wire Head HLC-T
Tmax
ft lb max. tightening HLC-HX, (Nm) torque HLC-H, ft lb (Nm)
Acorn Nut HLC-AC
1 Hilti carbide tipped drill bits
Round Head Slotted HLC-RS
Rod Coupling HLC-RC
4.3.11 HLC Sleeve Anchor

Carbon Steel Sleeve Anchor Allowable Loads in Concrete1,2 Sleeve Anchor Size in. (mm) 1/43 ( 6.4) 5/16 ( 7.9) 3/83 1/2 5/8 3/4 ( 9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1) Bolt Diameter in. (mm) 3/16 ( 4.8) 1/4 ( 6.4) 5/16 3/8 1/2 5/8 ( 7.9) ( 9.5) (12.7) (15.9) Embedment Depth in. (mm) 1 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2 (25) (25) (32) (38) (51) (51) 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) 225 (1.0) 305 (1.4) 350 (1.5) 560 (2.5) 450 675 1035 1125 (2.0) (3.0) (4.6) (5.0) 870 1250 1750 1750 (3.9) (5.6) (7.8) (7.8) 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) 250 (1.1) 305 ( 1.4) 450 (2.0) 560 ( 2.5) 565 925 1500 1500 (2.5) (4.1) (6.7) (6.7) 870 1325 2295 3000 ( 3.9) ( 5.9) (10.2) (13.3) 6000 psi (41.4 MPa) Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) 250 (1.1) 305 ( 1.4) 500 (2.2) 560 ( 2.5) 700 1100 1950 1950 (3.1) (4.9) (8.7) (8.7) 890 1325 2295 3010 ( 4.4) ( 5.9) (10.2) (13.4)
1 Based on a safety factor of 4.0. 2 Refer to Kwik Bolt 3 data, in Section 4.3.5.3, page 237, for spacing and edge distance guidelines in Concrete. 3 For 1/4" and 3/8" Flat Phillips head anchors, shear values should be reduced by 57% due to shear acting through the hollow portion of the head.
Stainless Steel Sleeve Anchor Allowable Loads1 Anchor Size in. (mm) 1/4 (6.4) 5/16 (7.9) 3/8 (9.5) Embedment Depth in. (mm) 1-1/8 (29) 1-1/4 (32) 1-1/2 (38) Concrete2 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) 235 (1.0) 450 (2.0) 310 (1.4) 675 (3.0) 450 (2.0) 1000 (4.4) 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) 300 (1.3) 450 (2.0) 410 (1.8) 675 (3.0) 600 (2.7) 1000 (4.4)
3 ASTM Specification C90, Type II. 4 Refer to HY 20 data, in Section 4.2.3.3, page 180, for spacing and edge distance guidelines in Hollow Concrete Block.
Hollow C-90 Concrete Block 3,4 Tension lb (kN) 200 (0.9) 335 (1.5) 470 (2.1) Shear lb (kN) 400 (1.8) 600 (2.7) 890 (4.0)
1 Based on using a safety factor of 4.0. 2 Refer to Kwik Bolt 3 data, in Section 4.3.5.3, page 237, for spacing and edge distance guidelines in Concrete.
Carbon Steel Sleeve Anchor Allowable Loads in Grout Filled Block1,2,3,4,5,6,7 Anchor Size in. (mm) 1/4 ( 6.4) 5/16 ( 7.9) 3/8 ( 9.5) 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9) 3/4 (19.1) Embed. Depth2 in. (mm) 1 (25) 1 (25) 1-1/4 (32) 1-1/2 (38) 2 (51) 2 (51) Edge Distance in. (mm) 4 12 4 12 4 12 4 12 4 12 4 12 (101) (305) (101) (305) (101) (305) (101) (305) (101) (305) (101) (305) Tension lb (kN) 290 (1.3) 385 (1.7) 435 (1.9) 605 (2.7) 710 (3.2) 840 (3.7) Shear lb (kN) 305 (1.4) 500 (2.2) 725 (3.2) 865 1145 1050 1815 1050 1970 (3.8) (5.1) (4.7) (8.1) (4.7) (8.8)
Carbon Steel Sleeve Anchor Allowable Loads in Hollow Concrete Block1,2,3 Sleeve Anchor Size in. (mm) 1/4 5/16 3/8 1/2 ( 6.4) ( 7.9) ( 9.5) (12.7) Bolt Diameter in. (mm) 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 (4.8) (6.4) (7.9) (9.5) Tension lb (kN) 350 375 435 565 (1.5) (1.7) (1.9) (2.5) Shear lb (kN) 305 560 800 1125 (1.4) (2.5) (3.5) (5.0)
1 Based on using a safety factor of 4.0. 2 ASTM Specification C90, Type II. 3 Refer to HY 20 data on page 180 for spacing and edge distance guidelines in Hollow Concrete Block.
Carbon Steel Sleeve Anchor Allowable Loads in Red Brick1,2,3 Anchor Size in. (mm) 1/4 5/16 3/8 1/2 ( 6.4) ( 7.9) ( 9.5) (12.7) Embedment Depth in. (mm) 1 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 (25) (25) (32) (38) Tension lb (kN) 295 345 375 435 (1.3) (1.5) (1.7) (1.9) Shear lb (kN) 335 530 850 1230 (1.5) (2.3) (3.8) (5.5)
1 Values are for Lightweight, Medium Weight or Normal Weight concrete masonry units conforming to ASTM C90 with 2000 psi grout conforming to ASTM C474. 2 Embedment depth is measured from the outside face of the concrete masonry unit. 3 Values are for anchors located in the grouted cell, bed joint, cross web or any combination of the above. 4 For anchors installed in the T joint or head joint reduce tension values by 20%. 5 Values for edge distances between 4 inches and 12 inches may be calculated by linear interpolation. 6 Anchors are limited to one per unit cell. 7 Based on using a safety factor of 4.0.
1 Based on using a safety factor of 6 for tension and 4 for shear. 2 Due to the wide variation in the type and compressive strength of brick, these values should be considered Guide Values. 3 Refer to HY 20 data, on page 180 for spacing and edge distance guidelines in Brick.
HLC Sleeve Anchor 4.3.11 4.3.11.4 Installation Instructions

1 2 3
1. Drill: Drill the hole. Clean hole with blow out bulb. For hollow masonry, switch to drilling only mode before penetrating backside.
2. Insert: With the bolt flush to the top of the nut, drive the sleeve anchor into the hole.
3. Set: Tighten anchor to the recommended torque value. Over-torquing will reduce the pullout and shear loads.

A Round Head Slotted (RS) Bit Diameter1 in. 1/4 1/4 1/4 Bolt Diameter in. 3/16 3/16 3/16
A
Description HLC-RS 1/4 x 1-1/4 HLC-RS 1/4 x 2 HLC-RS 1/4 x 4
Item No. 336238 336239 336240
Minimum Embed. Depth in. (mm) 1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25)
Fastens Materials Up To in. (mm) 1/4 (6.4) 1 (25) 3 (76)
Box Qty 100 100 100
Bolt Head (H) Bit Diameter1 in. 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8 1/2 1/2 1/2 Bolt Diameter in. 1/4 1/4 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8 3/8 A Flat Phillips Head (FPH) Bit Diameter1 in. 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 Bolt Diameter in. 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 Minimum Embed. Depth in. (mm) 1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25) 1-1/4 (32) 1-1/4 (32) 1-1/4 (32) 1-1/4 (32) Fastens Materials Up To in. (mm) 3/8 (10) 1 (25) 2 (51) 3 (76) 1-1/2 (38) 2-3/4 (70) 3-3/4 (95) 4-3/4 (120) Minimum Embed. Depth in. (mm) 1 (25) 1 (25) 1-1/4 (32) 1-1/4 (32) 1-1/2 (38) 1-1/2 (38) 1-1/2 (38) Fastens Materials Up To in. (mm) 5/8 (16) 1-5/8 (41) 5/8 (16) 1-3/4 (44) 3/4 (20) 1-1/2 (38) 2-1/2 (64)
Description HLC-H 5/16 x 1-5/8 HLC-H 5/16 x 2-5/8 HLC-H 3/8 x 1-7/8 HLC-H 3/8 x 3 HLC-H 1/2 x 2-1/4 HLC-H 1/2 x 3 HLC-H 1/2 x 4
Item No. 336244 336245 336252 336253 336259 336260 336261
Box Qty 100 100 50 50 50 25 25
Description HLC-FPH 1/4 x 1-3/8 HLC-FPH 1/4 x 2 HLC-FPH 1/4 x 3 HLC-FPH 1/4 x 4 HLC-FPH 3/8 x 2-7/8 HLC-FPH 3/8 x 4 HLC-FPH 3/8 x 5 HLC-FPH 3/8 x 6
Item No. 336234 336235 336236 336237 336248 336249 336250 336251
Box Qty 100 100 100 100 50 50 25 25
Definition of Nomenclature
Outside diameter of sleeve, see tables for threaded bolt diameter
HLC-AC 1/4 X 1-3/8

Nut Configuration A: the overall length from bottom of washer to end of sleeve
4.3.11 HLC Sleeve Anchor

A
Hex Nut (HX) Bit Diameter1 in. 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 3/4 3/4 3/4 Bolt Diameter in. 1/4 1/4 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 A Acorn Head (AC) Bit Diameter1 in. 1/4 1/4 A 304SS Sleeve Anchors Bit Diameter1 in. 1/4 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8 Bolt Diameter in. 3/16 1/4 1/4 5/16 5/16 A Rod Coupling (RC) Bit Diameter1 in. 3/8 1/2 Bolt Diameter in. 5/16 3/8 Minimum Embed. Depth in. (mm) 1-1/4 (32) 1-1/2 (38) Rod Coupler 5/16" x 3/8" 3/8" x 1/2" Box Qty 50 25 Minimum Embed. Depth in. (mm) 1-1/8 (29) 1-1/4 (32) 1-1/4 (32) 1-1/2 (38) 1-1/2 (38) Fastens Materials Up To in. (mm) 1-1/8 (29) 1/4 (6.4) 1-1/4 (32) 3/8 (9.5) 1-1/2 (38) Bolt Diameter in. 3/16 3/16 Minimum Embed. Depth in. (mm) 1 (25) 1 (25) Fastens Materials Up To in. (mm) 3/8 (10) 1-1/4 (32) Minimum Embed. Depth in. (mm) 1 (25) 1 (25) 1-1/4 (32) 1-1/4 (32) 1-1/2 (38) 1-1/2 (38) 1-1/2 (38) 1-1/2 (38) 2 (51) 2 (51) 2 (51) 2 (51) 2-1/2 (64) 2-1/2 (64) Fastens Materials Up To in. (mm) 1/2 (13) 1-1/2 (38) 5/8 (16) 1-3/4 (44) 3/4 (19) 1-1/2 (38) 2-1/2 (64) 4-1/2 (114) 1/4 (6) 2-1/4 (57) 4 (102) 1/2 (13) 1-3/4 (44) 3-3/4 ( 95)
Description HLC-HX 5/16 x 1-5/8 HLC-HX 5/16 x 2-5/8 HLC-HX 3/8 x 1-7/8 HLC-HX 3/8 x 3 HLC-HX 1/2 x 2-1/4 HLC-HX 1/2 x 3 HLC-HX 1/2 x 4 HLC-HX 1/2 x 6 HLC-HX 5/8 x 2-1/4 HLC-HX 5/8 x 4-1/4 HLC-HX 5/8 x 6 HLC-HX 3/4 x 2-1/2 HLC-HX 3/4 x 4-1/4 HLC-HX 3/4 x 61/4
Item No. 336242 336243 336246 336247 336255 336256 336257 336258 336263 336264 336265 336266 336267 336268
Box Qty 100 100 50 50 25 25 25 15 25 10 10 10 10 10
Description HLC-AC 1/4 x 1-3/8 HLC-AC 1/4 x 2-1/4
Item No. 336232 336233
Box Qty 100 100
Description HLC-HX 304SS 1/4 x 2-1/4 HLC-HX 304SS 5/16 x 1-1/2 HLC-HX 304SS 5/16 x 2-1/2 HLC-HX 304SS 3/8 x 1-7/8 HLC-HX 304SS 3/8 x 3
Item No. 15731 15732 15733 15734 15735
Box Qty 100 100 100 50 50
Description HLC-RC 3/8 x 1-7/8 HLC-RC 1/2 x 2-1/4

Item No. 336254 336262
Definition of Nomenclature
Outside diameter of sleeve, see tables for threaded bolt diameter
HLC-AC 1/4 X 1-3/8

Nut Configuration A: the overall length from bottom of washer to end of sleeve
KWIK-CON II+ Fastening System 4.3.12 4.3.12.1 Product Description

The Hilti KWIK-CON II+ Fastening System for concrete and masonry consists of the KWIK-CON II+ fastener, the KWIK-CON II+ drive tool, and a Hilti matched tolerance carbide-tipped drill bit. Product Features Choice of head stylesTorx Hex Washer Head for fast, secure driving; Torx or Phillips Flat Head for countersinking applications Matched tolerance carbide-tipped drill bit supplied with each box of 100 KWIK-CON II+ fasteners Exclusive internal TORX drive Choice of 1/4" or 3/16" diameter fasteners Fasteners protected by corrosive resistant coating; stainless steel fasteners available in select sizes High quality Hilti SDS and straight shank drill bits (Refer to section 4.3.12.5) Guide Specifications Concrete Screw Anchors Concrete or masonry screw anchors shall be manufactured from AISI 1021 cold rolled steel case hardened to a minimum Rockwell Hardness C 45 or stainless steel conforming to AISI 410. The concrete or masonry screw anchors shall have a trilobular, cold formed thread design and 8 threads per inch. Screw anchors shall have one of the following head design: Tapered flat head with T-25 TORX recess,Tapered flat head with T-27 TORX recess or 5/16" hex washer with internal T-25 TORX recess. Anchor plating shall be in accordance with ASTM B633 SC 2 Type II to a minimum thickness of 8 m. Anchors shall be Hilti KWIK-CON II anchors as supplied by Hilti. Installation Concrete or masonry screw anchors shall be installed in holes drilled with matched tolerance Hilti carbidetipped drill bits supplied with each box of KWIK-CON II anchors. Installations shall be in accordance with manufacturers installation instructions.
Listings/Approvals
Metro-Dade County Pending
4.3.12 KWIK-CON II+ Fastening System 4.3.12.2 Material Specifications

Mechanical Properties1 fy min. fu ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa)
Material Composition 1018 to 1022 cold rolled steel (case hardened to HRC 45 minimum) 3/16" 137 138 1/4" 157 163 or 410 Stainless Steel 3/16" 157 184 1/4" 170 194 Head Styles Tapered flat head with #3 Phillips recess (3/16" and 1/4" diameter anchors) Tapered flat head with T-25 TORX recess (3/16" diameter anchor) Tapered flat head with T-27 TORX recess (1/4" diameter anchor) 5/16" hex washer with internal T-25 TORX recess (3/16" and 1/4" diameter anchors) Head Diameters 0.507" maximum (3/16" and 1/4" tapered Phillips flat head and 1/4" tapered T-27 TORX flat head anchors 0.385" maximum (3/16" tapered T-25 TORX flat head anchor) 0.432" maximum (3/16" and 1/4" T-25 TORX hex washer head anchors Thread Diameter Nominal 3/16"; Major: 0.217"; Minor2: 0.145" Nominal 1/4"; Major: 0.283"; Minor2: 0.190" Shank Diameter 3/16" 0.170" 1/4" 0.224" Lengths 1-1/4", 1-3/4", 2-1/4", 2-3/4", 3-1/4",3-3/4",4" (See Ordering Information Section 4.3.10.5) Thread Design Trilobular, cold formed Threads per inch 3/16" anchor = 8 T.P.I. 1/4" anchor = 8 T.P.I. Inches of Thread per fastener 1.875" maximum Plating 8 m zinc/chromate plating in accordance with ASTM B633, Sc 2, Type II, on carbon steel anchors Bending Capacity Ductility at 10 minimum
1 Mechanical properties based on limited (30 samples) testing of actual KWIK-CON II samples (i.e. not based on minimum steel properties). 2 Minor diameter based on average root diamter of 30 KWIK-CON II samples (i.e. not a controlled dimension).
KWIK-CON II+ Fastening System 4.3.12 4.3.12.3 Technical Data

Table 1 - Tension and Shear Allowable Loads in Concrete 1, 2
Anchor Dia. in. Embedment Depth in. (mm) 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) 6000 psi (41.4 MPa) Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN)
3/16 3/16 1/4 1/4
1 (25) 1-3/4 (44) 1 (25) 1-3/4 (44)
100 (0.44) 275 (1.22) 190 (0.85) 425 (1.89)
260 (1.16) 260 (1.16) 325 (1.45) 560 (2.49)
125 (0.56) 295 (1.31) 240 (1.07) 625 (2.78)
260 (1.16) 265 (1.18) 390 (1.73) 600 (2.82)
185 (0.82) 325 (1.45) 275 (1.22) 650 (2.89)
280 (1.25) 300 (1.33) 540 (2.40) 600 (2.67)
1 Published load values represent the average test results of testing conducted in local base materials using Hilti matched-tolerance drill bits. Because of variations in materials, on-site testing is necessary to determine actual performance at any specific site. 2 Allowable working loads are based on a safety factor of 4.0.
Table 2 - Tension and Shear Ultimate Loads in Concrete1

Anchor Dia. in. Embedment Depth in. (mm) 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) 6000 psi (41.4 MPa) Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN)
3/16 3/16 1/4 1/4
1 (25) 1-3/4 (44) 1 (25) 1-3/4 (44)
400 (1.78) 1100 (4.89) 760 (3.38) 1700 (7.56)
1050 (4.67) 1050 (4.67) 1300 (5.78) 2250 (10.0)
500 (2.22) 1180 (5.25) 970 (4.31) 2500 (11.1)
1050 (4.67) 1070 (4.76) 1575 (7.01) 2400 (11.3)
750 (3.34) 1300 (5.78) 1100 (4.89) 2600 (11.6)
1150 (5.12) 1200 (5.34) 2175 (9.68) 2400 (10.7)
Table 3 - Tension and Shear Allowable Loads in Hollow Block1,2

Anchor Dia. in. Embed. Depth in. (mm) Tension lb (kN) Shear lb (kN)
Table 4 - Tension and Shear Allowable Loads in Red Brick1, 2

Anchor Dia. in. Embed. Depth in. (mm) Tension lb (kN) Shear lb (kN)
3/16 3/16 1/4 1/4
1 (25) 1-3/4 (44) 1 (25) 1-3/4 (44)
150 (0.67) 290 (1.29) 165 (0.73) 310 (1.38)
225 (1.00) 300 (1.33) 275 (1.22) 400 (1.78)
3/16 3/16 1/4 1/4
1 (25) 1-3/4 (44) 1 (25) 1-3/4 (44)
125 (0.56) 350 (1.56) 205 (0.91) 350 (1.56)
235 (1.05) 300 (1.33) 415 (1.85) 500 (2.22)
1 ASTM Specification C90 Grade N. Type II pilot holes drilled with TKB matched tolerance bits for concrete blocks. 2 Allowable working loads are based on a safety factor of 4.0.
1 This test was performed on individual specimens of ASTM C62 common red brick. Due to the wide variations encountered in the compressive strength of brick, these values should be considered Guide Values. 2 Allowable working loads are based on a safety factor of 4.0.
The anchors are installed a minimum of 12 diameters on center with a minimum edge distance of six diameters for 100 percent anchor efficiency. Spacing and edge distance may be reduced to six diameter spacing and three diameter edge distance providing values are reduced 50 percent. Linear interpolation may be used for intermediate spacing and edge margins. Combined Shear and Tension Loading N ( N ) + ( V ) 1.0 (Ref. Section 4.1.9.6) V
d d rec rec
4.3.12 KWIK-CON II+ Fastening System 4.3.12.4 Installation Instructions

Determining the Correct KWIK-CON II+ Fastener & Hole Depth The Hilti KWIK-CON II+ masonry fastening system consists of the KWIKCON II+ fastener, the KWIK-CON II+ drive tool, and a TKC or TKB matched tolerance carbide-tipped drill bit. Consistent performance and maximum pullout strength can be assured only when all three elements of the system are properly used. Fastener Length The length of the KWIK-CON II+ fastener to be used is determined by combining the thickness of the fixture being attached (A) with the desired depth of embedment in the masonry material (B). It is recommended that a minimum of 1" and a maximum of 1-3/4" embedment be used in determining fastener length. KWIK-CON II+ fasteners are available in 1/4" and 3/16" diameters. The diameter of the fastener and the depth of embedment affect pullout strengths. Application strength requirements and safety factors should be considered when determining the depth of embedment and fastener diameter. For assistance, contact your local Hilti Sales Representative. Hole Depth A TKC matched tolerance carbide tipped drill bit is supplied with each box of KWIK-CON II+ fasteners. The correct hole depth (B+C) can normally be obtained by drilling the full length of this bit. In all cases, the hole must be at least 1/2" deeper than the depth of the fastener embedment. Hole Diameter The diameter of the drilled hole is also important to the performance of the KWIK-CON II+ masonry fastening system. Using Hilti TKC (concrete) or TKB (block) matched tolerance carbidetipped bits will help assure consistent fastener performance and maximum pullout strength.
Head Styles
TORX Hex Washer Head Uses either TORX or hex drives Washer head provides a bearing surface for fast, secure fastening. TORX or Phillips Flat Head Used when a countersunk appearance is desirable
C
1/2"minimum
A = Fixture being attached B = KWIK-CON II+ embedment minimum of 1", maximum of 1-3/4" is recommended A + B = Length KWIK-CON II+ to be used B + C = Depth of hole drilled must be at least 1/2" deeper than KWIK-CON II+ embedment
Torx Hex Washer Head Internal Torx
Torx or Phillips Flat Head
KWIK-CON II+ Fastening System 4.3.12 4.3.12.5 Ordering Information

KWIK-CON II+ Fasteners (100 per box including 1 bit except bulk which are 1,000 pieces per box without bit) Description Item No. Diameter (in.) Total Length (in.) Thread Length (in.) Shank Length (in.)
KWIK-CON II+ 316-114 THWH KWIK-CON II+ 316-114 THWH Bulk KWIK-CON II+ 316-134 THWH KWIK-CON II+ 316-134 THWH Bulk KWIK-CON II+ 316-214 THWH KWIK-CON II+ 316-234 THWH KWIK-CON II+ 316-234 THWH Bulk KWIK-CON II+ 316-314 THWH KWIK-CON II+ 316-334 THWH KWIK-CON II+ 316-4 THWH
5/16" Magnetic Nut Setter or T-25 TORX Bit 256009 3/16 1-1/4 220590 3/16 1-1/4 256010 3/16 1-3/4 220591 3/16 1-3/4 256011 3/16 2-1/4 256012 3/16 2-3/4 220592 3/16 2-3/4 256013 3/16 3-1/4 256014 3/16 3-3/4 256015 3/16 4
1-1/4 1-1/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4
0 0 0 0 1/2 1 1 1-1/2 2 2-1/4
KWIK-CON II+ 14-114 THWH KWIK-CON II+ 14-114 THWH Bulk KWIK-CON II+ 14-134 THWH KWIK-CON II+ 14-134 THWH Bulk KWIK-CON II+ 14-214 THWH KWIK-CON II+ 14-234 THWH KWIK-CON II+ 14-234 THWH Bulk KWIK-CON II+ 14-314 THWH KWIK-CON II+ 14-334 THWH KWIK-CON II+ 14-334 THWH Bulk KWIK-CON II+ 14-4 THWH KWIK-CON II+ 14-114 THWH Stainless Steel KWIK-CON II+ 14-234 THWH Stainless Steel
5/16" Magnetic Nut Setter or T-25 Bit 256016 1/4 220593 1/4 256017 1/4 220594 1/4 256018 1/4 256019 1/4 220595 1/4 256020 1/4 256021 1/4 220596 1/4 256022 1/4 256051 1/4 256052 1/4
1-1/4 1-1/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 2-1/4 2-3/4 2-3/4 3-1/4 3-3/4 3-3/4 4 1-1/4 2-3/4
1-1/4 1-1/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-1/4 1-3/4
0 0 0 0 1/2 1 1 1-1/2 2 2 2-1/4 0 1
KWIK-CON II+ 316-114 TFH KWIK-CON II+ 316-134 TFH KWIK-CON II+ 316-134 TFH Bulk KWIK-CON II+ 316-214 TFH KWIK-CON II+ 316-234 TFH KWIK-CON II+ 316-234 TFH Bulk KWIK-CON II+ 316-314 TFH KWIK-CON II+ 316-334 TFH KWIK-CON II+ 316-334 TFH Bulk KWIK-CON II+ 316-4 TFH
T-25 TORX Bit 256023 256024 220597 256025 256026 220598 256027 256028 220599 256029
3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16
1-1/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 2-1/4 2-3/4 2-3/4 3-1/4 3-3/4 3-3/4 4
1-1/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4
0 0 0 3/8 7/8 7/8 1-3/8 1-7/8 1-7/8 2-1/8
KWIK-CON II+ 14-114 TFH KWIK-CON II+ 14-134 TFH KWIK-CON II+ 14-134 TFH Bulk KWIK-CON II+ 14-214 TFH KWIK-CON II+ 14-234 TFH KWIK-CON II+ 14-314 TFH KWIK-CON II+ 14-314 TFH Bulk KWIK-CON II+ 14-334 TFH KWIK-CON II+ 14-4 TFH
T-27 TORX Bit 256030 256031 219953 256032 256033 256034 219954 256035 256036
1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4
1-1/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 2-1/4 2-3/4 3-1/4 3-1/4 3-3/4 4
1-1/16 1-9/16 1-9/16 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4
0 0 0 5/16 13/16 1-5/16 1-5/16 1-13/16 2-1/16
4.3.12 KWIK-CON II+ Fastening System

KWIK-CON II+ Fasteners (100 per box including 1 bit except bulk which are 1,000 pieces per box without bit) Description Item No. Diameter (in.) Total Length (in.) Thread Length (in.) Shank Length (in.)
KWIK-CON II+ 316-114 PFH KWIK-CON II+ 316-134 PFH KWIK-CON II+ 316-134 PFH Bulk KWIK-CON II+ 316-214 PFH KWIK-CON II+ 316-234 PFH KWIK-CON II+ 316-234 PFH Bulk KWIK-CON II+ 316-314 PFH KWIK-CON II+ 316-334 PFH KWIK-CON II+ 316-4 PFH KWIK-CON II+ 316-114 PFH Stainless Steel KWIK-CON II+ 316-234 PFH Stainless Steel
#3 Phillips Bit 256037 256038 219955 256039 256040 219956 256041 256042 256043 256053 256054
3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16
1-1/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 2-1/4 2-3/4 2-3/4 3-1/4 3-3/4 4 1-1/4 2-3/4
1-1/16 1-9/16 1-9/16 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-1/16 1-3/4
0 0 0 5/16 13/16 13/16 1-5/16 1-13/16 2-1/16 0 13/16
KWIK-CON II+ 14-114 PFH KWIK-CON II+ 14-134 PFH KWIK-CON II+ 14-134 PFH Bulk KWIK-CON II+ 14-214 PFH KWIK-CON II+ 14-234 PFH KWIK-CON II+ 14-234 PFH Bulk KWIK-CON II+ 14-314 PFH KWIK-CON II+ 14-334 PFH KWIK-CON II+ 14-4 PFH
#3 Phillips Bit 256044 256045 219957 256046 256047 219958 256048 256049 256050
1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4
1-1/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 2-1/4 2-3/4 2-3/4 3-1/4 3-3/4 4
1-1/16 1-9/16 1-9/16 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4
0 0 0 5/16 13/16 13/16 1-5/16 1-13/16 2-1/16
KWIK-CON II+ Hex Driver System Description KWIK-CON Hex Driver Deluxe Kit KWIK-CON Hex Driver 5/16" Hex Driver (all THWH) 5/16" Hex Nut Setter/Depth Locator Insert Bit Holder/Depth Locator #3 Phillips Driver (all PFH) T-25 TORX Driver (3/16" TFH) T-27 TORX Driver (1/4" TFH) Item No. 235097 235098 83313 235100 235101 83312 374714 374715 Box Qty 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1
KWIK-CON II+ Matched Tolerance Drill Bits Description Item No. Bit Diameter (in.)
Box Qty 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
For 1/4" KWIK-CON II+ Applications in Dense Concrete (2000 psi+) TKC Large Concrete Bit SDS+ Hex 205114 0.2402 TKC Large Concrete Bit TM Hex 205115 0.2402 For 1/4" KWIK-CON II+ Applications in Light Concrete, Brick or Block TKB Large Block Bit SDS+ Hex 205116 0.2260 TKB Large Block Bit TM Hex 205117 0.2260 For 3/16" KWIK-CON II+ Applications in Dense Concrete (2000 psi+) TKC Small Concrete Bit SDS+ Hex 205118 0.1902 TKC Small Concrete Bit TM Hex 205119 0.1902 For 3/16" KWIK-CON II+ Applications in Light Concrete, Brick or Block TKB Small Block Bit SDS+ Hex 205120 0.1752 TKB Small Block Bit TM Hex 205121 0.1752
Metal Hit Anchor 4.3.13 4.3.13.1 Product Description

The Hilti Metal Hit Anchor is a drive-in type expansion anchor consisting of a zinc plated or stainless steel drive pin and an alloy expanding body for light duty fastenings in concrete and masonry. Product Features Quick and easy fastening for maximum speed and installation Low profile mushroom head style provides a clean, tamper proof fastening Anchor design allows easy through-type fastenings even in bottomless holes Consistent load values provide light duty fastenings in concrete and masonry Choice of stainless steel or carbon steel finish allows outdoor or indoor use

Body material: Aluminum/Zinc Alloy Drive Pin: Zinc plated carbon steel conforming to AISI 1018. Type 304 Stainless Steel (Stainless Steel Version)

Metal Hit Allowable Loads in Normal Weight Concrete
Concrete Anchor Size in. 3/16 1/4 1/4 Embed. Depth in. (mm) 5/8 (16) 3/4 (19) 1 (25) Tension lb (kN) 2000 psi 4000 psi 135 (0.6) 210 (0.9) 160 (0.7) 240 (1.1) Shear lb (kN) 2000 psi 280 (1.2) 315 (1.4) Hollow Concrete Block Tension lb (kN) 180 (0.8) 255 (1.1) 310 (1.4) Shear lb (kN) 180 (0.8) 320 (1.4) 320 (1.4) Red Clay Brick Tension lb (kN) 180 (0.8) 245 (1.1) Shear lb (kN) 280 (1.2) 290 (1.3)
For overhead application reduce the allowable load values by a factor of 2.

1 2 3 4
1. Drill hole at least 1/4" deeper than anchor.
2. Clean hole.
3. Install anchor through fixture.
4. Hammer in nail until nail head is flush with anchor body. Do not overdrive.

Description Carbon Item No. Stainless Item No. Bit Diameter1 (in.) Box Qty
Metal Hit 3/16" x 7/8" Metal Hit 1/4" x 3/4" Metal Hit 1/4" x 1" Metal Hit 1/4" x 1-1/4" Metal Hit 1/4" x 1-1/2" Metal Hit 1/4" x 2"
66137 15538 66138 66139 66140 45453
N/A N/A 230567 230568 230569 230570
3/16 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4
100 100 100 100 100 100
4.3.14 HPS-1 Impact Anchor


The HPS-1 Impact Anchor consists of a carbon or stainless steel drive-screw and a plastic expansion body, which combine to form an easy-to-install yet removable fastening, for light duty applications in concrete and masonry. Product Features Recessed philips drive connection in the screw head provides protection during hammering, allowing simple setting and removal Anchor collar and screw head form a compact unit which allows countersinking in soft wood and solid clamping action with metal parts Expanding head opens in hollow base material to provide reliable keying effect One type anchor reduces inventory, provides versatile use in brick, hollow block and concrete Can be set with hammer or screw driver for quick and easy installation Available with 304 Stainless Steel Nail for use in corrosive environments Plastic body is temperature resistant from 40F to 176F. Anchor can be installed from 14F to 104F. Both temperature ranges allow use in extreme climactic conditions Suitable for through-hole fastenings to improve productivity Easy removal adds to HPS-1 versatility.

Corrosion resistant body made of polyamide 6.6 plastic Carbon steel drive screw material meets the requirements of AISI 1010 Carbon steel drive screw zinc plated to minimum 5 m thickness in accordance with ASTM B633, SC 1, Type III Stainless steel drive screw material meets the requirements of AISI 304

HPS-1 Allowable Loads1 Anchor Base Material Concrete 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) HPS-1 3/16 to 1 3/16 to 1-1/2 30 (133) 95 (422) 35 (155) 105 (467) 50 (222) 120 (534) 3/4 (19) 5/8 (16) HPS-1 1/4 to 1 55 (245) 130 (578) 40 (178) 145 (645) 55 (245) 140 (623) 7/8 (22) 13/16 (21) HPS-1 HPS-1 HPS-1 1/4 to 1-5/8 1/4 to 2-1/16 5/16 to 1-5/8 5/16 to 3-5/8 1/4 to 2-5/8 5/16 to 2-1/2 5/16 to 4-3/8 70 80 90 (311) (356) (400) 135 215 110 (600) (956) (489) 45 45 N/A (200) (200) 165 220 N/A (734) (979) 60 65 N/A (600) (289) 160 185 N/A (712) (823) 1 1-3/16 1-3/16 (25) (30) (30) 13/16 1 N/A (21) (25)
Tension lb (N) Shear lb (N) Tension lb Brick (N) Masonry Shear lb (N) Hollow Tension lb Concrete Block (N) (Normal Wt.) Shear lb (N) Concrete in. (mm) Hollow Base in. (mm) Min. Embed. Depth
1 Representative results of testing and a safety factor of 5.0.
HPS-1 Impact Anchor 4.3.14 4.3.14.4 Installation Instructions

3
Solid Base Materials

1 2
OR
1. Drill hole (depth = anchor length minus thickness fastened plus 1/2").
2. Insert anchor.
3. Set the anchor with a hammer or with an electric screwdriver.
Drive with a hammer or an electric screwdriver An accurately matched anchor length provides optimized holding power by allowing for expansion in the first part of the brick or block.
Hollow Base Materials

1 2 3

Carbon Steel
Fastenable Material Thickness in Concrete max in. (mm) Fastenable Material Thickness in Hollow Base Materials max in. (mm) Bit Diameter1 in.
Description
Item No.
Box Qty
HPS-1 3/16 x 1 HPS-1 3/16 x 1-1/2 HPS-1 1/4 x 1 HPS-1 1/4 x 1-5/8 HPS-1 1/4 x 2-1/16 HPS-1 1/4 x 2-5/8 HPS-1 5/16 x 1-5/8 HPS-1 5/16 x 2-1/2 HPS-1 5/16 x 3-5/8 HPS-1 5/16 x 4-3/8 Stainless Steel
260347 260348 260368 260344 260345 260346 260353 260354 260355 260356
3/16 5/8 1/8 5/8 1 1-5/8 3/8 1-3/16 2-3/8 3-1/8
( 5) (15) ( 3) (15) (25) (41) ( 9) (30) (60) (85)
3/8 ( 9) 3/4 (19) 3/16 ( 5) 3/4 (19) 1-3/16 (30) 1-3/4 (44) 5/8 (15) 1-3/8 (35) N/A N/A
3/16 3/16 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16
200 200 200 100 100 100 100 50 50 50
Description
Item No.
Fastenable Material Thickness in Concrete max in. (mm)
Fastenable Material Thickness in Hollow Base Materials max in. (mm)
Bit Diameter1 in.
Box Qty
HPS-1 R 3/16 x 1 HPS-1 R 3/16 x 1-1/2 HPS-1 R 1/4 x 1 HPS-1 R 1/4 x 1-5/8 HPS-1 R 1/4 x 2-1/16 HPS-1 R 1/4 x 2-5/8 HPS-1 R 5/16 x 3-5/8 HPS-1 R 5/16 x 4-3/8
260357 260358 230520 230521 230522 230523 260365 260366
3/16 ( 5) 5/8 (15) 1/8 ( 3) 5/8 (15) 1 (25) 1-5/8 (41) 2-3/8 (60) 3-1/8 (85)
3/8 ( 9) 3/4 (19) 3/16 ( 5) 3/4 (19) 1-3/16 (30) 1-3/4 (44) N/A N/A
3/16 3/16 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 5/16 5/16
200 200 200 100 100 100 50 50
4.3.15 HTB TOGGLER Bolt


The Hilti HTB TOGGLER Bolt fastening system consists of a metal channel threaded to accept a machine bolt, and unique plastic legs and locking cap for fastening in a wide range of hollow-wall materials. Product Features Unique installation legs and locking cap facilitate fastening in wide range of drywall and hollow wall materials up to 2-1/4" thick One piece metal channel provides greater holding power Plastic pull ring assists in setting lock cap Anchor is adjustable for various base material thicknesses providing easier installation as well as minimizing inventory investment Remains mounted in the wall without screw for convenient handling, installation and reuse Available in stainless steel and carbon steel for different environments Comprehensive offering with and without machine screws

Zinc plated metal channel material meets the requirements for AISI 1010 steel

HTB TOGGLER Bolt Allowable Loads1
Toggler Bolt Size in.
3/16 1/4 3/8 1/2
Hole Diameter in.

1/2 1/2 3/4 3/4
1/2" Drywall Tension Shear lb (N) lb (N)

30 (133) 35 (155) 35 (155) 35 (155) 70 (311) 85 (378) 70 (311) 85 (378)
5/8" Drywall Tension Shear lb (N) lb (N)

45 (200) 50 (222) 50 (222) 50 (222) 95 (423) 105 (467) 105 (467) 110 (489)
Hollow Concrete Block Tension Shear lb (N) lb (N)

140 (623) 160 (712) 200 (890) 240 (1068) 160 (712) 240 (1068) 380 (1690) 420 (1868)
3/16" & 1/4"
3/8" & 1/2"
1 Based on using a safety factor of 4.0. TOGGLER is the registered trademark of Mechanical Plastics Corp.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 Drill correct size hole into wall cavity. 2 Position the metal channel parallel with the plastic legs. 3 Insert the metal channel through the drilled hole into the wall cavity.
4 Pull the metal channel firmly against the 6 Snap the plastic legs off flush at the inner wall cavity by tugging the plastic plastic cap by pushing outward. pull ring. 7 Secure the item to be fastened with the 5 Slide the plastic cap forward along the proper size machine screw and screw legs until it is seated flush to the work driver. NOTE: Maximum torque on surface. screw or rod is 5 ft-lb.

Description Item No. Machine Screw Dia. (in.) Machine Screw Length (in.) Bit Dia.(in.)1 Box Qty
HTB TOGGLER Bolt 3/16 with SRH screw1 HTB TOGGLER Bolt 3/16 with PFH screw 2 HTB TOGGLER Bolt 3/16 w/o screw 3 HTB TOGGLER Bolt 1/4 with SRH screw 1 HTB TOGGLER Bolt 1/4 with PFH screw 2 HTB TOGGLER Bolt 1/4 w/o screw 3 HTB TOGGLER Bolt 3/8 with SRH screw1 HTB TOGGLER Bolt 3/8 w/o screw 3 HTB TOGGLER Bolt 1/2 with SRH screw1 HTB TOGGLER Bolt 1/2 w/o screw 3
374493 374497 374495 374494 374499 374496 66365 66370 66366 66371
3/16 3/16 3/16 1/4 1/4 1/4 3/8 3/8 1/2 1/2
2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2
1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
100 100 100 100 100 100 25 25 25 25
1 Round Head (Combination Slotted/Phillips) 2 Phillips Flat Head 3 Machine screws not included TOGGLER is the registered trademark of Mechanical Plastics Corp.
HLD Kwik Tog 4.3.16 4.3.16.1 Product Description

The Hilti HLD Kwik Tog is a plastic anchor designed to accept #8 or #10 screws for light duty applications in hollow or solid base materials Product Features Unique one piece design for easy setting Three convenient sizes for use in a variety of hollow base materials from 1/4" drywall to block and concrete Leg braces provide added support Ribs on body help prevent anchor from spinning during installation Remains mounted in the wall without screw for convenient handling, installation and reuse

Plastic: polypropylene for use in temperature range from 40F to 140F

Specification Table S = Thickness of material being fastened
Base Material Thickness (in.)
Drill Bit Diameter (in.)
HLD Kwik Tog 2 specially designed for 1/2" sheetrock 5/32" to 1/2" 3/8" 1-1/4" + S #8 / #10 17/32" to 19/32" 3/8" 1-1/4" + S #8 / #10 greater than 1-3/8" 3/8" 1-9/16" + S #10 / #12 HLD Kwik Tog 3 specially designed for 5/8" sheetrock 5/8" to 3/4" 3/8" 1-1/2" + S #8 / #10 3/4" to 7/8" 3/8" 1-1/2" + S #8 / #10 greater than 1-5/8" 3/8" 1-13/16" + S #10 / #12 HLD Kwik Tog 4 15/16" to 1-1/8" 1-1/8" to 1-1/4" greater than 2" 3/8" 3/8" 11/32" 1-7/8" + S 1-7/8" + S 2-3/16" + S
HLD Kwik-Tog Allowable Loads1

Hollow Concrete Block Tension lb (N)
1/2" Drywall 5/8" Drywall Tension Tension Description lb (N) lb (N)
#8 / #10 #8 / #10 #10 / #12
HLD 2 HLD 3 HLD 4
20 (89)
25 (111) 35 (156)
40 (178) 50 (222) 70 (311)
1 Based on using a safety factor of 5.0.

1 2 3
1. Compress wings 2. Insert anchor together. through drilled hole.
3. Insert and tighten screw through fixture to expand wings.

HLD Kwik-Tog Anchor Program
Bit Dia. Item No. in. Allowable Recommended Screw Size 1 Hollow Base Load in Material 5/8" Drywall Hollow Solid Thickness (in.) Tension, lb(kN) Base Mtl. Base Mtl.
Description
Qty Per Bag
HLD Kwik Tog 2 (HLD2) 335506 3/8 3/16 to 5/8 HLD Kwik Tog 3 (HLD3) 335507 3/8 5/8 to 7/8 HLD Kwik Tog 4 (HLD4) 335508 3/8 15/16 to 1-1/4
1 Screw not included
25 (0.11) 35 (0.16)
#8 or #10 #8 or #10 #8 or #10
#10 #10 #10
150 100 100
4.3.17 HSP/HFP Drywall Anchor


The Hilti HSP/HFP Drywall Anchor is a self-drilling anchor designed for fast and reliable fastenings in drywall. Product Features Shark tooth design for correct positioning and quick installation Cuts its own thread, no predrilling necessary Can be set with electric or standard screwdriver for quick and simple installation Removability adds to the anchor versatility Available in non-conductive nylon or zinc for a variety of applications Available with and without screws for your convenience

HSP Die cast zinc conforming to DIN 1734 HFP Polyamide 6.6 plastic; glass fiber reinforced

HSP/HFP Drywall Anchor Allowable Loads1 Gypsum Wall Board Thickness Decscription HSP with Screw # 8 x 1-3/16 HFP with Screw # 8 x 1-3/16
1 Based on using a safety factor of 5.0.
1/2" Tension lb (N) 15 (70) 15 (70) Shear lb (N) 40 (180) 40 (180) Tension lb (N) 22 (100) 22 (100)
5/8" Shear lb (N) 60 (270) 60 (270)
HSP
HFP

1 2 3
1. Push the teeth of the anchor into the drywall panel.
2. Drive the anchor (clockwise rotation) until it lies flush with the wall.
3. Drive and tighten the screw with the Hilti Insert Bit.

Item No. Description Anchor length (in.) Screw Dia. Box Qty
00332682 00332683 00332686 00332687 00332688
HSP HSP-S Delivered with 100 screws, # 8 x 1-3/16" HFP HFP-S Delivered with 100 screws, # 8 x 1-3/16" D-B PH2 HSP/HFP Phillips Head Bit
1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/8 1-1/8
#8 #8 #8 #8
100 100 100 100 5
IDP Insulation Anchor 4.3.18 4.3.18.1 Product Description

The Hilti IDP Insulation Anchor is a plastic anchor designed for attaching insulation to concrete and masonry. Product Features Specially structured head helps ensure bonding of plaster applied directly over the anchor Suitable for insulation thickness up to 4-3/4" for enhanced versatility Installation in concrete or masonry allows versatile use No metal reduces potential condensation behind finish coat of EIFS

Plastic: polypropylene (not UV resistant) In-place temperature range: -40F to 176F (-40C to 80C) Temperature when setting: 32F to 104F (0C to 40C)

Anchor Bit Length Diameter1 in. (mm) in. Minimum Embedment Depth in. (mm) Average Ultimate Pullout4 Insulation Thickness in. (mm) Concrete2 Concrete Block3 lb (N) lb (N)
Hollow
Description
Brick lb (N)
IDP 0/2 2 ( 50) IDP 2/4 2-3/4 ( 70) IDP 4/6 3-1/2 ( 90) IDP 6/8 4-1/4 (110) IDP 8/10 5 (130) IDP 10/12 6 (150)
5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16
1-1/8 (29) 0 to 7/8 (0-20) 1-1/8 (29) 7/8 to 1-3/4 (20-40) 1-1/8 (29) 1-3/4 to 2-3/8 (40-60) 110 (489) 1-1/8 (29) 2-3/8 to 3-1/8 (60-80) 1-1/8 (29) 3-1/8 to 4 (80-100) 1-1/8 (29) 4 to 4-3/4 (100-120)
45 (200)
55 (245)
2 Concrete strength f'c = 2500 psi (17.2 MPa). 3 Hollow Concrete Block meets ASTM C90 Grade N Type II. 4 Pullout values may be limited by the strength of the material fastened.

1 2 3
1. Drill a 5/16" diameter hole through insulation into base material.
2. Hammer anchor into place until washer is flush with insulation.
3. Anchor is set. For outdoor application, anchor head must be covered by finish.

Description Item No. Box Qty
IDP 0/2 IDP 2/4 IDP 4/6 IDP 6/8 IDP 8/10 IDP 10/12
332105 332106 332107 332108 332109 332110
250 250 250 250 250 250
Notes
Notes
Construction Chemicals Table of Contents

5.1 5.2 5.2.1 5.3 5.3.1 5.3.2 5.3.3 5.4 5.4.1
Chemical Systems Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391 Crack Injection System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392 CI 060 Crack Injection System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392 Repair Mortar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394 RM 700 EP Epoxy Repair Mortar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394 RM 710 EP Lo-Temp Mortar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396 RM 800 PC Cement Repair Mortar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398 Cementitious Grout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 CG 200 PC Cementitious Grout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Chemical Systems Overview 5.1

Product Description CI 060 EP Crack Injection System
For use in repairing small cracks up to 1/4" in concrete base material.
Features 100% solids epoxy Easy to use No power source needed
Application Cracks in walls Basements Pools Columns
5.1 5.2.1 5.3.1 5.3.2 5.3.3 5.4.1
Chemical Systems Overview CI 060 RM 700 EP RM 710 EP RM 800 PC CG 200 PC
RM 700 EP Epoxy Based Repair Mortar

Epoxy mortar designed for applications where there is high traffic.
100% solids epoxy No primer needed Application temp. 50F to 90F (10C to 32C)
Heavy traffic with chemical exposure
RM 710 EP Epoxy Based Lo-Temp Repair Mortar

Epoxy mortar designed for applications where temperatures are below freezing or a rapid patch is needed in high traffic areas.
Low temperature formulation Premeasured Easy to mix Application temp. 25 to 90F (4C to 32C) Mixes with water No primer needed Excellent adhesion
Heavy traffic with chemical exposure
RM 800 PC Portland Cement Based Repair Mortar

Fast-setting high early strength concrete repair material.
Heavy Traffic Short downtime
CG 200 PC Cementitious Grout

High strength, non-shrink grout designed for high performance grouting
Available in 55 lb pails 10,000+ psi Compressive Strength Flowable or plastic consistency
Leveling machinery Grouting Posts
7.2.1 CI 060 Crack Injection System Construction Chemicals Construction Chemicals
5.2.1 Cl 060 Crack Injection System

Listings, Approvals & Testing Standards
Meets requirements of ASTM C 881, Type IV, Grade 1, Class B

CI 060 EP is a liquid epoxy that is packaged in a self-contained cartridge with resin and hardener. The CI 060 EP is designed for repairs of thin cracks less than 1/4" (6 mm) in concrete base material. Product Features Low viscosity, penetrates cracks as narrow as 0.002" (0.051mm) No shrinkage, no solvent fumes Bonds to both concrete and steel Excellent resistance to water, salt water, alkalis and many chemicals Forms strong, permanent, water resistant bonds

Injection Resin CI 060 EP Shelf life from date of manufacture when stored at 50F to 80F (10C and 27C) Resin and hardener: 2 years Rec. application temp. Range 50 to 113F (10C and 45C) Working Time 90 minutes at 50F (10C) 40 minutes at 73F (23C) 15 minutes at 90F (32C) Min. curing time at 68F (20C) Approx. 24 hrs Compressive Strength 12,000 psi Tensile Strength 7,120 psi Compressive Modulus 265,000 psi Contents 1 tube CI 060 EP resin and hardener=14.3 in3 Surface Sealing Compounds Shelf life from date of manufacture when stored at 59F to 77F (15C and 25C) Resin and hardener: 1 year Rec. application temp. Range 40 to 90F (4C and 32C) CI 070EP Working Time 34 mins at 40F (4C) 10 mins at 77F (25C) Approx. Cure Schedule Min. 3 hrs at 70F (21C) Compressive Strength 11,000 psi Tensile Strength 6,900 psi Compressive Modulus 293,000 psi Contents 1 quart resin and hardener (covers approx. 5070 ft) Quick Set Epoxy Working Time 6 mins at 40F (4C) 34 mins at 77F (25C) Approx. Cure Schedule Approx. 30 mins at 73F (23C) Contents 9 fl oz tube (covers approx. 5070 ft)
5.2.1.3 Installation Data

Basic Use CI 060 EP is a heavy duty, low viscosity epoxy, designed to make repairs in cracked concrete structures. CI 060 EP offers no shrinkage, no solvent fumes and bonds to concrete and steel. Cracks as narrow as 0.002" to 1/4" wide can be repaired. CI 060 EP forms strong, permanent water resistant bonds that provide excellent resistance to water, salt water, alkalis and many chemicals. Coverage 1 cartridge of CI 060 EP = 14.3 in3 (234 cm3) One quart of Surface Sealing Compound = 58 in3 (32 fl oz, 950 cm3) and covers approx. 50-70 ft of crack
Limitations Minimum crack width 0.002" to maximum crack width 1/4" Do not use CI 060 EP system at less than 40F (4C) base material temperature Do not use CI 060 EP in cracks with flowing or standing water Sealing only one side of a crack may cause the loss of epoxy resin
CI 060 EP Crack Injection System Volume of Epoxy required (in3) per Linear Foot of Crack
Crack Width (in.) Depth of 0.0050 0.0100 0.0200 0.0312 0.0400 0.0550 0.0625 0.0700 0.1250 0.1450 0.1770 0.1870 0.2050 Crack (in) (1/32") (1/16") (1/8") (3/16")
1" 2" 4" 6" 8" 10" 12" 16" 18" 24" 36"
0.06 0.12 0.24 0.36 0.48 0.60 0.72 0.96 1.08 1.44 2.16
0.12 0.24 0.48 0.72 0.96 1.20 1.44 1.92 2.16 2.88 4.32
0.24 0.37 0.48 0.66 0.48 0.75 0.96 1.32 0.96 1.50 1.92 2.64 1.44 2.25 2.88 3.96 1.92 3.00 3.84 5.28 2.40 3.74 4.80 6.60 2.88 4.49 5.76 7.92 3.84 5.99 7.68 10.56 4.32 6.74 8.64 11.88 5.76 8.99 11.52 15.84 8.64 13.48 17.28 23.76
0.75 1.50 3.00 4.50 6.00 7.50 9.00 12.00 13.50 18.00 27.00
0.84 1.68 3.36 5.04 6.72 8.40 10.08 13.44 15.12 20.16 30.24
1.50 3.00 6.00 9.00 12.00 15.00 18.00 24.00 27.00 36.00 54.00
1.74 3.48 6.96 10.44 13.92 17.40 20.88 27.84 31.32 41.76 62.64
2.12 4.25 8.50 12.74 16.99 21.24 25.49 33.98 38.23 50.98 76.46
2.24 4.49 8.98 13.46 17.95 22.44 26.93 35.90 40.39 53.86 80.78
2.46 4.92 9.84 14.76 19.68 24.60 29.52 39.36 44.28 59.04 88.56
1 Assumes no waste.
CI 060 Crack Injection System 7.2.1 Crack Injection System Construction Chemicals
Cl 060 Crack Injection System 5.2.1 5.2.1.4 Installation Instructions
1. Clean surface along the crack. Blow out crack with dry and oil-free compressed air. 2. Bond injection ports with CI 070 EP Crack Sealing Compound. Port spacing approximately 6" to 12" with wider spacing for thinner slabs. 3. Seal the crack with CI 070 EP surface sealing compound in strips of minimum 2" wide, 1/8" deep. (Seal both sides if crack goes completely through concrete.)
4. A light tap with a ham5. Puncture the seal of the mer to the rear end of the cartridge tip. Then CI 060 EP cartridge screw on connection breaks the internal glass hose. cylinder, releasing the 6. Plug connection hose to hardener. Mix by seebottom port. Place air saw motion for approxirelief stopper in next mately 30 motions. port above. Do not shake.
7. Inject CI 060 EP resin until it appears visibly in the next port above. Remove air relief stopper (non-return valve is now closed) and insert into next port. Continue injecting into original port until the port accepts no more resin (when normal hand pressure is used on the dispenser). 8. Detach connection hose from port and plug to the next higher port. Repeat operating steps 6 and 7 up to the end of the crack.
9. After the injection resin has set, generally over night, the ports and the sealing compound can be removed with a flat chisel. If required, the surface can be ground even.
5.2.1.5 Ordering Information*

00220244 CI 060 EP Kit Includes 12 tubes injection epoxy (172 in3), injection epoxy, 30 ports with non-return valves, 6 connection hoses with non-return valves, 4 air relief stoppers 00225491 CI 070 EP Surface Sealing Compound (1 quart) 00225493 CI 070 EP Surface Sealing Compound, Case of 4 quarts 00020132 Bag of 30 ports with non-return valves 00020133 Bag of 6 connection hoses with non-return valves 00020134 Bag of 4 air relief stoppers 00055205 CB 200 PI dispenser (fully enclosed) 00024825 Adhesive dispenser for 10.5 oz tubes
*Not available in Canada
7.2.2 RM 700 EP Epoxy Repair Mortar Crack Injection System Construction Chemicals
5.3.1 RM 700 EP Epoxy Repair Mortar

ASTM D 638 ASTM D 695 ASTM D 790 Meets or exceeds all current V.O.C. regulations USDA Acceptable

RM 700 EP consists of a 100% solids, 2-part epoxy packaged in kit form with the proper amount of graded sand to make a perfect patch. RM 700 EP is high strength and designed to resist wear and abrasion for most concrete repair applications. Product Features Virtually unaffected by freezing/thawing Bonds to concrete and steel No primer required Easily troweled All components pre-measured

Solids Content 100% Color Light gray Shelf Life 2 years from date of manufacture Application Temp. Range 50 to 90 F (10C to 32C) Pot Life 0.45 cu. ft. mix @ 2030 mins Cure Schedule at 70F (21C) Recoat or top coat: 45 hrs Light foot traffic: 1012 hrs Full cure traffic: 27 days Compressive Strength (psi) 10,489 @ ASTM D 695 Tensile Strength (psi) 8,157 @ ASTM D 638 Impact Strength (IZOD) Excellent Heat Deflection Temperature ASTM D 648, 1/2" x 1/2" bars, span = 4" 156F (69C) @ ASTM D648 Chemical Resistance xylene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C 1,1,1 trichlorethane . . . . . . C MEK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A methanol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A ethyl alcohol . . . . . . . . . . . . A skydrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B 10% sodium hydroxide . . . C 50% sodium hydroxide . . . C 10% sulfuric acid . . . . . . . . B 70% sulfuric acid . . . . . . . . A 10% HC1 (aq) . . . . . . . . . . . C 5% acetic acid . . . . . . . . . . B Rating Key: A - not recommended, B - 2 hour term splash spill, C - 8 hour term splash spill Volatile Organic Content (VOC) Zero pounds per gallon

Basic Use RM 700 EP is a heavy duty trowelable Mortar designed for repairing damaged concrete subject to heavy loads or severe impact. RM 700 EP is specifically formulated to be used in federally inspected meat and poultry plants, and is acceptable for use in facilities regulated by the U.S. Department of Agriculture. RM 700 EPs fast cure and high compressive strength make it ideal for repair work in areas where downtime must be kept to a minimum, such as plant and warehouse aisleways, truck docks and entryways. Its inherent resistance to thermal shock is crucial when repaired areas are subject to hot water washing. Areas which are at ambient temperatures as low as 50F (10C) may be subjected to cleaning solutions and water at temperatures of 200F (93C) with no adverse effects. Coverage 65 lb unit yields 0.45 ft3 One 65 lb bucket RM 700 EP covers approximately 21.54 square feet at 1/4" thickness One 9 lb bucket RM 700 EP covers approximately 2.7 square feet at 1/4" thickness
Limitations Substrate temperature must be 5F (3C) above dew point Minimum depth of patch is 1/8", except at edges of patch, which should be 1/4" Avoid mixing more RM 700 EP than can be placed in 20 minutes at 70F (21C) Do not place RM 700 EP when slab temperatures are below 50F (10C) or above 80F (27C) Do not install RM 700 EP on vertical surfaces without providing suitable formwork to retain the patch during cure Do not attempt to feather edges of patch. Terminate all applications into a 1/4" sawcut, reveal or reglet All new concrete must be cured for 30 days prior to application
RM 700 EP Epoxy Repair Mortar 7.2.2 Repair Mortar Construction Chemicals
RM 700 EP Epoxy Repair Mortar 5.3.1 5.3.1.4 Installation Instructions

Surface Preparation The surface to be repaired must be clean, dry, and free of oil, grease and loose matter. The bonding surface should be roughened, using a small chipping hammer or bushing tool, swept clean and blown with clean, dry, oil-free compressed air, or vacuumed clean. Where the patch will terminate, the concrete must be sawcut and chipped out 1/4" deep. No priming is required with RM 700 EP, so installation is quick, easy and economical. Temperature RM 700 EP should be stored at temperatures between 55F and 90F (13C and 32C) prior to use. Substrate temperatures may be between 50F and 80F (10C and 27C). Mixing Proper mixing is critical when installing epoxy repair mortars. Do not mix more mortar than can be applied in 20 minutes. Drain the contents of Part B completely into a clean mixing container. Then drain the contents of Part A into the same container. Mix the liquids until the resultant mixture is free of streaking. Next, add the aggregate, a little at a time, while mixing with a mortar mixer or a drill with a mixing paddle. Mix until uniform, being sure that there is no dry aggregate on the bottom or sides of the pail. Do Not Mix Partial Units. Failure to combine components in the proper ratios can result in poor cure or no cure. Troweling For large patches, apply RM 700 EP mortar in 2 foot wide strips. Lattice boards will help ensure proper thickness. Spread and finish with a rectangular steel trowel, taking care to minimize trowel marks. Be sure the edges of patch are flush with the surrounding concrete. For smaller patches, a trowel alone may be sufficient. Trowels may be coated with a commercial solvent such as mineral spirits, to give the finished work a smoother appearance. Maintenance RM 700 EP may be cleaned with most floor cleaning detergents. Aggressive solvents should be avoided. Floor Cleaning Caution: Some cleaners may affect the color of the floor installed. Test each cleaner in a small area, utilizing your cleaning technique. If no ill effects are noted, you can continue to clean with the product and process tested. Recoat or Topcoating No recoating or topcoating is necessary. However, if you opt to topcoat the applied mortar, allow it to cure before topcoating. Many epoxies and urethanes can be used. Estimating Formula*
Number of Units Required = (L * W * (Dave / 12)) / Yprod L = length of void in feet W = width of void in feet Dave = ave. depth of void in inches Yprod = Yield for product (see table below) Estimated Yield for Repair Mortars & Grout (Yprod) in ft3
Product
RM 700 EP (65 lb. unit) RM 700 EP (9 lb. unit)
Yprod
0.450 0.056
*Numbers are approximate and assume no waste.
Read product labeling and accompanying literature before using.

RM700EP is available in a convenient, pre-proportioned kit, containing resin, hardener and select, graded aggregate.
Item No. Description Size
00020264 RM 700 EP 00020428 RM 700 EP Sample Kit 00024155 Stainless Steel Paddle Mixer smooth shank (shown below)
Specially designed for epoxy mortar. Use with Jacobs style chuck.
65 lb pail 9 lb unit
7.2.3 RM 710 EP Lo-Temp Mortar Repair Mortar Construction Chemicals
5.3.2 RM 710 EP Lo-Temp Mortar

ASTM D 635 ASTM D 638 ASTM D 695 ASTM D 790 Meets or exceeds all current V.O.C. regulations USDA Acceptable

RM 710 EP consists of a 100% solids, 2-part epoxy packaged in kit form with the proper amount of graded sand to make a reliable patch. The RM 710 EP is designed for faster curing and applications at lower temperatures. Product Features

Solids Content 100% Color light gray Shelf Life 2 years from date of manufacture Application Temp. Range 30F to 80 F (1C to 27C) Pot Life at 70F (21C) 0.45 cu. ft. mix @ 10-15 min Cure Schedule at 70F (21C) Recoat or top coat . . . .-34 hrs Light foot traffic . . . . . .-68 hrs Full cure traffic . . . . . .-27 days Foot traffic serviceable 24 hrs at 30F (1C) Compressive Strength (psi) 7,560 @ ASTM D695 Tensile Strength (psi) ASTM D 638 6,030 @ ASTM D638 Impact Strength (IZOD) Excellent Heat Deflection Temperature 113F (45C) @ ASTM D648 Chemical Resistance xylene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C 1,1,1 trichlorethane . . . . . . C MEK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A methanol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A ethyl alcohol . . . . . . . . . . . . C skydrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B 10% sodium hydroxide . . . D 50% sodium hydroxide . . . C 10% sulfuric acid . . . . . . . C 70% sulfuric acid . . . . . . . . A 10% HC1 (aq) . . . . . . . . . . . C 5% acetic acid . . . . . . . . . . B Rating Key: A - not recommended, B - 2 hour term splash spill, C - 8 hour term splash spill, D - 72 hour immersion Volatile Organic Content (VOC) Zero pounds per gallon
Virtually unaffected by freeze/thaw Can be applied at low base material temperatures Very fast curing No primer required Bonds to concrete and steel All components premeasured

Basic Use RM 710 EP is a heavy duty trowelable mortar which is designed for repairing damaged concrete, subject to heavy loads or severe impact. RM 710 EP is specifically formulated to be applied on freezer floors and cold storage areas, at temperatures as low as 30F (1C), where most epoxies will not cure. RM 710 EPs fast cure and high compressive strength also make it ideal for rapid repair work in areas where downtime must be kept to a minimum, such as plant and warehouse aisleways, truck docks and entryways. Coverage 65 lb unit yields 0.45 ft3 One 65 lb bucket RM 710 EP covers approximately 20.58 ft2 at 1/4" thickness One 9 lb bucket RM 710 EP covers approximately 2.57 ft2 at 1/4" thickness Limitations Minimum depth of patch is 1/8", except at edges of patch, which should be 1/4" Avoid mixing more RM 710 EP than can be placed in 10-15 minutes at 35F (2C) to 70F(21C) Do not place RM 710 EP when slab temperatures are below 30F (1C) or above 80F (27C) Do not install RM 710 EP on vertical surfaces without providing suitable formwork to retain the patch during cure Do not attempt to feather edges of patch. Terminate all applications into a 1/4" sawcut, reveal or reglet Not recommended for immersion in aggressive solvents Not suitable for outdoor use without UV-resistant coating Substrate temperature must be 5F (3C) above the dew point When temperatures are low, extended time may be required for the material to cure before allowing industrial traffic
RM 710 EP Lo-Temp Mortar 7.2.3 Repair Mortar Construction Chemicals
RM 710 EP Lo-Temp Mortar 5.3.2 5.3.2.4 Installation Instructions

Surface Preparation The surface to be repaired must be clean, dry, and free of oil, grease and loose matter. The bonding surface should be roughened, using a small chipping hammer or bushing tool, swept clean and blown with clean, dry, oil-free compressed air, or vacuumed clean. Where the patch will terminate, the concrete must be sawcut and chipped out 1/4" deep. No priming is required with RM 710 EP, so installation is quick, easy and economical. Temperature RM 710 EP should be stored at temperatures between 55F and 90F (13C and 32C) prior to use. Substrate temperatures may be between 30F and 80F (1C and 27C). Mixing Proper mixing is critical when installing epoxy repair mortars. Do not mix more mortar than can be applied in 10-15 minutes at 35F (2C) to 70F (21C). Drain the contents of Part B completely into a clean mixing container. Then drain the contents of Part A into the same container. Mix the liquids until the resultant mixture is free of streaking. Next, add the aggregate, a little at a time, while mixing with a mortar mixer or a drill with a mixing paddle. Mix until uniform, being sure that there is no dry aggregate on the bottom or sides of the pail. Do Not Mix Partial Units. Failure to combine components in the proper ratios can result in poor cure or no cure. Troweling For large patches, apply RM 710 EP mortar in 2 foot wide strips. Lattice boards will help ensure proper thickness. Spread and finish with a rectangular steel trowel, taking care to minimize trowel marks. Be sure the edges of patch are flush with the surrounding concrete. For smaller patches, a trowel alone may be sufficient. Trowels may be coated with a commercial solvent such as mineral spirits, to give the finished work a smoother appearance. Maintenance RM 710 EP may be cleaned with most floor cleaning detergents. Aggressive solvents should be avoided. Floor Cleaning Caution: Some cleaners may affect the color of the floor installed. Test each cleaner in a small area, utilizing your cleaning technique. If no ill effects are noted, you can continue to clean with the product and process tested. Recoat or Topcoating No recoating or topcoating is necessary. However, if you opt to topcoat the applied mortar, allow it to cure before topcoating. Many epoxies and urethanes can be used.

RM 710 EP is available in a convenient, pre-proportioned kits containing resin, hardener and select, graded aggregate.
00020268 00020429 00024155
RM 710 EP 65 lb pail RM 710 EP Sample Kit 9 lb unit Stainless Steel Paddle Mixer smooth shank (shown below)
Specially designed for epoxy mortar. Use with Jacobs style chuck.
7.2.4 RM 800 PC Cement Repair Mortar Repair Mortar Construction Chemicals
5.3.3 RM 800 PC Cement Repair Mortar

ASTM C 928

RM 800 PC is a fast setting concrete patching material which exhibits high early strength. RM 800 PC is a self-bonding patching compound blended with special cements and additives. No bonding agents are required. RM 800 PC can accept vehicular traffic in three hours and meets the requirements of ASTM C 928 for packaged, dry, rapid-hardening cementitious materials for concrete repairs. Product Features DOT approved (Tennesse & Mississippi) Self-bonding, requires no bonding agents or primers Minimizes downtime Pre-blended; just add water

Working Time 15 mins at 75F (24C) Set Time (ASTM C 266) Initial (Hrs:Min): 0:20 Final (Hrs:Min): 0:30 Flexural Strength (ASTM C 348) 28 Days 900 psi Compressive Strength (ASTM C 109) 3 hrs . . . . . . . . . . .-3000 psi 1 day . . . . . . . . . . .-6000 psi 28 days . . . . . . . . .-8000 psi Percentage Length Change (ASTM C 157) Air-cured . . . . . . . .-0.082% Moist-cured . . . . .-+0.031% Resistance to deicing salts (ASTM C 672) (10% Calcium Chloride Solution) 25 cycles - 1 Rating Water Absorption (ASTM C 642) 9.8% Freeze-Thaw Resistance, 3000 cycles (ASTM C 666, Procedure A) 88% Dynamic modulus Flow, 5 min (ASTM C 109) 142% Color Concrete gray Splitting Tensile Strength (ASTM C 496) 7 day . . . . . . . . . . . .-390 psi 28 day . . . . . . . . . . .-450 psi
Suitable for vehicular traffic in 3 hours at 70F (21C) Initial set time 20 minutes, final set time 30 minutes

Basic Use RM 800 PC is suitable for repair of damaged concrete on parking structures, airport runways, warehouse floors and loading docks. It can also be used for setting posts, railing and parking meters. Coverage One 50 lb (22.7 kg) bucket yields 0.42 ft3 (0.011 m3) and covers approximately 10 ft2 when applied 1/2" (13 mm) thick. Limitations RM 800 PC is designed for use on horizontal surfaces in thicknesses from 1/2" to 8".

Surface Preparation The damaged area should be prepared by back-cutting, or sawing of a vertical edge. This preparation should be performed in a manner which prevents damage to the surrounding concrete. Provide a minimum depth of 1/2". Loose scale or dust must be removed using compressed air or water blasting, leaving only clean, sound concrete. The area to be repaired should be saturated with water, but there should be no puddles present. Mixing Do Not add excessive amounts of water Do Not mix more than can be used in 10 minutes Up to 1 lb of cement colorant may be added to color patch
Working time is approximately 10 minutes at 75F (24C), and becomes shorter as the temperature increases. Do Not mix more product than you can place in 10 minutes. Clean mixer or mixing paddle with water between mixes and after last mix, to avoid buildup of product.
RM 800 PC Cement Repair Mortar 7.2.4 Repair Mortar Construction Chemicals
RM 800 PC Cement Repair Mortar 5.3.3

Application Air, mix and substrate temperatures should be between 45F (7C) and 90F (32C) during repair and for 24 hours afterward. Place RM 800 PC in the area to be repaired, filling flush with surrounding concrete, and consolidate during placement by rodding. Surface is ready for brooming or texturing in 20 to 30 minutes. Do Not use in vertical or overhead surfaces Maintenance RM 800 PC may be cleaned with most floor cleaning detergents. Aggressive solvents should be avoided.
Storage Life One year from date of manufacture, in original, unopened container.
1. Score concrete around damaged area at a slight backward angle to a minimum depth of 1/2" using Hilti Dry Diamond Blade. 2. Expose fresh concrete surface and chip out edges to a depth of 1/2" using a Hilti Combihammer (Hilti TE 56 suggested) and chisel or bushing head. Remove dust and debris with vacuum or compressed air.
3 Saturate prepared area with water. Add 2 quarts of potable water to an empty 5 gallon pail. Slowly add powdered RM 800PC and mix using a drill (or equivalent) and a mixing paddle (sold below) until free of lumps. Add an additional quart of water, alternating with remaining powder, until entire contents have been thoroughly blended.
4. After removing excess water from prepared area, Using a trowel, place mortar and push into all corners and edges.
5. Finish patch with trowel. Protect patch from traffic until cured.
CAUTION: Contains Silicon Dioxide, Portland Cement and Calcium Hydroxide. Your skin may be sensitive to cement. Wearing rubber gloves is recommended. Avoid contact with eyes or prolonged contact with skin. In case of contact, flush thoroughly with water. For eyes, flush with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get prompt medical attention. Keep out of reach of children. Estimating Formula* Number of Units Required = (L * W * (Dave / 12)) / Yprod L = length of void in feet W = width of void in feet Dave = ave. depth of void in inches Yprod = Yield for product Estimated Yield for Repair Mortars & Grout (Yprod) in ft3 Product Yprod RM 800 PC 0.420 * Numbers are approximate and assume no waste.

RM 800 PC is packaged in convenient, reclosable plastic pails, containing 50 lb (22.7 kg) of product.
00020270 00024155
RM 800 PC 50 lb pail Stainless Steel Paddle Mixer smooth shank

Specially designed for repair mortar. Use with Jacobs style chuck.
7.2.5 CG 200 PC Cementitious Grout Repair Mortar Construction Chemicals
5.4.1 CG 200 PC Cementitious Grout

ASTM C 1107 Corps of Engineers Specification CRD-C-621 Type A, B&C

CG 200 PC is a non-metallic, noncorrosive, expansive portland-cement grout, intended for interior and exterior use, in confined areas. CG 200 PC is particularly useful in applications where high fluid mixes or compressive strengths to 10,000 psi are desired. CG 200 PC contains super plasticizers for ease of mixing and placing, and requires only the addition of water prior to use. Product Features Non-metallic Non-corrosive Non-shrink High early strength Pumpable fluid consistency

Color Concrete gray Compressive Strength (psi) ASTM C 109 confined
Plastic Fluid
1 day 3,000 psi 3 days 6,000 psi 7 days 8,000 psi 28 days 10,000 psi Working Time (minutes)
Plastic
2,500 psi 4,000 psi 6,000 psi 8,000 psi

Fluid
at 75F (24C)1520 1520 Set Time (hrs:min) ASTM C 191

Plastic Fluid
Initial: 2:15 5:15 Final 5:15 7:45 Cone, N/A 26 sec. ASTM C 939 Volume Change (% expansion) ASTM C 827
Plastic Fluid

Basic Uses CG 200 PC is suitable for use in the grouting of heavy equipment and machinery, concrete and structural steel columns and bearing plates, as well as grouting and leveling precast and prestressed members. CG 200 PC is suitable where a combination of high early strength, shrinkage compensation and ease of placement are important. Coverage 55 lb unit yields: Trowel Consistency, 0.51 ft3 Fluid Consistency, 0.55 ft3 Limitations CG 200 PC is not for use in areas subject to spillage of acids or sulfates CG 200 PC is not for use in applications subject to severe vibration or sudden dynamic loading, such as stamping presses and industrial generators and turbines CG 200 PC must not be vibrated during placement. Consolidation is to be by rodding CG 200 PC must be coated with a protective membrane, when exposed to acids or sulfates DO NOT apply to substrates that are frozen or contain frost DO NOT use in applications of high dynamic loading
At time of set:+0.21% +0.30% Volume Change (% expansion) ASTM C 1090

Plastic Fluid
3 days 7 days 14 days 28 days
+0.03% +0.03% +0.03% +0.03%
+0.01% +0.01% +0.01% +0.01%
CG 200 PC Cementitious Grout 7.2.5 Cementitious Grout Construction Chemicals
CG 200 PC Cementitious Grout 5.4.1 5.4.1.4 Installation Instructions

Temperatures Air, mix and substrate temperatures should be between 40F (4C) and 90F (32C) during application and be protected from freezing a minimum of 48 hours after installation. Surface Preparation Saturate the substrate with water for 24 hours prior to grout placement. The area to be grouted must be free of loose or deteriorated concrete, dust, dirt, grease, oil and paints or other coatings. If grouting beneath structural systems, provide air relief holes as necessary. Remove excess water with absorbent cloths, compressed air or vacuuming, leaving no puddles. Form Work Wood forms or other absorbent forms should be coated with a form release oil to prevent adhesion of CG 200 PC and to prevent absorption of water by the form. Forms should be designed to permit rapid, continuous and complete filling of the space to be grouted. Use procedures which permit CG 200 PC to flow by gravity between the surfaces and keep the grout in full contact with these surfaces until it has hardened. Mixing CG 200 PC may be mixed to a dry pack, hand trowel or fluid pourable consistency, depending on the amount of water added. Do not add additional cement or other materials for any reason. CG 200 PC is a pre-blended grout which uses a precise blend of select silica aggregate, set accelerators, water and reducing agents, fluidizers and expansion producing admixtures. The water additions shown will provide a general guideline for achieving the desired consistency. Amounts shown are for 55 lbs (one unit) of powdered product. The actual amount of water required may be affected by the temperature, batch size and mix method chosen. CG 200 PC may be mixed in a revolving concrete mixer, or in a bucket, using a Hilti drill and a mixing paddle. The method chosen should allow continuous placements, so that all the grout is in place before any of it has taken a set.
Plastic, Trowel Consistency 55 lb 1.0 gal (3.8 L) 0.51 cu ft 126 lb/cu ft Fluid, Pumping Consistency 55 lb 1.2 gal (4.5 L) 0.55 cu ft 122 lb/cu ft
CAUTION: Contains Silicon Dioxide, Portland Cement and Calcium Hydroxide. Your skin may be sensitive to cement. Wearing rubber gloves is recommended. Avoid contact with eyes or prolonged contact with skin. In case of contact, flush thoroughly with water. For eyes, flush with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get prompt medical attention. Keep out of reach of children.
Estimating Formula* Number of Units Required = (L * W * (Dave / 12)) / Yprod L = length of void in feet W = width of void in feet Dave = ave. depth of void in inches Yprod = Yield for product (see table below) Estimated Yield for Repair Mortars & Grout (Yprod) in ft3
Yprod Product CG 200 PC (Plastic Consistency) 0.510 CG 200 PC (Fluid Consistency) 0.550 * Numbers are approximate and assume no waste.
Desired Consistency Grout Water Yield Unit Weight
Discard lumpy material or broken containers. Storage Life One year from date of manufacture, in original, unopened container.
5.4.1.5 Ordering Information*

00020271
CG 200 PC Cementitious Grout - 55 lb Pail Packaged in resealable pails containing 55 lb (25.0 kg) of product
*Not available in Canada
Notes
Notes
Installation Systems Table of Contents

6.1 6.1.1 6.1.2 6.1.3 6.1.3.1 6.1.3.1.1 6.1.3.2 6.1.3.2.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6 6.7 6.8 6.9
Hilti Strut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404 Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405 Material / Finishes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405 Technical Data & Strut Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406 Beam Loading Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407 Load and Support Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411 Column Loading Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412 Support Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418 MQK Brackets and Braces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420 Strut Fasteners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422 Hilti 3-D System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425 Angles & Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426 MQB Clamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431 Strut Bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434 SLC Speed Lock Clevis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
Hilti Strut 6.1 6.1.1 Product Description

C-Profile Channel The Hilti strut consists of a C-profile channel with serrated open edges rolled inwards. The strut provides an economical solution for mechanical, electrical and industrial supports. Features C-Profile with serrated edges for greater hold and adjustability Scaled tick marks every 2" to assist with measurement, cutting and installation Full slot for greater flexibility in anchoring Longitudinal swaging for greater strength C-Profile Self-Riveted Back-to-Back Strut Product Description Features Self-riveting process provides consistent channel to channel fastening over spot welding Slotted back to back profile Integrity of galvanized coating is maintained Self-Riveted Back-to-Back
6.1.2 Material/Finishes
Pre-galvanized (PG) Pre-galvanized strut is manufactured using material produced by passing carbon steel sheets through a molten zinc bath in a process known as hotdip mill galvanization. The material conforms to ASTM A 653 GR 33 with a zinc thickness of G90 or 0.9 ounces of zinc per square foot. The channel is formed and slots are punched after the hot-dip process hence the name pre-galvanized strut. Surfaces of the punched and cut portions are somewhat protected by the adjacent zinc plating which acts as a sacrificial anode impeding corrosion of the raw edges.
Electro-Deposition Coating (GR-E Coat) Electro-Deposition Coating or "ECoating" uses electricity to deposit a smooth, thin, uniform layer of plastic coating on the surface of the steel channel. The epoxy-coated strut is then cured in an oven at approximately 400C for at least 20 minutes. Salt spray (fog) testing has been conducted to verify the performance of the finishthe plastic coating was tested 600 hours in a salt spray chamber, in accordance with ASTM B 117-95 specification. Since the coating is applied as a liquid, the epoxy travels into crevices and trouble spaces so that outside moisture is less able to invade the coated area and cause corrosion.
Stainless Steel SS 316 Ti for strut, angles, connectors, bases, splices and fasteners. Hot Dipped Galvanized According to ASTM A 123 for strut and ASTM A 153 for angles, connectors, bases, splices and fasteners.
6.1 Hilti Strut 6.1.3 Technical Data & Strut Profiles
12 Gauge Profile Weight Area of section Moment of inertia Ix Moment of inertia Iy Section Modulus Sx Section Modulus Sy Radius of Gyration Rx Radius of Gyration Ry Gravity Axis e1 Gravity Axis e2
1316-12 1.287 lb/ft 0.378 in2 0.031 in4 0.136 in4 0.065 in3 0.168 in3 0.285 in. 0.601 in. 0.476 in. 0.335 in. 1.92 kg/m 2.44 cm2 1.28 cm4 5.67 cm4 1.06 cm3 2.75 cm3 0.72 cm 1.53 cm 1.21 cm 0.85 cm
158-12 1.881 lb/ft 0.552 in2 0.184 in4 0.235 in4 0.203 in3 0.288 in3 0.577 in. 0.652 in. 0.904 in. 0.722 in. 2.80 kg/m 3.56 cm2 7.65 cm4 9.76 cm4 3.33 cm3 4.73 cm3 1.47 cm 1.66 cm 2.30 cm 1.83 cm
2716-12 2.471 lb/ft 0.725 in2 0.517 in4 0.332 in4 0.392 in3 0.409 in3 0.845 in. 0.677 in. 1.320 in. 1.116 in. 3.68 kg/m 4.68cm2 21.53cm4 13.83 cm4 6.42 cm3 6.70 cm3 2.15 cm 1.72 cm 3.35 cm 2.84 cm
1316-12 B2B 2.533 lb/ft 0.729 in2 0.137 in4 0.264 in4 0.170 in3 0.324 in3 0.437 in. 0.602 in. 0.811 in. 0.811 in. 3.77 kg/m 4.70 cm2 5.70 cm4 10.97 cm4 2.79 cm3 5.31 cm3 1.11 cm 1.53 cm 2.06 cm 2.06 cm
158-12 B2B 3.588 lb/ft 1.060 in2 0.892 in4 0.454 in4 0.549 in3 0.559 in3 0.917 in. 0.654 in. 1.626 in. 1.626 in. 5.34 kg/m 6.84 cm2 37.13 cm4 18.91 cm4 9.00 cm3 9.16 cm3 2.33 cm 1.66 cm 4.13 cm 4.13 cm
Nominal thickness of 12 gauge strip steel is 0.101 inches (2.57mm) Single strut data is given for solid strut Back to back strut data is given for slotted strut
Technical Data & Strut Profiles
Slot Configurations
14 Gauge Profile Weight Area of section Moment of inertia Ix Moment of inertia Iy Industry Half Slot Hilti Full Slot Industry Full Slot Section Modulus Sx Section Modulus Sy Radius of Gyration Rx Radius of Gyration Ry Gravity Axis e1 Gravity Axis e2
1316-14
158-14
1.004 lb/ft 1.49 kg/m 1.445 lb/ft 2.15 kg/m 0.295 in2 0.026 in4 1.90 cm2 1.08 cm4 0.424 in2 0.148 in4 2.74 cm2 6.16 cm4 7.70 cm4 2.71 cm3 3.73 cm3 1.50 cm 1.68 cm 2.27 cm 1.86 cm
0.109 in4 0.055 in3
4.55 cm4 0.91 cm3
0.185 in4 0.165 in3
0.134 in3 0.297 in. 0.609 in. 0.470 in. 0.341 in.
2.20 cm3 0.75 cm 1.55 cm 1.19 cm 0.87 cm
0.228 in3 0.591 in. 0.660 in. 0.895 in. 0.731 in.
Nominal thickness of 14 gauge strip steel is 0.075 inches (1.9 mm) Single strut data is given for solid strut
Hilti Strut 6.1 6.1.3.1 Beam Loading Data

Beam Loading Data
Beam Span in. 1316-12 158-12 2716-12 1316-12 B2B 158-12 B2B 1316-14 158-14 1316-12 158-12 2716-12 1316-12 B2B 158-12 B2B 1316-14 158-14 1316-12 158-12 2716-12 1316-12 B2B 158-12 B2B 1316-14 158-14 48 1,219 36 914 24 610 mm Max Allow Uniform Load lb 527 1,658 3,196 1,377 4,475 452 1,349 351 1,105 2,131 918 2,983 301 900 263 829 1,598 689 2,237 226 675 kN 2.389 7.520 14.496 6.245 20.292 2.049 6.119 1.593 5.013 9.663 4.163 13.528 1.366 4.079 1.194 3.759 7.247 3.122 10.145 1.024 3.059 Deflection at Uniform Load in. 0.10 0.05 0.04 0.06 0.03 0.10 0.05 0.23 0.12 0.08 0.14 0.07 0.24 0.12 0.41 0.22 0.15 0.24 0.12 0.42 0.22 mm 2.6 1.4 0.9 1.5 0.8 2.7 1.4 5.9 3.1 2.1 3.5 1.7 6.0 3.1 10.5 5.5 3.8 6.2 3.1 10.6 5.6 Uniform Loading at Deflections 1/180 Span lb 527 1,658 3,196 1,377 4,475 452 1,349 302 1,105 2,131 918 2,983 256 900 170 829 1,598 689 2,237 144 675 kN 2.389 7.520 14.496 6.245 20.292 2.049 6.119 1.370 5.013 9.663 4.163 13.528 1.161 4.079 0.770 3.759 7.247 3.122 10.145 0.653 3.059 1/240 Span lb 510 1,658 3,196 1,377 4,475 432 1,349 227 1,105 2,131 918 2,983 192 900 127 763 1,598 568 2,237 108 614 kN 2.312 7.520 14.496 6.245 20.292 1.960 6.119 1.027 5.013 9.663 4.163 13.528 0.871 4.079 0.578 3.457 7.247 2.576 10.145 0.490 2.785 1/360 Span lb 340 1,658 3,196 1,377 4,475 288 1,349 151 904 2,131 673 2,983 128 728 85 508 1,431 379 2,237 72 410 kN 1.541 7.520 14.496 6.245 20.292 1.306 6.119 0.685 4.098 9.663 3.053 13.528 0.580 3.301 0.385 2.305 6.487 1.717 10.145 0.326 1.857
1 Based on simple beam condition using an allowable design stress of 25000 psi (172 Mpa) with adequate lateral bracing. 2 Refer to Section 6.1.3.1.1 for different load and support conditions. 3 Self weight of member has not been taken into account for uniform loads above. This member weight must be subtracted from Allowable Uniform Load to determine the Net Allowable Uniform Load the beam will support. 4 Beam loading data is given for solid strut. For beam loading capacity of 9/16 x 2-1/2 slotted strut, use 85% of appropriate load from chart. For beam loading capacity of 11/16 x 2-1/2 slotted strut, use 80% of appropriate load from chart. No load reduction is needed for back to back strut.
6.1 Hilti Strut
Beam Loading Data

Beam Span in. 1316-12 158-12 2716-12 1316-12 B2B 158-12 B2B 1316-14 158-14 1316-12 158-12 2716-12 1316-12 B2B 158-12 B2B 1316-14 158-14 1316-12 158-12 2716-12 1316-12 B2B 158-12 B2B 1316-14 158-14 84 2,134 72 1,829 60 1,524 mm Max Allow Uniform Load lb 211 663 1,279 551 1,790 181 540 176 553 1,065 459 1,492 151 450 151 474 913 393 1,278 129 386 kN 0.955 3.007 5.797 2.497 8.116 0.819 2.447 0.796 2.506 4.831 2.081 6.763 0.682 2.039 0.682 2.147 4.140 1.783 5.796 0.585 1.748 Deflection at Uniform Load in. 0.65 0.34 0.23 0.38 0.19 0.65 0.34 0.93 0.49 0.34 0.55 0.27 0.94 0.49 1.27 0.67 0.46 0.74 0.37 1.28 0.67 mm 16.4 8.6 5.9 9.6 4.8 16.6 8.7 23.6 12.4 8.5 13.9 6.9 23.9 12.6 32.2 16.9 11.6 18.9 9.4 32.5 17.1 Uniform Loading at Deflections 1/180 Span lb 109 651 1,279 485 1,790 92 524 76 452 1,065 337 1,492 64 364 56 332 913 247 1,278 47 267 kN 0.493 2.950 5.797 2.198 8.116 0.418 2.377 0.342 2.048 4.831 1.526 6.763 0.290 1.650 0.251 1.504 4.140 1.120 5.796 0.213 1.212 1/240 Span lb 82 488 1,279 364 1,790 69 393 57 339 954 253 1,492 48 273 42 249 701 186 1,209 35 201 kN 0.369 2.212 5.797 1.648 8.116 0.313 1.782 0.256 1.536 4.324 1.144 6.763 0.217 1.237 0.188 1.128 3.176 0.840 5.479 0.159 0.909 1/360 Span lb 54 325 916 242 1,579 46 262 38 226 636 168 1,097 32 182 28 166 467 124 806 24 134 kN 0.246 1.475 4.151 1.098 7.160 0.209 1.188 0.171 1.024 2.882 0.762 4.972 0.145 0.825 0.125 0.752 2.117 0.559 3.652 0.106 0.606
Hilti Strut 6.1
Beam Loading Data

Beam Span in. 1316-12 158-12 2716-12 1316-12 B2B 158-12 B2B 1316-14 158-14 1316-12 158-12 2716-12 1316-12 B2B 158-12 B2B 1316-14 158-14 1316-12 158-12 2716-12 1316-12 B2B 158-12 B2B 1316-14 158-14 120 3,048 108 2,743 96 2,438 mm Max Allow Uniform Load lb 132 415 799 344 1,119 113 337 117 368 710 306 994 100 300 105 332 639 275 895 90 270 kN 0.596 1.879 3.622 1.560 5.071 0.512 1.529 0.530 1.670 3.219 1.386 4.507 0.455 1.359 0.477 1.502 2.897 1.247 4.056 0.409 1.223 Deflection at Uniform Load in. 1.65 0.87 0.60 0.97 0.48 1.67 0.88 2.09 1.10 0.75 1.23 0.61 2.12 1.11 2.58 1.36 0.93 1.51 0.76 2.61 1.37 mm 42.0 22.1 15.1 24.6 12.3 42.5 22.3 53.1 28.0 19.2 31.2 15.5 53.8 28.2 65.6 34.5 23.6 38.5 19.2 66.4 34.9 Uniform Loading at Deflections 1/180 Span lb 42 254 715 189 1,119 36 205 34 201 565 150 975 28 162 27 163 458 121 790 23 131 kN 0.192 1.151 3.242 0.857 5.071 0.163 0.928 0.151 0.909 2.561 0.677 4.418 0.128 0.733 0.122 0.736 2.074 0.548 3.578 0.104 0.593 1/240 Span lb 32 191 536 142 925 27 154 25 151 424 112 731 21 121 20 122 343 91 592 17 98 kN 0.144 0.863 2.431 0.642 4.194 0.122 0.695 0.113 0.682 1.920 0.507 3.313 0.096 0.549 0.091 0.551 1.555 0.410 2.683 0.078 0.444 1/360 Span lb 21 127 358 95 617 18 102 17 100 283 75 487 14 81 81 229 61 395 66 kN 0.095 0.575 1.620 0.428 2.795 0.081 0.463 0.075 0.454 1.280 0.337 2.208 0.064 0.366 0.367 1.036 0.273 1.787 0.296
6.1 Hilti Strut
Beam Loading Data

Beam Span in. 1316-12 158-12 2716-12 1316-12 B2B 158-12 B2B 1316-14 158-14 1316-12 158-12 2716-12 1316-12 B2B 158-12 B2B 1316-14 158-14 1316-12 158-12 2716-12 1316-12 B2B 158-12 B2B 1316-14 158-14 240 6,096 168 4,267 144 3,658 mm Max Allow Uniform Load lb 88 276 533 230 746 75 225 75 237 457 197 639 65 193 53 166 320 138 447 45 135 kN 0.397 1.251 2.413 1.038 3.378 0.340 1.018 0.340 1.072 2.068 0.889 2.895 0.291 0.872 0.237 0.749 1.445 0.620 2.023 0.203 0.609 Deflection at Uniform Load in. 3.72 1.96 1.34 2.18 1.09 3.76 1.98 5.06 2.66 1.82 2.97 1.48 5.12 2.69 10.33 5.44 3.72 6.06 3.02 10.45 5.49 mm 94.5 49.7 34.1 55.4 27.6 95.6 50.2 128.6 67.7 46.3 75.4 37.6 130.1 68.3 262.5 138.1 94.6 153.9 76.8 265.5 139.5 Uniform Loading at Deflections 1/180 Span lb 19 113 318 84 548 16 91 83 234 62 403 67 41 114 197 33 kN 0.084 0.510 1.439 0.379 2.483 0.072 0.411 0.374 1.056 0.277 1.823 0.301 0.181 0.515 0.889 0.146 1/240 Span lb 85 238 63 411 68 62 175 46 302 50 86 148 kN 0.382 1.079 0.284 1.861 0.308 0.280 0.791 0.207 1.366 0.226 0.385 0.665 1/360 Span lb 56 159 42 274 46 41 117 201 33 57 99 kN 0.254 0.718 0.188 1.240 0.205 0.186 0.527 0.909 0.150 0.255 0.441 -
Hilti Strut 6.1 6.1.3.1.1 Load & Support Condition

Load factor Deflection factor
Simple Beam Uniform Load
1.00
1.00
Simple Beam Concentrated Load at Center
0.50
0.80
Simple Beam Two Equal Concentrated Loads at 1/4 Points
0.50
1.10
Beam Fixed at Both Ends Uniform Load
1.50
0.30
Beam Fixed at Both Ends Concentrated Load at Center
1.00
0.4
Cantilever Beam Uniform Load
0.25
2.40
Cantilever Beam Concentrated Load at End
0.12
3.20
Continuous Beam Two Equal Spans, Uniform Load on One Span
1.30
0.92
Continuous Beam Two Equal Spans, Uniform Load on Both Spans
1.00
0.42
Continuous Beam Two Equal Spans, Concentrated Load at Center of One Span
0.62
0.71
Continuous Beam Two Equal Spans, Concentrated Load at Center of Both Spans
0.67
0.48
The beam load tables are for single-span simply supported beams with uniform loading. Common arrangements of other load and support conditions are presented in the above table. Loads and deflections for these conditions can be determined by multiplying the load value from the tables by the given load or deflection factor. Example: Determine the maximum allowable load and deflection for a 4 foot 158-12 cantilever beam with a concentrated load on one end.
From beam table, 48 in. span, the maximum allowable load and deflection for a simply supported span with uniform loading is 829 lb and 0.22 in. Using the factors from the above table: Max. allowable load = Max. allowable uniform load x load factor Max. allowable load = 829 lb x 0.12 = 99 lb Max. deflection = deflection at uniform load x deflection factor Max. deflection = 0.22 in. x 3.20 = 0.70 in.
6.1 Hilti Strut 6.3.1.2 Column Loading Data

Column Loading Data
Unbraced Height in. 1316-12 158-12 2716-12 1316-12 B2B 158-12 B2B 1316-14 158-14 1316-12 158-12 2716-12 1316-12 B2B 158-12 B2B 1316-14 158-14 1316-12 158-12 2716-12 1316-12 B2B 158-12 B2B 1316-14 158-14 48 1,219 36 914 24 610 mm lb 6,769 11,298 15,073 14,368 21,973 5,351 8,704 5,455 10,662 14,388 13,110 20,931 4,394 8,231 4,024 9,927 13,631 11,533 19,767 3,309 7,686 K=0.65 kN 30.7 51.2 68.4 65.2 99.7 24.3 39.5 24.7 48.4 65.3 59.5 94.9 19.9 37.3 18.2 45.0 61.8 52.3 89.6 15.0 34.9 Maximum Column Load at C.G. K=0.80 K=1.0 lb 6,769 11,298 15,073 14,368 21,973 5,351 8,704 4,443 10,167 13,874 12,054 20,142 3,633 7,864 2,982 9,124 12,830 9,841 18,528 2,480 7,094 kN 30.7 51.2 68.4 65.2 99.7 24.3 39.5 20.1 46.1 62.9 54.7 91.3 16.5 35.7 13.5 41.4 58.2 44.6 84.0 11.2 32.2 lb 6,769 11,298 15,073 14,368 21,973 5,351 8,704 3,292 9,406 13,110 10,417 18,961 2,729 7,302 2,063 7,881 11,579 7,639 16,588 1,728 6,173 kN 30.7 51.2 68.4 65.2 99.7 24.3 39.5 14.9 42.7 59.5 47.2 86.0 12.4 33.1 9.4 35.7 52.5 34.6 75.2 7.8 28.0 lb 6,769 11,298 15,073 14,368 21,973 5,351 8,704 2,466 8,522 12,231 8,702 17,598 2,060 6,650 6,579 10,156 5,873 14,406 1,256 5,193 K=1.2 kN 30.7 51.2 68.4 65.2 99.7 24.3 39.5 11.2 38.6 55.5 39.5 79.8 9.3 30.2 29.8 46.1 26.6 65.3 5.7 23.6
Note:
The above column loads are for solid strut. * KL > 200, exceeds AISC Slenderness Ratio Limitation. r
P
Hilti Strut 6.1
Column Loading Data

Unbraced Height in. 1316-12 158-12 2716-12 1316-12 B2B 158-12 B2B 1316-14 158-14 1316-12 158-12 2716-12 1316-12 B2B 158-12 B2B 1316-14 158-14 1316-12 158-12 2716-12 1316-12 B2B 158-12 B2B 1316-14 158-14 84 2,134 72 1,829 60 1,524 mm lb 2,911 9,052 12,758 9,697 18,416 2,422 7,041 2,155 8,043 11,747 7,895 16,847 1,804 6,294 1,646 6,980 10,612 6,371 15,101 1,382 5,497 K=0.65 kN 13.2 41.1 57.9 44.0 83.5 11.0 31.9 9.8 36.5 53.3 35.8 76.4 8.2 28.5 7.5 31.7 48.1 28.9 68.5 6.3 24.9 Maximum Column Load at C.G. K=0.80 K=1.0 lb 2,063 7,881 11,579 7,639 16,588 1,728 6,173 6,579 10,156 5,873 14,406 1,256 5,193 5,404 8,698 4,578 12,225 4,290 kN 9.4 35.7 52.5 34.6 75.2 7.8 28.0 29.8 46.1 26.6 65.3 5.7 23.6 24.5 39.4 20.8 55.4 19.5 lb 6,268 9,788 5,509 13,850 4,956 4,893 8,006 4,072 11,210 3,893 3,847 6,481 3,107 9,010 3,072 kN 28.4 44.4 25.0 62.8 22.5 22.2 36.3 18.5 50.8 17.7 17.4 29.4 14.1 40.9 13.9 lb 4,893 8,006 4,072 11,210 3,893 3,673 6,214 2,954 8,630 2,934 2,826 4,870 6,732 2,263 K=1.2 kN 22.2 36.3 18.5 50.8 17.7 16.7 28.2 13.4 39.1 13.3 12.8 22.1 30.5 10.3
Note:
P
6.1 Hilti Strut

Column Loading Data
Unbraced Height in. 1316-12 158-12 2716-12 1316-12 B2B 158-12 B2B 1316-14 158-14 1316-12 158-12 2716-12 1316-12 B2B 158-12 B2B 1316-14 158-14 1316-12 158-12 2716-12 1316-12 B2B 158-12 B2B 1316-14 158-14 120 3,048 108 2,743 96 2,438 mm lb 5,968 9,420 5,173 13,299 4,725 5,078 8,261 4,252 11,582 4,037 4,331 7,204 3,543 10,047 3,453 K=0.65 kN 27.1 42.7 23.5 60.3 21.4 23.0 37.5 19.3 52.5 18.3 19.6 32.7 16.1 45.6 15.7 Maximum Column Load at C.G. K=0.80 K=1.0 lb 4,437 7,358 3,641 10,269 3,536 3,673 6,214 2,954 8,630 2,934 3,075 5,272 7,298 2,461 kN 20.1 33.4 16.5 46.6 16.0 16.7 28.2 13.4 39.1 13.3 13.9 23.9 33.1 11.2 lb 3,075 5,272 7,298 2,461 2,503 4,339 5,990 2,006 3,619 4,986 kN 13.9 23.9 33.1 11.2 11.4 19.7 27.2 9.1 16.4 22.6 lb 2,231 3,885 5,357 1,788 3,158 4,347 K=1.2 kN 10.1 17.6 24.3 8.1 14.3 19.7 -
Note:
P
Hilti Strut 6.1

Column Loading Data
Unbraced Height in. 1316-12 158-12 2716-12 1316-12 B2B 158-12 B2B 1316-14 158-14 1316-12 158-12 2716-12 1316-12 B2B 158-12 B2B 1316-14 158-14 1316-12 158-12 2716-12 1316-12 B2B 158-12 B2B 1316-14 158-14 48 1,219 36 914 24 610 mm lb 1,794 3,076 4,122 3,060 4,994 1,517 2,483 1,634 2,978 4,049 2,937 4,934 1,383 2,404 1,458 2,863 3,963 2,791 4,854 1,235 2,311 K=0.65 kN 8.1 13.9 18.7 13.9 22.6 6.9 11.3 7.4 13.5 18.4 13.3 22.4 6.3 10.9 6.6 13.0 18.0 12.7 22.0 5.6 10.5 Maximum Column Load at Slot Face K=0.80 K=1.0 lb 1,794 3,076 4,122 3,060 4,994 1,517 2,483 1,513 2,900 3,991 2,838 4,880 1,281 2,341 1,295 2,744 3,873 2,643 4,770 1,097 2,216 kN 8.1 13.9 18.7 13.9 22.6 6.9 11.3 6.9 13.2 18.1 12.9 22.1 5.8 10.6 5.9 12.4 17.6 12.0 21.6 5.0 10.0 lb 1,794 3,076 4,122 3,060 4,994 1,517 2,483 1,349 2,785 3,904 2,693 4,799 1,142 2,248 1,091 2,573 3,740 2,432 4,646 925 2,078 kN 8.1 13.9 18.7 13.9 22.6 6.9 11.3 6.1 12.6 17.7 12.2 21.8 5.2 10.2 4.9 11.7 17.0 11.0 21.1 4.2 9.4 lb 1,794 3,076 4,122 3,060 4,994 1,517 2,483 1,190 2,660 3,808 2,539 4,710 1,009 2,148 2,394 3,595 2,218 4,510 775 1,933 K=1.2 kN 8.1 13.9 18.7 13.9 22.6 6.9 11.3 5.4 12.1 17.3 11.5 21.4 4.6 9.7 10.9 16.3 10.1 20.5 3.5 8.8
Note:
The above column loads are for solid strut. * KL > 200 r
e1 P
6.1 Hilti Strut

Column Loading Data
Unbraced Height in. 1316-12 158-12 2716-12 1316-12 B2B 158-12 B2B 1316-14 158-14 1316-12 158-12 2716-12 1316-12 B2B 158-12 B2B 1316-14 158-14 1316-12 158-12 2716-12 1316-12 B2B 158-12 B2B 1316-14 158-14 84 2,134 72 1,829 60 1,524 mm lb 1,281 2,734 3,865 2,630 4,763 1,086 2,207 1,115 2,595 3,758 2,459 4,663 946 2,096 966 2,450 3,642 2,285 4,554 819 1,979 K=0.65 kN 5.8 12.4 17.5 11.9 21.6 4.9 10.0 5.1 11.8 17.0 11.2 21.1 4.3 9.5 4.4 11.1 16.5 10.4 20.7 3.7 9.0 Maximum Column Load at Slot Face K=0.80 K=1.0 lb 1,091 2,573 3,740 2,432 4,646 925 2,078 2,394 3,595 2,218 4,510 775 1,933 2,212 3,442 2,009 4,362 1,786 kN 4.9 11.7 17.0 11.0 21.1 4.2 9.4 10.9 16.3 10.1 20.5 3.5 8.8 10.0 15.6 9.1 19.8 8.1 lb 2,348 3,558 2,165 4,474 1,896 2,122 3,362 1,909 4,285 1,714 1,904 3,159 1,674 4,086 1,538 kN 10.6 16.1 9.8 20.3 8.6 9.6 15.2 8.7 19.4 7.8 8.6 14.3 7.6 18.5 7.0 lb 2,122 3,362 1,909 4,285 1,714 1,862 3,118 1,630 4,045 1,504 1,625 2,872 3,797 1,312 K=1.2 kN 9.6 15.2 8.7 19.4 7.8 8.4 14.1 7.4 18.3 6.8 7.4 13.0 17.2 6.0
Note:
e1 P
Hilti Strut 6.1

Column Loading Data
Unbraced Height in. 1316-12 158-12 2716-12 1316-12 B2B 158-12 B2B 1316-14 158-14 1316-12 158-12 2716-12 1316-12 B2B 158-12 B2B 1316-14 158-14 1316-12 158-12 2716-12 1316-12 B2B 158-12 B2B 1316-14 158-14 120 3,048 108 2,743 96 2,438 mm lb 2,303 3,519 2,113 4,437 1,860 2,155 3,392 1,946 4,314 1,741 2,011 3,261 1,788 4,187 1,624 K=0.65 kN 10.4 16.0 9.6 20.1 8.4 9.8 15.4 8.8 19.6 7.9 9.1 14.8 8.1 19.0 7.4 Maximum Column Load at Slot Face K=0.80 K=1.0 lb 2,033 3,281 1,812 4,207 1,642 1,862 3,118 1,630 4,045 1,504 1,701 2,954 3,880 1,374 kN 9.2 14.9 8.2 19.1 7.4 8.4 14.1 7.4 18.3 6.8 7.7 13.4 17.6 6.2 lb 1,701 2,954 3,880 1,374 1,516 2,751 3,671 1,225 2,554 3,463 kN 7.7 13.4 17.6 6.2 6.9 12.5 16.6 5.6 11.6 15.7 lb 1,415 2,632 3,546 1,143 2,403 3,299 K=1.2 kN 6.4 11.9 16.1 5.2 10.9 15.0 -
Note:
e1 P
6.1 Hilti Strut 6.1.3.2.1 Support Conditions

Types of Column Load The interaction effects of a total frame on a column can be estimated with the effective length concept. K-factors are used to equate the strength of a framed compression element of length L to an equivalent pin-ended member of length KL subjected only to an axial load. The table below provides theoretical K values for idealized conditions in which joint rotation and translation are either nonexistent or fully realized. Since joint fixity is seldom fully realized, the slightly higher suggested design values recommended by the Structural Stability Research Council are used in the calculation of allowable column loads for strut.
The load capacity of a column is affected by whether the load is concentric or eccentric.1 The column load tables contain data for both concentric and eccentric loading conditions. The load at the slot face is determined using a K value of 0.8.
Support Condition
Rotation fixed and translation fixed on both ends.
Rotation free and translation fixed at the top and rotation fixed and translation fixed at the base. 0.7
Rotation free and translation fixed at both ends.
Rotation fixed and translation free at the top and rotation fixed and translation fixed at the base. 1.0
Theoretical K value Recommended design K value when ideal conditions are approximated
0.5
1.0
0.65
0.8
1.0
1.2
1 Concentric or Eccentric Load A concentric load is one that is applied to the center of gravity of a column cross section. An example of concentric loading is a column supporting a strut beam passing over it. An eccentric load is one that is applied away from the center of gravity of the column cross section. An example of eccentric loading is a load passed on to the column through a fitting fastened to the continuous slot face.
e1 P
Hilti Strut 6.1 6.1.4 Ordering Information 12 Gauge Hilti Strut

13/16" 12 gauge
Item No. Description Hole Configuration Weight/Piece (lb)
3424461 3424483 3424457 3424459
1316-12/PG 10' 1316-12/PG 20' 1316-12/PGS 10' 1316-12/PGS 20'
Full Slot Full Slot Solid Solid
12.2 24.3 15.4 30.8
13/16" 12 gauge back-to-back

3424489
1316-12/PG 3m (10'-1") B2B
1-9/16" x 9/16"
23.0
1-5/8" 12 gauge
3424503 3424505 3424507 3424509 3424511 3424519 3424513 3424499 3424501 3424523 3424525
158-12/PG 2' 158-12/PG 4' 158-12/PG 6' 158-12/PG 6'-8' 158-12/PG 10' 158-12/PG 10' 158-12/PG 20' 158-12/PGS 10' 158-12/PGS 20' 158-12/GR E-Coat 10' 158-12/GR E-coat 20'
Full Slot Full Slot Full Slot Full Slot Full Slot 2-5/8" x 11/16" Full Slot Solid Solid Full Slot Full Slot
3.6 7.2 10.8 12.0 18.0 18.0 36.0 18.5 37.0 18.0 36.0
1-5/8" 12 gauge back-to-back

3424515
158-12/PG 3m (10'-1") B2B
1-9/16" x 9/16"
35.9
2-7/16" 12 gauge
3424535 3424537
2716-12/PG 10' 2716-12/PG 20'
Full Slot Full Slot
24.5 49.0
14 Gauge Hilti Strut

13/16" 14 gauge
3424491 3424493 3424495 3424497
1316-14/PGS 10' 1316-14/PG 10' 1316-14/PG 20' 1316-14/GR E-coat 10'
Solid Full Slot Full Slot Full Slot
9.7 8.7 17.4 8.7
1-5/8" 14 gauge
3424531 3424533 3428084
158-14/PG 10' 158-14/PG 20' 158-14/PGS 10'
Full Slot Full Slot Solid
13.6 27.2 14.5
6.2 MQK Brackets & Braces 6.2.1 Product Description

Features Serrated C-section Installation assisted by dimension marking Great flexibility due to slots Back-to-back brackets welded all around
6.2.2 Material Specifications

Material Carbon steel Finish Electro-galvanized to 13 microns
1/ " 4
11-13/16" , 17-11/16" 13/16" x 9/16" 3-1/8" 4-15/16"
11-13/
5/ 16" , 17-11/16"
16"
3/8"
17-11/16" , 23-5/8" 13/16" x 9/16"
11-13/16" , 17-11/16" 23-5/8" 13/16" x 9/16"
5/16"
23-5/8" 13/16" x 9/16" 3-1/8"
4-3/4"
3-1/8"
6-1/2"
4-15/16"
4-15/16"
2"
2"
2-3/8"
2"
6.2.3 Ordering Information

Item No. Description Strut Length (in.) Strut Length (mm) Strut Section (gauge/mm) Weight/Piece (lb) Box Qty
369607 369608 370595 370597 369616 369617 369619
MQK-21/300 MQK-21/450 MQK-41/3/300 MQK-41/3/600 MQK-72/600 MQK-21D/300 MQK-21D/600
11-13/16" 17-11/16" 11-13/16" 23-5/8" 23-5/8" 11-13/16" 23-5/8"
300 450 300 600 600 300 600
14 / 2 14 / 2 12 / 3 12 / 3 12 / 2.75 14 / 2 14 / 2
1.48 1.96 2.62 4.54 6.90 2.76 4.83
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
6.2.4 MQK Angle Brace Product Description

Features
L
2-15/16"
Serrated C-section Installation assisted by dimension marking

7/16"
Great flexibility due to slots Back-to-back brackets welded all around

A H
Material Carbon steel Finish Electro-galvanized to 13 microns Material Width 1-9/16" (40 mm)
1-5/16" 9/16"
Material Thickness 3/16" or 1/8" (4 or 3 mm)

Item No. Description A (in./mm) H (in./mm) L (in./mm) Box Qty
369622 369621
MQK-SK MQK-SL
Angle brace, short Angle brace, long
14"/355 25"/635
13"/328 20-7/8"/528
12-13/16"/324 20-1/2"/524
45 45
10 10
Hilti Strut 6.1 Installation Systems Installation Systems
MQK Brackets & Braces 6.2 6.2.7 Technical Data 6.2.7.1 Allowable Loads MQK Bracket
F1 = qxl F1 1/2 1/2 F1
Bracket (continued below) MQK-21/300 MQK-21/450 MQK-41/3/300 MQK-41/3/600 MQK-72/600 MQK-21 D/300 MQK-21 D/600
L (in.)
L (mm)
Type of load 1 - uniform F1 [lb] Steel 1 Fastener 2 lb N lb N 205 90 920 395 1025 680 280 910 400 4095 1755 4560 3025 1245 205 90 735 365 645 680 280 910 400 3270 1625 2870 3025 1245
Type of load 2 - single F1 [lb] Steel 1 Fastener 2 lb N lb N 240 140 920 460 1025 680 340 1070 625 4095 2045 4560 3025 1510 240 140 735 365 645 680 340 1070 625 3270 1625 2870 3025 1510
Type of load 3 F1 [lb] Steel 1 Fastener 2 lb N lb N 75 35 460 145 510 340 105 335 155 2045 645 2270 1510 465 75 35 365 145 320 340 105 335 155 1625 645 1425 1510 465
11-13/16" 300 17-11/16" 450 11-13/16" 300 23-5/8" 23-5/8" 600 600
11-13/16" 300 23-5/8" 600
F2 F2 1/3 1/3 1/3
F3 F3 F3 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4
Bracket (continued from above) MQK-21/300 MQK-21/450 MQK-41/3/300 MQK-41/3/600 MQK-72/600 MQK-21 D/300 MQK-21 D/600
1 2
Steel 1 L (in.) 11-13/16" 17-11/16" 11-13/16" 23-5/8" 23-5/8" 11-13/16" 23-5/8" L (mm) 300 450 300 600 600 300 600

lb 120 60 460 230 510 340 170
Type of load 4 F2 [lb] Fastener 2 N lb N 535 265 120 60 365 180 320 340 170 535 265 1625 800 1425 1510 755

Steel 1 lb 80 35 305 150 340 225 110
Type of load 5 F3 [lb] Fastener 2 N lb N 80 35 245 120 215 225 110 355 155 1090 535 955 1000 490
355 155 1355 665 1510 1000 490
2045 1025 2270 1510 755
Loading capacity of bracket (steel load capacity) Loading capacity of bracket fastened with KB3 1/2" x 3-3/4" (with an embedment depth of 3"using published allowable load values) The loads apply only if bracket fastenings are correctly positioned, i.e. strut opening pointing upwards.
The brackets own weight has been allowed for. Concrete strength minimum 2000 psi. Fastener loads based on no edge distance or anchor spacing effects. Reference Section 4.3.5 for details. Engineer of record is responsible for verifying suitability of the components, connection, anchor selection and base material for any specific application.
The application guidelines applicable to the anchor must be observed. Load values for steel are based on the lesser of allowable stress, 25,000 psi, or a deflection limit of L/180 at the outer most loading point.
6.2.7.2 Allowable Loads for MQK Brackets with MQK-SL Braces

F1 F1 F1
Bracket in.
Length mm. lb
MQK-SL N lb
MQK-SL N lb
MQK-SL N
MQK-41/3/600 MQK-72/600 MQK-21 D/600
23-5/8" 23-5/8" 23-5/8"
600 600 600
1010 1350 785
4500 6000 3500
785 785 785
3500 3500 3500
450 560 335
2000 2500 1500
6.3 Strut Fasteners 6.3.1 Pushbuttons 6.3.1.1 Product Description

The Hilti MQN Pushbutton is a single unit preassembled hexagon bolt, washer and nut used for connections in the Hilti metal framing system. Product Features Spring action of MQN helps prevent slippage of connections during assembly For use with Hilti MQW angles, MQB clamps, MQV connectors, MQP baseplates Single part replaces bolt, nut and washer for reduced inventory Functions in all Hilti strut profiles eliminating the need to stock spring nuts for each depth Fast and easy installation for labor, time and cost savings

Material Finish Width across flats Carbon steel or Stainless Steel 316 Ti Electro-galvanized to 13 microns (PG) Hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A153 (HDG) 17mm - 11/16"

Allowable Loads1 Tension Zrec (lb) Shear single fastening Qrec (lb) Shear double fastening Qrec (lb) Tightening Torque MD (ft-lb)
Item MQN (PG) MQN-F (HDG) MQN-R (SS)

1
1800 1800 1800
12 ga 1125 400 1125
2025 670 2025
30 30 30
Based on a safety factor of 2.2. Contact Hilti for loading information when using Hilti Pushbuttons in non-serrated strut profiles.

MQN Pushbutton
1 2 3
1. Put in position.
2. Press and turn.
3. Tighten.

Item No. Description Weight/Piece (lb) Box Qty
369623 304130 304012
MQN Pushbutton (PG) MQN-F Pushbutton (HDG) MQN-R Pushbutton (SS)
0.145 0.185 0.170
50 25 25
Strut Fasteners 6.3 6.3.2 MQA-F Saddle Nut 6.3.2.1 Product Description
Features A single part for simple, time-saving installation For all types of channels Trapeze application 1. Secure threaded rod to ceiling. 2. Thread hex nut & saddle nut onto threaded rod. 3. Hold strut in place & simply twist saddle nut into strut. 4. Tighten hex nut.

Material Finish Carbon steel Electro-galvanized to 13 microns (PG) Hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A153 (HDG)

Allowable Loads1 Tension Zrec (lb) Tightening Torque MD (ft-lb)
1/4"
Item MQA-F 1/4" MQA-F 3/8" MQA-F 1/2" MQA-F 5/8" MQA-F 3/8"-F MQA-F 1/2"-F MQA-F 5/8"-F
1
12 ga 600 1500 1800 2100 1100 1800 1800
7 15 30 30 15 30 30
Finish PG PG PG PG HDG HDG HDG
3/8" 1/2" 5/8"
Based on a safety factor of 2.2.

Item No. Description Connection Thread Weight/Piece (lb) Box Qty
377884 377885 377886 377887 304143 304144 304145
MQA-F 1/4" MQA-F 3/8" MQA-F 1/2" MQA-F 5/8" MQA-F 3/8"-F MQA-F 1/2"-F MQA-F 5/8"-F
1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 5/8" 3/8" 1/2" 5/8"
0.194 0.192 0.183 0.185 0.192 0.183 0.185
50 50 50 50 25 25 25
6.3 Strut Fasteners 6.3.3 MQM-F Strut Nut 6.3.3.1 Product Description
Features Alternative to spring nut Functions in shallow, standard and deep strut Eliminates stocking of spring nuts for each depth of strut Fast, easy installation

Material Finish Carbon steel or Stainless Steel 316 Ti Electro-galvanized to 13 microns (PG) Hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A153 (HDG)
1/4" 3/8" 1/2"

Allowable Loads1 Tension Shear Zrec (lb) Qrec (lb) Tightening Torque MD (ft-lb)
Item MQM-F 1/4" MQM-F 3/8" MQM-F 1/2" MQM-F 3/8"-F MQM-F 1/2"-F MQM-F 3/8"-R MQM-F 1/2"-R
1
12 ga 300 1500 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 450 1000 1125 400 400 1100 1100 7 15 30 30 30 30 30
Finish PG PG PG HDG HDG SS SS
Based on a safety factor of 2.2. Contact Hilti for loading information when using Hilti Strut Nuts in non-serrated strut profiles.

Item No. Description Connection Thread Weight/Piece (lb) Box Qty
377881 377882 377883 304136 304137 304019 304020
MQM-F-1/4" MQM-F-3/8" MQM-F-1/2" MQM-F-3/8"-F MQM-F-1/2"-F MQM-F-3/8"-R MQM-F-1/2"-R
1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/8" 1/2" 3/8" 1/2"
0.077 0.075 0.073 0.080 0.080 0.050 0.050
50 50 50 25 25 25 25
Hilti 3-D System 6.4 6.4.1 Product Description

Features Universal: few parts for all applications For installation of angles or connectors on-site Quick and easy to use 45 angle and bracing with predetermined bending point

Material Carbon steel Material Thickness 1/8" (3 mm) Finish Electro-galvanized to 13 microns Tightening Torque 30 ft-lb (40 Nm)
Example of Application
Tension/compression bracing
Supported at both ends
Frec Qrec MQN with MQ3D-B
Su
pp
or te d
Frec = 560 Ib (2.5 kN)
at
bo
th
en
Variable angle
ds
,
Frec Qrec MQN with MQ3D-B
Frec = 560 Ib (2.5 kN)
3/ " 4
,
Directly to strut
Frec Qrec MQM-F3/8" fastened to strut with MQZ-L3/8" base plate 3/8"-1" (min.) hex. bolt MQM-F3/8" strut nut
3/ " 4
1-3/8" 3/ " 8
Frec = 560 Ib (2.5 kN) Variable angle
Tension bracing
Frec = 560 Ib (2.5 kN) Frec Qrec MQN with MQ3D-B Variable angle
Note: The pre-assembled bolt may be removed and replaced with an anchor or longer 3/8" bolt when mounting to surface other than the 3D Base Connector. All recommended loads are based on a safety factor of 2.2.
Directly to strut
Frec Qrec MQM-F3/8"
Frec = 560 Ib (2.5 kN) Variable angle
See Note
See Note
fastened to strut with MQZ-L3/8" base plate 3/8"-1" (min.) hex. bolt MQM-F3/8" strut nut
See Note

3-9/16"
2-3/8"
1-15/16"
1-15/16" 45
45
1" 1-3/16" 7/8" Item No. Description Shown above Weight/Piece (lb)
1"
Box Qty
369694 369695 369696 369697
MQ3D-B 3D Base Connector MQ3D-W90 3D 90 Connector MQ3D-W45 3D 45 Connector MQ3D-A 3D Threaded Rod Brace
0.454 0.467 0.337 0.209
20 20 16 20
6.5 Angles & Connectors 6.5.1 MQW-Q2 Pre-assembled 90 Angle 6.5.1.1 Product Description
Features Single item 90 connection Fits all Hilti Strut Utilizes pushbutton technology Advantages Reduces inventory costs No parts to lose Allows fast installation

Material Carbon steel Finish Electro-galvanized to 13 microns Tightening Torque 30 ft-lb Material Thickness 1/8" (3 mm) Width Across Flats 11/16" (17 mm)

1 2
Frec
900 Ib (4.0 kN)
1. Press and turn.
2. Tighten.
Frec based on safety factor of 2.2
* Loads apply when used with Hilti serrated strut. Use with non-serrated strut may result in a significant reduction in load capacity. Contact Hilti for details.

369655
MQW-Q2 90 Angle
0.441
20
2-3/16"
2-3/16"
Angles & Connectors 6.5 6.5.2 MQW & MQV Angles & Connectors 6.5.2.1 Product Description
Features Universal: few parts for all applications Easy to use Three-dimensional Opening dimensions:

Material Carbon steel Material Thickness 3/16" (4 mm) Finish Electro-galvanized to 13 microns
6.5.2.3 Angle Brackets Ordering Information

Three Hole 90 Angle Features: 3- hole angle for Pushbuttons
4-3/8"
Frec 1.8 x Qrec of Single MQN pushbutton A
Item No.
Description
Weight/Piece (lb)
Box Qty
2-3/8"
369656
MQW-3
0.353
20
Four Hole 90 Angle Features: 4- hole angle for Pushbuttons 90 angle Replace left and right hole single corner connector
2-3/16"
Frec Qrec (MQN A )

A
369658
MQW-4
0.485
10
Eight Hole 90 Angle Features: 8- hole angle for Pushbuttons 90 angle Replace left and right hole single corner connector
4-1/8"
Frec 1.8 x Qrec of Single MQN pushbutton A
369659
MQW-8/90
0.926
10
Three Hole 45 Angle Features: 3- hole angle for Pushbuttons

2-3/ 4-3/16" 45
Compression: Frec 1685 Ib (7.5 kN) Tension: Frec 1350 Ib (6.0 kN)
(double bolted A )
Item No.
Description
Weight/Piece (lb)
Box Qty
16"
369657
MQW-3/45
0.342
20 Frec based on safety factor of 2.2
6.5 Angles & Connectors 6.5.2.3 Angle Brackets Ordering Information

Eight Hole 45 Angle Features: 8- hole angle for Pushbuttons Replace left and right hole single corner connector
369660
MQW-8/45
0.904
Single Brace Angle Bracket Features: Two-dimensional bracket for Pushbuttons For heavy wall/ceiling attachment to strut or base material
369664
MQW-S/1
1.014
Double Brace Angle Bracket Features: 4-hole angle for Pushbuttons For heavy wall/ceiling attachment to strut or base material
7-7/8" 7-7/8"
369665
MQW-S/2
2.602
10
9/
3-15/16"
16"
Angles & Connectors 6.5 6.5.2.3 Angle Brackets Ordering Information

MQV-2/2D Connector Features: Two-dimensional double connector for Pushbuttons
4-7/16"
6-1/2"
369638
MQV-2/2D
0.966
10
MQV-3/2D Connector Features: Three-dimensional double connector for Pushbuttons

4-7/16"
6-1/2"
369640
MQV-3/2D
1.356
10
MV-3/2D X Connector Features: Three-dimensional heavy-duty double connector for Pushbuttons

6-11/16"
10-1/4"
339590
MV-3/2D X
3.245
10
2"

2-3/16"
369641
MQV-3/3D
0.994
10
4-7/16"

2-3/16"
369642
MQV-4/3D
1.698
10
4-7/16"
MQV-12 Connector Features: Splice connector for Hilti strut using Pushbuttons
8-1/16" 1-3/4"
369643
MQV-12
1.224
10
6.5 Angles & Connectors 6.5.2.3 Splice Plates Ordering Information

Four Hole Splice Plate Features: Splice plate for Pushbuttons
8-1/16"
369644
MQV-P4
0.415
10
Two Hole Tee Splice Plate Features: Splice plate for Pushbuttons
1-7/8"
3-3/4"
370630
MQV-P2
0.22
10
1-5/8"
Four Hole Tee Splice Plate Features: Splice plate for Pushbuttons
369645
MQV-T
0.432
10
Three Hole Cross Splice Plate Features: Splice plate for Pushbuttons
370629
MQV-P3
0.309
10
Five Hole Cross Splice Plate Features: Splice plate for Pushbuttons
370631
MQV-P5
0.309
10
MQB Clamps 6.6 6.6.1 Product Description

Features Universal: few parts for all applications Easy to use


MQB-21 Clamp Features: 3-hole clamps for Pushbuttons For use with 13/16" strut
6-5/16" 4-3/16"
3/ " 4
3/ " 4
1-3/8"
3/ " 8
369666
MQB-21
0.465
10
MQB-41 Clamp Features: 5-hole clamps for Pushbuttons For use with 1-5/8" strut
6-5/16" 4-3/16"
369668
MQB-41
0.536
10
MQB-82 Clamp Features: 7-hole clamps for Pushbuttons For use with 1-5/8" back to back strut
6-5/16"
369671
MQB-82
0.75
10
4-3/16"
MQB-G41 Clamp Features: 3-hole clamps for Pushbuttons Wall attachment for 1-5/8" strut
13/16"
9-1/16" 6-5/16"
x 9/16"
369674
MQB-G41
0.807
10
6.7 Strut Bases 6.7.1 Product Description

Features Reliable and easy to use Connection of strut to base material

6.7.3 Technical Data

Item Frec (lb)1, 2 Bolt Pushbutton Tightening Torque (A) MD (ft-lb)
3/ " 4
3/ " 4
MQV-2/2D-14 MQP-21-72 MQP-82 MQP-G MQP 1/1 MQP 45
1750 2025 2835 2025 1125 1125
Double Double Quadruple Double Single Single
MQN MQN MQN MQN MQN MQN
30 30 30 30 30 30
1-3/8"
3/ " 8
1 Based on a safety factor of 2.2 2 Separate design verification of the fastening on the base material must be provided

Wall and Ceiling Strut Base Features: Two-dimensional double connector for Pushbuttons Wall, ceiling or floor mount. Used with KB3 or HDI anchors
A
6-1/2" 4-7/16"
Frec
4-7/16"
13/
16" x
9/
16"
369639
MQV-2/2D-14
0.966
10
Light Duty Strut Base Features: One hole connector for Pushbuttons Attaches strut to base material
9/ 3 16" x /4" 2-3/8" 2-3/8"
Item No.
Description
Weight/Piece (lb)
Box Qty
369646
MQP-1/1
0.243
20
Standard Strut Base

A
Features: 6-hole base for Pushbuttons Attachment to wall, ceiling or floor with KB3 or HDI anchors Baseplate thickness 1/4" (6 mm)
4-1/8"
Frec
13/ 1/ " 4 5-5/16" 9 16" x /16"
3-1/8"
7-5/16"
369651
MQP-21-72
2.535
12
Strut Bases 6.7
1-5/8" Back to Back Strut Base

A A
Features: Frec 12-hole base for Pushbuttons Attachment to wall, ceiling or floor with KB3 or HDI anchors 13 9 /16" x /16" 5/ " Baseplate thickness 5/16" (8 mm) 16
3/ " 4
4-3/16"
3/ " 4
369652
MQP-82
4.145
3-15/16"
5-7/8"
1-3/8"
7-7/8"
3/ " 8
Pivot Base Features: Attachment to wall, ceiling or floor with KB3 or HDI anchors Adjustable Angle
13/ 9 16" x /16" 6"
1-15/16"
Item No.
Description
Weight/Piece (lb)
Box Qty
369654
MQP-G
2.326
10
2-15/16" 2-1/8" 2-15/16" 7-1/2"
45 Base Features: 4-hole 45 angle mount for Pushbuttons Attachment to wall, ceiling or floor with KB3 or HDI anchors
9/ 16" 1-5/8" 1-5/8"
4-1/8" 45
369649
MQP-45
0.772
10
6.8 Accessories 6.8.1 Base Plates 6.8.1.1 Product Description

Features: For wall, ceiling or floor attachment of angles, 1-13/16" connectors or brackets 3/ " with KB3 or HDI anchors 16 For strut nut or spring nut applications with angles, connectors and brackets Used as heavy plate washer for strut
Item No. Description For Thread Weight/Piece (lb/g) Box Qty
7/ " 16 9/ " 16 11/ " 16
2-1/16"
370632 370633 370634
MQZ-L 3/8" MQZ-L 1/2" MQZ-L 5/8"
3/8" 1/2" 5/8"
7/16" 9/16" 11/16"
0.203 / 92 0.185 / 84 0.176 / 80
20 20 20

6.8.2 Strut Tie 6.8.2.1 Product Information

Features: For user-assembled back to back struts
Item No. Description Width Across Flats (mm) Weight/Piece (lb/g) Box Qty
369691
MQZ-SS* Locking device

All. tensile load,1 Zrec (lb/kN)
13 mm
0.006/2.5
Tightening torque, MD (ft-lb/Nm)
40
Item
All. shear load,1 Qrec (lb/kN)
MQZ-SS
675/3.0
1125/5.0
15/20
1 All loads based on a safety factor of 2.2

6.8.3 Strut End Cap 6.8.3.1 Product Information

Features: For use with all Hilti strut profiles Helps protect sharp edges when handling strut
244886 313377
MEK Red MEK Gray
50 50
SLC Speed Lock Clevis 6.9 6.9.1 Product Description

The innovative design of the Speed Lock System greatly increases the efficiency and productivity of pipe installations. Features Unique speed lock system eliminates hanger disassembly One piece hanger prevents lost or dropped nuts and bolts FM approved and UL, cUL listed Stainless-steel spring on locking device for long term reliable performance
6.9.2 Technical Data

Size Range 2" to 8" pipe sizes Material Electro-galvanized to 13 microns
6.9.3 Installation Instructions

Listings & Approvals
UL, cUL (Underwriters Laboratories) 2" to 8" FM (Factory Mutual) 2" to 8" Conforms with: Federal specifications WW-H-171E (Type 1) Manufacturers Standardization Society MSS-SP-58 (Type 1) Installation: Install in accordance with MSS-SP-69
Open Hanger
RS
MRI
S H
A
CL
Close Hanger

Item No. Description Qty Weight per piece (lb) Pipe size H W CL RS Rod size MRI Min. rod insertion A S Max allow. load (lb)*
SLC-EG 2" SLC-EG 3" SLC-EG 4" SLC-EG 5" SLC-EG 6" SLC-EG 8"
334700 334701 334702 334703 334704 334705
1 1 1 1 1 1
0.32 0.69 1.06 1.33 2.80 3.75
2" 3" 4" 5" 6" 8"
5" 6-7/8" 8-1/2" 9-3/4" 11-1/4" 13-13/16"
3-9/16" 5-1/16" 6-1/8" 7-5/16" 8-15/16" 11-3/16"
3-5/8" 4-13/16" 5-7/8" 6-9/16" 7-7/16" 8-15/16"
3/8" 1/2" 5/8" 5/8" 3/4" 3/4"
9/16" 3/4" 15/16" 15/16" 1-1/16" 1-3/16"
1-1/8" 1-5/16" 1-5/8" 1-3/4" 1-13/16" 2-3/16"
5/16" 7/16" 7/16" 9/16" 11/16" 11/16"
610 1130 1430 1430 1940 2000
* Maximum allowable loads based on the lower of: 1 Maximum safe load of the threaded hanger rod at rod temperature of 650F per Manufacturers Standardization Society Standard Practice 58. 2 Allowable load for SLC-EG hanger with a safety factor of 3. 3 Industry standard for clevis hangers.
Notes
Notes
Reference
7.1 Approvals & Listings 7.1.1 ICC-ES (International Code Council) Evaluation Reports
7.1.2 COLA (City of Los Angeles) Approvals
Report No. Title ESR-1385 ESR-1545 ESR-1546 ESR-1663 ESR-1752 ESR-1917 ESR-1967 ESR-2179 ESR-2184 ESR-2196 ESR-2197 ESR-2199 ESR-2269 ESR-2322 ESR-2347 ESR-2379 ER-4780 ER-4815 ER-5193 ER-5259 Kwik Bolt 3 Masonry Anchors Hilti HSL-3 Carbon Steel Metric Heavy Duty Concrete Anchors in Concrete Hilti HDA Carbon Steel and Stainless Steel Metric Undercut Anchors in Concrete Hilti Low-Velocity Powder-Actuated Fasteners Low-Velocity Power-Driven Track Fasteners Hilti Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon and Stainless Steel Anchors in Concrete Hilti HIT HY-150 MAX Adhesive Anchor System CF 810 Crack and Joint Foam Hilti Low-Velocity Powder-Actuated Ceiling Clip Assemblies Hilti Kwik-Pro Self-Drilling Screws (HWH) Steel Deck and Concrete Filled Diaphragms Attached with Hilti Fasteners Steel Deck Diaphragms with Verco Sheartranz II Resisting Elements Hilti Low-Velocity X-U Universal PowderActuated Fasteners Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD Adhesive Anchors in Concrete Hilti Low-Velocity Powder-Actuated Driven Threaded Studs for Attachment to Steel Exterior or Perimeter Sill and Interior Plate Anchorages Hilti Kwik-Flex Self-Drilling Screws HIT HY-20 Adhesive Anchor Systems for Un-reinforced Masonry Hilti HIT HY-150 Adhesive Anchor Systems Kwik Con II Concrete and Masonry Screw Anchors
Report No. Title 23709 24564 25257 25290 25296 25363 25422 25514 25515 25577 25646 25651 25662 25675 25678 25684 Hilti HDI Expansion Anchors HIT Adhesive Anchor and HIT Combination Anchor for use in unreinforced brick walls Hilti HIT HY-150 Adhesive Anchor Systems HSL Metric Heavy Duty Expansion Anchors Hilti Fasteners and Self-Drilling Screws for Steel Diaphragm Attachment Hilti HVA (HVU) Adhesive Anchor System for Normal Weight Concrete Hilti HDA Metric Self-undercutting Concrete Anchors Hilti RE-500 Adhesive Anchoring System Hilti HIT-TZ and HIT-RTZ Adhesive Anchoring Systems Kwik Bolt 3 Concrete and Masonry Anchors Hilti Low-Velocity Power Driven Fasteners Low-Velocity Powder-Actuated Ceiling Clip Assemblies Low-Velocity Power-Driven Track Fasteners Low-Velocity X-U Universal PowderDriven Fasteners Hilti Kwik-Pro Self-Drilling Screws (HWH) Low-Velocity Powder-Actuated Driven Threaded Studs for Attachment to Steel
7.1.3 Metro Dade County Approvals

Report No. Title 03-0709.01 Powder Driven Fastener (X-ZF 72 P8S36) 06-1127.06 Hilti HIT HY-150 Injection Adhesive Anchor 06-0810.13 Hilti Kwik Bolt 3 Concrete Expansion Anchors
Reference
Approvals & Listings 7.1 7.1.4 UL/cUL (Underwriters Laboratories) Listings 7.1.5 FMRC (Factory Mutual) Approvals
File No. EX2258
Title Pipe Hangers Powder Actuated Fasteners EW10-30-15P10, W10-30-32P10 and W10-30-42P10 Pipe Hangers Hilti Kwik Bolt 3 Anchors 3/8" to 3/4" Hilti Kwik Bolt TZ Anchors 3/8 to 3/4 Hilti HDI Anchors 3/8" to 3/4" Diameters Hilti HDI-L Anchors 3/8 and 1/2 Diameters Hilti HCI-WF Anchors 3/8" and 1/2" Diameters Hilti HCI-MD Anchors 3/8" and 1/2" Diameters Hilti SLC-EG 2" to 8" Roof Deck Construction Nos 58, 87, 156, and 157 Powder Actuated and Pneumatic Driven Fasteners Power Driven Hangers Hilti X-HSW6 and X-HSW10 Wire Positioning Devices Hilti X-ECH/FR-L, X-ECH/FR-M, X-ECH/FR-S
File No. 3021719
Application / Product Steel Deck Roof Construction (class 1-90) Powder-Actuated Steel Deck Fasteners X-ENP-19 L15, ENPH2-21 L15, X-EDN19 THQ12, X-EDNK22 THQ12 Steel Deck Roof Construction (class 1-90) Extended Spans for Selected Hilti Steel Deck Fasteners and Hilti S-MD 12-14x1 Stitch and S-MD 10-16x7/8 Pilot Fasteners for Securing Steel Deck Side Laps Pipe Hanger Components HDI 3/8" to 3/4" HDI-L 3/8" and 1/2" HDI-P 3/8" Pipe Hanger Components Kwik Bolt 3 Anchors 3/8" to 3/4" Pipe Hanger Components Kwik Bolt TZ Anchors 3/8" to 3/4" Pipe Hanger Components HCI-WF 3/8" to 1/2" HCI-MD 3/8" to 1/2" Pipe Hanger Components HCI-WF 5/8" to 3/4" HCI-MD 5/8" to 3/4" Pipe Hanger Components X-EW6H X-EW10H
EX2709
3011115
3019100
R13203
3021265 3024488 3019101
E217969 E201485
3021617
3026695
Reference
7.2 Reference Standards 7.2.1 ASTM Standards for Materials

Standard A36 A108 A109 A193 A240 Title Specification for Structural Steel Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold-finished, Standard Quality Standard Specification for Steel, Strip, Carbon (0.25 Maximum Percent), Cold-Rolled Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High-Temperature Service Specification for Heat-resisting Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels Specification for Stainless and Heat-resisting Steel Bars and Shapes Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for LowTemperature Service Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process, Structural (Physical) Quality (Withdrawn 1994) Specification for Stainless and Heat-resisting Steel for Cold Heading and Cold Forging Bar and Wire Specification for General Requirements for Wire Rods and Coarse Round Wire, Carbon Steel Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Carbon, Hot-Rolled (Withdrawn 2000) Standard Specification for High-Strength LowAlloy Columbium-Vanadium Structural Steel Standard Specification for Structural Steel (SS), Sheet, Carbon, Cold-Rolled (Withdrawn 2000) Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement Specification for Rail-Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement Specification for Axle-Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, ZincCoated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process Standard Specification for Steel, Strip, HighCarbon, Cold-Rolled, General Requirements For Standard Specification for Steel for Structural Shapes For Use in Building Framing Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus Specification for Concrete Aggregates C642 C652 C666 C672 C150 C157 C34 C36 C62 C90 C109 Standard Specification for Structural Clay LoadBearing Wall Tile Standard Specification for Gypsum Wallboard Specification for Building Brick (Solid Masonry Units Made from Clay or Shale) Specification for Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars (Using 2-in. or [50-mm] Cube Specimens) Standard Specification for Portland Cement Standard Test Method for Length Change of Hardened Hydraulic-Cement, Mortar, and Concrete Standard Test Method for Time of Setting of Hydraulic Cement by Vicat Needle Standard Specification for Flow Table for Use in Tests of Hydraulic Cement Standard Test Method for Time of Setting of Hydraulic-Cement Paste by Gillmore Needles Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Structural Concrete Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Insulating Concrete Standard Test Methods for Joint Treatment Materials for Gypsum Board Construction Specification for Grout for Masonry Test Method for Flexural Strength and Modulus of Elasticity of Chemical-Resistant Mortars, Grouts, Monolithic Surfacings, and Polymer Concrete Standard Test Method for Density, Absorption, and Voids in Hardened Concrete Standard Specification for Hollow Brick (Hollow Masonry Units Made from Clay or Shale) Standard Test Method for Resistance of Concrete to Rapid Freezing and Thawing Standard Test Method for Scaling Resistance of Concrete Surfaces Exposed to Deicing Chemicals Standard Test Method for Change in Height at Early Ages of Cylindrical Specimens of Cementitious Mixtures Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems for Concrete Test Method for Bond Strength of Epoxy-Resin Systems Used with Concrete Standard Specification for Packaged, Dry, Rapid-Hardening Cementitious Materials for Concrete Repairs continued on following page
C191 C230 C266 C270 C330 C332 C474 C476 C580
A276 A307 A420
A446
A493
A 510 A 563 A570 A572 A611 A615 A616 A617 A653
C827
C881 C882 C928
A682 A992 B117 C33
Reference
Reference Standards 7.2 7.2.1 ASTM Standards for Materials (contd)

Standard C939 Title Standard Test Method for Flow of Grout for Preplaced-Aggregate Concrete (Flow Cone Method) Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Grouts for Preplaced-Aggregate Concrete in the Laboratory Standard Specifiction for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Steel Studs From 0.033 in. (0.84 mm) to 0.112 in. (2.84 mm) in Thickness Standard Specifiction for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Board of Metal Plaster Bases to Wood or Steel Studs Standard Test Method for Measuring Changes in Height of Cylindrical Specimens from Hydraulic-Cement Grout Standard Specification for packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout (Nonshrink) Standard Specification for Steel Tapping Screws for Cold-Formed Steel Framing Connections Standard Test Method for Determining the Izod Pendulm Impact Resistance of Plastics Standard Test Method for Rate of Burning and/or Extent and Time of Burning of Plastics in a Horizontal Position Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics Test Method for Deflection Temperature of Plastics Under Flexural Load in the Edgewise Position Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Plastics Standard Test Method Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials Standard Practice for Use of the International System of Units, SI (The Modernized Metric System) Test Method for Strength of Anchors in Concrete and Masonry Elements Test Methods for Strength of Powder-Actuated Fasteners Installed in Structural Members Standard Test Methods for Testing Bond Performance of Bonded Anchors Specification for Hardened Steel Washers Specification for Stainless Steel Bolts, Hex Cap Screws and Studs Specification for Stainless Steel Nuts Standard Specification for Washers, Steel, Plain (Flat), Unhardened for General Use G15 G85 G87 Standard Terminology Relating to Corrosion and Corrosion Testing Standard Practice for Modified Salt Spray (Fog) Testing Standard Practice for Conducting Moist SO2 Tests
C942
7.2.2 ASTM Plating Standards

Standard A153 B633 B695 F1941 Title Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel Coatings of Zinc Mechanically Deposited on Iron and Steel Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings on Threaded Fasteners (Unified Screw Threads, UN/UNR)
C954
C1002
C1090
C1107 C1513 D256 D635
7.2.3 Federal Specifications

Standard A-A-1922A A-A-1923A A-A-1924A A-A-55615 A-A-55614 Title Shield, Expansion (Caulking Anchors, Single Lead) Shield, Expansion (Lag, Machine and Externally Threaded Wedge Bolt Anchor) Shield, Expansion (Self Drilling Tubular Expansion Shell Bolt Anchors) Shield, Expansion (Wood Screw and Lag Bolt Self-Threading Anchors) Shield, Expansion, Non-drilling (Wood Screw and Lag Bolt Self-Threading Anchors)
D638 D648
D695 D790
E380
7.2.4 ANSI Standards

Standard A10.3 B18.2.2 B18.22.1 B212.15 Title Powder-Actuated Fastening Systems Safety Requirements Square and Hex Nuts (Inch Series) Plain Washers (Inch Series) Carbide-Tipped Masonry Drills and Blanks for Carbide Tipped Masonry Drills
E488 E1190 E1512 F436 F593 F594 F844
Standard 61 Drinking Water System Components Health Effects
Reference
7.3 Technical References 7.3.1 Metric Conversions and Equivalents

The Metric Conversion Act of 1975, as amended by the Omnibus Trade and Competitiveness Act of 1988, establishes the SI (System International) metric system as the preferred system of measurement in the United States. Many products are currently manufactured and supplied in SI or hard metric sizes such as anchor bolts of 10 mm, 12 mm, 26 mm, etc. diameter. Where the inch-pound system is given or used, soft metric conversion can sometimes be used (but specifically not when selecting a drill bit for installing mechanical anchors, where it is critical to only use the specified Imperial or Metric diameter bit). The soft conversion diameters for anchor bolts is given by Table 1. Standard metric conversion factors commonly used for fastening products are given in Tables 2 & 3. Table 2 : Imperial Units to SI Units To Convert Length inch (in.) foot (ft) Area square inch (in2) square inch (in2) square foot (ft2) Volume cubic inch (in3) cubic foot (ft3) gallon (US gal) Force pound force (lbf) pound force (lbf) Pressure pound/square inch (psi) pound/square inch (psi) KIP/square inch (ksi) pounds/square foot (psf) Into Multiply By
Inch-Pound System Inch Hard Metric Conversion mm Use for Soft Metric Conversion mm
Table 1 : Diameters
1/4 5/16 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 1 1-1/4
6.35 7.94 9.52 12.70 15.88 19.05 25.40 31.75
6 8 10 12 16 20 25 32
Table 3 : SI Units to Imperial Units To Convert Length millimeter (mm) meter (m) Area square millimeter (mm2) square centimeter (cm2) square meter (m2) Volume cubic centimeter (cm3) cubic meter (m3) liter (L) Force newton (N) kilonewton (kN) Pressure newton/square millimeter (N/mm2) mega pascal (MPa) mega pascal (MPa) newton/square meter (N/m2) Into Multiply By
millimeter (mm) meter (m)
25.4000 0.3048
inch (in.) foot (ft)
0.0394 3.2808
square millimeter (mm2) square centimeter (cm2) square meter (m2)
645.1600 6.4516 0.0929
square inch (in2) square inch (in2) square foot (ft2)
0.0016 0.1550 10.7639
cubic centimeter (cm3) cubic meter (m3) liter (L)
16.3871 0.0283 3.7854
cubic inch (in3) cubic foot (ft3) gallon (US gal)
0.0610 35.3147 0.2642
newton (N) kilonewton (kN)
4.4482 0.0044
pound force (lbf) pound force (lbf)
0.2248 224.8089
newton/square millimeter (N/mm2) mega pascal (MPa) mega pascal (MPa) newton/square meter (N/m2)
0.0069 0.0069 6.8946 47.8801
pound/square inch (psi) pound/square inch (psi) KIP/square inch (ksi) pounds/square foot (psf)
145.0400 145.0400 0.1450 0.0209
Torque or Bending Moment foot pound (ft-lb) newton meter (N/m) inch pound (in-lb) newton meter (N/m) Diaphragm Shear pounds/foot (plf)
1.3558 0.1130
Torque or Bending Moment newton meter (N/m) foot pound (ft-lb) newton meter (N/m) inch pound (in-lb) Diaphragm Shear newton/meter (N/m)
0.7376 8.8496
newton/meter (N/m)
14.5939
pounds/lineal foot (plf)
0.0685
Reference
Technical References 7.3 7.3.2 Mechanical Properties of Materials

Carbon Steel Grade Designation ASTM A36 ASTM A193, B 7 AISI 1038 (As Recd) AISI 11L41 AISI 1110 M (As Recd) AISI 12L14 AISI 1010 (As Recd) ASTM A307 ASTM A325 ASTM A449 ASTM A510 SAE Grade 2 SAE Grade 5 SAE Grade 8 ISO 898-1 Class 5.8 ISO 898-1 Class 8.8 Nominal Size (in.) All 1/4 thru 2-1/2 1/4 to 1-1/4 over 5/8 thru 1 1/4 to 5/8 5/8 thru 1-1/2 1/4 thru 3/4 1/4 to 4 1/2 thru 1 over 1 thru 1-1/2 1/4 thru 1 over 1 thru 1-1/2 3/8 thru 3/4 1/4 thru 3/4 over 3/4 to 1-1/2 1/4 thru 1 over 1 to 1-1/2 1/4 thru 1-1/2 All All Min. Yield Strength ksi (MPa) 36 105 41 75 44 60 44 92 81 92 81 70 57 36 92 81 130 58 92.8 (248) (724) (282) (517) (303) (414) (303) (634) (558) (634) (558) (480) (393) (248) (634) (558) (896) (400) (640) Min. Ultimate Strength ksi (MPa) 58 (400) 125 (862) 75 (517) 90 (620) 53 (365) 78 (538) 53 (365) 60 (414) 120 (827) 105 (724) 120 (827) 105 (724) 87 (600) 74 (510) 60 (414) 120 (827) 105 (724) 150 (1034) 72.5 (500) 116 (800)
Stainless Steel Grade ASTM/AISI F 593 / 304 / 316 A 193, B8/304/316 A 276 / 304 A 276 / 316 A 493 / 304 A 582 / 303 DIN 267 Part 11, A4-70 Nominal Size (in.) 1/4 thru 5/8 3/4 thru 1-1/2 1/4 thru 1-1/2 1/4 thru 9/16 over 9/16 1/4 thru 9/16 over 9/16 All All All Yield Strength ksi (MPa) 65 45 30 76 64 76 64 60 60 65.3 (448) (310) (205) (524) (441) (524) (441) (414) (414) (450) Ultimate Strength ksi (MPa) 100 85 74.6 90 76 90 76 90 100 101.5 (689) (586) (515) (620) (524) (620) (524) (627) (689) (700)
Reference
7.3 Technical References 7.3.3 Bolt Thread Data

Basic Dimensions for UNC Coarse Thread SeriesANSI B1.1-1982 Basic Diameter Nominal Size Major in. (D) 0.1900 0.2160 0.2500 0.3125 0.3750 0.4375 0.5000 0.5625 0.6250 0.7500 0.8750 1.0000 1.1250 1.2500 Minor in. 0.1449 0.1709 0.1959 0.2524 0.3073 0.3602 0.4167 0.4723 0.5266 0.6417 0.7547 0.8647 0.9704 1.0954
n
Threads per Inch (n) 24 24 20 18 16 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 7
Area* Nominal in2 0.0284 0.0366 0.0491 0.0767 0.1104 0.1503 0.1963 0.2485 0.3068 0.4418 0.6013 0.7854 0.9940 1.2272 Minor in2 0.0145 0.0206 0.0269 0.0454 0.0678 0.0933 0.1257 0.1620 0.2017 0.3019 0.4192 0.5509 0.6929 0.8896 Tensile Stress in2 0.0175 0.0242 0.0318 0.0524 0.0775 0.1063 0.1419 0.1819 0.2260 0.3345 0.4617 0.6057 0.7633 0.9691
No. 10 No. 12 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4
* Minor Area = 0.7854 D - 1.3
Tensile Stress Area = 0.7854 D - 0.9743

n
THREAD PITCH
Basic Profile for UN, UNR & Metric M Screw Threads
Basic major diameter Basic pitch diameter Minor diameter
Basic Dimensions for M Profile Metric Thread Series ANSI B1.13M-1979 Nominal Size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 Basic Diameter Major Minor mm (D) mm 8 6.62 10 8.34 12 10.07 16 13.80 20 17.25 24 20.70 Thread Pitch mm (P) 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.50 3.00 Area* Nominal mm2 50.3 78.5 113.1 201.1 314.2 452.4 Tensile Stress mm2 36.6 58.0 84.3 157.0 245.0 353.0
* Tensile Stress Area = 0.7854 (D - 0.9382 P) 2
Reference
Technical References 7.3 7.3.4 Concrete Reinforcing Bar Data

ASTM Basic Dimensions for Deformed Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement, Inch-Pound Units Bar Designation No.A 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 14 18 Nominal Weight lb/ft 0.376 0.668 1.043 1.502 2.044 2.670 3.400 4.303 5.313 7.65 13.60 Nominal DimensionsB Area in2 0.11 0.20 0.31 0.44 0.60 0.79 1.00 1.27 1.56 2.25 4.00
Diameter in. 0.375 0.500 0.625 0.750 0.875 1.000 1.128 1.270 1.410 1.693 2.257
Perimeter in. 1.178 1.571 1.963 2.356 2.749 3.142 3.544 3.990 4.430 5.32 7.09
A. Bar designation numbers are based on the number of eighths of an inch included in the nominal diameter. B. The nominal dimensions of a deformed bar are approximate, being shown as equivalent to those of a plain round bar having the same weight per foot as the deformed bar.
ASTM Basic Dimensions for Deformed Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement, SI Units Bar Designation No.A 10 13 16 19 22 25 29 32 36 43 57 Nominal DimensionsB Area mm2 71 129 199 284 387 510 645 819 1006 1452 2581
Nominal Mass kg/m 0.560 0.994 1.552 2.235 3.042 3.973 5.060 6.404 7.907 11.38 20.24
Diameter mm 9.5 12.7 15.9 19.1 22.2 25.4 28.7 32.3 35.8 43.0 57.3
Perimeter mm 29.9 39.9 49.9 59.8 69.8 79.8 90.0 101.3 112.5 135.1 180.0
A. Bar designation numbers approximate the number of millimeters of the nominal diameter of the bar. B. The nominal dimensions of a deformed bar are approximate, being shown as equivalent to those of a plain round bar having the same mass per meter as the deformed bar.
CSA G30.12 & G30.16 Basic Dimensions for Deformed Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement, SI Units (Canada Only) Bar NumberA 10M 15M 20M 25M 30M 35M 45M 55M Nominal Mass kg/m 0.785 1.570 2.355 3.925 5.495 7.850 11.775 19.625 Diameter mm 11.3 16.0 19.5 25.2 29.9 35.7 43.7 56.4 Nominal DimensionsB Area mm2 100 200 300 500 700 1000 1500 2500 Perimeter mm 36 50 61 79 94 112 137 177
A. Bar numbers are based on the rounded off nominal diameter of the bars. B. Nominal dimensions are equivalent to those of a plain round bar having the same mass per meter as the deformed bar
Reference
Notes
Reference
Notes
Reference
Notes
In The United Sates

PAYMENT TERMS: Net 30 days from date of invoice. Customer agrees to pay all costs incurred by Hilti in collecting any delinquent amounts, including attorneys fees. All sales are F.O.B. Destination with transportation allowed via Hilti designated mode. Delivery dates are estimates only. Additional charges for expedited shipments, special handling requirements, and orders below certain dollar amounts shall be the responsibility of Customer. Fuel surcharges may apply depending on market conditions. All orders sold on credit are subject to Credit Department approval. Products must be in saleable condition to qualify for return. Saleable condition is defined as unused items in original undamaged packaging and unbroken quantities and in as-new condition. All returns are subject to Hilti inspection and acceptance, and a $125 restocking charge if returned more than 90 days after invoice date. Proof of purchase is required for all returned materials. Special orders products and discontinued items are not eligible for return credit. Dated materials are only returnable in case quantity, and within 30 days after invoice date. Hilti warrants that for a period of 12 months from the date it sells a product it will, at its sole option and discretion, refund the purchase price, repair, or replace such product if it contains a defect in material or workmanship. Absence of Hiltis receipt of notification of any such defect within this 12-month period shall constitute a waiver of all claims with regard to such product. THE FOREGOING WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Hilti shall in no event be liable for, and Customer hereby agrees to indemnify Hilti against all claims related to special, direct, indirect, incidental, consequential, or any other damages arising out of or related to the sale, use, or inability to use the product. ACCEPTANCE OF ORDER: Acceptance is limited to the express terms contained herein, and terms are subject to change by Hilti without notice. Additional or different terms proposed by Customer are deemed material and are objected to and rejected, but such rejection shall not operate as a rejection of the offer unless it contains variances in the terms of the description, quantity, price or delivery schedule of the goods. Orders are not deemed accepted by Hilti unless and until it ships the associated items. Any non-domestic Hilti product will be so identified on shipping documents and invoices for customers who properly identify themselves as a federal government entity. All other customers may obtain such information by written request to Hilti, Inc., Contract Compliance, P.O. Box 21148, Tulsa, Oklahoma 74121. Hiltis Quality Department personnel are the only individuals authorized to warrant the country of origin of Hilti products. Hilti is a large business. Prices are those stated on the order, and unless otherwise noted are based on purchasing all items on the order pricing for individual products may vary for purchases of different quantities or item combinations. Hilti does not maintain most favored customer records, makes no representation with respect to same, and rejects any price warranty terms proposed by Customer. Hilti's published net price list is subject to change without notice.
In Canada
PAYMENT TERMS: Net 30 days from date of invoice. Customer agrees to pay all costs incurred by Hilti in collecting delinquent amounts, if any, including reasonable attorneys fees. Sales are F.O.B. Destination Point with transportation allowed via Hilti designated mode. Additional charges may apply for expedited delivery, special handling requirements, and order under certain limits. A fuel surcharge may apply depending on market conditions. All orders sold on credit are subject to Credit Department approval. Product may be returned prepaid (unless otherwise authorized) to Hilti provided: i) it is returned by the original purchaser ii) it is not dated product returned more than 30 days after the original delivery date iii) it is not discontinued, clearance or special order product iv) it is unused, in original packaging and in unbroken quantities. Hilti will inspect product and, if the above requirements are satisfied, will credit to customer the original purchase price. A 15% restocking fee may apply. WARRANTY: Other than the manufacturers published warranty, no warranties or conditions, express or implied, written or oral, statutory or otherwise are implied. Any and all conditions and warranties implied by law or by the Sale of Goods Act or any similar statutes of any Province are hereby expressly waived. Title to product remains with Hilti until the total purchase price of product is paid. Customer agrees to pay Hilti prices set out on invoice. Customer agrees to pay taxes as indicated on invoice unless Hilti receives acceptable exemption certificates. Customer agrees to use product at own risk and to indemnify Hilti against all liabilities, including legal fees, to third parties arising out of the use or possession thereof. Hilti shall in no event be liable for special, incidental or consequential damages. Hilti sales personnel are not authorized to modify these Terms and Conditions or modify Customers credit terms. Terms are subject to change by Hilti with reasonable notice to Customer. Payment in full is due prior to goods being released. All terms and conditions apply once customer agrees to purchase product. Quotations on special promotion products are only valid until end of promotion period.
FREIGHT:
FREIGHT:
CREDIT: RETURN POLICY:
CREDIT: RETURN POLICY:
WARRANTY:
TITLE TO PRODUCT: PRICES:
DOMESTIC ORIGIN:
INDEMNIFICATION:
BUSINESS SIZE: PRICES:
CHANGES:
CASH SALES: QUOTATIONS:
CONSENT TO JURISDICTION: All transactions made pursuant hereto shall be deemed to have been made and entered into in Tulsa, Oklahoma. Any and all disputes arising directly or indirectly from such transactions shall be resolved in the courts of the County of Tulsa, State of Oklahoma, to the exclusion of any other court, and any resulting judgment may be enforced by any court having jurisdiction of such an action. All transactions shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Oklahoma. INDEMNIFICATION: Customer hereby agrees to indemnify Hilti for any costs, including attorneys fees, incurred by Hilti as a result, in whole or in part, of any violation by Customer of any Federal, State or Local statute or regulation, or of any nationally accepted standard. It shall be Customers sole responsibility to comply with all applicable laws and regulations regarding the handling,use, transportation, or disposal of products upon taking possession of same. HILTI LEGAL DEPARTMENT PERSONNEL ARE THE ONLY INDIVIDUALS AUTHORIZED TO MODIFY THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS, WARRANT PRODUCT SUITABILITY FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATIONS, OR EXECUTE CUSTOMER DOCUMENTS, AND ANY SUCH ACTION IS NULL AND VOID UNLESS IN WRITTEN FORM SIGNED BY SUCH INDIVIDUAL.
AUTHORIZATION:
Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.ca.hilti.com I Product Technical Guide 2008
Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

P.O. Box 21148, Tulsa, OK 74121 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com Servicio al Cliente en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corporation 1-800-363-4458 www.ca.hilti.com Hilti is an equal opportunity employer Hilti is a registered trademark of Hilti, Corp. Copyright 2006 by Hilti, Inc. H440 3004711 1/08 HA
The data contained in this literature was current as of the date of publication. Updates and changes may be made based on later testing. If verification is needed that the data is still current, please contact the Hilti Technical Support Specialists at 1-800-879-8000. All published load values contained in this literature represent the results of testing by Hilti or test organizations. Local base materials were used. Because of variations in materials, on-site testing is necessary to determine performance at any specific site. Laser beams represented by red lines in this publication. Printed in the United States
*ISO 14001 US Only

Hilti 2008 Product Technical Guide r021 1

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Hilti 2008 Product Technical Guide r021 1

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

North American Product Technical Guide

A guide to specification and installation

Hilti Product Technical Guide

PROFIS: The Worlds Most Powerful Anchor Design Software

Hilti Diaphragm Deck Design

MI Industrial Pipe Support Technical Guide

Hilti Product Technical Guide

Table of Contents Table of Contents

Direct Fastening Systems

Hilti Product Technical Guide

1.0 Introduction 1.1 About Published Load Values

1.3 Our Purpose

1.4 Our Quality System

Base Materials 2.1 2.1.1 Base Materials for Fastening

2.1 Base Materials 2.1.3 Masonry Materials

Nominal Size (usually fictitious)

Modular Size (actual)

2.1.3.1 Concrete Block

3 (76) and 4 (102) 6 (152) 8 (203) 10 (254) 12 (305)

3/4 (19) 1 (25) 1 (25) 1-1/8 (29) 1-1/8 (29)

Base Materials 2.1 2.1.3.2 Brick

2500 1800 750 350 2500 1800 750 350

(17.2) (12.4) (5.2) (2.4) (17.2) (12.4) (5.2) (2.4)

2.1.3.3 Clay Tile

2.1 Base Materials 2.1.4 Gypsum Wallboard

AAC - 2 AAC - 4 AAC - 6

360 (2.5) 725 (5.0) 1090 (7.5)

32 (0.5) 38 (0.6) 44 (0.7)

2.1.5 Light Gauge Steel Framing

2.1.8 Pre-tensioned/ Pre-stressed Concrete

2.1.6 Autoclave Aerated Concrete

Evaluation of Test Data 2.2

2.1.9 Bonded Post-tensioned Concrete

2.2.2 Allowable Loads

2.2.3 Statistical Evaluation of Data

2.2.1 Developing Fastener Performance Data

2.2 Evaluation of Test Data

Frequency (%) Hufigkeit [%]

Histogramder the Histogramm of Versuchsergebnisse test results

Probability density Wahrscheinlichkeitsdichte

Many of the allowable loads in this Technical Guide are based

Corrosion 2.3 2.3.1 The Corrosion Process

2.3.2 Types of Corrosion 2.3.2.1 Direct Chemical Attack

2.3.2.2 Electrochemical Contact Corrosion

2.3 Corrosion 2.3.2.3 Hydrogen Assisted Stress Corrosion Cracking

Industrial Urban Non-Industrial or Marine Suburban Rural Indoors

Source: ASTM B 633 Appendix X1. Service Life of Zinc

2.3.3.1 Suggested Corrosion Resistance

Corrosion Resistance Phosphate and Oil Coatings (Black Oxide)

2.3.3 Corrosion Protection

Stainless Steel (AISI 316)

Corrosion 2.3 2.3.4 Test Methods

2.3.5.2 Power-Actuated Fasteners

2.3.5 Hilti Fastening Systems 2.3.5.1 Anchors

2.3.5.3 Screw Fasteners

2.3 Corrosion 2.3.6 Applications

2.3.6.1 General Applications8

Corrosion 2.3 2.3.6.2 Special Applications

HDG, Stainless steel or X-CR Stainless steel1

Direct Fastening Systems

Direct Fastening Systems Table of Contents

X-U Universal Knurled Shank Fastener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Perimeter Wall Application Fasteners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40